PROCEEDINGS

OF TUK

AMER'ICAN ACADEMY

OF

ARTS AND SCIENCES.

VOL. VIII.

FROM MAY, 1868, TO MAY, 1873.

SELECTED FROM THE RECORDS.

BOSTON AND CAMBRIDGE:
WELCH, BIGELOW, AND COMPANY.

1873.

2*^7

PROCEEDINGS

OP THE

AMERICAN ACADEMY

OF

ARTS AND SCIENCES

SELECTED FROM THE RECORDS.

VOL. VIII.

Five hundred and ninety-fifth Meeting.

May 26, 1868. — Annual Meeting.

The President in the chair.

It was voted that this meeting be adjourned at its close to
tfie second Tuesday in June, to receive the Council's Report
and for other business.

The Treasurer's report was received and referred to the
Auditing Committee.

At the close of his report the Treasurer declined to be a can-
didate for re-election.

Professor Lovering presented the report of the Committee
of Publication. This report was accepted.

Professor Lovering presented the report of the Rumford
Committee, which was accepted, and a recommendation to ap-
propriate $ 1,000 from the Rumford Fund for beginning the
publication of Count Rumford's works was referred to the
adjourned meeting.

Professor Lovering declined to be a candidate for re-election
to the Rumford Committee and to the Council, on account of
a proposed absence from the country.

VOL. VIII. 1

2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Professor Henck as chairman of the Library Committee
presented their report, which was accepted.

The following appropriations were made for the ensuing
year : —

For General Expenses, from the General Fund $ 2,200.

" " " RumfordFund 200.

For Publication . . . . . . 800.

For the Library ....... 500.

Professor Rogers, as chairman of the committee appointed to
consider and report on Chapter VII., Section 2, of the Statutes,
reported that no change in the Statute was desirable. The
subject of this report was referred back to the committee.

The following gentlemen were elected members of the
Academy : —

Samuel H. Scudder, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow
in Class II., Section 3.

• John L. Hayes, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class II., Section 1.

Professor W. J. Clark, President of the Massachusetts
Agricultural College, to be a Resident Fellow in Class I.,
Section 3.

Andrew D. White, President of Cornell University, Ithaca,
New York, to be an Associate Fellow in Class III., Section 2.

James B. Angell, President of the University of Vermont,
to be an Associate Fellow in Class III., Section 4.

Hon. Lewis H. Morgan, of Albany, New York, to be an
Associate Fellow in Class III., Section 2.

Professor T. C. Bluntschli, of Heidelberg, to be a Foreign
Honorary Member in Class III., Section 1, in the place of the
late Professor Mittermaier.

Professor Ritschl, of Bonn, to be a Foreign Honorary Mem-
ber in Class III., Section 2, in the place of the late Professor
Boeckh.

Professor Lassen, of Bonn, to be a Foreign Honorary Mem-
ber in Class III., Section 2, in the place of the late Professor
Bopp.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 26, 1868. 3

Henry Longueville Mansel, LL. D., to be a Foreign Honor-
ary Member in Class III., Section 1, in the place of the late
Victor Cousin.

The annual election resulted in the choice of the following
officers for the ensuing year : —

Asa Gray, President.
George T. Bigelow, Vice-President.
William B. Rogers, Corresponding Secretary.
■ Chauncey Wright, Recording Secretary.
Theodore Lyman, Treasurer.
Frank H. Storer, Librarian.

Council.

Thomas Hill,

Josiah P. Cooke, y of lass I.

John B. Hence,

Louis Agassiz,

Jeffries Wyman, y of Class II.

Charles Pickering,

Robert C. Winthrop,

George E. Ellis, y of Class III.

Andrew P. Peabody,

Rumford Committee.

James B. Francis, Joseph Winlock,

Morrill Wyman, Wolcott Gibbs,

William B. Rogers, Josiah P. Cooke,

Frank H. Storer.

Committee of Finance.
Asa Gray,

, ex officio, by statute.
Theodore Lyman, )

Thomas T. Bouve, by election.

The other Standing Committees were appointed on the
nomination of the President, as follows : —

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Committee of Publication.

Joseph Lovering, Jeffries Wyman,

Francis J. Child.

Committee on the Library.

Francis Parkman, Charles Pickering,

John Bacon.

Committee to audit the Treasurer's Accounts.
Charles E. Ware, Charles J. Sprague.

Professor Agassiz presented the following communica-
tions : —

I. A report, dated Key West, April 24, from Mr. Henry
Mitchell, to Professor B. Peirce, Supt. U. S. Coast Survey.

1. We have stretched profiles across Nicolas Channel, Santaren Chan-
nel, and Gulf Stream from Coffins' Patches to Elbow Key Light. To
mention the most interesting item first : we traced a great plateau from
Coffins' almost across, and in a central portion of the Straits made rich
hauls of coral, living and agglomerated. Mr. Pourtales and myself are
satisfied that the reef is growing out there in 200 fathoms of water.

2. We anchored boat in the axis of the Gulf Stream (as laid down
on the Coast Survey chart) and quietly observed the current, —
scarcely a mile per hour.

Our sounding at that point was about 550 fathoms ; no variation of
velocity with depth of 75 fathoms. We expected to find an increase
not far below the surface, but not an inch was found. We also
anchored to the westward of the middle of the Straits, and found
greater velocity than in the axis, (so miscalled because warmer.)

3. Our study of Salt Key Bank and its marginal islands will interest
you.

4. Nicolas and Santaren Channels are motionless masses of water,
flat bottom, 300 to 500 fathoms, — very steep banks, say 30° to 40°.
The Bahamas and Salt Key Bank are plateaux raised above the level
floor of the ocean abruptly.

5. In the motionless masses of water in Nicolas and Santaren
Channels (where we made four current stations at anchor in 300 and

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 26, 1868. 5

500 fathoms) the decline of temperature from 79° (surface) to 41°
(334 fathoms) is thoroughly determined. So, then, low temperatures
have nothing to do with polar currents (which do not exist) or Gulf
Stream.

Tempei*ature observations are wanted in the Gulf of Providence,
in this connection.

II. A report, dated Key West, May 10, from Mr. L. F.
Pourtales, to the Supt. U. S. Coast Survey.

You have no doubt heard from Mr. Mitchell of the results of our
cruise around the Salt Key Bank. In my line the results presented
nothing of very great or novel interest, except a few dredgings on ap-
proaching the Florida reef on our return.

Since Mr. Mitchell's departure we have been engaged in running
lines of soundings from the reef to deep water, combined with dredg-
ings. At first we sounded and dredged on alternate- days, but by
working two lines, one on the drum and the other on the reel of the
donkey engine, we find no difficulty in sounding and dredging at the
same time, thus making the most of the fine weather with which we
have of late been favored.

Thus far we have run four such lines and part of a fifth, and shall
run two or three more. The results are very interesting and pretty
accordant on the different lines. Beginning at the reef, the bottom ap-
pears to be composed of calcareous sand or mud, rather barren, un-
til we reach near the vicinity of the 100 fathoms' line, when the descent
becomes less rapid or almost ceases, indicating a rocky plateau, the
material of which is a highly fossiliferous recent limestone (in fact in
process of formation) in larger or smaller masses, or sometimes in
ledges on which the dredge is in great danger of being held fast. This
bottom is quite rich in animal life, particularly Terebratula, (my T.
cubensis very abundant, and another new species a little less so),
Cidaris, Comatula, and Annelids. Several species of corals occur also,
nearly all different from those found on the coast of Cuba, though of
the same or allied genera (Stylaster, 2 sp., Distichopora, Heliopora ?
and several forms of the family of Turbinolians). The Stylaster forms
sometimes considerable masses. But, as I find it nearer shore, the oc-
currence of corals appears to be very capricious ; you may get a dredge
full of one species in one place, and not find a trace of them in many
subsequent oasts in the same neighborhood.

6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

After we get in about 300 or 400 fathoms, which is reached by quite
a rapid falling off at the end of the plateau or gently inclined plane,
we find the fine sand or mud composed of Foraminifera which has so
great an extension in deep water. This we make the end of our lines
at present. The dredge brings up little from that bottom, but that
little often of great interest. Thus I have from it a very fine Isis
from 517 fathoms, and yesterday on the same bottom but less depth 1
obtained several specimens of a small crinoid which I have no means
to determine, but which I believe to be neither a Pentacrinus nor a
young Comatula. I hope to be able to dredge more over that kind of
bottom on our passage home.

I have thus dwelt on the results of the last two weeks' work, because
I believe them to be more important than what I did during the four
preceding months, during which time I have gathered a good deal of
information more or less new or useful, but which did not admit of a
very connected report. I hope to make use of it in proper time.

At the suggestion of Professor Agassiz we have laid a wire strung
with large conch shells from the reef at the Samboes to 10 fathoms,
and are going to extend it to 20 fathoms, with the intention of ex-
amining it in a year or two and noting the corals which may have
grown on the shejls, and their increase of size in a given time. I had
ordered tiles for the purpose before leaving Washington, but they were
never sent, and at Mr. Mitchell's suggestion we took shells. I wish
we had a greater variety of materials at our command, on account of
what I mentioned before as the capriciousness of corals.

Five hundred and ninety-sixth Meeting.

June 9, 1868. — Adjourned Annual Meeting.

The President in the chair.

The Corresponding Secretary read letters relative to ex-
changes, and a letter from Mr. Theodore Lyman, declining
the office of Treasurer to which he was elected at the previous
meeting.

Professor Lovering called up the recommendation of the
Rumford Committee which had been referred to this meeting,
and, in accordance with the recommendation, $ 1,000 were ap-

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 1868. 7

propriated from the Rumford Fund for beginning the publi-
cation of Count Rurnford's works.

Mr. Charles J. Sprague was elected Treasurer.

The Treasurer's report was received from the Auditing
Committee and ordered to be entered on the Records.

On the motion of Professor Rogers it was voted, " That the
thanks of the Academy be presented to Mr. John C. Lee, for
the care and fidelity with which he has discharged the duties
of Treasurer of the Academy."

The President called the attention of the Academy to the
recent decease of Hon. Levi Lincoln and Dr. George R. Noyes
of the Resident Fellows.

Nominations for election into the Academy were read.

The Corresponding Secretary read a portion of the follow-
ing Report of the Council upon the changes which had oc-
curred in the Academy during the past year, and the reading
of the remainder was postponed to an adjourned meeting to
be held on the fourth Tuesday in June.

During the year just elapsed, death has removed from the ranks of
the Academy seventeen members, of whom four were Resident Fel-
lows, six Associate Fellows, and seven Foreign Honorary Members.
This loss, great as it is numerically, is even more memorable from the
number of distinguished names which it embraces.

Besides the Home and Associate Members whose services to science,
letters, and public affairs we shall have occasion to commemorate, our
obituary list includes the names of Faraday, Bopp, Brewster, Mitter-
maier, Boeckh, Lawrence, and Rayer of our foreign academicians, —
names which in various degrees have been familiar to the world of
science and letters for nearly half a century, and of which more than
one has been illustrated by researches of transcendent importance,
marking eras in progress and laying the foundations of new sciences.

Of the entire list of members deceased within the year, it is perhaps
worthy of note that all except three, Professor Jewett, Dr. Warren,
and Francis Peabody, had reached quite an advanced age. Two of
the number, Dr. James Jackson and President Day, had attained re-
spectively to ninety and ninety-four years ; five, viz. Brewster, Mitter-
maier, Boeckh, Lawrence, and Dewey, had reached or passed beyond

8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

their eightieth anniversary ; and the remaining six, Loring, Smyth,
Lord, Bopp, and Faraday, had each transcended the limit of three-
score and ten years.

Of the home members whose services we desire to commemorate, we
may appropriately begin our record with a notice of the venerable as-
sociate and friend whose professional skill and wisdom we have so long
ranked among our social blessings, and whose gentle benignity wins us
even now as if he were still among us.

Dr. James Jackson, for many years an eminent physician and the
acknowledged head of the medical profession in Boston, has died during
the last year at the advanced age of nearly ninety years. He was
born in Newburyport in 1777, and was graduated at Harvard College
in 1796. He was one of the chief founders of the Massachusetts
General Hospital, and was the first and for a number of years the only
physician of this institution. His clinical lectures in the hospital
were continued for many years in connection with his other duties in
the medical school as Professor of the Theory and Practice of Medi-
cine in Harvard University. He was for seven years President of the
Massachusetts Medical Society, and on the decease of Dr. Bowditch
he was elected President of the Academy of Arts and Sciences in
1838, which office he accepted with the condition that he should retire
from it on the following year.

The intellect of Dr. Jackson was capacious, logical, exact, and un-
wavering in its loyalty to honesty and truth. His social traits were
genial, impulsive, and sanguine. Coming in his early life from the
schools of European erudition, he brought with him a deep respect for the
labor and learning, the authority and conventional prestige, of the then
accepted luminaries of medical science. His methods of practice
were in a high degree energetic and decisive. He believed, in common
with many others of that day, that most diseases were susceptible of
control, if not of removal, by the modes of artificial interference then
generally in use. These opinions and habits were greatly modified, if
not subdued, in the latter half of his long and observing life, so that
although he never lost his professional fondness for the forms and
implements of his art, and sometimes carried their use to a scrupulous
degree of exactness, yet he became more tolerant of nature, more
humble in his expectations from art, and more distrustful of reckless
interference, whenever certain harm was to be balanced against doubt-
ful good.

OF AKTS AND SCIENCES, JUNE 9, 1868. 9

Dr. Jackson continued the active practice of his profession, especially
as a consulting physician, and also attended annual meetings of societies
to which he had been attached, for some time after he had attained the
age of fourscore years. In the few last years of his life, under the
joint influence of physical and mental decadence, he retired from public
view. Yet he died remembered, honored, and regretted, leaving among
his numerous acquaintance an appreciative freshness of memory which
time had not been able to change or obscure.

Charles Greely Loring, son of Caleb and Ann (Greely)
Loring, was born in Boston on the 2d of May, 1794. His ancestors
on his father's side were among the earliest settlers of the colony of
Plymouth. Some of the prominent traits of his character indicated
his Puritan origin. From his mother, the daughter of a naval hero of
the Revolution, he inherited an ardent spirit of patriotism and love of
liberty.

His school-days were passed in Boston. Having completed his
preparation for college at the Public Latin School, where he received
a Franklin medal for industry and good scholarship, he entered the
University in advanced standing in the year 1809, and was graduated
with high honors in 1812. Immediately after leaving college, he became
a member of the Law School at Litchfield, Connecticut, which, under
the charge of Judges Reeve and Gould, was then the leading institu-
tion for legal instruction in the United States. He finished his prepar-
atory studies for the bar in the office of the Hon. Samuel Hubbai'd in
Boston, and was admitted a member of the Suffolk bar in the autumn
of 1815. From that time, for nearly forty years, Mr. Loring con-
tinued in the active and successful practice of his profession as a
lawyer and advocate, rising to be one of the acknowledged leaders of
the bar, until in the year 1854, becoming somewhat weary of the con-
flicts of the forum and of the constant and pressing cares and labors
necessarily attendant on faithful service and devotion to the interests
of his clients, which had in some degree impaired a constitution never
very robust, he accepted the office of Actuary of the " Massachusetts
Hospital Life Insurance Company." He continued in the discharge of
the duties of this important trust until his death, which took place at
his summer residence in Beverly on the 8th of October, 1867.

By his first wife, Miss Ann Pierce Brace, of Litchfield, to whom he
was married in 1818, Mr. Loring had four children, two sons and
two daughters, who survive him.
VOL. VIII. 2

10 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

This short and simple narrative comprises all the leading events in
the life of our deceased associate, — so true is it, that a faithful and
exclusive devotion of time and talent to practice at the bar in this
country, while it is pretty sure to win great professional success, is
quite consistent with a quiet and uneventful life. It does not neces-
sarily lead, as in England, to wide-spread distinction. A lawyer, who
resolutely eschews active participation in politics and refuses to hold
official stations, rarely reaches an extended public fame. Nevertheless,
the qualities of mind and character which are requisite to forensic skill,
and to the attainment of a high position as a lawyer and advocate, are
in many respects the same as, and in none inferior to, those which dis-
tinguish the successful politician and statesman, although they are exer-
cised and displayed on a more narrow and less public arena. Intel-
lectual capacity, trained and disciplined, so that it may at all times
be ready for vigorous and efficient action, legal learning and wide
general culture, courage, good temper and knowledge of mankind, are
essential characteristics, without which the conflicts of the forum can-
not be successfully carried on, or its triumphs surely won. All these
qualities Mr. Loring possessed in an eminent degree. Endowed with
good natural powers, he had cultivated them by long and assiduous
study. His learning in all branches of the profession was affluent. He
was especially distinguished for his thorough knowledge of the rules
and principles of the commercial code. These he illustrated and ap-
plied to new cases with singular force, felicity, and success. The re-
ports of cases argued and adjudged in the Supreme Judicial Court of
Massachusetts and in the Circuit Court of the United States, for the
first circuit during the thirty years from 1825 to 1855, furnish ample
evidence of the fulness and extent of his learning, and of the impor-
tant part he bore in laying the foundations and giving shape and sym-
metry to that branch of American jurisprudence which embraces the
rights and duties of parties under mercantile and maritime contracts
and transactions.

It was not solely as a sound and learned lawyer that Mr. Loring was
distinguished at the bar. He was also an eloquent and persuasive
advocate. His eloquence and power of persuasion did not consist
merely in a strict observance of the rules of rhetoric, or in well-
rounded periods, or special beauty of diction. He was master of a
higher and more effective order of advocacy. Strictly conscientious,
and governed in the performance of his professional duty by a rigid

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 1868. 11

adherence to principle, he did not undertake the conduct of causes in
the justice of which he did not fully believe. He always felt that the
case of his client was a sacred trust committed to his hands. He es-
poused it with all the zeal and enthusiasm of his nature. He spoke in
its behalf with an earnestness, sincerity, and persuasive force which
flowed from conviction. This was the main source of his power as an
advocate. His keen sense of justice enabled him to see and expose with
cogency and clearness the injustice which others attempted to perpetrate
under the forms of law ; a hater of oppression, chicanery, and fraud, he
never failed to detect them and to hold them up to abhorrence and
scorn, with a power of speech which made even those who sought
to profit by such base arts ashamed of their own wickedness ; with
strong and active sympathies, which led him to identify himself with
the cause which he pleaded, he was always sure to gain the shortest
and surest way to the minds and hearts of those whom he addressed.
We speak of Mr. Loring's characteristics as they were developed in
the maturity of his powers, after he had attained a foremost rank as a
lawyer and advocate among such men as Webster, Mason, and Choate,
— great luminaries of the bar of this Commonwealth of a generation
that has now passed away. It would, however, convey an erroneous
impression, if it was supposed that this professional success was gained
without effort. He himself was wont to attribute it to a fixed and
constant habit of industry ; and certainly it is true that he was an in-
defatigable worker in the field of trained human labor which he had
chosen. But it was not the mere love of work or the desire of success
or a wish for fame which prompted this labor. It had its origin and
motive in an ever-present, conscientious sense of duty. It was this
great and controlling moral quality of his nature which gave fulness
and completeness to his character, and secured for him an ascendency
over his equals in talent and learning. The " hai'd uses " of the pro-
fession during a period of nearly forty years did not tarnish or impair
it. He was always pure, single-hearted, of spotless integrity, and of
unwavering fidelity to every trust. He trod no path but that of
duty. His character and life afford signal proof that the profession of
the law is as consistent with the purest moral culture as it is with the
highest intellectual attainments.

It was to the labors of his profession that Mr. Loring gave the
larger portion of his active life. He declined to enter into politi-
cal contests or to accept public office. There was no lack of opportu-

12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

nities if he had desired high station. The office of Justice of the
Supreme Judicial Court was offered for his acceptance. Twice he de-
clined an appointment to the Senate of the United States ; once on the
resignation of Mr. Webster in the year 1849, and again in place of
Mr. Everett in 1853. He was sincerely diffident of his capability
for efficient public service. He feared lest his long and exclusive de-
votion to practice at the bar had unfitted him' for the varied duties and
labors of political life. Once only, after he had retired from the active
pursuit of his profession, was he induced by a peculiar public exigency
to serve as a member of the Senate of Massachusetts. Those who
were cognizant of his eminent usefulness during this brief term of
service know how great would have been the gain to the public if
he had been willing to give more of his time and talents to similar
labors.

But although he elected the walk of private life, and expended the
strength of his mature years in the zealous and faithful performance of
professional duty, he was not regardless or neglectful of the claims
which the community in which he lived had on that portion of his time
and talents, which would be spared from the pressing cares and labors
of his regular pursuits. To the cause of education, to the institutions
of religion, to public chai'ities, to private benevolence, to social
culture and intercourse, to the offices of friendship, he never failed
to contribute his full share of whatever of duty or service or bene-
faction it was in his power to render. He served for nearly twenty
years, during the busiest portions of his life, as one of the Fellows of
Harvard College. For many years he was superintendent of the
Sunday-school connected with the religious society to which he be-
longed, and always prepared himself with scrupulous fidelity to give
instruction to a class of pupils under his special care. He never
failed to give largely in proportion to his means to every object which
seemed worthy of encouragement and support. In the social circle his
frank and kindly nature, his quick and warm sympathies, and his
charming conversational powers, made him always the welcome guest
as well as the genial and generous host. It is not strange that a man
in whose character and life so many admirable qualities were blended
should have gained a wide and commanding influence in the community
in which he lived. If anything had been wanting to make him the one
to whom all persons turned with abiding confidence, reverence, and
love, it would have been supplied by the noble enthusiasm with which

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 1868. 13

he espoused the cause of the Union and the Constitution in the late civil
war. Although then approaching to the allotted age of man, his ardor,
energy, and zeal in the cause of his country, showed that patriotism
and love of liberty had not abated one jot or tittle of their original
vigor and fire within his breast. With true civic courage, in the ear-
lier days of Southern aggression, when resistance to the demands and
the power of slavery was not calculated to enlist popular favor, he had
stood forth as an earnest opponent of measures designed to abridge
the constitutional rights of the North, and to consolidate the power
of the national government in support and defence of slavery. By
speech and pen he resisted the annexation of Texas, the invasion of
Kansas, and the enforcement of the laws for the surrender of fugitive
slaves. "When the aggressive acts of the South culminated in treason,
he did not hesitate to accept the issue. Abhorrent to his kindly nature
as were the horrors of a civil war, he felt that they were to be
encountered fearlessly rather than to submit to a sacrifice of the rights
which constitutional liberty had secured to the people of the whole
country. From the breaking out of the war to its close, he was un-
tiring in his efforts, both public and private, to aid the cause of the
nation. Especially by his writings in 1862, on the subject of the re-
lations of England and the United States growing out of the civil war ;
in 1863, on the rights and duties of belligerents and neutrals with
special reference to the course pursued by England towards the United
States; and in 1865, in his views on reconstruction, — he contributed
largely to a correct understanding of the topics on which he treated,
and afforded striking proof of his ability to discuss grave questions of
international and constitutional law with originality, learning, and
vigor.

It was Mr. Loring's supreme satisfaction to live to see the war
ended, slavery abolished, peace restored, and the reconstruction of the
Union in a fair way of being accomplished. It was also his grateful
privilege to obey the call of his Alma Mater in the summer of 1865, and
to preside over the commemorative festival of her sons in honor of
those who had given their lives as a sacrifice for their country, and to
welcome back those who had returned after brave and successful service
in the field. The grace and dignity and tenderness with which this
duty was performed by him will long live in the memory of those
whose privilege it was to participate in the interesting services of that
occasion.

14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

The universal sorrow occasioned by Mr. Loring's death found ex-
pression from the bar, the pulpit, the bench, and the various associa-
tions with which he had been connected. " Midtis ille flebilis occidit."
It rarely happens that the death of a private citizen is regarded as a
public loss. Such was the feeling which waited on his obsequies, and
no higher tribute could have been paid to his life and character.

Charles Coffin Jewett, the son of Rev. Paul Jewett, was born at
Lebanon, Maine, in 1816. He was graduated at Brown University in
1835. Immediately or shortly after taking his degree, he became a
member of the Theological Seminary at Andover, and completed the
course of study there, yet without entering on the active duties of the
clerical profession. While at Andover he commenced his bibliographi-
cal labors by preparing a catalogue of the excellent Library of that
institution. The rare merit of this work attracted the attention of the
few men capable of an intelligent judgment in a department of litera-
ture then much less cultivated than now, and led to the appointment
which determined his subsequent course of life. In 1842 he was
chosen Librarian of Brown University, and held the office for four
years, combining with it for most of the time that of Professor of
Modern Languages and Literature, to which he brought the prepara-
tion, not only of diligent and faithful study, but of prolonged travel
and residence on the continent of Europe. He left Providence to
accept an appointment as Assistant Librarian of the Smithsonian
Institution, of which he very soon was made Chief Librarian. Here
he distinguished himself, not only by his enterprise and skill in
endeavoring to lay the foundation of a great national library, but
equally by his polemic ability in advocating the policy by which he
hoped that the Smithsonian fund would be devoted primarily to that end.
Professor Jewett resigned this office in 1855, and his services were
immediately engaged in the initial measures for the establishment of
the Boston Public Library, of which, on the completion of its organiza-
tion in 1858, he was chosen first Superintendent. For thirteen years he
has been soul, heart, brain, and hands of this institution, systematizing
and energizing every branch of its administration, inspiring its Board
of Direction with his own zeal, and stimulating its benefactors to gen-
erous gifts by the assurance that the custody, arrangement, cataloguing
and use of the contents of the library, would be provided for with
equal wisdom and fidelity. In this charge he labored with an industry
too strenuous, and with too little regard to the hygienic laws which

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JUNE 9, 1868. 15

should have set limits to his exhausting toils, till the 8th of January-
last, when he was suddenly stricken with apoplexy while engaged in
his duties at the Library, soon became entirely unconscious, and died at
his residence in Braintree early the next morning.

Professor Jewett, as a bibliographical scholar, and as a librarian both
learned and judicious, has left in this country no superior, few equals.
The catalogues prepared under his auspices bear ample witness to his
ability and his attainments. Few, indeed, may be able to criticise the
details of a work of this class ; but there is no man who uses a library,
whose revenue from it does not depend to a very great degree on its
catalogue. An ill-made catalogue robs a library of half its practical
worth and beneficent power. The citizens of Boston can hai'dly esti-
mate, and cannot by any possibility overestimate, the reasons they
have for holding our late associate in reverent and grateful remem-
brance. When we consider how large a part of what the Public
Library is, and of what it accomplishes, is due to him, we might not
unaptly plagiarize for him from Sir Christopher Wren's tomb in St.
Paul's, and inscribe among those alcoves, " Si quasris monumentum,
circumspice."

It is hardly necessary to say that Professor Jewett was an ac-
complished scholar, conversant with good letters, both classical and
modern ; had he not been so, he could not have been the bibli-
ographer that he was. At the same time his mental gifts and endow-
ments adorned, and were adorned by, those traits of domestic and
social excellence, abounding courtesy, kindness and generosity, and
Christian piety, which won for him the love in life, and the regret in
death, of all who knew him, and most, of those who knew him best.

Jonathan Mason Warren was born in Boston, February 5, 1811,
the son of John Collins Warren and Susan Powell Mason, his wife,
daughter of the late Hon. Jonathan Mason. His grandfather was
Dr. John Warren, the younger brother of Dr. Joseph Warren,
whose heroism and martyrdom have made the name illustrious in our
history.

At the age of nine he became a member of the Boston Latin
School, then under the late Benjamin Apthorp Gould as its instructor.
In 1827 he joined the class which had entered Harvard -College the
preceding year, but was forced to leave college after a few months on
account of his health.

Finding himself at length in a condition to return to his labors, he

16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

beo-an the study of medicine in the year 1829 under the direction of
his father. This was the beginning of a life of hardly interrupted in-
dustry. Taking his medical degree in 1832, he sailed for Europe*
where he remained for three years diligently pursuing his studies. On
his return in 1835 he at once entered upon the practice of his profes-
sion, and, his father leaving Boston for Europe in 1859, the whole re-
sponsibility of a great professional business was thrown upon him at
this early period of his career.

In 1844 he revisited Europe, and again in 1854, partly with refer-
ence to his health. But he did not receive the benefit he had hoped
from this visit, and was so far from well that by the advice of Dr.
James Jackson he tried the experiment of passing a winter in Rome,
but without avail, and returned home an invalid, as it seemed at the
time, with doubtful prospects of future health. He was at length, how-
ever, so far restored as to resume practice, and in 1857 removed to his
late father's house in Park Street, devoting himself mainly from this
time to Surgery.

His health was much shaken by two successive attacks of dysentery
in the summers of 1865 and 1866. The death of his excellent brother,
Mr. James Sullivan Warren, in February, 1867, was very depressing
to him, and almost from this time his friends dated a perceptible
change in his condition. In May it was discovered that a tumor was de-
veloping itself in the abdomen. He did not, however, mention the fact,
and kept at his work until the first of July, when he went to his sum-
mer residence at Nahant. A fortnight later, threatening symptoms ap-
peared, and, after many paroxysms of pain, and gradual decline of all
the bodily powers, he died on the 19th of August.

Dr. Mason Warren was the third in the direct line of descent of a
family which has now for more than a century been identified with the
practice of Surgery and of Medicine in this town and city of Boston.
He maintained and extended the reputation which he inherited. For
twenty-one years he served as a surgeon at the Massachusetts General
Hospital, performing more operations during this long term than any
other surgeon had performed in the institution during a similar term
of duty. From the first year of his entrance on professional life to
the very verge of the mortal illness which had seized him, he was en-
gaged in a most laborious and extensive practice. His skill, his devo-
tion to his patients, his kindness, his courtesy, made him everywhere
honored and beloved.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 1868. 17

In the midst of his busy days he found time to contribute many
papers to the medical journals, and in the last year of his life he gave
to the world the results of his large and long experience in an elabo-
rately finished volume of more than six hundred pages, filled with the
records of many most interesting, and some extraordinary, cases.

Among the papers that he published the following may be mentioned
as of special importance : —

Account of Rhinoplastic Operations performed by himself. Boston
Medical and Surgical Journal, 1840.

Taliacotian Operation (flap divided seventy-two hours after the
operation). — Successful Result. Boston Medical and Surgical Journal,
1843.

Account of a new Operation for Closure of Fissure in the Hard
Palate. New England Quarterly Journal of Medicine and Surgery,
1843.

Operation for Fissures in both Hard and Soft Palate. American
Journal of Medical Science, 1843.

Successful Ligature of both Carotids for Erectile Tumor of Face.
Ibid., 1846.

Lithotrity, with the use of Ether in these Operations. Ibid., 1849.

Fissures of the Soft and Hard Palate. From Transactions of the
American Medical Association, 1861.

On Neuralgic Affections following Injuries of Nerves. Ibid.,
1864.

Recent Progress in Surgery. Annual Address before the Massa-
chusetts Medical Society, 1864.

Surgical Observations, with Cases, 1867.

In 1844, Dr. "Warren received the degree of Master of Arts from
Harvard University, and in the same year he was elected Fellow of
the College of Physicians and Surgeons of New York. He was at a
later period honored by being chosen President of the Suffolk District
Medical Society, and of the Medical Benevolent Society.

Few men not pressed by urgent need have toiled so assiduously for
a long course of years as Dr. Warren did to the last, in spite of all
his bodily hindrances. His patients and his friends remember him
wyith affection and gratitude, and the profession which he adorned will
long refer to him as the worthy successor Of an unchartered inheri-
tance which has outlived many royal dynasties that have been for a
while its contemporaries.

VOL. VIII. 3

18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Dr. Warren married, in 1839, Anna Caspar Crowninshield, youngest
daughter of Hon. Benjamin Williams and Mary (Boardman) Crownin-
shield, who survives him. He leaves six children, five daughters and
a son, John Collins Warren, now studying medicine in Germany.

Jeremiah Day, the son of a Congregational minister in New Pres-
ton, Litchfield County, Connecticut, was born August 3, 1773. He
was graduated at Yale College in 1795, and then took charge of the
school in Greenfield, a parish of the same State, which Dr. Dwight
had set up, and which he left to succeed Dr. Stiles in the Presidency
of Yale College. Next Mr. Day was a tutor in Williams College,
then recently founded, and after two years spent in this office accepted
a similar one from his own Alma Mater. Here, having qualified him-
self to preach, he exercised his gift in the neighborhood of New
Haven, until in 1801 he was attacked with hemorrhage, and was ad-
vised to go to Bermuda for his health. Soon after his departure, in
the same year, the President and Fellows of Yale College gave him
the chair of Mathematics and Natural Philosophy. But he returned
from the island wholly unfit to discharge any college duties, and, as he
thought, destined to speedy death. He took refuge at his father's house,
feeble, melancholy, and apparently sinking, until a treatment of reduc-
tion which had been tried upon him was abandoned, and tonics restored
him to some degree of health. In the summer of 1803 he entered
on the duties of his professorship, not taking a heavy burden at first,
but by degrees enabled to assume a due share of labor, and to fill his
place in the College with efficiency and success. He was, however,
always what may be called a man of feeble health, always obliged to
take great precautions against exposure, and to govern himself by the
strictest rules both as to diet and amount of exertion.

For the development of the man this trial from bodily weakness and
from temporary despondency was attended with the happiest results.
By nature given to prudence and moderation, he grew in these re-
spects from his ailments ; he had to study his constitution and to exercise
self-control ; he was obliged to be orderly and methodical ; all these
habits, thus learned or thus strengthened, helped his intellectual and
moral nature, and he attained in this way a degree of practical wisdom
which was one of his striking characteristics. The frail body, also, by
discipline resisted the causes of decay, so that the man, of whose life at
thirty all despaired, lived beyond the age of ninety-four with full vig-
or of intellect.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 1868. 19

From 1803 until 1817 Professor Day filled the chair to which he
was first appointed, and on the death of Dr. Dwight, with very great
shrinking, accepted the vacant office of President. The two men were
in many respects quite opposite. The one was impulsive, rhetori-
cal, brilliant, formed to command ; the other calm, philosophical, with-
out brilliancy, unwilling to lead. But the choice, as the event showed,
was a wise one. During the twenty-nine years of his presidency the
College grew steadily and surely. He had the respect and esteem of
all. His success showed, we think, that colleges, which often strive to
find brilliant untried men for their principal officers, men unused to
college ways and ignorant of that queer thing, a college student, might
do better sometimes, if they looked after a noiseless worker, experienced
in his calling, honored by those around him, who has proved himself
equal to all the emergencies of discipline and of instruction in the
past.

At the age of seventy-three, President Day laid down his office, not be-
cause he felt any peculiar infirmities of old age creeping over him, but be-
cause he wished to resign before infirmities should weaken his judgment
and lead him to outstay his time. Followed by the love of all who
had known him, — among whom were all the two thousand and \\\e
hundred to whom he had given a degree, — he retired into private life,
yet he was not wholly unconnected with the College, having been on his
resignation chosen into the Board of Fellows. In this corporation he
served until just before his death, and thus had had, as an officer and
a Fellow, a share in the government of the College for sixty-seven
years. His life during his retirement was serene and happy, his mind
retained its strength and its interest in the affairs of the world until
his last illness, and even in those two or three days before his end,
the power of expression, rather than that of thinking, gave way. He
closed his eyes in peace on the 22d of August, 1867, when "he had
reached the age of ninety-four years and nineteen days.

Perhaps the leading trait of President Day's character was the har-
mony of his whole nature, in which you could scarcely say wliat was
due to native qualities, what to philosophical training, and what to
Christian principle. His mind by nature had certain very valuable
traits of the more solid and unpretending sort. Imagination was not
remarkable among them, nor was he in any marked degree original,
nor could he be called a deeper thinker than many men are. But a
person familiar with him would be struck with his uncommon clear-

20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

ness and precision in thought and expression, with his great good sense
and the perfection of his practical judgment, with the admirable method
which he showed in everything. In the composition of his character, the
two qualities which were nearest to the border-land of defects were cau-
tion and reserve. The latter was quite noticeable. He never spoke
of himself, — neither of what he had done nor even of the maladies
which had afflicted him during his later life. But his reserve, not
being the effect of pride or of timidity, but rather of humility and of
the absence of selfish affections, while it rendered men somewhat un-
familiar with him, detracted nothing from his power to inspire respect
and veneration. So also his caution was not properly timidity, but the
natural foundation of a prudence, which being under the control of
principle, always carried the judgment of others with it.

His religious principle blended beautifully with a natively blameless
character, so that one could not separate the two. It was not put on, but
seemed as much a part of his life as were his intellectual qualities.
He never spoke of himself, he showed his religious life by deeds,
not by words ; but there was an impression conveyed to all who knew
him that he was not only a blameless but a holy man, one who " walked
with God." And a spirit of sweet peace accompanied him wherever
he went, together with a dignity which was the shadow cast by his
pure and elevated life, which made no claims and sought no homage,
but received it as an involuntary tribute.

As a man of science and of philosophical thought, President Day
entered into the two fields of Mathematics and Metaphysics. From the
time of his leaving the mathematical chair, upon his election to the
presidency, he was almost entirely devoted to the other branch of
study and instruction. During his professorship he felt the want of
elementary treatises in the mathematical course which should be fitted
to the peculiar necessities of American colleges. He accordingly first
prepared his Algebra, which was given to the world in 1814, and from
that day to this has appeared in a multitude of editions. Many years
afterwards he undertook a revision of it with the help of a younger
friend, which carried the resolution of the higher equations and some
other branches much beyond the limits of the original work. Two
years after his Algebra appeared his treatise on Mensuration and
Plane Trigonometry, and in 1817 his Navigation and Surveying.
These also have been often reprinted, but never had the circulation
which was reached at an early day by the Algebra. Of these works,

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 1868. 21

especially of the Algebra, it may be said that, while they are element-
ary in the strictest sense, and perhaps smooth the road too much for
the learner, they have very great merits. They are clear and precise
in definition, simple and elegant in explanation, proportionate in their
parts ; they leave no difficulties behind to embarrass the learner ; they
make such a selection from a wide subject as his wants seem to require,
reserving the higher and abstruser parts of the science for more ad-
vanced students. In short, if the American system is a right one, of
leading all the members of the younger classes, with different capaci-
ties and tastes, along the same track, nothing could be better than a
work constructed on the principles which he followed in his mathe-
matical works.

In the Department of Natural Philosophy, which then was assigned
in his College to the Professor of Mathematics, he was able to under-
take few or no original investigations. Without good instruments,-
with a very imperfect library at his command, with feeble health, he
could do little more than satisfy the claims of the lecture-room and of
the instructor's chair.

President Day brought to the study of Metaphysics and Morals a
well-trained mathematical mind and sound common sense. In his day,
Locke's reign was almost undisturbed, except so far as the Scotch
philosophers had modified Locke's system. He claimed that some of
Cousin's strictures on Locke proceeded from a misunderstanding of that
philosopher. In the doctrine of the will he mainly followed Jonathan
Edwards, and he published two treatises in explanation or defence of
his views. The " Inquiry respecting the Self-determining Power of the
Will or Contingent Volition," first published in 1838, and afterwards in
an enlarged edition eleven years later, was suggested by a translation
of Cousin's Psychology, of which he had written a review for the
Christian Spectator, a journal published in New Haven. As the re-
view was too long to embrace an examination of Cousin's theory of
the will, he attempts in this work, which is a kind of supplement to the
review, not only to refute Cousin's doctrine, but to set forth also his own
opinions on that point of metaphysical speculation.

The other and larger work on the will, published in 1841, is a
resume of the work of Edwards, made in a lucid, dispassionate, truth-
loving spirit, and not intended to present the views of the author him-
self, although he takes no pains to conceal that he is a follower of the
great New England metaphysician.

22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

We mention only one article more which came from his pen, — his
essay published in the Biblical Repository for January, 1843, entitled
" Benevolence and Selfishness," in which he discusses the questions of
the ultimate motives of a finite being, and the end of God in the crea-
tion of the world. This essay, written partly in explanation and cor-
rection of the views of Jonathan Edwards in his work on the " End
of the Creation," does great honor, as we think, to his metaphysical
capacity.

Daniel Lord was born at Stonington, Connecticut, September 23,
1795.

In his early infancy his father, Dr. Daniel Lord, removed to the
city of New York, where he established himself as physician and
druggist. The subject of our notice, being an only child, found his
chief associates among his father's friends, men of years and experience,
and sometimes of rough adventure, — physicians, merchant-traders,
and sea-captains, in whose conversation the observant child found am-
ple food for thought and incentives to future action.

At school he acquired an excellent education, embracing the classical
languages and French, then almost the only modern language which was
recognized as an accomplishment. At the age of fifteen he entered
Yale College, at that time under the charge of Dr. Dvvight, and was
graduated second in his class in 1814. From College he went to the
Law School at Litchfield, Connecticut^, whence he returned in 1816
to New York, and continued his legal studies in the office of the late
Mr. George Griffin, then, and for many years afterwards, one of the
most prominent lawyers of the State. He was called to the bar in
1818, and from that time until within a few weeks of his death, his life
was exclusively devoted to his professional duties.

Success came slowly. But no discouragement was permitted to
check his industrious pursuit of professional learning, and in those early
years of patient, though often disheartened, labor he amassed the legal
knowledge and secured the intellectual discipline which were the
guaranty of his ultimate success.

The habits of thorough research and faithful application thus ac-
quired, united with his vigorous abilities and his commanding moral
traits, obtained at length their appropriate reward, and placed him in
the front rank of his profession, at a time when the Bar of New York
was made illustrious by men whose names will ever be conspicuous in
the history of American jurisprudence.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 1868. 23

The position thus won by well-directed effort was never lost by in-
attention or neglect. In his daily contests in the courts he was often
defeated, but never unprepared. The singular uprightness of his
character, always keeping him from any attempt to mislead either
court or jury, gave a weight to his arguments which rendered him at
all times an effective advocate and a formidable opponent. No one
could accuse him of ever having tried to " make the worse appear the
better reason," and he reaped the reward of his sincerity in gaining the
entire confidence of those whom he sought to influence by his logic.

His life was a purely professional one. Once only he was a candi-
date for a seat in the New York Senate, and was defeated. Twice,
however, he was invited to a position on the bench, each time by
appointment to fill vacancies, — once to that of the Superior Court of
the city of New York, and once to the Court of Appeals of the State.
On each occasion — from no sordid motives, as all will believe who
ever knew him, but from a deep-grounded distrust of the plan of an
elective judiciary, then recently adopted in New York, and from a con-
sequent unwillingness to be connected with a system which he thor-
oughly disapproved of — he declined the appointment.

His reputation, therefore, was simply that of a lawyer. It borrowed
nothing from the prestige of official rank or authority. It was bravely
fought for, and fairly won, in an arena where learning and skill could
alone secure the prize, and diligence and fidelity alone retain it. The
fact, therefore, that his name was so widely known, not only among his
immediate associates, but throughout the land, is conclusive testimony
to his great ability.

It is not in the nature of things that any private professional repu-
tation should long survive in the minds of men, but Mr. Lord's influ-
ence will long outlive his reputation. Coming to the bar at a time
when American jurisprudence was just beginning to assume its present
independent position, he did much towards establishing many of its
doctrines, which, though now admitted as forever fixed, were then un-
certain and without authority. In some departments he was an
acknowledged leader, particularly in commercial and insurance law,
and the mercantile community will long be governed in some of its
most important interests by principles and methods for which it is in-
debted to him.

The uprightness and truth which illustrated Mr. Lord's character as
a lawyer and a man were the outgrowths of a true Christian faith

24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

adopted in early manhood, and matured and ripened with the reflec-
tion of advancing years, — a faith which bore fruit in Christian labors
and a Christian example ; which gave a hallowed tone to his influence
on all around him, and at the last sustained him calmly as his end ap-
proached.

" The man who consecrates his hours
By vigorous effort, and an honest aim,
At once he draws the sting of life and death."

Francis Peabody, late President of the Essex Institute, was born
in Salem, December 7, 1801, and died at his residence in that city,
October 31, 1867.

He was son of Joseph Peabody, an eminent merchant of Salem dur-
ing the close of the last and the beginning of the present century. Soon
after leaving school he travelled in Russia and Northern Europe, and
on his return settled in Salem, where he continued to reside until his
decease. In early life he exhibited a taste for Chemistry and the
kindred sciences and their application to the useful arts, which was
nurtured and developed by the literary and scientific activity of the
community in which he lived, as well as by its commercial enterprise
and the elevated and permanent character of its society.

When, in the year 1827, the Essex Lodge of Freemasons, of which
he was a member, and the Mechanics Charitable Association, each
voted to provide courses of literary and scientific lectures, Mr. Pea-
body entered zealously into their plans, and delivered before both of
these institutions a number of lectures on the Steam-Engine, Electri-
city, Galvanism, Heat, and other scientific subjects. Three years later
he took a leading part in the organization of the Salem Lyceum, was
one of its first managers, and one of the earliest of its lecturers. For
his zeal in promoting the efforts of his townsmen in this new direction
he is to be ranked among the prominent founders of that system of
popular or lyceum lectures, which has since become so universal in this
country, and which has grown to be an influential, if not a permanent,
feature of our social economy.

His taste for applied science early led him to engage in chemical
and other manufactures, in which and commercial pursuits he continued
to be interested until his decease.

Mr. Peabody was the first President of the Board of Trustees of
the fund given by Mr. George Peabody, of London, for the promo-
tion of science and useful knowledge in the county of Essex, which

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 1868. 25

has recently been incorporated under the title of the " Trustees of the
Peabody Academy of Science." He was also one of the original trus-
tees of the Cambridge Museum of Archaeology, founded by the same
munificent hand, and was a member of several other scientific institu-
tions.

Mr. Peabody was a man of active and vigorous mind, reaching out
for knowledge on every side. With a genius for scientific experi-
ments and for mechanical invention he combined a disposition, as well
as ample means, to befriend the labors of others in these directions.
While distinguished for the variety of his knowledge, he was indefati-
gable in reducing it to practical use, and was ever ready to apply his
liberal means to advance the welfare of his neighbors by the encour-
agement of industry and the discovery of new sources of profit.

As his life was characterized by devotion to the studies and pursuits
which lead to the enduring prosperity of a country, so his memory will
long be cherished for his engaging virtues as well as for his active zeal
in all worthy undertakings.

Professor Chester Dewey, D. D., LL. D., who was elected into
this society fifty years ago, died at Rochester, New York, on the 15th
of December last. He was born at Sheffield, Massachusetts, on the
25th of October, 1784, and had therefore entered upon the eighty-
fourth year of his age. He was .graduated at Williams College in
1806, was licensed to preach in 1808, but was that same year recalled
to his Alma Mater as tut^r, and in 1810 was appointed Professor of
Mathematics and Natural Philosophy (including Chemistry), which
chair he occupied for seventeen years, to the great advantage of the
College. Here, and afterwards as Preceptor of the Gymnasium, a
high school for boys which he established at Pittsfield, and carried on
for ten years, he did excellent service and acquired abiding fame as an
educator. In 1836 he was called to the charge of a similar, but larger,
establishment at Rochester, New York, which he conducted with great
success until the year 1850, when he became Professor of Chemistry
and Natural Philosophy in the newly founded University in that city.
He actively performed the duties of this chair for ten years or more,
when his age gave a just claim for retirement, although his powers
were little impaired, and he gave occasional lectures or other services
until he had reached the age of fourscore. His scientific contributions,
which began in the first volume of Silliman's Journal in 1818, were
continued down to within a year of his death, extending therefore

VOL. VIII. 4

26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

through nearly half a century. These related, some of them to Phy-
sics and Chemistry, more to Meteorology, to which he paid much at-
tention, but most of all to the one department of Botany, with which he
has inseparably connected his name. His only separate botanical work
was a Report on the Herbaceous Flowering Plants of Massachusetts,
made by him as one of the Commissioners on the Zoological and Bo-
tanical Survey of the State, recommended by Governor Everett, at the
suggestion of the Boston Society of Natural History, as the comple-
ment of the Geological Survey by the late Professor Hitchcock.
Although much less important than the Avell-known reports of his col-
leagues, Harris, Gould, Storer, and Emerson, it shows his predilection
for botanical pursuits. But, aware that other duties must mainly fill
his working hours, Professor Dewey wisely selected a special depart-
ment upon which he could concentrate the endeavoi's his leisure might
allow, and turn them to permanent account. He chose the large and
difficult genus Carex for special study, and in it became a leading au-
thority. His " Cartography " in Silliman's Journal began in the year
1824, and finished with a general index to the numerous articles
scattered through forty-three years, in January, 1867. There are very
few of our about two hundred North American species with which Dr.
Dewey's name is not in some way associated, and of many he was the
original describer.

Professor Dewey must have been one of the latest survivors of
those whose taste for natural history was developed under the lectures
of Amos Eaton, when that remarkable man commenced his career as a
teacher in Western New England, and in Botany, having devoted him-
self perseveringly to a particular department, he became the most
distinguished of that school. As teacher, man of science, citizen, and
Christian minister, he was a specimen of the typical Western New-
Englander, — a peer among those who have not only made that dis-
trict what it is, but have also in great measure founded the institu-
tions and determined the character of the now lengthened line of
States westward from the Hudson to beyond the Mississippi. Highly
esteemed and honored throughout an unusually long and useful life, in
his serene old age he was very greatly revered.

Dr. Samuel Luther Dana died at Lowell, Massachusetts, March
11, 1868, in the seventy-third year of his age, of the effects of a fall
on the ice some weeks before.

Dr. Dana was a native of Amherst, New Hampshire, fitted for col-

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 1868. 27

lege at Phillips Academy, Exeter, and entered Harvard University at
the age of fourteen. Immediately after graduation he entered the
army, and continued in active service as lieutenant of artillery till the
close of the war of 1812. He then studied medicine, and in 1818 re-
ceived the degree of M. D. from Harvard University. After practis-
ing as a physician, first at Gloucester, Massachusetts, and afterwards at
Waltham, he was led by his special fondness for chemistry to give up
his practice in order to engage in the manufacture of oil of vitriol and
other chemicals. Having continued to superintend the works of the
Newton Chemical Company for many years, he was in 1833 induced
to accept the position of Chemist of the Merrimack Print Works in
Lowell, a position which he held for the rest of his life.

With a breadth of view deserving of all praise, the founders of the
Merrimack Manufacturing Company saw the importance of bringing
science to the aid of art, and, from the outset, considered a regular
chemist as indispensable in their print-works. When the first vacancy
occurred, they were particularly fortunate in securing the services of
Dr. Dana. Having an ardent love for science, rare aptness in tracing
out causes, and untiring perseverance in applying principles to prac-
tice, he thenceforth devoted himself most industriously to matters con-
nected with calico-printing. The first requisite for a good print is the
thorough bleaching of the cloth. Dr. Dana made a full study of this
subject, and succeeded in diminishing the number of operations which
had before been deemed essential. His ideas were made known to the
world by a communication sent to the Societe Industrielle de Mul-
house, and published, in pai-t, in their Bulletin in 1836. His plan at
first met with some opposition, but is now very generally used, and is
commonly known as the " American method " of bleaching.

One of his earliest investigations related to the action of cow-dung
in clearing calico of the thickening used in printing on the mordant ;
and he was thus naturally led to inquire into the nature of manures in
general, and of the products of decay, then little understood, but after-
wards more fully investigated by Maiden and others, and distinguished
as gein, humin, and ulmin. The collateral knowledge thus acquired was
freely communicated to various friends, and awakened so great an in-
terest that he was urgently requested by some of his appreciative fel-
low-citizens to deliver a course of lectures on the Chemistry of Agri-
culture. The request was complied with in the winter of 1839-40.
The publication of these lectures being solicited as likely to prove of

28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

great advantage to the agricultural interests of the Commonwealth,
Dr. Dana condensed his notes into a pithy treatise, which was issued
in 1842 under the quaint title of " A Muck Manual for Farmers," —
a name indicative of the prominent idea of the work. Five editions
of this book have been published in this country, and it has been re-
printed in England. At the suggestion of Dr. Warren, he also wrote
an Essay on Manures, for which a prize was awarded by the Massa-
chusetts Society for promoting Agriculture. These labors awakened
in his own mind such an interest in the tillage of the soil, that he
bought a farm near Lowell for the purpose of testing his particular
views, and successfully directed its cultivation for many years. He
seems to have found no occasion to modify the propositions which he
laid down at first ; though he might have seen fit to add some limita-
tions to one or two of them, had he tried the unctuous bottom lands of
the Mississippi Valley as well as the light soils of Middlesex County.

In point of time, originality, and ability, Dr. Dana stood first among
scientific writers on Agriculture in this country, and his works have
done great good. But the agricultural treatises by which he has be-
come so well and favorably known were but the secondary results of
his inquiry into the nature of cow-dung as related to calico-printing.
The primary object was pursued with signal success. He found that
the property of fixing mordants was owing, in a great measure, to the
presence of phosphates, and that the cumbrous and costly animal ex-
crement might be effectually replaced by cheap soluble phosphates pre-
pared from bones. As the discovery came to be rendered fully availa-
ble in the regular routine of work, the fifty cows which had been con-
stantly kept by the Merrimac Company were sold off, and a few bar-
rels of burnt bones were occasionally brought into the Works under a
name understood only by the initiated. Dr. Dana as an employee of
the Company was not allowed to secure a patent for the invention, and
thus received no personal benefit from it, though it has effected an im-
mense saving to others. But another person, with a full knowledge of
what had been done at the Merrimac Print Works, went to England
and sought to turn the discovery to account there ; and it was then
found that Mercer had at the same time been making similar trials.
In fact the English and the American chemist independently origi-
nated the use of dung substitutes. But probably to Mercer must be
conceded the priority of experiments by a few months, while Dana
was the first to make the substitution a complete success in actual prac-

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 1868. 29

tice. Neither gained full credit for the discovery, because in neither
case was the matter made public till Mercer, finding himself not to be
in exclusive possession of the idea, joined with others and patented the
use of phosphates and arseniates for dunging.

In 1840, Dr. Dana, at the request of the city government of Low-
ell, made a careful examination of the various well-waters of the city,
with reference to their action on lead pipes. And his interest in this
important sanitary matter did not end with the presentation of his well-
digested report ; but for the sake of making generally known the in-
sidious danger then so little understood by physicians themselves, he
supervised the translation and publication of Tanquerel on Lead
Diseases, with valuable annotations, — the work of translation being
done chiefly by his daughters.

In 1851 the manufacture of rosin-oil was brought to his notice, and
he contributed much to the improvement of that branch of industry.

In 1860, Dr. Dana gave his library, containing many rare and val-
uable chemical books, to Harvard and Amherst Colleges.

From the excellence of what he published, we might have expected a
valuable work on general agricultural chemistry, had he been able to ful-
fil the partial promise made at the close of his prize Essay on Manures.
But in later years his time was occupied by the daily duties of his posi-
tion and the management of his farm, his health not always allowing
him to labor as actively in scientific matters as his ever-lively interest
would prompt. Dr. Dana was so quiet as well as accurate and
thorough in his work, and so concise in the expression of his thoughts,
that he could be fully appreciated by few. But his earnest devotion
to truth, the precision and extent of his knowledge, his high sense of
honor, and his conspicuous integrity of character, commanded the full-
est respect and confidence of all who knew him.

Professor William Sjiyth was born in Pittston, Maine, Feb-
ruary 2, 1797, but in his childhood his parents removed to Wiscasset,
which was his home till he entered college. The story of his early
struggles to obtain a liberal education, of his indomitable perseverance,
his self-sacrificing, independent spirit, and the success and reputation
of his subsequent life, furnishes most valuable lessons for the young.
His preparatory course for college he pursued alone, without regular
instruction, at intervals of work as a teacher ; the last two years at
Gorhani, Maine, where he was an assistant in the Academy with Rev.
Reuben Nason (Harv. 1802), an accomplished classical and mathe-

30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

raatical teacher, whose counsel and aid he always gratefully ac-
knowledged. He entered Junior at Bowdoin, September, 1820 ; and,
though from late hours of preceding years over Greek and Latin he
was compelled to study by another's eyes (his lessons being read to
him by his chum), he graduated, 1822, with the first honors of an able
class. In 1823 he received appointment as Proctor and Instructor in
Greek at his own College, and, soon after, as Tutor in Mathematics and
Natural Philosophy.

Thus called to a new department of instruction, he detected in him-
self and revealed to others the peculiar talent — it may be said, original
power — which has given him so much of a name, and reflected so much
reputation on his Alma Mater. The predilection of the student had
been decidedly for Greek. His success, however, rarely equalled, as a
teacher of Algebra, excited quite an enthusiasm in his classes, and thus
was designated the eminently fit person to relieve Professor Cleaveland,
who had held that department from the opening of the College, and
had added Chemistry and Mineralogy to the list of his multifarious
duties. In 1825 he became Adjunct Professor of Mathematics and
Natural Philosophy, and in 1828 full Professor.

With the deep enthusiasm of his nature he at once gave himself to
the study of the French systems ; read the Mecanique Celeste, and
soon began the work of preparing text-books for his classes. In 1830
he published an Algebra, which was among the first in this country in
which the French method was employed. This passed through several
editions and then gave place to two separate works, the Elementary
and the Larger Algebra. There followed, in rapid succession, Treatises
on Plane Trigonometiy and its Applications, on Analytical Geometry,
and the Calculus, of this last a second edition appearing in 1859.

A man of quick sensibility to questions of right and wrong, of deep
religious principle, and of ardent and indefatigable nature, he could
not be indifferent to any worthy object of philanthropy or of public in-
terest. His enthusiasm was fired by the struggles of the Poles for
national life, and then by the Hungarian Revolution. He studied the
strategy, was familiar with every phase, political or military, of those
movements, and with the qualities of the leaders. As an earnest
Christian man, he could not but feel a lively concern in the case of the
Cherokees in our country, as a great question involving national justice
and honor. He early took decided position in the slavery discussion,
and, besides writing in the public press, prepared some of the ablest

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 1868. 31

papers which the antislavery cause called forth. The common schools
of Maine are more indebted to him than any other man for his agency
in favor of the "graded system." He was active, influential, self-
denying in behalf of the church and congregation with which he was
associated. His decided mechanical skill was freely bestowed in super-
intending the erection of the new church edifice near the College and
in the principal brick school-house of the village. His last work of
this sort was the preparation for the Memorial Hall to commemorate
distinguished alumni and friends of the College, especially those who
served with honor in the war of the Rebellion. All his energy and
skill he threw into this which he was wont to regard as his last work.
He was consulting with a contractor on the grounds, when he was
seized with the fatal symptoms which, after a little more than two
hours of suffering, terminated in death.

Since our last annual meeting, Physical Science has lost, by death,
the distinguished services of three of its devotees, — Faraday, Brew-
sterj and Foucault. Of the last two, one was the veteran associate of
the French Academy of Sciences, the other the youngest member of
his section, already great, however, in achievement as well as in prom-
ise ; and both of them in the fulness of their strength and useful-
ness.

Michael Faraday was born September 20, 1791 ; the son of
a blacksmith in Newington Butts, Surrey, England. He died in the
apartments in Hampton Court Palace, which the Queen had assigned
to him, on August 25, 18G7 : and with him went out the brightest light
which had radiated through the chemical and physical sciences for forty
years.

In 1804, at the age of thirteen, and with a scanty education, Fara-
day was sent to a bookbinder, with whom he served an apprenticeship
of eight years. But he was not toiling these many years merely
upon the outside of books. He felt through his whole life his indebted-
ness to the works of Mrs. Marcet, and he says : " Whenever I pre-
sented her with a copy of my memoirs, I took care to add that I sent
them to her as a testimony of my gratitude to my first instructress."
A copy of the Encyclopedia Britannica, ■ sent to be bound, riveted
Faraday's attention ; particularly the article on Electricity. Out of
an old bottle he constructed his first electrical machine, and out of a
medicine-phial a Leyden Jar, and, thus equipped, he began to experi-
ment. It is to be observed, however, that a great many other boys

32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

have done the same thing without growing up to he Faradays. But
with them it was play, with him it was work. Faraday himself, in
later years, attached considerable importance to the habit which he ac-
quired in early life of repeating, as far as he was able, the experiments
of which he read in Chemistry and Electricity. And when, after-
wards, the brilliant lecturer enchanted both young and old, he treated
his audiences as he had treated himself. He did not suppose them to
know, or require them to believe, in any physical law, however famil-
iar, unless he had shown it to them ; not even that a stone would drop
to the earth, without dropping it first before their eyes on to the floor
of the lecture-room.

In 1812, Faraday was invited to the Royal Institution, to hear Sir
Humphry Davy lecture. He took notes at these lectures which
he afterwards sent to Davy, asking at the same time his assistance to
escape from trade and dedicate himself to science. Davy, who was
then at the zenith of his transcendent popularity, had the time and the
disposition to encourage the youthful aspirant, and in March, 1813,
Faraday became chemical assistant in the laboratory of the Royal
Institution. Mr. Gilbert Davies, who had himself detected the genius
of Davy in the obscure home of a Cornish carver at Penzance, has said
of the illustrious Davy, that the greatest of all his discoveries was the
discovery of Faraday. In a few months after Faraday's installation
at the Royal Institution, Davy started upon his prolonged visit to the
Continent, and Faraday accompanied him as secretary and chemical
assistant. His own modest merits were not altogether overshadowed
by the shining fame of his companion, and he formed friendships in
Paris, Geneva, and Italy which were only broken by death.

Faraday began his career of original investigation in 1816, with a
successful analysis of a specimen of caustic lime from Tuscany. Since
that time, his contributions to science flowed on in a steady stream,
so broad and so deep that every province in Chemistry and Physics
has felt the reviving influence. In Acoustics, we recall his researches
on the sand-figures and lycopodium-heaps of vibrating plates, on musi-
cal flames and Trevelyan's experiment with a heated metal ; in Optics,
we are reminded of his papers on aerial perspective, on ocular decep-
tions produced by rotating wheels, on the relation of gold and other
metals to light, on the borosilicate of lead or heavy glass, and of his
services on the committee to which he was appointed in 1824, with
Herschel and Dolland, by the Royal Society, to suggest improvements

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JUNE 9, 1868. 33

in the manufacture of glass for telescopes, and his valuable report
upon the methods of manufacturing glass ; in general and molecular
Physics, we remember his labors and discoveries on the limit to
evaporation, on the temperature of vapors, and their solidification, on
their passage through capillary tubes, on the pneumatic paradox of
Clement Desormes, on vegetation ; in Practical Science, we are indebted
to him for suggestions, experiments, inventions, or discoveries on ven-
tilation, illumination, fumigation, gunnery, on india-rubber and the al-
loys of steel, on the prevention of explosions in collieries, on the ex-
tinguishment of blazing houses, on sustaining a prolonged breath in a
dangerous atmosphere, and on the false pretensions of spirit-rappings
and table-turnings.

This meagre enumeration, in which years of intellectual activity are
registered in as many lines, indicates the exceeding great versatility of
Faraday's genius. Nevertheless, Chemistry and Electricity were his
favorite if not his absorbing pursuits, from the beginning to the end of
the half-century which his discoveries have made so brilliant. And of
these two Chemistry served him, but Electricity commanded hi in. It
is impossible in this place to specify, much less to analyze, th.e varied
researches of Faraday in chemistry and electricity.

In 1820 he described two new compounds of chlorine and carbon.
" The discovery of these two compounds," says our Foreign Associate,
De la Rive, " filled up an important gap in the history of chemistry."
In 1825, Faraday discovered benzole, to which, says Hoffman, " we
virtually owe our supply of aniline, with all its magnificent progeny of
colors."

In 1820, Oersted set up one of those milestones which stand forever
in the history of science, by his inauguration of electro-magnetism. Many
pressed into the ranks to pursue the new discovery to its consequences,
and Faraday among the foremost. He adapted the reaction between
the current of electricity in the conductor and the magnet to the pro-
duction of a continuous revolution, — a stupendous novelty then, without
a parallel in mechanics nearer than the heavenly bodies. Even Am-
pere's sweeping generalization of the electro-dynamic action had not
anticipated such a result, although it was afterwards able to explain it.
In 1831 the scientific interest which had been monopolized by
electro-magnetism was transferred to a younger sister, magneto-elec-
tricity. Magneto-electricity was a corollary from Faraday's new dis-
covery of voltaic induction, when the latter was viewed in the light of
VOL. VIII. 5

34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Ampere's theory of magnetism. Science had been in possession of
voltaic electricity for forty years, its most powerful instruments had
been wielded by Davy, Hare, and Silliman, statical induction was
a familiar fact ; but it was reserved for Faraday first to see with his
own eyes the external influence of current electricity. Henry's induced
currents of the higher orders ; Page's devices for exalting the inten-
sity of induced currents, and their application to therapeutics ; Ruhm-
kortf 's coil, and its various adaptations to blasting, lighting, &c, — all
these had their origin in Faraday's discovery of voltaic induction.

On the 20th of November, 1845, Faraday read to the Royal So-
ciety of London his startling discovery of the " Magnetization of
Light and the Illumination of Magnetic Lines of Force." This dis-
covery, from its delicacy and novelty, deserves to take rank as Fai-a-
day's greatest, standing, as Tyndall describes it, among his other dis-
coveries and overtopping them all like the " Weisshorn among moun-
tains, high, beautiful, and alone."

It really means, however, less than the language in which it was
announced would convey to most minds. More than thirty years be-
fore, Seebeck and Brewster had succeeded in imparting to common
glass, by pressure or heat, the depolarizing structure of crystals. It
was reserved for Faraday to imitate, partially, the quartz-like structure
of oil of turpentine, and its strange power of circular polarization, by
subjecting his heavy glass, and even water, to the influence of strong
magnets. This discovery was followed by others, in rapid succession,
extending over a period of five years ; all of which are included in his
comprehensive classification of substances into Magnetics and Diamag-
netics. A compass needle made out of a diamagnetic would point
east and west, where an ordinary compass needle would point north
and south. As oxygen is powerfully magnetic, Faraday labored hard
to show that it was superfluous to seek for the cause of terrestrial mag-
netism, or at least of its fluctuations, outside of the earth's atmosphere.
The antagonistic properties of magnetism and diamagnetism are in-
fluenced by crystallization. Faraday proved this for bismuth, anti-
mony, and arsenic, as Plucker did for the optical axes of crystals.
Faraday could have had little expectation in 1825, when he was melt-
ing the borosilicate of lead, that this heavy glass, which proved a fail-
ure for optical purposes, on account of its deep color, would, after
standing on the shelf for thirty years, become the instrument of his
grandest discovery.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 1868. 35

Nor should we forget how much Faraday did to establish the iden-
tity of electricity, from whatever source it is derived, to prove the defi-
niteuess of its action, to unveil the process of electrolysis, to bring under
one general law conduction and insulation, to assert the dependence
of electrical and magnetic induction on the molecular agency of inter-
vening media, and to deal a vigorous and mortal blow to the contact-
theory of galvanism. Faraday was not destined, either by early asso-
ciations, education, or mental constitution, to discuss successfully high
themes of speculative philosophy or mathematical science, such as the
nature and conservation of force, or the essence of matter, though he
has written a few papers upon these subjects. Nevertheless, he con-
tributed more largely, perhaps, than any of his contemporaries to that
vast scientific capital, from which Grove has freely borrowed in the es-
tablishment of his theory of the Correlation of the Physical Forces,
and the convertibility of one manifestation of force into another, as so
many varieties of motion.

In 1854, as Faraday was approaching the close of his long period
of active service, he delivered a lecture at the Royal Institution, under
extraordinary circumstances, on Mental Education. This lecture de-
serves special commemoration, inasmuch as Faraday regarded the
views expressed in it both as cause and consequence of his own experi-
mental life. We here see that faith, humility, patience, labor of
thought, mental discipline, well-educated senses, had all conspired to
make him a fit high-priest of science. But he says that " this educa.
tion has, for its first and its last step, humility."

After Faraday returned from his tour with Davy upon the Conti-
nent, he pursued the even tenor of his way at the laboratory of the
Royal Institution with little interruption ; not allowing himself to be
distracted from the chosen work of his life by pleasure or profit or
applause. Though by following out his researches to their practical
application he might have amassed a large fortune, Faraday rejected
the glittering bribe when it was already within his grasp, saying : " I
felt I was not sent into the world for this purpose." If Faraday was
sent into the world for the discovery of truth, then most certainly he
accomplished his destiny. For was he not what Tyndall calls him,
" the greatest experimental philosopher the world has ever 'seen " ?
Though Faraday would not desert his high vocation for emolument, he
often did it at the call of his government, of humanity, of civilization,
of science. Nothing could have been more distasteful to him than to

36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

leave, even for one hour, his quiet walk with Nature, which never
cheated however she might elude him, and sit with table-movers and
other pretended interpreters of her secrets. After describing the ap-
paratus, which, with great experimental tact, he had devised for ex-
posing the trickery or self-deception of his associates, he writes : " I am
a little ashamed of it, for I think, in the present age, and in this part
of the world, it ought not to have been required. Nevertheless, I
hope it may be useful." And again he says : " I think the system
of education that could leave the mental condition of the public body
in the state in which this subject has found it must have been greatly
deficient in some very important principle."

Many scientific men in Great Britain have surpassed Faraday in
the clearness, elegance, and eloquence of their writings. But no one,
unless it were Davy, possessed to such a degree Faraday's gift of im-
parting to others, in the lecture-room, what he had discovered for him-
self. If, as De la Rive said of him, he was never caught in a mistake
in his laboratory, " the hand marvellously seconding the resolves of
the brain," we may add that he seldom disheartened his audience by
the miscarriage of an experiment, destroying the spell by which he
had hitherto bound them. Though he was less dramatic, we might
almost say less theatrical, in his style of address than Davy, he never
failed to attract an admiring crowd, not only of the thoughtful and the
educated, but of the gay and the high-born. He was equally at home
with the juvenile audiences which listened to him during the Christmas
holidays.

For fifty years, Davy and Faraday together have sustained the glory
of the Royal Institution as with the brightness of a whole Academy ;
both of them of unchallenged greatness, not only as discoverers of
physical truths, but as expositors also. In Davy was found a rare com-
bination of poetry and science. Coleridge, it was said, frequented his
lectures " to increase his stock of metaphors." Davy preferred the
blazing battery of the Royal Institution to the chemist's balance. His
generalizations were bold and dazzling. Quality, and not quantity, ex-
cited his mind. In ten»years he stood on the pinnacle of fame. He
was knighted ; he was courted ; and then his position at the Royal In-
stitution was almost honorary. Faraday relied less on his imagination
and more on his experiments. Brilliant as were his triumphs, they
were won by hard work. His whole scientific life was one protracted
campaign, — and that was a war of posts, and not a succession of bril-

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 1868. 37

Hunt charges. He prized the recognition of academies and universities,
but not the insignia of rank. Without leisure for fashionable society,
he enjoyed preaching to the humble sect of Christians to which he be-
longed as much as lecturing before princes and nobles, either of birth
or of intellect, at the Royal Institution.

It is little to say of such a man that he was made a Fellow of the
Royal Society of London in 1824, a Corresponding Member of the
French Academy of Sciences in 1823, a Foreign Associate of this
Academy in 1844; that his name was eagerly sought to adorn the list
of honor of all other Academies in Europe and America ; that he re-
ceived from the Royal Society of London the Rumford, Copley, and
Royal medals ; that his simple life was made independent by a pension
of £300, conferred upon him in 1835 ; that Napoleon the exile was in-
structed by his lectures, and Napoleon the Emperor acknowledged the
obligation by naming him Commander of the Legion of Honor.

It is much to say of him that he declined all honors and rewards
which were foreign to his scientific character ; that, when he might
have amassed a fortune of £ 150,000 by applying old discoveries to
commercial uses, he preferred to concentrate his whole mind on the
discovery of new truth, dying poor, and leaving a widow dependent on
a small pension, which, in noble imitation of his example, she refused
to have increased ; that he ruled a strong nature so as to be always
gentle, and only impatient of those who unnecessarily wasted his time ;
that he was as much exalted above others in modesty as in intellectual
greatness ; that he made science honorable and attractive ; that he
ruled with an imperial sway the hearts no less than the intellects of
his generation, and that his final departure from the laboratory in the
Royal Institution of Great Britain on the 20th of June, 1862, was
followed by one universal pang of grief throughout the world of
science.

Long and loudly and perseveringly had Faraday knocked at the
secret gates of nature, and most encouraging were the responses which,
from time to time, he had received. Nevertheless, he finds it in his
heart to say : " I have never seen anything incompatible between those
things of man which can be known by the spirit of man which is
within him and those higher things concerning his future which he
cannot know by that spirit."

Faraday, with a wise precaution, which consulted the convenience
of others no less than his own reputation, made a timely collection of

38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

his scattered publications, and placed them in a compact and perma-
nent form, suited to the private library of the student of science. His
" Series of Experimental Researches upon Electricity " amounted to
thirty ; all but one of which are now contained in three volumes, pub-
lished successively in 1839, 1844, and 1855. These Researches are
illustrated by other papers upon the same subject, originally printed in
the Philosophical Magazine, or in the Journal and Proceedings of the
Royal Institution, as the Researches themselves were in the Philo-
sophical Transactions. Faraday's " Experimental Researches in Chem-
istry and Physics" fill a fourth volume which appeared in 1859. Also,
under his sanction and partly from his notes, have been printed, " Six
Lectures on the Non-metallic Elements," in 1852 ; " Six Lectures on
the various Forces of Matter," in 1860 ; and " Six Lectures on the
History of a Candle," in 1861.

The first edition of the " Chemical Manipulation " bears the date of
1827. This was followed by an American edition in 1831, and a
second English edition in 1842.

Sir David Brewster was born, December 11, 1781, at Jed-
burgh, Scotland, also the birthplace of the accomplished commentator
upon Laplace's Mecanique Celeste, Mary Somerville. He died at
Allerly House, Melrose, in Scotland, February 10, 1868. Although
he had reached his eighty-seventh year, we are assured, in the circular
announcing his death, that " his faculties were unimpaired to the very
last, and he died in the full assurance of faith in Christ Jesus."

What revolutions in old sciences, what brilliant careers of new
sciences, are condensed into this single lifetime ? Born before Galvan-
ism was even a name, he lived to see Voltaic Electricity give birth to
the twin sciences of Electro-Magnetism and Magneto-Electricity, throw
off its own ephemeral character in the sustaining batteries of Grove
and Bunsen, and close a long catalogue of practical triumphs in chem-
istry, physics, and mechanics with the oceanic telegraph. Born before
Chladni had revived experimental acoustics or published Die Akustik,
he lived to see this beautiful branch of Physics expand under the cul-
tivation of Savart, Cagniard-de-la-Tour, Wheatstone, Faraday, Lisse-
jous, and Helmholtz, until, by affiliations more startling than any which
Mrs. Somerville celebrates in her " Connection of the Physical
Sciences," the eye threatens to supplant the ear in the investigation
of the laws of sound, quality appears to be resolved into quantity,
the vowel sounds are mocked by an orchestra of tuning-forks, and

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JUNE 9, 1868. 39

Brewster's own prediction has the promise of fulfilment, — " I have no
doubt that, before another century is completed, a talking and a sing-
ing machine will be numbered among the conquests of science."
Born at a time when the corpuscular theory of light compelled assent,
from the influence of Newton's great name, when Laplace would nbt
tolerate any discussion of the opposing theory in the French Academy
of Science, when Lord Brougham fiercely attacked what he after-
wards cordially espoused, he lived to witness the complete triumph
of the undulatory theory in the hands of Young and Fresnel, and to
see what Lloyd has called " a mob of hypotheses " exchanged for what
Herschel characterizes as " one succession of felicities." Though
neither himself nor Biot ever deserted the lost cause, of which they
were the bold experimental champions, Brewster, in his Report on
Optics, prepared for the British Association for the Advancement of
Science, has done ample justice to the labors of Malus and others
who contributed to its overthrow ; and he congratulates mankind that
" even amid the convulsions and atrocities of that awful period
Science shot forth some of her brightest radiations, and, in the moral
and religious darkness which prevailed, her evening star was the only
surviving emblem of heaven."

Of nearly one hundred papers which Brewster published in scien-
tific journals or in the transactions of academies, there are very few
which do not touch his favorite subject, viz., Optics. Optical instru-
ments ; polarization, rectilinear, circular, and elliptical ; depolarization ;
the optical character of crystals, and the mode of producing crystalline
structure artificially ; vision, both subjective and objective ; the action
of the eye in man and other animals ; the interference, dispersion, and
absorption of light ; the spectral lines in sunlight, as produced by the
sun's atmosphere, or the earth's atmosphere, and as multiplied by
other absorbing media; — this was the burden of his long life of
research and of his voluminous writings.

Born seven years after Biot, Brewster died about seven years later,
so that the long and laborious lives of these two eminent physicists went
hand in hand for more than half a century. If Brewster did not
share the great mathematical powers of Biot, if he was without the
genius for vast and rapid generalization displayed by Fresnel in optics
and by Ampere in electro-magnetism, nevertheless he was endowed
with consummate skill in experiment, and deduced empirical laws
where Malus and Arago had failed. We may adopt the language

40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

of Professor J. D. Forbes, and say : " His scientific glory is different in
kind from that of Young and Fresnel ; but the discoverer of the law of
polarization, of biaxial crystals, of optical mineralogy, and of double
refraction by compression, will always occupy a foremost rank in the
intellectual history of the age." His theory of only three primary
colors, which he proposed as a substitute for the seven primary colors
of Newton, though plausible and well sustained by his experiments,
has suffered more from neglect than from criticism, Helmholtz alone
having seriously undertaken to refute it. Outside of the range of Op-
tics, Brewster's most important contribution to science was a paper, pub-
lished in 1821, on the mean temperature of the globe and the close co-
incidence between the poles of maximum cold and maximum magnetic
dip. His first appearance, in 1806, before the commonwealth of science,
was with a criticism upon the demonstrations of the lever, as furnished
by Galileo, Huyghens, De la Hire, Newton, Maclaurin, Landen, and
Hamilton. The solution which he himself gives of this fundamental
problem in statics, if not unexceptionable, is certainly ingenious, and
indicates a mind well adapted for mechanical research.

Brewster's scientific labors sometimes assumed a practical turn. In
1831 he published, in the Transactions of the Royal Society of Edin-
burgh, a memoir on the construction of Polyzonal Lenses for Light-
houses. As early as 1748, Buffbn had proposed a similar device
for burning-glasses. The execution of it was postponed for thirty
years, and then proved a failure even in the hands of Rochon. Con-
dorcet, in his eulogy upon Buffbn, pronounced in 1788, suggested a
modification of his plan, which consisted in building the lens up of sep-
arate rings. We next hear of the subject from Brewster in 1811.
But the British government were not ready to take the hint from
their scientific advisers until after Fresnel had presented to the French
Academy of Sciences, in 1822, his memoir on Lighthouses, and his
lamp and lens shot forth a blaze of light from the headlands of France.

The Kaleidoscope, which Brewster invented in 1817, delighted and
instructed all Europe at the time. Fashion may have dethroned it,
though once the ornament of the fair sex : but it has not outgrown its
popularity in the nursery, and time never can exhaust the fertility of
this invention in devising patterns for the manufactory. No less won-
derful, no less charming, is the Stereoscope, which, though invented by
Wheatstone, has been remodelled by Brewster in a way which has
brought it into the homes of millions, to delight, refine, and civilize all
ages and all classes.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 1868. 41

The literary labors of Brewster lose their importance, only in com-
parison with his scientific discoveries. In 1807, Brewster became
editor of the " Edinburgh Encyclopaedia," which he dedicated to his col-
lege friend, Lord Brougham. To write what he did for it himself, and
marshal into order the other one hundred and fifty contributors to its
eighteen volumes, was his principal occupation for twenty years of his
life. Between the years 1819 and 1824 he edited, with Professor
Jameson, ten volumes of the " Edinburgh Philosophical Journal " ; be-
tween the years 1824 and 1829 he edited, single-handed, ten volumes of
the " Edinburgh Journal of Science." From 1832 to the time of his
death he was one of the editors of the " London and Edinburgh Philo-
sophical Magazine and Journal of Science." In 1811 he edited a
new edition of Ferguson's Astronomy, and in 1837 he published a
Treatise on Magnetism, which he had written for the seventh edition
of the Encyclopaedia Britannica. Add to these labors his little work
on the Stereoscope, and the two editions of another little work on
the Kaleidoscope, his Treatise on New Philosophical Instruments,
a Treatise on the Microscope, a volume on Optics which was pub-
lished in Lardner's Cyclopaedia, his Letters on Natural Magic, his
Martyrs of Science, his Essay on the Plurality of Worlds, his
Life of Sir Isaac Newton, published in the Family Library, to say
nothing of his numerous contributions to the Edinburgh Quarterly
and North British Reviews, and the wonder is that he found any
leisure for his scientific pursuits.

The reflections cast upon Newton by the astronomer Baily, in his
Life of Flamsteed, reanimated the spirit of Brewster, never too ready
to succumb to his antagonists. He obtained valuable manuscript ma-
terials from Lord Portsmouth, brooded over the subject for more than
twenty years, and in 1855 published a greatly enlarged work, in two
volumes, under the new title of " Memoirs of the Life, Writings, and
Discoveries of Sir Isaac Newton." Of which a critic, none too
friendly, in the London Athenaeum, has said : " This work, with all its
faults, is a noble monument to Newton's memory and a pillar of fame
to the writer." And in the recent struggle to divide with Pascal the
honors of the discoverer of universal gravitation, who can doubt which
side Brewster took, or be surprised that the venerable survivor of
many hard-fought battles entered into the conflict with all the vigor
of youth ?

The title of one of Brewster's recent publications, " More Worlds

VOL. VIII. 6

42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

than One, the Creed of the Philosopher and the Hope of the Chris-
tian," is characteristic of his general tone of thought and argument, and
reminds us that he was originally destined for the Christian ministry,
and had been licensed to preach in the Church of Scotland. At the
University of Edinburgh, from which he received the honorary degree
of A. M. in 1800, he enjoyed the valuable instruction and friendship
of John Robison, John Playfair, and Dugald Stewart. In 1799, at
the instance of his intimate friend, afterwards Lord Brougham, he
studied Newton's investigations on the Inflection of Light, and re-
peated his experiments. But the discovery by Malus, in 1808, of the
Polarization of Light fired him with new ardor in the pursuit of phys-
ical optics, and determined his future career. In 1815, dui'ing Pro-
fessor Playfair's visit to the Continent, Brewster took his place in the
University as Lecturer upon Natural Philosophy.

A literary and scientific career, so long, so laborious, so useful as
that of Brewster, deserved the gratitude of his contemporaries, and he
enjoyed it both at home and abroad. He received the degree of
LL. D. from the University of Aberdeen, that of D. C. L. from Ox-
ford, and that of A. M. from Cambridge. In 1808 he was chosen a
member of the Royal Society of Edinburgh ; and was its President
from 1864 to the time of his death. In 1815 he was elected a Fellow
of the Royal Society of London, and received from it the Copley
Medal for his paper on the Polarization of Light by Reflection. In
1818 he won the Rumford Medal by his Discoveries relating to the
Polarization of Light. In 1816 a prize was divided by the Institute
of France between Brewster and Seebeck for their researches on the
depolarizing structure of heated and compressed glass,

In 1825, Brewster was made a Corresponding Member of the In-
stitute of France, and in 1849 he attained the high distinction of being
chosen to succeed Berzelius as one of the eight Associate Members of
the Academy of Sciences. He was called to preside at the twentieth
meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science,
held at Edinburgh in 1850. With honor to himself, and advantage to
his country, he filled, in succession, the two highest literary positions in
Scotland, being first Principal of the old University of St. Andrews,
and afterwards, in 1859, Principal of the University of Edinburgh.

Since his death, a pension of £ 200 a year has been granted by
the government to Lady Brewster, and soon a statue to the memory
of her husband will stand in the city of Edinburgh.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 1868. 43

Thus honored and trusted, lived, and labored, and died Sir David
Brewster ; a careful experimentalist, an elegant writer, a warm advo-
cate of what he believed to be the truth. In him Christian faith was
instructed by accurate science, and science was illuminated and in-
spired by Christian faith.

Sir William Lawrence, an Honorary Member of the Academy,
died on the 5th of July, 1867, aged 84. He was born at Cirencister,
near Gloucester, England, in 1783, and was educated at the Classical
School. In his seventeenth year he went to reside in the family of
Mr. Abernethy, to whom he was apprenticed. His official connection
with various hospitals began in 1801, when he was appointed Demon-
strator of Anatomy at St. Bartholomew's. In 1828, having steadily
advanced in reputation and honors, he succeeded Mr. Abernethy as
Lecturer on Surgery in that Hospital. In 1814 he was elected Sur-
geon to the Eye Infirmary, and in 1815 Surgeon to the Royal Hospi-
tals of Bridewell and Bethlem.

In 18G5, having been in constant service in these institutions for
more than sixty years, he resigned at the age of eighty -two.

Mr. Lawrence was Fellow of the Royal Society and Vice-Presi-
dent during the Presidency of the Duke of Sussex. He was a mem-
ber of the French Institute, and of other learned and scientific associa-
tions. In 1831 he was elected President of the " Medico-Chirurgieal
Society," and, in 1858, Surgeon to the Queen.

It is unnecessary on this occasion to enumerate the long list of his
works ; suffice it to say that from the year 1801 he was constantly en-
gaged in literary labors either in the form of contributions to various
journals or of elaborate treatises. His translation of Blumenbach, with
the addition of numerous notes and an introductory view of the classifica-
tion of animals on the basis of anatomical structure, was published in
1807, and gave the first impulse, in England, to the study of comparative
anatomy. He also contributed the anatomical and physiological ar-
ticles in Rees's Cyclopaedia. In 1819 appeared the "Lectures on the
Physiology, Zoology, and Natural History of Man." In this depart-
ment, in England, there had previously been very little investigation,
and this work excited great interest. It displays a vast amount of re-
search and knowledge, and is eminent authority at the present day.
Of the strictly professional works, the most important are the treatises
on Diseases of the Eye, on Hernia, and his most recent work on
Surgery.

44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

The Treatise on Diseases of the Eye, comprising his own opinions
and those of men distinguished in that department, is a learned and
comprehensive exposition of the science of that period. The Treatise
on Hernia, probably the most important of his works, was first pub-
lished in 1806. It has passed through many editions, which were en-
riched by extensive observations in St. Bartholomew's Hospital. The
name of Mr. Lawrence will be always identified with the progress of
Surgical Science, and the treatise.on this subject will remain a monu-
ment to his learning and industry.

The late Sir Benjamin Brodie remarks that he " never knew one
who had a greater amount of information, not merely on matters relat-
ing to his profession, but on a great variety of other subjects."

" His personal appearance was striking and impressive ; he had a
tall, manly figure, and his head and features were models of intellectual
beauty and power."

His learning, eloquence, and genial disposition made his fireside
most attractive. He often expressed his admiration of our free institu-
tions, and many Americans will remember his generous, self-sacrificing
hospitality.

Pierre Francois Olive Rayer was born, March 7, 1793, of a
respectable Bourgeois family, at Saint Sylvain, near Caen, France.
After the necessary preliminary education, he commenced the study of
medicine, and was graduated Doctor of Medicine, at the age of twenty-
three, in Paris. He was a student and favorite pupil of M. Dumeril.
Among his contemporaries were Dupuytren, Corvisart, Velpeau, Louis,
Larrey, Trousseau and others, who have made the present century
such a brilliant epoch in the history of French medicine. He was
doubtless stimulated by their example and labors to constant effort
in his chosen career, but they owed as much to him as he to them.

Through persistent labor and conspicuous merit, he attained succes-
sively the highest professional and scientific positions. In 1825 he was
appointed to the medical staff of the Hospital of Saint Antoine. In
1832 he was transferred to the Hospital of La Charite. He was
selected by Louis Philippe as one of the consulting physicians of the
Royal household ; and in 1852 he was taken by the Emperor Napoleon
into the medical service of the Imperial family. Rapidly winning the
confidence of the community, he soon became known as one of the
largest pi'actitioners of medicine in Paris. He was elected into the
Academy of Medicine in 1823; and in 1843 he became a member of

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 1868. 45

the Academy of Sciences as the successor of M. Morel Vincte. In
1862 he was appointed to fill the newly created chair of Comparative
Medicine, and about the same time was chosen Dean of the Medical
Faculty of the University of Paris. He was President of the Cen-
tral Committee of Public Hygiene, and also of the General Associa-
tion of the physicians of France. In 1855 he was elected an Honorary
Member of this Academy. Among the various marks of honor which
the Emperor conferred upon him was that of Commander, and, when
he resigned the place of Dean of the Faculty of Medicine, that of
Grand Officer of the Legion of Honor. In connection with Bernard,
Robin, Lebert, and one of our own associates, C. E. Brown-Sequard,
he was one of the founders of the Society of Biology, — - a society
which has probably contributed of late years more than any other to
a just and comprehensive study of life in all its manifestations. He
was the animating spirit of this Society, and was most properly made
its perpetual President.

But it is not the honors with which he was crowned, or the respon-
sible posts which he filled, or the elevated social position to which he
attained, that entitle M. Rayer to our especial regard. His best
monument is to be found in his published works. Soon after his
graduation he published a brief Summary of Pathological Anatomy.
This was followed in a short time by memoirs on a variety of medical
subjects, such as a note on the Coryza of Nursing Infants ; a monograph
on Delirium Tremens ; a History of the Epidemic of Miliary Sweat,
which prevailed in the Departments of Oise, and of the Seine and
Oise, in 1821 ; and a number of smaller treatises. In 1835 he put
forth a more elaborate work than any of the above memoirs. It was
entitled " A Theoretical and Practical Treatise on Diseases of the
Skin, founded on Original Anatomical and Pathological Researches."
This was in two volumes, and was accompanied with an atlas of
colored plates. The value of the work was attested by the appearance,
in a short time, of a second edition, which was enlarged to three
volumes, with a corresponding addition to the atlas of illustrations.
At the time of its appearance, this work was a most important addi-
tion to Dermatology, and prepared the way for the minute and careful
studies of later observers.

The function and diseases of the kidneys early attracted the atten-
tion of M. Rayer. The result of his studies in this direction appeared
in what was the capital work of his life, and which he called, " A

46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Treatise on Diseases of the Kidneys, and their Relations to Diseases
of the Bladder, the Prostate, and the Urethra." This was completed
in three volumes, and was illustrated by a folio atlas of sixty colored
plates. As soon as it appeared, it was received as the foremost book
of its kind. It was acknowledged as an authority in this country and
in England. Two separate translations of it into the German language
proved the value which German observers set upon it. Aided by the
microscope and the laboratory, later physiologists have gained a more
accurate knowledge of the pathology and physiology of the kidneys
than can be gathered from M. Rayer's work ; but this does not detract
from its value. It was a great addition to medical science.

Besides these labors, M. Rayer found time to investigate a depart-
ment of pathology that before him was almost unknown, or at least un-
explored, namely, that of Comparative Medicine. The chair of that
name, which was established by the Medical Faculty of Paris in 1862,
was immediately offered to him as the person best qualified to fill it.
His monograph on glanders and farcy in the human subject is unique of
its kind. The extent of his general knowledge of medicine is shown
by the fact of his being one of the authors of the " Dictionary of
Practical Medicine," a sort of medical encyclopedia in fifteen volumes.
He was, moreover, a frequent contributor to various scientific journals,
such as " Les Archives de Medecine Comparee " ; " Les Memoires de
l'Academie des Sciences " ; " Le Nouveau Journal de Medecine," etc.

It was said of M. Rayer, by one of his contemporaries, that " he was
not only distinguished by the works which he produced, but by those
which he inspired." The number of eminent men whose early studies
he directed and encouraged, and whose fortunes he sometimes aided in
most substantial ways, confirms the truth of this remark. Like Stahl
and Boerhaave, he loved to surround himself with a group of youthful
savans, whom he animated and guided. Claude Bernard, the inge-
nious and sagacious observer, who has contributed so largely to the ad-
vancement of physiology ; Robin, who has justly been called the creator
of French histology ; and Littre, whose translation of Hippocrates and
whose knowledge of historical medicine has earned for him so wide a
renown, — all were encouraged, substantially aided, and often guided in
their earlier and later studies by M. Rayer.

As a practitioner, he was one of the most successful of the French
physicians. It was said of him that he was first among scientific phy-
sicians and also first among medical practitioners. His acquaintance

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 1868. 47

with the works and original papers of the physiologists of the present
century made him an acknowledged authority on physiological ques-
tions. Honest and frank in the expression of his views, when he had
occasion to present them, he possessed the rare virtue of being able
and willing to recognize and acknowledge an erroneous opinion of his
own, whenever the error could be demonstrated. When we consider the
extent and variety of his labors, — his private practice, his hospital at-
tendance, his collegiate teaching, and his published writings, — we are
surprised that one man could have found time to accomplish so much
and so well.

M. Rayer died in Paris, September 10, 1867, at the age of seventy-
four years and six months. The appreciation in which his services to
science and medicine were held by his contemporaries was abundantly
evinced by the numerous eulogies that were pronounced at the time of
his death.

Franz Bopp, Professor of Sanskrit and of Comparative Philology
in the University at Berlin, died on the 23d of October last, at the
advanced age of seventy-six years. Among the philologists of the
present century he was perhaps the foremost. Others of his contem-
poraries, especially of his countrymen, have shown not less remarkable
talent, reached as high a degree of scholarship, and won an equal dis-
tinction, in various departments of the study of languages and litera-
tures ; but to him belongs the peculiar and transcendent honor of hav-
ing inaugurated and given development to a new science, — that of the
historical investigation of human speech. It is an honor of which he
can be in no measure deprived ; even though it be shown that some of
his discoveries had been partially anticipated by others, or, on the
other hand, that the times were ripe for the appearance of such a
science, which must have sprung up and gained a rapid growth with-
out him. For, as a matter of fact, it was he who turned to profitable
account the scattered and imperfect perceptions of others, who im-
proved and made fruitful their methods of research, who took advan-
tage of the favorable conditions of the times, and with steady devotion,
clear insight, and admirable skill, laid a foundation and reared a sti'uc-
ture which others may indeed improve and extend, but can never destroy.

Bopp was born at Mayence, in Bavaria, on the 14th of September,
1791, and received his early education at Aschatfenburg, where the
influence especially of Windischmann directed his attention to Orien-
tal studies. At the age of twenty-one he went to Paris, drawn thither

48 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

by the attraction of the collections of Oriental manuscripts in the great
library. Paris was then incontestably the centre of Oriental study for
Europe ; even a little school of Sanskrit philology had arisen there,
having for its first teacher Alexander Hamilton, an English East-In-
dian, one of Napoleon's prisoners after the breach of the peace of Amiens.
To the study of the Sanskrit, and to the comparison of Indo-European
languages to which it so naturally led, Bopp soon began especially to
devote himself, — a devotion which he was never to relax until stricken
down by his last illness. More than any other person, he aided to make
the Sanskrit accessible to European scholars, by a series of grammars,
texts, and glossaries, which, though they have their defects, are even
now among the most valuable parts of the apparatus of study within
reach of the learner. With him, however, the Sanskrit was the thing of
subordinate consequence, the handmaid of comparative philology ; into
the history, antiquities, and literature of India he never cared to pene-
trate very far, nor did he strive to become a profound Sanskrit scholar,
to master all the niceties of its structure and usages. Even before
leaving Paris for a further season of study in England, he prepared
and published, in 1816, the forerunner of his great Comparative Gram-
mar, a little volume entitled " The Conjugation-System of the Sanskrit
Language, in comparison with that of the Greek, the Latin, the Per-
sian, and the German Languages." In this he sketches the principal
features of his whole system, as afterwards developed. He assumes
as demonstrated the truth, pointed out by many before him, of the re-
lationship of the Sanskrit with the other tongues named, not as their
mother, but as their older sister, but in the use he makes of this truth
he had no predecessor; he would fain derive from their comparison
their history and the genesis of their words and forms. He takes up
their grammatical mechanism as an object in itself worthy of study,
and sure to lead, when comprehended, to valuable results for other de-
partments of knowledge. Both in his distinct apprehension of the
work to be done, and in the clearness, good sense, and acuteness
of the methods of research he devised and employed, in the geniality
and fruitfulness of his whole mode of labor, he so far surpassed all who
had gone before him, and furnished an example and model for those
who should come after him, as to become the founder of the science.
It is, then, not without reason, that the fiftieth anniversary of the date
affixed to the preface of the " Conjugation-System " was celebrated just
two years ago (May 16, 1868) in Berlin, as the jubilee of Comparative

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 1868. 49

Philology, by the establishment of a Bopp fund, of which the income
should be forever devoted to the encouragement and aid of researches
in this department of knowledge. The endowment, amounting to over
ten thousand thalers, was made up by the contributions of scholars and
friends of learning in all parts of the world, — those of our own coun-
try, among the rest, furnishing their mite to swell the sum.

On his return to his native country, Bopp was nominated by the
Bavarian government to a professorship in the University of Wiirz-
burg; but the handful of pedants who composed the senate of that in-
stitution resolved that the studies which he represented had no claim
to a place in it, and respectfully declined to ratify the appointment.
But the next year (1821) he was called to a vastly higher and wider
sphere of labor in the Berlin University, in connection with which and
with the Academy of Sciences of the same city his chief literary ac-
tivity was henceforth exercised.

The most important of his works, by far, is his Comparative Gram-
mar, of which the first edition began to appear in 1833 and reached its
completion in 1849. A second edition, in three volumes, considerably
modified and extended, was commenced in 1857 and finished in 1861.
The former was long since translated into English ; of the latter, M.
Breal is now putting forth a French version. Into any extended de-
scription or criticism of this great work we are not called upon to
enter. It is a rich mine of observations and conclusions, the compen-
dium of what was done for the new science by its founder. We must
not regard it, however, as in all parts of equal merit and authority.
Bopp lived long enough to see his science carried further, in many
points, by his followers than by himself. At the same time, he was
not one who readily assimilated the results won by others. The later
years of his life were comparatively unfruitful of valuable additions to
science ; and when at length he passed away, it was rather the pres-
ence of the man than the work of the scholar that was missed by us.

August Boeckh, the illustrious philologist, long a member of the
Academy, died in Berlin, August 3, 1867, aged 82. He was born in
Karlsruhe, November 24, 1785, and had the misfortune to be left an
orphan at the age of three. From his sixth to his eighteenth year he
attended the gymnasium at Karlsruhe, where he went through an un-
usually thorough course of study for the times, embracing the classics,
mathematics and physics, and philosophy.

Thus prepared for a more independent course of study, Boeckh left

VOL. VIII. 7

50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Karlsruhe in 1803 for the University of Halle, to which he was drawn
by the great reputation of Friedrich August Wolf. His original in-
tention was to study theology and philology together. But his interest
in the latter study soon led him to discard theology and to devote him-
self to philology as his professional study, combining, however, with it
philosophy under Schleiermacher, — a combination that gave a turn to
his first literary undertaking on the Minos and the Laws of Plato.

On leaving Halle in 1806, Boeckh began as a teacher in Berlin.
But the fortunes of the war then raging soon forced him to leave
Prussia and go to Heidelberg. His rapid academic advancement is an
evidence of the precocity of his genius. He was appointed Extraor-
dinary Professor at Heidelberg in 1807, Ordinary Professor in 1809,
and in 1811, when the University of Berlin was founded, he received
a call as Professor of Eloquence and Ancient Literature.

From 1811 to 1867 — fifty-six years — he lived in Berlin the un-
eventful life of a scholar, dividing his time between study, his duties
as Professor and head of the Philological Seminary, and various other
charges for which his extraordinary aptitude for affaii's fitted him. He
was repeatedly Rector of the University. In the sessions of the Acad-
emy he took a lively interest, and his communications to that body
have become a standard part of philological literature.

Both in his elaborate books and in the more fugitive pieces and
courses of lectures which laid the groundwork to these books, Boeckh
exhibited two qualities not often united, — a faculty for details and a
comprehensive grasp of the general subject. He had a perfect genius
for details. No matter what the subject was that interested him, — and
in his long and manifold studies there were few things connected with
ancient life which did not interest him, — whether it was a question of
weights and measures, of finance, of grammar, of metres, of orthog-
raphy, or astronomy, — he followed the thing out with a microscopic
eye into its minutest ramifications, weighing carefully all the evidences
of the text and studying the credibility of his witnesses. In his ear-
lier years he kept copious notes and adversaria. Later in life he gave
them up, trusting entirely to his memory. Under such a load of eru-
dition a less happily balanced mind would have staggered and stumbled.
But in combination and arrangement Boeckh was equally at home.
With the insight of genius he looked at the tangled and complicated
masses, and order sprang out of chaos. Grasping the leading idea, he
carried it out consistently to the end, and his intimate familiarity with

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 1868. 51

the whole range of ancient thought and action enabled him to shed a
flood of light on all the parts.

To enumerate the works of Boeckh would take us far beyond the
bounds of this brief notice. As Professor of Poetry and Ancient
Literature, the representative and spokesman of the University, he
was officially bound to deliver orations on public occasions and to write
the University programmes. The collection of Orations and Disserta-
tions published in three volumes from 1858 to 1866 gives but little
idea of his gigantic industry. Of his larger books we need hardly
name his Pindar, his Collection of Greek Inscriptions, and his Public
Economy of Athens.

While Boeckh was known to foreign countries by his works, at home
he exerted an influence equally great by his personal teachings. In his
younger days he lived in intimate relations with his pupils, quite carry-
ing out the old academic idea of Master and Disciples, now among the
traditions of the past. As the University grew and his own audiences
became larger, this was no longer possible, and his connection with the
younger generation was confined to his labors in the Seminary and his
Lectures. The Lectures, which were partly exegetical and partly sys-
tematic,— among the latter the courses on Antiquities and on the
Encyclopaedia of Philology being particularly prized, — were marked
by the same minuteness of detail and the same general grasp which
characterized his books. His style and delivery were plain and to the
point, giving an impression of immense shrewdness and reserve power,
and the earnestness of his discourse was every now and then lighted
up by a flash of homely drollery.

Grown old among his books, he celebrated the sixtieth anniversary
of his Doctorate, March 15, 1867, and received such an ovation
from scholars, citizens, and crowned heads as is never given to a scholar
out of Germany and seldom equalled there. Shortly after, he died.

Karl Joseph Anton Mittermaier, borti at Munich, August
5, 1787, died at Heidelberg, August 28, 1867, at the age of
eighty, after a life of zealous, honorable, and learned labor in the
cause of science and humanity. In 1819 he became a Professor of
Law at Bonn, whence, in 1834, he was transferred to Heidelberg. In
1859 he celebrated his professional jubilee. For more than half a
century he was well known as a teacher and writer on subjects of
great interest in civil and criminal law. His learning was not ab-
sorbed in the past, but put to constant service in behalf of the

52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

present and the future. In this best sense he was a reformer. As a
public man at times in middle life, he held the position of a moderate
liberal, and distinguished himself in furthering reformatory and pro-
gressive legislation. He favored oral and public procedure in the
civil courts, the separation of judicial from administrative functions,
and the abolition of corporal punishment as a means of eliciting the
truth ; and he pronounced himself a friend to the freedom of the
press. But his public life terminated almost twenty years before his
death. As an author, he is widely, though by no means exclusively,
known as a criminalist. And he was remarkable for the assiduity and
activity with which, by reading, correspondence, and travels, he made
himself contemporary with whatever in criminal and penal legisla-
tion and procedure was going forward in different countries. In this
department of comparative law he was an adept and a leader. The
extent of his researches furnished a basis for general conclusions,
and his liberal spirit turned them readily into the path of reform. In
1851 he published an important work on criminal procedure in Eng-
land, Scotland, and North America. Some months before his death
this treatise appeared in a French translation, enriched with the
copious fruits of the author's study and personal observation in the
interval. In 1865, at the age of seventy-seven, he put out a work
(since translated into several languages) in which, surrendering his
early opinion on capital punishment, he declared himself in favor of
its total abolition. The enlargement of this work by the results of
indefatigable inquiries in Europe and the United States was prevented
only by his death. These unpublished collections have been deposited
in the library of the University of Heidelberg.

Since the last annual meeting the Academy has received an acces-
sion of eleven new members, as appears in the following list.
Of Resident Fellows there have been elected, —

Dr. Charles E. Brown-Sequard in Class II., Section 3.

Com. John Rodgers, U. S..N., in Class I., Section 4.

Edward C. Pickering in Class I., Section 3.

James M. Crafts in Class I., Section 3.
Of Associate Fellows, —

Rowland G. Hazard in Class III., Section 3.

Dr. J. Lawrence Smith in Class I., Section 3.

Hon. Horace Binney in Class III., Section 1.

Hon. Daniel Lord in Class III., Section 1.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JULY 7, 1868. 53

Of Foreign Honorary Membei's we have elected, —

Major- General Edward Sabine, in place of Admiral Duperrey, in
Class II., Section 1.

M. Chevreul in Class I., Section 3.

One of our members, Dr. C. H. F. Peters, has been transferred from
the list of Resident Fellows to that of Associate Fellows in Class I.,
Section 2.

Five hundred and ninety-seventh Meeting.

June 23, 1868. — Adjourned Annual Meeting.

The President in the chair.

The memoirs of the Foreign Honorary Members deceased
during the year were read from the Council's Annual Report
by the Corresponding Secretary and Professor Lovering.

Nominations by the Council were read.

The Statute Meeting for August was adjourned to the
second Tuesday in September, and a Special Meeting was ap-
pointed for the first Tuesday in July.

Five hundred and ninety-eighth Meeting.

July 7, 1868. — Special Meeting.

The President in the chair.

The President called the attention of the Academy to a cir-
cular letter announcing the celebration at Berlin of the fiftieth
anniversary of Ehrenberg's Doctorate.

On the motion of Dr. Bowditch the following vote was
passed : —

" Resolved that this Academy desires to express their sin-
cere congratulations to Dr. Ehrenberg for his long and hon-
orable services in the cause of science, and requests their
President, Dr. Asa Gray, and Professor Joseph Lovering, to
represent them on this interesting occasion."

Professor Lovering made a communication on the appli-
cation of Electricity to maintaining the vibrations of a tuning-

54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

fork, and of the tuning-fork to exciting and sustaining the
vibration of threads or cords.

The elements which comprise the essential features of the machine,
now exhibited, are not original. The application of electricity as the
maintaining power for such rapid vibrations as belong to tuning-forks
is not new, though it is of recent discovery ; and the application of
tuning-forks to exciting sympathetic vibrations in cords is not new,
though it is also of recent discovery. I am not aware, however, that
these two discoveries have been united into one, by Employing a tun-
ing-fork, so impelled, for this particular purpose. Such tuning-fork3
have already been made and used by Koenig for producing the Lisse*
jous' curves, and for exhibiting the phenomena of interference of sounds ;
and this new application, therefore, is sufficiently obvious, and may
have been already anticipated by other physicists. The tuning-forks
in ut, etc., manufactured by Koenig for repeating Melde's experiments
on the vibrations of cords, are only adapted to short threads of
saddler's silk. My object has been to provide a tuning-fork which
would not be overloaded with a stout cord of thirty or forty feet in
length.

The prongs of my tuning-fork are thirty inches in length, two inches
in width, and three eighths of an inch in thickness ; and, in spite of the
encumbrance of the cord, they will vibrate for many minutes without
the aid of electricity, making excursions oPone half of an inch on each
side of the position of equilibrium. The outer face of each prong,
when at rest, is exposed to one pole of an electro-magnet, at the dis-
tance of three fourths of an inch from it. The iron core of this elec-
tro-magnet has a circular section of an inch and one fourth in diameter,
and is wound with copper wire to the depth of two inches.

The extremities of this iron core carry nearly cubical blocks of soft
iron, of about one inch and a half in linear dimension, through which
are screwed pieces of iron of one half of an inch in thickness. The
ends of these pieces are the acting poles, and are screwed through the
blocks, in order to adjust the distance between the poles of the magnet
and the prongs of the tuning-fork. With four cups of Bunsen's bat-
tery, the zincs of which are cylinders, four inches in diameter and
seven inches in height, and connected for intensity, the magnet has
strength sufficient to initiate the motion of the prongs, at the distance
even of three fourths of an inch, and to bring them soon into energetic
vibration. The current of electricity runs through the stem of the

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : SEPTEMBER 8, 1868. 65

tuning-fork into the lower prong, near the extremity of which, and
upon the interior surface, is a small platinum plate which is touched by
the point of a platinum wire. This platinum wire is attached to the end
of a short spring. When the current begins to flow, the prongs of the
tuning-fork are attracted outwards, the platinum plate is withdrawn
from the platinum wire, the flow of the electrical current is interrupted,
and the prongs of the tuning-fork are free to spring together again,
without the retarding influence of the magnetic poles. The tuning-
fork itself, therefore, interrupts the current at each of its vibrations, so
as to be subject to an accelerating force of magnetism, when its prongs
are moving outwardly, without a corresponding retarding action, when
they are moving inwardly.

The vibrations of this tuning-fork ai*e so energetic, and the ampli-
tude of its excursions is so large, that the ends of the prongs often strike
the poles of the electro-magnet. The tuning-fork easily commands the
motion of a stout cord, thirty or forty feet in length, which vibrates as
a whole, or in segments, whenever the tension is such as to make any
one of the harmonics of the cord correspond to the note of the tuning-
fork. The middle of the segments sweeps through a breadth of two
or three inches, and the eye easily recognizes the nodes, and other
peculiarities of vibrating cords, even when the rate of vibration is too
slow to produce any acoustic effect. In this way, all the laws of vi-
brating strings may be illustrated to the coarsest eye even more satis-
factorily than is possible with the most highly educated ear."

Five Hundred and ninety-ninth Meeting.

September 8, 1868. — Adjourned Statute Meeting.

The Recording Secretary in the chair.
Professor Lovering made the following communication on
the Periodicity of the Aurora Borealis : ■ —

As this paper will appear in full in the Memoirs of the Academy,
over three hundred pages of which are already printed, only a brief
abstract will be given in this place. I was incited to the study of the
laws of periodicity of the aurora by the absence of any recorded ap-
pearances of this display, in this country, before the early part of the
eighteenth century, — a failure in the record which could not easily be

56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

explained except by a failure in the phenomenon itself, especially when
it is considered that the early settlers of New England were not likely
to have overlooked appearances which they could so readily associate
with the religious or political events of their heaven-determined des-
tiny. A preliminary discussion of the subject was first published in
the American Almanac for 1860, and afterwards, with some modifica-
tion, in the Memoirs of the Academy, Vol. IX. p. 101. But I was
soon satisfied that no satisfactory solution of a vast problem could be
reached, which was built on anything less than the richest materials
that could be gathered from the records of science. Much time has
been expended, therefore, in preparing and printing a complete cata-
logue of all the auroras observed from the earliest times down to the
present year, — a catalogue which comprises about ten thousand inde-
pendent auroras and fifty thousand observations.

The discussion of these materials, so far as it has yet progressed,
relates especially to the distribution of auroras between the different
days and months of the year, and the accuracy with which this distri-
bution may be expressed by a periodical function. The subject is
considered, not only for the whole earth, but also separately for the
two hemispheres, and for each place where a series of observations
has continued long enough to justify a distinct discussion. The num-
ber of auroras occurring in different seasons of the year has been
computed by the following formula : —

N = A + Ci sin. 2 n (t + ca) -f C2 sin. 4 n (t + c,) + C3 sin. 6 n (t + c3) ;

and the result compared with the observations. The mean probable
error has been obtained by the usual rule, applied to the differences be-
tween the number of observed and computed auroras. The formula
just mentioned is the same as I employed in 1845 in discussing the
daily changes of temperature and magnetic declination at Cambridge,
Mass.* In 1843, Eklof published f at Helsingfors, Russia, a mathe-
matical investigation of the yearly march of auroral phenomena, in
which he employed the same periodic function as I have adopted.
Copies, however, of the Scientific Transactions, in which Eklof pub-
lished his labors, are very rare in this country. I only know of the
single one which I had recently an opportunity to examine, in the
Astor Library of New York. As Eklof confined his inquiry to a few

*

* Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. III. 44.
t Acta Soc. Sci. Fennic, etc. II. 302.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : SEPTEMBER 8, 1868. 57

places, and to small and imperfect catalogues of auroras, what I have
added to his work may not, perhaps, be superfluous.

I have taken notice, in my memoir, of the attempts made by Mairan, .
Ritter, Hoslin, Quetelet, Wartmann, Boue, Baumhauer, Wolf, A. de
la Rive, Fritz, and Littrow to establish relations between the periods
of auroral maxima and minima, and those of shooting-stars, meteors,
earthquakes, disturbances in the earth's magnetism, or the sun's in-
flamed surface, and even the larger nutation-period of the earth's axis,
to say nothing of hail-storms, snow-storms, lunar halos, winds, etc.

Since the first two hundred and forty pages of my Memoir on the
Periodicity of the Aurora have been printed, General Lefroy, formerly
director of the Magnetic Observatory in Toronto, Canada, has put at
my disposal his large accumulation of observations in British America ;
also Professor Joseph Henry, Secretary of the Smithsonian Institu-
tion, has placed in my hands the unpublished records of meteorology
made in various parts of the United States, under the auspices of this
institution, in accordance with the comprehensive plan of its accom-
plished Secretary. Mr. Charles A. Schott has obtained for me, from
the original records in possession of the Smithsonian Institution, the
dates of one hundred and eight auroras observed by the late Professor
Parker Cleaveland, at Brunswick, Maine. During a recent visit to
Leyden, I have been able to consult the manuscript records of Mus-
schenbroek. From these I have gathered the observations made in
Holland on four hundred and sixty-seven auroras, most of which have
never been published before. With these new and rich materials, and
others not specified, to which I have had access since my first catalogue
was printed, I have been induced to pause in the midst of my discus-
sion of the secular periodicity of the aurora, and print supplementary
catalogues. I therefore postpone any remarks on this point until the
investigation is brought to a conclusion. The sum total of all the inde-
pendent auroras contained in all my catalogues amounts to eleven
thousand nine hundred and fifty-eight. However, the additional obser-
vations contained in the second catalogue, embracing, as they do, but a
short period of years, will have less influence upon the question of the
secular periodicity of the aurora than upon its yearly march from month
to month, at Toronto, Quebec, Newfoundland, etc. ; for which the ob-
servations in the first catalogue were limited to a small number of
years.

VOL. VIII. 8

58

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Number of Auroras observed each Month in the Western Hemisphere.

Place.

Jan.
9

Feb. Mar.

1

Apr.

May.
11

Jun.
5

July.
13

Aug.
13

Sept.
16

Oct.
19

Nov.
5

Dec.
10

Total.
151

Newfoundland,

20

14

16

Quebec,

6

25

14

24

7

10

13

10

19

21

13

7

169

London, Canada,

7

12

12

16

6

5

10

8

10

13

3

5

107

Toronto,

21

37

34

46

35

24

31

25

33

43

34

26

389

Jakobshavn,

27

24

17

1

0

0

0

0

17

28

34

37

185

Gothaab,

61

60

50

21

0

0

0

5

53

45

71

64

430

New York State,

76

89

110 132

89

80

106

125

141

117

75

65

1205

New Haven,

63

59

72

67

62

46

72

66

97

62

86

61

813

Newberry,

23

34

28

30

6

2

3

11

32

30

10

9

218

Providence,

15

17

14

13

18

7

10

7

21

21

14

3

160

Burlington,

8

6

9

8

12

5

6

3

8

3

3

3

74

St. Martin,

6

9

7

9

9

4

14

6

14

3

2

6

89

Wilmington,

6

1

4

1

5

5

6

5

10

3

3

4

53

Worcester,

19

13

27

25

10

9

12

19

30

22

15

11

212

Salem,

9

14

18

17

15

15

30

17

21

22

12

8

198

Boston,'

2

4

1

5

1

2

2

1

6

2

6

4

36

Cambridge,

19

27

37

39

21

10

29

20

45

33

17

19

316

Cambridge,

17
394

31

482

46
514

33

503

24
331

26
255

44
401

40

49

32
519

31

17

390

Aggregates,

381

622

434

359

5195

Number of Auroras observed each Month in the Eastern Hemisphere.

Place.

Jan.
6

Feb.

Mar.

Apr. May.

Jun.

July.

Aug. Sept.

Oct.

7

Nov.
3

Dec.

1

Total.

Prague,

4

4

6

6

1

2

3

4

47

Ratisbon,

1

3

9

9

6

7

2

4

2

8

3

0

54

Holland,

49

47

92

103

110

34

37

59

64

74

47

34

750

Copenhagen,

1

5

9

12

4

0

3

1

4

5

2

2

48

Mannheim,

18

12

33

32

13

8

12

16

28

18

16

10

216

Scandinavia,

40

30

38

11

0

0

0

4

28

49

47

41

288

Sagan,

25

14

34

40

8

2

3

8

22

39

31

14

240

Spydberg,

8

7

17

6

2

0

0

1

10

18

6

6

81

Italy,

4

9

21

5

3

4

6

7

7

12

3

7

88

Wittemberg,

8

12

13

7

3

0

2

11

8

16

5

6

91

Franeker,

20

15

41

23

16

6

8

15

30

30

13

14

231

Montmorenci,

8

13

26

18

14

6

9

11

27

20

11

5

168

Carlsruhe,

2

9

13

15

8

2

5

11

6

8

5

3

87

Paris,

4

5

12

4

20

5

6

10

15

11

12

4

108

Berlin,

21

37

55

48

39

2

10

10

22

45

29

13

331

Upsal,

85

131

152

75

7

2

4

72

126

146

109

109

1018

Brussels,

12

13

18

22

38

23

23

11

16

23

17

15

231

St. Petersburg,

70

100

179

152

42

13

15

62

145

146

83

79

1086

Stockholm,

27

34

50

56

13

0

0

19

44

39

34

25

341

Christiania,

46

61

75

60

3

0

1

35

78

65

55

55

534

Dunse,

33

20

18

18

3

0

2

14

43

34

30

23

238

Makerstoun,

22

26

28

16

6

0

0

7

16

29

23

11

184

Plymouth, Engl.,

8

7

23

12

6

1

8

8

10

15

13

9

120

Great Britain,

21

19

23

12

3

2

1

3

35

23

21

22

185

Kendall, etc.,

18

18

26

32

21

5

2

21

23

36

38

10

250

Hammerf'est,

19

16

8

0

0

0

0

0

4

9

16

19

91

Abo, etc.,

66

87

99

61

9

0

2

28

98

97

74

61

682

Jena,

2

9

4

10

4

2

4

8

14

15

6
752

6

84

Aggregates,

644

763

1120

865

407

125

167

459

929

1037

604

7872

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 13, 1868. 59

Mr. Oliver made a communication on certain ray-numbers
in Composite.

Professor Cooke described a new species of Muscovite Mica
containing Lithium and a trace of Rubidium, associated with
the Spoduinene of Sterling, Mass.

Six hundredth Meeting.

October 13, 1868. — Monthly Meeting.

The Corresponding Secretary in the chair.

The Corresponding Secretary read letters relative to ex-
changes ; also letters from Dr. H. L. Mansel and Professor
Bluntschli in acknowledgment of their election as Foreign
Honorary Members, and a letter from Mr. Samuel H. Scudder
in acknowledgment of his election as a Resident Fellow.

Professor F. H. Storer presented the following communica-
tion : —

On the Simultaneous Occurrence of a Soluble Lead Salt and
free Sulphuric Acid in Sherry Wine ; ivith Observations on
the Solvent Action of Alcoholic Saline Solutions upon Sul-
phate of Lead.

Several years since, I was called upon by a wine-merchant of this
city to examine a sample of pale sherry taken from a cask which had
been returned to him, on the certificate of a chemist that the wine con-
tained lead. The sample in question was perfectly transparent and
clear. There was nothing in the appearance or taste of the wine to in-
dicate the sophistication to which it had really been subjected.

On submitting this sherry to chemical analysis, I found not only that
it held in solution a considerable proportion of lead, but also a decided
trace of free sulphuric acid, besides an abundance of the same acid
combined with some alkaline base. When a portion of the wine was
evaporated in contact with slips of paper, the latter soon became
crumbly and friable.

Regarded merely from the chemical point of view, without reference
to its manifest bearing upon questions of hygiene and jurisprudence,
the simultaneous occurrence of a lead salt and of free sulphuric acid in

60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

alcoholic solution is a fact sufficiently important to merit close atten-
tion. Unfortunately, the small sample of wine given me was com-
pletely exhausted in the severe confirmatory tests by which the results
above mentioned were controlled, and I have had no opportunity to
determine the precise manner in which the lead was held in solution in
that particular case. Several conjectures as to the cause of the# phe-
nomenon will be discussed below.

That lead compounds should still be employed in the treatment of
wine will surprise no one familiar with the tenacity with which tradi-
tions are held by successive generations of operatives in many of the
chemical arts. According to Taylor,* " litharge was formerly much
used to remove the acidity of sour wine and convey a sweet taste.
Acetate of lead, or some other vegetable salt of the metal, is in these
cases formed ; and the use of such wine may be productive of alarm-
ing symptoms. Many years since a fatal epidemic colic prevailed in
Paris owing to this cause ; . . . . the adulteration was discovered by
Fourcroy, and was immediately suppressed."

Beckmann in his History of Inventions f dwells at some length on
the antiquity and enduring character of the practice of neutralizing
the acid which spoils wine by means of litharge. According to this
author, the practice was forbidden by legal enactment in France as
early as 1696, but a hundred years later " the art of improving wine
by litharge was taught in England as a method perfectly free from
danger." t

The sulphuric acid in the sample of wine examined by me was prob-
ably added, with the view of removing the dissolved lead resulting
from the previous use of litharge. It is not unlikely that the addition
of the free acid was preceded by that of a solution of sulphate of
ammonium.

In seeking for an explanation of the fact that a certain proportion
of lead may remain dissolved in wine, even in presence of free sul-
phuric acid, the following hypotheses suggest themselves : —

1st. It seemed not impossible, in case a mixture of weak alcohol,
dilute sulphuric acid, and sulphate of lead was left to itself for a long

* On Poisons, p. 502 of the London edition.
t Chapter on Adulteration of Wine.

J William Graham's Art of Making Wines from Fruit, Flowers, and Herbs.
London, sixth edition.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 13, 1868. 61

time, that a part of the lead salt might be changed to sulphovinate of
lead and pass into solution. This idea was sufficiently improbable in
view of the known facts that dilute alcohol and weak sulphuric acid are
unfit for making sulphovinic acid, and that but little if any of the acid
can be formed, even from tolerably concentrated liquids, unless the mix-
ture of alcohol and sulphuric acid be heated artificially. The idea was
nevertheless put to the test of experiment, as follows : —

100 c. c. of alcohol of 59 per cent, 5. c. c. of oil of vitriol, and a
quantity of recently precipitated sulphate of lead, were placed in a
stoppered bottle, and the mixture was frequently shaken during an
interval of three months. The clear liquid was then decanted, diluted
with water, and saturated with sulphuretted hydrogen gas. Not the
slightest coloration indicative of lead was produced.

100 c. c. of similar alcohol, mixed with sulphuric acid, sulphovinic
acid, and sulphate of lead, gave no reaction for lead when tested after
the lapse of three months.

2d. Though the idea seemed highly improbable, it was still possible
that the sugar in the wine might in some way exert a solvent action
upon sulphate of lead. It was found, however, when 100 c. c. of alco-
hol of 59 per cent, and 5 c. c. of oil of vitriol, together with a quantity
of sugar and of precipitated sulphate of lead, were left to themselves
for three months, that the clear supernatant liquid held no trace of
lead in solution. For that matter, it was found that a mixture of sul-
phuric acid and much sugar-water was capable of precipitating all the
lead even from an aqueous solution of acetate of lead. The filtrate
from the sulphate of lead thus pi'ecipitated gave absolutely no indica-
tion of lead when tested with sulphuretted hydrogen, not even when a
considerable quantity of the liquid was evaporated to dryness, inciner-
ated, treated with nitric acid, and again evaporated before applying the
reagent.

3d. The most probable hypothesis of all, however, was, that a cer-
tain proportion of lead could be held dissolved in presence of sulphuric
acid, even in an alcoholic solution like wine, by the action of various
soluble alkaline salts capable of decomposing and of being decomposed
by sulphate of lead ; for it is a well-known fact that very considera-
ble quantities of sulphate of lead can be held dissolved in water by
means of many acetates, citrates, and tartrates, and by various other
salts.

To test this idea, the following set of experiments has been carried

62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

out at my suggestion by Mr. A. H. Pearson, of Haverhill, a student in
the Laboratory of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

A considerable quantity of dilute alcohol, of the usual strength of
sherry wine (18 per cent) having been prepared, standard solutions of
acetate of lead, of sulphuric acid, and of sulphate of ammonium were
made by dissolving weighed quantities of these substances in portions
of the 18% alcohol. Each of the solutions was made of such strength
that 500 c. c. of the liquid contained one tenth of an equivalent of the
salt or acid, reckoned in grammes, on the hydrogen scale.

Alcoholic solutions of several salts of ammonium and of the fixed
alkalies were also prepared, as will be described below.

In each experiment, equal quantities of the standard solution of
sulphuric acid, or of sulphate of ammonium, and of the saline solution
to be tested were mixed in a glass flask, and the standard solution of
acetate of lead was made to fall from a burette drop by drop into the
mixture until a persistent precipitate of sulphate of lead was perceived.
The burette was graduated so that two drops from it were equal to
one tenth of a cubic centimetre ; and the flask was constantly shaken
while the drops of acetate of lead were falling into it.

The results of the experiments are as follows : —

Acetate of Ammonium was prepared by neutralizing ordinary acetic
acid with ammonia-water, and the strong aqueous solution thus obtained
was mixed with alcohol. It appeared, however, that this alcoholic solu-
tion of the acetate exerted no solvent action upon sulphate of lead, for
a permanent precipitate of the latter was produced in the mixture of
acetate of ammonium and normal sulphuric acid by the first drop of
the standard solution of acetate of lead. The same negative result
was obtained in several repetitions of the experiment, even when new
portions of dilute alcohol and a second set of the standard solutions
were employed.

When, however, the solution of acetate of ammonium was mixed
with an equal bulk (10 c. c.) of the standard solution of sulphate of
ammonium, instead of the sulphuric acid, a considerable quantity of
sulphate of lead was held in solution by it. In two distinct trials, the
precipitate formed by dropping acetate of lead into the mixed solution
of acetate and sulphate of ammonium continued to redissolve until 3
c. c. of the standard solution of acetate of lead had been added to the
liquor. These 3 c. c. of the standard solution contained 0.1137 grm.
of acetate of lead, corresponding to 0.0909 grm. of sulphate of lead.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES I OCTOBER 13, 1868. 63

To hold dissolved 1 part of sulphate of lead in the dilute alcohol
charged with sulphate of ammonium, there was consequently required
110 c. c. of a tolerably strong solution of acetate of ammonium.

Still another experiment with sulphuric acid was made by mixing
10 c. c. of an entirely new preparation of acetate of ammonium with a
similar quantity of the standard solution of acetate of lead, and drop-
ping the standard sulphuric acid into the mixture. No persistent pre-
cipitate was produced in this case until 5 c. c. of the acid had been
added. This quantity of the standard acid contained 0.049 grm. of
sulphuric acid corresponding to 0.1515 grm. of sulphate of lead ;
hence only 33 parts of the solution of acetate of ammonium were re-
quired to dissolve 1 part of sulphate of lead. It is to be observed that
the insolubility of tartrate, citrate, and succinate of lead in alcohol pre-
vents the application of this modified form of the experiment in the
examples given below.. With the exception of the acetates of am-
monium and sodium, none of the salts experimented with can be mixed
with the acetate of lead and subsequently tested with sulphuric acid or
sulphate of ammonium.

Acetate of Sodium, whether mixed with the normal sulphuric acid?
with sulphate of ammonium, or with acetate of lead, seemed to have
no solvent action upon sulphate of lead.

Neither Oxalate of Ammonium nor normal Oxalate of Potassium
exerted any solvent action either in presence of the sulphuric acid or
the sulphate of ammonium.

Tartrate of Ammonium. — Normal, crystallized tartrate of ammonium
was dissolved in alcohol of 18%, in such proportion that 500 c. c. of
the solution contained -^ of an equivalent, 18.4 grms. of the salt. 25
c. c. of the solution was mixed with an equal volume of the normal
sulphuric acid, and normal acetate of lead was added to the mixture
until a permanent precipitate was produced. To effect this result, there
was required of the standard solutionof acetate of lead 2 c. c. or
0.0758 grm. of the acetate, corresponding to 0.0606 grm. of sulphate
of lead. The 25 c. c. of the solution of tartrate of ammonium contained
0.92 grm. of the dry salt. Hence, something more than 15 parts of
tartrate of ammonium are required to hold 1 part of sulphate of lead
dissolved in dilute alcohol containing free sulphuric acid.

In two other experiments where the tartrate of ammonium solution
was mixed with the sulphate of ammonium instead of with free sulphuric
acid, 3 c. c. of the acetate-of-lead solution had to be added before a
permanent precipitate could be formed.

64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

That sulphuric acid is a more efficient precipitant of lead in pres-
ence of tartaric acid than sulphate of ammonium was shown in another
way. 30 c. c. of the standard alcoholic acetate of lead were mixed
with an equal volume of the standard solution of tartrate of ammonium.
The precipitated tartrate of lead was filtered, and the filtrate mixed
with a' quantity of the sulphate of ammonium solution. No precipi-
tate was produced, though on the subsequent addition of sulphuretted
hydrogen a slight precipitate of sulphide of lead was formed. In a
similar experiment, where sulphuric acid was substituted for sulphate
of ammonium, a slight precipitate was produced by the sulphuric acid,
and no precipitate could be obtained afterwards with sulphuretted
hydrogen.

In two other experiments where 5 c. c. of the acetate-of-lead solu-
tion were mixed with 30 c. c. of the tartrate of ammonium, no precipi-
tate was produced by sulphate of ammonium in the filtrate from the
tartrate of lead, while sulphuric acid gave a slight precipitate as before.
In this case, however, sulphuretted hydrogen gave a slight precipitate
after sulphuric acid, as well as after sulphate of ammonium.

Normal Tartrate of Potassium mixed with the solution of sulphuric
acid exerted no solvent action on sulphate of lead.

Succinate of Ammonium, prepared by neutralizing a solution of suc-
cinic acid with ammonia-water, exerted no solvent action when mixed
with the free sulphuric acid ; but when mixed with the solution of sul-
phate of ammonium, 6 c. c. of the acetate-of-lead solution were added
to the liquor before a permanent precipitate fell.

Normal Citrate of Ammonium was prepared by neutralizing a
weighed equivalent portion of crystallized citric acid with ammonia-
water. 10 c. c. of the solution were mixed with an equal volume of
the standard sulphuric acid, and the standard solution of acetate of
lead was dropped into the mixture in the usual way. No permanent
precipitate was formed until 16 c. c. of the lead solution had been
added. These 16 c. c. contained 0.6064 grm. of acetate of lead,
corresponding to 0.4848 grm. of sulphate of lead. The 10 c. c. of
citrate-of-aminonium solution contained 0.42 grm. of crystallized citric
acid. Hence, 1 part of sulphate of lead was held dissolved in the mix-
ture of alcohol and dilute sulphuric acid for every 0.8663 part of citric
acid in the liquor.

On repeating the experiment, a precisely similar result was obtained:
16 c. c. of the standard lead solution had to be added to the mixture

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 13, 1868. 65

of alcohol and sulphuric acid before the precipitate ceased to redissolve
as fast as it formed.

In two other experiments where, instead of free sulphuric acid, 10
c. c. of the standard solution of sulphate of ammonium were mixed
with 10 c. c. of the citrate-of-ammonium solution, 30 c. c. of the
standard lead solution had to be added, in each case, before an)' per-
manent precipitate formed.

Didtrate of Ammonium (C12HG (NH4)2014) was prepared in crys-
tals, and 22.6 grms. of the salt were dissolved in 500 c. c. of the 18%
alcohol. 25 c. c. of the solution were mixed with an equal volume of
the standard sulphuric acid, and the acetate-of-lead solution was
dropped into the mixture in the usual way. After the addition of 8
c. c. of the standard acetate of lead, a permanent precipitate was pro-
duced. These 8 c. c. contained 0.3032 grm. of acetate of lead, cor-
responding to 0.2424 grm. of sulphate of lead. The 25 c. c. of
dicitrate-of-ammonium solution contained 1.13 grms. of the dry salt.
Hence, 1 part of sulphate of lead was held dissolved for every 4.6617
parts of the dicitrate.

Tricitrate of Potassium. — 25 c. c. of a standard solution of ordi-
nary crystallized citrate of potassium, mixed with an equal volume of
the standard sulphuric acid, gave no permanent precipitate until 2 c. c.
of the solution of acetate of lead had been added to it.

Sugar. — A standard solution of cane sugar, mixed with an equal
volume of the sulphuric acid, gave a permanent precipitate, on the ad-
dition of the first drop of the acetate of lead.

These experiments show clearly that very considerable quantities of
sulphate of lead can be held in solution by weak alcohol charged with
various salts. It may, therefore, reasonably be inferred that wines
sometimes retain lead in solution, in consequence of this action of the
acids and salts peculiar to wine upon lead compounds ignorantly em-
ployed to correct acidity.

DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY,

FROM JULY 21, 1866, TO JULY 1, 1868.

Massachusetts Historical Society.

Proceedings. 1866-67. 8vo. Boston. 1867.
Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

Second and Third Annual Catalogues of the Officers, and the
VOL. VIII. 9

66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Programme of the Course of Instruction, of the School of the
Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1866-67. 1867-68.
2 pamph. 8vo. Boston. 1867 - 68.
Boston Society of Natural History.

Proceedings. Vols. X., XI. 8vo. Boston. 1866-68.
Memoirs. Vol.1. Parts I., II., III. 4to. Boston. 1866-68.
Annual of the Boston Society of Natural History. 1868 - 69,
Vol. I. 8vo pamph. Boston. 1868.

Condition and Doings of the Boston Society of Natural History,
as exhibited by the Annual Reports of the Custodian, Treasurer,
Librarian, and Curators. May, 1866. May, 1868. 2 pamph. 8vo.
Boston. 1866 - 68.
Trustees of the Public Library of the City of Boston.

Index to the Catalogues of Books in the Bates Hall of the Pub-
lic Library of the City of Boston. First Supplement. 8vo. Bos-
ton. 1866.

Bulletin. Nos. 1-4. 4 pamph. 8vo. Boston. 1867-68.
Mercantile Library Association of the City of Boston.

Forty-Sixth and Forty-Seventh Annual Reports. 2 pamph. 8vo.
Boston. 1866-67.
Directors of the Boston and Worcester Railroad Corporation.

Thirty-Seventh and Thirty-Eighth Annual Reports of the Di-
rectors .... for the Years ending November 30, 1866, and No-
vember 30, 1867. 2 pamph. 8vo. Boston. 1867 - 68.
Harvard College.

Catalogus Senatus Academici Collegii Harvardiani 8vo.

Cantabrigian. 1866.
Astronomical Observatory of Harvard College.

Annals. Vol.11. Part II. 1854-55. Vol. V. 4to. Cam-
bridge. 1867.
Trustees of the Peabody Museum of American Archceology and Eth-
nology.

First Annual Report of the Trustees Presented to the

President and Fellows of Harvard College. February 15, 1868.
8vo pamph. Cambridge. 1868.
Director of the Museum of Comparative Zoology.

Annual Report of the Trustees of the Museum of Comparative
Zoology at Harvard College, in Cambridge, together with the Re-
port of the Director. 8vo pamph. Boston. 1867.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 13, 1868. 67

Essex Institute.

Proceedings. Vol. V. Nos. 1-6. 8vo. Salem. 1866 - 68.
Peabody Academy of Science.

American Naturalist. Vol. II. Nos. 1-5. 8vo. Salem. 1868.
American Antiquarian Society.

Proceedings of the American Antiquarian Society at the Annual
Meeting, held in Worcester, October 20, 1866; and at the Special
Meeting, held in Worcester, November 15, 1866. 8vo pamph.
Cambridge. 1866

Proceedings at the Semiannual Meeting, held in Boston, April
24,1867. 8vo. Cambridge. 1867.

Proceedings at the Annual Meeting, held at Worcester, October
21, 1867. 8vo. Worcester. 1867.
American Association for the Advancement of Science.

Proceedings of the Fifteenth Meeting, held at Buffalo, New York,
August, 1866. 1 vol. 8vo. Cambridge. 1867.
American Oriental Society.

Proceedings for 1866- 67. 8vo. New Haven. 1867.
Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences.

Transactions. Vol. I. Part I. 8vo. New Haven. 1866.
Editors of the American Journal of Science and Arts.

Journal, N. S. Vols. XLIL, XLIIL, XLIV, XLV. 8vo.
New Haven. 1866-68.
Lyceum of Natural History of New York.

Annals. Vol. VIII. 8vo. New York. 1867.
Mercantile Library Association of the City of New York.

Forty-Fifth Annual Report of the Board of Directors, May,
1865. April, 1866. 8vo pamph. New York. 1866.
Cooper Union for the Advancement of Science and Art.

Seventh Annual Report of the Trustees July 1, 1866.

8vo pamph. New York. 1866.
Long Island Historiccd Society.

Fourth Annual Report of the Board of Directors, etc. Presented

at the Annual Meeting May, 1867. 8vo pamph. Brook-

lyn, L. I.
Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.

Forty-Second and Forty-Third Annual Registers of the Rensse-
laer Polytechnic Institute, Troy, N. Y., for the Academical Years
1865-66:1866-67. 2 pamph. 8vo. Troy, N. Y. 1866-67.

68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Albany Institute.

Transactions. Vol. V. 8vo. Albany. 1867.
American Philosophical Society.

Proceedings. Vol. X. Nos.76, 77. 8vo. Philadelphia. 1866-67.
Catalogue of the American Philosophical Society. Part II.
Class V. 8vo. Philadelphia. 1866.
Academy of Natural Sciences.

Proceedings. Vol. XVIII. Nos. 4, 5. Vol. XIX. 1868.
Vol. XX. No. 1. 8vo. Philadelphia. 1866-68.

Journal. N. S. Vol. VI. Part II. 4to. Philadelphia. 1867.
Philadelphia College of Pharmacy.

American Journal of Pharmacy. 3d Ser. Vol. XIV., XV.,
XVI. Nos. 1-3. 8vo. Philadelphia. 1866-68.
Mercantile Library Co. of Philadelphia.

Forty-Fourth Annual Report. January, 1867. 8vo pamph.
Philadelphia.
Peabody Institute of the City of Baltimore.

The Founder's Letters, and the Papers relating to its Dedication
and its History. Up to the 1st January, 1868. 1 vol. 8vo. Balti-
more. 1868.
Library of Congress.

Catalogue of Books added to the Library of Congress from De-
cember 1, 1866, to December 1, 1867. 1 vol. 4to. Washing-
ton. 1868.
National Academy of Sciences.

Memoirs. Vol. I. 4to. Washington. 1866.
Annual for 1863-64: 1865-66. 12mo. Cambridge. 1865-67.
Smithsonian Institution.

Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge. Vols. XIV, XV.
4to. Washington. 1865-67.

Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections. Vols. VI., VII. .8vo.
Washington. 1867.

Annual Report of the Board of Regents, showing the Operations,
Expenditures, and Condition of the Institution for the Year 1865.
8vo. Washington. 1866.
U. S. Naval Observatory.

Astronomical and Meteorological Observations made at the United
States Naval Observatory during the Years 1864 and 1865. 2 vols.
4to. Washington. 1866, 1867.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 13, 1868. 69

Astronomical Observations made at the United States Naval
Observatory, during the Years 1851 and 1852. 4to. Washing-
ton. 18G7.

Observations and Discussions on the November Meteors of 1867,
United States Naval Observatory, Washington. 8vo pamph.
Washington. 1867.
Bureau of Navigation.

American Ephemeris and Nautical Almanac for the Year 1868.
8vo. Washington. 1866.

Nautical Almanac Circular. No. 11. 8vo pamph. Washington.

Tables of Eunomia, by E. Schubert, computed for the American
Ephemeris and Nautical Almanac. 4to pamph. Washington.
1866.
Navy Department.

Letter of the Secretary of the Navy, communicating, in compli-
ance with a Resolution of the 19th of March, 1866, a Report of
Rear-Admiral Charles H. Davis, Superintendent of the Naval
Observatory, in Relation to the various proposed Lines for Inter-
oceanic Canals and Railroads between the Waters of the Atlantic
and Pacific Oceans. 8vo. 1867.
United States Congress.

Report of the Joint Committee on the Conduct of the War, at
the Second Session, Thirty-Eighth Congress. 3 vols. 8vo.
Washington. 1865.
Department of State.

Letter of the Secretary of State, transmitting a Report on the
Commercial Relations of the United States with Foreign Nations,
for the Year ended September 30, 1865. 8vo. Washington.
1866.

Papers relating to Foreign Affairs accompanying the Annual
Message of the President to the First Session, Thirty-Ninth Con-
gress. Parts I. - IV. 4 vols. 8vo. Washington. 1866.
Department of War. Surgeon- General's Office.

Circular No. 7. A Report on Amputations at the Hip-Joint in
Military Surgery. 4to pamph. Washington. 1867.
Department of the Treasury.

Reports of a Commission appointed for a Revision of the Revenue
System of the United States, 1865, 1866. 8vo. Washington.
1866.

70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Patent- Office.

Annual Report of the Commissioner of Patents for the Year
1866. Vols. L, II., III. 8vo. Washington. 1867.
Department of the Interior.

Statistics of the United States (including Mortality, Property,
etc.) in 1866: compiled from the Original Returns, and being the
Final Exhibit of the Eighth Census, under the Direction of the
Secretary of the Interior. 4to. Washington. 1866.
United States Sanitary Commission.

Documents. Vol. I. Nos. 1 - 60. Vol. II. Nos. 61 - 95. 8vo.
New York. 1866.

Sanitary Commission Bulletin. 3 vols, in 1. 8vo. New York.
1866.
Public Library of Cincinnati.

Rules, By-Laws, and other Items, with Annual Reports. 1867.
8vo pamph. Cincinnati. 1868.
Young Mens Mercantile Library Association of Cincinnati.

Thirty-Second and Thirty-Third Annual Report of the Board of
Directors for the Years 1866 and 1867. 2 pamph. 8vo. Cincin-
nati. 1867, 1868.
Chicago Academy of Sciences.

Transactions. Vol. I. Part I. 4to. Chicago. 1867.
Chicago Historical Society.

Department of Public Instruction, City of Chicago. Twelfth
and Thirteenth Annual Report of the Board of Education for the
Years ending August 31, 1866 and 1867. 8vo. Chicago. 1866,
1867.

Eleventh Annual Report of the Board of Guardians of the
Chicago Reform School to the Common Council of the City of
Chicago, for the Year ending March 31, 1867. 8vo pamph.
Chicago. 1867.

Eighth and Ninth Annual Statement of the Trade and Commerce
of Chicago, for the Year ending March 31, 1'866 and 1867. 8vo.
Chicago. 1866, 1867.

Fifth Annual Report of the Board of Public Works to the Com-
mon Council of the City of Chicago, for the Municipal Fiscal Year
ending March 31, 1866. 8vo pamph. Chicago. 1866._

Intramural Interments in Populous Cities, and their Influence upon
Health and Epidemics. By John H. Rauch, M. D. 8vo pamph.
Chicago. 1866.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 13, 1868. 71

Directors of the St. Louis Public Schools.

Thirteenth Annual Report of the Board of Directors for the Year
ending August 1, 1867. 8vo. St. Louis. 1867.
Minnesota Historical Society.

Collections for the Year 1867. 8vo . pamph. Saint Paul.
1867.
California Academy of Natural Sciences.

Proceedings. Vol. III. 8vo. San Francisco. 1868.
Memoirs. Parts I., II. 4 to. San Francisco. 1868.
Mercantile Library Association of San Francisco.

Fourteenth Annual Report of the President, Treasurer, and
Librarian. 8vo pamph. San Francisco. 1867.
Government of Canada.

Geological Survey of Canada. Report of Progress from its
Commencement to 1863. Atlas of Maps and Sections, with an
Introduction and Appendix. 8vo. Montreal. 1866.

Report of Progress from 1863 to 1866. 8vo. Ottawa.
1866.
Literary and Historical Society of Quebec.

Transactions. Session of 1865 - 66. N. S. Part IV. Session
of 1866-67. N. S. Part V. 8vo. Quebec. 1866-67.

Extract from a Manuscript Journal relating to the Siege of Que-
bec in 1759, kept by Colonel Malcolm Fraser. 8vo pamph.
Quebec.
Universitas Carolina Lundensis.

o

Acta Universitatis Lundensis (Lunds Universitets Arsskrift) for
Ar 1864, 1865. 2 vols. 4to. Lund. 1864 - 66.

Forelasningar och Ofningar vid Carol. Univ. i Lund. Host-Ter-
ruinen. 1866. 4to pamph. Lund. 1866.
Bureau de la Recherche Geologique de la Suede.

Carte Geologique de la Suede. Bladet 19, 20, 21 : Livraisons
accompagnies 19 -21. Stockholm. 1866.
Societe Royale des Sciences a Upsal.

Nova Acta. Ser. 3. Vol. VI. Fasc. 1. 4to. Upsal. 1866.
Upsala Universitets Arsskrift 1865. Theologi. 8vo pamph.
Upsal. 1865.
Kongel. Norske Frederiks Universitet. Christiania.

Aarsberetning for 1864, 1865, 1866. 8vo. Christiania. 1865 - 67.
Index S"holarum. 1866, 1867. 4to. Christiania.

72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Ezechiels Syner og Chaldceernes Astrolab, af C. A. Holmboe.
Universitets-Program for andet Halvaar, 1866. 4to pamph.
Christiania. 1866.

Maerker efter en Iistid i Omegnen af Hardangerfjorden, af S. A.
Sexe. Universitets-Program for forste Halvaar 1866. 4to pamph.
Christiania. 1866.

Udsigt over de voesentligste Forbedringer ved Jerntilvirkningen i
de seneste Decennier (Akademisk Prisaf handling), af Rick. F.
Stalsberg. [Udgivet efter det Akad. Collegiums Foranstaltning.]
8vo. Christiania. 1866.

Ungedruckte, unbeachtete und wenig beachtete Quellen zur Ge-
schichte der Taufsymbols und der Glaubensregel. Heransgegeben
und in Abhandlungen erlautert von Dr. C. P. Casparini. Universi-
tets-Program. 8vo. Christiania. 1866.

Bidrag tit Bygningskikkens Udvikling paa Landet i Norge. lste
Hefte. Huse med kun et Veraesse-Udgivet af et Samfund i For-
bindelse med Selskabet for Folkeoplysningens Fremme. 4to pamph.
Christiania. 1865.

Om de Elliptiske Funktioners Rrekkeudvikling, af Dr. O. J. Broch.
8vo pamph. Stockholm. 1864.

Etudes sur Ies Affinites Chimiques par C. M. Guldberg et P.
Waage. Programme de l'Universite pour le ler Semesti'e, 1867.
4to pamph. Christiania. 1867.

Morkinskinna. Pergamentsbog fra Forste Halvdel af det Tret-
tende Aarhundrede, udgiven af C. R. Unger. Universitets-Program,
1866. 8vo pamph. Christiania. 1867.
Videnskabs- Selskabet i Christiania.

Forhandlinger, Aar. 1864, 1865, 1866. 8vo. Christiania.
1865-67.
Physiograph iske Forening.

Nyt Magazin for Naturvidenskaberne. Bind XIV. Heft. 2
og 3. 8vo. Christiania. 1866.
Kongel. Danske Videnskabernes Selskab, Kjobenhavn.

Oversigt. Forhandlinger i Aaret 1865, 1866, 1867. 8vo. Co-
penhagen. 1865-67.

Skrit'ter, Femte Roekke. Historisk og Philosophisk Afdeling.
Bind III. Heft 1. Naturv. og Math. Afd. Bind. VI., VII. 4to.
Copenhagen. 1866-68.

Siderum Nebulosorum Obsirvationes Haunienses institute in

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 13, 1868. 73

Specula Universitatis per Tubum Sedecirapeclalem Merzianum ab
anno 1861 ad annum 1867. Auctore Dr. H. L. D' Arrest. 4to.
Hauniae. 1867.
Kongel. Nordiske Oldshrift Selshab, Kjobenhavn.

Antiquarisk Tidsskrift, 1858 - 1860. Heft. 1-3. 1861 - 1863.
8vo. Copenhagen. 1861-64.

Aarboger for Nordisk Oldkyndighed og Historie, 1866. Heft. 1 -4 :
1867. Heft. 1-3, og TiUseg for 1866. 8vo. Copenhagen.
1866-67.

Me moires de la Societe Royale des Antiquaires du Nord.
1850-1860. 8vo. Copenhagen. 1861. Nouv. Serie. 1866.
8vo pamph. Copenhagen.

Clavis Poetica Antiquae Linguae Septentrionalis quam e Lexico
Poetico Sveinbjornis Egilssonii cpllegit et in Ordinem redegit
Benedictus Grondal (Egilsson). Edidit Societas Regia Antiquario-
rum Septentrionalium. 8vo. Copenhagen. 1863.
Societe Imperiale des JYaturalistes de Moscou.

Bulletin. Tomes XXXVIII., XXXIX, XL. Nos. 1, 2. 8vo.
Moscow. 1865-67.
Academie Imperiale des Sciences de St. Petersbourg.

Memoires. 7e Serie. Tomes IX., X., XL Nos. 1-8. 4to.
St. Petersburg. 1865-67.

Bulletin. Tomes IX., X., XL, XII. No. 1. 4to. St. Peters-
burg. 1866-67.

Catalogue des Livres publiees en Langues Etrangeres. 8vo. St.
Petersburg. 1867.
Kaiserliche Gesellschaft fur die Gesammte Mineralogie zu St. Peters-
burg.

Verhandlungen, Jahrgang, 1863. 8vo. St. Petersburg. 1864.
Administration of Mines of Russia.

Annales de l'Observatoire Physique Central de Russie. Annee
1863. Nos. 1, 2. 1864. 4to. St. Petersburg. 1865, 1866.

Compte-Rendu Annuel Annee 1864. Suppl. aux An-
nales de l'Observatoire pour l'Annee 1862. 4to pamph. St. Pe-
tersburg. 1865.
Bibliotheque Imperiale Publique. St. Petersbourg.

Guide de la Bibliotheque Imperiale Publique. 12mo pamph. St.
Petersburg. 1860.
VOL. VIII. 10

74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Catalogue des Manuscrits Grecs cle la Bibliotheque .... (avec 9
Planches Lithographiees). 8vo. St. Petersburg. 1864.

Catalogue des Nouvelles Acquisitions in Langues Etrangeres de
la Bibliotheque Nos. 1-5. 8vo. St. Petersburg. 1864- 66.

Specimen du Catalogue Raisonne des Russica de la Bibliotheque.
12mo pamph. St. Petersburg. 1866.

Les Elzevir de la Bibliotheque. .... 12mo. St. Petersburg.
1864.

Wegweiser der Kaiserlich Oeffentlichen Bibliothek. 12mo pamph.
St. Petersburg. 1860.

Systematischer Katalog der Russischen Biicher der juristichen
Abtheilung der Kais. OefFentl. Bibliothek. 8vo pamph. St. Peters-
burg. 1863.

Die Jahresberichte der Kais. OefFentl. Bibliothek fur 1862, 1863,
1864, und 1865. 8vo. St. Petersburg. 1863-66.

Auszug aus den Jahresberichten der St. Petersburger Kais. Oef-
fentl. Bibliothek fur 1859 und 1860. 8vo pamph. St. Peters-
burg. 1861.

Die Sammlung von Morgenlandischen Handschriften, welche die
Kais. OefFentl. Bibliothek zu St. Petersburg im Jahre 1864 von
Hra V. Chanykou erworben hat, von B. Dorn. 8vo pamph. St.
Petersburg. 1865.

Nachtrase zu dem Verzeichniss der in Jahre 1864 erworbenen
Chanykou'schen Sammlung von B. Dorn. 8vo pamph. St. Peters-
burg. 1865.

Kurze Beschreibung der Mathematischen, Astronomischen und
Astrologischen Hebraischen Handschriften der Firkowitsch'schen
Sammlung in der Kais. OefFentl. Bibliothek .... von Jonas Gur-
land. 8vo pamph. St. Petersburg. 1866.

Trois Relations de l'Epoque du Faux Demetrius, tirees de la Bib-
liotheque Imperiale Publique de St. Petersbourg et du Musee Rou-
miantzow. 16mo pamph. St. Petersburg. 1862.

Vier Denkschriften aus der Zeit des Falschen Demetrius. 12mo.
St. Petersburg. 1863.
Kaiserliche Nicolai Haupsternwarte. Pulkova.

Tabulae Quantitatum Besellianarum pro annis 1865 ad 1874
computatae. Edidit Otto Struve Speculae Pulcovensis Director
(Contin. tabularum anno 1861 editarum). 8vo pamph. Petropoli.
1867.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES I OCTOBER 13, 1868. 75

Jahresbericht am 20 Mai, 1866, dem Comite der Nicolai Haup-
sternwarte abgestaltet Von Director der Sternwarte — Aus dem
Russ. iibersetzt. 8vo pamph. St. Petersburg. 1866.
Academie Roy ale ties Sciences a Amsterdam.

Verslasen en Mededeelingen. Afdeeling Letterkunde. Deel
IX., X. 8vo. Amsterdam. 1865-66. Afd. Natuurkunde. 2d8
Reeks. Deel I. 8vo. Amsterdam. 1866.

Jaarboek voor 1865 - 66. 8vo. Amsterdam. 1866,1867.

Processen-Verbaal van de Gewone Vergaderingen der Kon.
Akad. van Wetenschappen. Afd. Natuurkund von Jan., 1865, tot.
en met Apl., 1866, von 1866-67. 2 pampb. 8vo. Amsterdam.
1866-67.

Catalogus von de Boekerij. 2de Deck le Stuk. 8vo. Amsterdam.
1866.

Simplicii Commentarius in IV. Libros Aristotelis de Caelo. Ex
recensione Sim. Karstenii. Mandato Regiae Academiae Disciplina-
rum Nederlandicae Editus. 4to vol. Trajecti ad Rhenum. 1864.
Socicte Hollandaise des Sciences a Harlem.

Archives Neerlandaises des Sciences Exactes et Naturelles.
Tome I. Livr. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. Tome II. Livr. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. 8vo.
La Haye. 1866, 1867.

Natuurkundige Verhandelingen. Deel XXIV. 1, 2, 3 : XXV. 1.
4to. Haarlem. 1866.
Netherlands Government.

Carte Geologique des Pays Bas de la Neerlande. Oostergoo
No. 7. Walcheren No. 21. 2 chts. Haarlem.

Flora Batava. Aflevering 190-199. Tytel Register. 12da
Deel. 4to. Amsterdam. 1865.
KoninMijk Nederlandsch Meteorologisch Instituut.

Meteorologiscb Jaarboek. Parts I., II. 1865. Long 4to. Utrecht.
1866.

Nederlandsch Meteorologisch Jaarboek. Eerste und Tweede
Deel. Long 4to. Utrecht. 1866, 1867.
Naturforschende Gesellschaft des Osterlandes zu Altenburg.

Mittheilungen aus dem Osterlande. Band XVIII. Heft. 1, 2
8vo. Altenburg. 1867.
Konigl. Preussische Akademie der Wissenschaften, Berlin.

Abhandlungen aus dem Jahre 1865, 1866. 4to. Berlin. 1866,1867

Monatsberichte aus dem Jahre 1866, 1867. 8vo. Berlin. 1867,
1868.

76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Naturhistorischer Verein der preussischen Rheinlande und Westphalens.

Verhandlungen. Jahrgang XXIL, XXIII., XXIV. 8vo. Bonn.
1865-67.
Konigl. Rheinische Friedrich- Wilhelms Universitet.

Academical Dissertations, Indexes, etc. 4to and 8vo. Bonn.

1865, 1866.
Naturivissenschaftlicher Verein, Bremen.

Abhandungen. Band I. Heft. 1, 2. 8vo. Bremen. 1866,
1867.

Erster Jahi-esbericht des Naturwissen. Vereines. Fiir das Ge-
sellschaftsjahr vom Nov., 1864, bis ende Marz, 1866. 8vo pamph.
Bremen. 1866.
Naturforschender Verein in Briinn.

Verhandlungen. Band IV. 1865. 8vo. Briinn. 1866.

Niessl (Prof. G. V.). Untersuchungen iiber die Genauigkeit des
Nivellirens und Distanzmessens nach der Stampfer'schen Methode.
[Separat-Abdruck aus den Verhand. des Naturfor. Verein in
Briinn. 1864 et seq.] 8vo pampb. Briinn. 1864.
Naturwissenschaf dicker Verein, Carhruhe.

Verhandlungen. Erstes u Zweites Heft. 4to. Carlsruhe.
1864-66.
Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Danzig.

Schriften, Neue Folge. Band I. Heft. 3, 4. Band II. Heft 1.
8vo. Dantzic. 1866.
Verein fiir Erdkunde, Darmstadt.

Notizblatt des Vereins fiir Erdkunde und verwandte Wissenschaft-
en zu Darmstadt. 3 Folge. Heft. 4, 5. Nos. 37 - 60. 8vo. Darm-
stadt. 1865, 1866.
Kais. Leopold. Carolinische Akademie der Naturforscher.

Nova Acta. Vol. XXXII. Pars II. Vol. XXXIII. 4to.
Dresden. 1867.
Verein fur Erdkunde zu Dresden.

Erster Jahresbericbt (Zweiter Abdruck) : Zweiter Jahresbericht.
2 pamph. 8vo. Dresden. 1865.
Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Emden.

Einundfunfzigster Jahresbericht. 1865. Zweiundfunfzigster.

1866. 2 pamph. 8vo. Emden. 1866, 1867.

Festschrift der naturforschenden Gesellschaft .... herausgege-
ben in Veranlassung der Jubelfeier ihres 50 jahrigen Bestehens am
29 Dec, 1864. Von der Direktion. 4to pamph. Emden.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 13, 1868. 77

Die Resrenverhaltnisse des Konigreichs Hannover nebst ausfuhr-
licher Darstellung aller den atmospharischen Niederschlag und die
Verdunstung betreffenden Grossen .... von Dr. M. A. F. Prestel.
4to pamph. Eraden. 18G4.
Zoohgische GeseUschaft, Frankfurt am Main.

Zoologische Garten. Jahrgang VII., VIII., IX. Nos. 1-6. 8vo.
Frankfurt a. M. 1866-68.
Aerztlicher Verein.

Jahresbericht ueber die Verwaltung des Medicinalwesens die
Krankenanstalten und die Oeffentlichen Gesundheitsverhaltnisse
der Freien Stadt Frankfurt. Jahrgang VIII. 1864. 8vo. Frank-
furt a. M. 1867.
GeseUschaft deutscher Naturforscher unci Aerzte.

Taeeblatt der 41 Versammlung in Frankfurt am Main vom 18
bis 24 Sept., 1867. 4to pamph. Frankfurt a. M. 1867.
Konigl. Scichsische Bergakademie.

Die Fortschritte der berg- und huttenmannischen Wissenschaften
in den letzten hundert Jahren. Als zweiter Theil der Festschrift
zum hundertjahrigen Jubilaum der Konigl. Sachs. Bergakademie
zu Freiberg. 8vo. Freiberg. 1867.

Festschrift zum hundertjahrigen Jubilaum der Konigl. Sachs.
Bergakademie zu Freiberg, am 30 Juli, 1866. Roy. 8vo. Dres-
den. 1866.
Oberlaxisitzische GeseUschaft der Wissenschaften, Gorlitz.

Neues Lausitzisches Magazin. Band. XLIIL, XLIV. Heft 1.
8vo. Gorlitz. 1866, 1867.
Konigl. GeseUschaft der Wissenschaften, Gottingen.

Abhandlungen. Band. XII., XIII. 4to. Gottingen. 1866-68.
Nachrichten von der Georg-Augusts-Universitat und der Konigl.
Gesellsch. der Wissenschaften aus dem Jahre 1866-67. 2 vols.
16mo. Gottingen. 1866, 1867.
Medicinisch-Naturwissenschaftliche GeseUschaft zu Jena.

Jenaische Zeitschrift fur Medicin und Naturwissenschaft. Band
II. Heft 2: III. Heft. 2, 3, 4. 8vo. Leipzig. 1865-67.
Konigl. Physikalisch- Okonomische GeseUschaft, Konigsberg.

Scbriften. 6e Jahrgang. 1865. Abth. 1, 2. 7e Jahrgang. 1866.
Heft. 1, 2. 2 vols. 4to. Konigsberg. 1865, 1866.
Konigl. Scichsische GeseUschaft der Wissenschaften, Leipzig.

Abhandluugen, Philol.-Histor. Classe. Band V. No. 2. Math.-

78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Phys. Classe. Band VIII. Nos. 2, 3, 4, 5. 8vo. Leipzig. 1866,
1867.

Berichte iiber die Verhandlungen. Math.-Phys. Classe. Band.
XVII., XVIIL, XIX. Nos. 1, 2. Philol.-Histor. Classe. Band.
XVII., XVIII., XIX. No. 1. 8vo. Leipzig. 1865-67.
Geselhchaft zur Befordericng der gesammten Naturwissenschaften zu
Marburg.

Schriften. Supplement-Heft. 4to. Marburg and Leipzig.
1866.
Konigl. Bayerische Ahademie der Wissenchaften, Munchen.

Abhandlungen, Pbilos. - Philol. Classe. Band X. Abth. 3 :
XL Abtb. 1. Histor. Classe. Band IX. Abth. 3 : X. Abth. 1.
Math.-Phys. Classe. Band X. Abth. 1. 4to. Munchen. 1866.

Sitzungsberichte, 1865. Band II. 1866. Band. I., II. 1867.
Band. I., II. Heft. 1, 2. 8vo. Munchen.

Annalen der Sternwarte. Ver Supplementband. 8vo. Munchen.
1866.

Liebig (Justus Freihem von). Die Entwicklung der Ideen in der
Naturwissenschaft. Rede. 4to pamph. Munchen. 1866.

Schlagintweit (Emil). Die Gottesurtheile der Indier. Rede.
4to paraph. Munchen. 1866.

Bauernfeind (Dr. Carl Maximilian). Die Bedeutung moderner
Gradmessungen. Vortrag. 4to pamph. Munchen. 1866.

Kobell (Franz von). Die Urzeit der Erde. Ein Gedicht.
16mo pamph. Munchen. 1856.

BischofF (Dr. Th. L. Prof, der Anat. u Physiol, in Munchen).
Ueber die Verschiedenheit in der Schiidelbildung des Gorilla,
Chimpanse, und Orang-Outang, vorziiglich nach Geschlecht und
Alter, nebst einer Bemerkung iiber die Darwinsche Theorie. Mit
22 lithog. Tafeln. Vol. 4to and Atlas fol. Munchen. 1867.

Ueber die Brauchbarkeit der in verschiedenen Europaischen
Staaten veroffentlichen Resultate des Recrutirungs-Geschaftes zur
Beuertheilung des Entwicklungs-und Gesundheits-Zustandes ihrer
Bevolkerungen. 8vo pamph. Munchen. 1867.

Brunn (Dr. Heinrich). Ueber die sogenannte Leukothea in der
Glyptothek Sr. Majestat Konig Ludwigs I. Vortrag. 4to pamph.
Munchen. 1867.

Giesebrecht (Dr. Wilhelm von). Ueber einige altere Darstellun-
gen der deutschen Kaiserzeit. Vortrag. 4to pamph. Munchen.
1867.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: OCTOBER 13, 1868. 79

Naturhistorische Gesellschaft zu Number g.

Abhandlungeu. Band III. Halfte 2. 8vo. Nurnberg. 1866.
Konigl. Bbhmische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften in Prag.

Abliandlungen. 5 Folge. Band XIV. 4to. Prag. 1866.
Sitzungsberichte, Jabrgang. 1865. 1, 2 : 1866. 1, 2. 8vo.
Prag. 1865-67.
K. K. Sternwarte zu Pray.

Magnetiscbe und Meteorologiscbe Beobachtungen. Vols. XXVI.,
XXVII. 4to. Prag. 1866, 1867.
Konigl. Bayerische Botanische Gesellschaft in Regensburg.

Flora oder allgemeine botanische Zeitung. Neue Reihe. XXV.
Jabrgang. 8vo. Regensburg. 1867.
Entomologischer Verein zu Stettin.

Entomologische Zeitung. 28 Jabrgang. 8vo. Stettin. 1867.
Deutsche Ornithologe- Gesellschaft, Stuttgart.

Bericht liber die XIV. Versammlung Deutschen Ornithologen
Gesellschaft im " Waldkater," zu Halberstadt und Braunschweig
vom 29 Sept. bis 2 Oct., 1862. 8vo. Stuttgart.
Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenschaften, Wien.

Denkschriften. Philos.-Histor. Classe. Band. XIV., XV. 4to.
Vienna. 1865-67.

Math.-Naturw. Classe. Band. XXV., XXVI. 4to. Wien.
• 1866, 1867.

Register zu den Banden I. -XIV. Denkschriften Phil. Hist.
Classe. I. 4to. Vienna.- 1866.

Sitzungsberichte. Philos,-Histor. Classe. Band. L. -LVI. Heft.
1, 2. Math.-Naturw. Classe. Band L. - LVI. 8vo. Vienna.
1865-67.

Register zu den Banden 41 bis 50 Sitz. der Philos.-Histor. Classe.
V. 8vo. 1866.

Alraanach. 16 Jahrg. 1866. Fur 1851, 1857, 1867. 16mo.
Vienna.

Anzeiger. Jahrg. III., IV., V. Nos. 1 - 20. 8vo. Vienna.
1866-68.
K. K. Geographische Gessellschaft, Wien.

Mittheilungen. Jahrgang VIII. Heft 2, IX. 8vo. Vienna.
1864, 1865.
K. K. Gcologische Reichsanstalt, Wien.

Jahrbuch, Band. XII. No. 3, XVI., XVII., XVIII. No. 1. 8vo.
Vienna. 1862-68.

80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Die Fossilen Mollusken des Tertiasr Beckens von Wien. Von
Dr. Moritz Homes. Band II. Nos. 7, 8. Bivalven. 4to. Vienna.
K. K. Zoologisch-Botanische Gesellchaft, Wien.

Verhandlungen. Band XV, XVI., XVII. 8vo. Vienna.
1865-67.

Neilrich (Dr. August). Nachtrage zur Flora von Nieder Oester-
reich .... herausg. von der K. K. Zool. Bot. Gesell. 8vo.
Vienna. 1866.

Contribuzione pella Fauna dei Molluschi Dalmati per Spiridione
Brusina. (Edito per cura dell' Imperiale e B-eale Societa Zool. Bot.
di Vienna. Compreso nel XVI. Vol. dejli Atti della Societa per
l'anno 1866.) 8vo pamph. Vienna. 1866.

Beitrag zu einer Monographic der Sciarinen, von Job. Winnertz
in Crefeld. 8vo. Vienna. 1867.

Die Diatomeen der Hohen Tatra. Bearbeitet von J. Schumann.
8vo. Vienna. 1867.

Diacmosen der in Ungarn und Slavonien bisher beobachteten
Gefjisspflanzen welche in Koch's Synopsis nicht enthalten sind. 8vo.
Vienna. 1867.
Nassauischer Verein fur Naturhunde.

Jahrbuch. Heft. 19, 20. 8vo. Wiesbaden. 1864-66.
Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Basel.

Verhandlungen. Theil. L, II., III., IV. 8vo. Basel. 1857 - 67.

Festschrift herausgegeben von der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft
.... zur Feier des funfzigjahrigen Bestehens 1867. 8vo pamph.
Basel. 1867.

Ueber die physikalischen Arbeiten der Societas physica helvetica
1751-1787. Festrede gehalten bei der Feier des funfzigjahrigen
Bestehens .... am 4 Mai, 1867. Von Dr. Fritz Burckhardt,
d.z. Pras der Gesellschaft. 8vo pamph. Basel. 1867.
Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Bern.

Mittheilungen. 1865, 1866. 8vo. Bern. 1866, 1867.
Societe de Physique et d'Bistoire Naturelle de Geneve.

Memoires. Tomes XVIIL, XIX. Pt.I. 4to. Geneva. 1866,1867.
Schioeizerische Naturforschende Gesellschaft.

Verhandlungen. 49 Versammlung zu Genf. 1865. 50 zu Neu-
enburg. 1866. 8vo. Geneva. Neufchatel.
Academic Roy ale des Sciences, des Lettres et des Beaux-Arts de Bel-
gique.

Memoires. Tomes XXXV, XXXVI. 4to. Brussels. 1865-67.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 13, 1868. 81

Bulletins. 2e Serie. Tomes XX., XXI., XXII., XXIII.

8vo. Brussels. 1865-67.

Memoires Couronnes. Coll. in 8vo. Tome XVIII. 8vo.
Brussels. 1866.

Annuaire de l'Academie. 1866-67. 18mo. Brussels. 1866,1867.

Tables Generales et Analytiques du Recueil des Bulletins.
2e Serie. Tomes I. -XX. 1857-66. 8vo. Brussels. 1867.

Instructions pour 1'Observatiou des Phenomenes Periodiques
(par A. Quetelet). 8vo pamph. Brussels. 1853.

Quatrieme Rapport Decennal sur les Travaux de la Classe des
Lettres et des Sciences Morales et Politiques (1851 — 60). Par M.
Thonissen, Membre de l'Academie. (Extr. des Bulletins. 2e Ser.
Tome XIX. No. 5.) 8vo pamph. Brussels. 1865.

Cinquantieme Anniversaire de la Reconstitution de l'Academie
(1816-66). (Extr. des Bull. 2e Ser. Tome XXI. No. 5.)
8vo pamph. Brussels. 1866.

Statistique et Astronomic Par M. Ad. Quetelet. (Extr. des Bull,
de l'Acad. Roy. de Belgique. 2e Ser. Tome XVII. No. 1.) 8vo
pamph. Brussels. ■

Communications. Observation de l'Eclipse de Lune. Etoiles
Filantes. Sur les Orages observes en Belgique. Par M. Ad.
Quetelet. (Extr. des Bull, de l'Acad. Roy. de Belgique. 2e Ser.
Tome XX. Nos. 9 et 10.) 8vo pamph. Brussels.

Sur les Epoques comparees de la Feuillaison et de la Floraisson

a Bruxelles, a Stettin et a Vienne. Par M. M. A. Quetelet, Linster

de Pulkowa et Ch. Fritsch de Vienne. (Extr. des Bull, de l'Acad.

Roy. de Belgique. Tome XIX. No. 4.) 8vo pamph. Brussels.

Observatoire Royal de Bruxelles.

Annales. Tome XVII. 4 to." Brussels. 1866.

Annuaire. 1867 (34 Annee). 18mo. Brussels. 1866.

Observations des Phenomenes Periodiques pendant l'Annee 1864.
4to pamph. Brussels.

Meteorologie de la Belgique comparee a celle du Globe. Par
Ad. Quetelet, Direct, de l'Obs. Roy. de Bruxelles. 8vo pamph.
Brussels et Paris. 1867.
Academie d'Archeologie de Belgique.

Tome XXI. 2e Serie. Tome I. 8vo. Antwerp. 1865.
Societe Imperiale d' Agricidture, Sciences et Arts d Angers.

Memoires. Tome IX. Pt. I. No. 2. Nouv. Periode. Tome X.,
VOL. VIII. 11

82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

2e Trimestre : Tome II., 3e et 4e Trimestres. 8vo. Angers.
1866, 18G7.
Academie Imperiale des Sciences, Arts et Belles-Lettres de Caen.
Memoires. 1866,1867,1868. 8vo. Caen. 1866-68.
Societe de Linneene de Normandie.

Bulletin. Vol. IX. 1863, 1864: Vol. X. 1864, 1865. 8vo.
Caen. 1865-66.
Societe Imperiale des Sciences Naturelles de Cherbourg.

Memoires. Tomes XL, XII. 8vo. Paris et Cherbourg. 1865,
1866.
Academie Imperiale des Sciences, Arts et Belles-lettres de Dijon.

Memoires. 2e Serie. Tomes XII., XIII. Annee 1864, 1865,
8vo. Dijon et Paris. 1865,1866.
Academie Imperiale des Sciences, Belles-Lettres et Arts de Lyon.

Memoires. Classe des Sciences, Tome XIII., XIV., XVI.
8vo. Lyons. 1863—67.
Societe Imperiale d'Agriadture, etc., de Lyon,

Annales des Sciences Physiques et Naturelles, dAgriculture, et
dTndustrie. 3e Ser. Tomes IX., X. 8vo. Lyons et Paris. 1865,
1866.
Academie des Sciences et Lettres de Montpellier.

Memoires de la Section de Medecine. Tome IV- Fasc. 1, 2.
Annee 1863 - 64 : de la Section des Sciences. Tome VI. Fasc. 1.
Annee 1864. 4to. Montpellier. 1863, 1864.
Societe Industrielle de Mulhouse.

Bulletin. Tome XXXVIII. Nos. 1-5. 8vo. Mulhouse.
1868.
Institut Imperiale de France. Academie des Sciences.

Comptes Rendus. Tomes LXII. - LXVI. No. 23. 4to. Paris.
1866-68.
Societe de Geographic

Bulletin. Ser. 5. Tomes X.- XV. 8vo. Paris. 1865-68.
Societe Geologique de France.

Histoire des Progres de la Geologie de 1834 a 1859, par A. D.
Archiac, publiee par la Societe" Geologique de France, sous les
Auspices de M. le Ministre de l'lnstruction Publique. Tomes
II. - VIII. 8vo. Paris. 1848 - 60.

Bulletin de la Socigte Geologique. 2e Ser. Tomes XVII. -
XXIV., XXVIII. No. 1. 8vo. Paris. 1860-68.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: OCTOBER 13, 1868. 83

Societe de Protection des Apprentis- et des Enfants des Manufactures.

Bulletin. Nos. 1, 2, 3. 8vo. Paris. 1867.
Societe Imperiale Zoologique d' Acclimatation.

Bulletin. Tome III. No. 4 : V. No. 5. 8vo. Paris. 1866-68.
Academie des Sciences, Belles-Lettres et Arts de Rouen.

Precis Analytiques des Travaux de 1' Academie Imperiale des
Sciences, etc., pendant l'Annee 1864-65. 8vo. Rouen. 1865.
Societe des Sciences JVaturelles de Strasbourg.

Memoires. Tome VI. ler Livr. 4to. Strasbourg. 1866.
Accademia delle Scienze delV Instituto di Bologna.

Memoire. Ser. 2. Tomo IV., V., VI. 4to. Bologna. 1866,
1867.

Rendiconto delle Sessioni dell' Accademia Anno Accademico
1864-65: 1865-66:1866-67. 8vo. Bologna. 1866,1867.
Accademia Gioenia di Scienze Naturali.

Relazione dei Lavori Scientific! trattati nell anno XXXX. dell
Accademia .... letta nell' Arlunaza Gen di Giugno 1866 dal
Carimelo Scinto Patti, Ingegnere, Arcbitetto, etc. (Extr. dagli
Atti dell' Accad. Vol. I. Ser. 3.) 4to. Catania. 1867.
Societa Reale di Napoli.

Atti dell' Accademia delle Scienze Fisiche e Matematiche.
Vol.11. 4to. Naples. 1865.

Rendiconto .... Anno III. Anno IV. Fasc. 1 - 12 : V.
Fasc. 1 - 12 : VI. Fasc. 1 - 5. 4to. Naples. 1864 - 67.
R. Istituto Tecnico di Palermo.

Giornale di Scienze Naturali ed Economiche. Vols. I., II., III.
Fasc. 1, 2, 3. 4to. Palermo. 1866, 1867.
Reale Accademia delle Scienze di Torino.

Memoire. Serie Seconda. Tomo XXI., XXII., XXIII. 4to.
Turin. 1864-66.

Atti dell R. Accademia. Vols. I., II. 8vo. Turin. 1866,1867.
Real Academia de Oiencias de Madrid.

Libros del Saber de Astronomia del Rey D'Alfonso X. de Castilla.
Tomo IV. Folio. Madrid. 1866.
Real Observatorio de Madrid.

Anuario. Ano VIII. 1868. 8vo. Madrid. 1867.
Observaciones Meteorologicas efectuadas en el Real Observatorio
de Madrid desde 1° di Diciembre de 1865 al 30 de Noviembre de
1866. 8vo. Madrid. 1867.

84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Resumen de las Observaciones Meteorologicas en la Peninsula
desde 1° Diciernbre de 1865 al 30 de Noviembre de 1866. 8vo.
Madrid. 1867.

Informe del Director de Real Observatorio Astronomico y Mete-
orologico de Madrid al Excnio. Sr. Comisario Regio del misrao
Establecimiento. 8vo paraph. Madrid. 1867.
Observatorio de Marina de San Fernando.

Almanaque Nautico para el ano 1868, 1869, calculado de Orden
de S. M. en el Observatorio de Marina de la Cindad de S. Fernando.
2 vols. 8vo. Cadiz. 1866, 1867.
British Association for the Advancement of Science.

Report of the Thirty-Fifth Meeting held at Birmingham, Septem-
ber, 1865: Thirty-Sixth held at Nottingham, August, 1866. 2 vols.
8vo. London. 1866, 1867.
Royal Dublin Society.

Journal. Vols. IV., V. Nos. 35 - 66. 8vo. Dublin. 1865,1866.
Dublin Quarterly Journal of Science. Vol. VI. 8vo. London
and Edinburgh. 1866.
Royal Irish Academy.

Transactions. Vol. XXIV. Antiquities. Parts V., VI., VII.
Sciences. Parts V., VII., VIII. Polite Literature. Part III.
4to. Dublin. 1866, 1867.

Proceedings. Vol. IX. Part IV. 8vo. Dublin. 1867.
Royal Geological Society of Ireland.

Journal. Vol.1. 1864-67. 8vo. Dublin. 1867.
Royal Society of Edinburgh.

Transactions. Vol. XXIV. Part II. For the Session 1865-66.
4to. Edinburgh.

" Proceedings. Vol. V. No. 68. Session 1865 - 66. 8vo.
Edinburgh.
Chemical Society of London.

Journal. Ser. 2. Vols. IV., V, VI. Nos. 1, 2, 3. 8vo. Lon-
don. 1866-68.
Geological Society of London.

Quarterly Journal. Vols. XXII., XXIII., XXVI. Part I. 8vo.
London. 1866-68.

List of the Geological Society. November 1, 1866, 1867. 8vo.
London.
Linnean Society of London.

Transactions. Vol. XXV. 4to. London. 1866.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 13, 1868. 85

General Index. Vols. I.-XXV, 4to. London. 1867.

Journal. Botany. Vol. IX. Nos. 35 - 39. Zoology. Vol.
VIII. Nos. 31, 32. Vol. IX. Nos. 33-35. 8vo. London.
1865, 1866.

List of the Society. 1866. 8vo pamph.
Ray Society.

A Monograph on the Structure and Development of the Shoul-
der-Girdle and Sternum in the Vertebrata. By W. Kitchen
Parker, F. R. S., F. Z. S. 4to. London. 1868.
Royal Astronomical Society.

Memoirs. Vols. XXXV, XXXVI. 4to. London. 1867.
Royal Geographical Society of London.

Journal. Vols. XIX. -XXII., XXV. -XXXVI. 8vo. Lon-
don. 1849-66.

General Index to First and Second Ten Vols. 8vo. 1844-53.

Proceedings. Vol. XI. Session 1866. Nos. 1-6. 8vo.
London. 1867.

Catalogue of the Library. May, 1865. 8vo. London. 1865.
Royal Horticultural Society of London.

Proceedings, N. S. Vol. I. Nos. 4 - 10. 8vo. London.
1866-68.

Journal, N. S. Vol. I." Parts III., IV : Vol. II. Part V 8vo.
London. 1866-68.
Royal Institution of Great Britain.

Proceedings. Vols. IV., V. Parts I., II. 8vo. London. 1867.
Royal Society of London.

Philosophical Transactions. Vols. CLV. - CLVII. 4to. Lon-
don. 1865-67.

Proceedings. Vols. XIV, XV, XVI. Nos. 94-100. 8vo.
London. 1865-68.

List of Fellows. 1865, 1866, 1867. 4to.

Researches on Solar Physics. By Warren De La Rue, Balfour
Stewart, and Benjamin Loewy. First Series, on the Nature of Sun-
Spots. 4to pamph. London. 1865.

Stonyhurst College Observatory. Results of Meteorological and
Magnetical Observations. 1865. Pamph. Clitheroe.

Astronomical and Magnetical and Meteorological Observations
made at the Royal Observatory, Greenwich, in the Years 1864
and 1865. 4to. London. 1866, 1867.

86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Catalogue of Scientific Papers (1800 - 63) compiled and pub-
lished by the Royal Society of London. Vol. I. (A - Clu.) 4to.
London. 1867.
Society of Arts, Manufactures, and Commerce.

Journal of the Society of Arts and of the Institutions in Union.
Vols. XIV., XV. 4to. London. 1866, 1867.
Statistical Society of London.

Journal. Vols. XXIX., XXX. Parts L- III. 8vo. London.
1866, 1867.
Zoological Society of London.

Transactions. Vols. V., VI. Parts I. - IV. 4to. London.
1866, 1867.

Proceedings for the Years 1865, 1866, 1867. Parts I., II. 8vo.
London. 1866, 1867.

Report of the Council of the Zoological Society .... read at
the Annual General Meeting, April 30, 1866. 8vo pamph. Lon-
don. 1866.
Lnstitution of Civil Engineers, London.

Transactions. Vols. I., II., III. 4to. London. 1838-42.

Proceedings. Vols. I. - XXVI. 8vo. London. 1848 - 67.

General Index. Vols. I. - XX. 8vo. London. 1865.

Catalogue of the Library, 2d edition, corrected to December 31,
1865, with an Appendix. 8vo. London. 1866.

Charter, By-Laws, and List of Members. 8vo. London. 1867.
British Government.

Verification and Extension of LaCaille's Arc of Meridian
at the Cape of Good Hope. By Sir Thomas Maclear, Astron.

Roy. at the Cape of Good Hope 2 vols. 4to. London.

1866.

Comparisons of the Standards of Length of England, France,
Belgium, Prussia, Russia, India, Australia, made at the Ordnance
Survey Office, Southampton, by Captain A. R. Clarke, R. E.,
F. R. S., etc., under the direction of Colonel Sir Henry James,
R. E., F. R. S., etc. Published by order of the Secretary of State
for War. 4to. London. 1866.
Literary and Philosophical Society, Manchester.

Memoirs. Ser. 3. Vol. II. 8vo. London. 1865.

Proceedings. Vols. III., IV. 8vo. Manchester. 1864,1865.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 13, 1868. 87

Government of India.

Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India. Vol. IV. Part III. :
V. Part. I. 8vo. Calcutta. 1865.

Palaeontologia Indica. Ser. 3. Parts VI. - IX. Ser. 4.
Part I. 4to. Calcutta. 1865.

Geological Survey of India. Annual Report, 1864-65. 8vo
pamph. Calcutta. 1865.

Catalogue of the Organic Remains belonging to the Echinoder-
mata. 8vo pamph. Calcutta. 1865.
Government of Bengal.

Report on the Calcutta Cyclone of the 5th October, 1864, by
Lieutenant-Colonel J. E. Gastrell, and Henry F. Blanford,
A. R. S. M. . . . . Printed and published for the Government of
Bengal. 8vo. Calcutta. 1866,
Royal Society of Tasmania.

Monthly Notices of Papers and Proceedings. 1863, 1864, 1865.
3 pamph. 8vo. Hobart Town.

Report for the Years 1862, 1863, 1864, 1865. 4 pamph. 8vo.
Hobart Town and Tasmania.

Catalogue of Plants in the Royal Society's Gardens, Queen's
Park, Hobart Town, Tasmania. 8vo pamph. Tasmania. 1857.

Catalogue of Plants under Cultivation in the Royal Society's
Gardens. 8vo pamph. Tasmania. 1865.

Results of Meteorological Observations for Twenty Years, for
Hobart Town ; made at the Royal Observatory, Ross Bank, from
January, 1841, to December, 1854; and at the Private Observatory,
from January, 1855, to December, 1860, inclusive. 4to pamph.
Tasmania. 1861.

Results of Twenty-Five Years' Meteorological Observations for
Hobart Town : together with a Two Years' Register of the Prin-
cipal Atmospheric Meteors and Aurora Australis. By Francis Ab-
bott, F. A. R. S., etc. To which is added a Meteorological Summary
for Adelaide, Melbourne, Sydney, Auckland, etc., etc., as compiled
from their respective Records. 4to pamph. Tasmania. 1866.

Results of Meteorological Observations made in Tasmania, from
1st January to 30th June, 1865. For the Papers and Proceedings
of the Royal Society 8vo pamph. Hobart Town.

Results .... from 1st July to 31st December, 1865. 8vo pamph.
Hobart Town.

88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Abbot {Henry L., Brevet Brigadier- General, U. S. A., Major Corps
of Engineers).

Siege Artillery in the Campaigns against Richmond, with Notes
on the 15-inch Gun, including an Algebraical Analysis of the Trajec-
tory of a Shot in its Ricochets upon smooth Water Prof.

Papers of Corps of Engineers. No. 14. 8vo. Washington. 1867.

Notes on the Practical Gauging of Rivers. Read before the Es-
sayons' Club of the Corps of Engineers, April 13, 1868. No. 2.
Printed papers. Pamph. Printed on the Battalion Press.
Abbot {Samuel L., M. B., etc.).

International Sanitary Conference Report to the Interna-
tional Sanitary Conference, of a Commission from that Body on the
Origin, Endemicity, Transmissibility, and Propagation of Asiatic
Cholera. Translated by Samuel L. Abbot, M. D., etc. 8vo.
Boston. 1867.
Adler {G.J., A. 31.) .

Wilhelm von Humboldt's Linguistical Studies. 8vo pamph.
New York. 1866.

The Poetry of the Arabs of Spain. 12mo pamph. New York.
1867.
Appleton {Prof. John H.).

Examination, by Chemical Analysis and otherwise, of Substances
emptied into the Public Waters of the State, from Gas and other
Manufactories, Sewerage, and other Sources, to ascertain if any In-
jury results therefrom to any of the Fisheries in said Public Waters
in the Vicinity of the City of Providence. 1860. 8vo pamph.
Providence. 1861.
Baer{K. E. von).

Berichte uber Anmeldung eines mit der Haut gefundenen Mam-
muths und die Zurbergung desselben Ausgerustelte Expedition.
8vo. St. Petersburg. 1866.
Bailey { W. W.). ■

Reports of Charles C. Gregory, Esq., C. E., City Surveyor,
and Loring W. Bailey, Esq., A. M., Professor of Chemistry, etc.
University of New Brunswick, on Water Supply to the City of
Frederickton. 12mo pamph. Frederickton, N. B. 1867.
Barnard {Rev. C. F.).

Good News : A Monthly Magazine of Social Science, Christian
Charity Yol. I, Nos. 1, 2. 12mo. Boston. 1866-67.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 13, 1868. 89

Report of the Superintendent of the Chambers Street Chapel.
12mo pamph. Boston. 1866.
Bemis {George).

American Neutrality : Its Honorable Past, its Expedient Future.
A Protest against the proposed Repeal of the Neutrality Laws, and
a Plea for their Improvement and Consolidation. 8vo. Boston.
1866.
Bigelow {Jacob, M. D.).

Remarks on Classical and Utilitarian Studies, read before the
American Academy of Arts and Sciences, December 20, 1866.
8vo pamph. Boston. 1867.

Modern Inquiries : Classical, Professional, and Miscellaneous.
8vo. Boston. 1867.
Boutivell {Hon. George S.).

Argument of George S. Boutwell, one of the Managers on the
part of the House of Representatives, before the Senate of the
United States, sitting for the Trial of Andrew Johnson, President of
the United States, impeached of High Crimes and Misdemeanors,
April 22 and 23, 1868. 8vo pamph. Washington. 1868.
Bowling {W.K.,M.D.).

Historical Address to the Graduating Class of 1868, in the Medi-
cal Department of the University of Nashville. 2d ed. 8vo
pamph. Nashville, Tenn.
Brandt {Johann Friedrich).

Zoogeographische und Palasontologische Beitrage (aus B. II. der
2e Ser. der " Verb, der Russ. Kais. Min. Gesell. zu St. Petersburg "
besonders abgedruckt). 8vo. St. Petersburg. 1867.

Mittheilungen iiber die Naturgeschichte des Mammuth oder
Mamont (Elephas primigenius). 8vo pamph. St. Petersburg.
1866.

Nochmaliger Nachweiss der Vertilgung der Nordischen oder Stel-
ler'schen Seekuh (Rhytina Borealis). 8vo pamph. Moscow. 1866.
Brigham ( William T., A. M.).

Notes on the Volcanoes of the Hawaiian Islands. With a His'-
tory of their various Eruptions. [From the Mem. of the Boston
Soc. of Nat. Hist. Vol. I. Part III.] 4to. Boston. 1868.
Buchenau {Dr. Franz).

Der Bluthenstand der Juncaceen. 8vo pamph. Bremen. 1865.
VOL. VIII. 12

90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Caligny (Anatole de).

Notice sur les Travaux Scientifiques de M. Anatole de Caligny.
4to pamph. Versailles. 1862.

Extract du Rapport sur le Concours pour le Prix de Meeanique.
[Acad. Roy. des Sc, Seance publique, 30 Dec, 1839]. 4to
pamph. Paris. 1839.

Rapport sur la Machine Hydraulique h flotteur oscillant de M.
Caligny. [Extr. des C. R. de lAcad. des Sc. Tome XIX. Seance
du 7 Oct., 1844.] 4to pamph. Paris.

Rapport sur un Memoire de M. Caligny, intitule, Description
d'une Machine Hydraulique. [Extr. des C. R. de l'Acad. des Sc,
13 Jan., 1840.] 4to pamph. Paris.

Experiences sur les Ajutages coniques divergents alternativement

plonges dans l'Air et dans l'Eau. [Extr. des. C. R 19 Oct.,

1844.] 4to pamph. Paris.

Experiences en grand sur un nouveau Systeme d'Ecluses de Navi-
gation, principes de Manoeuvres nouvelles. Par A. de Caligny. 4to
pamph. Paris. 1863.

Experiences sur une Machine Hydraulique a Tube Oscillant, sur
des Effets de Succion a contre-courant, etc. Applications au Tra-
vaux Publics et a la Physique Generale. Par A. De Caligny.
[Extr. du Jour, de Math. Pures et Appliq. 2e Ser. Tome VII.
1862.] 4to pamph. Paris.

Experiences en grand sur un nouveau Phenomene de Succion
des Veines liquides. Objections resolues par des Faits. Par A. de
Caligny. 4to pamph. Paris.

Notice Historique et Critique sur les Machines k Compression
d'Air du Mont-Cenis. Par le Marquis Anatole De Caligny. 4to
pamph. Turin. 1860.

Observations sur les Effets de la Chaleur dans les Siphons renver-
s6s a trois Branches qui fonctionnent au Mont-Cenis. Lettre de M.
de Caligny. [Extr. de C. R. hebd. des Seances de FAcad. des Sc.
.... No. 10. 11 Mars, 1861.] 4to pamph. Versailles,
Cotting (Benjamin E., M. D.).

Disease, — a Part of the Plan of Creation. The Annual Dis-
course before the Massachusetts Medical Society, May 31, 1865.
8vo. Boston. 1866.

An Introduction to the Study of Clinical Medicine : An Intro-
ductory Lecture to the Medical Class in the University at Rome,

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 13, 1868. 91

Italy. Translated from the Italian by the Author. 8vo pamph.
Boston. 1866.
Curtis {Rev. M. A., D. D., etc.).

Geological and Natural-History Survey of North Carolina. Part
III. Botany : Containing a Catalogue of the Indigenous and
Naturalized Plants of the State. 8vo. Raleigh. 1867.
Daniels {Edward).

A Treatise on the Nohl Smelting Furnace and Process for gen-
erating Heat economically. 8vo pamph. Chicago. 1867.
Darrein {Charles, M. A., F. R. S., etc.).

The Variation of Animals and Plants under Domestication. In
2 vols. With Illustrations. 8vo. London. 1868.

On the various Contrivances by which British and Foreign Or-
chids are fertilized by Insects, and on the good Effects of Intercross-
ing. With Illustrations. 12mo. London. 1862.
Davis {Rear-Admiral Charles H., Superintendent of the Naval Obser-
vatory) .

Report on Interoceanic Canals and Railroads between the At-
lantic and Pacific Oceans. 8vo. Washington. 1867.

On the Latitude and Longitude of the U. S. Naval Observatory,
Washington, and the Declinations of certain Circumpolar Stars. By
Simon Newcomb, Prof. U. S. N. [Appendix to the Introduction to
the Washington Astronomical Observations for 1864.] 4to pamph.
Washington.
Deane ( Charles).

A True Relation of Virginia. By Captain John Smith. With a>n
Introduction and Notes by Charles Deane. 4to. Boston. 1866.
De La Rue {Warren), Stewart {Balfour), and Loewy {Benjamin).

Researches on Solar Physics : 2d Series (in continuation of 1st
Series). Area-measurements of the Sun-Spots observed by Carring-
ton during the Years from 1854-60 inclusive, and Deductions
therefrom. 4to pamph. London. 1866.
Derby {George, M. D.).

An Inquiry into the Influence upon Health of Anthracite Coal,
when used as Fuel for warming Dwelling-Houses. With some
Remarks upon Special Evaporating Apparatus. 16mo pamph.
Boston. 1868.
Forbes {David, F. R. S., F. G. S, etc.).

On the Alleged Hydrothermal Origin of certain Granites and

92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Metamorphic Rocks. [Extr. from the Geolog. Mag., Vol. IV. No.
2, February, and No. 5, May, 1867.] 2 pamph. 8vo.
Francis (James B., Civil Engineer, etc.).

Lowell Hydraulic Experiments. Being a Selection from Experi-
ments on Hydraulic Motors, on the Flow of Water over Weirs, in
open Canals of uniform rectangular Section, and through submerged
Orifices and diverging Tubes, made at Lowell, Massachusetts.
Second Edition, revised and enlarged, with many new Experiments,
and illustrated with 23 Copper-Plate Engravings. 4to. New York.
1868.
Frauenfeld ( George Hitter von).

Zoologische Miscellen. IV., V., VI. 3 pamph. 8vo. Wien.
Gajjield (Thomas).

Action of Sunlight on Glass. [From Am. Jour, of Sc. and Arts.
September and November, 1867.] 8vo pamph. New Haven.
Garratt (Alfred C, M. D., etc.).

Medical Electricity, embracing Electro-Physiology and Electricity
as a Therapeutic, with special reference to Practical Medicine :
showing the most approved Apparatus, Methods, and Rules for the
Medical Uses of Electricity in the Treatment of Nervous Diseases.
3d ed., revised and illustrated. 8vo. Philadelphia. 1866.
Gibbs ( Wolcott, M. D., Rumford Prof, in Harvard University).

On Certain Points in the Theory of Atomicities. [From Am.
Jour, of Sc. and Arts. Vol. XLIV. November, 1867.] 8vo. New
Haven.

Contributions to Chemistry, from the Laboratory of the Law-
rence Scientific School. No. 3. 1. On a new General Method of
Volumetric Analysis. [From Am. Jour, of Sc. and Arts. Vol.
XLIV. September, 1867.] 8vo. New Haven.
Goppelsroder (Br Friedrich).

Ueber die Chemische Beschaffenheit von Basel's Grund-Bach-
Fluss-und Quell- Wasser, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Sani-
tarischen Frage (als erster Theil). Separat-Abdruck aus den Ver-
handlungen der Baslerischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft. Mit
Neun Tabelben. 8vo. Basel. 1867.

Beitrag zur Priifung der Kuhmilch. Mit besonderer Beriichsich-
tigung der Milchpolizei. 8vo pamph. Basel. 1866.
Gould (Benjamin Apthorp).

Reduction of the Observations of Fixed Stars, made by Joseph

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 13, 1868. 95

Le Paute D'Agelet, at Paris, in 1773-1785, with a Catalogue of
the Corresponding Mean Places referred to the Equinox of 1800.
[From the Mem. of the Nat. Acad, of Science, Vol. I.] 4to. Wash-
ington. 1866.
Grebenau (Heinrich).

Beitrag zur Humphreys-Abbotschen Theorie der Bewegung
des Wassers in Fliissen und Canalen. Separat Abdruck aus der
Zeitschrift des Osterr. Ing. und Archit.-Vereins VII. Heft. Pamph.
1867.
Green {Samuel A., M. D.).

The New Complete System of Arithmetic, composed for the Use
of the Citizens of the United States. By Nicolas Pike, A. M.,
A. A. S. 12mo. "Worcester, Mass. 1798.
Haast (Dr. Julius, F. L. S., F. G.S.).

Lecture on the West Coast of Canterbury, delivered to the Mem-
bers of the Mechanics' Institute on the Evening of Monday, Sep-
tember 25, 1865. Pamph. Christchurch. 1865.

Report on the Geological Exploration of the West Coast. Pamph.
Christchurch. 1865.

Report on the Geological Formation of the Timaru District, in
Reference to obtaining a Supply of Water. Pamph. Christchurch.
1865.

Report on the Headwaters of the River Waitaki. Christchurch.
1865.

On the Lake Basins and Glaciers of New Zealand .... with an
Introduction by Sir R. J. Murchison, K. C. B., etc. [From the
Quarterly Jour, of the Geolog. Society for May, 1865.] 8vo pamph.
London.

Canterbury Times. Vol. I. No. 22. December 2, 1865. 4to.
Newspaper. Christchurch.
Hayes (John L.).

Transactions of the National Association of Wool Manufacturers.
1865, 1866. 8vo pamph. Boston. 1866.
Hunt (F. Sterry).

Reports on the Gold Region of the County of Hastings. By F.
Sterry Hunt and A. Michel. 12mo pamph. Montreal. 1867.
Hyatt (Afpheus).

Observations on Polyzoa, Sub-Order Phylactola^mata. With 9
plates. [From Proc. Essex Inst., V., 4 and 5.] 8vo pamph. Salem.
1866-68.

94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Jackson (Charles T.).

Colwells, Shaw, and Willard's Improvements in the Construction
of Pipes for conducting Water and Liquids for Domestic Use. 8vo
pamph. New York. 1866.
Jarvis (Edward, 31. D.).

Causes of Insanity. An Address delivered before the Norfolk
(Mass.) District Medical Society, May 14, 1851. 12mo pamph.

On the Supposed Increase of Insanity. By Edward Jarvis, M. D.,
of Dorchester (Mass.). [Reprinted from the Am. Jour, of Insanity.]
8vo pamph.

Memoir of the Life and Character of George Cheyne Shattuck,
M. D., late President of the American Statistical Association. Read
before the Association, April 12, 1854. By Edward Jarvis, M. D.
8vo pamph.

Influence of Distance from, and Nearness to, an Insane Hospital,
on its Use by the People. By Edward Jarvis, M. D. 8vo pamph.

Address delivered at the Laying of the Corner-stone of the In-
sane Hospital at Northampton, Mass. By Edward Jarvis, M. D.
8vo pamph. Northampton. 1856.

On the System of Taxation prevailing in the United States, and
especially in Massachusetts. By Edward Jarvis, M. D., Pres. of
Am. Statist. Assoc. [Read before Sec. (F.) of the Br. Assoc, for
the Adv. of Sc. at Oxford, 3d July, I860.] From Jour. Stat. Soc.
of London, September, 1860. 8vo pamph.

Connection of Occupation with Longevity. By Edward Jarvis,
Pres. of Stat. Assoc. 8vo pamph.

Annual Report of the School Committee of the Town of Dor-
chester for the Year ending March 2, 1868. 8vo pamph. Boston.
1868.

Thirteenth Annual Report of the Receipts and Expenditures of
the Town of Dorchester, with Reports of the Selectmen, etc., for
the Year ending January 31, 1868. 8vo pamph. Boston. 1868. "

Memorial (of the Trustees of the Worcester Lunatic Hospital)
to the Honorable the Senate and House of Representatives of
Massachusetts, in General Court assembled. House .... No. 1.
8vo pamph. 1865.

Memorial of the Boston Sanitary Association to the Legislature
of Massachusetts, asking for the Establishment of a Board of Health,
and of Vital Statistics. 8vo pamph. Boston. 1861.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 13, 1868. 95

Sixth Census of the United States. Memorial (of a Committee
of the Am. Statist. Assoc.) to the Honorable the Senate and House
of Representatives in Congress assembled. 8vo pamph.

Thirty-Sixth Annual Report of the Trustees of the Perkins In-
stitution, and Massachusetts Asylum for the Blind. October, 1867.
8vo pamph. Boston. 1868.

Twentieth Annual Report of the Trustees of the Massachusetts
School for Idiotic and Feeble-Minded Youth. October, 1867. 8vb
pamph. Boston. 1868.

Boston Medical and Surgical Journal. Vol. LXXIV. No. 8.
8vo. Boston. 1866.

An Appeal to the Citizens of Pennsylvania for Means to provide
Additional Accommodation for the Insane. 24mo pamph. Phila-
delphia. 1854.

An Address delivered before the Berkshire Medical Institute,
•November 24, 1863. By Pliny Earle, A. M., M. D. 8vo pamph.
Utica, N. Y. 1867.
Jenchs {Hon. T. A.).

Civil Service of the United States. [Reprinted from the N. A.
Review for October, 1867.] 8vo pamph. Boston. 1867.
Jordan ( William Leighton, F. R. G. S.).

A Treatise on the Action of Vis Inertia? in the Ocean. With
Remarks on the Abstract Nature of the Forces of Vis Inertiae and
Gravitation, and a new Theory of the Tides. 8vo. London.
1868.
Kneeland (Samuel, M. D.).

On Economy of Fuel, and the Consumption of Smoke, as effected
by " Amory's Improved Patent Furnace," with an Investigation of
the Principles involved. 8vo pamph. Boston. 1866.
Kopp (E.).

International Exhibition, 1862 Reports by the Juries.

Class II. Section A. Chemical Products and Processes. Repor-
ter : A. W. Hofmann, Ph. D., LL. D., F. R. S., etc. 1 vol. 8vo.
Lea (Isaac, LL. D., etc.).

Observations on the Genus Unio, etc Vol. XI. 4to

pamph. Philadelphia.

Index to Vols. I. - XI. of Observations on the Genus Unio, etc.
4to pamph. Philadelphia. 1867.

96 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Mann (Horace).

Enumeration of Hawaiian Plants. [From Proc. Am. Acad, of
Arts and Sciences. Vol. VII.] 8vo pamph. Cambridge. 1867.
Marcou (Jules).

Notice sur.les Gisements des Lentilles Trilobitiferes Taconiques
de la Pointe-Levis, au Canada. [Extr. du Bull, de la Soc. Geol.
de France. 2e Ser. Tome XXI. p. 236.] 8vo pamph. Paris.
1864.

Le Niagara quinz Ans apres. [Extr. du Bull, de la Soc. Geol.
. . . . 2e Ser. Tome XXII. p. 190.] 8vo pamph. Paris.

Sur le Dyas. [Extr. du Bull, de la Soc. Geol Se>. 2.

Tome XXIII. p. 284 1866.] 8vo pamph. Paris.

Sur divers Armes, Outils et Traces de 1'Homme Americain.

[Extr. du Bull Tome XXIII. p. 374. 1866.] 8vo pamph.

Paris.

La Faune Primordiale dans le Pays de Galles et la Geologie
Californienne. [Extr. du Bull, de la Soc. Geol. de France. 2e
Ser. Tome XXIII. p. 552. 1866.] 8vo pamph. Paris.
Martius (Carl Fr. Ph. von, Mittgl. der k. Bay. Akad. der Wissen-
schaften, etc.).

Akademische Denkreden. 8vo. Leipzig. 1866.
Melloni ( Gav. Macedonia).

Elettroscopio, et Rapporto della Commissione Nominata dall' Acca-
demia delle Scienze per eseminare il nuovo Elettroscopio del Cav.
Melloni. 4to pamph. Naples. 1854.
Mutter (Dr. Friedrich).

Reise der Osterreichischen Fregatte Novara Linguisti-

scher Theil. 4to. Vienna. 1867.
Newberry (J. S., M. D.).

Description of Fossil Plants from the Chinese Coal-Bearing Rocks,
being Appendix No. 1 of Geological Researches in China, Mongo-
lia, and Japan, by Raphael Pumpelly. [Extr. from Smithson. Con-
trib. to Knowledge.] 4to pamph. Philadelphia..
Packard (A. S., Jr., M.D.).

A Guide to the Study of Insects, and a Treatise on those Inju-
rious and Beneficial to Crops. For the Use of Colleges, Farm-
Schools and Agriculturists 12mo pamph. Salem. 1868.

Paine (Martyn, A. M, M. D., LL. D, etc.).

The Institutes of Medicine. 8th edition. Revised. 8vo. New
York. 1867.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 13, 1868. 97

Parker {Henry T.).

Chemical Handicraft : A Classified and Descriptive Catalogue of
Chemical Apparatus suitable for the Performance of Class Experi-
ments, for every Process of Chemical Research, etc. 8vo. Lon-
don. 18G6.
Perthes (Justus).

Die Ersten Aufnahmen der Englischen Armee in Abessinien.
Nov., 1867, bis Jan., 1868. Mit 2 Karten (aus Petermann's
Geogr. Mitth. 1868. Heft 2). 4to pamph. Gotha.

Chart of the World on Mercator's Projection. 4e Auflage.
1 Cht. in 8 Pts. Gotha. 1867.
Pickering (Edward C).

Essay on the Comparative Efficiency of Spectroscope Prisms of
Different Angles. [From Am. Jour, of Sc. and Arts. Vol. XLV.
May, 1868.] 8vo pamph. New Haven.

Eighth and Ninth Annual Reports of the Board of Regents of
the Smithsonian Institution, to January 1, 1854, and to January 1,
1855. 2 vols. 8vo. Washington. 1854, 1855.

Annual Report .... for the Year 1859. 8vo. "Washing-
ton. 1860.
Pimentel (D. Francisco)..

La Economia Politica aplicada a la Proprietad Territorial en
Mexico. 8vo. Mexico. 1866.
Putnam (O. G., M.J).).

Diary of the Weather, kept by Dr. James Jackson. July 24,
1803, to July 21, 1804: June 20, 1826, to December 31, 1865.
12 vols. Manuscript.
Quetelet (Ad.).

Sciences Mathematiques et Physiques chez les Beiges. Au Com-
mencement du XIXe Siecle. 8vo. Brussels. 1866.

Annuaire de FObservatoire Royal de Bruxelles. 1866. 33e An-
nee. 18mo. Brussels. 1865.

Observations des Phenomenes Periodiques pendant TAnnee 1863.
[Extr. du Tome XXXVI. des Mem. Acad. Roy. de Belgique.] 4to
pamph. Brussels.

Des Lois Mathematiques concernant les Etoiles Filantes. [Extr.
des Bull, de l'Acad. Roy. de Belgique. 2e Ser. Tome XXIII.
No. 2. 1867.] 8vo pamph. Brussels.

Etoiles Filantes. Publication des Annales Meteorologiques de
VOL. VLH. 13

98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

l'Obs. Roy. Sur l'Heliographie et la Stenographic Orages ob-
serves a Bruxelles et a Louvain, du 7 Fevr. jusqu'a la fin de Mai.
[Extr. des Bull.] 8vo pamph. Brussels.

Communications sur le 17me Volume des Ann. de l'Obs. Roy. de
Bruxelles. [Extr. des Bull.] 8vo pamph. Brussels.

Deux Lettres de Charles-Quint a Francois Rabelais. Note de
M. Ad. Quetelet. 8vo pamph. Brussels.
Quetelet (]\f Ernest).

Sur l'Etat de F Atmosphere a Bruxelles, pendant l'Annee 1865.
[Extr. des Bull, de l'Acad. Roy. de Belgique. 2e Ser. Tome XXI.
No. 2.] 8vo pamph. Brussels.
Quincy (Edmund).

Life of Josiah Quincy, of Massachusetts. By his Son, Edmund
Quincy. Fourth edition. 8vo. Boston. 1867.
Radcliffe Trustees.

Astronomical and Meteorological Observations made at the Rad-
cliffe Observatory, Oxford, in the Year 1863 Vol. XXIII.

8vo. Oxford. 1866. .
Kegel (E.).

Bemerkungen fiber die Gattungen Betula und Alnus nebst

Beschreibung einiger neuer Arten 8vo pamph. Moscow.

1866.

Enumeratio Plantarum in Regionibus Cis- et Transiliensibus a

CI. Semonovio Anno 1857 Collectarum Auctoribus, E. Regel

et F. ab Herder. 8vo. Moscow. 1 866,
Rice (Hon. Alexander H.).

Message of the President of the United States, communicating
.... Information in Relation to the States of the Union lately in
Rebellion. 8vo pamph. Washington. 1865.

Report of the Joint Committee on Reconstruction. 12mo pamph.
Washington.

Persons and Capital employed in Manufactures. Letter from the
Secretary of the Interior, in Answer to a Resolution of the House
.... Pamph. Washington. 1866.

Oration on the Life and Character of Henry Winter Davis, de-
livered in the Hall of the House of Representatives, February
22, 1866. By Hon. John A. J. Creswell. 8vo pamph. Wash-
ington.

Proceedings on the Death of Hon. Solomon Foot, including the

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 13, 1868. 99

Addresses delivered in the Senate and House of Representatives, on
Thursday, April 12, 1866. 8vo pamph. Washington.

Laws of the United States relating to Internal Revenue, in Force

August 1, 1866, except where otherwise specially provided

Prepared under the Direction of the Commissioner of Internal Rev-
enue. 8vo. Washington. 1866.

Acts and Resolutions of the First Session of the Thirty-Ninth
Congress, begun on Monday, December 4, 1865, and ended on Sat-
urday, July 28, 1866. 8vo pamph. Washington.

Letter from the Secretary of the Treasury, transmitting Report
upon the Mineral Resources of the States and Territories west of
the Rocky Mountains. 8vo. Washington. 1867.
Scheffier (Dr. Hermann).

Die Gesetze des Raumlichen Sehens. Ein Supplement der Phy-
siologischen Optik. Mit. 10 Lithog. Tafeln. 8vo. Braun-
schweig. 1866.
Schmidt (L. W.).

Scientific Catalogue. A Bibliographical Guide to the Literature
of Science. 8vo. New York. 1867.
Smith (Henry Ecroyd).

Notabilia of the Archaeology and Natural History of the Mersey
District during three Years, 1863, 1864, 1865. 8vo. Liverpool.
1867.
Spence (Peter).

Coal, Smoke, and Sewage. Scientifically and practically Con-
sidered. With Suggestions for the Sanitary Improvement of the
Drainage of Towns. 12mo pamph. Manchester. 1867.
Spofford (R. A.).

Report of the Librarian of Congress, for the Year ending Decem-
ber 1, 1866. 8vo pamph. Washington. 1867.
Spon (E. § F. K).

Catalogue of Scientific Books, comprising Agriculture, Annuities,
Architecture, Brewing, Chemistry, Civil and Mechanical Engineer-
ing, etc. 8vo. London. 1867.
Stevens (Hon. T.).

Speech of Hon. T. Stevens, of Pennsylvania, delivered in the
House of Representatives, March 19, 1867, on the Bill (H. R. No.
20), relative to Damages to Loyal Men, and for other Purposes.
8vo pamph. Washington. 1867.

100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Store?' (Prof. F. H.).

Chili. Notice Statistique sur le Chili. 8vo pamph. Montereau.

Perou. Notice sur le Guano de Perou. 12mo paraph. Havre.
18G7.

Studi sul Corpo Luteo del Vacca. Adolfo Lieben et E. Pic-
colo. [Estratto dal Giornale di Scienzi Naturali ed Economiche.
Vol. II.] 4to pamph. Palermo. 1867.

Sulla Costituzione dei Carburi d'Idrogeno Cn H2n. Adolfo

Lieben. [Estratto dal Giornale Vol. II.] 4to pamph.

Palermo.

Sintesi degli Alcoli per mezzo dell' Ettere Clorurato. Adolfo
Lieben. [Estratto dal Giornale. .... Vol. II.] 4to pamph.
Palermo.

On the alleged Hydrothermal Origin of certain Granites and
Metamorphic Rocks. By David Forbes, F. R. S., etc. [Extr. from
the Geological Magazine, Vol. IV. Nos. 2 and 5.] 2 pamphs. 8vo.
London. 1867.

Catalogue of Contributions transmitted from British Guiana to
the Paris Universal Exhibition of 1867. Printed for the Com-
mittee of Correspondence of the Royal Agricultural and Com-
mercial Society. 8vo. London. 1867.

Letter to His Grace the Duke of Buccleuch, President Elect of
the British Association for the Advancement of Science, 1867 - 68,
on the Quadrature of the Circle. By James Smith, Esq. 8vo
pamph. Liverpool and London. 1867.
Sumner (Hon. Charles).

Report of the Superintendent of the Coast Survey, showing the
Progress of the Survey during the Years 1863, 1864, 1865. 4to.
3 vols. Washington. 1864, 1866, 1867.

Report of the Committee on the Conduct of the War. On the
Attack of Petersburg, on the 30th day of July, 1864. 8vo.
Washington. 1865.

The One-Man Power. Address delivered by Hon. Charles
Sumner, at the Music Hall, Boston, October 2, 1866. 12mo pamph.
Boston. 1866.

Speech of Hon. Charles Sumner, of Massachusetts .... on
the Cession of Russian America to the United States. 8vo pamph.
Washington. 1867.

Letter from the Secretary of War, in Answer to a Resolution of

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: OCTOBER 13, 1868. 101

the House, of December 20, 1866, transmitting Report of the Chief
of Engineers, with General Warren's Report of the Surveys of the
Upper Mississippi River and its Tributaries. 8vo pamph. Wash-
ington. 1867.

Supplemental Report of the Joint Committee on the War, in two
vols. 8vo. Washington. 1866.

Northwestern America : showing the Territory ceded by Russia
to the United States. Compiled for the Department of State, at the
United States Coast Survey Office. B. Peirce, Superintendent.
1867. Map. Washington. 1867.

Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian In-
stitution .... for the Year 1866. 8vo. Washington. 1867.

Report of the Commissioner of Agriculture, for the Year 1866.
8vo. Washington. 1867.

Argument of Hon. Charles Sumner : Can the Chief Justice
presiding in the Senate rule or vote ? Unbroken Series of Au-
thorities against this Claim. 8vo pamph. Washington. 1868.

Reconstruction. Speech of Hon. Lot M. Morrill, of Maine, in
the Senate of the United States, February 5, 1868. 8vo pamph.
Washington. 1868.

Opinion of Hon. Charles Sumner, of Massachusetts, in the Case
of the Impeachment of Andrew Johnson, President of the United
States. 12mo pamph. Washington. 1868.

Validity and Necessity of Fundamental Conditions on States.
Speech of Hon. Charles Sumner, of Massachusetts, in the Senate
of the United States, June 10, 1868. 8vo pamph. Washington.
Trembley {J. B., M. D.).

Annual Meteorological Synopsis for the Year 1866, in the City of
Toledo, Ohio. 8vo pamph. Toledo.
Warren (J. Mason, 31. D., etc.).

Surgical Observations, with Cases and Operations. 8vo. Bos-
ton. 1867.
Washburn (Emory, LL. D.).

Testimony of Experts. A Paper read before the American
Academy of Arts and Sciences. [From the American Law Review.]
8vo pamph. Boston. 1866.

Remarks : Policy and Management of the Boston and Worcester
Railroad. 8vo pamph.

102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Washington (Hon. Peter G.).

Oration delivered before the Association of the Oldest Inhabitants
of the District of Columbia, in Washington, 4th of July, 1867. 12mo
pamph. Washington. 1867.
Wetherill (Charles M., PL D., M. D., etc.).

Experiments on Itacolumite (Articulite), with the Explanation of
its Flexibility, and its Relation to the Formation of the Diamond.
.... 8vo pamph. New Haven. 1867.
Whitney ( William Dwight, Prof, of Sanskrit, and Instructor in Modern
Languages, in Yale College).

Language, and the Study of Language : Twelve Lectures on the
Principles of Linguistical Science. 8vo. New York. 1867.
Wilder (Burt G., S. B., M. D.).

Researches and Experiments upon Silk from Spiders, and upon
their Reproduction. By Raymond Maria de Termeyer, a Spaniard.
Translated from the Italian. Revised by Burt G. Wilder, S. B.,
M. D. [Extr. from the Proc. of the Essex Institute. Vol. V.] 8vo
pamph. Salem. 1866.
Wilson (Hon. Henry).

Memorial Address on the Life and Character of Abraham Lin-
coln, delivered at the Request of both Houses of the Congress of
America before them, in the House of Representatives, at Wash-
ington, on the 12th of February, 1866. By George Bancroft. 8vo.
Washington. 1866.

Report of the Joint Committee on Reconstruction, at the First
Session, Thirty-Ninth Congress. 8vo. Washington. 1866.

Report of the Secretary of the Treasury, on the State of the
Finances, for the Year 1866. 8vo. Washington. 1866.

Report of the Commissioner of Agriculture, for the Year 1865.
8vo. Washington. 1866.

Annual Report of the Commissioner of Patents, for the Year
1865. Vols. I., II., III. 8vo. Washington. 1867.
Winkler (T. C).

Musee Teyler. Catalogue Syst^matique de la Collection Palason-
tologique. 4e et 5e Livr. 2 pamphs. 8vo. Harlem. 1865,1866.
Wyman (Jeffries, M. D., etc.).

Observations on Crania. 8vo pamph. Boston. 1868.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : DECEMBER 8, 1868. 103

Six hundred and first Meeting.

November 11, 1868. — Statute Meeting.

The Vice-President in the chair.

The Vice-President called the attention of the Academy to
the recent decease of Mr. Octavius Pickering of the Resident
Fellows.

On the motion of the Librarian it was voted, That the
duplicate volumes of the Massachusetts Laws now in the
Library of the Academy be given to the Historical Society
of New York.

The following gentlemen were elected members of the
Academy.

Nathaniel E. Atwood, of Provincetown, to be a Resident
Fellow in Class II., Section 3.

Dr. Hermann Hagen, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow
in Class II., Section 3.

Horace Mann, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class II. , Section 2.

Alpheus S. Packard, Jr., of Salem, to be a Resident Fellow
in Class II., Section 3.

Edmund Quincy, of Dedham, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class III., Section 3.

Sir Charles Wheatstone, of London, to be a Foreign Hon-
orary Member in Class I., Section 3, in the place of the late
Sir David Brewster.

Herrmann Ludwig Ferdinand Helmholtz, of Heidelberg, to
be a Foreign Honorary Member in Class I., Section 3.

Six hundred and second Meeting.

December 8, 1868. — Monthly Meeting.

The Vice-President in the chair.

The Vice-President called the attention of the Academy to
the decease of Mr. Horace Mann, of Cambridge, since the last
meeting, at which he was elected a Resident Fellow.

104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

A letter was read from Professor A. Braun, of Berlin, of the
Committee on the Ehrenberg Testimonial, in answer to an
official communication from the President.

Professor Winlock reported the preparation, by the Rumford
Committee, of a list of Count Rumford's works.

Six hundred and third Meeting.

January 12, 1869. — Monthly Meeting.

The Vice-President in the chair.

On the motion of Professor Winlock, a committee was ap-
pointed to memorialize Congress relative to appropriations to
aid in the observation of the solar eclipse of August, 1869.

The following gentlemen were appointed on this committee :
Professor J. Winlock, Dr. Thomas Hill, Mr. J. I. Bowditch,
Professor J. D. Runkle, and Mr. Thomas Sherwin.

On the motion of Commodore Rodgers, the committee were
requested to communicate to other learned bodies the wishes
of the Academy.

On the motion of Mr. Folsom, Professor Pickering was re-
quested to prepare for the Academy a communication on the
Spectroscope and its uses.

Six hundred and fourth Meeting.

January 27, 1869. — Statute Meeting.

Honorable C. F. Adams was chosen President pro tempore.

Professor Runkle was appointed to serve as Secretary pro
tempore.

In the absence of the chairman and other members of the
committee, Professor Runkle reported that the committee ap-
pointed at the preceding meeting to prepare a memorial to
Congress for aid in observing the total eclipse of the sun, on
the seventh of August next, had attended to the duty assigned
them.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MARCH 9, 1869. 105

Six hundred and fifth Meeting.

February 9, 1869. — Monthly Meeting.

The Vice-President in the chair.

In the absence of the Recording Secretary, Dr. S. Kneeland
was appointed Secretary pro tempore.

The Vice-President announced that the committee appointed
to memorialize Congress for a grant of money for the obser-
vation of the eclipse of the sun, August 7, 1869, having at-
tended to that duty, had received an answer from Honorable
G. S. Boutwell that the steps necessary to secure the grant
would be taken.

Mr. Paul B. DuChaillu, present by invitation, gave a brief
. account of the geography and meteorology of Equatorial Africa.

Professor J. D. Whitney gave an account of his recent in-
vestigations in California into the subject of the occurrence of
human remains and works of art in rocks considered by him
as being of Pliocene age. He remarked : —

That while nothing had been discovered to invalidate the testimony
brought forward at the meeting of the National Academy, in August
last, at Northampton, in regard to the Calaveras County skull, im-
portant additional evidence of other discoveries of a similar character,
had been obtained. There are now three distinct cases of the occur-
rence of human remains or works of art in rocks of Pliocene age, known
to him, each vouched for by the testimony of respectable witnesses,
given under circumstances in which there was no possibility of col-
lusion or probability of deceit. As I have opportunity I am dili-
gently engaged in collecting facts on this important subject, and,
without unnecessary delay, the whole will be laid before the scien-
tific world in proper form, and properly illustrated with maps and
sections.

Six hundred and sixth Meeting.

March 9, 1869. — Monthly Meeting.

In the absence of the regular presiding officers, Mr. John A.
Lowell was chosen to take the chair.

VOL. VIII. 14

106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

The Recording Secretary read letters from Dr. Herrmann
Hagen, acknowledging his election into the Academy, and
from Dr. C. A. Martius, of Munich, announcing the death of
his father, Dr. Carl Friedrich Philipp von Martius ; also letters
relative to exchanges, and a letter from a committee of the
Suffolk District Medical Society, asking the co-operation of the
Academy in discussing the subject of expert testimony. This
communication was referred to a committee of the Academy
appointed in March, 1866, to consider the same subject ; and
this committee were authorized to add to their number.

Professor E. C. Pickering made a communication on the
Spectroscope, with experimental illustrations of its various
constructions and its uses in chemistry and astronomy.

Six hundred and seventh Meeting.

April 13, 1869. — Monthly Meeting.

In the absence of the regular presiding officers, Mr. John
A. Lowell was chosen to take the chair.

Mr. Ritchie exhibited some of the effects of monochromatic
light by means of an apparatus producing a bright sodium
light.

Six hundred and eighth Meeting.

May 11, 1869. — Monthly Meeting.

In the absence of the regular presiding officers, Hon. C. F.
Adams was chosen to take the chair.

Professor Peirce made the following: communication : —

*£>

The phenomena which were ably presented by the distinguished
geologist, Mr. Lesley, to the National Academy of Sciences, and which
seem to demonstrate that the outer shell of the earth has sensibly
shrunk, in some directions at least, since its original formation, naturally
invite the attention of physicists to the possible causes of such a
result. The most obvious cause of the shrinking of the earth is its
cooling. But to shrink two per cent linearly, which is that deduced by

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 11, 1869. 107

Mr. Lesley from the observed geological phenomena, involves a prob-
able cooling of the whole earth of not less than two thousand degrees
centigrade, which would require that its original temperature should be
higher than would be consistent with the solidity of these shrunk
strata.

Another source of change of form, which would produce shrinkages
in different directions in different parts of the earth, is to be found in
the diminution of oblateness arising from the diminished velocity of
rotation upon the axis. Such diminution of the velocity of rotation
has several years ago been shown by Mr. Ferrel to be caused by the
action of the moon in producing the tides ; this is, therefore, a true
cause, and it is only necessary to examine how great its amount can be
under any circumstances. This is all which is proposed in the present
investigation, and the application to facts is reserved for geologists.

It is sufficient, for the present object, to regard the earth as homo-
geneous. Under this condition Laplace has shown that the time of the
earth's rotation could not be less than about one tenth of a day, which
corresponds to a ratio of the axis of the equator to that of the
pole, equal to 2.7197, and an equatorial circumference 94 per cent
greater than the present one. Such is then the amount of shrinking
which might have taken place, if any cause could be assigned capable
of producing so great a reduction of the earth's velocity. The whole
surface of the earth would have been about 130 per cent larger than
at present.

But the only cause at present known which would produce a sensi-
ble reduction of the earth's velocity is the lunar action upon the tides.
But in this mutual action between the moon and the earth, the common
rotation area of the earth and moon must remain unchanged. The
question then arises, How great a reduction of the rotation area of the
earth would have passed into that of the moon ? In this inquiry it
may be assumed that the moon revolves in a circular orbit in the plane
of the earth's equator. Now the moon's rotation area is 3.716 times the
earth's. But if, in the origin, it had revolved just in contact with this
earth, its rotation area would not have been less than 0.480 times the
earth's, so that it could not have absorbed a rotation area from the earth
greater than 3.236 times the earth's present rotation area, and therefore
the earth's rotation area could never have exceeded 4.236 times that
which it has at present. But, with the maximum velocity of rota-
tion given by Laplace, the earth's rotation area would have been

108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

37£ times greater than at present. It can never, therefore, have been
reduced to so great an extent by the moon's action on the tides. But
since, when the oblateness is small, the rotation area is nearly, propor-
tional to the velocity, and the excess of the square of the equatorial
above that of the polar axis is nearly proportional to the square of
the velocity, this excess may have been originally nearly 18 times as
great as at present, or about 15£ per cent of the square of the polar
axis. This would correspond to a figure of the earth in which the
equatorial radius would have been about 2^- per cent greater than
at present ; so that it is sufficient to account for the observed phe-
nomenon.

This peculiar form of shrinkage would produce the highest moun-
tains at the equator, and the tendency of the mountain ranges would
then be to assume the direction of the meridian. But nearer the poles
the mountains would be less elevated, and would rather tend towards
the direction of the parallels of latitude.

It is, next, expedient to consider the mechanical question of the loss
of living force in the case of the moon's action upon the waters of the
earth, and its effect upon their different motions. In this connection
there are problems worthy of the attention of Geometers ; such as the
relative motions of bodies rotating above the same vertical axis, towards
which they are drawn by weights, and acting upon each other through
the friction on the axis. For one of the bodies a rotating wheel may
be substituted. There is also the case of two planets revolving about
a primary, and acting upon each other through some form of friction.

In this way, it will be seen that the planet or satellite once formed
is constantly removed from the primary, and that planets tend to
approach each other. It is interesting to consider whether this may
not be one of the actual problems of nature.

Six hundred and ninth Meeting.

May 25, 1869. — Annual Meeting.

In the absence of the regular presiding officers, Hon. Robert
C. Winthrop was chosen to take the chair.

The Chairman called the attention of the Academy to the
recent decease of Hon. William Mitchell and of Dr. William
Allen, both of them Resident Fellows.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 25, 1869. 109

It was voted to adjourn this meeting at its close to the sec-
ond Tuesday in June.

It was voted to adjourn the stated meeting of August to
the second Tuesday of September.

Professor Runkle and Mr. Hill were appointed scrutineers
of the election of officers, and Professor Watson and Dr.
White scrutineers of the election of members.

It was voted to close the polls at five o'clock.

The Treasurer's report, duly audited, was received and
ordered to be entered on the records.

Dr. Pickering presented the report of the Library Commit-
tee, which- was accepted.

The report of the Rumford Committee, presented by Pro-
fessor Winlock, was accepted, and a recommendation to pre-
sent the Rumford Premium to George H. Corliss, for his im-
provements in the Steam-Engine, was adopted.

It was also voted, in accordance with the recommendations
of this Committee, " That the sum of one hundred and
twenty-eight dollars and fifty-six cents of the income of the
Rumford Fund be appropriated for the purchase of certain
books for the Library of the Academy.

" That the sum of three hundred dollars be appropriated for
the purchase of spectroscopic instruments to be used, under
the direction of the Committee, in observing the solar eclipse
of August next.

" That one thousand dollars of the income of the Rumford
Fund be appropriated for continuing the publication of the
new edition of Count Rumford's works which has been begun
by the Academy."

Mr. F. W. Putnam addressed the Academy on the approach-
ing meeting, at Salem, of the American Association for the
Advancement of Science.

Professor A. Agassiz, Dr. White, and Professor F. H. Storer.
were appointed a committee to consider what action the
Academy should take on the occasion of this meeting.

The following appropriations were voted for the ensuing
year : —

110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

For General Expenses, from the General Fund . . $ 2,200

" " from the Rumford Fund . 200

For Publication ....... 800

For the Library ....... 500

The following gentlemen were elected members of the
Academy : —

William T. Brigham, of Boston, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class II., Section 1.

Algernon Coolidge, of Boston, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class II., Section 1.

Alfred P. Rockwell, of Boston, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class I., Section 4.

Alpheus Hyatt, of Salem, to be a Resident Fellow in Class
II., Section 3.

Edward S. Morse, of Salem, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class II., Section 3.

The annual election resulted in the choice of the following
officers for the ensuing year : —

Asa Gray, President.

George T. Bigelow, Vice-President.

William B. Rogers, Corresponding Secretary.

Chauncey Wright, Recording Secretary.

Charles J. Sprague, Treasurer.

Frank H. Storer, Librarian.

Council.

Thomas Hill,

Josiah P. Cooke, }- of Class I.

John B. Henck,

Louis Agassiz,

Jeffries Wyman,

Charles Pickering,

Robert C. Winthrop,

George E. Ellis, }■ of Class III.

Andrew P. Peabody,

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 25, 1869. Ill

Rumford Committee.

James B. Francis, Joseph Winlock,

Morrill Wyman, Wolcott Gibbs,

William B. Rogers, Josiah P. Cooke,

Frank H. Storer.

Committee of Finance.

Asa Gray, ) gx OJ^cio^ by statute.

Charles J. Sprague, j
Thomas T. Bouve, by election.

The other Standing Committees were appointed on the
nomination of the President, as follows : —

Committee of Publication.

' Joseph Lovering, Jeffries Wyman,

Francis J. Child.

Committee on the Library.

Francis Parkman, Charles Pickering,

John Bacon.

Committee to audit the Treasurer's Accounts.
Charles E. Ware, Theodore Lyman.

Professor Whitney presented for publication the following
letter from Baron Richthofen, giving an account of the geo-
logical investigations in China up to March 1, 1869 : —

I returned a few days ago from an exploration of the country ad-
joining the Yang-tse-kiang, between Shanghai and Han-kau, a distance of
six hundred geographical miles. I hired a fine boat, which was towed
up the river by steamer, and then dropped gradually downward, ex-
ploring right and left from the various stations which I made. The
trip, which occupied altogether forty-five days, afforded much of interest,
and I believe that I have established a good basis for further operations.
You may be surprised that I selected a region which is so easy of

112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

access, and which would hardly seem to be invested with that charm
of novelty which remoter portions of this vast Empire might afford.
But the excellent charts existing of the lower part of the Yang-tse ex-
hibit only its banks and shallows, while the country immediately adjacent
is, with the exception of a few places, even less known than the
borders of the upper portion of the river, above Han-kau.

In attempting to give you a brief resume of some of my results, I
must remark that I give them only as a preliminary notice, and am
quite prepared to see them corrected and enlarged by my own future
examinations.

This was the first opportunity I had for getting somewhat acquainted
with the sedimentary formations of any part of China. I soon became
aware that I must abandon the views taken by my predecessors in
Chinese geology, and had better commence from the a b c. Mr.
Pumpelly's distinction of one great grauite-metamorphic formation,
one great (Devonian) limestone formation, and one great subdivision
embracing the Chinese coal-measures, of which a Triassic age- was
made probable by Dr. Newberry, was based on observations made in
other parts of China. I found it quite insufficient for the country
which I visited, while the addition, by Kingsmill, of the Tung-ting
sandstones, which he considers to fill out the gap between the granite
and the " great limestone formation," was a slight step in advance,
but not one by any means representing the variety of formations.
The task of establishing their order of succession was not easy, and I
had to work hard to accomplish this end. But the amount of evidence
increased with the number of good sections, and I had the good fortune
to find fossils in several localities, one of which is of some importance,
as it yielded a large number and variety of shells in an excellent state
of preservation, establishing for the rocks in which they occur the age
of the mountain-limestone. These rocks can easily be recognized, and
appear to be widely distributed in China.

I give you the list of formations, with the local denomination, which
I used in my note-books, and on my geological maps, for convenience'
sake only? that I may refer to them in any letter I may send you here-
after. The lowest formation observed is, —

1st. Ta-ko sandstone, a series of coarse variegated sandstones, not
interrupted, so far as my observations extend, by conglomerates or
shales. Red, lilac, purple, green, are the prevailing colors. Some beds
are hard, but the greater part of the sandstone is remarkably soft, con-

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 25, 1869. 113

sidering that it belongs to a very ancient formation. Even where it is
inclined at high angles, it retains this soft texture, unless this has un-
dergone a change in. the immediate neighborhood of eruptive rocks.
x The Tadio Mountains, a picturesque range of nearly two thousand feet
in height, and situated about fifty miles east of Kiu-kiang, are almost
entirely built up of these sandstones. They are here slightly inclined,
and exposed in a thickness of at least two thousand five hundred feet.
At another place I estimated the visible portion of the formation at
four thousand feet ; but, as I never saw its lowest strata, nor the under-
lying rocks, those figures mark the minimum of the actual thickness.

2d. Liu-shan schists. — This is a series of shales of from twelve
hundred to three thousand feet in thickness, which are quite character-
istic, being the only rocks of this kind on the lower Yang-tse. The
formation appears, from the descriptions given of rocks occurring south
of that river, to be largely distributed in eastern China, and to form a
valuable horizon. The shales are, for the most part, clayey and sandy,
and not unfrequently converted into clay-slate. The color varies from
yellow and red in the former to dark green and gray in the latter
varieties. An abundance of undeterminable remains of plants may be
found. This formation and the former are distinguished from all those
of subsequent age, by being usually intersected by numerous veins
of white quartz. The Liu-shan is a short but very conspicuous moun-
tain range, near Kiu-kiang, rising abruptly to the altitude of probably
little less than three thousand five hundred feet. The shales form a
belt at its eastern foot.

3d. Matsu limestone. — On the Matsu-shan, a prominent hill in the
belt just mentioned, I observed, for the first time, the conformable
superposition of limestone on the Liu-shan schists. I confirmed after-
wards the observation in several other places. These are dark lime-
stones, distinguished in their lowest portion by a ribboned appearance
of all planes of fracture which intersect the stratification. It is caused
by the predominance of silica in alternate layers. The main body of
the limestone shows a certain brecciated structure and a dolomitic ap-
pearance. Chert is abundant, but I found no characteristic fossils.
The thickness of the formation is at least two thousand feet ; but as I
never saw distinctly its upper portion, this figure may be too low. The
deposition of these strata was followed by, —

4th. A period of great disturbances and outbreaks of granite. — The
three formations which I have mentioned compose long ranges of

VOL. VIII. 15

114 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

hills, and I know of one instance only, namely, the Ta-ho range, where
they can be observed in an almost undisturbed position ; generally
they are inclined at steep angles, and contorted. Granite, in most
instances, enters into the structure of these ranges, though in a varying ■
way, now intersecting the strata in large intrusive masses and veins,
now accompanying them separately. It has, however, had a compara-
tively slight metamorphosing influence. The purer limestone is con-
verted into a coarse white marble ; the impure qualities are represented
by thick beds of a highly silicious, slightly dolomitic, and imperfectly
crystalline limestone of yellow color. The sandstone is partly con-
verted into quartzite, and the shale into clay-slate.

The granite also occurs by itself in mountain ranges. A bold range,
prominent by its rugged outlines, as well as by its altitude (about three
thousand five hundred feet), which rises abruptly out of the alluvial
plain of the Yang-tse near the large city of Ngan-king, and accom-
panies the river on its left bank for quite a distance, is completely
built up of granite; in a few places only, marble and quartzite indicate
detached portions of the strata which were intersected by the granite.

It is probable that this granitic outburst marks one of the main
features in the geology of eastern China, as there is little doubt that
to it belongs the granite which, together with porphyry, composes
almost exclusively the coast of China between Ningpo and Hong-
Kong, a distance of seven hundred geographical miles. I observed
it at Suchau, in the group of the Chusan Archipelago, and on the
island of Hong-Kong. The granite of these three localities resembles
that on the lower Yang-tse, not only in its petrographic character, but
also in its geological features, as it is accompanied in these different
places by detached and quite irregular portions of altered shales and
quartzites. These and marble are mentioned, too, from nearly every
place along the granitic coast of which I have any information. If
the supposition of this identity, or rather contemporaneity, of the
granitic outbursts of eastern China should prove correct, we may look
for it as a guide in the geology of eastern Asia in general ; although
I am inclined to believe, from former observations in Shantung, that
there was still an older granitic epoch, connected with the thorough
metamorphism of a more ancient series of formations than those here
mentioned.

5th. Tung-ting sandstone. — All the formations which are now
to be mentioned were not affected by the disturbances immediately

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 25, 1869. 115

connected with the outbreak of the granite. Probably the lapse of
time between the deposition of 3 and 5 was of long duration, and it is
quite likely that the gap may comprise a series of sedimentary deposits
which are not visible at the surface in the regions visited by me. I did
not even see in any place the lowest portion of the Tung-ting sand-
stones. They form a rather uniform series of very hard, almost
quartzose sandstones, which are visible in a thickness of at least four
thousand feet, and form bold mountain ranges for themselves alone, the
Liu-shan among others. The name was first used by Kingsrnill, and
is derived from the island of Tung-ting-shan in Taihu Lake, sixty
miles west of Shanghai.

This is the only formation in regard to the position of which I do
not feel quite certain. The next formation is, however, conformably
underlain by what I consider to be the topmost layers of the Tung-ting
sandstone, namely, a series of hardened, nodular clay, hard sandstone,
and conglomerate of pebbles of quartz.

6th. Si-hio limestone. — This is a limestone formation of only six hun-
dred feet in thickness. The rock is full of chert nodules, and contains
numerous fossils, chiefly corals, encrinites, and brachiopods. Aulopora
repens is of frequent occurrence among them, and other forms, too,
indicate a Devonian age. The name is derived from a prominent hill,
generally known as Single-tree hill, east of Nan-king, where I first
found the fossils.

7th. Nan-king grits. — The last formation is conformably overlain
by a gritty and purely quartzose sandstone, alternating frequently
with a coarse conglomerate of perfectly rounded pebbles consisting
exclusively of quartz. The color is mostly red, but where the strata
are inclined at steep angles, light shades prevail, though the former
color is still visible in concentric rings of a dark red color, which give
a variegated appearance to every plane of fracture. Although this
formation is largely developed at and around Nan-king, and forms
bold hills capped with a coarse conglomerate, and rising to more than
a thousand feet, I was unable to determine its thickness. It probably
far exceeds two thousand feet. Certain dark shales which occur in
the way of interstratification contain fossil plants, but I found no
specimens that could be determined.

8th. Kitau limestone. — This is an important formation, overlaying
the last conformably. Its name is derived from a prominent bluff
situated midways between Han-kau and Kiu-kiaug, called Kitau, or

116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Cock's Head, which is well known as a landmark to the navigator of
the Yang-tse. There are three subdivisions of this formation : —

a. The lower limestone. Hard, silicious varieties of light gray and
reddish colors, carrying frequently an abundance of chert, prevail.
The thickness of the layers varies from that of card-paper to many
feet. The chert nodules increase in some places so much in quantity
as to form complete layers by themselves, and lenticular masses of
chert are frequently embedded in a soft calcareous sandstone inter-
stratified in thin beds between the limestone. Traces of fossils may
often be found in them. The limestone itself is frequently filled with,
and in certain layers nearly made up of, the shells of a Fusulina
which is distinguished from Fusulina cylindrica only by its more
perfect cylindrical shape. I collected many beautiful specimens of it.
This lower limestone is about fourteen hundred feet thick.

b. A series of black sandy shales, black lydite, and soft sandstones.
The lowest strata are highly fossiliferous, chiefly at Tso-dsu-kang
near Ching-kiang, which is the before-mentioned distinguished local-
ity. Large specimens of Productus semireticidatus, with shell, interior
structure, and spines well preserved, would be sufficient for themselves
to indicate the age of the mountain-limestone. They are accompanied
by numerous other brachiopods, bivalves, corals, and Fenestellas, the
latter being quite a> prominent feature. I collected sufficiently to give
pleasant occupation to a geologist who would take the trouble to work
up the material. The place where they were found is quite a curi-
osity. There are a number of abandoned shafts, the waste dumps of
which afford an easy opportunity for collecting the fossils ; otherwise
they could hardly be discovered, as the ground is covered by vegeta-
tion. As no reason for mining is apparent, it would at first seem as
if a past generation had opened the shafts for the delight of future
stray geologists, until one hears that these were flint-mines ; indeed,
lenticular masses of chert are quite frequent in the soft strata. I may
mention, besides, that among the fossils here found are none of those
brachiopods which have been long since famous as an article of trade
in the Chinese drug-stores. I believe, for various reasons, that they
are derived from the Si-hio limestone before mentioned. The soft
sandstone which follows higher up in this series carries a bed of coal,
the lowest in position which I have found. All the mines once
opened on this bed are abandoned, evidently at or little below water-

evel. But the coal appears to be of inferior quality, and not more than

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 25, 1869. 117

one or two feet thick. There is a remarkable regularity in the
occurrence of this bed of coal, and of the entire formation, with its
lydite and other distinguishing features, over a. wide extent of country.
I found it in places four hundred miles distant from each other. The
thickness of this formation is about four hundred feet.

c. Upper limestone. It is separated from the coal only by a thin
stratum of black shale, and is similar in nature to the lower limestone.
I observed its thickness for sixteen hundred feet, but never saw its
upper portion.

The thickness of the entire formation is thus at least three thousand
four hundred feet, but I am prepared to see it proved to be several
thousand feet thicker by future observation. The Kitau limestone
composes entire mountain ranges by itself alone, chiefly between Kiu-
kiang and Han-kau. Kingsmill mentions, as overlaying the Tung-ting
sandstone of the Liu-shan to the west, a limestone formation of an
estimated thickness of six thousand feet ; it is probably altogether
Kitau limestone.

9th. Sanghu sandstone and conglomerate. — The deposition of the
Kitau limestone ended with a considerable disturbance, as the next
formation follows quite unconformably. It consists of quartzose sand-
stone and quartzose conglomerate, interstratified witli thick layers of
red clay, and carries a coal-bed at a place sixty miles below Han-kau.
Black shales, which overlie the coal, carry some remains of plants. I
was unable to establish the thickness of this formation.

10th. Commencement of the outbreaks of porphyry. — The porphyritic
eruptions have probably continued in China during a long period,
while sediments were contemporaneously deposited. Pumpelly was
the first to direct attention to these wide-spread events. But it is only
in the great granitic region of the eastern coast, between Ningpo and
Hong-Kong, that porphyry itself arrives at an extraordinary develop-
ment. The Chusan Islands are almost exclusively composed of
quartzose porphyry and its tufas, and from there southward it appears
to be only subordinate in quantity to the granite. I know it from my own
observations on the island of Hong-Kong, and by inference from the
observations of others, of the region between that island and Ningpo.
This is the most extensive development of porphyry known in any
part of the world.

11th. Deposits of porphyritic tufa, sandstones, and clays. — The
porphyries themselves are little developed on the lower Yang-tse. I

118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

noticed their first appearance in certain porphyritic tufas which overlie
somewhat unconformably the Sanghu sandstone. The latter appears,
indeed, from its purely silicions character, to have been antecedent to
any outbreak of porphyry, while the soft and impure nature of all
subsequent deposits goes to show that they were the tufaceous sedi-
ments of eruptions in remote regions. The visible thickness of this
formation below Han-kau is about three thousand five hundred feet.
It encloses a few beds of coal of subordinate value.

' Herewith ends, on the lower Yang-tse, the series of the ancient
formations. The only two horizons which I consider as fairly estab-
lished are Nos. 6 and 8, the Devonian and the Carboniferous. To the
latter belongs the lowest coal-bed, and it is for this reason that I do
not consider the question regarding the age of the Chinese coal-
measures in any way as settled. It must, on the other side, however,
be taken into consideration, that, from a comparison of the formations
of the lower Yang-tse with those observed by Pumpelly near Peking,
the coal-bearing formation appears to be but very imperfectly repre-
sented in the former country. To this circumstance may have to be
ascribed the scarcity of workable coal-beds in the region over which
my observations extend. It is by no means improbable that the
upper beds belong to a different formation not represented in that
region.

After a long interruption there were deposited on the lower Yang-tse
a series of apparently very recent sediments, the age of which, how-
ever, could in no instance be determined.

a. Tatung deposits, a series of hard, cemented sediments of clay,
sand, and detritus, which, by the angular shape of the fragments and
their petrographical nature, bears evidence of its derivation, at every
place, from the next adjoining hills. These strata, though always
inclined in a certain direction at angles of from ten to fifteen degrees,
do not occupy at any place a higher level than two hundred feet above
the river. I did not find any fossils in them.

b. Volcanic rocks. There is, north of Nan-king, a group of extinct
volcanoes, whose isolated cones rise immediately out of the alluvial
plain to an elevation of five hundred to seven hundred feet. Their
lavas are dolerite and basalt. The craters are well preserved.

c. Horizontal beds of gravel. They are probably buried deep under-
neath the alluvium of the Yang-tse, as the only place where they are
exhibited is at the volcanoes of Nan-kin". Each of those I visited

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 25, 1869. 119

is surrounded by a narrow ring of these beds, which are horizontally
stratified and form the slopes of the volcanoes up to an altitude of four
hundred feet. They probably owe this singularly isolated position to
a local elevation of the volcanic district, which may have taken place
loner after its vents were extinct.

d. Loess, which cannot be distinguished from the European Loess.
It comnoses terraces two hundred feet hia;h, and contains shells of
Helix. It is sometimes separated from the underlying rocks by a
layer of Laterite.

e. Alluvium of the great plain.

The different formations here enumerated compose, on the right and
left bank of the lower Yang-tse, a series of detached and apparently
disconnected mountain ranges. The complete sequence of sedimen-
tary formation can only be constructed out of the various part-sections
which those ranges severally afford. But no sooner are the geological
columns put down on a map than the unity of the whole system of
ranges is. conspicuous. They form together, so to say, one great geo-
logical range, which is directed from southwest to northeast, parallel
to the course of the Yang-tse from Kiu-kiang to Nan-king. There may
be distinguished an axial core, consisting of the three most ancient
formations and granite, while those of subsequent age ai'e distributed
on both flanks of it. On the northwestern flank a somewhat regular
sequence of them may be observed, commencing with those following im-
mediately on the granite, and ending with the post-porphyritic deposits.
It forms, between the Liu-shan and Han-kau, a belt of one hundred
and fifty miles in breadth, and is cut at right angles by the Yang-tse.
The hills between Chin^-kiano; and Nan-kin^ constitute a belt of
similar construction, though much more narrow, on the southeastern
flank. I use the term "axial core" in a purely geological sense, as
the formations composing it do by no means occupy the centre of
actual mountain ranges, nor do they excel by the altitude to which
they rise. Though the granitic mountains near Ngan-king are about
three thousand five hundred feet high, most of the hills composed of
those ancient formations would but slightly attract the attention of the
topographer. West of Poyang Lake, for instance, the upturned edges
of the oldest sediments constitute a low plateau, and rise only in a
few hills to about six hundred feet, while the more recent Tung-ting
grits compose, in the immediate vicinity, the high and abrupt range of
the Liu-shan.

120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

You may be surprised not to find in the above list of formations the
nummulitic limestone of Si-Tungting, which I mentioned in a former
letter, and which belongs properly to the system of the lower Yang-tse.
The reason is, that I will refrain from maintaining my former, perhaps
too positive assertion, before the fossils, which have so perfectly the
structure of nummulites, shall have been examined by an authority on
the subject. The structure of these shells, the occurrence, with them,
of certain gastropods which, though hardly determinable (on account
of their fragmentary condition), do not have the character of any that
are usually found in ancient formations, the state of preservation of the
fossils which permits even the color of some bivalves to be recognized, —
all this is in strange contradiction with the similarity of the limestone
of Si-Tungting to some of the most ancient limestone strata on the
Yang-tse. The occurrence of encrinites, too, in the former, — a fact
which I think I forgot to mention in my former letter, — is not in accord-
ance with the Eocene age of the limestone in question. I never found
on the lower Yang-tse any fossils resembling those of Si-Tungting.

I am endeavoring to collect data for the geological history of eastern
China in recent periods. There is, among others, one very interest-
ing feature in the valley of the lower Yang-tse, which bears on that
subject. You would, in ascending the river by steamer, observe that
it is, in the greater part of its course below Han-kau, accompanied by
terraces, which rise* abruptly out of the alluvial plain to an altitude of
from sixty to two hundred feet above it, now approaching the river
closely, now remaining at a distance of several miles from its banks,
sometimes skirting the foot of a mountain range,' then again forming
an extensive table-land. You might consider them, from analogy, to
correspond to the so-called diluvial terraces so common in the valleys
of great rivers. It is a striking fact, that, on examination, the terraces
of the Yang-tse prove to be quite different in nature, consisting as they
do mostly of the upturned edges of ancient formations, not of one of them,
but of all, excepting granite, porphyry, and the limestones. The strata
are inclined at various angles, and their ends abraded in nearly hori-
zontal planes. On Poyang Lake, the terraces consist of the two most
ancient formations ( 1 and 2) ; below Han-kau, for sixty miles, they are
composed of the soft sandstones and clays No. 11, while near Ngan-king
they are built up of Tatung sediments. At Nan-king, finally, the river
is accompanied for about fifty miles, on either side, by terraces consist-
ing of the Nan-king sandstones and conglomerates, which are here in-

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 8, 1869. 121

clined at an angle of forty-five degrees. This phenomenon appears to
mark at least one epoch when the sea was gradually encroaching on
the land, and, though probably not rising high above its present level,
contributing to effect a remarkable change in the configuration of the
country. I refrain for the present from any further remarks on recent
changes. Only this I may still mention, that I did not discover any
sisrns of former glacial action or drift.

It is much to be regretted that there is not more knowledge of geol-
ogy to be found among the numerous travellers in China ; if there were,
our knowledge of the geology of this vast Empire might be rapidly en-
larged. I am sorry to say, that, with the exception of Mr. Kingsmill,
I have not met one who has any knowledge of this science. I am left
quite to myself; and the more I travel, the more I become convinced
how little can be done by <jne man in so vast a country. Still, I hope
to be able to lay at least some sort of foundation, which may perhaps
guide even those who have not the necessary scientific education, and
stimulate further exploration. But more than this I shall hardly be
able to accomplish.

Six hundred and tenth Meeting.

June 8, 1869. — Adjourned Annual Meeting.

')

In the absence of the regular presiding officers, Mr. Thomas
Sherwin was chosen to take the chair.

The vote of the previous meeting, adjourning the August
meeting to the second Tuesday in September, was reconsidered.
Professor Joseph Lovering was chosen Corresponding Sec-
retary, and Professor Edward C. Pickering was chosen a mem-
ber of the Rumford Committee, to fill vacancies made by the
resignation of Professor William B. Rogers.

The Council made the following report : * —

During the year which preceded the annual meeting of May, 1869,
eight Resident Fellows, three Associate Fellows, and five Foreign
Honorary Members have been added to our lists, viz. : —

Captain Nathaniel E. Atwood, of Provincetown, to be a Resident
Fellow in Class II., Section 3.

* Unavoidably delayed, and not presented until the meeting of January 26, 1870.
VOL. VIII. 16

122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Professor W. J. Clark, President of the Massachusetts Agricultural
College, to be a Resident Fellow in Class L, Section 3.

Dr. Herrman Hagen, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class II., Section 3.

John L. Hayes, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in Class II.,
Section 1.

Horace Mann, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in Class II.,
Section 2.

Dr. Alpheus S. Packard, Jr., of Salem, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class II., Section 3.

Mr. Edmund Quincy, of Dedham, to be a Resident Fellow in Class
III., Section 3.

Samuel H. Scudder, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in Class
II., Section 3.

James B. Angell, President of the University of Vermont, to be an
Associate Fellow in Class III., Section 4.

Hon. Lewis H. Morgan, of New York, to be an Associate Fellow in
Class HI., Section 2.

Andrew D. White, President of Cornell University, Ithaca, New
York, to be an Associate Fellow in Class III., Section 2.

Professor T. C. Bluntschli, of Heidelberg, to be a Foreign Honor-
ary Member in Class III., Section 1, in the place of the late Professor
Mittermaier.

Professor Herrman Ludwig Ferdinand Helmholtz, of Heidelberg, to
be a Foreign Honorary Member in Class I., Section 3.

Professor Lassen, of Bonn, to be a Foreign Honorary Member in
Class III., Section 2, in the place of the late Professor Bopp.

Professor Ritschl, of Bonn, to be a Foreign Honorary Member in
Class III., Section 2, in the place of the late Professor Boeckh.

Sir Charles Wheatstone, of London, to be a Foreign Honorary
Member in the place of the late Sir David Brewster, in Class I., Sec-
tion 3.

During the same year, death has removed from our ranks five Res-
ident Fellows, one Associate Fellow, and one Foreign Honorary
Member.

Levi Lincoln, LL. D., was born in "Worcester, Massachusetts,
on the 25th of October, 1782, and died in that city on the 29th of
May, 1868. He was the eldest son of the Hon. Levi Lincoln, an
eminent lawyer, who was the Attorney-General of the United States

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 8, 1869. 123

during the first term of Mr. Jefferson's Administration. Having been
graduated at Harvard College with the class of 1802, he pursued the
profession in which his father had been so distinguished, and, like him,
was soon called off from the bar to engage in political affairs. He
was a member of the Senate of Massachusetts in 1812 ; a representa-
tive in. the State Legislature in 1814 ; a member of the Convention to
revise the Constitution in 1820 ; Speaker of the Massachusetts House
of Representatives in 1822 ; Lieutenant-Governor of the State in
1823 ; and, soon after retiring from this office for a brief service on
the Bench of the Supreme Court, he was elected Governor of Massa-
chusetts in 1825. In this capacity he served the State with conspic-
uous fidelity and ability for nine successive years, and fairly won the
title of a model magistrate. In 1834 he was chosen a Representative in
the Congress of the United States, and continued in that office for seven
years. In 1841 he was appointed Collector of the Customs for the
port of Boston, and, on quitting that post in 1843, he was immediately
returned to the Senate of Massachusetts, and in the following year
was made President of that body. In 1848 he was chosen President
of the Electoral College of Massachusetts ; and as late as 1864, while
in his 82d year, he once more discharged the office of a Presidential
Elector. In the mean time he had enjoyed the distinction of being the
first Mayor of his native town, after it was incorporated as a city, and
had rendered valuable service- to the community in which he lived, as
President of the Worcester Agricultural Society. His long and hon-
ored life was thus devoted to the public interests Of the Commonwealth
and the country ; while his spotless integrity and private virtues com-
manded the respect and esteem of all who knew him. His memory is
among the treasures of Massachusetts, and will be cherished by all
who appreciate the value to a free State of a patriotic and upright
magistrate, and of a public-spirited and useful citizen.

The Rev. William Allen, D. D., was the son of the Rev.
Thomas and Elizabeth (Lee) Allen, and was born in Pittsfield, Massa-
chusetts, on the 2d of January, 1784, being the ninth of twelve chil-
dren. His father was the first minister of Pittsfield. Dr. Allen
claimed to be descended, through his mother, from Governor Bradford
of Plymouth Colony.

He was graduated at Harvard College in 1802, and pursued the
study of theology with the Rev. John Pierce of Brookline. In 1804
he was licensed by the Berkshire Association, and preached for some

124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

months in the western part of New York. Returning to Massachu-
setts, he succeeded the Rev. Dr. Channing as Regent in Harvard Col-
lege. While in that office, besides performing the duties which
pertain to it, he prepared the first edition of his " American Bio-
graphical and Historical Dictionary," which was published in 1809 by
William Hilliard, in Cambridge, containing notices of about seven
hundred Americans. It comprised six hundred and thirty-two pages
in octavo. It is claimed that this was the first book of general
biography published in this country. It certainly reflects great credit
on the industry and research of the compiler. Two years before the
publication of this work, Dr. Allen had prepared notices of a number
of American divines for the Rev. David Bogue's " History of the Dis-
senters," which was first published in London in 1809. The second
edition of Dr. Allen's Biographical Dictionary was published in 1832
by William Hyde of Boston, in a large octavo of eight hun-
dred pages. This volume is said to contain over eighteen hundred
names. The third edition, in a still enlarged form, was published in
1857 by John B. Jewett & Co. of Boston. This contained notices of
over seven thousand Americans. In 1810, when Dr. Allen's connec-
tion with the College was dissolved, he delivered the Phi Beta Kappa
oration. In October of that year he was ordained pastor of the church
in Pittsfield, as. his father's successor. The Legislature of New
Hampshire, in 1816, altered the charter of Dartmouth College, mak-
ing it a University, and Dr. Allen, in the following year, was chosen
its President. This action of the Legislature originated the famous
Dartmouth College case, which, on an appeal to the Supreme Court
at Washington, resulted, in 1819, in the maintenance of the rights of
the College against the State. In 1820, Dr. Allen was appointed Pres-
ident of Bowdoin College, in Maine, and he retained this office till his
resignation in 1839. Since this time he lived at Northampton, Massa-
chusetts, engaging in various literary labors. He made a large collec-
tion of words not found in any dictionary of the English language ;
nearly fifteen hundred being contributed to Worcester's Dictionary pub-
lished in 1846, more than four thousand to Webster's, 1854, and
about six thousand for the new edition of Webster's. * To what ex-
tent these large collections of words, thus contributed, were incor-
porated in the works above named, we are not informed, as no

* These memoranda are taken from the New American Cyclopaedia, included
in a notice of Dr. Allen, from which, indeed, this sketch is mainly compiled.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 8, 1869. 125

acknowledgments appear in the Prefaces to indicate it. Among other
works of Dr. Allen maybe cited: Baccalaureate Addresses, 1823- 29 ;
Junius Unmasked, written to prove that Lord Sackville was the real
Junius; Account of Shipwrecks, Psalms and Hymns, 1835 ; Memoirs
of Eleazar Wheelock and of Dr. John Codman, 1853; An Historical
Discourse on the Fortieth Anniversary of the Second Church in Dor-
chester, 1848 ; Discourse on the Close of the Second Century of the
Settlement of Northampton, Massachusetts, 1854 ; Wunnissoo, or the
Vale of Hoosatunnuk, a poem, with notes, 1856 ; besides various mi-
nor productions. In 1812, Dr. Allen married Maria M. Wheelock,
daughter of President Wheelock. The degree of D. D. was con-
ferred upon him by Dartmouth College in 1821. He died at North-
ampton on the 16th July, 1868.

Octavius Pickering was born in Wilkesbarre, Pennsylvania, Sep-
tember 2, 1791, where his father resided six years, having removed
thither from Philadelphia, to which city he returned in 1792. In 1801
his father came back to Massachusetts, and settled near Salem. Octa-
vius was admitted to the Freshman Class in Harvard University in
1806, and was graduated in 1810. He studied law in the office of his
brother, John Pickering, was admitted to practice in 1816, and took an
office in Salem, where he continued to reside during a few years, until
his removal to Boston, in which city and in Cambridge he lived the
remainder of his life, excepting an absence of seven years in Europe,
mostly spent in England and France. He died in Boston, October
29, 1868.

He early began the practice of reporting. In 1820 he reported the
proceedings in revising the Constitution of Massachusetts, and in 1821,
with his friend, William H. Gardiner, reported the trial on the im-
peachment of Judge Prescott. Though he did not practise what is
technically called short-hand, yet he had adopted many abbreviations,
and was quick in hearing, and rapid and accurate in penmanship ; so
that at the time of his appointment, in 1822, as reporter to the Supreme
Court, he had superlative qualifications for that position, which he held
eighteen years, during which time, and subsequently, he was employed
in making and publishing his reports.

His brother, John Pickering, had pretty early begun to gather mate-
rials for the biography of their father, Timothy Pickering, who was
Quartermaster-General in the war of the Revolution, subsequently
Secretary of War and of State, a member of each house of Congress,

126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

and always an active and earnest public man, — the history of whose
life was involved in the party divisions and contests of a stirring epoch,
and led his biographers — first, John, and afterwards, Octavius — into a
minute investigation of the characters, acts, and events of the whole
period in which he took so decided and distinguished a part. Accord-
ingly, the first step for Octavius, after the task of the biography had
passed into his hands on the decease of his brother John, was to get
together, under his hand, the appalling mass of materials in the form
of records, publications, printed documents, and attainable private cor-
respondence. This he did with great diligence, and not without con-
siderable expense. His copies of letters and documents, so collected,
consist of some fifty large volumes, which he carefully read through, at
least twice, consecutively, besides comparing the contents, and re-
arranging them in a comprehensive index, before he began to deter-
mine on the selections to be made for the first volume, and to fill in the
intermediate spaces with explanations, and the notice of collateral cir-
cumstances, in such a manner as to make a connected chain. The first
volume was completed and published in 1867. At his request the
continuation of the biography has been put into the hands of Mr.
Charles W. Uphani, of Salem.

As Reporter, Mr. Pickering necessarily kept up his acquaintance
with the law, and he never neglected the Greek and Latin classics.
During his residence in France, he had, of course, become more famil-
iar with the French, which language he read fluently, with a distinct
pronunciation. He read widely and diligently in history, was a con-
stant attendant at scientific lectures, and always present at the Lowell
course. He also took great pleasure in the study of Botany, though
he did not make pretensions to a comprehensively scientific knowl-
edge of it. If, in walking leisurely with a friend, he noticed on the
wayside a flower at all remarkable for beauty, rarity, or otherwise,
he was wont to point it out to his companion, and was in the habit of
bringing home specimens to be examined under the microscope. He
took an active part in founding the Society of Natural History of New
England, and regularly attended its meetings.

Mr. Pickering was social, cheerful, and acceptable in society, and his
time never hung heavily with him at home, where a great part of his
occupations lay.

In the course of his life he was a member of different associations of
a private rather than a public character, consisting of members of lit-

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JUNE 8, 1869. 127

erary, soci.il, and political distinction, in which his characteristic mod-
esty did not prevent him from taking an active part. He had a re-
markably pleasant voice and distinct utterance, and could read aloud
an indefinite time without fatigue to his auditors or himself.

He was a man of most amiable disposition, pleasing manners, and
lively wit, without poignancy or sarcasm ; a devoted and enduring
friend, admired and confided in by all, and never knowing what it was
to have an enemy. He never unduly urged his pretensions, nor had
he need to, for during his life he was surrounded by those who knew
his worth.

George Rapall Notes, the son of Nathaniel and Mary (nee Rapall)
Noyes, was born in Newburyport, March G, 1798. While a pupil in
the public schools of his native town, he manifested a taste and aptness
for study which attracted the attention of his pastor, the late Rev. Dr.
Dana, who encouraged and aided him, both by advice and by the loan
of money. In 1814 he entered Harvard College, where he maintained
his place as a faithful and successful scholar, graduating in 1818. He
had defrayed a portion of his expenses by teaching country schools in
the winter, and immediately on leaving college he took charge of the
Framingham Academy, thus securing a sufficient income to clear him-
self from debt, and to start with some small savings on his proposed
course of more advanced study. In 1819 he entered the Cambridge
Divinity School, and in 1822 was licensed as a preacher. But he had
become too much engrossed in the literature of his profession to forsake
the university for the active duties of the ministry. He continued at
Cambridge for eight years longer, holding at first the duties of a proc-
tor, with some private pupils whose tuition-fees eked out his frugal
means of living, and for the last two years employed as a tutor in the
classical department. By this time it had become quite generally
known that he had been devoting himself with great assiduity and
singleness of purpose to the Hebrew language and scriptures. In
1827 he became pastor of the First Congregational Church in Brook-
field. Though the leisure which so small and retired a parish might
give him for study had no inferior place among his motives in accept-
ing the invitation, he yet was conscientiously faithful in his ministerial
charge, and established life-long relations of mutual respect, affection,
and gratitude with his parishioners. Shortly after his settlement he
published his translation of Job, which gave him at once a foremost
place among distinguished scholars in that department of learning. In

128 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

1834 the insufficiency of his support compelled him to resign his charge
at Brookfield. He then accepted a pastorate at Petersham, where he
had a peaceful, happy, and prosperous ministry of six years. In 1 840
he was invited to fill the chair of Hebrew and other Oriental Lan-
guages and Biblical Literature in Harvard University. He retained
this office till his death, and, though for many months he had suffered
from illness and physical infirmity, he remained in the full exercise of
his mental powers, and with unimpaired ability for his duties as a
teacher, till within a few days of his decease, which took place June 8,
1868.

He received the degree of Doctor of Divinity from Harvard Uni-
versity in 1889. He was chosen a member of the American Academy
in 1844. Elected to other learned bodies, he declined membership
from an unwillingness to be enrolled where he could not render active
service.

Dr. Noyes's principal publications in his lifetime were the version of
Job, already mentioned, which passed through four editions ; a trans-
lation of the Book of Psalms, and a translation of the Hebrew Proph-
ets, of both of which three editions were published ; and a translation
of the Proverbs, Ecclesiastes, and Canticles, of which there were two
editions. Besides these, he published numerous tracts, occasional ser-
mons, and articles in periodicals. His latest work, nearly ready for the
press when he died, and issued in the following autumn, was a trans-
lation of the New Testament, in which he condensed the results of his
life-long study of the Sacred Records, and which he regarded equally as
the ripest fruit of his scholarship, and as his last and best offering upon
the altar of Christian faith.

These works are the most adequate memorial of their author's mind
and culture. They indicate untiring industry, profound study, keen
critical acumen, thorough grasp of the subject in hand, full command of
the materials and resources of critical inquiry, and that just apprehen-
sion of the intent and spirit of the books belonging to the sacred canon,
without which no amount of learning or skill could have made him a
good translator. We have no space for the minute examination of the
merits of his translations in themselves, or as compared with other
similar works. Suffice it to say that he who should pronounce either
of them superior to any other extant translation of the same books
might see ample ground for such an opinion, both in the tokens of
exhaustive research and in the marks of sound and sober judgment to
be found in them all.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 8, 1869. 129

Dr. Noyes's moral character was well adapted to aid his success and
worthy fame as a critic. He was at once reverent and bold, — reverent
for all truth, as one with God, but wholly destitute of prescriptive
reverence for what bad been held as truth, until it had shown its cre-
dentials and established its claim. He thus pushed his inquiries to the
utmost limit ; but while he rejected many things which others held
sacred, no man ever had a firmer faith than he (a faith which seemed
to him as strongly grounded as if it had been susceptible of mathe-
matical demonstration) in the divine mission and authority of the
Founder of Christianity, and in the authenticity of the records through
which his life and character have been transmitted. Himself a free
and fearless inquirer, he claimed for others the same liberty, and re-
garded honest dissent, denial, and scepticism with uniform respect and
kindness.

As a writer he was simple, chaste, perspicuous, and at the same time
concise, with little ornament, but with instructive rather than careful
heed to the canons of pure taste and accurate diction. As a preacher,
he was plain, sensible, serious, and weighty, impressing his hearers
with his own sincerity, and most esteemed by those whose esteem is of
the most worth.

In private life no man could be more worthily loved. Happy in
those who shared his home, he made his home happy. Faithful, kind,
genial, hospitable, he had equally the unlimited confidence and the
warm affection of all who stood in near or intimate relation with him ;
and while his modesty and his retired life may have given him fewer
personal friends than his reputation would have brought him, those
who knew him well knew him only to love and honor him. The last
three or four years of his life were marked by unintermitted debility
and suffering; and for a long period he was seldom able to cross his
own threshold, his classes coming to him in his study. During this
whole season he manifested entire resignation, serene Christian trust, a
patience never disturbed, and an engagedness in his wonted pursuits
which had not begun to flag when he was laid upon his death-bed.
As a Christian scholar, he merits a foremost place among his contem-
poraries ; as a Christian man, he has his record, equally, we trust, in
grateful and reverent memories on earth and in the book of life
eternal.

Horace Mann was elected into the Academy on the eleventh of
November last ; and he died the same night. Devoted to Natural

VOL. VIII. 17

130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

History almost from childhood, and trained to investigation in one de-
partment, in which he had made successful explorations in a distant
field, he was confidently expected to add new celebrity to the distin-
guished name he inherited, when a career of unusual scientific promise
was thus suddenly arrested.

He was the eldest son of the late Hon. Horace Mann (of whom it is
unnecessary here to speak), and was born in Boston on the 25th of
February, 1844 ; therefore had not completed the 25th year of his age.
His earlier studies were pui'sued mainly under the immediate direction
of his parents, with both of whom education was a specialty. Soon
after his father's death the family removed from Antioch College, just
as Horace was prepared to enter upon the regular course. He studied
at Concord for some time with private tutors, and then entered the
Scientific School at Cambridge, giving himself first to Zoology, espe-
cially Conchology, under Professor Agassiz, and afterwards to Botany
under Professor Gray. In 1864 he joined his friend William T.
Brigham in a visit to the Sandwich Islands by way of the Isthmus
and California ; and they explored this group in company, Mr. Mann
taking the Botany as his particular department, while Mr. Brigham
attended more to the Geology and Mineralogy. On his return to
Cambridge he took up the special study of Hawaiian plants, and re-
joined the Scientific School of Harvard University. Upon applying
for the degree of Bachelor of Science (which he obtained with honors
in 1867), he laid before his examiners, as his thesis, an elaborate and
critical " Enumeration of Hawaiian Plants," which was deemed worthy
of a place among the publications of this Academy. It fills almost
one hundred pages of the seventh volume of our Proceedings, and has
been recognized in the botanical world as a contribution of sterling
value. It had been preceded by two other papers in the Proceedings
of the Boston Society of Natural History upon certain new plants of
the Sandwich Islands, and it was to be followed by a complete Flora
of those Islands for the use of general botanists on the one hand, and
of the residents of the country on the other, such a work being a de-
sideratum for both. Mr. Mann had actually written out the greater
part of it, and three fasciculi were printed by the Essex Institute ; it is
hoped that the work may be completed from the notes and materials
left by him. The smaller papers and articles contributed by Mr. Mann
to the Boston Natural History Society and to scientific journals are at
least twelve in number. All his writings, in their simplicity, directness,

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 8, 1869. 131

order, and the total absence of pretence and show, may recall to those
who knew him well somewhat of the traits of the man, — his great
modesty, singleness and tenacity of purpose, and disinterested devotion
to science for its own sake. Looking back over the very few years
which were allotted to him, we wonder at the amount of work he was
able to accomplish, as represented in these publications. They are the
fruits, apparently not so much of youthful enthusiasm, which was
not lacking, as of conscientious, unremitting, and well-directed labor.
Moreover, they were brought forth under delicate health, and, at
length, under the ravages of an insidious disease, and amid other on-
erous if congenial duties. He was for several years, and until the end,
Curator of Botany to the Natural History Society ; for the last two
years Curator to the Herbarium of Harvard University, and assistant
to the Professor ; and last autumn, under an appointment as College
Tutor, he took the whole charge of the Botanical department, and the
superintendence of the Botanic Garden, in the absence of the Profes-
sor. But his powers soon failed under the rapid development of pul-
monary disease ; he was called away from his chosen work just when
he had given proof of rare capacity for performing it, and from this
Society almost at the moment when we had numbered him as our own.

William Mitchell was born at Nantucket, Mass., on the 20th of
December, 1791, and died at Poughkeepsie, N. Y., on the 19th of
April, 1869. His opportunities for education were no better than those
which the Island at that time afforded. The remembrance of his early
school-days was associated with the severe discipline common at that
period, so that the recollection of his school experiences gave him little
pleasure. He said, in a brief sketch of his life, written for his oldest
granddaughter, that no teacher inspired him with any love of learning.

Although his father was in comfortable circumstances, he followed
the custom of the lads of the town, and learned the cooper's trade at the
age of fifteen ; giving it up, however, almost immediately, and entering
a school, as Assistant, at eighteen, and as Principal soon after.

Mr. Mitchell married, on the 10th of December, 1812, Lydia Cole-
man, whom he had known from his boyhood. This union lasted forty-
eight years. Ten children were born to them, of whom nine survive.
In a memoir, written by himself, he says : " All that my children are,
physically and morally, is attributable, under Divine Providence, to
that talented and excellent woman. Never were the duties of wife and
mother more conscientiously performed."

132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

In the war of 1812, the property, mostly in ships, of Mr. Mitchell's
father was greatly impaired, and the most rigid economy was de-
manded of the son, in order to support his young family. He left his
school and engaged with his father in an oil-factory and cooperage. In
1822 he resumed school-keeping, which he always loved ; and when the
public schools wrere established in his native town, he was one of the
first two teachers appointed. Finding this occupation too laborious, he
relinquished it in a few years, and again started a private school. In
1830 he gave this up also, and became secretary in an insurance office.
In 1887 he took charge of the Pacific Bank as cashier, and, at nearly
the same time, of a savings-bank. Both these offices he held for about
twenty years. In 1861, being nearly seventy years of age, he retired
from all business, and removed to Lynn, where two of his daughters
resided. In 1865 he followed his distinguished daughter, Miss Maria
Mitchell, to Vassar College, near Poughkeepsie, N. Y.

Although Mr. Mitchell was little of a politician, he held many honor-
able positions in the State. He was a member of the Convention for
the Revision of the Constitution of Massachusetts, in 1820. Twenty-
four years afterwards he was a member of the State Senate, and later
still of the Council of Governor Briggs, to whom he was much attached.
He was elected a member of the Board of Overseers of Harvard Col-
lege for six years, and, at the expiration of that time, he was re-elected
by an almost unanimous vote of both Houses.

From his earliest years, Mr. Mitchell. was interested in the study of
Astronomy, having inherited the taste from his father. His mathe-
matical learning was not sufficient to carry him through its difficult
calculations, but Bowditch's Navigator and the Nautical Almanac were
thoroughly studied. He calculated carefully, and observed success-
fully the eclipse of February 12, 1831, which was annular at Nan-
tucket. With a small spy-glass he caught an early sight of Halley's
comet, at its last return in 1835. He was one of the first, if not the
very first, to see it in this country. Mr. Mitchell was familiar also
with meteorological phenomena, of which he kept a record for about
half a century. His eye was quick to detect any change in nature.
For some years he made observations for the United States Coast
Survey, in order to determine the latitude and longitude of Nantucket.

Mr. Mitchell said modestly of himself: " I have somehow had a
scientific reputation, although never entitled to it, and in middle life
held quite a position among astronomers of that day." To the scientific

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JUNE 8, 1869. 133

atmosphere in which he delighted, and which he shed around his own
home and neighborhood, the world is indebted for the gifted astro-
nomical observer and computer, Miss Maria Mitchell. In 1831, the
daughter, though only thirteen years old, counted time for her father
while he observed the annular eclipse of the sun. From that time
until his death, the two worked together in perfect sympathy. Al-
though Mr. Mitchell had no official connection with Vassar College,
where he passed the last years of his life with his daughter, he ren-
dered valuable aid in its organization by his wisdom, his gentleness,
and his long experience as Overseer of Harvard College and member
of its visiting committees. The years spent in the Observatory of Vas-
sar College were remarkably happy. Only a year before his death he
wrote thus : " With scarcely a circumstance to throw a shade over my
declining years, I have made acquaintances among teachers and pro-
fessors which a prince might envy." And again he wrote: "I have
had my days of sorrow and of trial, but I know of no man, living or
dead, whose life has been so exempt from the evils common to man-
kind."

Without much strength of constitution, Mr. Mitchell lived to the
advanced age of seventy-seven, and died at length of old age. He ap-
proached death, not only with calmness, but with cheerfulness. Although
an invalid for the last year of his life, and confined to his room for
several months, his mind lost none of its vigor, and his interest in
physical science continued without any abatement to the end. He
listened to the reading of a letter a few hours before he died, and
spoke only a few minutes before he ceased to breathe.

Mr. Mitchell's character was that of the Christian gentleman. By
his sweetness and gentleness he won the love of all around him. He
had many friends, and it was scarcely possible that he could have a
single enemy. He was a lover of peace, and shed the sunshine of
peace into whatever circle he entered. A Quaker by birth, and
always in harmony with that sect, he illustrated in perfection its many
excellent characteristics. He was more of a thinker than a reader or
writer, and, under more favorable circumstances, might have been
widely known as a discoverer of truth. His principal writings are :
A highly appreciative account of the early history and achievements of
the Observatory of Harvard College, published in the Christian Ex-
aminer for March, 1851 ; two communications upon the Tails of
Comets, printed in Volume XXXVIII. of the American Journal of

134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Science, April, 1840, and Volume XL., April, 1841 ; a brief account
of the Aurora of May 29, 1840, contained in Volume XXXIX. of the
same journal for October, 1840; an account of the discovery of the
Comet of October 1, 1847, by his daughter, Miss Maria Mitchell, for
which she received the comet medal, offered by the King of Denmark,
also in the same journal, Volume V., N. S., for May, 1848. In Volume
IX. of the Second Series of the American Journal of Science, Mr. Mit-
chell has given a brief notice of the scientific tastes and attainments of
Walter Folger, of Nantucket. The theory which Mr. Mitchell sug-
gested, and skilfully defended, in regard to the tails of comets, asserted
that they "are formed by the sun's rays, slightly refracted by the
nucleus, in traversing the envelope of the comet, and uniting in an in-
finite number of points beyond it, throwing a stronger than ordinary
light on the ethereal medium, near to or more remote from the comet,
as the ray, from its relative position .and direction, is more or less re-
fracted." Later in life, he felt the difficulties of his own, as of all
other theories, on this perplexing subject.

Charles Frederick Philip von Martius, the distinguished
botanist and traveller in Brazil, was born at Erlangen on the 17th of
April, 1794, and died at Munich, December 13, 1868. He came of a
learned stock: one of his ancestors, Galeottus Martius, born at Ra-
venna in 1428, was librarian of the celebrated library of Matthias
Corvinus, King of Hungary ; a great-uncle was the author of a Flora
of Moscow (the first edition of which, all but two copies, was consumed
in the conflagration of that city) ; and his father (who lived to a very
advanced age) was one of the three founders of the oldest botanical
Society extant, the Botanische Gesellschaft of Ratisbon. His botanical
teacher at the University of Erlangen was Schreber, who had studied
under Linnreus. His earliest work — his thesis for the doctorate — was
his Enumeratio Horti Botanici Erlangensis, in 1814. When, after the
death of Schreber, his collections were purchased for the Bavarian
Academy, the veteran Schrank was sent to Erlangen to convey them to
Munich. He there found in young Martius a student of such promise
that he attracted him to the Bavarian capital and employed him as his
assistant in the Botanic Garden. Here, while acting practically as
superintendent of the establishment, Martius was noticed by King
Maximilian, and soon after was selected by him to be one of the two
naturalists (Dr. Spix being the other) which that enlightened monarch
had insisted upon adding, at his own expense, to the scientific staff

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JUNE 8, 1869. 135

which the Austrian government attached to the squadron which was
to convey to Rio the Austrian princess, about to become Empress of
Brazil. They embarked at Trieste in the spring of 1817 ; and during
the ensuing three years these two naturalists, with very moderate
means and appliances, made those extended explorations and precious
collections which — along with those of Humboldt — form the princi-
pal foundation of our knowledge of the natural history of Brazil, espe-
cially of the Amazon, which they ascended to within the frontiers of
Peru.

The health of Dr. Spix gave way under the fatigues and exposures
of these explorations ; and he died a few years after his return to'
Europe, shortly after the commencement of the publication of the ex-
tended series of works destined to record the results of the expedition.
The whole burden now fell upon Dr. Martius, with such assistance as
he could command from his pupils or others. For the ichthyological
collection he called upon a young zoologist, then a student at Munich,
now our own colleague, who thus made his first essay in the study of the
natural productions of that vast stream which he was destined person-
ally to explore, many years afterwards, under better than regal aus-
pices. The second and third volumes of the Reise in Brasilien, which
will compare favorably with Humboldt's "Personal Narrative," and
the great Atlas, were entirely by Martius. For the Nova Genera et
Species Plantarum Brasiliensiiim, he had the assistance of Zuccarini
only in the first volume. This work forms an epoch in botanical illus-
tration, not only for the completeness and excellence of the analyses,
but also as the earliest application to this purpose of the newly in-
vented art of engraving upon lithographic stone.

His greatest work — one specially adapted to the author's genius
and multifarious learning, and without doubt the most sumptuous
and elaborate of all botanical monographs — is the ffistoria Palmarum,
in three elephant-folio volumes, and containing two hundred and forty-
five plates. Begun in view of the Brazilian species merely, it was
soon expanded to embrace the whole noble family of Palms through-
out the world ; and its completion in 1850, crowning eighteen years of
labor, inseparably and for all time connects the name of Martius with
these princes of the vegetable kingdom, as Linnaaus aptly terms them.
While this last work was still in progress, and after some essays in
a humbler form, Von Martius planned, and in the year 1840 com-
menced the publication of, the folio Flora Brasiliensis, — the grandest

136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

•

particular flora ever undertaken. It began under the auspices of the
sovereigns of Austria and Bavaria, and was afterwards liberally fos-
tered by the Brazilian government. The forty-seven parts, — some of
them, in fact, volumes, — already published, comprise almost one hun-
dred natural orders, and more than eight thousand species, of which
fully one thousand four hundred are illustrated by figures. With the
essential aid recently guaranteed by the Emperor of Brazil, and un-
der the editorial charge of his most able assistant and colleague, Dr.
Eichler, this great work may be expected to reach an early completion,
and to form a noble monument to the memory of Von Martius, al-
though he himself elaborated only two or three of the families. He
took laborious oversight of the whole, and wrote the various subsidiary
articles, Excursus, fyc, especially those upon the medicinal and eco-
nomical uses of Brazilian plants, and upon the aspects and character-
istics of vegetation in different parts of the empire. These disserta-
tions are written in choice Latin, and with a vigor and spirit which, it
has been said, inspire regret for the olden time, when this was the uni-
versal language of botany. His fondness for linguistic studies, also, led
him to investigate the languages of the tribes among which he trav-
elled, and to collect vocabularies. He gave new attention to this sub-
ject in his later years, and in 1867 brought out his important, and, as
it proved, his last work, the Beitrdge zur Ethnographie und Sprachen-
kunde Amerikas, zumal Brasiliens, in two octavo volumes.

He wi'ote a separate treatise upon the medical properties of the
plants of Brazil. He was a copious contributor to the Gelehrte Anzei-
gen, of Munich, during the whole period of its existence. In addition
to his onerous duties as Professor of Botany in the University, and Di-
rector of the Botanic Garden, he was for many years, and down to his
death, the active Secretary of the Mathematico-physical section of the
Royal Bavarian Academy ; and in that capacity he delivered a series of
eulogies upon distinguished deceased members, which, recently re-
printed in two octavo volumes, form a collection which may well com-
pare with the similar and celebrated orations of Cuvier. These dis-
courses, ranging, as they do, over wide fields in science and philoso-
phy, exuberant in learning, discursive and yet profound, and often
aglow with feeling, may give to those who knew him not some idea of
the man himself, — of his wealth of knowledge and nobleness of
spirit, his affectionate disposition, vivacity, geniality, and the fervid
poetical imagination, which was rather tempered than restrained by the

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 8, 1869. 137

discipline of science and the experience of life. All appropriate hon-
ors and distinctions testified to his worth and the value of his scientific
services. These culminated upon the fiftieth and jubilee anniversary
of his doctorate, on the 30th of March, 1864, when his numerous
friends and admirers of all parts of the world united to do him honor.
Among the many offerings of that day was a large gold medal which
his friends had caused to be struck, with the inscription, " Palmarum
pafri dant lustra decern tibi pahnam. In pahnis resurgcs." But
the infirmities of age were coming on. Yet another lustrum was al-
most filled with not unequal scientific labors, when, after shoi't suffer-
ing, came the final rest; and, as the year 1868 drew near its close,
the bier of Martius was decked with palms, — souvenirs of his greatest
scientific achievement, and with which his name is imperishably asso-
ciated.

Henry Hart Milman * Dean of St. Paul's, was born in 1791, and
died in October, 1868, at the age of 77. It would be difficult to name
among Englishmen of the present century a more pleasing instance of
devotion to letters than that of this eminent man. His early life was
marked by academic distinctions. He gained an honorable reputation
as a poet; and through his long career his scholarship revealed itself
in various occasional contributions to the literature of the time. But
he is best known by a series of historical writings, which covered from
first to last some thirty years of his life.

His " History of the Jews," published in 1830 in the Family
Library, seemed too bold to the public of that day, and it brought
some censure upon his head. This he bore with silent patience, and
outlived it. When after the lapse of a generation he reissued the
book, with additions but without compromise, it was received in a dif-
ferent spirit. Next he appeared as the author of a " History of Chris-
tianity to the Extinction of Paganism in the Roman Empire." His
third and most extensive work, the " History of Latin Christianity,"
was a continuation of this. It comes down to the point at which Gib-
bon's "Decline and Fall" terminates, but is written with a different
purpose and in another vein. Dean Milman's previous diligent editor-
ship of Gibbon had doubtless helped to train him to his undertaking.
Gibbon had not professed to write a history of the middle ages ; and
Hallam had not exhausted the subject. Indeed, a modern layman

* Omitted in the enumeration of deceased members on page 122.
VOL. VIII. 18

138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

could hardly bring to the history of the mediaeval Church all the sym-
pathy of a clerical scholar. But Milraan's work, though the point of
view is ecclesiastical, is not a mere priestly survey. The mediaeval
Church was an ever-present social force ; and its chief men were in a
multitude of cases the chief men of their time. The great poet of the
middle ages worked in realms from which the Church drew its sanc-
tions and its terrors, and in a certain sense is almost a Church figure.
Thus the history of Latin Christianity is in large measure the history of
Western Christendom. Dean Milman was awake to the greatness of
his theme ; and has made a very valuable addition to general history.
The calm, mild, and genial spirit of the man appears in all his writings.
But though without gall, he was not without nerve. He could take
with courage, and hold with steadiness, the difficult middle ground be-
tween obstinate assertion and obstinate denial. He stood clear of the
dogmatism of the right and the dogmatism of the left. His tone has
been characterized as that of " elegant neutrality." Certainly his turn
was not partisan or polemic ; yet he had not only a cultivated mind,
but heart and will. A certain want of passion and fire, it is true, may
now and then obstruct or slacken the flow of his narrative ; and his
historical style sometimes fails in the rhythm that might be expected
from a poet's hand.

His latest book was a labor of love. The famous Cathedral of
which for many years he had the leading care was an object of his
warm affection. He cherished its history, sought to increase its bene-
fits, and strove to perfect its structure. The best and most character-
istic token of his faithful regard is the interesting volume in which he
has written its " Annals." The ripe knowledge and amiable temper of
the old man give a sunset glow to the record. By those who knew
him he will long be kindly remembered, not only for his attainments,
but also for his qualities.

Six hundred and eleventh Meeting.

September 25,1869. — Monthly Meeting.

The Vice-President in the chair.

Professor H. R. Storer read a paper on the origin of double
monsters in the human species.

OP ARTS AND SCIENCES : NOVEMBER 10, 1869. 139

Six hundred and twelfth Meeting.

October 12, 1869. — Monthly Meeting.

The Corresponding Secretary in the chair.

On the motion of Professor B. Peirce it was voted, That the
mathematical section of the Academy be authorized to meet
as a committee and receive mathematical communications ;
and a meeting of this committee was appointed for Tuesday,
October 19, at four o'clock, p. m.

Professor Peirce made a communication on his investiga-
tions in Linear Algebra.

Six hundred and thirteenth Meeting.

November 10, 1869. — Statute Meeting.

'3

The Corresponding Secretary in the chair.

Dr. Jarvis made a communication on the coming decennial
census of the United States.

The following committee was appointed to consider and
report upon this subject ; viz. Dr. Jarvis, Professor Peabody,
and Professor Washburn.

The following gentlemen were elected members of the
Academy : —

Thomas W. Parsons, of Boston, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class III., Section 4.

James M. Barnard, of Boston, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class II., Section 3.

Henry L. Whiting, of Boston, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class I., Section 2.

Professor Nathaniel Southgate Shaler, of Cambridge, to be
a Resident Fellow in Class II., Section 1.

140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Six hundred and fourteenth Meeting.

December 14, 1869. — Monthly Meeting.

The President in the chair.

Letters were read from James M. Barnard and N. S. Shaler,
in acknowledgment of their election into the Academy. Also
letters relative to the exchanges of the Academy.

Dr. M. Wyman, from the Rumford Committee, reported
that the Rumford Medal, voted at the Annual Meeting to Mr.
George H. Corliss, was ready for presentation. It was ordered
that the presentation be made at the next meeting.

Dr. Jarvis, from the committee appointed at the preceding
meeting relative to the ensuing census, made a detailed report,
closing with a proposal to present the following memorial to
Congress, which was adopted : —

To the Honorable the Senate and House of Representatives in Congress
assembled : —

The American Academy of Arts and Sciences respectfully repre-
sents, in view of the great importance of a full and accurate enu-
meration of the people and of the light which it may throw upon the
law of population, that the plan proposed by the Committee of the
House of Representatives, to whom this matter was referred, is well
adapted to their purpose, and they respectfully request that the plan of
the Committee (including the prior schedules with the several inquiries
in regard to population and the independent corps of enumeration) be
adopted for the next enumeration of the people.

Adopted at a meeting of the Academy upon report of a Special
Committee, December 14, 1869.

Six hundred and fifteenth Meeting.

January 11, 1870. — Monthly Meeting.

The President in the chair.

Professor J. Wyman made a communication on the power
of the movement of the vibratory cilia on the tongue of a frog,
and illustrated it by experiments with some simple machinery
he had devised.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JANUARY 11, 1870. 141

Dr. George E. Ellis made a communication on the genius
and character of Count Rumford, and on the history of his
endowment in the charge of the Academy.

The President then presented the Rumford Medal to Mr.
Corliss with the following address : —

Gentlemen of tilk Academy, — At the last anniversary meeting,
after a careful investigation by your appropriate committee, you
awarded the Rumford Medal to Mr. George H. Corliss, for improve-
ments of the steam-engine. The gold medal and a silver duplicate
have been struck, and are now before us. The inventor whose genius
you have thus recognized has responded to our call, and is now present.
If it be your pleasure, these medals will now be consigned to his hands.

Mr. Corliss, — The trust which our countryman, Count Rumford,
charged this Academy to administer, empowered it to award these
medals " to the author of any important discovery or useful improve-
ment on light or on heat, which shall have been made and published
by printing, or in any way made known to the public, in any part of
the continent of America or of any of the American islands ; prefer-
ence being always given to such discoveries as shall, in the opinion of
the Academy, tend most to promote the good of mankind."

As this is only the fifth occasion since the foundation of the trust
upon which this premium has been given, it may well be inferred that
the Academy has in no case bestowed it inconsiderately.

It has required the discovery or invention to be real, original, and
important. It is not restricted to considerations of direct practical
benefit, but it may, as it did in the first instance, in the case of the
oxyhydrogen blow-pipe, honor a discovery of much scientific interest,
the uses of which are limited. It would not hesitate to crown any
successful, however recondite or theoretical, investigation within the
assigned domain, being confident that no considerable increase of our
knowledge of the laws and forces of nature is likely to remain unfruit-
ful. But the Academy rejoices when, as now, it can signalize an
invention which unequivocally tends to promote that which the founder
had most at heart, and commended to our particular regard, — the
material good of mankind.

Without entering into details, it will be possible to state the ground
upon which the present award has been made. It is for the effectual
abolition of the throttle valve of the steam-engine, and the transfer-

142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

rence of the regulation by the governor to a system of induction valves
of your own invention ; with the advantage of a large saving in fuel,
and — what is often more important in manufacturing industry — the
maintenance of perfectly uniform motion under varying work.

Previous to your improvements, the regulation of the power and
velocity of the steam-engine was effected by an instrument placed in
the steam-pipe, well named the throttle valve; being used to choke off
the steam in its passage from the boiler, to reduce more or less its
pressure before it was allowed to act within the engine. Avoiding this
wasteful process, your engine embodies within itself a principle by
which it appropriates the full, direct, and expansive force of the
steam, and measures out for itself at each stroke, with the utmost pre-
cision, the exact quantity necessary to maintain the power required.
In the most approved engines previously used for manufacturing pur-
poses, the valves employed were comparatively difficult to operate,
too far from the piston, and in other respects unfit for working in con-
nection with the governor. Their abandonment, and the substitution
of others suitable for the purpose that you had in view, demanded an
entire change in the structure of the engine.

In the reconstruction your mastery of the resources of mechanism
is conspicuously shown. You introduced four valves to the cylinder, —
two for the induction and two for the eduction of the steam ; and by
your device of a wrist-plate you give to each valve a rapid motion in
opening and closing, and a slow motion after the closing has been
effected, thus securing a perfection in valve-movements never before
attained. The special object of these changes, and the gist of your
invention, was to place the induction valves under the control of the
governor, by which they are operated in opening through a mechanism
from which they are released earlier or later in the stroke of the
piston, according as more or less power is demanded of the engine, —
the governor, with extreme sensibility, determining the point where the
supply of steam should be cut off. Thus, at every stroke of the
piston, just so much steam is accurately meted out to the cylinder as is
needed to maintain uniform velocity, and left to expand there, and by
its expansion develop the maximum of propelling force.

Allow me to read to the Academy a brief account of the Corliss
engine, by one of the most eminent of British engineers, Mr. J. Scott
Russell, which must needs be free from personal or national pre-
possession. It is from one of the official reports on the Paris Universal
Exhibition of 1867.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JANUARY 11, 1870. 143

" A third remarkable engine is American, both in invention and exe-
cution, and forms perhaps the most remarkable feature of the Ameri-
can department. It exhibits thoughtful design, ingenious contrivance,
refined skill, and admirable execution. It is singularly unlike an
English engine. It has four ports on four different parts of the cylinder,
two on one side and two on the opposite, each worked by a separate
mechanism. These ports are worked by valves, not sliding, like our
own, on flat surfaces, but sliding valves on cylindrical surfaces. Close
up to the cylinder these valves cut off the steam with scarce a particle
of waste room, and so economize to the utmost the high-pressure steam
which they admit, and which they use as expansively and as sparingly
as possible. The mechanism by which these -valves are moved is to
our eye outlandish and extraordinary ; but it is, in truth, refined, ele-
gant, most effectual and judicious ; it spares steam to the utmost, but de-
velops what it uses to most effect. Then it proportions in an admir-
able way the doses of steam it serves out to the continually varying
quantity of work the engine has to do. The mechanism of its mechan-
ical governor is wonderfully delicate and direct ; the governor is sensi-
tive to the most delicate changes of speed, and feels the slightest de-
mand upon the engine for more or less work and steady speed. A
mechanism as beautiful as the human hand releases or retains its grasp
of the feeding valve, and gives a greater or less dose of steam in nice
proportion to each varying want. The American engine of Corliss
everywhere tells of wise forethought, judicious proportion, sound execu-
tion, and exquisite contrivance."

It appears that within the twenty years since this machinery was per-
fected, more than one thousand engines of the kind have been built in the
United States, and several hundreds in other countries, giving an aggre-
gate of not less than 250,000 horse-power; that, as to economy of fuel,
evidence has been afforded to the Rumford Committee, showing a saving
over older forms of engine of about one third. As to its other crowning
excellence, — uniformity of velocity, — the purchasers of one of the en-
gines, now in its eighteenth year of service, certify that, with the power
varying from 60 to 3 GO horse-power within a minute, the speed of the
engine is not perceptibly affected.

It is worth noting, that when these medals were voted to you, Mr.
Corliss, just a century had passed since James Watt first patented his
improvements of the steam-engine. The vast results of these improve-
ments — the difference between the engine when "Watt found it and

144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

when he left it — make one of the most important chapters in the his-
tory of applied science. It is a great thing to say, but I may not with-
hold the statement, that, in the opinion of those who have officially
investigated the matter, no one invention since Watt's time has so en-
hanced the efficiency of the steam-engine as this for which the Rumford
Medal is now presented to you. If Watt, or his partner, Bolton, could
boast that they held the supply of that which almost everybody longed
to have, power, you may justly felicitate yourself, and permit us to felici-
tate you, upon your ability to supply a greater amount of steam power
for the expenditure, and an exacter nicety in its governance, than any
of your predecessors.

In acknowledgment of this benefit, the American Academy, admin-
istering Count Rumford's trust, now, by the hands of its presiding offi-
cer, presents to you these honorable testimonials of its high apprecia-
tion of what you have done. And the Fellows here assembled join with
me, I am sure, in most sincere and hearty wishes that you may long en-
joy this and similar distinctions, as well as more material rewards of
your genius and skill, — hoping also that these may still be fruitful in
yet other inventions, redounding to your honor and advantage and to
the promotion of the good of mankind.

Mr. Corliss accepted the medals, and replied as follows : —

Mr. President, — Competitive honors are the reward of effort,
stimulated by rivalry and ambition. This honor comes from gentle-
men who scan the whole field of science and art, and in deliberate
council make their awards in discharge of a sacred trust. To this con-
sideration I add the historical associations connected with the American
Academy of Arts and Sciences, and the scientific fame of its members ;
and I receive this testimonial with grateful acknowledgment of a dis-
tinguished honor.

Six hundred and sixteenth Meeting.

January 26, 1870. — Statute Meeting.

The President in the chair.

The President announced to the Academy the decease, dur-
ing the past season, of two members ; viz. of Thomas Graham,
a Foreign Honorary Member ; and of Thomas Sherwin, of the
Resident Fellows.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 26, 1870. 145

Professor Lovering made a communication on the theory of
halos, and described the remarkable halo observed by him on
the afternoon of January 6th, inst.

The President presented the following paper : —

A Revision of the Eriog-onecs, by John Torrey and Asa Gray.

This group was first put in order and characterized as a tribe of
Polygonucece by Mr. Bentham, in his monograph read to the Linnean
Society almost thirty-five years ago, and was re-elaborated by him
about eighteen years ago for the fourteenth volume of De Candolle's
Prodromus, which, however, was not published until the year 1856.
In the first monograph there were 40 species described under three
genera. In the Prodromus, where the group ranks as a sub-order, 105
species are described under seven genera. Including Lastarricea, which
Mr. Bentham did not recognize from its having no involucre, there
are 106 species and eight genera, — all the genera except the last, and
all the species but ten, being natives of North America.

Being thus wholly American, mainly North American, and especially
characteristic of our drier Western regions, we are naturally interested
in these plants. To one of us they have long been a favorite study, as
the current botanical works, from the Account of the Collection made
by Dr. Edwin James in 1826, down to the fourteenth volume of the
Prodromus and the Botany of the Mexican Boundary, sufficiently show.
The other, the present writer, in the autumn of 1868 critically col-
lated his own collection (recently and specially enriched by most of
Nuttall's species, generously presented by Mr. Durand) with the her-
baria of Hooker and Bentham, now of the great collection at Kew,
and with Mr. Nuttall's proper herbarium, now belonging to the British
Museum ; and on his return he has, with his partner's specimens,
notes, and sketches to aid him, re-examined the whole, and embodied
the results in the present memoir.

The genera here recognized are seven ; one of Bentham's (Mucronea)
being suppressed, and Lastarricea admitted. If the species are only
slightly increased, viz. from 105 to 115 (counting the omitted Chilian
Chorizant/tes), this is mainly due to the suppression of several of the
older species, especially in Eriogonum, which here amount to no more
than in the Prodromus, although 19 have actually been added.

Clavis Generum.
1. Involucrum immutatum, fere semper calyciforme, raro nullum.

(Folia integerrima.) .... Tribus I. EUERIOGONE^l.

VOL. VIII. 19

146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Vix genuinum, 3-4-phyllum, nempe flores in capitulum digest! brac-
teis dilatatis fulcrati, quarum 3-4 extima? vacua? involucrum

referentes 1. Nemacaulis.

Genuinum, gamophyllum (perigonium saepissime corollinum),
Multi-pauciflorum, pedicellis exsertis cum flore articulatis basi
tenuiter bracteolatis.
Dentibus lobisve muticis : achenium triquetrum. . 2. Eriogonum.

Lobis (4) aristatis, tubo nudo : acbenium lenticulare. 3. Oxytheca.

Uni - triflorum, juxta basim 3 - 6-calcaratum. . . 4. Centrostegia.
Uniflorum, inappendiculatum, flore subincluso pedicello srepius

brevi nunc subnullo articulato 5. Chorizanthe.

Plane nullum : perigonium subcoriaceum involucrum Chorizanthes

simulans, stamina ad faucem gerens. ... 6. Lastarri^a.
2. Involucrum monophyllum bracteasfornie, nempe e bractea tenui florem
solitariumam plectente, fructifero reticulata dorso bigibberoso-
saccato. Folia nunc lobata vel dentata.

Tribus II. PTEROSTEGIE^, & 7. Pterostegia.

1. NEMACAULIS, Nutt.

Flores Eriogoni, sed breviter pedicellati, in capitulum digesti, singuli
bractea suffulti. Bractea? herbaceaa, extus glaberrima?, intus lana longa
implexa alba vestitse, exteriores 3-4 vacua? rotundata?, involucrum
referentes, sequentes paullo longiores et gradatim decrescentes stipitata?.
Stamina 3. — Herba annua, foliis radicalibus vel subradicalibus spathu-
latis utrinque mollissime albo-lanatis, scapis filiformibus parce divari-
cato-dichotomis, capitulis parvis alaribus et secus ramos dissitis arete
sessilibus.

1. N. Nuttallii, Benth. in DC. Prodr. 14, p. 23. N. denudata
S? W. foliosa, Nutt. PI. Gamb. (Jour. Acad. Philad. n. ser. 1) p. 168.
Sandy beach near San Diego, California, Nuttall, Cooper. Perigonium
whitish-yellow, glabrous. This rare plant has much the habit of an
Eriogonum of the Virgata Annua group, but the bracts are only to be
compared with those of E. angulosum.

2. ERIOGONUM, Michx.

Involucrum multiflorum rariusve pauciflorum, rarissime uniflorum,
campanulatum, turbinatum, vel cylindraceum, plerumque 5 - 8-denta-
tum seu lobatum, muticum. Flores cum pedicellis suis per anthesin ex
involucro pi. m. exsertis articulati : bracteolre saepius tenerrimi vel an-
gustissima?. Perigonium 6-partitum seu profunde 6-fidum. Stamina 9.
Achenium triquetrum, in paucis trialatum. — Herba? vel suffrutices
American Borealis pra3cipue Occidentalis, paucas ad terras adjacentes
Mexicanas.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 26, 1870.

147

o
o

o

w

I— i
>

<!

H
►J
<5

I I §

3 3 ^>

« g

S3 ~; -s

• e in e

fe5

o

03

u a

03 T3

"1 .2

03
O

t-i

o

03

"3

GO

03

H-»

. a
w 03

a; ^a

5 2

OJ ol
03 03

i" i

> .2

c3 in
* ..

03 »^

o

to

a
o

3 03

s
3
[3
'C

a e

O P*

03 3

3 d

"3 T3

oj 03

Ph Pi

<

~ s

£ 3

5- S

3 aj

03 g

§ 03

'3 "S

< J

B
o

a

g
'3

o

to JS

a «J
p«

03

3 I

o

03 „0

"3h "5b

o o

^ s

B .3

fa -2

cn

£

03
M

03

8

»-

o

a

"3
>
a

C3

a

03

S3

O

3

-a

fa

<J -d

o

3

O
I.

P.

§ 5 <n

«3 «3 Qj

Us

» "B T

to

< S

H 3

Hi ^

a as'

o
S

c3

o3
o

03

(hi

03

B
0
M

"C
oj
P.

03
3

a

—

03

Ph

- a

•3 "Eh

CD "^

3 §

03 03

is* "^
.s ^

a

a
a

a

03

p,

93

o

03

>
O

a

03

a
a

•-3
03

Oh
03

o

o

a
a
p

of

_C3

a

oj

O

>

3

3
o

_e

03

8

a a

«3 .a

0^ -3

o

•—

a

o

03

£

03

B

93

gg

M

03

3 a

O 3

O .-

03 O

■73 p

03 ri

plh a

03 3

.2 ol

-H- 03

f^ 5"

£B a

03 O

03

-a B s

•-( CO QD

^3 o c3 "? —:

3 I
s a

c- S

S3
C3 X

8-1

03 3

ex
B

O

03

HU

B-

a
j-

03

03

a .2 3

a a .22
a

93

03 .2 ^

.3 3
II

03 m
U 03

3 "E

03 eS

B^
u 3
Ph s

3 2 5

3 g

O

>

a

03

a.

3 2

Nr

s

3

S

s

3

I

o
u

o

3

1

a

a

a

03

u
3

a

Oh

a rt

6J5 -: oj

a -3 >

c a «

03
U
03

E

03

a- -a

03 S

i a

s
^? wj /^

e2 3 S

^^^ .rj *r"

f-1 3

03 03

3 ^3

' 3

03

a

3
13

■A

03

a

03

B

03

a

>
03

—

ol

a

^3

._;

03

5

03

'3

O

5

o

03

3

a

'>

3

03

a

"1

"o3

03

o

B
3

03

Ph

1

03

H-a

'a oj

•a >»

"2 •=
,2 a-

- a

S "S
a a

a

.= 03

f=) .2

*r; c3 'T5 h

a

«5

^3^9

o

'a

s h a .2 ^ .2 | «

'~' H pi— i I— i o ^r^ hJ

O S< g

a
^a-s|

a

03
03

03

3
O

s

03

E

03

u _b a -a

3 u

>
03

13 —
CO g

03" a a oo

•3 .u u e

3 3

E3 03 03

S fa Ph

Ph W

03
03

3
P

03

a

a

a a

03
3

03 O

a «

CO

I a

a c3

OQ

^ W l-H

03 --0. CO

c
o

_M

'C

03

Ph

5 c

e iJ

e i

03 03

o

>
a

3

a

03

03

a

£ £

a a-

B 03

I a

03 CJ3

2 a

03

X o

a
o

'C

03

Ph

a --;

- Ph
X!

CD p

OJ 03

a y>

a =5

- T3

03 s)

03 w

03 ^

5 'a

a o

el «

— oa

•3 «

^* 3

a a
a

03
HH

fa

148

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

s

3

8

3

s s

• 2 2

■< -2 F "3

CT>

CO

-£ CM

«- § CM

<

sd

A

3

C
cj

CI

c

fc

CO

3

?l

J 6

co

-a

a 55

o

5

£

0

o

a

en

3

•c

c3

c

3

J3

3
0)

o
3
3

O

ft

e3

3 Cj -?

O

irj

3

o

•43 «i

.3 O

3 cj
C 3

cj

3

-3 -

CJ o

S-C —

«-- —

3 a.

.3 3

'ft co

3

o

O
fi
P
W

3 M

§0 ^
'E •«*

CD

Ph *

03

CM CM

o

1-3

o

CM

3 3

3 w

2. •#

? CM

o

3 9

T3 3
o 3

ft o
.— "+N

3

C

rt x r-

* CO "^

■3 « .3

co a ^

Ih 03
CD +?

3

° §

^2

"3

o

S3
s]

3 .

| I

"3 E

■° SP

3 5

3 fL|

« ^2 3 >

3
>■

O

a

CD

CD

ft

o

> ,5

co 3 c3

3 l_l 1?,

3 3

<-> rS 3

3
ft

—
03

oj

CJO

3 J2

03
O

o

CO to CM £j

ft
03

CO

o o 3

ft T3 O

E H3 *
o g ••

O to

ft c
3 «

9 .«

M

3 g 3-.

>

3

O

w 3

O

>

3 "*3

3

Sh

cd a

3
ft •

3
• u

a

E g

3

o a

t-

r— <

m 3

CJ

• 2

, — . o

3

>

IS u_

'o

. en

3 .

— I

3

" c

3
o

"3 of

a 3

CD "3

to g

— e

3 3

•3 *»

i s e

►3 53 3

W ^r" •=»

O i ?

w ~ •

B ^ CM

a

to

£ ' S

E S

CD

>■

ft £

o .£

03

CD

*-> CJ

'5- 3

« £

3
>
O

^=
O

CD

■3 f*

S £

.3 3
O -S •- O

CD c3

3 '

ft

3
ft

I £

m 3 2

« .a .3

•~ a? £

U c3

3 >

ft
3
CD
<o

3

CD

3
3
-3

CD
ft

3

CD

93

. 3
3 m

s I

CD
CO

3 3
J2 O
ft >

3 .S

ft-S .2
8 9, 3

CO ft r-S

£
o
u

o

ft

3
o

CD

CD i
ft

£

-3 £

•-3 O

ft 3

to to

1 2

3 3

CD "

3 § ^

CD 'B 3

Q, CD CD
ft CJ

« fe^

c ;S 'a

^ 3 -2

a 3 £

I r^

.3 ^ .5

ft 3 r-
co to f

£ O O

:= 3 o

5* ft rr.

"3 ^

1 §
» s

S p
"3

3

o

3
t2

a

'co

_3
"3

£

3

I12

3 E

3 3

3 to

co o

O —

.3 3.

ft CO

co fD

8 S

CD
.2 03

^ "3

3 o

E o

3 cj

CO CJ

O 3

3 03

'> 3

t; 3

I £

o
3

3

3

3
C

3

o

W

CJ

JO
3

3 . ^

£ . £

*co 3 ?

.to CJ 3

CD &
to S
o ft

3
tf)

o
o

3
bC
3
3

r= 3

° I

fcC ,3

a ■-

ft 3

O T3
•3 3
3 3.

3

-a

o

CD

• o

. a

3 .M

3

Ih
O
CJ

CD &J0

o
o

C3

=

p £

5 3

-r; 3 3 ._—

a

3

S a

co CJ

to g

'&; 6<3

CJ CD

fc- co
3

O

'C

CO

3
O

CJ

ft
3
>-

3

J3

— p a

to ^ to

S 3 3

S J£c2
a 3 ..

a co

•si

o .5
fcc £ .3

"E ° u

CD CX CD
ft *E -3

u CD C3

o g
.2 -a

& w c*

cj cj jr

3 £

3 oc

co ~~ .^:

_3

"3

Q. 3

3 3

.2 3
§1

o
•ft

3
O

to

CD

ft

• > 2

3 "fi

. O CD

.£? *

s w

. ft 5

3 3

^4 CD

•2 £

' 2 CD°

•A «"

CD ..

£

3

to .^

3 -a E

i3 3 c3

13

3

3 "E

• •-• co +J

S. - c*

OS
ft

CD "J ^— i

> i c2

3 ^h ..
3

3 3 c3 &

O ,

g

o

CD

a

3
co

ft
3 ,
CJ

CD

6

3
3 P

a S.

3

J3

co

CD

U

o

x cl) aj

E £ £ ~

.2 .a .= %

I I

?-. u

jS 3

3 §

to 3

3 T3

h 3

O -3

3 3
— ' ^3

=
3

5

be

N CJ

ft co

^ 3

ii .3

CO co

= SM

OZ gS ?Z

> > >

o o o

C CO

£ .e*

CO

2 3

ft 3

3 J3
CD

CO

3
3

•4-*
'ft

3
o

a

CJ

a

3

ft

o

3

CD

V *

O ^

3 ft

fa S

ft g

03 3

Ph co p h5
Eh

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JANUARY 26, 1870.

149

■<

<

CJ

p.

3

to

o

Oh

E

00

O

T3

3

C

O

a.

B

o

CO

00

CJ-

C

E

B~

cj

_B

p

ft

8

g* §• i

• a y
*~ 2

cn . g
oo ft,

CN

O B

O 03

II

| 2 |

zn " r-

1 2 I

c b o
,2 = >

F« _C »fH

Pc B

2 .3

CO

u

o

CO

B
►>

o
o
6

-4-*

B

d

CJ
CO

C cj

C3 «S

ft B

.5 =

3 2

.S E

^T cj

r2 .2

a d

CO g}

■5 >

* rt

ft s

■a °

I o

-a cJ

~- B

O

CJ

CJ

J= B

:d -°

(= ?

p o

"E d

sj O

ft -a

_oc co s- -s

-1 0 o •• o

3 ^ ca a .~.

£ ^ 2 a '=

a * 2 12 ?r

'S 3

'—' CJ
~ CO

« 'fi
03 <->

c a

-3 is

-a _
3

a
o
cc

BK
p

S.s

C- —

o E
5 '^

- E

B o

. CJ

£ c

3 _o

o

E

d

CO

o

O

— CO ^#

£ 2

^ c3
3 CJ

=- a 3 8

.3 o

2 B "i

E ® 03

'5 *

- o

Q B

~ 3

B

t*-1 CJ • •

.. B P —

-r "d

.S B

!- E
03

-*-> CO

a 3

CJ

B«
CO

I

TL cd "= O 03 ^= « ~

iJO

!-

o

_ s
E o
3 M

03
U

"3 =

_E co

s g

O J
C

o

fi

*■* CO

,q -M

5
Ph I

-S 2 -S r- *3

cj ^

2 ?

? E
O §

3

ej
a

= .

CJ

ti)

5
3

"5

(M CO

CO CO

--
►J
D
CJ

S S

5 3

? -a

C to

<

CO

O

B
O

O

cs a

si

o 3

E !»

o

g I

cj "3

CJ

5
d
o

CO

0

fr

d
o
5
o

B

c

E
S

CJ

b §

O in
cj •.-

1^

3
tB

E
03

£, O w

-3
CJ

03

b ~ '6

3 « I

(J « ■"

B

CJ

—

o

cS

,2 :-

'E 3

B £

S 'S.

„ 03

O ~

3
B

S.^

£ B

03 B

V &

O CJ

B
co

4 1

.a cj

CJ B

2 3

£ ::?

r.

CJ
CJ

co

.2

75.

B .B

CJ CJ

0 s

— 4-1

co "3

1 CO

•3 *v CO

c*-<

E cj

O M

4^* E

O O

7 -= -^

J3 CJ

I

03 B

3
CJ

— CJ

'a a

CJ

■ B

E

CJ

S

P.

8

_p

S

W

B
93

^»
ej

£

B
CJ

CJ

■oi <

3 03 "

- —
B

;_ H- „

o —

p, sr a S

s

^3

S

.=

a

3

e1

-1
5

.c-

5".

•~

'-

.•0

c

O

G

U

s

r-

cri

gj

or

cc

CO

en

d

•

•

•

3

d

CJ

I*

— »
n

3
3

CJ

.

0

a

d

B

u

B
P.

o

CE

E -3

o

o
o

5 O c

S <* Ph

P "» o

CC M ^

PSj-3.j5.aag

p.

B

p

B

u

8-36

B O 2
| - cS

P. CJ 3

_ > CJ

8 -a

S g

a §

it O

-2 CJ

i: E
M g

CJ

'd rt

CJ —
B.

B J

c? 03

> S 3

o

>

§ § I

0J .— .—

CO

8

CJ

^:

3

7j

B c? r
B g H

- " B

■B -3 E*

2- ^ B

B 03 cj

UO B

CJ

3

CJ

CO

12 £

fi b

' >
o

c J

^5 =2

CJ .-.

.2 §

B B
B g

CD
.— DO

o

j= a.
03

l< CJ

44

2 *

b 2

3 CJ

E g*

U E

c2 ■"
"S. p

03 0

CJ

M B

E J
^ o

T3 cj

3 I

w 2

ft B
co 3

■a -=

cj S
>- ft

ft CO

rQ B

° s

co 03

o a>

2 a

o, —

S B

S 3

cj ,0

P

d
"3d

B

E o -; .

B ■*

5 S

O O

B B

'5 =9

e

B

>

B

T3
>

o

B 3

3
CJ
=

CJ '

ft

-3
B

21 E

d c2

CJ M-

co co

3 E

.2 "
7c

3-

8
:a jo

r* 3
CJ CO

3 rj

d

CJ

S
to

CJ

E B
3 3

E .O

^ CO CO

2 cs

ft

B
CJ

2

B

O

E
B
CJ

co 6

3 co

J2 o

■& 33

g "P

.5 .5 r5

Ph ^ -2
o

>
a

o

CJ

CJ

CJ

g e E 2

CJ cj •— t3

C-C .^ C3
u .—

3 co CJ

co C ^

3
3

B ft

co ;-, r"

3 _3 rj *S

■P. B ">3 H

E -V 3

B _r:

x -?„ J3

o
5

o o

CJ

ft

B

B

—
P
3
.—<
O
>

a

1

S r3 '3

= s tr
d 3 g

d

CO —

B 3

— P

B cj

„ ft

3 B

13 CJ

r3 cj

3 B

= -£

a
02

150

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

a 5

•y =>»

S a.

-o -=:
u

S
3

Q

s s <

3 3 H
S k <

I 1

g
3

to

£ : 2

s .

5

s

_=

3

*o

e

2

e»

5»

s

#t^

,S

a

oS

.

1— t

o

Ifl

lO

s

3

■s

H

e

co

•§

oi

To

co o3

R

c
CJ

a

s~

a

.2

0

8

tS

a

'S

o
'5

R

eS

03

a<

to

o

a

3
U

•s

3
cj

o

a

o

03

o

"3

a

a

3
.a

5

o

B

3

>

3

s -s

3

3

fcc

a

03

«j

> en

c3 £

> J3
3 "ft

a. ~

03

■n

03

cj

3

cr1

s

O

•

>

3

03

%4

DS

5

CD

3

o

—

CO

~^-

s

—

OS

-
—

'■—
O

03
03

—

0

/.
3

. .

3

'S5

3

—

a

3

"C

. O

£

3
cj
+-<

S

03

CB

*—

03

"5

cj

a

3

o3

• CO

3

£

/

03
cj

03

c3 u

.13 3

s 1

eft 3

3

3
Sb

c3 .

03 -«-»

I S

S- O

*3 c3

X >

CJ O

03 c3

a o

39

CJ

O

IS ^

cj

o3 3

> r

o ..

en w

3 3

i 3

CJ £

o3 •£

,o cj

3

CD

£

03 O

CO rO

0 2

CD W

1 1
cj .-

-^ 03

3 ~-'

3 -g

» -2

3 ^3

8 co

CO oj

S 3

<-< *j

o3 o3

« J

a o

■— ' CJ

03 ^

"5 .2

03 rt

• - o3

'3 3

O o>

.sp a

o

rj CJ
P, P<

035

1)

o 2

o
3

£

S-t

,0

R

o

a £

03 ^
X oj
OS oj

CJ c

03

E ;S
^> 3

CJ 03
CJ

53 c2

3

cj S

§ g

a^
i|

3

3

>2
ej"

'I

K

OJ
"c3
CJ

£

-

to

a

3

_C3

"o

co"^

3

.a
*c

-^

CO

oj

T3

co o
*3 cj
03 A

? 2

O 03

■§ "3

w CJ

s 5

03 s-

h^ o

o3 ..

?».-

a .3 co

> 8

.u c3

03 S

*—< co

co 03

O J=

£ CJ

03 3

3
CJ

o

CJ

o

>

3

3
CJ

3

I

CO
en 0>

3 «
3 .2

3 ^3

03
3
CT1

03

3

3 K

cj co

•« o3

3 *-'

a a.

3 a-

O 03

8 a

0J CD

CJ O

03 03

CO

-4-»

oj
d .8

3°^
03 .t0
CJ 'C

« CO

5 °

O cj

" 3

a a

3

I s

cj a

a, 03

.-- co

_, 3

03 0

\-~ CJ

,0 CO

c—

CO

p 'B

3 O

CJ •-

M 4

2 03

tc

a

oi

0

-•-^

■/-

CO

CO

'O

d

CQ

0

03

a,

CJ

g

3

r/.

c*

CJ ~"

co O

co a

O oj

.3 o

> 3

O

a.

03
CJ

2 a

05^

a- "

^3 -5 3 T ~

V S r/J O en

C « h 2 O

■ ^ CJ ,3 U

03 ^3 S

g a c-.
03 .2 a-

OJ
CJ

•/,

CD

co o

2 >

a .2

03 ™*

u ..

en o3

cj 03

cj 7;

co g

03 m

** S

03 03

c 1

03 O

0 a

_ O

2 03

O ^3

^a .0

3

CJ

d 8

■t-3 CO

a I

CJ

o

03 o3

" 3

3 a

.3 CD

-lO)

c?»

IS '

03
CJ

3
cr1

a

3

CO

O

>

en

3

a

a,

^ a

eS

6D

a
o

3

CD
CO

03

O

o5

3
O

CD

o

CD

a
3

'3
o

5 "S

-S . CD

a. es a*

- — C3 * *

2 c
Ph 2
o

£
3

03
tD oj

a •_=
o

Oj

To

33

CJ CJ

«5 a

p- a a ^

. OJ CM

.5 o 1

3 g H

a ^3 cj

'S 53 a

a ^ h
o

03 -rt
fcc 3

1 "3;

CJD .2

o

a.

03
CJ

55 cj ._

CD co en
co 3 cj
.. CD o

S Si

3 o3 03

CJ u CJ

03 ^ <5

— CJ
o3 3

cOcg

3
^-1

3

-*^»

en

i

O
CH

""o

3

3

03

S3

H

P,

O

3

w .5

3 oS

03 *i

JS co

3 I

cj is u

582
- "3

o

CJ

3
^3

® a ^

t^ ^^ 3

-3 « 03

03

a. co

a M

^3 ^

03

3

3 CO
o

a

03

-a

CJ

1

a

CJ

CO

3
to

a

03

o3

—

CJ

"ol
-a

CD

—
-3

3
CO

CJ OJ

o

>■
a

CD

3

s

►S

a

§

C

•§

s

Q

3

*■»

^^j

'I

t>

5a-

•f*

a

■*

o

.

m

ft.

eo

o

ui

m

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JANUARY 26, 1870. 151

= "05 ^ -~ 3 3 M S

fcj Qs

B g

06 Q -o ^ to eo

«o *"- in . w • <°

m m

Ph 0

s

3

s

3

to

C

a

3

-S

8

3

-3

"&

K

"a

-S

&>

10

0

<J3

S S 8 ^ S -§ rS3~S

I? '& § il ^ c £ H

•I S 8. 3 S J ■§ ,2 • .. * a S

o

tc a o
•C • 9 >-

j

o s . 2 * . | ■§ & "3 § ° I

.2 g - S -S S a gj Ph ■ J !?'*.'

E o

. "^ Si n .Ha .0 <a « „ ..b ^ c a m is-

2 .§ ja* «a S "3 6 -S .2

a .B . a1 <= a »? *a as -Cm

:?Q.»ra-t3-P<ca,=i- .a a *- a • 8 • .a «

I 1 I -c ~ 1 -S J § 8 8 a jjj ? § J » S -o
g » . - S ts a .2 £ * & . -g ^ .60 a w -g "S .§ * 'J5 2

o « > = -°3S,- otJ0 S S J 81 r « d S"M o :aei

^?^- • * o a J S .5 rf S . o ^ g S „ f-§ o ft § M j g 0
^5 -t. — >- J5t: s«'3S,B.cTni:t)oos -a a S fen S

[:|n ■ 1 1 § &£ I -8 a . I.§ -g jj fias s s g g o « g,.g

t 2 a o *E cs S *8 S '-P § •= 8 & « '?« « fl 5b fl . « ? a o a
a a — £ ••Cup,aj;iSS ■ 8 B S 8 .5 ■? 2 ■ ; ' b > a

» - a § <* .2 . s « So s .| -a s s § « -a j a g .a « g, s -a

II II I '.111 "5 3 ? .s-a^J B|is §Jlf 1 §

s1i.a -gllls,-^! • I! Il § o-§f o ri °'H

li^j li'sirii : rill 2^151 ii-2!

= !>?1*itJD.-ai<-r^35T;a-Soa75a;-5c3<Na:os'r-
ao4oaHo5-aoJ*f»:r;p<«-a^,ao3'viS«oft_?o3wTH

o

§a'c3--0^(--§Sgo~^t2e?i^SPa.SgaS"52^S
oa.23.gc!, o£S£X-^6°o£5'2'a;>6>a,rt>g-Hcj

g§ ^ .a ■£ 3 I > =5 .2 §■ £ a 3 .= i* § 6
«b I h tu I o t,o -g g 8 J g 1 5 £ £ ,5.

> > gan-^-rt^

a c om^u-^o

" * ° J P^ Ph 5 i<

o

152

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

S

.3

"a
c

3

•O

a

3

cj

3

•P

03

a,

o

E

cd

K CO

cj

60

cj

3

c £

S <P
£ »

to 3

g 4a

03

I '3d

6 is *

o

3

,0
03

3

3
O

.££

cj

OS

3
03

6

Xt

CJ

3

a-
.5

a)

3

8 Sd

3

•g be cj

»h rn in

g § 3

0> l*j

&

CO

s

s

•o

c

c

3

8

S

CO

a

a,

s

t-^

00

o

o>

CD

CO

73

6

HJ
03

73
3
3

CJ

t»

E

3

CO

c-
3

3

S3 O

cj

e3
i-
3
73

c

03
Ph

03

8 S

£

ft 03

CO co

cj

o

Ph

a

a)

i bfi

as

o

i i

,q «

p a

03

cj

73
3
C3

Oh

-Q
3

B
cj

£

cj

3
73

03

i

3

F

u

03

Oh

i.23

"§ I
'•G o

co _3-
? °
3° »

•2'E

3

o ^

s CJ

£ °-

o 5

fee a

•c £

cj o

•• o

co CJ

CO

73 O

S3 co
© -23

03

H»
O
CO

3

3'S

111

fcfi O

s

03
C"1

3
3

be

eg

CD

cu

.— r-1 ■*-»

■s S «

» 3 «

■-H 3 a

S £ So

S ej oj

.o .e co

co 3 »

S" ^ £
£03

.2 -o

3
77

d

03

CO

3
—

IS

rt

CO

a

3

CJ
CJ

-t-H

y.

CO

CJ

CJ

3 ^

Ph 3

is 1

cu

CJ

8

CV>

1h

3
0

X,

3

._r

P-

3

».-.

Tc

0

5

T3

0

Ph

03 CT>

* 33 I

13 p, co

0 "S

w a

CO CJ

§ H

(3

CJ

H

<j a

cj
Ph

• 3

.23 '**

"w o3
co q-

b0 "oj

.23 I

03 03

& a

S §

5 a

OJ

Ph

.2fi=0l

3

CJ

.23 a

- £

5 3

LP 03

CJ

1" >

3 3 .3 .3

03

Ph fcD fcO

cj cj
Ph Ph

to —

■0 0 .

". s

CO
CD
>-.

.2

H-»

c3

K * S

s

s

3 3 O

3

3

^ J ^

•*—.
^

.3

t^^

CD

HO

0

.0

m

C J oi

CO

■^>

•" r^ t^

r-

t~*

B

03

3
CJ

a

03
Ph

03

a

T3

3
o3
,3

cj

3
Ph
03
CJ .

03
-O
u
O
cj

'>

03
CO

a

,3

cH

CJ

a

CJ

Ph

OS Oh

s s

a

-2 'fco

•§

a

CJ 1
CJ
CO
CJ

x>

3

Ph

O

3

O

on

3

E
.i

3
"o<

. CJ
_3

"3

>

■ a

. S
co a

*3 cj

CJ

JJ CO

CJ

03

bl

a
o

3
Ph
03
o

6JD »
§.23

1 1
Ph a

co °
S CJ

'cj M
cj .S

11

CO CJ
"H CLi

lH ^

-s -

bO §

£ S

03 03

• hh —
hh»

CJ m

CJ 3=

o3

CO

O

H-»

a

CJ

a

o

H-»

6

p

3

a
a

3

'-H

CJ

3

3=i O

cj •«

3

CT1 co

S ' fl

. Ph

CJ

oj cj

5 °

,2 be

O • rP

03

a

CJ P

Si HH>

Oh

03

03

02 1c

13 2 5

O _0 03

hh '^ "3

03 rH "H

;s S °

«2 Ph ^

-• e ts

e p »

.5 -p j=

5 o «

co >. 03

'I -2 »

p: a o

03 co

HH 3

P2

3 P
3\3

c^ g
3 >*

8 cj

03
O

x>
o

CJ

3

a

3

Ph

o

a

3

'Ph

3

• — 1
3
03
CJ

03
O.

CJ

>■

03

HH>

__o3
"3

CJ

'a

03

Ph

«T« 03

03 HH.

P 03

« 3 3P S

« CO "^

cj L

^ s -«

o3 u 03

O
op

O

Ph

ft

3

cj a

.1 g

XI cj
3

3 p:

0J -JH

co 3

-§ c2 ; -i

p 6

3 ■• u

'H » C,

o c o

CO 3 ca

— 03

a

c

CJ
Oh

CJ

. a

" si:
co cp

3

3

CJ

a

03

3
CJ

a

3
(a

o

ftflfl

8
cj

•a >

el 3

.-H OJ

03 co

O 03

Eh h-»

i o

Oh

Oh

o

CJ

'a

3
03

o

t3
03

T3
CJ

Oh

O

_3

"3
>
3

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JANUARY 26, 1870. 153

< £ :~ £ -i S S 8 S

H a g> s « a a ^j a

ft" c O r£ a C b i*

A « . 2 ■* s. ■

t^ «s~ CO (- 6 00

w

« ~ '.§i s rf • s S |

« ' m 9 a *

oo

o 3 . ®

a> 3

p y

g 3 • # * S.

° S ° 5

Ph rt P; 5 P M

-9 . ^ . a • *a

CJD

IS

10 - « 5

a> <- *; et fS^JiS

8 . 5 • ** • o o £ ■ .

§•1 I "° ■ -1 s 5 s

.a -u is ■ - a 3 <" p.

2 "p . «n . 2 .oso-^^.o;

ft £ 03 -P . D. -E S ^ 3

c3 « o '3 oj 2 o -S E £ .5

£ p '-J3 . ■- x. -1 -° § 3 e "G

° ' © a 3 3 s. -a * -Si s* s "?

» • -a g !■•§.§ s .s * .2 ° g.

E . | I "* • « g g -3 J g g ^

~ I « •- a • -i t | | -s

'5 2;.- o - . '3 'S3 •- ? 25 ^ .

,gj « § 8 g '■§ g. 1 -s «s g

| J -i ■ g • I s II g | • g ..$

fX ^>-v gj x ^ r5 i— " ^

£ "5

01

e S 3 p a a r^i

. © . ;3 .5 3 T cj . cj J-

fi .a . =3 s" g '. ^ 5 o3

lli.l 1 "s ii-a"- 1 3 i

« P « s «> " .£ fltTXiprr! ■ . " P

<« r- —

«s I «? na

00

t! ° C .5 r3 ^ s ^ ; "« 3 its o3Pa

O ~ "p tS ^ I ^3

S »^s a poo

> -" P P -g 03 -S .5 3 3

03 | 3 ^S^ S EOO

■5 "5 -« « P 3

S" O P S ° P "=_S°

3 .§> i 3 § ! » -2 3 .5

H 3 P <-" +3 3 53 p— ■—

cJ g 3 ^03^ « EnOO

§§J§lsg §>

« 5 as u c > 3

B ps, (ii a _g oq o •<

"3 !p

VOL. VIII. 20

154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

§ 1. Alata, Benth. Achenium trialatum. Embryo rectus seu rec-
tiusculus, axilis. Flos basi haud productus, nempe perigoniura
6-partiturn basi lata ipsa cum pedicello articulatum. — Perennes
seu biennes, caulibus scapiformibus 1 - 3-pedalibus, involucris
ssepissime longius pedunculatis laxe cymoso-paniculatis, foliis radi-
calibus spatbulatis seu lanceolati-% pube laxa.

* Flores pi. m. pubescentes, nempe perigonio extus adpresse pilosulo,
filamentis basi et ovario superne parceque birsutis. Panicula
floribunda. Achenium supra medium trialatum.

1. E. hieracifolium, Benth. in DC. 1. c. Planta Wrightiana, cine-
reo-pubescens ; foliis radicalibus subtus subtomentosis supra costaque
subtus laxe sericeo-villosis ; floribus flavis. — Guadalupe Mountains, E.
of El Paso, Texas, Wright.

Var. /3. hemipterum. E. hemipterum, Torr. in herbariis. E. hiera-
cifolium, Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound, p. 175, pro parte. Humilius ; caule
tenuiore magis foliato ; pube tantum villosa parca; floribus ut videtur
roseis. — Hillsides of the Rio Grande, Parry. The foliage of this is
so different in pubescence from the type of the species (being just as
in the next) that with other specimens it may prove to be a distinct
species ; but the flowers are the same except (apparently) in color.

* * Flores glaberrimi. Achenium a fere basi ad apicem alatum.

2. E. alatum, Torr. (Sitgreaves, Rep. t. 8), Benth. 1. c. Elatum,
floribundum ; pube laxa hirsuto-villosa nunc parca vel aitate decidua ;
panicula decomposita; involucre 5-dentato; floribus parvis flavescen-
tibus ; alis fructus latiusculis tenuibus. — From the Platte to W. Texas
and New Mexico, by various collectors. — Var. glabriusculum, Torr.
Bot. Whippl. (on the upper Canadian, Bigelow), the most glabrate
form, has only a few scattered hairs on the leaves, and the involucres
are wholly glabrous.

3. E. atrorubens, Engelm. PI. Wish p. 24. Foliis radicalibus vil-
loso-pubescentibus basi in petiolum longe alatum attenuatis; scapo
aphyllo ? glabrato inferne pi. m. fistuloso-inflato in cymam laxam dicho-
tomo-divisis ; involucris paucis longe pedunculatis brevi-campanulatis
5-7-dentatis ; perigonio rubente ; alis fructus angustis incrassatis. —
Cosihuiriachi, Mexico (Chihuahua), Wislizenus.

§ 2. Eriantha, Benth. excl. sp. Achenium exalatum, ut in omnibus
subsequentibus. Embryo rectus, axilis, radicula cotyledonibus latis
breviore. Flos extus villosus vel sericeus, basi subito quasi in

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JANUARY 26, 1870. 155

stipitera cum pedicello articulatum longe produdtus. Perennia,
caulibus foliatis famosis, foliis aut alternis aut verticillatis subtus
(nunc fulvo- srepius cano-) tomentosis, involucris solitariis plerum-
que sessilibus.

* Folia angusta (lanceolata seu oblongo-linearia), inferiora in petio-
lum attenuata, omnia cum rami's inferioribus paniculae apertae nudse
alterna. Involucra subdissita, inferiora pi. m. pedunculata. Peri-
gonia herbacea, segmentis eonsimilibus.

4. E. LONGiFOLiusi, Nutt. E. Texanum, Scheele in LinnaBa. — Ar-
kansas. Texas, and rare in Florida. Stems 2-4 feet higb from a
thickened root.

* * Folia caulina 3 - 5-natim verticillata, ovalia seu oblonga : cyma
dicbotoma, foliata, involucris in dichotomiis vel secus ramos sessili-
bus multifloris. Perigonia subpetaloidea, alba, segmentis 3 interi-
oribus sa^pius demum longioribus.

5. E. tomentosuji, Michx. Fl. 1, p. 246, t, 24. Caulibus 2-3-
pedalibus foliosis ; foliis caulinis sessilibus obovatis seu ovalibus subtus
toraento sospissime fulvo vel rufo ; perigonii segmentis late ovatis extus
tomentosis margine lato albo, tubo pedicelliformi elongate — Pine bar-
rens from South Carolina to Florida ; the original species, and, with
the rare exception of the foregoing, the only one met with east of the
Mississippi.

6. E. tjndulatum, Benth. in DC. 1. c. p. 7. Mexico, Nee, Galeotti.
Known only from imperfect specimens. Apparently dwarf and fruti-
culose, with much smaller flowers than in the foregoing ; the leaves
undulate-crisped.

7. E. Jamesii, Benth. 1. c. E. sericeum, Torr., non Pursh. Caulibus
5 - 12-pollicaribus e caudicibus lignescentibus caespitosis parce foliatis;
foliis caulinis spathulatis oblongisve subsessilibus, tomento albido ; in-
volucri extus laxe villoso-sericei segmentis obovatis vel spathulatis.
— From the Platte to W. Texas and New Mexico.

§ 3. Umbellata, Benth., excl. sp. pluribus. Flos (ut in § 2) in-
ferne in basim angustam sa3pi>sime quasi in stij)item cum pedicello
articulatum productus ! Involucra multiflora, nunc solitaria (raro
pauca in capitulum), nunc in umbellam simplicem vel compositam
pedunculum ramosve floriferos terminantes, collecta. Ovarium
inferne glabrum, superne plerumque parce hirsutum. Embryo
curvulus vel fere rectus ; radicula breviuscula seu longiuscula,

156 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

cotyledonibus pi. m. excentricis longiore vel sequilonga. — Herbre
perennes, nunc'suffrutescentes, srepissime humiles, foliis plerum-
que subtus prtesertira albo-lanatis, raro glabratre vel glabra ; flori-
bus fere semper flavis vel luteolis nuuc purpureo tinctis.

* Perigonium extus villosum seu pubescens.

h— Involucra repando-5 - 7-dentata, campamrlata. Umbella srcpius
pluriradiata, foliis involucrantibus subtensa. Embryo rectus, pa-
rum «*xcentrieus.

8. E. flavum, Nutt. in Fraser, Cat. Pube sericeo-lanata canescens
vel incanum ; pedunculis scapiformibus (3 - 6-pollicaribus) e caudice
crasso multicipiti ; foliis spatbulatis seu lanceolato-oblongis supra tar-
dius glabratis, radicalibus in caudice confertis, involucrantibus 2 — 8
radios totidem subrequantibus ; perigoniis aureis extus sericeo-villosis
basi infundibuliformi substipitatim producta; ovario apice hirsuto. E.
sericeum, Pursh. — Variat : 1. Foliis crassioribus lana subtus densiore.
E. crassifolium, Bentb. Eriog. ; Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. t. 176; tbe in-
volucre represented too deeply tootbed. 2. Foliis subovatis crassis su-
pra glabratis subtus lana ferruginea. Crater Pass, Newberry. 3. Na-
num ; umbella in capitulum ex involucris 3-4 sessilibus nunc ad
involucrum solitarium reducta. E. aureum, Nutt. in herb. 4. Vege-
tius, subpedale, umbella bis 3 - 4-radiata, radiis valde inrequalibus. —
"W. Kansas to Saskatchawan, Rocky Mountains, &c. Flowers three lines
long. The embryo is straight, but with the cotyledons moderately ex-
centric ; these are nearly as broad as the albumen (as in all Umbellata),
and shorter than the radicle, which is not perceptibly inflexed at the
junction.

-l— -i— Involucra lobata, srepius in pedunculo solitaria, nuda, nunc 2 — 3
in umbellam imperfectam 2 - 3-radiatam vel capitulum collecta.
Embryo ubi observatus incurvo-excentricus.

++ Microphyllum : involucrum turbinatum, sublobatum, lobis den-
tibusve latis vix patentibus.

9. E. thymoides, Benth. in DC. Suffruticosum, ca^spitoso-ramosis-
simum (spithama3um), cinereo-tomentosum ; ramis floridis inferne folio-
sissimis ; pedunculo infra medium verticillo foliorum instructo ; fo-
liis (lin. 2-3 longis) lineari- seu oblongo-spathulatis margine revolutis ;
perigonio basi cyathiformi attenuata pilis creberrimis reflexis villosissi-
mo. — N. branch of the Columbia, Wilkes's Ex. Expedition. Simcoe
Hills in the same region, Dr. Lyall. A most distinct species: the
flowers apparently pale yellow with some tinge of purple.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 26, 1870. 157

++++ Folia majora : involucrum profunde 6 - 8-fklum, lobis angus-
tis patentibus demum reflexis. ■

10. E. cespitosum, Nutt. in Jour. Acad. Pliilad. 7, p. 50, t. 8.
Pulvinato-crespitosum, foliis in ram is humif'usis caudieium plerumque
rosulatis spathulatis undique cano-touientosis marginibus pi. m. revolutis
(lin. 3-6 longis) ; scapo aphyllo 1 - 3-pollicari ; involucro solitario ;
perigoniis luteis nunc purpurea tinctis extus sericeo-villosiuseulis basi
breviter stipitato-contractis, segmentis ovalibus, interioribus basi cum
filamentis pilis longis pi. m. villosis ; ovario versus apicem parce hirsu-
tulo. E. andinum, Nutt. PL Gamb. p. 160, forma minore, ovario in
pi. subraasculis prorsus glabro. — Rocky Mountains, Nuttall, Fremont,
&c. Mountains of Nevada, at 4,000 to 6,500 feet, Bloomer, Stretch,
Torrey, S. Watson in C. King's Expedition. Flower two, or in age
three lines long, including the stipitiform base.

11. E. Douglasii, Benth. in DC. Dense cano-lanatum ; caudicibus
suffrutescentibus crespitoso-ramosissimis depressis folia rosulata spa-
thulata basi in petiolum attenuata proferentibus ; pedunculo simplicissi-
mo scapiformi medio verticillo unico foliorum instructo involucro soli-
tario ebracteato majusculo vel 2-3-capitatis terminato ; perigoniis
basi cyathiformi breviter angustata extus villosulis, segmentis lato-obova-
tis ; filamentis infra medium phimosis. E. ovaMJblium, Benth. Eriog.,
non Nutt. — Blue Mountains of Oregon, Douglas or Gairdner. Not
since found : the specimens fructiferous, or nearly so ; the color of
the fresh flowers unknown. The scarious-persistent perigonia are four
lines long, and numerous, forming a globose head two thirds of an
inch in diameter. Embryo inflexed, the cotyledons accumbent on the
radicle.

12. E. SPHiEROCEPHALUM, Dougl. in Benth. Eriog. Canescenti-
tomentosum ; caulibus e basi suffruticosa adsurgentibus vel erectis ramo-
sis foliosis ; foliis spathulatis angusto-oblongisve basi angustatis verti-
cillatis verticillato-fasciculatis paucisve alternis, pagina superiore nunc
glabrescente ; pedunculis brevibus nunc subumbellatis vel dichotomis ;
perigonis flavis, basi stipitiformi pedicello subrequilongo, segmentis ob-
longo-obovatis vel interioribus spathulatis ; filamentis basi villosis. —
Variat: 1. Subpedale, foliosum ; foliis plerumque angustis margine
nunc revolutis, lana laxiuscula ; perigoniis extus subvillosis. Oregon
and Montana, Douglas, &c. 2. Humilius ; perigoniis tenuiter pubes-
centibus. Simcoe Valley, Washington Territory, Dr. Lyall. 3. De-
pressum, angustifolium. E. geniculatam, Nutt. PL Gamb. W. slope

158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

of Rocky Mountains, Nuttall. 4. Latifolium, nanum, umbella saepiu3
triradiata, radiis bi*evibus. E. ellipticnm /3. megacephalum, Nutt. 1. c.
Rocky Mountains, Nuttall. 5. Brevifolium, tomento tenui appressisi-
mo incanum ; caulibus simplicioribus multo minus foliatis ; perigoniis
extus tenuiter pubescentibus. California, Rev. Mr. Fitch, in herb.
Torr. Nevada, Stretch, S. Watson.

* * Perigonium extus glaberrimurn, basi stipitiformi conspicua.

•k- Tota planta glaberrima praeter filamenta basi villosa : ovarium
etiam glaberrimurn. Flores majores in involucro 7 - 8-fido per-
multi.

13. E. Torreyanum, Gray, Mss. Spithamneum ad subpedalem;
foliis obovato-spathulatis crassiusculis fere aveniis plerisque in caudice
confertis ; caulibus floridis pedunculisve subvalidis inferne nudis vel
medio unifoliatis apice umbellam subsimplicem 3 - 4-radiatam vei'ticillo
foliorum subtensam gerentibus ; floribus aureis pro genere magnis (lin.
4-4^ longis), basi stipitiformi brevi ; embryonis rectiusculi cotyledoni-
bus orbiculatis radicular subrequilongis. — California, on a high mountain
of the Sierra Nevada near Donner's Pass, Torrey, no. 443. Rays of
the umbel from one to nearly two inches in length, subtended by a whorl
of leaves like the lower leaves but smaller, and sometimes accom-
panied by one or two solitary and naked short-pedicelled flowers ! The
lateral rays bear an involucriform whorl of smaller bracts towards their
summit, from which sometimes proceeds a short secondary ray. The
very numerous flowers form a globular head which in fruit is nearly
an. inch in diameter: the perigonium scarious-persistent, its segments
spatulate-obovate, equal, at the base with a strong costa running down
to the stipitiform portion, which is only half a line long.

h— -i— Herbre lanata?, tomentosa? vel araneosas, saltern juniores et
pagina infera foliorum, nunc demum glabratre : filamenta inferne
villosa : ovarium versus apicem prasertim ad angulos pi. m. hirsu-
tulum. Flores mediocres, in involucro (sajpius profunde 5-9-fido
lobis patentibus mox reflexis) numerosi, basi stipitiformi in pleris
elongata. (Species limitatione difficiles.)

++ Caules floridi adsurgentes plus minus foliati et ramosi.

14. E. polyanthum, Benth. in DC. p. 12. Ultrapedale, laxe ramo-
sum ; foliis plerisque verticillatis vel inferioribus verticillato-fascicu-
latis ovatis oblongisve nunc sublanceolatis acutis subtus prresertim
albolanatis; pedunculis aut solitariis vagis aut 2-5 umbellatis; basi

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 26, 1870. 159

stipitiformi floris aurei segmentis diraidio breviore ; embryone recto,
cotyledonibus oblongo-ovalibus radicula parum brevioribus. — Cali-
fornia, from various collections, on the Sacramento, &c.

Var. bahijEFORME. Ramosissimum, subpedale ; foliis parvulis
(semi-polliearibus) sajpius utrinque dense incanis ; floribus minoribus
in involucro minus numerosis. — Dry slopes of San Carlos, New Idria,
Brewer. Owens Valley, Dr. Horn. This seems to pass on one hand into
E. umbellatum, on the other into E. heracleoides.

++ ++ Caules floridi sen pedunculi scapiformes, e caudicibus caespi-
tosis laxioribus humifusis vel decumbentibus orti, simplici, aphylli
seu verticillo unico rarius duo foliorum instruct!, umbella perfecta
simplici vel composita rariusve ad involucrum solitarium reducta
terminati. Sp. priores majores.

15. E. compositum, Dougl. in Beuth. Eriog. t. 17, f. 10. Saepius
validum ; foliis omnibus e caudice crasso oblongo-ovutis cordatisque
longe petiolatis subtus dense cano-tomentosis ; scapo nudo fistuloso
(sub-sesquipedali) umbellam compositam pleniradiatam verticillo brac-
tearum linearium vel latiorum stipatam gerente ; involucro sub-5-fido ;
perigonii ut videtur albidi segmentis stipite 2 - 3-plo longioribus, ex-
terioribus post anthesin crispulis. — Wa-hington Territory to the north-
ern part of California (Bolander). Bentham has not described and
we have not seen the embryo, but from the figure it seems to resemble
that of E. heracleoides. The var. leianthum, Benth., is a state with
glabrous or glabrate involucres, and passes into the ordinary form.

16. E. heracleoides, Nutt. in Jour. Acad. Philad. 7, p. 49. Gra-
cilius ; ramis sterilibus decumbentibus subcrespitosis apice fascieulato-
foliatis, floridis pedunculisve nunc nudis sa?pissime medio verticillo folio-
rum instructis umbellam simplicem vel compositam plerumque involu-
crato-bracteatam gerentibus ; foliis spathulato-oblongis vel oblanceolatis
subtus vel utrinque albo-lanatis ; involucro 6-8-fido; perigonii palli-
de lutei segmentis stipite gracillimo vix longioribus; embryonis cotyle-
douibus orbiculatis radicular incurvae aequilongis. — Rocky Mountains
through the interior of Oregon, Nevada, &c. The typical form is from
1 \ to 2 feet high, with leaves becoming glabrate above, and a full, many-
rayed compound umbel. E. gyrophyllum, Nutt. PI. Garnb. p. 163, is a
dwarf form. Var. minus, Benth. in DC, is similar or rather smaller,
sometimes with leaves only subtending the umbel, and passing into

Var. angustifolium, (E. angustifolium, Nutt. PL Gamb. 1. c.
E. umbellatum, Benth. Eriog. p. 410, t. 18, non Torr.) : foliis sublineari-

160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

bus ; umbella in macrioribus simplici, in vegetioribus (TV. Kootenay,
&c. Lyall) iterum iterumque divisa. — Flowers smaller than in E. um-
bellatum and pale, with a proportionally longer stipitiform base.

17. E. umbellatum, Torr. in Ann. Lye. 2, p. 241, & in Sitgreaves,
Rep. t. 12 (mala quoad fl. et embryo). Spithamaeum ad pedalem ; ra-
mis sterilibus decumberitibus vel repentibus saape stoloniformibus laxe
crespitosis apice fasciculato-foliosis ; foliis obovato-spathulatis ovalibus-
que in petiolum angustatis subtus albo-lanatis ; pedunculis scapiformibus
prater bracteas foliave umbellam siraplicem raro subcompositam invo-
lucrantia aphyllis ; involucro profunde 6 - 8-fido ; perigonii flavi nunc
albi segmentis stipite gracili 2 - 3-plo longioribus ; embryonis cotyle-
donibus fere orbiculatis radicula vix incurva parum brevioribus. —
Plains of Nebraska to Oregon, Nevada, and the borders of California.
E. stellatum, Benth. Eriog. (probably included a small form of the
preceding), Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. t. 177, a northwestern form, repre-
sented with the scapes all unifoliate ; but this leaf is extremely excep-
tional, and the whorl of leaves at the middle mentioned by Bentham in
DC. Prodr. we have not met with. Var. majus, Benth. in DC, is
merely a large state. E. ellipticum, Nutt. PI. Gamb., is the same,
with the umbel compound, which is uncommon. And there are three
or four other unpublished Nuttallian names for the species. Green and
glabrate or almost glabrous forms have been collected by Prof. Brewer,
S. Watson, and others. The most reduced and diminutive form is

Var. monocephalum (E. Tolmieanum, Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 2, p.
134) : pusillum, casspitoso-depressum ; foliis supra vel utrinque glabra-
tis, lamina £ - £-pollicari ; scapo \ - 3-pollicari gracili apice involu-
cra 2-4 capitata saspius 1 - 3-bracteata vel unicum plerumque nu-
dum majus gcrente ; floribus pi. m. minoribus. — Oregon on the Walla-
Walla among Wormwood, Tolmie. Humboldt and Clover Mountains,
Nevada, alt. 9-10,500 feet, S. Watson. Sonora Pass, California,
10,000 feet, Brewer. Uintah Mountains, Utah, 9-10,000 feet, S.
Watson. Some forms have green and almost wholly glabrous leaves.

-H- h — h- Herbse lana tenui densa incanas ; scapi, e caudicibus ramisve
sterilibus crespitosis ut in praecedentibus orti, prorsus aphylli, gra-
cillimi, umbellam simplicem parvi-involucranti-bracteatam gerentes,
involucro centrali semper sessili ! Flores minores et pauciores
in involucro 5 - 7-dentato, basi breviter stipitiformi, subdioici,
umbella mascula contracta capitata. Filarnenta basi et ovarium
apice saapius pubescentia.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 26, 1870. 161

18. E. marifoliuh, n. sp. Modo E. umbellati ramis sterilibus de-
pressis gracilibus substoloniformibus laxe casspitosis ; foliis parvis ovatis
utrinque albo-toraentosis vel supra mox glabratis basi rotundatis aut
abrupte in petiolum laminam (3-5 lin. longain) srepius excedentem an-
gustatis ; umbella 3 - 6-radiata nunc capituliformi in scapo nudo; in-
volucris parvis; floribus luteis (interdum roseo tinctis) ; semine lanceo-
lato ; embryone recto axili, cotyledonibus obovato-oblongis radicula
longioribus! — California, Lobb. no. 192 in herb. Hook. Mount Shasta,
7-9,000 feet, Brewer: involucres apparently with only male flowers,
more or less capitate on a scape only an inch or two long. High
mountain near Donner's Pass, Sierra Nevada, Torrey : apparently male
flowers in contracted umbels on scapes from two to five inches high ;
and fruiting plants with scapes eight or ten inches high, bearing an
umbel of five or six long rays besides the sessile central involucre.
The involucres are only a„line or a line and a half long; the perigonia
of about the same length, or those with mature fruit accrescent, espe-
cially the inner ones, and as much as two and a half lines long.

19. E. incanum, n. sp. Densius caaspitosum ; caudicibus crassioribus;
foliis creberrimis oblongis spathulatisve utrincpie cano-tomentosis in pe-
tiolum lamina (semipollicari) haud longiorem angustatis ; scapo nudo ;
umbella prajter involucrum centrale sessile 5 - 7-radiata nunc capitu-
liformi rariusve ad involucrum solitarium reducta; floribus flavis;
semine ovato acuminato ; embryone rectiusculo, cotyledonibus ovali-
rotundis parura excentricis radicular aequilongis. — California, in the
Sierra Nevada, Brewer (on the Tuolumne River, alt. 8-11,000 feet),
Torrey, Bolander. Much more densely casspitose than the foregoing;
the scapes from two to six inches high and less slender ; the flowers simi-
lar but bright yellow, about a line long, but the accrescent fructiferous
perigonium in Bolander's fine specimens from two and a half to three
lines long. Involucre with five to seven short and broad erect teeth.

§ 4. Psetjdo-Umbellata. Flos basi abrupte constricta brevissima
cum pedicello articulatus. Involucra umbellata, rarissime soli-
taria, multiflora: umbella bracteis foliaceis involucrantibus sub-
tensa, scapum nudum (interdum unifoliatum) terminans. Perigo-
nium 6-partitum, albidum seu luteolum, nee flavum ; segmentis
obovatis fere conformibus. Ovarium totum vel basi glabrum.
Embryo uti notus praecedentium. — Herbce perennes, casspitosae,
humiles, floribus ut videtur luteolis seu albidis extus aut laxe
pilosis aut glabris.

VOL. VIII. 21

162 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

* Ovarium supra medium laxe villosum.

20. E. pyrol^folium, Hook, in Murray, Bot. Exped. Oregon, &
Kew Jour. Bot. 5, p. 395, t. 10. Glabratum ; foliis in caudice longe
fusiformi conf'ertis obovatis seu lato-spathulatis petiolatis coriaceis ;
bracteis binis umbellam parvam e radiis 3-5 brevissimis stipantibus ;
involucro campanulato villoso ; perigoniis albidis ? extus basim versus
parce villosis ; filamentis basi tantum hirsutulis. — Mount Shasta, Cali-
fornia, Mr. Jeffrey (herb. Hook.). Scapes a span high, bearing traces
of loose villous hairs, which are more decided on the petioles. These
lead us to infer, the flowers being essentially alike, that the following
is a downy form of the same species.

Var. coryph^eum: nanum, scapo petiolisque villoso-lanatis ; foliis
ovatis (semipollicaribus) longe petiolatis albido-tomentosis, pagina su-
periori demum glabrata, involucris in umbella 1-3. — Summit of the
Cascade Mountains, about lat. 49° on the east side, at the height of
7,500 feet, Lyall. Flowers fully two lines long, apparently white or
flesh-colored.

* * Ovarium glaberrimum.

21. E. androsaceum, Benth. in DC. 1. c. Pumilum ; foliis in cau-
dicibus dense casspitosis confertis oblanceolatis spathulatisve in petio-
lum attenuatis supra glabratis subtus albo-lanatis ; scapo 2 - 3-pollicari
rarius unifoliato ; umbella 4-7-radiata simplici nunc subcapitata
bracteis verticillatis linearibus stipata ; involucris oblongo-campanulatis
5-dentatis ; perigonio extus basi pubescente ; filamentis fere glabris ;
embryonis radicula in cotyledonibus brevioribus orbiculatis valde ex-
centricis accumbenti-inflexa. E. ccespitosum, Benth. Eriog. ; Hook.
Fl. Bor.-Am., non Nutt. — Alpine region of the northern Rocky Moun-
tains, Drummond, Bourgeau. Perigonium two, or in fruit nearly three,
lines long, the inner segments then more lengthened than the outer.

22. E. Lobbii, n. sp. Humile, primum tomento arachnoideo permolli
(proeter flores) incanum ; foliis in caudice crasso confertis subrotundis
in petiolum saapius longiorem subito contractis crassiusculis, pagina su-
periori nunc denudata ; scapo spithamreo inferne rarius unifoliato ; um-
bella subcomposita densa bracteis verticillatis fbliaceis obovatis seu
lanceolatis stipata; involucris campanulatis 5-7-fidis; perigonio
glaberrimo ; filamentis inferne villosis ; embryonis radicula in cotyle-
donibus obovato-rotundis excentricis parum brevioribus subinflexa. —
California, Lobb in herb. Hook. no. 190. High mountain near Don-

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JANUARY 26, 1870. 163

ner's Pass in the Sierra Nevada, Torrey. Porphyritic hills near Vir-
ginia City, Nevada, Mr. Stretch in herb. Torr. Leaves 1 to nearly
2 inches in diameter; scape commonly stout. Involucre about half an
inch, and the flowers at length three lines long. — Upon Silver Mountain
in the Sierra Nevada, at the height of 11,000 feet, Prof. Brewer col-
lected a smaller form, viz. : —

Var. minus : foliis tenuioribus involucrisque dimidio minoribus ; um-
bella parvula condensata.

§ 5. Lachnogtna. Flos basi ipsa lata cum pedicello articulatus :
perigonium extus lanatum, 6-partitum, segmentis oblongis aequali-
bus. Ovarium lana longa implexa tomentissimum ! Filamenta
basi tantum pilosa. Involucra pauca in capitulum aut in capitu-
lis paucis subcymosis congesta, nunc solitaria, brevia, 3 - 5-den-
tata. Embryo (in E. lachnogyno) sect, prascedentis. — Herbee
perennes cajspitosas, incanre, foliis in caudice multicipiti confertissi-
mis angustis, scapo nudo vel fere nullo, floribus parvis flavis.

23. E. acaule, Nutt. PI. Gamb. Pulvinato-casspitosuin, albo-tomen-
tosum ; foliis oblongis vel sublinearibus margine revolutis sessilibus ;
capitulo ex involucris 1-5 fere sessilibus intra folia suprema sessili
nunc fructifero breviter exserte pedunculato ; perigoniis extus tomen-
tulosis. — Summit of the Rocky Mountains, between Colorado and
Utah, Nuttall. Dry sandy ridge near head of Holmes's Creek, Utah?
at G,000 feet, S. Watson in C. King's Expedition. Leaves barely two
or three lines long, spreading from the sheathing bases which are im-
bricated on the branches of the caudex. Flower hardly two lines long.

24. E. lachxogtnum, Torr. in DC. & Bot. Whipp. p. 76, t. 19.
Caudicibus brevissimis in radice fusiformi confertissimis ; foliis lan-
ceolatis seu lanceolato-oblongis acutis petiolatis margine pi. m. revolutis
supra sericeis subtus cano-tomentosis ; scapo elongato nudo oligo-
cephalo ; perigoniis extus sericeo-lanatis intus flavis. — Mountains of
the southern part of Colorado and the adjacent parts of New Mexico,
Fendler, Gordon, Bigelow, Newberry. Leaves an inch long besides the
slender petiole. Scape slender, a span to near a foot high, more or less
cymosely branched at the summit, or in depauperate specimens simple,
the branches bearing a loose capitulum of a few involucres, or a solitary
involucre sessile in the fork. Flowers a line and a half long, some of
them subtended by an ovate or lanceolate firm bract as well as a pair of
filiform bractlets, as described and figured by Dr. Torrey. In the letter-

164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

press it is stated that the bract is not represented in the figure, but it
is. Bentham describes the embryo as straight, on the authority of a
sketch by Dr. Torrey ; who, however, from later specimens collected
by Dr. Bigelow, has upon his plate well represented the embryo (as
strongly excentric), but makes no reference to it in the letter-press. —
This and the preceding species are brought together from their resem-
blance in structure and in the very woolly ovary, rather than in habit.

§ 6. Heterosepala. (Gen. Eucycla, Nutt.) Flos basi ipsa haud
producta cum pedicello articulatus : perigonium glaberrimum, 6-
partitum, omnino petaloideum, post anthesin tenuiter scarioso-
marcescens ; segmentis tunc biseriatis maxime disparibus, exteri-
oribus rotundatis magis demum auctis basi cordulatis, auriculis
usque ad vel ultra articulum extensis ; interioribus angustis spa-
thulatis emarginatis mox paullo longioribus conniventi-erectis invo-
lutisque, singulis basi unguiformi stamina 3 gerentibus. Involu-
cra (5 — 8-dentata) capitata vel umbellato-eymosa in scapo pror-
sus aphyllo simplici. Ovarium glabrum. Embryo incurvus,
radicula adscendente cotyledonibus orbicularis accumbentibus
longe superante. — Herbre perennes, caespitoso-acaulescentes, cano-
lanatae, foliis ovalibus vel subrotundis petiolatis in ramis brevissimis
caudicis multicipitis confertis, bracteis minimis seu evanidis.

25. E. proliferum, n. sp. Scapo (spithamreo ad pedalem) umbel-
lam prolifero-compositam gerentibus, radiis primariis 2 — 6, sequentibus
binis nunc solitariis, cum involucro alari semper sessili ; perigonii rosei
segmentis exterioribus orbiculari-obovatis ovalibusque post anthesin
vix aut leviter cordulatis. — Idaho Mountains (Prof. 0. Marcy, Prof.
Swallow) to N. Fork of the Columbia, Wilkes's Expedition (the
plant had been doubtfully referred to E. oblong if olium), Weenass
Valley and Walla- Walla, Lyall. Foliage nearly as in the next ; but the
inflorescence cymose-umbellate, usually lax; a central sessile involucre
in the primary umbel and in the successive forks, not rarely secund
by the suppression of one of the pair of secondary and tertiary rays.
Involucres and perigonia after flowering hardly exceeding a line and
a half in length. Filaments, as in the next, villous-pubescent below.

26. E. ovalifolium, Nutt. in Jour. Acad. Philad. 7, p. 50, t. 8.
Scapo (3 -9-pollicari) capitulo simplici (rarissime prolifero dicephalo)
ex involucris paucis (3-8) arete sessilibus terminato ; perigonio aut
flavo aut roseo-purpureo, fructifero albido, segmentis exterioribus latis-

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 26, 1870. 165

sime ovalibus basi srcpius sinu profundiori cordata. Eucycla ovalifolia
& E. purpurea, Nutt. PI. Gamb. p. 166. — Rocky Mountains of Colorado
through Utah to Nevada and the borders of California. Varies with
yellow flowers (E. ovalifolium, Nutt.) not rarely tinged with purple, to
rose or rose-purple (E. purpureum, Benth. in DC, &c.) ; and slender
forms with smaller flowers are var. tennius, Benth. 1. c. (E. elongatum,
Nutt. herb., changed to tenellum, and by Gambell to E. Nuttallii, PI.
Gamb. 1. e.*) A specimen from Clamet River, of Wilkes's Expedition,
has two heads. The flowers and the plant vary considerably in size.

§ 7. Capitata. Flos basi lata vel brevissime angustata (baud pro-
ducta) ipsa cum pedicello articulatus : segmenta perigonii (gla-
bra raro lanulosi) consimilia subasqualia. Involucra (pauca vel
plura) in capitulum globosum ssepius nudum sessilia: capitula soli-
taria vel pauca subumbellata scapum aphyllum vel pedunculum
scapiformem superantia. Ovarium glabrum. Embryo ubi notus
fere sect, prascedentis. Herbaa perennes, pi. m. albo-lanataa.

* Caespitoso-acaulescentes, pumilas, monocephalae ; floribus in invo-
lucris paucis 5 — 7-dentatis vix numerosis. Bracteolae parum
barbellatas.

27. E. Kingii, n. sp. Laxe albo-lanatum ; foliis in caudice multi-
cipiti confertis spathulatis obovatis nunc rotundatis (petiolo aut longo
aut brevi) ; scapo tenui ; involucris in capitulo 6-9 turbinato-campanu-
latis profundius 6 - 7-dentatis tenui-membranaceis ; perigonio glaber-
rimo luteo vel roseo-purpureo, segmentis obovato-subcuneatis omnibus
emarginatis ; filamentis fere glabris. — Summit of E. Humboldt Moun-
tains, Star Peak, and Clover Mountain, Nevada, alt. 9-11,000 feeb
Sereno Watson in Clarence King's Expedition, July - August, 1868.
Leaves exclusive of the petiole about half an inch long. Flowers a
line and a half in length. Embryo with a slender radicle, its base
ascending and accumbent on the orbicular cotyledons.

Var. laxifolium. Elatius ; caudice ramis gracilioribus ; foliis
parcioribus sublanceolatis ; floribus in sicco aureis. — Parley's Park

* Nuttall describes E. Nuttallii as having the " segments of the perianth oblong
and not very unequal" ; but in those of his own specimens which have any flowers,
as in his " E. polyceps," Mss., which he evidently put with it, the perigonium is just
that of E. purpureum. So that he should not have left it in Eriogonum when he
formed of the above his genus Eucycla. It might be supposed that Nuttall had our
next species (E. Kingii) in view, but there is no trace of it in his own herbarium,
nor among the specimens he contributed to the herbaria of Hooker, Durand, &c.

166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Peak, alt. 9000 feet, "Wasatch Mountains, Utah, S. Watson. Leaves
acute, sometimes an inch long, tapering into a slender petiole. Scape
nearly a span high.

28. E. multiceps, Nees, Verz. PI. Max. v. Wied (extr. Trav. Neu-
Wied), p. 20, ex char. Lana appressa candidissima indutum, caudicis
ramis breviter adsurgentibus foliosis ; foliis oblongo-spathulatis oblan-
ceolatisve in petiolum longe attenuatis ; scapo 3 - 5-pollicari ; capitulo
bracteato ; involucris 5-10 tubulosis 5-dentatis ; perigonio albo vel
fusco-flavido extus sublanuloso, segmentis obovato-cuneatis retusis ;
filamentis glabriusculis. E. gnaphalodes, Benth. in Kew Jour. Bot. 5,
p. 263 (1853). — Colorado, cliffs of the Upper Platte, Neu-Wied,
Geyer, Gordon, Hayden, H. Engelmann, E. W. Emerson. Bracts
under the head more conspicuous and involucrate than in other species
of the group, one or two of them equalling or surpassing the involucres.
Flowers small. E. multiceps, Nees, much anterior to Bentham's name,
has been wholly overlooked, which, from the place of publication, is not
surprising.

29. E. pauciflorum, Pursh, Fl. 2, p. 735. Glabrescens, Armerice
facie ; caudicis ramis brevissimis crebris ; foliis linearibus subspathula-
tisve margine revolutis in petiolum longe attenuatis supra mox glabratis ;
scapo subspithamoeo ; involucris in capitulo 5-10 turbinato-campanu-
latis 5-dentatis ; perigonio albo glabro, segmentis ovalibus ; filamentis
inferne pubescentibus. — Nebraska to the Rocky Mountains in Colo-
rado, Bradbury, H. Engelmann, Parry.

* * Majores, subacaules, caulibus basi nunc breviter adsurgente
tantum foliatis ; pedunculo valido scapiformi nudo capitulo aut
solitario aut paucis umbellatis sat magnis superato; involucris
brevi-campanulatis truncatis (dentulis 5-8 membranula prorsus
connexis) permultifloris. Bi'acteola? villoso-plumosissima? ex in-
volucro mox exserUe. Perigonium semper album, glaberrimum,
segmentis latis. {Desmocephalorum Benth. species.)

30. E. latifoliuji, Smith in Rees Cycl. Soepius 1-2-pedale; foliis
ovalibus basi lata rotundatis cordatisve subtus albo-lanatis supra cum
scapo lana araneosa plus minus decidua; involucris in capitulo nunc
pollicem lato 5-12 lanatis 5-dentulis ; perigonii segmentis lato-
obovatis. E. arachnoideum, Esch. — Coast of California, from Santa
Cruz northward to Humboldt Co. Leaves one to two inches long, on
petioles (as in other species) of variable length.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 26, 1870. 167

31. E. oblongifolium, Benth. Eriog. & in DC. I. c. Gracilius,
spithamseum ad pedalem ; f'oliis oblongis ovalibusque basi saepius acutis ;
involucris glabratis G-8-dentulis ; perigonii segmentis oblongo-obovatis.
— California, along tbe coast, with the same range as the preceding, of
which it is likely to prove a smaller or depauperate and narrower-leaved
variety ; the matted tomentum sometimes deciduous even from the
lower face of the leaves. Var. /3. ? minus, Benth. in DC, with only
five and more prominent teeth to the involucre, is probably different ;
but the solitary specimen is incomplete and insufficient.

§ 8. Capitellata. (Desmocephalorum sp. Benth.) Flos basi baud
producta ipsa cum pedicello articulatus : perigonium 6-partitum
glabrum vel villosulum, segmentis obovato-oblongis fere aequalibus.
Involucra (truncata subdentata) pluriflora, pauca in capitula
pi. m. paniculato-cymosa in scapo nudo congesta, nunc tantum
gemina, alaria nec-non solitaria. Bracteolre plumosaa. Ovarium
glabrum. Embryo incurvus, cotyledonibus latis bre vibus. — Herba?
perennes, foliis omnibus radicalibus latis margine sa?pius undulatis,
scapis 1 - 3-pedalibus nudis junciformibus nunc fistulosis cum in-
volucris mox glabratis vel glabris, floribus (an semper ?) albis.

32. E. nudum, Dougl. in Benth. Eriog. Foliis subtus cano-(quando-
que fulvo-j tomentosis ovatis rarius obovatis basi saspius subcordatis,
petiolo plerumque longo gracili ; panicuke dichotomy raniis elongatis ;
involucris cylindraceo-campanulatis ore truncato (dentibus 6-8 mem-
branula prorsus connexis), alaribus sessilibus ; perigonio extus soepius
glabro intus basi nunc parce piloso. E. arachnoideum, Hook. & Arn.
Bot. Beech., non Esch. — Oregon and California, chiefly towards the
coast. Magnopere variat:

Var. /3. (E. offline, Benth. in DC.) Sublanatum, nempe scapo in-
volucrisque lana araneosa tarde decidua obductis. — Umqua, Pickering
and Brackenridge in Wilkes's Expedition ; Jeffries in herb. Kew ; ap-
parently a form with foliaceous bracts at the lower nodes of the scape,
and the flowers seem to be yellow !

Var. y. (pubijiorum, Benth. 1. c.) Involucris interdum fere om-
nibus in paniculas ramis solitariis, perigonio extus pilosiore. — Califor-
nia, Fremont, Rich, Heermann, Horn, &c. But there are traces of
this pubescence in many, if not most, specimens of E. nudum.

Var. 8. (E. auriculatum, Benth. Eriog.) Petiolis basi interdum di-
latatis seu auriculato-dentatis ; scapo nunc inflato ; involucris saepius

168 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

angustioribus solitariis. — Commoner southward in California, especial-
ly forms with the scape inflated, of which Prof. Brewer collected seve-
ral, some of them with all the involucres solitary and almost as in the
section Virgata.

33. E. elatum, Dougl. 1. c. Foliis mollissime villoso-pubescentibus
vel subtus fere velutinis ovato-oblongis sublanceolatisve basi (raro sub-
cordatavel subhastata) in petiolum angustatis; scapo cum panicula rigido;
involucris magis turbinatis repando-5-dentatis, alaribus nonnunquam
solitariis longius pedicellatis, caeteris nunc potius glomerato-congestis
quam capitatis ; perigonio basi extus pilosulo. — Washington Territory
to California and Nevada, on plains. The pubescence of the flower is
variable in degree, but not wanting as described by Bentham. South-
ward the scape is sometimes inflated.

§ 9. Fasciculata, Benth. olim. Flos, etc. prrecedentium. Ovarium
glabrum. Involucra (truncata subdentata, dentibus membranula
primum connexis) perpluriflora, in capitula vel cymulas capituli-
formes congesta, capitulis pi. m. bracteatis pedunculos dichotomos
vel cymoso-umbellatos terminantibus, alaribus (aut ramo altero
abortiente lateralibus sessilibus. Bracteolos plumosaa. — Suffru-
tices foliosi, foliis parvulis alternis et in axillis fasciculatis subtus
incanis margine sa?pius revolutis ; floribus albis nunc roseo tinctis,

* Extus sericeo-villosis baud numerosissimis. Folia minus conferta.
Embryo subrectus, radicula gracili in cotyledonibus ovalibus par-
vulis leviter inflexa.

34. E. cinereum, Benth. Bot. Sulph. p. 45, & in DC. 1. c. Fruti-
cosum, laxe ramosum, pube tenui canescens ; foliis secus ramos subfas-
ciculatis ovatis margine undulatis minus aut vix revolutis subtus incanis
breviter petiolatis ; pedunculis elongatis junciformibus fere nudis su-
perne dichotomis ; capitulis paucis laxiusculis. — California, San Pedro,
Hinds or Barclay ; Santa Monica, on sands of the sea-shore, " a shrub
three to five feet high, forming dense patches," Brewer. Leaves vary-
ing from orbicular to obovate, ovate, and almost oblong, from half an
inch to an inch in length, mostly with a distinct short petiole. Coty-
ledons oval, somewhat excentric, barely twice the breadth and little
more than half the length of the slightly inflexed radicle.

* * In involucris numerosissimis, demum secus axin elongandum
baud raro quasi racemosis, extus glabris vel pilosulis. Suffrutices,
ramis creberrime ac fasciculatim foliosis. Folia parva margine

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 26, 1870. 169

revoluta. Radicula in cotyledonibus orbiculatis dimidio brevioribus
accumbenti-incurva.

35. E. parvifolium, Smitb in Pees Cycl. Primum arenoso-lana-
tum ; foliis ovatis seu ovato-lanceolatis undulatis basi abrupta vel obtusa
pi. m. petiolatis subtus tomentosis ; ramis floridis seu pedunculis 2-3-
cbotomis ; perigoniis glabris. — California, near tbe coast ; by all col-
lectors, from Hrenke and Menzies downwards. Var. crassifolium,
Benth. PI. Hartw. no. 1940, is a very condensed form, from the sea-
coast at Monterey.

36. E. fasciculatum, Benth. Eriog. Aut glabrum aut tomen-
tulosum ; foliis oblongo-linearibus seu lineari-spathulatis stepius maxime
revolutis, majoribus pi. m. in petiolum brevem sensim attenuatis ;
pedunculo nudo gracili sajpissime umbellatim diviso 3 - 6-radiato. —
California from Monterey southward.

Var. a. (E. rosmarinifolium, Nutt. PL Gamb. p. 164. E. fas-
ciculatum, Benth. Eriog. p. 410.) Preeter folia subtus maxime revo-
luta tenuiter albo-tomentosa fere glaberrimum ; involucri 5-rcarinati
dentibus 5 triangularibus paullo exsertis ; perigoniis glabris.

Var. /3. (E. rosmarinifolium /3. foliolosum, Nutt. 1. c. E. fasci-
culatum, Benth. in DC. Prodr. p. p.) Plus minus pilosulo-pubescens ;
involucro magis truncato (dentibus ultra sinus tenui-membranaceos
haud productis) perigoniisque extus leviter pubescentibus.

Var. y. polifolium. (E. polifolium, Benth. in DC. 1. c.) Pube
tenui undique cinereum vel canescens ; foliis minus revolutis, pagina
superiore nunc glabrescente ; pedunculo vulgo longiore ; involucro
etc. var. /3. — From Monterey to San Diego and the Gila. The
forms a and y are seemingly very different, but they run together com-
pletely. The teeth, or firm portions at the orifice of the involucre, do
not project beyond the scarious-membranaceous sinuses except in the
first, and in this sometimes very slightly.

§ 10. Cortmbosa, Benth. Flos basi haud producta ipsa cum
pedicello articulatus ; perigonium 6-partitum, extus glabrum, seg-
mentis interioribus stepissime pi. m. minoribus. Ovarium glabrum
vel glabellum. Involucra pluriflora, 5 - 6-dentata, cymosa, nempe
pedunculo nudoapice umbellatim diviso, radiis repitite 2-3-chotome
vel umbellatim in cymam corymbiformem subdivisis, ultimis seu
pedicellis brevibus aut (pnesertim alaribus) nullis. Embryo in-
curvus, cotyledonibus orbiculatis radiculae multo longiori pi. m. ac-

VOL. VIII. 22

170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

cumbentibus. Caules inferne saspius foliosi. Folia plerumque an-
gusta et alterna, etiam radicalia hand cordata, subtus vel utrinque
pi. m. albo-lanata.

* Fruticuli, nunc caulibus abbreviatis parum suffruticosis. Peri-
gonia intus glabra, segmentis subsimilibus. Ovarium superne ad
angulos ssepe scabridum.

•»- Rami lignosi erecti vel adsurgentes, foliosi, pedunculo cymifero
aut brevi aut longiusculo terminati. Flores albi vel rosei (raro in
eadem speciei lutei) ; perigonio basi post anthesin srepius eras-
siusculo, segmentis obovatis saltern interioribus emarginatis vel
retusis.

37. E. eric^efolium, n. sp. Depressum, tortuoso-ramosissimum ;
foliis in ramulis creberrimis subulato-linearibus (lin. 2 longis) supra
glabris subtus albo-lanatis sed ob margines maxime revolutos quasi
teretibus subtus leviter canaliculars ; cyma in pedunculo vix ultra folia
suprema exserta parva ex involucris 3-7 confertis tomentulosis penta-
gons breviter 5-dentatis ; floribus albis sesquilineam longis. — Arizona,
near Fort Whipple, Drs. Coues and Palmer, Sept. 1865. The branches
or stems we possess are barely a span long, rigid, and wholly fruticu-
lose. Involucre a line and a half long. Segments of the perigonium
all nearly alike, dilated-obovate.

38. E. corymbosum, Benth. in DC. Sesqui-bipedale, floccoso-
lanatum ; ramis validis alte foliosis ; foliis oblongis subundulatis (8-18
lin. longis) ; cyma late corymbosa floribunda ; floribus ut videtur albis
sesquilineam longis. — Utah and W.. New Mexico, Fremont, Beck-
with, Newberry (San Juan River, in Macomb's Expedition), Whipple.
The var. divaricatum, Torr. & Gray, Pacif. R. R. 2, p. 129, & 4,
p. 131, is not unlike Fremont's, but in better specimens, and much
whitened by the more persistent floccose wool. Cyme broader and
fuller than in the broadest-leaved forms of the next species, which
approach this ; but the flowers mostly twice as large, and the stem and
branches stouter.

39. E. microthecum (or microtheca), Nutt. PI. Gamb. p. 162.
Humilius, vix ultrapedale, a basi ramosissimum, tomeuto floccoso nunc
tenuiore ; foliis angusto-oblongis linearibusque ; cyma aut confertiflora
aut effusa ; floribus albis nunc roseis raro luteis haud ultra lineam
longis. — Mountains or high plains, Nebraska to New Mexico, the
interior of Northern California, and Oregon. This includes a variety

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 26, 1870. 171

of forms, several of them described as species ; but only the larger
forms with broad leaves, and some with much larger involucres (var.?
Fendlerianum, Benth.) and approaching the preceding species, stand in
the way of the present inevitable union. The

Var. a. (E. nricrotheca, Nutt., Benth. in DC.) is a low form with
linear or linear-oblong nearly plane leaves and open corymbose cymes
on a rather long peduncle ; involucres a line to a line and a half long.
E. laxiflorum, Nutt. (the var. 0. ? laxiflorum, Benth.) is the same, with
involucres a trifle larger and fewer in the cyme. Forma alpina, pyg-
mcea. A very depauperate, short-stemmed, and comparatively long-
peduncled alpine form was gathered by Prof. Brewer in Sonora Pass,
Sierra Nevada, alt. 9,000 feet, in loose sand ; and somewhat similar
ones, only two inches high, on the Humboldt Mountains, Nevada, alt.
10,000 feet, by S. Watson. Geyer's 253, with white flowers, and a
broader-leaved form with yellow flowers, collected by S. Watson on
the Wasatch Mountains in Utah (both with short and low leafy
branches and long peduncles), connect this with the

Var. 0. Fendlerianuji, Benth. Majus, latifoliura ; involucris
lin. 2 longis in cyma arapla laxa. — New Mexico, Fendler, no. 767.
Remarkable for the size of the parts, the leaves being an inch or an
inch and a half long, including a distinct petiole of four to sis lines, flat,
and four or five lines wide. Specimens from Nevada (Brewer, Torrey,
Bloomer, dec), some with narrower, others with almost oval leaves,
hardly an inch long, connect this with

Var. y. coxfertifloruji. (E. confertiflorum, Benth.) Fruticu-
losum, foliosum ; foliis anguste oblongis ; cymis confertifloris saspius
contractis. — Utah to interior of Oregon, and northern part of Cali-
fornia. Flowers either white, deep rose-color, or sometimes apparently
yellow. Bentham's var. Stansburyi has the dense floribund cyme
of this, but the longer naked peduncle and narrow revolute leaves of
some of the succeeding forms.

Var. S. leptophyllum. (E. Simpsoni, Benth. in DC. excl. /3.
E. effusum, var. leptophyllum, Torr. in Sitgreaves Rep. p. 168, excl.
tab. 10. E. effusum, var. foliosum in Pacif. R. R. 2, p. 129.) Folio-
sum ; foliis anguste linearibus margine valde revolutis glabratis ; cyma
brevi saspius conferta floribunda. — Utah and New Mexico, Gunnison,
Woodhouse, Simpson, Whipple, Newberry. Bentham's E. Simpsoni,
var. Jloccoso-lanata, is only E. annuum. Torre}' 's plate of E. effusum,
var. leptophyllum (Sitgreaves, t. 10), with long naked peduncle, short

172 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

caudex-like stem, and strongly toothed involucre (this said in the let-
ter-press to be nearly toothless, and the stems leafy), really belongs to
his E. Fremonti, i. e. to E. brevicaule.

Var. e. effusum (E. effusion, Nutt. 1. c.) Magis lanatum ; foliis
oblongo-linearibus nunc angustioribus margine demum pi. m. revo-
lutis ; cyma floribunda decomposita. paniculato-effusa, radiis ssepius
longioribus ; floribus albis. — Nebraska to Montana and N. New Mexico.
Some specimens (such as 192, Dr. Parry, from Huefano Mountains,
and Bentham's /3. rosmarinoides, which is not from California, proba-
bly from the Platte) connect this perfectly with the preceding form,
and with the proper E. microthecum.

Var. £. leptocbadon. (E. leptocladon, Torr. & Gray in Pacif.
R. R. 2, p. 129.) Gracilius ; foliis linearibus ; cymis laxe paniculatis,
involucris nunc (ramulo altero abortiente) unilateralibus. — On Green
River, Utah, Gunnison.

The name E. microthecum, rather than effusum, is adopted for the
species, because the latter is imperfectly characterized from a speci-
men not yet in flower, and the name is far from applicable to all the
forms.

-»— -t— Rami foliati lignescentes brevissimi vel casspitoso-depressi, pe-
dunculum nudum elongatum scapiformem herbaceum proferentes.
Flores prascedentium, sed perigonii segmenta inter se fere asqualia.
Pedunculi et involucra 5-dentata glabri vel mox glabrati.

40. E. brevicaule, Nutt. PI. Gamb. Caaspitoso-fruticulosum ; fo-
liis linearibus oblongo-linearibus vel anguste spathulato-oblanceolatis
in petiolum gracilem attenuatis undique niveo-lanatis vel supra gla-
brescentibus ; scapis rigidis 3-10-pollicaribus; cyma repitite umbella-
tim vel trichotome divisa, ad nodos calyculiformi-bracteatis ; peri-
gonii nunc Havi segmentis obovato-oblongis. E. brevicaule, campanida-
tum fy micranthum, Nutt. 1. c. E. Fremonti, Torr. in Frem. Rep.
unpublished. E. effusum var., Torr. in Sitgreaves Rep. t. 10 (non
descr. p. 168). E. effusum var.? nudicaule, Torr. Bot. Whipp. Pacif.
R. R. 4, p. 132. — Rocky Mountains, from the Platte to N. New
Mexico, Utah, and adjacent parts of Oregon. Nuttall's three species
(one of them omitted by Bentham) are not permanently distinguish-
able, even as varieties, and some forms of the preceding species are
occasionally too close. The leaves vary from 1 to 2| inches long, ex-
clusive of the petiole, and from one to five lines in breadth, their margins

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 26, 1870. 173

at length mostly revolute. Cyme ample, sometimes rather fastigiate,
sometimes very open ; the bracts at each node short and connate into a
ealyculus, which is white-woolly inside. Involucres either glabrous
or the wool early deciduous, varying from oblong to cyathiform-cam-
panulate, and from a line and a quarter to nearly two lines in length ;
the flowers of about the same length.

41. E. loxchophtllum, n. sp. Caespitosum ? elatius ; caulibus basi
vix lignescente breviter foliatis ; foliis lanceolatis seu lato-linearibus in
petiolum gracilem attenuatis subtus albo-lanatis ; pedunculo elongato in
cymam repitite trichotomam paniculoeforinem soluto ; bracteis inferi-
oribus filiformibus, summis subulatis ; perigonii albi segmentis obovatis
retusis. — On the Rio Blanco, interior of New Mexico ? Newberry in
Macomb's Expedition : herb. Torr. Leaves not much crowded on the
base of the single stem seen, about three inches long, and tapering into
a petiole of an inch or more in •length, obtuse, rather thin, flat ; the
somewhat scape-like peduncle with the loose cyme a foot in length, the
primary divisions four inches long. Involucres fewer-flowered than in
the preceding, the flowers of about the same size.

* * Annua, transmontana, caulibus laxe ramosis inferne tantum
foliosis. Perigonia rosea, intus glaberrima, segmentis consimilibus
fere aequalibus. Bracteolas vix barbellatae.

42. E. truncatuji, n. sp. Laxe floccoso-lanatum, pedale ; foliis
plerisque ad nodos inferiores subfasciculatis spathulatis oblongisve in
petiolem gracilem attenuatis ; pedunculis elongatis nudis ; cyma laxa
2-3-chotoma ex involucris pauciusculis multifloris oblongo-campanulatis
ore truncato, alaribus sessilibus ; bracteis minimis ; perigonii segmentis
obovatis. — California, on the summit of the eastern peak of Monte
Diablo, Brewer. Leaves an inch and a half long, including the petiole.
Involucre two lines long, thin and scarious between the broad greenish
ribs, which are connected to the very top. Perigonium a line long.

* * * Annua, cismontana, caulibus elatis strictis sursum longe
foliatis. Perigonia alba, fundo lana longa tenuissima arachnoidea
instructo, segmentis disparibus, exterioribus multo majoribus.
Bracteolaa tenuiter plumosae. Cymae decomposita? floribundae.

43. E. axxdum, Nutt., Benth. in DC. Albo-lanatum ; foliis oblon-
gis basi attenuatis plerisque petiolatis ; involucris niveo-lanatis intus
glabris breviter 5-dentatis ; perigonii segmentis exterioribus late
obovatis, interioribus oblongis. E. Lindheimerianum, Scheele in

174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Linnsea. E. Simpsoni /3. floccoso-lanata, Benth. 1. c. — Plains of
Nebraska, Arkansas, and Texas to the Rocky Mountains and New
Mexico. — Forma parviflora, involucris brevioribus lana floccosiore,
caule cyrais nonnullis axillaribus proferente. E. cymosum, Benth.
1. c. — "Western Texas, Wright. N. Chihuahua, Thurber.

44. E. multiflorum, Benth. Eriog. Lana floccosa albidum ; foliis
oblongis lanceolatisque undulatis, caulinis sessilibus basi obtusa vel
auriculata ; involucris perplurimis 5-lobatis extus saepe denudatis intus
ai'achnoideo-lanatis ; perigonii segmentis eximie biseriatis, exterioribus
orbiculato-ovalibus demum sinu profundo cordatis, interioribus fere
linearibus. — Plains of Arkansas, Louisiana, and Texas.

§ 11. Virgata, Benth. Flos basi haud producta ipsa cum pedi-
cello articulatus ; perigonium 6-partitum fere semper glabrum.
Ovarium glabrum vel ad angulos hispidulum. Involucra (sajpius
parva vel angusta) sessilia, secus ramos paniculae plerumque vir-
gatos unilateraliter disposita. Embryo incurvus, cotyledonibus
brevibus radicular gracili pi. m. incumbentibus.

* Perennia, in paucis basi suffruticosum, incano nunc floccoso-
lanatum. Flores albi, nunc roseo tincti, glaberrimi, in involucro
plures.

-t- Perigonium basi lata quasi truncatum, ob segmenta 3 exteriora
accrescentia lato-ovalia marginibus a basi ipsa discretis atque
subauriculato-rotundatis. Panicula saepe dichotoma. Bracteaj
plerumque subfoliosi.

45. E. niveum, Dougl. in Benth. Eriog. Tomento denso (in
caulibus floccoso) candido-lanatum, ultrapedale, basi suffruticosum ; cau-
libus floridis infei'ne foliatis vel subnudis ; foliis ovatis oblongisve longius
petiolatis ; involucri dense lanati dentibus 3-4 subulatis cum bracteis
pi. m. recurvo-patentibus, ceteris minutis vel nullis ; perigonii segmentis
exterioribus mox accresceutibus orbiculato-ovalibus (basi fere cordu-
latis) interiora obovato-spathulata inferne angustata includentibus. —
Interior of Oregon and Washington Territory, Douglas, Geyer, Spal-
ding, Cooper, Lyall.

Var. decumbens (E. decumbens, Benth. 1. c.) : forma ramosiore,
ramis nunc decumbentibus magis foliatis, floribus paullo majoribus. —
Interior of Oregon, Douglas. No other specimens are so well marked
as those of Douglas, but Spalding's plant approaches them. Bracts in
the species mostly equalling or exceeding the involucre, the three more

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 26, 1870. 175

or less spreading or recurved teeth of which (sometimes as long as
the tube itself, but variable) are peculiar.

46. E. dichotomum, Dougl. 1. c. Prrecedenti subsimilis ; ramis e
caudice ca?spitoso-multicipiti brevibus crebre foliatis ; foliis oblongis in
petiolum attenuatis ; pedunculis strictis scapiformibus rarius foliatis
(subpedalibus) ; bracteis appressis involucro breviuscule obtuseque
subasqualiter 3-5-dentato brevioribus; perigonii segmentis exterioribus
obovato-ovalibus. — Forma humilis, E. alburn, Nutt. PI. Gamb. Forma
paniculis magis virgatis, E. strictum, var. laehnostegia, Benth. in DC.
Interior of Oregon, and Utah, Douglas, Nuttall, Fremont.

-•— -i— Perigonium basi acutum, segmentis conformibus.

++ Scaposa, stricta.

47. E. strictum, Benth. Eriog. excl. /3. Basi cagspitoso-ramosis-
simum ; foliis confertis spathulatis seu obovato-oblongis in petiolum
longe angnstatis subtus albo-lanatis ; scapis gracillimis (pedalibus) glabris
vel mox glabratisdi-trichotome ramosis; bracteis parvis subulatis adpres-
sis; involucris (lineam longis) glabratis campanulatis equaliter 5-denta-
tis ; perigonii segmentis ovalibus oblongisve ; ovario glaberrimo. — Blue
Mountains of Oregon, Douglas only. We find no specimen from
Fremont, except of the var. laehnostegia, which clearly belongs to the
foregoing species. This has similar dichotomous inflorescence, but
much more slender, and involucres and flowers only half as large.

48. E. RACEMOSUJr, Nutt. PI. Gamb. Floccoso-lanatum ; foliis e
caudice subterraneo longe petiolatis ovatis oblongisve nunc subcordatis
subtus albo-lanatis ; scapo valido (1 - 2-pedali) nudo rariusve ad nodos
inferiores folioso-bracteatis ; involucris tubuloso-campanulatis obtuse 5-
dentatis floribundis secus ramos subsimplices paucos rigidos stricte
spicatis appressis ; perigonii majusculi (lin. 2 longi) rosei seu albi
segmentis obovatis ; ovario glaberrimo vel superne scabrido. E.
orthocladon, Torr. in Sitgreaves Rep. p. 167, t. 8, & DC. 1. c. E.
obtusum, Benth. in DC. 1. c, forma foliis subrotundis. — N. New
Mexico and Utah, Fendler, Fremont, Gambell, Remy, Simpson,
Woodhouse, Bigelow, Newberry, Watson. Leaves 1 - 2 J inches long,
the petioles mostly still longer. Scape rigid, usually only once or twice
forked, sometimes more paniculate ; the branches erect and strict, when
few elongated ; the numerous involucres approximate and, with their
numerous flowers, forming a virgate spike rather than a raceme. Coty-
ledons orbicular, very excentric, rather shorter than the incurved radicle.

176 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

++ ++ Caulescentia, cliff u so-panic u lata.

49. E. Wrightii, Torr. in DC. 1. c. E basi suffruticosa raraosum,
1 - 2-pedale ; ramis inferne foliosis ; foliis oblongo-ovatis vel sub-
lanceolatis basi angustatis utrinque vel subtus albo-lanatis (6-12 lin.
longis), minoribus ssepe in axillis fasciculatis ; panicula dicbotome
ramosa ; involuci-is parvi-bracteatis secus ramos rigidulos laxius spicatis

5 - 6-dentatis (lin. 1 - 1 \ longis) ; perigonii (lin. 1-1^- longi) segmentis
lato-obovatis vel exterioribus suborbiculatis ; ovario superne praesertim
ad angulos birtello-scabro. E. Wrightii (Torr.), trachygonum (Torr.)

6 helianthemifolium, Bentb. in DC. 1. c. — S. W. Texas to Arizona,
Nevada, and California, Wright, Parry, Thurber, Newberry, Palmer,
Torrey, Brewer, &c. But Scheer's plant from Chihuahua appears to
be E. potycladon, Benth. A polymorphous species. The E. trachy-
gonum has larger and more numerous flowers ; var. Jloccosum, Benth.
shorter involucres ; and a depauperate form from Nevada (Anderson,
Bloomer, Torrey, Brewer) very short leafy branches and more scape-
like peduncles.

* Annua, vel in spec, prima forte perennantia. Flores parvi, albi
vel rosei, basi acuti vel acutiusculi. Bractere parvae, adpressae.

-t- Involucra tubulosa, lin. 3^-2 longa, in depauperatis E. viminei
vix minora, adpressa.

■►+ Pluriflora, canescenti - lanata, secus ramos plerumque subsim-
plices dissita. Perigonium glabrum (lin. 1 - 1 \ longum), segmentis
obovatis fere sequalibus. Plantse juniores omnino albo-lanataa,
tomento caulium, etc. demum floccoso rarius deciduo.

50. E. elongatum, Benth. Bot. Sulph. & in DC. 1. c. Caulibus
ramisve virgatis e basi indurascente (vix perenni ?) sesqui-tripedalibus
nudis basim versus foliis oblongo-lanceolatis petiolatis parce nunc par-
cissime instructis ; involucris 3 - 3£ lin. longis sat multifloris secus
ramos simplices strictos spicatis remotis, ore repando-truncato ; brac-
teolis sursum parce villoso-barbatis ; perigonio albo vel subroseo ;
ovario glabro. — California, plains and hills, from Monterey to San
Diego, &c. Dr. Torrey, in Bot. Mex. Bound, and Ives Exped.,
refers this to E. virgatum, to which indeed it is related, and the root
probably is not really perennial. Besides the greater size and stout-
ness, and the more numerous flowers in the involucre, the achenium is
more tapering, the embryo of twice the size, a line or more in length,
and the radicle springs from near the uppermost part of the oval-
orbicular cotyledons.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JANUARY 26, 1870. 177

51. E. virgatum, Bentli. in DC. Caule gracili 1^-2 pedali aut
basi tantum aut superne parcius foliis ovatis oblongisve instructis,
ramis paucis plerumque simplicibus longe virgatis nunc paniculato-
raraosis ; involucris dissitis 2-2^ lin. longis, ore 5-dentato ; brac-
teolis vix barbellatis ; perigonio albo ; ovario et achenio abrupte ros-
trato superne saltern ad angulos birtello-scabris. — California, on tbe
plains, usually more northern than the preceding, Fremont, Bridges,
Wallace, Brewer, Bolander, &c. Embryo half a line long, with short
orbicular accumbent cotyledons. A luxuriant form collected by Bo-
lander, two or three feet high, with the numerous virgate branches here
and there leaf-bearing, passes into

Var. roseum (E. roseum, Durand & Hilgard, in Jour. Acad.
Philad. 3, p. 45 (1854) & Pacif. R. R. 5, p. 14, t. 15) : caule ramoso
ad paniculam usque laxam foliato ; involucris in ramulis brevibus
paucis ; perigonio roseo. — Pose Creek, California, Dr. Heermann :
earlier published than E. virgatum. To this belongs E. verticillatum,
Nutt. PI. Gamb. 1. c, the earliest name, but most imperfectly charac-
terized from a specimen not yet in flower.

++ ++ Involucra pauciflora vel subpluriflora, anguste tubulosa (haud
ultra lineas 2 longa), secus ramulos tenues paniculre diffusa? amplaa
dissita, perigoniis (glabris aut pilosis) etiam fructiferis longiora.
Bracteola? vix barbellatos. Plantar demissas (spithamea? ad peda-
lem), superne tenuiter tomentosae vel glabrae.

52. E. dasyanthemum, n. sp. Lana tenui flocculosa cinereum
vel superne glabratum, inferne foliatum ; foliis subtus incano-lanatis
rotundatis in petiolum abrupte angustatis ; involucris pauci-plurifloris
breviter 5-dentatis ; perigonio extus saltern basi tenuiter villoso,
segmentis obovatis fere requalibus. (E. vimineum, var. eriocladon
Benth. in DC. ? Spec, in herb. Benth. & herb. Torr. haud reperta.)
— California : near Clear Lake, Bolander, Torrey ; also Borax Lake,
Torrey, a more glabrate form, both as to the panicle and involucre,
and the exterior of the flower, the pubescence of which in other speci-
mens is very conspicuous. Branches of the diffuse panicle less slender
and compound, and the flowers rather larger, than in E. vimineum ;
the involucre commonly hoary, and fully two lines long, sometimes
15 - 20-flowered.

53. E. viMiNEDsr, Dougl. in Benth. Eriog. Foliis radicalibus rotun-
datis subtus incani- supra araneoso-lanatis ; involucris sparsis pauci-

VOL. VIII. 23

178 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

floris brevissirae 5-dentatis cum ramis tenuissimis panicula; effuso-
decompositre glabris ; perigonio glaberrimo, segmentis exterioribus late
obovatis, interioribus angustioribus. — Washington Territory to Cali-
fornia and Nevada ; apparently very common. Involucre slender,
about a line and a half or sometimes two lines long.

++ ++ ++ Involucra pauci- vel subpluriflora, oblongo-campanulata,
subturbinata, 5-dentata, circa lineam longa, secus ramulos tenues
panicuke plerumque ramosissimze dissita vel sparsa. Perigonium
glabrum, post anthesin involucro brevius, segmentis interioribus
angustioribus. Folia subtus albo- supra srepiusque cum ramis et
involucris floccoso-lanata, nunc omnia radicalia, nunc plus minus
caulina.

54. E. gracile, Benth. Bot. Sulph. & in DC. 1. c. Ssepius
ramosissimum, panicuke ramis patentibus ; foliis ovatis, oblongisve ;
bracteolis in involucro brevibus tenuiter subglanduloso-barbellatis ;
perigonii (albi vel rosei) segmentis exterioribus obovatis, interiori-
busve oblongis. — California and Nevada, apparently common and
widely variable ; some of the glabrate forms approaching E. vimineum,
which has similar only minutely barbellate bractlets at the base of the
pedicels. Bentham's original plant has leaves on the lower nodes.

Var. /3. effusum : humile ; panicula decomposita patentissima
involucrisque sa3pius glabratis ; foliis omnibus radicalibus. — Chiefly
southward, and in Nevada ; the involucres and flowers sometimes
rather large for the species, sometimes very small.

Var. y. leucocladon (E. leucocladon, Benth. PI. Hartw. p. 333,
& in DC. 1. c.) : albo-lanatum ; caule nudo subsimplici ; ramis pani-
cula? paucioribus strictiusculis ; floribus albis.

Var, 8. acetoselloides {E. acetoselloides, Tovw in DC. 1. c.) : albo-
lanatum ; caule longe usque ad paniculam subsimplicem foliato ; floribus
rubentibus. — California, Fitch, Shelton, only in herb. Torr. ; and Remy
collected a form connecting with the preceding.

55. E. polycladon, Benth. in DC. Lana persistente dealbatum ;
caule 2 - 3-pedali usque ad paniculam amplam strictiusculam foliato ;
foliis oblongis obovatisque ; bracteolis in involucro pilis tenuissimis
longissimis parciusculis villosis ; perigonii albi segmentis exterioribus
flabellato-cuneatis, interioribus obovato-spathulatis, utrisque basi at-
tenuates. — S. W. Texas, Wright, to Chihuahua, Potts (E. helian-
themifolium, Benth. in DC. Prodr., quoad pi. " herb. Scheer,") and Ari-

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 26, 1870. 179

zona, Thurber, Palmer, & Coues. A stouter and larger-flowered form
near San Antonio, New Mexico, Dr. Bigelow, in Whipple's Expedi-
tion. This species is to be distinguished from forms of the preceding
with leafy stem and erect branches of the panicle by the long and
delicate villosity of the bracteoles, and by the perigonium. The pan-
icle is ample, but the branches erect or strict.

++++++++ Involucra saspius brevi-campanulata, parva, perigoniis
post anthesin auctis breviora, secus ramulos paniculaa nudae ple-
rumque intricatos sparsa, dentibus 4-5 latis rotundatis. Brac-
teolae in involucro paleolatre. Folia omnia subradicalia.

56. E. Heermanni, Durand & Hilgard in Pacif. R. R. p. 14,
(Bot.) t. 17. Glaberrimum, vel forte glabratum, dichotomo-ramosissi-
mum ; involucris secus ramulos breves divaricatos paucis brevi-cam-
panulatis lineam longis latisque plurifloris bracteas ovato-subulatas
2 - 3-plo superantibus ; bracteolis glanduloso-ciliatis, exterioribus line-
aribus, intimis filiformibus ; perigoniis glabris, fructiferis lin. 2 longis,
segmentis exterioribus rotundatis interioribus oblongo-spathulatis multo
majoribus ; achenii rostro hirtello-scabro. E. genicidatum, Durand &
Hilgard in Jour. Acad. Philad. 3, p. 45, non Nutt. — California, Pose
Creek, Dr. Heermann. Sterile plains of Humboldt Co., Nevada, Tor-
rey. Old flowering branches only ; the base of the plant, leaves, and
root not collected. But the species cannot be mistaken.

57. E. Plumatella, Durand & Hilgard, 1. c. t. 16. Floccoso-
lanatum, humile ; foliis radicalibus orbiculatis longe petiolatis subtus
albo-lanatis ; paniculae decompositae ramis rigidulis floribundis nunc
rectis nunc tortuosis demum implectentibus; involucro minimo campan-
ulato paucifloro bracteas baud excedente ; bracteolis filiformibus vix
barbellatis ; perigoniis albis et roseo-purpureis glabris lineam longis,
segmentis conformibus (interioribus paullulum angustioribus vix longi-
oribus) quasi panduriformibus ; achenio sursum hirtello-scabrido. —
Pose Creek, California, Heermann ; apparently a stouter form than
common. Nevada, chiefly in the desert, Anderson, Bloomer, Stretch,
Torrey, Watson. A span high, or rarely taller, from an annual root; the
panicles commonly forming implexed matted masses, their branchlets
usually slender and rather brittle. Segments of the perigonium
obovate-cuneiform and broadly refuse, when dry appearing panduriform
by the incurving of their margins about the middle. Embryo much
incurved, the cotyledons wholly accumbent.

18U PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Var. ? Palmeri: panicula patentissima ; involucris cylindraceia
fere lineam longis bracteas sgepius super'antibus, floribus (albis) dimidio
minoribus; bracteolis paucibarbatis. — Arizona, Dr. Palmer, 1869.
This appears to be intermediate in character between E. Plumatella
and.E. gracile, and is perhaps of a distinct species. The flowers are
like the former, except in size, or the segments a trifle narrower and
perhaps the inner ones more decidedly longer.

58. E. intricatum, Benth. Bot. Sulph. p. 46, t. 22. Foliis radicalibus
suborbiculatis longe petiolatis viscoso-pubescentibus; panicula divaricato-
ramosissima involucrisque minimis brevi-campanulatis paucifloris gla-
berrimis ; bracteolis obovato- vel cuneato-oblongis ciliolatis ; perigonii
extus parce hirtelli segmentis obovatis conformibus ; ovario glabro. —
San Bartolome, Lower California, Hinds. Bentham describes the
perigonium as glabrous ; but the scattered hairs on the outside of the
perigonium are represented in the plate.

§ 12. Pedunctjlata, Benth. Flos basi ipsa (lata rariusve acuta)
cum pedicello articulatus. Ovarium glabrum. Involucra pauci-
pluriflora, 5-dentata, omnia pedicellata, terminalia et alaria, soli-
taria : pedicelli sagpius elongati, in ramis 2 - 3-chotomis pedun-
culi aphylli parvi-bracteoli scapiformis laxe paniculati. Embryo
praicedentium. Herba? plerumque annual, foliis latis radicalibus vel
in caule brevi sgepissime rotundatis, inflorescentia cum involucris
nunquam pubescente, floribus plerumque albis seu albidis.

* Panicula divaricato-ramosissima glandulis claviformibus obsita :
involucra pauciflora. Annua, scaposa, humilia. Ob pedicellos
perbreves sp. sequentis Virgatis approximanda.

59. E. brachypodum, n. sp. Foliis rotundatis laxe albo-lanatis ;
panicula divaricatissima fere humifusa rigida ; pedicellis involucro glan-
duloso 8-12-floro baud longioribus ; bracteolis sublinearibus hirsuto-
ciliatis ; perigonii glabri segmentis exterioribus cordato-ovatis obtusis-
simis, interioribus dimidio minoribus ovatis longe obtuseque acuminatis.
— Western borders of California, in alkaline sands around Kingston
Spring, llemy, in herb. Mus. Paris. Branches of the panicle stouter
and more rigid than in the next ; the involucre and also the accres-
cent perigonium a line long.

60. E. glandulosum, Nutt. ex Benth. in DC. Foliis rotundatis
viridibus parce pilosis ; panicula tenui effusa ; pedicellis capillaribus
involucro eglanduloso perpaucirioro multoties longioribus ; perigonii

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 26, 1870. 181

segraentis oblongo-ovatis acutiusculis suba?qualibus extus parce hirsutis.
Oxytheca glandulosa, Nutt. PL Gamb. p. 170. — " Rocky Mountains
of Upper California," according to Nuttall ; an impossible habitat.
Dr. Gambell probably collected it in New Mexico. Involucre and
flowers half a line, the divaricate pedicels two or three lines long. .

* * Panicula cum pedunculo et involucris (iis pedicellisque raro mi-
nutissime glandulosis) laevissima.

-i— Effuso-ramosissima floribunda ; pedicellis rigidis nunc subrace-
moso-secundis mox deflexis. Involucra pluriflora, circa lineam
longa. Perigonium glaberrimum. Achenium rostro plus minus
scabro. Annua ; sp. prima etiam Virgatis approximanda.

61. E. deflexum, Toit. in Ives Colorado Exped. Bot. p. 24. Sub-
validum ; foliis omnibus radicalibus orbiculatis subcordatis floccoso-
lanatis (majoribus sesquipollicaribus) longe petiolatis ; paniculre nunc
ultrapedalis ramis rigidis junceis srepius divaricatis ; pedicellis brevis-
simis saltern involucro brevi-campanulato vel hemisphrerico breviori-
bus ; bracteolis (extimis lato-linearibus, intimis filiformi-spathulatis)
barbato ciliatis ; perigonii albi basi obtusissimi segmentis exterioribus
orbiculatis basi cordatis, interioribus minimis obovatis retusis multoties
minoribus. — S. E. California, on the Colorado, &c, Schott, New-
berry, Cooper. In sand, in a canon of the Wasatch Mountains, Utah,
S. Watson, in Clarence King's Expedition. Tucson, S. Arizona, Dr.
Palmer: a form with the smaller involucres shorter than the pedicel.
Involucre a line long and about as broad, rather many-flowered, the
five teeth broad and rounded. Exterior segments of the perigonium
becoming a line in length and breadth, the inner segments hardly longer
than the ovary.

62. E. nutans, n. sp. Tenellum ; folds omnibus radicalibus rotun-
dis floccoso-lanatis longe vel breve petiolatis ; panicula efFusa ; pedi-
cellis nutantibus cum involucro late campanulato 2-3-plo breviori
minutissime viscoso-glandulosis ; bracteolis filiformibus creberrime
glandulosis; perigonii late rosei basi obtusissimi segmentis exterioribus
late ovalibus emarginatis (fere obcordatis), interioribus oblongis retusis
paullo brevioribus plus dimidio minoribus demum conduplicatis. — Ne-
vada : canon at the eastern base of the Sierra Nevada, Lieut. Beck-
with ; passed over in Pacif. R. R. 2, p. 129, as E. cernuum. Canon
in W. Humboldt Mountains and Unionville Valley, S. Watson in C.
King's Expedition. The specimens at most are barely a span high ;

182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

the leaves half an inch in diameter, and the panicle rather simple.
Involucre a line long and about as broad, rather few-flowered. Pedicels
two or three lines long : perigonium as long, or at length longer.

63. E. Watsonii, n. sp. Gracile ; foliis pra3cedentis srepius sub-
cordatis ; panicula decomposita patentissima laxe floribunda ; pedicel-
lis eglandulosis patenti-deflexis involucro angusto- vel clavato-campan-
ulato vix plurifloro 2-3-plo nunc paullo longioribus; bracteolis setaceis
parce glanduloso-barbellulatis ; perigonii albi vix rosei basi obtusi
segmentis conformibus ovalibus parum retusis, interioribus paullulum
minor ibus. — Nevada, in the Humboldt Mountains, Torrey. Star
Canon, W. Humboldt Mountains, alt. 5,000 feet, S. "Watson, in C.
King's Expedition. The exceedingly effuse panicle spreads in the
largest specimens over a foot in breadth. Pedicels much less deflexed
than in the next, the longest fully three lines long, and nearly thrice the
length of the involucre, but many of the later ones not longer than it,
that is, a line or a line and a quarter in length, either smooth or very
minutely and obscurely glandular. Perigonium a line long, or slightly
more when accrescent, narrower than in E. nutans, and not so very
broad at the base, but 6-parted, and not narrowed at base in the manner
of the next.

64. E. cernuum, Nutt. PI. Gamb. p. 162. Gracile; foliis radi-
calibus (nunc in caule brevi) orbiculatis vel obovatis sublonge pe-
tiolatis floccoso-lanatis ; panicula effuso-decomposita saepius maxime
floribunda ; pedicellis mox deflexis lasvibus involucro campanulato
2 - 4-plo longioribus ; bracteolis setaceis brevibus subundis ; perigonii
albi vel subrosei 6-fidi basi turbinata acuta segmentis exterioribus
quadratis emarginatis retusis interiores oblonga dimidio angustiora
vix superantibus. — Plains of the Platte to New Mexico and Utah.
A span to a foot high ; the panicle in the larger plants very widely
spreading and floriferous. Involucre at most a line long. Flowers
barelv a line long when accrescent, often considerably less, smaller
than any others of this sub-section, and well distinguished from all
others of this section by the top-shaped base or tube, which is fully
half the length of the segments and tapers to the narrow insertion.

Var. tenue : panicula graciliore minus florifera ; pedicellis capil-
laribus elongatis (3- 12 lin. longis), involucro minori vel tenuiori. —
Nevada and Utah; foot-hills of the Humboldt and Wasatch Mountains,
S. Watson, in Clarence King's Expedition. With just the flowers,
&c. of E. cernuum, — this differs remarkably in the filiform looser

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 26, 1870. 183

and scarcely rigid divisions of the panicle; the ultimate ones or pedicels
less refracted, sometimes a full inch in length, commonly half an inch,
and therefore many times longer than the fewer-flowered involucre.

-i— +~ Effusa, sa?pius ramosissima, pedicellis nunquam deflexis. In-
volucra haud linea longora, interdum minuta, pauci-subpluriHora.
Perigonium basi fere semper obtusissimum. Annua ; folia radi-
calia vel subradicalia, rotundata, nunc basi cordata petiolata.

++ Subtus albo-lanata, supra plerumque floccosa. Perigonia involucro
grossius 5 - 6-dentato haud longiora. Bractea2 sajpissime intus
lanatre.

a. Pedicelli breves (lin. 1-5 longi) cum panicula tota rigiduli.
Perigonii glaberrimi segmenta maxime disparia.

65. E. rotundifolium, Benth. in DC. 1. c. Humile ; foliis supra
mox denudatis ; panicula e collo ramosissima (spithamoea) rigidula
floribunda; involucris late campanulatis subplurifloris ; bracteolis parce
phimosis ; perigonio albo glaberrimo parum ultra medium 6-Jido, seg-
ments exterioribus flabelliformi-dilatatis retusis, interioribus anguste
oblongis. — Western borders of Texas and adjacent parts of New
Mexico, "Wright, Bigelow, Thurber, Parry. Involucre seldom a line
long, almost of the same breadth. Flowers three fourths of a line
long, with a broadly campanulate base, and the outer segments much
dilated upwards, so as to be usually much broader than long ; the
inner ones small and narrow.

b. Pedicelli tenues saepissime capillares, alares semi-sesquipollicares.
Perigonia basi tenuiter pilosula vel glabra. Herbce tenellce,
cyma 2-3-chotoma tenera cum scapo spithama?a, in depauperatis
subsimplici; foliis lamina semipollicari seu minori.

66. E. Thurberi, Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound, p. 176. Foliis rotun-
datis ssepius rugosis ; scapo 1 - 2-pollicari primum lanuloso ; bracteis
3 - 4-natis conspicuis calyculiformibus ; involucro late turbinato-
campanulato 10-18-floro; bracteolis vix ullis; perigonio albo (fruc-
tifero lineam longo) 5-partito basi brevi extus minutissime parceque
hirsutulo, segmentis valde disparibus panduriformibus, exterioribus
lobo terminali maximo rotundato (demum latiore quam longo) in
centro tenuiter arachnifero, auriculis basim versus parvis, interioribus
subhastato-lanceolatis parvulis superne vix dilatatis. — California, in
sandy ravines near San Pasqual, Thurber. Los Angeles, Wallace.

184 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

S. Arizona, near Camp Grant, Palmer. — The minute pubescence at
the base of the perigonium, and the tuft of most delicate cobwebby hairs
on the centre of the disk of the exterior segments, have been over-
looked. Pedicels and involucre often obscurely viscid-glandular ; the
latter a line long.

67. E. Thomasii, Torr. in Pacif. R. R. 4, p. 364. Foliis rotun-
datis ovatisque ; bracteis ad nodos paniculas effusas minimis ; involucro
paucifloro ; bracteolis paleaceis margine parce longe villosis ; perigonio
albo vel flavido (vix semilineam longo) basi tenuiter hispidulo, seg-
mentis disparibus subpanduratis sequilongis apice parum dilatatis
obtusissimis, exterioribus basi latiore demum subcordatis, interioribus
dimidio angustioribus sublineari-oblongis. — Fort Yuma, S. E. Cali-
fornia, Gen. Thomas ; very slender specimens, not a span high, with
almost capillary scape and panicle, also larger but less developed
specimens: Fort Mohave (Fremont, locality not given), Cooper; larger
specimens : Camp Grant, Arizona, Palmer ; very slender form. Invo-
lucre little over half a line in length.

68. E. pusillum, n. sp. Foliis rotundis obovatisque in petiolum
sa^pius angustatis ; bracteis parvulis quaternis ad nodos basique
panicuke subsimplici ; involucro fere hemisphasrico 10 - 15-floro minu-
tim glanduloso ; bracteolis obovatis spathulatisque inferne laxe ara-
neoso-lanatis ; perigonio aureo (nunc purpureo tincto lineam longo
(extus tenuiter glanduloso-puberulo profunde 5-partito, segmentis fere
conformibus, exterioribus ovali-obovatis quam interiores oblonga paullo
majoribus. — Foot-hills of Trinity Mountains, borders of the Truckee
Desert, Nevada, S. Watson in C. King's Expedition. From two inches
to a span high ; the involucre barely a line long. To this probably
belongs a specimen from " Bearside Mountain " in the same region,
coll. Newberry ; but the involucres are smaller and few-flowered ; the
flowers, however, "yellow."

69. E. reniforme, Torr. in DC. 1. c. Foliis reniformi- vel cor-
dato-orbiculatis dense mollissime albo-lanatis ; bracteis parvulis lanatis ;
involucris late campanulatis haud glandulosis 8-12-floris; bracteolis
prrecedentis ; perigonio ut videtur albo vel subroseo (semilineam
longo) glabro, segmentis ovatis, interioribus paullo minoribus. — S. E.
California, probably on the Mohave, Fremont. Fort Mohave, Cooper.
Arizona, Palmer. All scanty and incomplete specimens. Involucre
about a line long, sometimes seemingly much smaller and fewer-
flowered.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 26, 1870. 185

++ ++ Folia pubescentia nunc glabrata, nunquam lanata vel to-
mentosa ; petioli elongati. Perigonia flavula, extus crebre hirta,
involucro minimo 4 - 5-fido paucifloro fere duplo longiora, seg-
mentis conforrnibus subrequalibus. Bracteoe baud lanatae. Pani-
cula e scapo rigidulo soepe fistuloso effuso-ramosissima, elatior,
pedieellis divaricatis capillaribus tenuissimis (semi-ultrapollicari-
bus) glaberrimis involucris multoties longioribus.

70. E. TRiCHOPODUii, Torr. in Emory, Rep. of Reconn. p. 151,
1848 (perperam E. trichopes), Bentb. in DC. 1. c. Foliis tenuiter
pubescentibus vel supra glabris ovalibus rotundisve nunc subcordatis ;
panicula3 ramis elongatis cum scapo brevi vel brevissimo rigidulis ;
pedieellis tenuissimis ; involucro semilinea sagpius breviore ; perigonii
segmentis ovato-lanceolatis. — S. W. Texas through New Mexico and
Arizona to S. E. California. In the stronger specimens the scape is
more or less fistulous, but not inflated, and, with the very branching
panicle, from one to two feet high.

71. E. inflatum, Torr. in Frem. 2d Rep. & in DC. 1. c. Foliis
hirsuto- seu velutino-pubescentibus nunc glabratis orbicularis vel ro-
tundo-cordatis ; scapo elongato superne fusiformi-inflato ; panicu-
lae ramis rigidulis inferne longe nudis, primariis raro inflatis ; pedi-
eellis capillaribus ; involucro semilinea nunc subbreviori nunc longi-
ori ; perigonii segmentis ovatis (demum lineam longis). — In dry or
desert districts of California, Arizona, and Nevada. E. cordatum,
Torr. in DC. 1. c. (of which the specimens are lost) is doubtless a
glabrate and depauperate state of this species, or possibly of the fore-
going. The two are disposed to run together.

.n. ++ ++ Folia utrinque glabra (an glabrata?) ut tota planta. Peri-
gonia involucro vix lineam longo paucifloro longissime pedicel-
lato haud longiora.

o

72. E. Gordoni, Benth. in DC. 1. c. Foliis subcoriaceis rotundis
glabris ; pedunculis e radice pluribus brevibus in paniculam repetite
dichotomam laxam divisis, ramis gracilibus ; pedieellis subcapillaribus
ultrapollicaribus erectis ; involucro turbinato-campanulato 5-dentato ;
perigonii glaberrimi (albi vel subrosei ?) segmentis exterioribus ovatis
interiora oblonga paullo superantibus ; bracteolis minute glandulosis.
— " In the Rocky Mountains on the Platte, Gordon," in herb. Hook. :
found only by Gordon, and in specimens nearly past flowering. About

vol. viii. 24

186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

a foot high, with sparse involucres. Fresh specimens of this little-
known species are most desirable. The root plainly is not peren-
nial.

+. +_ +_ Minus ramosa nunc oligocephala, pcdicellis elongatis erec-
tis. Involucra H-21 lin. longa, pluri-multiflora. Perigonium
glabrum, basi brevi turbinata. Bracteae minima?. Bracteola? in
involucro villosre. Perennia seu biennia, foliis baud cordatis,

73. E. tenellum, Torr. in Ann. Lye. N. Y. 2, p. 241. Caudice
suffruticoso multicipiti csespitosum ; foliis confertissimis ovatis nunc
rotundis longius petiolatis utrinque albo-tomentosis ; scapo seu pedun-
culo ramis panicuke 2 - 3-dichotoma3 sparsis pedicellisque elongatis
gracillimis lasvibus ; involucro turbinato-campanulato (1^-2 lin. longo)
vix plurifloro ; perigonio petaloideo albo 6-partito, segmentis disparibus
retusis vel emarginatis, exterioribus late obovatis seu orbiculatis quam
interiora lineari-oblonga paullo breviora post anthesin conniventia
multo majoribus. — Colorado, at the base of the Pocky Mountains to
N. New Mexico and W. Texas. The original E. tenellum, which de-
serves the name, is the smallest and most slender, wholly acaulescent
form, coll. in Colorado and New Mexico by James, Emory, Fendler,
Bigelow, and Parry ; the scape with the rather simple panicle hardly
a foot high, the blade of the leaves less than half an inch long, the
flower a line or in fruit a line and a half in length. Var. leptocladon,
Benth. (W. Texas, Wright), is simply larger and more robust, the
ampler and more compound panicle attaining a foot and a half or two
feet in height.

Var. caulescens (var. y. ramosissimum & E. phztyphyUum (Torr.),
Benth. in DC.) : ramis e caudice lignescente adsurgentibus (4 - 10
poll, longis) foliosis; foliis srepe majoribus lamina nunc ultra semipol-
licari ; panicula ampliore floribunda ; involucro et perigoniis fructiferis
lin. l£-2 longis. — W. Texas, Riddell, Wright, Lindheimer, and
Parry; specimens collected by the latter passing into the ordinary
E. tenellum by the scapelike peduncle and small panicle.

74. E. ciliatum, Torr. in DC. 1. c. Radice bienni seu annua ;
foliis radicalibus rosulatis obovato-spathulatis in petiolum marginatum
attenuatis prater margines costamque barbato-ciliatos glabris ; scapo
pedunculisque paucis elongatis ; involucro late campanulato multifloro
(lin. 2 longo) ; perigonio atro-rubente crassiusculo 6-fido basi turbinato,
segmentis ovatis acutis, interioribus post anthesin paullo angustioribus

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 26, 1870. 187

longioribusque. — Northern Mexico ; in the vicinity of Buena Vista,
Edwards ; Monterey, Gregg.

§ 13. Pseudo-stipulata (Substipirfata), Benth. Flos basi obtusis-
siraa cum pedicello articulatus, extus minute glandulosus. Ova-
rium glabrum. Achenium acute triquetrum. Involucra soepius-
que pedicelli Pedunculatorum. Caules ramosi foliati, sed folia
rite evoluta semper secundaria, nempe in axillis caulinorum ad
bracteas oppositas seu 3 - 4-nas stipukeformes redactorum gemina
vel fasciculata. Embryo praBcedentium. Herbse.

* Involucra sublonge pedicellata, multiflora, 5-dentata, dentibus bre-
vibus latis. Flores in pedicellis brevibus baud ultra bracteolas
exserti.

75. E. axgulosum, Benth. Eriog. p. 406, t. 18, f. 1. Annuum,
floecoso-lanosum, demum glabrescens ; caulibus erectis in paniculam
effusam repetito 2 - 3-chotomam divisis ; ramis acute 4 - 6-angulatis ;
pedicellis filiformibus patentissimis ; foliis radicalibus spathulatis vel
rotundatis, caulinis propriis bracteosformibus parvis stipulas brunneo-
scariosas mentientibus, axillaribus geminis vel fasciculatis oblongo-
linearibus lanceolatisque ; involucris brevi-campanulatis seu hemisphae-
ricis minute glandulosis nunc fere laavibus ; fructiferis demum explana-
tis bracteas internas (potius quam bracteolas) inferne lanigeras late
spathulatas vix adaaquantibus ; perigonio roseo vel albo profunde 5-
partito, segmentis exterioribus ovatis concavis, interioribus demum
longioribus lanceolato-oblongis. — California and Nevada, apparently
common. A span to a foot high, at length diffuse. Pedicels from
six to twelve lines long. Flowers barely one line long, on slender
internal pedicels which do not exceed the firm dilated bracts that
subtend them ; the proper bractlets minute and capilary, and villose-
plumose or often wanting.

76. E. Greggii, n. gp. Subpedale, e radice perenni erectum, pu-
berulum, subglandulosum ; foliis radicalibus et fasciculorum spathulatis
in petiolum marginatum attenuatis subciliatis glabellis (petiolis nunc
parce hirsutis), caulinis 3 - 4-nis lanceolatis brevibus herbaceis in och-
ream basi connatis ; pedicellis subracemosis erectis, inferioribus ultra-
pollicaribus ; . involucro turbinato-campanulato ; bracteolis tenuibus
hirsutis ; perigonio purpurascente profunde 6-fido, segmentis conformi-
bus ovato-oblongis. — N. Leon, Mexico, on a high plain near San Juan
de la Vaqueria, Gregg. Has been taken for a variety of E. ciliatum,

188 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

(and is mentioned in DC. Prodr. in a note under that species) ;
but it is very different. Flowering sterns rather simple and rigid,
bearing fascicles of leaves in most of the axils. Involucre two lines
long ; the larger of the contained bracts and bractlets lanceolate
and scarious ; the others filiform. Pedicels of the flower apparently
compressed, little exceeding a line in length, and about the length of
the perigonium.

* * Involucra alaria pleraque sessilia, minima, fere 5-partita, pau-
ciflora.

77. E. divaricatum, Hook. Kew Jour. Bot. 5, p. 265 ; Benth.
in DC. 1. c. Annuum, demissum, a basi divaricato-ramosissimum,
minute pubescens ; foliis radicalibus ovatis spathulatisque longius pe-
tiolatis, caulinis secundariis intra primaria parva stipulaaformia subu-
lato-linearia geminis conformibus superne gradatim minoribus ; peri-
gonii albidi segmentis oblongis subasqualibus. — Utah, on saline clayey
soils, within the high calcareous hills of the Upper Colorado, Geyer.
Less than a span high. Lamina of the leaf from six to three, or the
ultimate ones only one or two lines long. Flowers little over half a
line in length. All the developed leaves on the stem and branches
appear to spring from within the stipule-like true cauline ones.

§ 14. Foliosa, Benth. Flos basi brevissima acutata vel obtusa
perigonii 5-partiti cum pedicello exserto articulatus. Ovarium
glabrum. Involucra 4-8-fida vel partita, nunc in pedicellis
paniculata vel subraceraosa modo Pedunculatorum, nunc in dicho-
tomiis sessilia. Caules fbliosi : folia caulina rite evoluta, opposita
seu verticillata (ima tantum alterna) et in axillis fasciculata.
Embryo prcecedentium. Herba3 annuse.

* Salsuginosa : involucri phylla fere discreta inaequalia. Perigo-
nium fructiferum achenio acutissime triquetro arete conforme.

78. E. salsuginosum, Hook. Kew Jour. Bot. 5, p. 264. Glabrum,
diffuso-ramosissimum, usque ad apicem foliosum ; foliis subcarnosis,
imis spathulatis oblongisve, superioribus linearibus ; involucris alaribus
sessilibus paucisve ramulos seu pedunculos filiformes terminantibus
paucifloris e bracteis linearibus basi subcoalitis vel discretis ; floribus
subsessilibus ; perigonio subherbaceo extus minute hirtello, segmentis
oblongis subtequalibus apice tantum scariosis. — Utah, in the Rocky
Mountains near the sources of the Colorado, on saline clayey soils,

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JANUARY 26, 1870. 189

Nuttall, Geyer. An inch to a span high. Perigonium in fruit barely
a line long.

* * Rumiciflora: involucra plus minus pedunculata, multiflora,
profunde 5 - 8-fida, lobis linearibus foliaceis. Perigonii peta-
loidei segmentis disparibus, exterioribus basi cordatis. Folia
inferiora lata.

79. E. Abertianum, Torr. in Emory, Reconn. ; Benth. in DC.
1. c. Yillosum seu laxe molliterque pubescens, paniculato-ramosum ;
ramis fere ad apicem saspius foliatis erectis; foliis inferioribus ovatis
vel subcordatis longius petiolatis ssepius undulatis, ramealibus lanceo-
latis linearibusve subsessilibus ; pedunculis alaribus inferioribus ple-
rumque gracilibus, superioribus involucro sequilongis vel brevioribus ;
perigonii glabri rosei segmentis exterioribus orbiculatis sinu profundo
clauso cordatis quam interiora lineari-oblonga subpandurata apice
retusa multo latioribus. — W. Texas (Wright) to Chihuahua, Arizona,
&c. : apparently common. A span to a foot high, very variable in
size, foliage, &c. The enlarged exterior segments of the perigonium
become nearly two lines long, the lobes at the deeply cordate base cov-
ering the small and narrow tube of the perigonium.

* * * Spergulina: involucra effuso-paniculata in pedicellis lasvibus
capillaribus, parva, pauciflora, 5 - 8-fida. Perigonia petaloidea,
segmentis haud cordatis. Caules gracillimi, internodiis elongatis :
folia caulina angusto-linearia, marginibus nunc revolutis.

80. E. pharnaceoides, Torr. in Sitgreaves Rep. p. 167, t. 11, &
in DC. 1. c. Pubescens ; foliis subtus cano-tomentosis supra glabres-
centibus ; involucris 5 - 8-fidis 8-12-floris; bracteolis filiformibus
villosis ; perigonio glabro albo vel roseo, segmentis exterioribus latis-
sime ovatis concavis, fructiferis basi bigibbosis quam interiora oblongo-
linearia retusa brevioribus ; antheris nigricantibus. — New Mexico and
Arizona, Wright, Bigelow, Sitgreaves, Thurber, Coues and Palmer.
Commonly about a foot high ; with leaves about an inch long and a
line or less in width. Pedicels one or two inches, and involucre one
or two lines long. Perigonium when accrescent a little over a line
in length.

81. E. spergulinum, Gray in Proceed. Amer. Acad. 7, p. 389.
Tenuius ; foliis cum basi caulis parce hirsutis glandulosisque utrin-
que viridibus ; panicula magis eflfusa, pedicellis tenuissimis ; involu-

190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

cris minimis 4-fidis sesquifloris glabris ; bracteolis nullis ; perigonio
albo basi pilosulo, segmentis asqualibus cuneato-oblongis, exterioribus
obtusis vel retusis, interioribus apice truncato pi. m. eroso-tridentatis.
— California, in the Mariposa Grove, &c, Bridges, Brewer, Bolan-
der. Nevada, Anderson, Bloomer. Pedicels seldom more than an
inch long, truly capillary. Involucre only half a line, but the flower
a line or with age a line and a half long : usually only one is de-
veloped, but there is always a rudiment of a second flower. Ache-
nium lenticular.

3. OXYTHECA, Nutt. p. p., Benth. in DC. 1. c.

Involucrura pauciflorum, cyathiforrae, 4-fidum, lobis aristatenui su-
perlatis. Flores, bracte'ola?, etc. Eriogoni. Achenium lenticulare.
Radicula longa cotyledonibus orbiculatis accumbens. — Annua?, Cali-
fornia?, unica e Cordilleras Chili et Mendozre, divarieato-ramosissima>,
laxiflorre, ramis teneribus glandulis parvis pedicellatis hinc inde con-
spei-sis. — Genus Eriogono proximum, nunc speciebus novis confir-
matum.

* Tnvolucra omnia pedicellata ; pedicellis alaribus saltern inferioribus
gracillimis nudis. Folia bracteasque tantum mucronatse.

1. 0. dendroidea, Nutt. PI. Gamb. p. 169; Benth. 1. c. Effuse
cymoso-ramosissima ; foliis radicalibus lanceolatis seu lineari-lanceolatis
hirsutulis, caulinis bracteisve gradatim diminutis basi nunc subconnatis;
aristis involucri soepe inoequalibus. — Forma tenuior floribunda est
Brisegnoa Chilensis, Remy in Gay Fl. Chil. 5, p. 292, tab. 58, et
Tetraraphis apiculata, nunc Oxytheca apiculata, Miers. Forma vege-
tior magis foliata, floribus sparsis, O.foliosa, Nutt. 1. c. — This larger
foliose form was collected in Nevada near Empire City by Dr. Torrey,
and recently, in Clarence King's Expedition, by S. Watson, who also
gathered in abundance in the Douglas Range, Nevada, a very slender
and exceedingly floriferous form, quite like the South American.
All Nuttall's specimens we have seen are intermediate between the
two. The involucres vary from half a line to nearly a line in length,
not counting the awn, upon the length of which no dependence can
be placed.

* * Involucra subsessilia vel bracteis plus minus connatis suffulta.

OF ARTS ANB SCIENCES: JANUARY 26, 1870. 191

2. O. Watsoni, n. sp. Effuse ramosissima; foliis radicalibus spa-
thulatis pubescentibus ; bracteis ovatis seu ovato-lanceolatis basi tan-
turn soepius hinc connatis, superioribus decrescentibus lobisque involucri
aristis suis rigidis dimidio brevioribus. — Monitor Valley, Nevada,
Sereno Watson in C. King's Expedition, July, 18G8. A span to ten
inches high. Radical leaves an inch or more long, much broader and
blunter than those of the foregoing species. Lower bracts about two
lines long, rigid, mostly decurved, their bases commonly connate on
one side. Pedicels not more than half a line long, about the length of
the body of the involucre they support, or when apparently lengthened
then bibracteolate near their apex : the awns of these upper bracts
and of the about three-flowered involucre a line and a half or two
lines in length. Fruit not seen.

3. 0. perfoliata, n. sp. Chorizanthis perfoliatce admodum similis,
demissa, divaricato-ramosissima ; foliis glaucescentibus (srepe rubentibus
in sicco chartaceis), radicalibus spathulatis, caulinis bracteisve sursum
vix decrescentibus (internodio dimidio brevioribus), in centro perfoli-
atis disciformibus subtrigono-orbiculatis venulosis triaristulatis ; invo-
lucris in dichotomiis sessilibus solitariis, lobis subulato-lanceolatis aristis
suis aequilongis. — Nevada, Fremont, second Expedition. Unionville,
Humboldt, and Truckee valleys, on the borders of the desert, May to
July, 1868, S. Watson in C. King's Expedition. A most remarkable
species, uniformly leafy to the tips of the branches, or only the latest
eauline or rameal leaves or bracts much reduced in size : these are all
centrally perfoliate disks, from half an inch to nearly an inch in diam-
eter, manifestly composed of a whorl of three wholly connate leaves,
the slender short awns answering to their tips ; at the first fork, how-
ever, there is commonly an involucre-like whorl of three or four small
leaves, connate only at the base. Involucre a line and a half long ex-
clusive of the rigid awn, which is a prolongation of a much more con-
spicuous costa than in the other species. Flowers from four to six,
conspicuously pedicellate. Perigonium pubescent, its segments ovate
and acute. Achenium turgidly ovate-lenticular, pointed : cotyledons
thickish.

4. CENTROSTEGIA, Gray in DC. 1. c.

Involucrum 1— 3-florum, tubulosum, 5 - 6-de'ntatum, basim juxta
3 — 6-calcaratum, calcaribus divaricatis dentibusque cuspidatis seu
aristatis. Flores, fructus, etc. Chorizanthis ; foliato et inflorescentia

192 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

laxa sect. Mucronece. — Annua?, Californica?, demissas, fere glabrae, foliis
radicalibus spathulatis, ramealibus bracteisve saepius trifidis, lobis aris-
tulatis, involucris subsessilibus. Genus inter Chorizanthem (Mucro-
neam) et Oxythecam.

1. C. Thurberi, Gray, 1. c. Glabra; involucro 1 - 2-floro char-
taceo venuloso apice tantum 5-dentato, costis baud prominulis, cal-
caribus 3 grossis conicis dentibusque ovatis breviter cuspidatis ; peri-
goniisegmeutis lineari-spathulatis basin versus hirsuto-ciliatis. (Embryo
incurvo-excentricus, radicula longa.) San Felipe, Thurber, who alone
has met with it.

2. C. leptoceras, Gray in herb. Kew. Glabella ; ramis divaricatis;
involucro hirsutulo 2 - 3-floro 6-fido, dentibus lanceolato-subulatis aris-
tatis (arista unico longiore), calcaribus 6 aristiformibus apice uncinatis
tubo dimidio brevioribus ; perigonii segmentis ovalibus dorso parce
pilosis. — Plains of San Gabriel, Lobb in herb. Kew.

5. CHORIZANTHE, R. Br.

Involucrum uniflorum, gamophyllum, basi inappendiculatum, tubo
saepius angulato vel costato, dentibus lobisve 2-6 fere semper cuspide
vel arista terminatis ssepius inaequalibus. Flos inclusus vel parum
exsertus, in involucro subsessilis seu breviter pedicellatus. Perigoniura
tenue vel corollinum, 6-lobum vel 6-partitum. Stamina 9, raro 3 vel
6. Achenium trigonum. Embryo Eriogoni, nunc rectus cotyledonibus
angustioribus, nunc incurvo-excentricus vel cotyledonibus latis radicular
pi. m. accumbentibus. — Plantar humiles, involucris sessilibus cymoso-
congestis vel sparsis, foliis oppositis verticillatisque seu inferioribus
saapius alternis. — Ghorizanthe & Mucronea, Benth. Eriog. & in DC.
1. c. Acanthogomim, Torr.

§ 1. Euchorizanthe. Involucrum tubulosum, 6-dentatum, 6-
costatum, angulatum, saspius coriaceum, costis validis in cuspidem
vel aristam sajpius pi. m. uncinatam excurrentibus. Stamina
juxta basim perigonii 6-lobi inserta. Folia nunquam cordata,
integra, saltern caulina angusta basi attenuata.

* Annua?, Californica;, Scariosce, nerape iuvolucris in glomerulas
capituliformes congestis, limbo pi. m. albo-scarioso (necnon praa-
cocibus vegetioribus in dichotomiis pi'imariis solitariis ex toto
herbaceis).

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JANUARY 26, 1870. 193

-i— Involucri limbus omnino prater costas petaloideo-scariosus, rotato-
expansus, breviter 6-lobus. Caulis erectus : capitula densa.

1. C. membranacea, Bentb. Eriog. 1. c. p. 419, t. 7, f. 1. Arane-
oso-lanata ; foliis bracteisque conformibus linearibus mucrone debili ;
capitulis solitariis paucisve secus ramos subsimplices dissitis, fructiferis
iis Scabiosarum similibus ; involucro prater basim et costas validas in
aristularn excurrentes prorsus scarioso, limbo maxime dilatato. — Not
rare in California ; a most marked species.

2. C. stellttlata, Bentb. PI. Hartw. no. 1937. Hirto-pubescens,
fastigiato-ramosa ; foliis eaulinis fere linearibus ; bracteis acerosis
pungenti-aristulatis pilis rigidioribus birsutis ; capitulis subcymosis ;
involucri tubo angusto insigniter ?equaliter 6-costato (lin. 2 longo),
limbo abrupto prater costas validas in aristularn excurrentes toto albo-
scarioso quadruplo longiore ; perigonii segmentis obcordato-bilobis ;
antheris oblongo-linearibus. — Known as yet only in Hartweg's collec-
tion from the valley of the Sacramento.

3. C. Douglasii, Benth. Eriog. 1. c. Humilis, villoso-pubescens ;
foliis eaulinis spathulatis seu spathulato-lanceolatis ; bracteis acerosis
pungentibus ; capitulis saepius umbellatis globosis ; involucri circa lin.
2 longi tubo intequaliter angulato limbo brevi abrupto (albo vel roseo)
cum aristis subulatis inrequalibus 2 - 3-plo longiore ; perigonii seg-
mentis apice truncatis subcrenulatis ; antheris lineari-oblongis. — The
genuine C. Douglasii has apparently been collected only by Douglas,
and lately by Prof. Brewer, — by the latter on very dry hills in
Santa Margarita Valley, sparingly and in depauperate specimens.
The expanded scarious limb of the involucre, when not torn down, is
angulate-lobed in the manner of the preceding, i. e. the stout costa?
which project as awns are connected high up by the scarious mem-
brane. Bentham's var. Hartioegi must be united to C. pungens.

h— -t— Involucri limbus 5-partitus, nempe dentibus ad faucem usque
discretis aut margine aut fere toto albo-scariosis. Caules laxi, a
basi ramosi, saepius difFusi ; pube plus minus villosa : capitula
plerumque irregulariter paniculata : bracteas pungenti-aristatae,
supremse aristiformes. — Adsunt fere semper involucra pauca
pracociora solitaria dentibus accrescentibus herbaceis immar-
ginatis.

4. C. diffusa, Benth. PI. Hartw. no. 1938. Pilosula, tenella; foliis
plerisque radicalibus spathulatis seu oblongo-ovatis (cum petiolo 4-12
VOL. VIII. 25

194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

lin. longis) ; glomerulis parvis laxiusculis ; involucro haud ultra lineam
longo, dentibus ovatis prater costam toto scariosis cum aristis (1-2
multo majoribus tubura adrequantibus) insequalibus ; antheris ovalibus.
— Monterey, on dry and sandy plains, Hartweg ; near tbe sea-
beach, Parry (in herb. Torr.), the specimens of the latter less
pubescent and more floribund.

5. C. pungens, Benth. Eriog. 1. c. t. 19. Molliter hirsuto-villosa ;
caulibus plerumque diifusis ramosis inferne foliatis ; foliis spathulatis
vel sublanceolatis ; glomerulis irregularibus ; involucro (lin. 1 J- 2^
longo) dentibus basi herbaceis nunc latissime nunc angustius scarioso-
marginatis ovatis nunc ovato-subulatis ina^qualibus, majoribus bracteis-
que longius pungenti-aristatis ; antheris oblongis. — Apparently the
commonest species along and near the coast of California, and most
variable in size ; the larger forms coarse, with the thickish stems or
branches a foot or two long ; the depauperate forms slender, sometimes
no more than two or three inches high. The scarious margins of the
teeth of the involucre are commonly very broad and thin, but occa-
sionally narrow and inconspicuous in the dry state. C Douglasii,
var. Hartwegi, Benth. in DC. (C. nudicaulis, Benth. PI. Hartw. no.
1935, non Nutt.) is one of the stout and more upright forms of this
species, with broad and rounded scarious teeth, distinct, however, quite
to the base. O. angustifolia, \Nutt., Benth. in DC, is one of the
depauperate forms of G. pungens.

* * Annuse, Californicaa cum unica Chilensi, immarginatce, dentibus
involucri ex toto herbaceis vel coriaceis saspe corniformibus, sinu-
bus tantum scariosis.

+- Cymoso-confertifloroe, involucris in cymulis glomerulisve confertis
cum alaribus solitariis in dichotomiis. Stamina (spec, ultima ex-
cepta) 9.

++ Perigonii segmenta infra apicem pectinato-fimbriata. Erectae,
scaposa?, pedunculo nudo in cymam repetito- 2-3-chotomam diviso,
foliis omnibus radicalibus spathulatis ovalibusque, bracteis aceroso-
subulatis, flore in involucro sessili.

6. C. laciniata, Torr. in Pacif. R. R. 7, Bot. p. 19. Nana, sub-
villosa ; cyma floribunda ; involucri dentibus subulato-aristatis fere
sequalibus tubo 2 - 4-plo brevioribus ; perigonio involucro duplo longi-
ore, segmentis triangulari-lanceolatis longe crebreque fimbriatis apice

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 26, 1870. 195

caudatis. — San Felipe, California, Dr. Antisell, in Parke's Expedi-
tion. The beautifully fringed and conspicuously tail-pointed seg-
ments of the perigonium are commonly exserted two lines beyond the
orifice of the involucre.

7. C. fimbriata, Nutt. PI. Gamb. p. 1G8 ; Torr. in Pacif. R. R. 5,
Bot. t. 8. Humilis, subvillosa vel glabella ; involucri dentibus validis
subulatis aristatis tubo paullo vel dimidio brevioi'ibus ; perigonio
minus exserto, segmentis infra apicem oblongum obtusum irregulariter
lacero-fimbriatis. — Abundant on dry hills near San Diego, Nuttall,
Parry, Thurber, &c, and east to the Mohave River, Thomas, Cooper,
&c. This was collected by Botta many years ago, from whose speci-
mens, preserved at the Jardin des Plantes, a drawing was long ago
made by Decaisne and engraved for Mirbel, who was to have pub-
lished Botta's collection.

•n- -n- Perigonii segmenta integerriina vel apice tantum crenulata.
Caules subundi.

8. C. staticoides, Benth. Eriog. 1. c. Erecta (bipollicaris ad
pedalem) ; foliis plerisque radicalibus spathulatis oblongis rotundisve
hirsutulis subtus plerumque tomentosis ; cyma effuse corymbosa ; invo-
lucri dentibus subulatis breviter aristatis seu aristulatis, inrequalibus,
majorihus tubo angusto 2 - 3-plo brevioribus. — G. nudicaule & C. dis-
color, Nutt. 1. c. From San Luis Obispo and Santa Barbara County,
Brewer, Torrey, to San Diego, Nuttall, &c, and Fort Tejon, Xantus
(published as C. procumbens).

9. C. proctoibens, Nutt. 1. c, Benth. in DC. Demissa, sub-
hirsuta ; foliis spathulatis ; ramis (poll. 2-4 longis) diffusis vel de-
cumbentibus ; cymulis irregularibus paniculatis ; involucri dentibus
corniformibus subulato-aristatis, 2-4 majoribus tubo parum brevi-
oribus. C. uncinata, Nutt. 1. c. — San Diego, &c, Nuttall, Thurber,
Blake. A depressed plant, very fragile with age, and the awns more
constantly uncinate than in related species. Tube of the involucre
barely a line long.

10. C. uniaristata, n. sp. Diffusa, pube molli subcinerea ; foliis
spathulatis subtus piloso-pubescentibus ; cymulis laxiusculis ; bracteis
aristatis ; involucri dentibus corniformibus, unico arista recta valida
tubo brevi-oblongo paullo vel subduplo longiore, ceteris cuspide
brevi superatis ; staminibus 3. — New Idria, California, in very dry
places, Brewer. Achenium slender. Embryo straight or very

196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

slightly incurved : cotyledons linear-oblong, nearly twice the length
of the radicle.

■h- J— Paniculato-laxiflora?. Stamina 3 — 6.

11. C. brevicornu, Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound, p. 177. Cinereo-
puberula, subspithamrea ; foliis plerisque radicalibus nunc linearibus
nunc obovato-spathulatis ; bracteis parvulis uncinato-mucronatis ; invo-
lucris angustis prismaticis secus ramos subsimplices panicute plerisque
dissitis, dentibus subasqualibus subulato-aristulatis recurvis tubo (lin.
2 — 3 longo vix semilineam lato) 3 - 5-plo breviore ; perigonii lobis
integerrimis ; starninibus 3. — S. E. California to the Gila and Ne-
vada, Fremont, Parry, Newberry, Watson, the latter from Truckee
Valley, near the desert, and different from other specimens in the
spatulate-obovate instead of almost linear leaves. No well-developed
or exserted flowers seen.

12. C. COmmissuralis, Remy, Fl. Chil., the only annual species
not North American, is most related to G. brevicornu, is similar in
habit and inflorescence, and in the narrow involucre, but is more
downy. The flowers examined have six stamens, and are not quite
sessile in the involucre. Embryo straight; cotyledons narrow.

* * * Perennes suffrutescentes, Chilenses, involucris corymboso-
glomeratis, dentibus herbaceis quandoque muticis.

13. C. virgata, Benth., 14. C. pedunctjlaris, Benth., 15. C.
Macr^ei, Benth., 16. C. ramosissima, Benth., 17. C. paniculata,
Benth., 18. C. vaginata, Benth., 19. C. frankenioides, Remy,
20. C. glabresceks, Benth.; vide DC. Prodr. 14, p. 24. Of these
Chilian perennial species we have nothing to remark. Most of them
have a pretty long cylindraceous tube to the perigonium, on which the
stamens are borne either below the middle or near the base.

§ 2. Mucronea. Involucrum 2 - 4-quetrum, 2 - 4-lobatum, char-
taceo-coriaceum, lobis herbaceis arista recta superatis. Stamina
9, basi perigonii 6-partiti inserta. Annua?, Californica?, nunquam
tomentosaa, divergenti-ramosissima?, involucris in dichotomiis et
secus ramulos graciles paniculatos sparsis, foliis in sicco perga-
maceis, caulinis bracteisque conformibus sursum sensim minori-
bus amplexicaulibus pi. m. stellato-trilobis, lobis cuspidatis vel
aristatis. Flos in involucro breviuscule seu longiuscule pedicel-
latus.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 26, 1870. 197

21. C. perfoliata, Gray in Proceed. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1860.
Hirsutula, subglandulosa seu glabella ; foliis caulinis perfoliatis ; invo-
lucro tetraquetro quadridentato, dentibus breviter inoequaliter subulato-
aristatis ; perigonii segmentis versus apicem laciniatis. (Embryo rec-
tus.) — Fort Tejon, California, Xantus. On very dry rocky bills,
near San Luis Obispo and Mt. Oso, Brewer. " Wbole plant turning
bright scarlet."

22. C. Californica, Gray, I. c. Hirsutior ; foliis caulinis am-
plexicaulibus, superioribus alte trilobis ; involucro compresso ssepis-
sime bilobo subasqualiter biaristato, rarius 3 - 4-quetro aristis additis
brevioribus; perigonii segmentis integerrimis. Mucronea Californica,
Bentb. Eriog. p. 416, t. 20. — Found, so far as we know, only by
Douglas, Nuttall, and Parry, and only in the vicinity of San Diego.
In Parry's specimens the angles and teeth of the involucre are com-
monly three or four.

§ 3. Acanthogonum. Involucrum 3 - 5-dentatum seu lobatum,
coriaceum, tubo transverse venuloso vel corrugato, lobis inas-
qualibus immarginatis. Stamina 6-9, fauci perigonii 6-lobi in-
serta : fllamenta brevia : anthers breves. Annua?, Californica?,
nana?, foliis ovatis spathulatisve integris petiolatis muticis, involu-
cris pi. m. glomeratis. Flos in involucro pedicellatus, tenuiter
bracteolatus.

The genus Acanthogonum, Torr., seemed to rest securely upon its
three-lobed and angled involucre, the faucial insertion of the stamens,
and the remarkable spiny bracts. But a second species was after-
wards added with a tei*ete involucre ; and now we must associate
with these two others which in different ways connect with Chorizanthe,
leaving only the character of the insertion of the stamens, — which,
moreover, in A. corrugatum, is not quite so high as in the others, while
in some Chilian species of Chorizanthe they are borne rather far up
on the tube.

* Involucrum late triquetrum, tricostatum, dentibus lobisve 5: brac-
teae innocuae.

23. C. polygonoides, n. sp. Diffuso-rauiosissima, depressa, laxe
hirsuto-pubescens ; foliis bracteisque spathulatis petiolatis muticis,
summisve minimis tantum mucronatis ; involucris laxius paniculato-
glomeratis demum induratis obpyramidato-triquetris tricostatis, lobis 3
triangulato-subulatis in aristam spinescentem apice subhamatam desi-

198 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

nentibus cum 2 intermediis parvis vel minimis; staminibus 6, filamentis
brevissimis. — " Reservoir Hill," Placerville, California, Mr. Rattan.
An insignificant weedy plant, three or four inches high, the branches
when old fragile at the joints, as in many other species, in habit resem-
bling O. procumbens. Fruiting involucre with its broadly obpyramidal
tube a line and a half long, glabrate ; the longer and widely divergent
lobes with the pungent stout awn about the same length, or even longer;
the two intermediate and much smaller pungent-pointed teeth not arising
from any obvious costal. Tube of the perigonium cylindraceous ; the
stamens some of them opposite and some alternate with the lobes.
Achenium and seed ovate-pyramidal. Embryo as in the following.

* * Involucrum trigonum, 6-costatum, trifidum : bracteae spini-
formes.

24. C. rigid A. P)rgmpea,primum lanata; caule Q--2-pollicari) parum
ramoso demum crassiore lignescente ; foliis ovatis seu obovatis subtus
albo-tomentosis longe petiolatis ; involucris in axillis sessilibus solita-
riis vel confertis bracteis elongatis aristreformibus seu lanceolatis
spinescenti-cuspidatis demum induratis suffultis, lobis 3 inaaqualibus
ovato- seu triangulari-lanceolatis cuspide spinescente recta terminates
tubo brevi-campanulato (majore duplo) longioribus ; perigonii tubo
cylindraceo basi obtuso ; staminibus 9. Acanthogonum rigidnm, Torr.
Pacif. R. R. 4 (Bot. Whipp.), p. 132, & 5, p. 365, & Bot. Mex.
Bound, p. 177 (excl. ref. "tab. 8"). — On the desert of S. E. Califor-
nia and the neighboring parts of Arizona and New Mexico, Bigelow,
A. B. Gray, Thomas, Newberry, Cooper, Parry ; also Nevada as far
north as Truckee Valley, Watson. The older plants horrid with the
tufted bracteal spines, of which the larger are about an inch in
length. Stamens perhaps always 9. The older involucres thin and
scarious between the reticulations. Cotyledons orbicular, accumbent
on the base of the slender curved radicle.

* * * Involucrum tubo tereti angusto, costis obsoletis, dentibus 3
vel 5 cum bracteis parvulis breviter cuspidatis. Herbse exiles,
caule 1 - 3-pollicari demum subcymoso-ramoso.

2o. C. corrugata. Albido-lanata ; foliis ovatis seu ovali-rotun-
dis longe petiolatis ; involucris demum subcymosis, lobis 3 ovato-lan-
ceolatis cum bracteolis herbaceis cuspide recurva apiculatis tubo subcla-
vato eximie corrugato (fructifero fere tuberculato) sublongioribus; tubo
perigonii basi attenuato ; staminibus 6 — 9. Acanthogonum corruga*

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 26, 1870. 199

tinn, Torr. Pacif. E. R. 5, p. 364. — In the same district as the preced-
ing, near Fort Yuma, Gen. Thomas. Tube of the involucre nearly
two lines long, cylindrical with an attenuated base.

26. C. Watsoni, n. sp. Canescenti-pubescens ; foliis angusto-
spatbulatis lanceolatisve ; involucris subsparsis paniculatis, dentibus 5
valde ina?qualibus cum bracteis parvulis aceroso-subulatis cuspide
recurva superatis, unico (rarius duobus) majori seu foliaceo-ampliato
tubo cylindrico pedicelliformi la?vi nunc subrequilongo, caeteris subulatis
parvis ; tubo perigonii cylindrico ; stamiuibus 9 ; embryone recto, coty-
ledonibus linearibus radicula longioribus. — Nevada, on the borders of
the desert, Humboldt, Reese-River, and Grass valleys, Torrey, Stretch,
C. Watson in Clarence King's Expedition. Leaves small. Involucre
one and a half or at length two lines long, most of the five teeth about
half a line long, but the enlarged foliiform one oval, oblong, or lanceo-
late : sometimes two or three of them are more or less accrescent.
Flower on a slender pedicel. Seed linear-subulate. Cotyledons re-
markably long and slender.

6. LASTARRLEA, Remy.

Involucrum nullum. Flores cymoso-glomerati : perigonium coriaceo-
herbaceum, 6-dentatum, involucrum Chorizanthis admodum simulans,
dentibus subulatis cuspide recurva uncinata terminatis. Stamina 3, fauci
perigonii inserta, lobis interioribus opposita, brevia, utrinque dente
membranaceo seu filamento sterili comitata. Ovarium sessile. Ache-
nium triquetrum. Embryo subarcuatus, cotyledonibus angustis, ra-
dicula longioribus. — Herbula annua multicaulis, foliis linearibus,
floralibus bracteisve oblongis seu lanceolatis verticillatis cuspide
recurva uncinata armatis tenacibus.

1. L. Chilensis, Remy in Gay, Fl. Chil. 5, p. 289, t. 58, f. 1 ;
DC. Prodr. 14, p. 186. Chili, Bertero, Gillies. — California, J. Blake:
station unknown ; but probably introduced at some time from Chili,
perhaps in the fleece of sheep and cattle, as the hooked cusps or short
and stout awns of the bracts and calyx are tenacious, and the joints
very fragile.

7. PTEROSTEGIA, Fischer & Meyer.

Involucrum monophyllum ! tenue, primum florem sessilem fulcrans
eodemque brevius, rotundatum, pi. m. bilobum, fructiferum valde am-
pliatum, scariosum, achenium laxe amplectens, vesiculosum, reticula-

200 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

turn, dorso bigibberoso-saccatum. Perigoniuin 6- (raro 5-)partitum,
segmentis oblongo-lanceolatis requalibus. Stamina segmentis perigonii
numero requalia, basi eorum inserta, quandoque pauciora. Acbeuium
triquetrum. Embryo in albumine carnoso vel farinoso copioso excen-
tricus, cotyledonibus orbiculatis radicular accumbentibus. — Herbas an-
nua^ Californicae, caulibus tenuibus dicbotomo-ramosissimis diffusis, foliis
oppositis, inferioribus s*pe bilobis lobis nunc iterum 2-3-lobatis, superi-
oribus quandoque pi. m. crenulato-denticulatis; involucris primum mini-
mis terminalibus alaribusque subsessilibus ; floribus flavidulis parvis.

The involucre has been, as we suppose, wrongly described as di-
phyllous. It is rightly said by Hooker (in Bot. Beechey) to be " two-
lobed." These lobes may answer each to one of a pair of leaves, like
the cauline, but united on one side, in a manner sometimes observed in
the bracts of Oxytlteca ; but we are confident that the whole rather
answers to a single bracteolar leaf, which is two-lobed after the fashion
of the lower cauline leaves ; and so is homologous (not with the invo-
lucre of Eriogonum but) with a bractlet in Nemacaulis* Bentham's
view (in Bot. Sulph. & DC. Prodr. 14, p. 27), first, that there are a
pair of these involucral leaves, and second, that each is composed of
three leaves, the contiguous margins of which expand into the dorsal
wings or crests, is most of all untenable. These crests are gibberosities,
one for each lobe, sometimes shallow or inconspicuous, sometimes very
deep and large, and crest-like or wing-like.

1. P. drymarioides, Fischer & Meyer, Ind. Sem. Petrop. 2, p. 23,
& Sert. Petrop. fasc. 3, tab. fol. ; Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beech, t. 90.
Tenella, pilosulo-pubescens ; foliis inferioribus longe petiolatis flabelli-
formibus obcordato-bilobis seu emarginatis nunc bis bilobis, superioribus
ramealibusque rotundatis obovatis spathulatisque haud raro crenulato-
denticulatis ; involucro fructifero (lin. l~13rlongo) profundius bilobo
margine dentato vel laciniato. P. microphylla, diphylla, & var. biloba,
Nutt. PI. Gamb. 1. c. — Common in California along the coast : very
variable.

2. P. macroptera, Benth. Sulph. p. 44. Major, rigidior ; ramis
junioribus cano-pubescentibus ; foliis (ramealibus) spathulatis integer-
rimis subcarnosis vix petiolatis ; involucro fructifero (semipollicari)
margine sinuato. — Bay of Magdalena, Lower California, Hinds.

* Payer, who in his Organogenie, tab. 64, has well shown its development, we
find, takes a similar view.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: FEBRUARY 8, 1S70. 201

Six Hundred and seventeenth Meeting.

February 8, 1870. — Monthly Meeting.

The President in the chair.

The President called the attention of the Academy to the
recent decease of Overbeck, at Rome, of the Foreign Honorary
Members.

Dr. E. H. Clark made a communication on the results of
an analysis of one thousand cases of disease in general practice,
as to the curative action of drugs.

Dr. Bowditch made a communication, illustrated by a chart,
on the apparent connection of cloudy days and mortality from
consumption, for the period from 1811 to 1857, and in this
vicinity.

Two papers by Mr. G. W. Hill were presented at the meet-
ing of December 11, 1869.

The following problem seems to possess some interest, and I have
not, in my reading, met with any discussion of it : —

To determine the elements of the orbit of a planet or satellite,
which moves in a circle in the plane of the ecliptic, from three obser-
vations of its direction from the earth, made at equal intervals of time ;
the positions of the earth and the central body at these times being
known, but the sum of the masses of the central body and the planet
or satellite being unknown.
Or, geometrically stated, —

In a plane, given a point as centre and three straight lines, required
to describe a circle, so that the arcs intercepted between the first and
second, and the second and third, lines may be equal.

Let generally R denote the distance of the central body from the
earth ;
" " L its longitude as seen from the earth ;

" " r the radius of the orbit of the planet ;

" " A its longitude as seen from the earth ;

" " x its longitude as seen from the central body.

Moreover, employ the subscripts (_-,) , (0) , (x) , to denote the special
values of the above quantities, which have place respectively at the
three times of observation in their order.
VOL. VIII. 2fi

202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

If a perpendicular be let fall from the central body on the straight
line which joins the earth and the body whose orbit is to be deter-
mined, its length is obviously

Ji sin (X — L) ;

another expression for the length of the same line is

rsin (x— *X).

Hence for the three times of observation, the three equations

r sin (x_i — X_0 = #_i sin (X_1—L_1),
r sin (xo — *o) = ^o sin (X0 — L0),
r sin (xi — X:) = i?x sin (Xx — Lx).

But since the orbit is circular, x increases uniformly with the time,
and consequently xo — X-i = Xi — Xo = V suppose.
Thus the above equations may be written

r sin (xo — n — X_j) = I2_1 sin (X_x — Z_j) = a_v
r sin (Xo — X0 ) = ^o sin (X0 — L0 ) = a0,
r sin (x0 + rj — Xx) = Rx sin (Xx — Lx ) = ax,

which serve to determine the three unknown quantities r, xo> and 77 ;
and it will be noticed that their right-hand members are known quan-
tities.

If the sum of the masses of the central body and the body whose
orbit is sought is denoted by /z, and the common interval of time be-
tween the observations by t,

thus, if ft were known, two observations would suffice to determine the
orbit ; but if fi is not known, 77 must be regarded as an independent
unknown quantity. Hence the necessity for the restriction put at the
end of the statement of the problem. Also by this restriction the
problem is made to depend on the solution of an algebraical equation
instead of a transcendental one.

The equations can be simplified by taking two unknown quantities,
<•> and a, instead of xo ar>d q, such that

Xx + X_!

= Xo —

2
Xi-X_i

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 8, 1870. 203

and putting

3 — g X°-

Then the equations become

r sin (a — <r) = a_v

r sin (« -|- S) = a0,

r sin (J -{- <r) = ax.
Or,

«i 4- a-i

r sin g> cos o- = -=— ! -.

2

r sin (co -|- 5) = «0,

ai — a _ i
r cos or sin o- = -.

If r sin » and r cos <a are eliminated from these equations, and we
make

«i + a-i

2 a0

Ql — <* — l

- cos 8 = a = c cos £,
sin S = b = c sin /3,

2a0

where c may be taken as positive and the quadrant of /3 becomes deter-
minate, or /3 may be assumed between the limits ± 90°, there will be
obtained, for the determination of <r, the equation

sin 2 a- = 2 c sin (a- -\- /3).
The computation of c and /3 may be facilitated by introducing the
auxiliary quantities k and (, such that

k sin f = -p —

V2a0

£ cos £ = -rj— ,

V2a0
then

c cos /3 = & cos (4o° — f) cos S.

c sin /3 = £ sin (45° — £) sin 8.
It is evident that the determination of o- depends on the solution of
an equation of the fourth degree ; but its value can be very readily
obtained from the above equation by the tentative process ; and then
r and o> by means of the equations

aok cos (45° — Q

r sin &>

r cos a

cos a-
a0 k sin (45° — £)

sin a-
and finally xo and rj by means of the relations given above.

204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

There is a very simple geometrical construction of the roots of the
equation in a. Making cos o- = x> and sm v = V' tne values of x and
y are the co-ordinates of the intersections of the curves whose equa-
tions are

x2 + f=h

(x~a)(j-b) = ab

Consequently, if we construct the equilateral hyperbola whose equa-
tion is

xy=±l,

and from a point on it, whose co-ordinates are

.1 a

yl = -

V ±ab'

• iab'

as centre, we describe a circle, whose radius is , and then draw

V/±ab

radii to the points of intersection of the curves, the angles made by these
radii with the x axis °f co-ordinates are the values of or. Since the
centre of the circle is on the hyperbola, there are at least two intersec-
tions, and thus the equation in o- has at least two real roots. The geo-
metrical construction readily affords the condition which a and b must
satisfy in order that there may be four real roots. The condition is,
that the length of the straight line drawn from the point a, b, on the hy-
perbola whose equation is

xy=ab

normal to the opposite branch, shall be less than unity. The equation
to the normal which passes through the point %", y" on this curve, is

x"(x-x")-y"(y-f) = o.

The condition that it passes through the point a, b, gives

X (X - a) - y" (y" - b) = 0,

X V" = a b.

If we multiply the first of these by x"% we get

X"*(X" — a) -ab(ab — b *") = 0,

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 8, 1870. 205

or, rejecting the useless factor \ — a,

X"3 + a b2 = 0,
whence

x" = - vTb2,

and by interchanging a and b,

y" = - f^.

And thus the length of the normal

y/ tf - a)2 + (/ - b)2 = [(a + ^Tb2)2 + (b + ^b)2]1

= [a3 -j- baj2.

Consequently,

if a3 _j_ b? <^ 1, there will be four real roots ;

" af -4_ bf = 1, there will be four, and two will be equal ;

« a3 _|_ bs ^> 1, there will be only two real roots.

We will now show how to arrive at a direct solution of the problem
by the employment of trigonometric formulas. If tan <r is taken for
the unknown quantity, the equation, on which the solution of the prob-
lem depends, is

[c cos /3 tan <r -\- c sin /3]2 (1 -f" tan2 o-) = tan2 o-,

or if we put tan a- = x>

(x + tan^(x2+l)=^,
or, expanded,

x< + 2 tan /3. x3 + ^=^ x2 + 2 tan /3.x + tan2/3 = 0.

A quantity p may be assumed, such that this biquadratic shall be
resolved into the two quadratics

„ . _ sin a cos (/3 -4- w) , a , A

y -+- 2 — „ y -4- tan |8 tan u = 0,

x ~ cos 0 cos 2 /i A ' M r

„ _ cos u sin (/3 — u) . _ - . A

y2 4- 2 — — y -4- tan /3 cot u = 0.

x ~ cos /3 cos 2 /* * ' M ^

That this is possible will be evident on multiplying the left-hand
members of these equations together, for after some reductions easy to
make, all the coefficients, with the exception of that of y2, will be found

'206 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

to be identical with those of the biquadratic ; and consequently 11 is
determined by the equation

tan 0 [tan M + cot,.] + 2 *" ^ M sin (0 - ,.) cos (0 + M) = C-l

L r ' rj ' cos3 /3 cos2 2 /i c2 cos2 /3'

or

c2 sin 2 0 c2 sin 2 /. [sin 2 /x — sin 2 0] 2

sin 2 /x 1 — sin2 2 ti '

or

^3

sin3 2 it -f (c2 — 1) sin 2 /i — c2 sin 2 0 = 0.

That this cubic will always give at least one real value for p, is evi-
dent on making in the left-hand member sin 2 ti successively equal to

— 1, 0, and -j- 1 ; the results obtained are

— c2 (1 -f- sin 2 j8), always negative ;

— c2 sin 2 0, negative or positive, according to the sign of sin 2 0 ;
-(- c2 (1 — sin 2 0), always positive.

Moreover, it is plain that there is one real value of /., which makes
sin 2 n and sin 2 0 have like signs ; this value we shall adopt.
Making, according as e2 is greater or less than unity,

c2 = sec2, y, or c2 = cos2 y ',

the above cubic is solved by these formulae (see Chauveuet's Trigo-
nometry, p. 96), it being necessary to make three different cases.

tan <f> =

Case I.
2 sin2 y tan y
VH sin 2 0 '

tan yf/ = tan ~,

2
sin 2 a = -7= tan y cot 2 \Jr.
^3 ' r

Case n.

2 sin 7' tan2 y
sin <£ = — 7=^ '-,

V 27 sin 2/3

tan y = tan —,

. -, 2 .

sin z u = — — sin v cosec 2 sir.
^3 r

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 8, 18T0. 207

Case III.

sin 3 0= V^si"^,
2 sin y' tan2 y'

2
sin 2j* = — sin y' sin (0 ± 60°).

V o

When $ is impossible in Case II., the formulas of Case III. must
be used; and the upper or lower member of the double sign in the
second equation must be taken according as sin 2 /3 is positive or nega-
tive ; in order that sin 2 /x may have the same sign with sin 2 fi. All
the auxiliary angles (f>, \^, and fi may be taken between the limits
± 90°. Since sin 2 fi sin 2 /x is always positive, tan fi tan fi and tan
fi cot fi are so likewise, since they are respectively equivalent to

sin 2 fi sin 2 /u sin 2 /3 sin 2 /a

j 2~o 2 and - — . . „ .

4 cos' fi cos11 /x 4 cos- fi sin- /x

Let us take two auxiliary angles 6 and ff, determined by the equa-
tions

. _ tan? fi tan* /x cos fi cos 2 /x

Sin - 8 -. t-t — : r ,

sin 2 ff = -
or by the equations

sin 2 6 = q:

sin /x cos (fi -4- fi)

tan* fi cot* ii cos /3 cos 2 /x
cos /x sin (fi — li)

cos 2 fj. /sin 2 /3

1 + /0 Vsi

cos 03 + /x) y sin 2 /x'

. . /1, cos 2 u /sin 2 fi

Sm 2 ' = T sin 03 - M) V smT^'

where the upper or lower of the signs must be taken according as

cos fi . . . cos fi . . ,

- in the first and in the second are positive or negative ;

sin n cos /x °

and 2 5 and 2 ff may also be taken within the limits ± 90°. The four
values of x or tan a are then

tan a = tan* /3 tan' ^ tan #,
tan a = tan* /3 tan* /x cot 0,
tan o- = tan* fi cot* /x tan ff,
tan o- = tan* fi cot* /i cot ff.

If the value of sin 2 0 or of sin 2 ^ does not fall within the limits

208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

± 1, it indicates that the two corresponding values of tan o- are imagi-
nary. The ambiguity in the determination of o- from its tangent is to
be removed by taking it in that quadrant which permits the equation

sin 2 a = 2 c sin (o- -\- /3)
to be satisfied.

Although all these roots will satisfy the equations with which we

began this discussion, yet they do not all necessarily belong to the

problem. The reason of this is, that the three equations are not a

complete statement of all the conditions of the problem. If we denote

by A the distance of the body, whose orbit we are determining, from

the earth, we shall have

A_j = r cos (Xo — v — A_i) + -R-i cos (X_x — L_{),
A0 = r cos (xo — Xo) + ^o cos (X0 — L0),

Ax =r cos (Xo + 7 — *i) + -#i cos (xi — A)-
The conditions of the problem demand that A_x, A0 and Ax shall be
essentially positive. Hence, if any system of values of r, xo and rj ren-
ders any of these quantities negative, it must be rejected. These re-
jected solutions really belong to the problem when one or more of the
quantities X_x, X0 and X2 are increased by 180°. In fact, on referring
to the equations with which we started, we see they are not altered
when any one of the quantities X is increased by 180°. The geometri-
cal statement of the problem is more comprehensive than the applica-
tion of it to the discovery of the elements of circular orbits. Instead
of the above criteria for the rejection of solutions not applicable, the
following, which is simpler, may be used, viz. that x always must lie
in the angle between L -\- 180° and X which is less than 180°.
This example is added for the sake of illustration : —
Suppose in the case of Venus revolving about the sun we have these
data,

Wash. Mean Time. A L log R

1869 Jan. 1.0 250° 22' 59".l 281° 24' 54".9 9.9926528
" June 15.0 94 37 54. 9 84 33 34. 1 0.0069342

" Nov. 27.0 292 3 21. 2 245 32 49. 3 9.9939666

There will be found

log a_! = 9.7048977n, log a0 = 9.2497072, log ay — 9.8545925,
log* =0.5426896, £ =324° 41' 4."52, 8 = 176°35' 15."25,
loga =9.7678074n, log b =9.3111404.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 8, 1870. 209

Constructing the equilateral hyperbola whose equation is xy = — 1,
and the circle whose radius is 2.89, and the co-ordinates of its centre
x ■=. -j- 1.G9, y' = — 0.59, we find the two roots of the equation in <r,
a- = 7^°, o- = 24H°. In fact, the value of a? -f- W = 1.0475 shows
that the equation has, in this case, but two real roots. Pursuing the
calculation,

log c = 9.7928205, /3 = 160° 44' 24".60, y' = 51° 38' 20".85.

Case II. is to be used here.

</> = — 50° 40' 40".00, ty = — 37° 56' 3".23, /* = — 34° 30' 27".50
6 = 14° 49' 46".36, ff is impossible, which confirms the preceding
statement about the number of real roots ; and the values of o- are

o- = 7° 23' 36".9o and <r = 241° 37' 18".04.

If we employ the tentative process with the equation

sin 2 <r = 2 c sin (a- -f- ]3),

we shall get o- = 7° 23' 36".97 and <r = 241° 37' 17".95 ; as these
values are more accurate, we shall use them. The two solutions are

a = 1° 16' 6".99, » — 197° 31' 54".15,

log r = 0. 6767422, log r = 9.8624217,

Xo = 272° 29' 17".14, Xo = 108° 45' 4".30,

t) = 28 13 48 .02, t) = 262 27 29 .00.

On applying the above-mentioned criteria, the first solution is seen
to be inadmissible, it makes An and Ax negative. If both X0 and A: are
increased by 180°, the solution will apply. The given example has
then but one solution. Below we give a comparison between the val-
ues of the elements of Venus's orbit as found in this example, and those
of the " Tables " ; the differences are of course to be attributed to the
neglect of the eccentricity and inclination of the orbit, and in a smaller
degree to aberration and perturba ions.

From the Example. From the Tables.

Mean Distance from the sun 0.7284868 0.7233323

Mean Longitude Jan. 1.0 1869 206° 17' 35".30 204° 57' 28".89
Mean Motion in Julian Year 2091552".2 2106641".438

vol. vnr. 27

210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

New Method for facilitating the Conversion of Longitudes and Lati-
tudes of Heavenly Bodies, near the Ecliptic, into Right Ascensions
and Declinations, and vice versa.

In the computation of a Lunar Ephemeris, the conversion of the lon-
gitudes and latitudes into right ascensions and declinations forms no
inconsiderable part of the work to be done. Prof. Hansen, at the end
of his " Tables de la Lune," has given some tables, with the view of
diminishing the amount of labor required in this conversion.

But their employment seems to me to possess little, if any, advantage
over the use of the ordinary formula? of spherical trigonometry. I pro-
pose the following method, which perhaps in a slight degree is more
ready than that of Prof. Hansen.

Designating the right ascension, declination, longitude, latitude, and
the obliquity of the ecliptic respectively by a, 8, I, b and e, we have the
following equations

sin S = cos e sin b -f- sin e cos b sin I

. , . sin e . n ,. . sin e . n ,.

= cos e sin b -\ — sin (/ -\- b) -\- — — sin (/ — o),

6 + & + S

cos ■

a + 6h 2 / _[_ 90°

tan ___ - - e _ tan -31

cos i—J

The first equation is well known, the second is easily derived from
the known formula, expressed in the usual notation,

A B sin (s — c)
tan — tan — = ^ -,

2 2 sin s

when we remember that, in considering the triangle, formed by the
heavenly body and the poles of the equator and ecliptic, A, B, s and

c are replaced by 90° + a, 90° — I, 90° -f e ~ ^ + 8) and e.

Suppose we were to tabulate the functions cos e sin A and ~— — sin A

for a certain value of e (as 23° 27' 20" which is nearly its value at
present), and in small side tables put the variations of these functions

for increments of 1", 2" 9" in e ; we should have the value of sin 8

by entering the first table with the argument A = b, and the second
successively with the arguments A = I -j- b and A = I — b, and

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 8, 1870. 211

adding the results thus obtained, after having corrected them for the
deviation of the value of e from that adopted in the tables. After
which the value of 8 could be obtained from a table of natural sines.
For the case of the moon, the first function would need tabulation only
between the limits A = 0° and A = 5° 17' ; it might be tabulated for
every 10". The second would have to be tabulated from 0° to 90°;
it might be given for every minute of arc. The number^ in these ta-
bles might be rendered always positive by adding a constant to them ;
as, for instance, 0.1 to the first function, and 0.2 to the second; and
thus the addition of the three terms of sin 8 be made easier.

We should then have to subtract 0.5 from the sum, in order to get
sin 8 ; or we might prepare a special table, which, with the argument
0.5 -f- sin 8, should give 8. But by the addition of these constants, the
extent of the tables would be doubled, as it would be necessary to tab-
ulate the numbers which correspond to negative values of the argu-
ments.

The factor by which tan — ^ must be multiplied to obtain tan

a -4- fih

— ^ — is always positive, and, e being regarded as constant, is a func-

id

tion of b -f- 8, and, for negative values of b -f- 8, its value is the recip-
rocal of that which corresponds to positive values of b -4- 8. Moreover,
when b -j- 8 is a tolerably small angle, it does not differ much from
unity, and varies very uniformly. In the case of the moon b -{- 8
rarely exceeds the limits ± 34°, and the common logarithm of this
quantity lies .between 9.9447979 and 0.0552021 ; and its rate of change
per minute of arc in b -\- 8 varies only from 262 to 289 units of the
seventh decimal place. We may, with the better advantage, tabulate

the function

. e — A e -f- A
log cos — log cos ,

for every minute of arc of the argument A from 0° to 34°, with the

I _t_ 90°
precept that it is to be subtracted from log tan ■— ^- — when b -|- 8 is

a positive angle, but added when b -4- 8 is negative. It will be neces-
sary to append to the table the variation of the function for a change

in e. The functions log tan (45° -j- — ) arid log tan (45° -f- — ) can be

found from the logarithmic tables, but some labor would be spared had

we tables which gave log tan (45° -\- — ) with the argument A both

212 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

in arc and time; which tables would be useful in many other cases, since
this function is frequently met with in trigonometric formulas.

The modifications necessary in applying this method to the inverse
problem of determining the longitude and latitude from the right as-
cension and declination are obvious. The variations due to the change
of the obliquity might perhaps be neglected in using the tables, espe-
cially in the* case of the declination, and computed at the end by means
of the very simple formula?

da ^

-3— = — tan 8 cos a,

a e

d8

-r- = sin a.

de

Take this example for illustration : —

On January 14.0, 1871, G. M. T. we have in the case of the moon,

I = 206° 40' 35."9 * = 23° 27' 19."81

b = + 5 3 16.0 From Tab. I., Arg. b, + 0.0808224

— 1.7 X (Af =-019) 0
/ 4- b = 211 43 51.9 From Tab. II., Arg. 1 + b, — 0.1046706

— 11.7 X Ai +2
I — b = 201 37 19.9 From Tab. II., Arg. I — b, — 0.0733354

— 8.2 X Ae +2

b— — 5 34 37.16 sin 8 — 0.0971832

b + 8 = — 0 31 21.16 log tan 148° 20' 17."95 9.7900662

a — 13h 46m 19M2 From Tab. III., to be added, 0.0008223

4- 0.09 XAf 0

n

log tan 9h 53m 98.56 9.7908885n

The objection to this method is, that so many arguments I -\-b,l — b,

b -\- 8, 45° 4 > and a from 45° -|- -5 are to be formed ; but this is

confessedly less fatiguing than the taking of tabular quantities from a
table.

It may be allowed to notice here a series, which determines a in
terms of I, viz. : —

2 t_ e 4__ b 4- 8
2

a = I 4- ~ tan z tan - ~T " cos I

— - tan2 - tan2 "T" sin 2 I

— 7 tan3 - tan3 — £ — cos 3 I
3 2 2

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES I FEBRUARY 8, 1870.

213

4- - tan4 - tan4 — !— - sin 4 /

4 2
+ &C

As tan — tan ~*~ , in the case of the moon, is always between the

limits ± — , the above series is, for this body, quite convergent.

OX

f — A

cos

I add the values of the function log

cos

+ A

, computed for every

degree from 0° to 35° of the argument A and for e = 23° 27' 20".

A

log

e + A

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35

.0000000

.0015736

.0031474

.0047218

.0062969

.0078730

.0094503

.0110292

.0126098

.0141924

.0157773

.0173647

.0189549

.0205482

.0221447

.0237449

.0253489

.0269570

.0285694

.0301866

.0318087

.0334360

.0350688

.0367074

.0383521

.0400032

.0416610

.0433258

.0449979

.0466776

.0483653

.0500612

.0517658

.0534793

.0552021

0.0569346

15736
15738
15744
15751
15761
15773
15789
15806
15826
15849
15874
15902
15933
15965
16002
16040
16081
16124
16172
16221
16273
16328
16386
16447
16511
16578
16648
16721
16797
16877
16959
17046
17135
17228
- 17325

As

Change of this

function for an inc.

in e of 1" in units

of the seventh

decimal.

+ 0.00

2

0.19

6

0.38

7

0.57

10

0.77

12

0.96

16

1.15

17

1.34

20

1.54

23

1.73

25

1.92

28

2 12

31

2.31

32

2 50

37

2.70

38

2.89

41

3.09

43

328

48

3.48

49

368

52

3.88

55

4 08

58

4.28

61

4.48

64

4.68

67

4.88

70

5.08

73

5.29

76

5.49

80

5.70

82

5.90

87

6.11

89

6.32

93

6.53

97

6.74

+ 6.95

214 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN .ACADEMY

Six hundred and eighteenth Meeting.

March 8, 1870. — Adjourned Statute Meeting.

The President in the chair.

The President called the attention of the Academy to the
recent decease of Dr. Theodore Strong, of New Brunswick,
N. J., of the Associate Fellows.

The President communicated a report from the Council,
nominating candidates for Associate and Foreign Honorary
membership, and also read nominations of candidates for Resi-
dent Fellowship.

A committee was appointed to confer with other learned
societies to secure a building for their accommodation with
the Academy. The Vice-President, and Messrs. Nathaniel
Thayer, William Gray, J. I. Bowditch, and C. W. Eliot, were
appointed on this committee.

Six hundred and nineteenth Meeting.

April 12, 1870. — Monthly Meeting.

The President in the chair.

The President called the attention of the Academy to the
recent decease of Rev. Dr. Frothingham, of the Resident
Fellows.

Mr. C. F. Adams communicated two papers by W. B. Bur-
den, of England, which were referred to Mr. Francis and Mr.
Batchelder as a committee to examine them.

Six hundred and twentieth Meeting.

May 10, 1870. — Monthly Meeting.

The President in the chair.

The Corresponding Secretary read letters relative to ex-
changes.

Dr. Clark made a communication on the medical and
physiological action of the chloral hydrate. •

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 10, 1870. 215

Professor Lovering made the following communication : —

" Optical Meteorology has been developed mathematically with great-
er success than any other department of this complex science. The
principal features of a fully developed halo are : 1. The inner circle,
concentric with the luminary, and having a radius of about 22°. 2. The
outer circle, also concentric with the luminary, and having a radius of
about 46°. Both of these circles, called the smaller and larger halos,
are tinged with the colors of the spectrum, the blue being the outermost
color. 3. The parhelion circle which passes through the luminary and
is parallel to the horizon. This circle is white. 4. Upon this circle, and
at a distance of 22° or more from the luminary, are two mock suns,
the edges towards the sun being reddish and the opposite edges bluish.
5. A sort of tail stretching from these mock suns horizontally, and op-
posite to the line which connects them with the sun, to the distance of
43° 28', or more, from the sun. 6. The tangent curve to the inner halo.
7. The tangent curve to the outer hald.

All these features of the halo are satisfactorily explained by refrac-
tion and reflection, produced by hexagonal prisms of ice, floating or
sinking in the higher region of the atmosphere. These particles may
be so situated as to present three independent cases. 1. They may be
indiscriminately in all possible positions. 2. The axes of the prisms
may be parallel and vertical, the sides of the prisms facing all azimuths.
3. The axes of the prisms may be horizontal, but in all possible azimuths.
The Jirst case would exist when the particles of ice were newly formed,
and had not accumulated so much velocity that the resistance of the air
would bring the surface of least resistance to the front. If the three
dimensions of the crystal were nearly the same, there would be no sur-
face of least resistance, and the air would exercise no directing influ-
ence. The second case would arise, as the consequence of increasing
velocity and resistance, if the minimum section of the prism was parallel
to the base. The third ca.se would arise, under similar circumstances, if
the minimum section was perpendicular to the base. All three cases
might coexist at the same moment, because some of the prisms were
long and others short, and because some of the prisms had had less
time than others to fall, and accumulate velocity and resistance, since
their first formation.

Of the various angles formed by the sides and ends of these prisms,
some would exceed the limit of transmission, others would be zero and
produce no refraction. There would remain, of the available angles,

216 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

those of 60° made by alternate faces, and those of 90° made by the
faces and ends of the prisms. The inner halo is caused by refraction
through an angle of 60°, the refracting edges being parallel to the tan-
gents to different parts of the halo. The outer halo is caused by refrac-
tion through an angle of 90°, the refracting edges of different prisms
being parallel to different tangents. Both halos require that the prisms
should be scattered at random, so that a sufficient number would be found
in the required positions. The white parhelion circle is produced by
reflection from the sides of the prisms when their ax;es are vertical.
These same prisms, acting through the angle of 60°, would produce the
mock suns whenever they stood in the position of minimum deviation ;
while others, not in the position of minimum deviation, would produce
the colored appendages to the mock suns. These same prisms, acting
through the angle of 90°, would cause the tangent curve to the larger
halo of 46°. If the luminary were above the horizon, reflection from
the upper end of these prisms would produce an uncolored image of the
luminary underneath the real luminary ; but this image would not be
visible unless the observer were elevated to a great height above the
surface of the earth. If the luminary were a little below the horizon,
reflection from the lower end of these prisms would produce a similar
image above the luminary, and above the horizon, which would be visi-
ble ; and hence the luminary might appear to have risen again after set-
ting. When the axes of the prisms are horizontal, refraction by the
angle of 60° would cause the tangent curve to the inner halo of 22°.
If large numbers of prisms were floating contemporaneously in all three
positions, all these phenomena might coexist ; otherwise, only a portion
of these various features would be displayed. It is evident, therefore,
that both halos might be wanting, and yet one or both of the curves
which are tangent to them might appear. If the tangent curve to the
larger halo of 46° is seen, generally the mock suns and the parhelion
circle are also seen, even in the absence of the halo itself. In other
words, all which vertical prisms are capable of producing would gen-
erally, though not necessarily, be seen at the same time.

These general features are somewhat changed by the altitude of the
sun, or other luminary, above the horizon. When the sun is in the hori-
zon, the parhelia are at the same distance from it as the inner halo, and
rest upon it. As the sun rises they go outside of the halo, and become
impossible when the altitude of the sun exceeds 60° 45'. The lengths
of the tails affixed to the mock suns increase as the sun rises, until the

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 10, 1870. 217

f

limiting angle of transmission is reached. There is an interior as well
as a superior tangent arc to the halo of 22°. Their figures are complex,
and they join in a single curve, circumscribing the halo itself, when the
altitude of the sun exceeds 29° 15'. The inferior arc is rarely visible,
unless the sun is more than 22° high. The halo of 46° is less bright
than that of 22°, because it is larger and broader; and more light is
reflected by the prisms under the larger incidences. The tangent curve
to this halo is a circular arc having the zenith for its centre. It cannot
be formed if the sun's altitude exceed 32° 12'. The semi-amplitude
increases from 57° 48' to 90°. But when it is 90°, its height is also 90°
and its radius is reduced to zero. The maximum brightness is in the
middle of the whole arc. This arc actually touches the halo of 46° only
when the altitude of the sun is 22° 8'. It sensibly touches between the
altitudes of 15° and 28°. If the sun were in the horizon, the tangent
arc would be 12° 4' above the summit of the halo. If the sun were 30°
high, the tangent arc would be 3° 39' above the halo. The altitude of
22° 8' is most favorable, because, in this case, the middle of the arc is
formed by rays which have suffered a minimum deviation. A tan-
gent arc to the lowermost point of this halo is not impossible, but rare.
In this event, the light must enter a vertical face and emerge at the base.
The limits of altitude are complementary to those which the superior
tangent requires ; that is, the sun's altitude must be between 57° 48'
and 90°, the arc actually touching the halo at the special altitude of 67°
52'. If the axes of the prisms are shifted from a vertical to a horizon-
tal position, the inferior and superior tangent arcs are changed to what
are called infra-lateral and supra-lateral.

I have taken renewed interest in this theory of halos, which has been
admirably developed by Bravais,* on account of the halo seen at Cam-
bridge, January 6, 1870. This halo was seen about two o'clock, when the
altitude of the sun was not far from 25°. The principal feature of the
phenomenon, on that occasion, was the tangent curve to the halo of 46°,
though the halo itself was not visible. At Waltham, the mock suns were
seen, but not the tangent curve. The tangent curve seemed to be a com-
plete circle, and the colors were very vivid, the red being the outermost
color, or nearest to the sun. I have stated that, theoretically, the maxi-
mum amplitude of this curve is 180°, and, if the sun had an altitude of
25°, the amplitude would be only about 138°. The history of halos fur-

* Journ. de l'^cole Poly technique. Cahier 31. Tome xviii.
VOL. VIII. 28

21» PKOCEEDINQS OF TIJE AMERICAN ACADEMY

nislies but few examples of this extraordinary occurrence, — a complete
circumzenithal circle. On the 24th of January, 1838. Lambert* saw at
Wetzler a circle, nearly complete, centred about the zenith, with vivid
prismatic colors. On the 11th of July, 1749, Anderonf witnessed at
Norwich, about five o'clock, p. M., when the sun was nearly 25° high, a
white circle around the zenith. Bravais resorts to two expedients for
explaining the enlargement of the circumzenithal arc into a complete
circle, in a few rare cases. In the first place, the light may strike the
vertical side of the prism too obliquely to be transmitted, so that, after
being once or twice reflected upon other vertical sides, it may emerge
from sides opposite to the usual ones. In the second place, each point
of the arc, originally produced, causes a parhelion circle, all of which are
superimposed upon the arc itself, as far as it extends. This last opera-
tion, however, would produce light without any discoloration. In the
halo seen at Cambridge, the centre of the circle was decidedly south of
the zenith. This fact requires us to suppose that the parallel axes of
the prisms were not exactly vertical. A current in the atmosphere
mi^ht change the direction of the descending particles of ice, but could
the lateral motion, with the air, and not in it, develop any new resist-
ance which would direct their axes away from the zenith ?

I will now exhibit an experiment with an equilateral triangular prism
of glass, and also a hollow one filled with water. The axis is vertical,
about which it is made to revolve rapidly by clock-work. With a single
prism and sunlight, or any bright and circular artificial light, all those
features of the halo may be artificially produced which have been re-
ferred to the action of many prisms of ice, with vertical axes : the
single prism, in its motion, assuming, in rapid succession, all the possible
positions of these many prisms in the atmosphere. The halos them-
selves can be produced artificially, either by a conical prism, or by arti-
ficial crystals formed .upon a plate of glass, as shown by Brewster I and
others. §

The sun and moon are sometimes encircled by what are called coro-
na?. A corona may be distinguished from a halo in many ways. 1. It
is much smaller even than the smallest of the two halos. 2. It is not
rigidly bound to almost invariable dimensions, as the halo is. 3. When

* Pogg. Ann. Physik und Chemie, xlvi. p. 660.

t Phil. Trans, xlvi. p. 203.

} A Treatise on Optics. Amer. edit. 1835, pp. 232, 233.

<> Amer. Journ. xvi. 398.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 10, 1870. 219

it is bright enough for the colors to be distinguished, the red is outside
and the blue inside. 4. This arrangement of the colors, as well as the
dimension of the circle, indicate that a corona is not produced by refrac-
tion or reflection in crystals of ice, but by interference. The following
experiments which I shall now exhibit to the members of the Academy,
will illustrate this subject. When light is sent through the intervals be-
tween straight and parallel lines, which have been nicely ruled upon
glass, a series of colored fringes, parallel to the lines, results from the
interference between rays which pass through different openings. If
the glass were ruled with concentric circular lines, close together, these
colored bands would become circular, and surround the source of light.
By a rapid rotation of the ruled lines in theirown plane, subjective rings
result from the parallel fringes. In order to produce the required rota-
tion without a material axis, which would intercept the rays of light from
the eye of the observer, a platform is turned rapidly by clock-work. The
border of this platform is covered with cloth. The circular frame in
which the graduated glass is set rests upon this cloth, with its plane at
right angles to the platform, and is rotated by friction. Friction-rollers
at the sides and top hold it in its place, in the absence of any material
axis of rotation. If concentric black circles are accurately drawn upon
paper, and then photographed upon glass, on a greatly reduced scale,
the photographed plate might be substituted for that on which circular
lines had been scratched. Again, if a plate of glass is covered with
india-ink, and then concentric circles are scratched upon the black sur-
face, leaving the intermediate black rings, the same optical experiment
can be performed. All three of these methods have been tried, but the
finest and neatest circles were obtained by the last method ; and the ex-
perimental result is very beautiful, especially if the ruled glass is placed
immediately in front of the object-glass of an opera-glass.

Although artificial coronae of great beauty can be produced in these
ways, it is obvious that the coronae of nature must have a much simpler
origin. And theory shows, that if lycopodium powder, the particles of
which are small and spherical, and of uniform size, is sprinkled upon
glass, a luminous spot, seen through the glass, will be surrounded with
several coronae, which, if less bright than those produced by the con-
centric rulings, on that very account have a greater resemblance to those
known in Meteorology. It appears that, in this indiscriminate sprink-
ling, myriads of minute openings are left everywhere on the plate,
enough being found in the required places for producing the colored

220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

rings. Of these the light takes advantage for producing a symmetrical
effect, just as in the formation of the rainbow it selects those individual
drops of moisture which serve its purpose, while the remainder of the
drops are inoperative. A piece of very delicately ground glass accom-
plishes the same result. In the atmosphere, the place of the lycopodium
powder is filled by the particles of moisture existing in the vesicular state ;
and the smaller these particles the larger will be the diameters of the
corona? which they produce. In this way these particles are proved to
vary between the .001 and the .002 of one inch in diameter.*

Corona? indicate the presence of the cumulus cloud ; but halos imply
the cirrus cloud, floating at great heights, and within the region of per-
petual congelation. For halos are seen even in the summer and in the
tropics. By revealing the incipient gathering of the cirrus cloud, they
may foretell the approach of a storm.

Six hundred and twenty-first Meeting.

May 24, 1870. — Annual Meeting.

The President in the chair.

The Corresponding Secretary communicated letters relative
to exchanges, and read a report from the Council proposing
nominations for Foreign Honorary and Associate Member-
ship.

The Treasurer presented his report for the past year, and
read a synopsis of it. The report was received, to be entered
on the records.

Professor Lovering reported from the Committee of Publica-
tion its expenditures for the past two years. The report was
accepted.

Professor F. H. Storer reported for the Committee on the
Library on the condition of the Library.

Professor Winlock reported, from the Rumford Committee,
the completion of Vol. I. of Count Rumford's works, and rec-
ommendations of this committee for appropriations from the
Rumford Fund. This report was accepted, and in accordance
with its recommendations the following votes were passed : —

* Kaemtz's Complete Course of Meteorology, p. 111.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 24, 1870. 221

Voted, That fifteen hundred dollars be appropriated from
the Rumford Fund to continue the publication of Count Rum-
ford's works.

Voted, That five hundred dollars in gold be appropriated
from the Rumford Fund to be expended by Dr. B. A. Gould
in the purchase of photometric and spectroscopic apparatus for
an observatory at Cordova in the Argentine Republic.

The Recording Secretary returned the papers of Mr. W. B.
Burden, for the Committee to which they were referred, with
the recommendation that they be referred to the astronomical
section of the Academy.

It was voted to adjourn this meeting, at its close, to the
second Tuesday in June.

The following gentlemen were elected members of the
Academy : —

Charles C. Perkins, of Boston, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class III., Section 4.

Nathaniel Holmes, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow
in Class III., Section 1.

Raphael Pumpelly, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow
in Class II., Section 1.

George Derby, of Boston, to be a Resident Fellow in Class
II., Section 3.

Simon Newcomb, of Washington, to be an Associate Fellow
in Class I., Section 1.

Truman H. Safford, of Chicago, to be an Associate Fellow
in Class I., Section 1.

Henry J. Clark, of Lexington, Ky., to be an Associate Fel-
low in Class II., Section 3.

Alexander Braun, of Berlin, to be a Foreign Honorary Mem-
ber in Class II., Section 2, in the place of the late Von
Martius.

Charles Merivale, of Oxford, to be a Foreign Honorary
Member in Class III., Section 3, in the place of the late Dean
Milman.

The annual election resulted in the choice of the following
officers for the ensuing year : —

222 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Asa Gray, President.

George T. Bigelow, Vice-President.

Joseph Lovering, Corresponding Secretary.

Edward C. Pickering, Recording" Secretary.

Charles J. Sprague, Treasurer.

Frank H. Storer, Librarian.

Council.

Thomas Hill,

Josiah P. Cooke, y of Class I.

John B. Henck,

Louis Agassiz,

Jeffries Wyman, y of Class II.

Charles Pickering,

Robert C. Winthrop,

George E. Ellis, y of Class I [I.

Andrew P. Peabody,

Rumford Committee.

James B. Francis, Joseph Winlock,

Morrill Wyman, Wolcott Gibbs,

Edward C. Pickering, Josiah P. Cooke,

Frank H. Storer.

Committee of Finance.

ex officio, by statute.

Asa Gray,
Charles J. Sprague,
Thomas T. Bouve, by election.

The other Standing Committees were appointed, on the
nomination of the President, as follows : —

Committee of Publication.

Joseph Lovering, Jeffries Wyman,

Francis J. Child.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 24, 1870. 223

Committee on the Library.

Francis Parkman, Charles Pickering,

John Bacon.

Committee to audit the Treasurer's Accounts.
Charles E. Ware, Theodore Lyman.

Professor Joseph Winlock exhibited a photograph of the
sun taken with a lens of forty feet focus, and four inches
aperture. As it is difficult to place a tube of this length in
an inclined position, it is laid horizontally, and an image of the
sun is reflected into it by a plane mirror of unsilvered glass.
When this mirror was blackened on one side, it became heated
to such an extent as to shorten the focus of the lens nearly
three feet. The image obtained is about four inches in diame-
ter, and is free from the distortion produced by an eye-piece.
The exposure is instantaneous, and is effected by passing a
diaphragm with a slit in it between the lens and mirror. A
better effect is thus obtained than by the usual method of
placing it near the plate-holder. The lens, which was made by
Messrs. Clark and Sons, is not achromatic, as its slight curva-
ture rendered this unnecessary. It was corrected for spheri-
cal aberration by means of an artificial star, produced by a
soda flame, and a collimator, of an aperture somewhat greater
than that of the lens.

The Corresponding Secretary presented the following an-
nual report of the Council : —

Since the last report of the Council, the following gentlemen have
been elected members of the Academy : —

William T. Brigham, of Boston, to be a Resident Fellow in Class II.,
Section 1.

Algernon Coolidge, of Boston, to be a Resident Fellow in Class II.,
Section 1.

Alfred P. Rockwell, of Boston, to be a Resident Fellow in Class I.,
.Section 4.

Alpheus Hyatt, of Salem, to be a Resident Fellow in Class II., Sec-
tion 3.

224 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Edward S. Morse, of Salem, to be a Resident Fellow in Class II.,
Section 3.

Thomas W. Parsons, of Boston, to be a Resident Fellow in Class
III., Section 4.

James M. Barnard, of Boston, to be a Resident Fellow in Class II.,
Section 3.

Henry L. Whiting, of Boston, to be a Resident Fellow in Class I.,
Section 2.

Nathaniel S. Shaler, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in Class
II., Section 1.

During the same period, the Academy has lost five members by
death, viz.: —

Two Resident Fellows, one Associate Fellow, and two Foreign
Honorary Members.

Thomas Sherwin was born in Westmoreland, New Hampshire,
March 26, 1799. His parents in a few years removed to New
Ipswich in the same State, and soon afterwards to the adjoining town
of Temple. At the age of eight, soon after the death of his mother,
Thomas went to live with a relative, Dr. Crombie, of Temple, and re-
mained with him six years. In 1813 he spent a short time in Ipswich
Academy ; but his father having met with misfortunes, he was com-
pelled to leave school, and, in September of the same year, he was ap-
prenticed at Groton, Massachusetts, to learn the trade of a clothier, —
a trade which at that time appears to have consisted mainly in taking
cloth as it came from the domestic looms, and fulling, dyeing, and
dressing it for the market. Here he remained eight years, working
diligently at his trade, and winning the esteem and confidence of his
employers. He was able to attend the district school two months in
the year ; but his natural love of learning often led him to devote one
or two hours to study after working at the mill until ten o'clock at
night.

His desire to obtain a college education had now become so strong
that he left his trade, and, after teaching a district school in Harvard
for a short time, began his preparation for college at the academy in
Groton in April, 1820. He completed it at the New Ipswich Acad-
emy, and entered Harvard College in 1821. Here, notwithstanding his
imperfect preparation, he soon placed himself among the foremost
scholars, particularly in mathematics, and graduated with honor in

OP ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 24, 1870. 225

1825. For a year he had charge of the academy at Lexington, and
was then appointed tutor in mathematics in the College. In 1827 he
commenced civil engineering with Loammi Baldwin, and, in the same
year, under James Hayward, was employed on the preliminary survey
of the Boston and Providence Railroad. Relinquishing this business
on account of a severe illness, he in 1828 opened a private school for
boys, in Boston, and the next year was elected sub-master of the Eng-
lish High School. In 1837 he was elected master of the school, and
continued to hold the position to the time of his death.

As master of the English High School, Mr. Sherwin gained his
highest distinction. The best work of his life was here. He inspired
his pupils with his own love of thoroughness, and taught them, not
more by precept than by example, to think for themselves, and to, aim
at a noble manhood. Under his charge the school ranked among the
best in the country. Indeed, Mr. Fraser, in his report to the British
Parliament on the schools of this country, says : " The English High
School struck me as the model school of the United States."

In all educational matters Mr. Sherwin took an active interest. He
aided in the establishment of the American Institute of Instruction
and of the Massachusetts State Teachers' Association, and became
President of each of these bodies. He was also one of the founders
of the Massachusetts Teacher, and for several years had charge of its
mathematical department. He shared in the organization of the Mas-
sachusetts Institute of Technology, and, as a member of its govern-
ment, was one of its most active and earnest promoters.

Mr. Sherwin wrote various addresses and lectures on educational
subjects, and contributed several papers to the Mathematical Monthly.
In connection with Mr. S. P. Miles, he published a collection of Math-
ematical Tables. He was the author, also, of two works on Algebra, —
an " Elementary Treatise on Algebra," and a " Common School Al-
gebra," — both of which have long held a high place in our schools.

Mr. Sherwin was elected a Fellow of this Academy in 1836. In
1868 he was elected a member of the New England Historic-Genea-
logical Society.

Mr. Sherwin died, very suddenly, July 23, 1869. On that day,
not feeling quite well, he consulted a p'hysician, walked home in a
cheerful mood, and, after some conversation with his family and a
walk in his garden, went to his room, took a book, and in a moment
departed. In all the relations of life Mr. Sherwin sustained a hi°-h

vol. viii. 29

226 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

reputation. In boyhood diligent and faithful, in youth persevering in
his efforts to secure a liberal education, as a teacher attaining rare
success by conscientious devotion to the best interests of his pupils,
patriotic when his country was in danger, zealous in promoting the
cause of sound education, and full of kindly affection towards all, he
has left a memory that will be long and lovingly cherished.

Nathaniel Langdon Frothinghau was born in Boston, July
23, 1793. He was graduated at Harvard University in 1811. He
pursued the study of theology at Cambridge, under the direction of
Dr. Ware, Senior, and from 1812 to 1815 inclusive officiated in the
College as instructor in Rhetoric and Oratory. In 1815 he was
ordained pastor of the First Church in Boston. In 1818 he married
Ann Gorham, daughter of Peter C. Brooks. In 1836 he received the
degree of S. T. D. from Harvard University. In 1850 he resigned his
parochial charge, retaining the undivided respect and affection of his
people, and continuing, until disabled by bodily infirmity, to take an
active and efficient interest in the prosperity of the parish, and in the
labors and services of his successor in its ministry. His life, during
his retirement, was devoted mainly to literary pursuits, hardly impeded
by the gradual failure of sight, which terminated in total blindness.
Other eyes replaced his own for several years, and his mind retained
its clearness, vigor, and fruitfulness for many months after his vision
was closed upon the outward world. For the last two or three years,
however, disease and infirmity have incapacitated him both for labor
and for enjoyment, and life was becoming a weariness and a burden,
when it was mercifully closed on the 4th of April, 1870.

Dr. Frothingham's distinction lay in the purity, keenness, delicacy,
and high culture of the assthetic nature. In other respects the peer of
able and accomplished men, in this he could have had, if here and
there an equal, no superior. Taste was in him genius, wisdom, and
power. It imparted a new and rare beauty, even to trite thoughts; it
crystallized his scholarship in the most graceful forms ; it gave law to
his most indifferent words and acts.

He was a scholar by inclination and by lifelong habit. He was well
versed equally in classical and in modern literature. He became famil-
iar with the German language at a very early period, and was well
read in German theology, while intimately conversant with the poetry
and imaginative literature to which that language is the key. By no
means narrowly utilitarian, he loved all knowledge for its own sake,

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 24, 1870. 227

without reference to its availableness for immediate service ; and he
thus became possessed of much of that rare and recondite erudition
which enriches and fertilizes the mind, though it may contribute but
little to one's professional ability or fame.

As a preacher, Dr. Frothingham held a high and somewhat unique
position. His sermons were most appreciated by minds of the largest
culture, and yet in thought and in diction they were not above the
comprehension of any person of moderate intelligence. Here his ex-
quisite taste gave at once law, scope, and limit. Quaint, but never
irreverent; elegant in style, yet without lapsing into euphuism ; never
forgetting the solemnity of time, place, and purpose, yet instinctively
shunning the mere commonplaces of devout thought; solicitous always
to instruct and impress his hearers, and ready to avail himself, for this
end, of as wide a diversity of topics, illustrations, and allusions, as was
consistent with the sacredness of the occasion, — he wrote few sermons
that were not listened to with vivid interest, and held in enduring re-
membrance. Yet his sermons by no means indicated his full capacity
of grappling with the highest and the greatest subjects. He seemed
unwilling to write anything that was not whole and complete in itself;
and there are many topics on which it is impossible to write a perfectly
rounded and finished treatise that can be read in half an hour. He
essayed no subject which could not be thus compressed naturally and
gracefully. His range therefore, as a preacher, was broad, rather than
high or deep ; but within that range few ministers have been so uni-
formly apt, rich, and edifying. He was peculiarly felicitous, not only
in his treatment of special occasions for pulpit utterance, but in creating
such occasions ; so that whatever had worthily claimed the attention or
interest of his hearers during the week was not unlikely on Sunday to
be presented in its religious aspects and lessons.

As a poet, Dr. Frothingham won indeed a high reputation, but a
fame far below his merit. As he wrote no long poem, and published
no collection of his poetry till very late in life, the public, and even his
friends, awoke but slowly and tardily to the recognition of his genius
in this department. But as from time to time a hymn or a metrical
composition, in conception a gem of pure radiance in a setting of
wonderful beauty, appeared under his signature, in the programme of
a religious or civic festival, or in the pages of a monthly or quarterly,
it was felt more and more that he was indeed a poet by divine ri^ht
and gift ; and there are some of his lyrics that can hardly fail to per-

228 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

petuate his name, when all other memorials of him shall have passed
away. Here, too, we mark not onlj " the vision and the faculty-
divine," but equally the unerring taste, incapable of an incongruous
image, a mixed metaphor, an unapt epithet, a halting rhythm, or a
forced rhyme. He professed to translate a great many German
poems ; but he made them all his own. He is, indeed, in these versions,
true to the original ; but he transposes rather than translates it, seeking
not so much for synonymous words and phrases, as for equivalent
force and beauty of expression.

In character Dr. Frothingham was worthy of his sacred profession,
of the affection with which he was regarded by all who knew him
well, and of the general reverence which followed him to his retire-
ment and to his grave. In manners and conversation his strongly
marked individuality was so held in check, alike by good taste and by
benevolence, as to be piquant indeed, but never otherwise than genial
and attractive. He had many warm friends, perhaps few intimates.
Generous, hospitable, kind, tenderly thoughtful for the feelings and the
rights of others, he did untold good in those quiet, unostentatious
ways in which genuine philanthropy can work without shout or song.
He was conservative both from taste and from principle ; but his con-
servatism had in it no bitterness or exclusiveness, — he only preferred
doing good in his accustomed ways, while he conceded cordially the
freedom of choice he claimed. As a pastor, he was tenderly beloved 5
and in all professional, social, and domestic relations he has left only
the most precious and blessed memories.

Dr. Frothingham's only published volumes were " Sermons in the
Order of a Twelvemonth " and two volumes of Poems. Of occasional
sermons and other pamphlets he printed many. He contributed
largely to our best periodical literature, and to every important publi-
cation of that kind issued in Boston, for considerably more than half
a century ; and his papers thus published, and because of their form
forgotten, would fill nearly half as many volumes as they covered
years.

Theodore Strong was born at South Hadley, Massachusetts, in
July, 1790, and died at New Brunswick, New Jersey, February 1, 1869.
His father was a clergyman, and there had been an unbroken line of min-
isters in the family of his mother for eleven generations. He took his
bachelor's degree at Yale in 1812, and was immediately appointed tutor
in Mathematics at Hamilton College, Clinton, New York. He was soon

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 24, 1870. 229

after appointed Professor of Mathematics and Natural Philosophy, and
held that chair until 1827, when he was called to the similar chair made
illustrious by the genius of Dr. Robert Adrain, at Rutgers College,
New Brunswick, New Jersey, where he continued in active duty until
1862. He married, in 1819, Lucy Dix, of Boston, who survives him,
with three of their seven children ; one son of great promise, who was
in the army, fell during the late civil war.

As a teacher Dr. Strong was remarkable for his faith in spontaneous
effort, and his utter want of faith in any sort of coercion ; he would
arouse the enthusiasm of his pupils to study subjects, not compel them
to study books. With this faith in the value of spontaneous effort, his
desire was more earnest to affect the character of the students than
merely to give them specific knowledge ; and with his firm convictions
of the truth of the Christian religion, he sought ever earnestly to
awaken religious life in his scholars, as the most effectual means of
arousing intellectual life.

All his convictions, whether in religion, philosophy, or politics, were
very strong, held with extreme tenacity, and, if attacked, defended with
courteous but earnest warmth. It was said that he never failed, in the
College Faculties with which he was connected, to bring the majority
to his views. His conclusions were never hasty ; he was a patient
thinker and careful reader, and took especial pleasure in the writings of
the deeper English theologians. His firmness of conviction gave pleas-
ure even to those who differed from him ; no man could resist the
attraction of his frank, honorable self-poise ; and it was good also to
look upon a man of such robust health, maintained by habits of great
activity and cheerful self-control.

His mathematical powers lay rather in the direction of geometry
than in analysis, yet his analytical power was also great. He was too
far advanced in years, at the time when the modern rapid developments
began, to be much affected by them, but has himself taken important
steps.

The following is an imperfect list of Dr. Strong's mathematical
writings : —

1. Twenty-two communications in Gill's Mathematical Miscellany.

2. Seven communications in the Cambridge Miscellany.

3. Twenty-two papers in the American Journal of Science, viz. : —

On Trigonometric and Diophantine Problems, Vols. I. and
XXXI.

230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Problems with Geometrical Construction, Vol. II.

On the Binomial Theorem, Vol. XII.

On Central Forces, Vols. XVI., XVII., XIX, XXL, XXII.

Capillary Attraction, Vol. XVIII.

On the Motion of a System of Bodies, Vols. XXIV, XXV.,

XXVI.
Parallelogram of Forces, Vols. XXVI., XXIX.
Composition and Resolution of Forces, Vol. XXVIII.
Variation of Constants in Elliptic Motion, Vol. XXX.
Virtual Velocities, Vols. XLII., XLIII.
Differential Equations, Vol. XLII.

Differential Calculus, and Taylor's Theorem, Vol. XLV.
Exponential and Logarithmic Theorems, Vol. XLVIII.

4. A Paper in Runkle's Mathematical Monthly for April, 1860, on
the Extraction of Roots, and one in June, 1861, on the Equilibrium of the
Lever.

5. A Treatise on Elementary and Higher Algebra, New York,
1859.

6. A Treatise (in MSS.) on the Differential and Integral Calculus.
It would be difficult to find in the history of science a character more

simple, more noble, or more symmetrical in all its parts than that of
Thomas Graham, and he will always be remembered as one of the
most eminent of those great students of nature, who have rendered our
Saxon race illustrious. He was born of Scotch parents in Glasgow in
the year 1805, and in that city, where he received his education, all
his early life was passed. In 1837 he went to London as Professor
of Chemistry in the newly established London University now called
University College, and he occupied this chair until the year 1855,
when he succeeded Sir John Herschel as Master of the Royal Mint, a
post which he held to the close of his life. His death, on the 16th of
September last, at the age of sixty, was caused by no active disease,
but was simply the wearing out of a constitution enfeebled in youth by
privations voluntarily and courageously encountered that he might de-
vote his life to scientific study. As with all earnest students, that life
was uneventful, if judged by ordinary standards; and the records of his
discoveries form the only materials for his biography. Although one
of the most successful investigators of Physical Science, the late Master
of the Mint had not that felicity of language or that copiousness of
illustration, which added so much to the popular reputation of his dis-

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES ! MAY 24, 1870. 231

tinguished contemporary, Faraday ; but his influence on the progress of
science was not less marked or less important. Both of these eminent
men were for a long period of years best known to the English public
as teachers of Chemistry, but their investigations were chiefly limited
to physical problems ; yet, although both cultivated the border ground
between Chemistry and Physics, they followed wholly different lines
of research. While Faraday was so successfully developing the princi-
ples of electrical action, Graham with equal success was investigating
the laws of molecular motion. Each followed with wonderful constancy,
as well as skill, a single line of study from first to last, and to this con-
centration of power their great discoveries are largely due.

One of the earliest and most important of Graham's investigations,
and the one which gave the direction to his subsequent course of study,
was that on the diffusion of gases. It had already been recognized
that impenetrability in its ordinary sense is not, as was formerly sup-
posed, a universal quality of matter. Dalton had not only recognized
that aeriform bodies exhibit a positive tendency to mix, or to penetrate
through each other, even in opposition to the force of gravity, but had
made this quality of gases the subject of experimental investigation.
He inferred, as the result of his inquiry, " that different gases afford
no resistance to each other; but that one gas spreads or expands into
the space occupied by another gas, as it would rush into a vacuum ;
at least, that the resistance which the particles of one gas offer to those
of another is of a very imperfect kind, to be compared to the resistance
which stones in the channel of a stream oppose to the flow of running
water." But although this theory of Dalton was essentially correct
and involved the whole truth, yet it was supported by no sufficient evi-
dence, and he failed to perceive the simple law which underlies this
whole class of phenomena.

Graham, " on entering on this inquiry, found that gases diffuse into
the atmosphere with different degrees of ease and rapidity." This was
first observed by allowing each gas to diffuse from a bottle into the air
through a narrow tube in opposition to the solicitation of gravity.
Afterwards an observation of Doebereiner on the escape of hydrogen
gas by a fissure or crack in a glass receiver caused him to vary the
conditions of his experiments, and led to the invention of the well-
known " Diffusion Tube." In this simple apparatus a thin septum of
plaster of Paris is used to separate the diffusing gases, which, while it
arrests in a great measure all direct currents between the two media,

232 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

does not interfere with the molecular motion. Much later, Graham
found in prepared graphite a material far better adapted to this pur-
pose than the plaster, and he used septa of this mineral to confirm his
early results, in answer to certain ill-considered criticisms in Bunsen's
work on Gasometry. These septa he was in the habit of calling I113
" atomic filters." By means of the diffusion tube Graham was able to
measure accurately the relative times of diffusion of different gases, and
he found that equal volumes of any two gases interpenetrate each other
in times which are inversely proportional to the square roots of their re-
spective densities, and this fundamental law was the greatest discovery
of our late Foreign Associate. It is now universally recognized as
one of the few great cardinal principles which form the basis of Physi-
cal Science.

It can be shown, on the principles of pneumatics, that gases should
rush into a vacuum with velocities corresponding to the numbers which
have been found to express their diffusion times ; and, in a series of ex-
periments on what he calls the " Effusion" of gases, Graham confirmed
by trial this deduction of theory. In these experiments a meas-
ured volume of the gas was allowed to find its way into the vacuous jar
through a minute aperture in a thin metallic plate, and he carefully
distinguished between this class of phenomena and the flowing of gases
through capillary tubes into a vacuum, in which case, however short
the tube, the effects of friction materially modify the result. This last
class of phenomena Graham likewise investigated, and designated by
the term " Transpiration."

While, however, it thus appears that the results of Graham's inves-
tigation were in strict accordance with Dalton's theory, it must also be
- evident that Graliam was the first to observe the exact numerical re-
lation which obtains in this class of phenomena, and that all-impor-
tant circumstance entitles him to be regarded as the discoverer of the
law of Diffusion. The law, however, as first enunciated, was purely
empirical, and Graham himself says that something more must be as-
sumed than that gases are vacua to each other, in order to explain all
the phenomena observed ; and according to his original view this rep-
resentation of the process was only a convenient mode of expressing
the final result. Such has proved to be the case.

Like other great men, Graham built better than he knew. In the
progress of Physical Science during the last twenty-five years, two
principles have become more and more conspicuous, until at last they

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 24, 1870. 233

have completely revolutionized the philosophy of Chemistry. In the
first place it has appeared that a host of chemical as well as of physi-
cal facts are co-ordinated by the assumption that all substances in the
state of gas have the same molecular volume, or, in other words, con-
tain the same number of molecules in a given space ; und in the second
place, it has become evident that the phenomena of heat are simply
the manifestations of molecular motion. According to this view, the
temperature of a body is the vis viva of its molecules ; and since all
molecules at a given temperature have the same vis viva, it follows
that the molecules must move with velocities which are inversely pro-
portional to the square roots of the molecular weights. Moreover,
since the molecular volumes are equal, and the molecular weights
therefore proportional to the densities of the aeriform bodies in which
the molecules are the active units, it also follows that the velocities of
the molecules in any two gases ai'e inversely proportional to the square
roots of their respective densities. Thus the simple numerical rela-
tions first observed in the phenomena of diffusion are the direct result
of molecular motion, and it is now seen that Graham's empirical law
is included under the fundamental laws of motion. Thus Graham's
investigation has become the basis of the new science of molecular
mechanics, and his measurements of the jates of diffusion prove to
be the measures of molecular velocities.

From the study of diffusion Graham passed by a natural transi-
tion to the investigation of a class of phenomena which, although
closely allied to the first, as to the effects produced, differ wholly
in their essential nature. Here also he followed in the footsteps of
Dalton. This distinguished chemist had noticed that a bubble of air
separated by a film of water from an atmosphere of carbonic an-
hydride gradually expanded until it burst. In like manner a moist
bladder, half filled with air and tied, if suspended in an atmosphere
of the same material, becomes in time greatly distended by the in-
sinuation of this gas through its substance. This effect cannot be the
result of simple diffusion, for it is to be remembered that the thin-
nest film of water, or of any liquid, is absolutely impermeable to a gas
as such, and, moreover, only the carbonic anhydride passes through
the film, very little or none of the air escaping outward. The re-
sult depends, first, upon the solution of the carbonic anhydride by the
water on one surface of the film ; secondly, on the evaporation into the
air, from the other surface, of the gas thus absorbed. Similar ex-

VOL. VIII. 30

234 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

periments were made by Drs. Mitchell and Faust, and others, in which
gases passed through a film of india-rubber, entering into a partial
combination with the material on one surface, and escaping from it on
the other.

Graham not only considerably extended our knowledge of this class
of phenomena, but also gave us a satisfactory explanation of the mode
in which these remarkable results are produced. He recognized in
these cases the action of a feeble chemical force, insufficient to pro-
duce a definite compound, but still capable of determining a more or
less perfect union, as in the case of simple solution. He also dis-
tinguished the influence of mass in causing the formation or decomposi-
tion of such weak chemical compounds. The conditions of the phenom-
ena under consideration are simply these : —

First. A material for the septum capable of forming a feeble chem-
ical union with the gas to be transferred.

Secondly. An excess of the gas on one side of the film and a
deficiency on the other.

Thirdly. Such a temperature that the unstable compound may
orm at the surface, where the aeriform constituent is present in large
mass, while it decomposes at the opposite surface, where the quantity
is less abundant.

One of the most remai-kable results of Graham's study of this pecu-
liar mode of transfer of aeriform matter through the very substance of
solid bodies was an ingenious method of separating the oxygen from
the atmosphere. The apparatus consisted simply of a bag of india-
rubber kept distended by an interior framework, while it was exhausted
by a Sprengel pump. Under these circumstances the selective affinity
of the caoutchouc determines such a difference in the rate of transfer
of the two constituents of the atmosphere that the amount of oxygen
in the transpired air rises to forty per cent, and by repeating the
process nearly pure oxygen may be obtained. It was at first hoped
that this method might find a valuable application in the arts, but in
this Graham was disappointed ; for the same result has since been
effected by purely chemical methods, which are both cheaper and more
rapid.

These experiments on india-rubber naturally led to the study of
similar effects produced with metallic septa, which, although to some
extent previously observed in passing gases through heated metallic
tubes, had been only imperfectly understood. Thus, when a stream ot

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 24, 1870. 235

hydrogen or carbonic oxide is passed through a red-hot iron tube, a no
inconsiderable portion of the gas escapes through the walls. The same
is true to a still greater degree when hydrogen is passed through a red-
hot tube of platinum, and Graham showed that through the walls of a
tube of palladium hydrogen gas passes, under the same conditions, al-
most as rapidly as water through a sieve. Moreover, our distinguished
Associate proved that this rapid transfer of gas through these dense
metallic septa was due, as in the case of the india-rubber, to an actual
chemical combination of its material with the metal, formed at the sur-
face, where the gas is in excess, and as rapidly decomposed on the op-
posite face of the septum. He not only recognized as belonging to this
class of phenomena the very great absorption of hydrogen by platinum
plate and sponge in the familiar experiment of the Doebereiner lamp,
but also showed that this gas is a definite constituent of meteoric iron, —
a fact of great interest from its bearing on the meteoric theory.

We are thus led to Graham's last important discovery, which was the
justification of the theory we have been considering, and the crown-
ing of this long line of investigation. As may be anticipated from what
has been said, the most marked example of that order of chemical com-
pounds, to which the metallic transpiration of aeriform matter we have
been considering is due, is the compound of palladium with hydrogen.
Graham showed that when a plate of this metal is made the negative
pole in the electrolysis of water, it absorbs nearly one thousand times
its volume of hydrogen gas, — a quantity approximative^ equivalent to
one atom of hydrogen to each atom of palladium. He further showed
that the metal thus becomes so profoundly altered as to indicate that the
product of this union is a definite compound. Not only is the volume
of the metal increased, but its tenacity and conducting power for elec-
tricity are diminished, and it acquires a slight susceptibility to magnet-
ism, which the pure metal does not possess. The chemical qualities
of this product are also remarkable. It precipitates mercury from a
solution of its chloride, and in general acts as a strong reducing agent.
Exposed to the action of chlorine, bromine, or iodine, the hydrogen leaves
the palladium and enters into direct union with these elements. More-
over, although the compound is readily decomposed by heat, the gas can-
not be expelled from the metal by simple mechanical means.

These facts recall the similar relations frequently observed between
the qualities of an alloy and those of the constituent metals, and suggest
the inference made by Graham, that palladium charged with hydrogen

236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

is a compound of the same class, — a conclusion which harmonizes with
the theory long held by many chemists, that hydrogen gas is the vapor
of a very volatile metal. This element, however, when combined with
palladium, is in a peculiarly active state, which sustains somewhat the
same relation to the familiar gas that ozone bears to ordinary oxygen.
Hence Graham distinguished this condition of hydrogen by the term
" Hydrogenium." Shortly before his death a medal was struck at the
Royal Mint from the hydrogen palladium alloy in honor of its discov-
ery ; but although this discovery attracted public attention chiefly on
account of the singular chemical relations of hydrogen, which it brought
so prominently to notice, it will be remembered in the history of science
rather as the beautiful termination of a life-long investigation, of which
the medal was the appropriate seal.

Simultaneously with the experiments on gases, whose results we have
endeavored to present in the preceding pages, Graham carried forward
a parallel line of investigation of an allied class of phenomena, which
may be regarded as the manifestations of molecular motion in liquid
bodies. The phenomena of diffusion reappear in liquids, and Graham
carefully observed the times in which equal weights of various salts
dissolved in water diffused from an open-mouth bottle into a large vol-
ume of pure water, in which the bottle was immersed. He was not,
however, able to correlate the results of these experiments by such a
simple law as that which obtains with gases. It appeared, nevertheless,
that the rate of diffusion differs very greatly for the different soluble
salts, having some relation to the chemical composition of the salt which
he was unable to discover. But he found it possible to divide the
salts into groups ot equi-diffusive substances, and he showed that the
rates of diffusion of the several groups bear to one another simple nu-
merical ratios.

More important results were obtained from the study of a class of
phenomena corresponding to the transpiration of gases through india-
rubber or metallic septa. These phenomena, as manifested in the trans-
fer of liquids and of salts in solution through bladder, or a similar mem-
brane, had previously been frequently studied under the names of exos-
mose and endosmose, but to Graham we owe the first satisfactory
explanation. As in the case of gases, he referred these effects to the
influence of chemical force, combination taking place on one sm-face of
the membrane, and the compound breaking up on the other, the differ-
ence depending, as in the previous instance, on the influence of mass.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 24, 1870. 237

He also swept away the arbitrary distinctions made by previous experi-
menters, showed that this wbole class of phenomena are essentially
similar, and called this manifestation of power simply " osmose."

While studying osmotic action, Graham was led to one of his
most important generalizations, — the recognition of the crystalline
and amorphous states as fundamental distinctions in chemistry.
Bodies in the first state he called crystalloids ; those in the last
state, colloids (resembling glue). That there is a difference in struct-
ure between crystalloids, like sugar or felspar, and colloids, like
barley candy or glass, has of course always been evident to the most
superficial observer ; but Graham was the first to recognize in these
external differences two fundamentally distinct conditions of matter not
peculiar to certain substances, but underlying all chemical differences,
and appearing to a greater or less degree in every substance. He
showed that the power of diffusion through liquids depends very much
on these fundamental differences of condition, — sugar, one of the least
diffusible of the crystalloids, diffusing fourteen times more rapidly than
caromel, the corresponding colloid. He also showed that, in accord-
ance with the general chemical rule, while colloids readily combine
with crystalloids, bodies in the same condition manifest little or no
tendency to chemical union. Hence in osmose, where the membranes
employed are invariably colloidal, the osmotic action is confined almost
entirely to crystalloids, since they alone are capable of entering into
that combination with the material of the septum on which the whole
action depends.

On the above principles Graham based a simple method of sepa-
rating crystalloids from colloids, which he calls " dialysis," and which
was a most valuable addition to the means of chemical analysis. A
shallow tray, prepared by stretching parchment paper (an insoluble
colloid) over a gutta-percha hoop, is the only apparatus required.
The solution to be " dialyzed " is poured into this tray, which is then
floated on pure water, whose volume should be eight or ten times
greater than that of the solution. Under these conditions the crystal-
loids will diffuse through the porous septum into the water, leaving the
colloids on the tray, and in the course of a few days a more or less
complete separation of the two classes of bodies will have taken place.
In this way arsenious acid and similar crystalloids may be separated
from the colloidal materials with which, in the case of poisoning, they
are usually found mixed in the animal juices or tissues.

238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

But besides having these practical applications, the method of dialysis
in the hands of Graham yielded the most startling results, developing an
almost entirely new class of bodies as the colloidal forms of our most
familiar substances, and justifying the conclusion that the colloidal as
well as the crystalline condition is an almost universal attribute of
matter. Thus, he was able to obtain solutions in water of the colloidal
states of aluminic, feoric, chromic, stannic, metastannic, titanic, molybdic,
tungstic, and silicic hydrates, all of which gelatinize under definite
conditions like a solution of glue. The wonderful nature of these facts
can be thoroughly appreciated only by those familiar with the subject,
but all may understand the surprise with which the chemist saw such
hard, insoluble bodies as flint dissolved abundantly in water and con-
verted into soft jellies. These facts are, without doubt, the most im-
portant contributions of Dr. Graham to pure chemistry.

In this sketch of the scientific career of our late Associate, we have
followed the logical, rather than the chronological, order of events,
hoping thus to render the relations of the different parts of his work
more intelligible. It must be remembered, however, that the two lines
of investigation we have distinguished were in fact interwoven, and
that the beautiful harmony which his completed life presents was the
result, not of a preconceived plan, but of a constant devotion to truth,
and a childlike faith, which unhesitatingly pressed forward whenever
nature pointed out the way.

Although the investigations of the phenomena connected with the
molecular motion in gases and liquids were by far the most important
of Dr. Graham's labors, he also contributed to chemistry many re-
searches which cannot be included under this head. Of these, which
we may regard as his detached efforts, the most important was his
investigation of the hydrates and other salts of phosphorus. It is true
that the interpretation he gave of the results has been materially modi-
fied by the modern chemical philosophy, yet the facts which he estab-
lished form an important part of the basis on which that philosophy
rests. Indeed, it seems as if he almost anticipated the later doctrines of
types and polybasic acids, and in none of his work did he show more
discriminating observation or acute reasoning. A subsequent investi-
gation on the condition of water in several crystalline salts and in the
hydrates of sulphuric acid is equally remarkable. Lastly, Graham also
made interesting observations on the combination of alcohol with salts,
on the process of etherification, on the slow oxidation of phosphorus,

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 24, 1870. 239

and on the spontaneous inflammability of phosphuretted hydrogen. It
would not, however, be appropriate in this place to do more than
enumerate the subjects of these less important studies ; and we have
therefore only aimed in this sketch to give a general view of the
character of the field which this eminent student of nature chiefly
cultivated, and to show how abundant was the harvest of truth which
we owe to his faithful toil.

Graham was not a voluminous writer. His scientific papers were all
very brief, but comprehensive, and his " Elements of Chemistry " was
his only large work. This was an admirable exposition of chemical
physics, as well as of pure chemistry, and gave a more philosophical ac-
count of the theory of the galvanic battery than had previously appeared.
Our late Associate was fortunate in receiving during life a generous
recognition of the value of his labors. His membership was sought by
almost all the chief scientific societies of the world, and he enjoyed to a
high degree the confidence and esteem of his associates. Indeed, he
was singularly elevated above the petty jealousies and belittling quarrels,
which so often mar the beauty of a student's life, while the great love-
liness and kindliness of his nature closely endeared him to his friends.
He was never married, keeping house with a sister at No. 4 Gordon
Square, where he dispensed a liberal hospitality, which has been en-
joyed by many of .our scientific countrymen who have visited London
during the last twenty years.

In concluding, we must not forget to mention that most genial trait
of Graham's character, his sympathy with young men, which gave him
great influence as a teacher in the College with which he was long
associated. There are many now prominent in the scientific world
who have found in his encouragement the strongest incentive to
perseverance, and in his approval and friendship the best reward of
success.

Frederic Overbeck was born at Lubeck on the 2d of July, 1789,
and commenced his studies in art at a very early age. In 1806 he
entered the Academy of Fine Arts at Vienna. His natural tendencies,
fostered by the counsels of Eberhard Wachter, soon led him to the
exclusive study of the Pre-Raphaelite painters. This brought him
into such open opposition to the professors, whose principles were
those of the classical school of Mengs and David, that he was dis-
missed from the Academy, and in the year 1810 went to Rome,
where he found himself in a thoroughly congenial atmosphere. Six

240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

years lafer, when Niebuhr arrived there as Prussian ambassador, he
found Overbeck and other young artists, who were then laying the
foundations of the new school of painting in Germany, divided into
two parties, professing utterly opposed principles. These were the
Nazarenes, so called from their mode of life and their austerity of
demeanor, whose leaders, Overbeck, Wilhelm, Schadow, and Veit, late
converts to Romanism, looked upon art as the servant of religion,
and lived like monks in the old convent of San Isidoro, preparing then-
simple meals in the kitchen of the convent ; and the Pagans, as they
might have been denominated, who were devout adoi'ers of the antique.
This latter party numbered Thorwaldsen, Koch, and Schlick in its
ranks. Cornelius stood midway between the two parties, but his dis-
like of the proselytism which was practised by the Nazarenes rather
impelled him in the opposite direction ; and, although a Catholic,
he openly said that when they made their first convert he would
become a Protestant.

Niebuhr tells us that the Catholicism of Cornelius was at bottom
nothing more than the creed of the old Protestants, " thanks to the
training which he had received from a pious, though by no means big-
oted mother " ; but Overbeck, he adds, " is, on the contrary, an enthusi-
ast, and quite illiberal ; he is a very amiable man and endowed with a
magnificent imagination, but incapable by nature of standing alone,
and by no means so clear-headed as he is practical."

In the society of such men as Niebuhr, Bunsen, and Brandis these
artists met on the most friendly terms, though certain topics (teste
Niebuhr) were necessarily excluded from conversation on account of
the Catholicism of Overbeck and Schadow.

A few years after Overbeck had settled at Rome, the Prussian
Consul-General, Salomm Bartholdy (Mendelssohn's uncle), proposed
to him, together with Veit, Schadow, and Cornelius, to decorate with
frescos a room in the Palazzo Zuccheri, where he resided, offering
himself to meet all material expenses. Thus these young and ardent
spirits were enabled to carry out their long-cherished project of reviv-
ing an almost forgotten art in the very city where its greatest master-
pieces had been executed, nearly three centuries before, by the hands
of Raphael and Michael Angelo.

The history of Joseph was selected for treatment, and Overbeck
painted the episode of Joseph sold by his brethren to the Ishmaelites.
In this, his first important work, the young artist displayed his life-

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAT 24, 1870. 241

long merits and defects. We need go no farther to understand him ;
for, unlike men of original genius, Overheck had but one style, or, to
speak more correctly, but one manner, which too often degenerated
into mannerism. He was in no sense progressive ; his art wanted
individual life ; it was a plant carefully trained after the outward
pattern of a phase of art which still keeps its high place because it
was the spontaneous growth and vital expression of the age which
produced it, — a ghost clad in Pre-Raphaelite garments, cold, cor-
rect, full of evidences of careful study, but never inspired, never
living. Now and then, as in this very fresco, or in his great pic-
ture of The Influence of Religion upon the Arts in the Staedel In-
stitute at Frankfort, we are charmed by a naive grace and simplicity ;
but this is because we are thinking of Perugino, rather than of
Overbeck.

After completing their work at the Palazzo Zuccheri, Overbeck,
Schadow, and Cornelius painted frescos, representing scenes selected
from the poems of the four great Italian poets, in the casino of the
villa of Prince Massimo, near St. John Lateran. Overbeck took his
subject from Tasso ; but he was not the man required for such a work,
and could not rise to the same level as when his pencil was employed
upon Biblical scenes. In dealing with these he was in his element,
and the long series of charcoal drawings which he commenced, while
living at the Palazzo Cenci, for an illustrated German Bible, are, as
it seems to us, by far his best works. For color he had no feeling.
His oil pictures are positively disagreeable from their leaden tones,
false scale of crude tints, and inharmonious juxtaposition of colors ;
but his simple outline drawings, only slightly shaded, are masterly.
His most important paintings, besides those already mentioned, are
the Miracle of St. Francis and the Roses, in the Church of Sta. Maria
degli Angeli at Assisi ; Christ in the Garden, at Hamburg ; and the
Entrance of Christ into Jerusalem, in the Church of the Virgin at
Lubeck. After residing fifty-nine years at Rome, Overbeck died there
of rapid consumption on the 12th of November, 1869.

No one who has ever seen him can forget his striking appearance.
Like his art, he was an .anachronism. Clad in a long purple robe
bordered with gray fur, and wearing a cap of the same material and
trimmings upon his head, grave and sober in his walk and conversa-
tion, he looked as if he had stepped out of one of Holbein's pictures.
Could he have been set down in the Rotterdam of the sixteenth cen-

VQL. VIII. 31

242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

tury, he might have met Erasmus without startling him as he startled
the stranger of our day who saw him for the first time in the streets of
Rome or in his studio on the Esquiline.

He was so gentle and kindly that all felt drawn towards him, while
at the same time his reverend aspect inspired those who approached
him with veneration. The purity of his life was reflected in his per-
son, as in his art, and the atmosphere which surrounded him was so
far removed from the tumultuous rush of modern existence, that when
you left him, and plunged again into the world as it is, you carried
away a thousand longings for that world of which he seemed a part.
Overbeck was a priest of Art, to whom it was a holy thing, and never
a means of gaining money or men's applause.

The thanks of the Academy were voted to the retiring
Secretary, Mr. Wright, for his long and faithful service.

Six hundred and twenty second Meeting.

June 1-1, 1870. — Adjourned Annual Meeting.

The President in the chair.

Letters in acknowledgment of their election as Fellows were
received from C. C. Perkins, Esq., Professor N. Holmes, and
Dr. George Derby.

Dr. J. B. S. Jackson was appointed to the Auditing Commit-
tee in place of Dr. Ware, absent in Europe.

Professor Lovering proposed that Chapter I., Section II., of
the Statutes of the Academy, be amended by the substitution
of the word " five" for " three," and also for the word " two,"
so that the article shall read " and an annual assessment of five
dollars, with such additional sum, not exceeding five dollars,
as the Academy shall, by a standing vote, from time to time
determine." Referred to a committee consisting of Messrs.
Lovering, Clark, and Quincy.

The President called attention to the fact, that, in the new
Dictionary of Latin and Byzantine Greek by Professor Sopho-
cles, no mention is made of the " Glossary," published by
the Academy as the seventh volume of its Memoirs, of which

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1870. 243

the later work is a development. He had reason to believe
that the omission would be supplied.

The Vice-President and Professors Parsons and Holmes
were appointed a committee to consider whether the cost of
printing Professor Lovering's memoir upon the Aurora Bo-
realis could rightly be defrayed from the Rumford Fund, and
also what disposition should be made of any proceeds which
might accrue from the republication by the Academy of Count
Ptumford's works.

It was voted to appropriate one hundred and fifty dollars to
be expended by the Library Committee, and three hundred
and fifty dollars to be expended by the Committee on Publica-
tions.

Mr. Porter C. Bliss made a communication on the Ethnol-
ogy of the Indian tribes of the southern part of South Amer-
ica.

The President read by title the following papers : —

1. Reconstruction of the Order Diapensiacecc. By Asa Gray,

The name of this group was first used by Link, for a tribe of Com
volrulacece, — which was wide of the mark. But the order was founded
by Lindley in 1836 (Introd. Nat. Syst. ed. 2). The two genera and
species of which it was constituted, however, have on the one hand
been appended to Ericaceae, as by Endlicher and Dr. Hooker, or on the
other referred to Polemoniacece, as by Don, Fries, and Alph. DeCan-
dolle. Decaisne, indeed, keeps up the order (Decaisne and LeMaout,
Triiite Gen. Bot.) ; but as he intercalates it between the Pyrolece and
Vaccinece, admitting those and kindred groups as orders, his view coin-
cides with that of Endlicher and Hooker. In the second and subse-
quent editions of the Man. Bot. N. United States, I had followed the
other course. But, after an attentive study of the Polemoniacece of the
Northern hemisphere, I can no longer recognize the relationship. The
plants in question have neither the gamophyllous calyx, nor the convo-
lute aestivation of the corolla, nor the usually three-cleft style, nor the
hypogynous disk, nor the pretty large embryo with flattened or folia-
ceous cotyledons of Polemoniacece; nor do the latter anywhere show
an approach to the stamens of Diapensia. That these points of differ-
ence from Polemoniacece are all, with one exception, points of agree-

244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

ment with Ericacece, must be conceded, as also the similarity of habit.
But the complete absence of an hypogynous disk, and the insertion of
the stamens upon (instead of with) the corolla, are characters which
ought to weigh heavily, in the absence of all the peculiar marks of
Ericacece, — such, for instance, as the indusiate stigma, tetrahedral pol-
len, &c. Dr. Hooker, after due mention and consideration of these
points (in Kew Jour. Bot. 9, p. 372), yet finds, in his remarkable
genus Diplarche, strong evidence of a transition between Diapensia
and Loiseleuria, his genus having one set of stamens adnate high up on
a corolla which much resembles in shape that of Diapensia Lapponica.
But Diplarche exhibits the disk, the stigma, and the pollen characteris-
tic of Ericacece, and has neither the filament nor the anther of Dia-
pensia and Pyxidanthera.

There is a genus, however, which accords with these in the whole gen-
eral structure of the flower, and even in that of the filament and anther.
This is Shortia, Torr. & Gray, published, upon most imperfect charac-
ters, at the close of an article of mine in the American Journal of Science
and Arts, vol. 42, in the year 1841, two years earlier, apparently, than
the fully characterized Schizocodon of .Siebold and Zuccarini. The his-
tory of this genus, and of the identification of the almost .unknown
Alleghanian plant with that of Japan, is given in the following note,*

* "At the end of the separate herbarium of Michaux, in the museum of the
Jardin des Plantes, Paris, is preserved a specimen, ticketed, 'Hautes montagnes de
Carolinie, an Pyrola spec. ? an genus novum 1 ' The scapes bear the dehiscent
capsule, tipped with a style, and surrounded by the sepals ; the corolla and stamens
are absent. A sketch of the specimen, a leaf, and the summit of one of the scapes
were obligingly presented to me by Professor Decaisne. With more zeal than
judgment, I drew up the characters from this unique and incomplete specimen, and
in this Journal for January, 1841, in a note to an account of a botanical excursion
to the mountains of North Carolina, I published the plant under the name of
Shortia galacifolia, Torr. & Gray. Contrary to my hopes and expectations, the
plant has not yet turned up in its native haunts. The late Dr. Short, who has
since gone to his rest, deserved better commemoration at our hands than this emp-
ty name of a most obscure plant. Indeed, our botanists, applying the old law
maxim, De non apparentibus et de non existenlibus eadem est ratio, are not unreason-
ably doubting if there ever was any such plant. Some lucky botanist will proba-
bly rediscover it in the region around the Black Mountains. What I have now to
announce is, that the genus is found, and probably the very species, in a widely
distant region indeed, but just where, after all we have been learning, it was not
unnatural to expect it.

" In the vear 1843, if I mistake not (I cannot at this moment ascertain the exact

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1870. 245

which was published in the Journal above mentioned, in the year
1867.

Finally Galax of Linnaeus, — a genus of undetermined affinity, —
as I now perceive, has its floral peculiarities and its relationship ex-
plained upon comparison with Shortia or Schizocodon. Its corolla (still
somewhat gamopetalous, as Baillon remarks in Adansonia, 1, p. 196)
is deeply parted ; and the stamens with the interposed squamula?, or
sterile series of stamens, are connate into a tube, which not a little
resembles the corolla of Diapensia, the fertile stamens occupying the
sinuses of its petaloid divisions instead of those of the corolla. The
style also is short, and there is no persistent columella in the axis of
the capsule. Galax has been referred to Pyrolacece ; but the points of
resemblance are few, and the differences many and great, in corolla,
androecium, style, seeds, &c.

If, then, these two outlying genera are truly related to Diapensia, as
I suppose them to be, the group which they compose will hardly be
referred to Ericaceae. As a distinct small order, Galax included, the
name Diapensiacece should be preferred to Galacinece. For Don's
order Galacinece, though the earlier in date, was a thoroughly hetero-
geneous assemblage.

The diagnoses of the genera here brought together are as follows : —

date, none being given in the separate issue), the late Professor Zuccarini published
a plant from the mountains of Japan under the name of Schizocodon soldanelloides ;
and Dr. Maximowiez last year added two other species, S. ilicijblius, which he
thinks too closely resembles the original species, and S. imiflorus. Of the latter, as
well as of S. soldanelloides, Dr. Maximowiez has obligingly supplied me with speci-
mens. S. unijlorus appears to differ (and perhaps too little) from the original spe-
cies chiefly in the single-flowered scape, broader bracts, broader and more numer-
ously-nerved sepals, and more slender style. Of this as of Shortia galacifolia, the
corolla and stamens are unknown. Until these parts are found, and prove to be
different, 1 may venture to assume that the two are identical !

" Dr. Maximowiez, the latest and best botanical explorer of Japan and the adja-
cent regions northward, and whose excellent specimens have been liberally supplied
to some of the principal herbaria of this country (where they are most interesting),
is sedulously engaged upon a Flora Japonica. It should be left for him to decide
which generic name should be adopted, the earlier and incomplete or the later and
complete one.

" As to the affinities of the genus, I had thought mostly of Galax, itself of un-
detected relationship. The fringed Soldanel!a-like corolla and the similar foliage
are unaccompanied by any other structural resemblances. Zuccarini simply refers
the genus to Polemoniacece ; and I will add that its nearest known relative is Dia-
pensia."

246 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Ord. Diapensiace^e, Lindl. (auctus.) Herba? perennes, nunc suf-
fruticuloso-perennantes, alternifoliae, pentamera?, gamopetala? ; calyce
5-sepalo persistente corollaque hypogynis a?stivatione quincuncialibus ;
staminibus corolla? adnatis laciniis ejusdem alternis, filamentis sa?pius
dilatatis, antherae loculis horizontaliter vel oblique bivalvibus ; polline
simplici ; disco plane nullo ; ovario (ima basi lata cum calycis fundo
levissime concreta) 3-(raro 4-) loculari ; stylo unico; stigmate subtrilobo
nudo ; ovulis indefinite numerosis in placentis axilibus anatropis vel
amphitropis ; capsula loculicida ; semiiiurn testa reticulata nucleo con-
formi vel relaxata ; embryone parvo tereti in albuinine carnoso, cotyle-
donibus brevissimis.

Tribus I. Diapensie^e. — Filamenta petaloideo-dilatata, corolla?
campanulatn? usque ad sinus adnata ; sterilia nulla: anthera? bilocu-
lares. Placenta? crassa? columella? pei"sistenti adnata?. — Planta? suffru-
ticuloso-ca?spitantes, depressa?, sempervirentes, foliosissima? ; foliis parvis
sessilibus enervibus integerrimis ; floribus terminalibus solitariis.

1. Pyxidanthera, Michx. Calyx pluribracteatus. Antbera? loculi
rima transversa bivalves, valvula inferiore cuspide appendiculata. Ovula
in loculis plurima, ampbitropa. Semina subglobosa, testa nucleo con-
formi. — Laxe repenti-cavpitans, flore inter folia rosulata- sessili. —
P. barbulata, Micbx. Fl. 1, t. 17; Gray, Bot. Text Book, ed. 3,
cum ic. xyl. ; Lindl. Veg. Kingd. p. 606, cum ic. xyl. ; Bot. Mag. t.
4592.

2. Diapensia, L. Calyx 2-3-bracteatus. Anthera? mutica? loculi
basi divergentes obliqui, rima descendente bivalves. Ovula in loculis
numerosissima, anatropa. Semina subcubica, testa nucleo subconfonni.
— Pulvinato-ca?spitantes, pedunculo saltern fructifero evoluto scapifor-
mi. — D. Lapponica, L. (Decaisne & LeMaout. Trait. Bot. p. 235,
cum ic. xyl. opt.) 2 D. Hijialaica, Hook. f. Kew Jour. Bot.
p. 372, t. 12.

Tribus II. Galacine^e. — Filamenta fertilia (complanata) cum
totidem sterilibus vel squamulis alternis connata, veldiscreta. Anthera?
mutica?. Ovula anatropa. Semina sursum imbricata, testa relaxata, ad
chalazam producta. — Herba? acaules ; foliis longe petiolatis rotnndato-
cordatis plus minus dentatis venosis perennantibus scapisque elongatis
racemoso-uni-multifloris e rbizomatibus repentibus ortis.

3. Shortia, Torr. & Gray, 1841, (Schizocodon, Sieb. & Zucc. 1843.)
Corolla infundibuliformi-campanulata, 5-loba ; lobis fimbriato-multifidis.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1870. 247

Stamina discreta : filamenta fertilia usque ad fauceru (sub sinubus) ad-
nata : antbera? biloculares fere Diapensice, loculis connectivurn margi-
nantibus demum transversis. Squamuke seu filamenta sterilia oppositi-
petala corolla? supra basim inserta, lineares. Stylus elongatus. Semina
in placentis amplis columella? persistenti adnatis numei'osissima, sur-
sum imbi'icata, oblique ovata, ad cbalazam obtuse apiculata. — Folia
repando-dentata, sa?pius retusa, laxe venosa. Scapus uni-pauciflorus,
superne squamoso-bracteatus, bracteis sepalisque demum cbartaceis
nervosis. — S. galacifolia, Torr. & Gray in Sill. Jour. 1. c. — Schi-
zocodon soldanelloides, Sieb. & Zucc, Act. Acad. Monac. 1843, t. 2,
f. 1, S. ilicif alius et S. uniflorus, Maxim, aut species peraffiues, aut in
unicam conjungenda? ?

4. Galax, L. Corolla 5-partita, lobis obovato-spatbulatis integer-
rimis. Stamina 5 fertilia cum sterilibus squamulisve in tubum basi
corolla? adnatum apice 10-dentatum connata, dentibus subspatbulatis,
fertilibus quam sterilia brevioribus et apice latioribus antheram uni-
locularem tranversim bivalvem introrsum adnatam gerentibus. Stylus
brevissimus. Placenta? ab axi sa?pius tripartibili dissepimentis adnata
secedentes. Semina plurima, angusta, sursum longe attenuata. — Folia
crebre dentata, reticulata. Scapus nudus, racemum multi- et parvi-
florum gerens ; bracteis minimis fere obsoletis. — G. aphylla, Linn.
Erythrorhiza rotandifolia, Michx. Fl. 2, p. 35, t. 36.

2. Revision of the North American Polemoniacece. By Asa Gray.

I. Stamina incequaliter inserta.

1. PHLOX. Corolla Irrpocraterimorpha. Filamenta brevia, inclusa. Ovula in
loculis 1-5. Semina sub aqua imrautata, tegumento simpliei albumini adha?-
rente. — Folia integerrima, saltern inferiora opposita.

2. COLLOMIA. Corolla aut hypocraterimorpha aut infundibuliformis. Fila-
menta gracilia, soepius exserta. Ovula in loculis solitaria, pauca, vel pluri-
ma. Semina humefacta mucilaginosa spirillifera. — Folia omnia vel plera alter-
na, saepius pinnatipartita vel incisa.

II. Stamina cequaliter inserta. Semina humectata plerumque spirilli-
fera vel mucilaginosa.

3. GILIA. Corolla a hypocrateriformi ad subrotatam. Filamenta haud dccli-
nata inappendiculata. — Folia varia.

4. FOLEMOXIOI. Corolla ab infundibuliformi ad rotatam. Filamenta gra-
cilia, plus minus declinata, basi piloso-appendiculata. Folia alterna, pinna-
tisecta.

248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

These are the best diagnostic characters to be had for the Polemoni-
aceous genera with which we have here to do. One other, Lceselia, is
not unlikely to be found along our Mexican frontier. The genera at
first sight would appear to be more obviously and strictly limited than
they actually prove to be ; and, except for certain connecting forms,
their number might be properly increased by the severance of one
polymorphous genus into several, which, for the want of a little ex-
tinction, just fail to establish their characters. These plants may also
interest the philosophical botanist in another particular, namely, in what
seems to be the indications of an incipient dimorphism, discernible in
sundry species, but in none of them, perhaps, completely carried out
into reciprocally long and short filaments and style. For instance, in
some species of Gilia, section Leptosiphon, the style is long in some
individuals and short in others, while the stamens are uniform ; on the
other hand, at least in one species of the section Ipomopsis the stamens
are exserted in some individuals and included in others, with little or
no obvious difference in the style. In view of these facts, we may sus-
pect that the two sorts of style which Professor Thurber and Profes-
sor Torrey have detected in the genus Phlox (namely, that more than
half the species have a long style, so that the stigmas are often ex-
serted, while the rest have very short ones, bearing the stigmas low
down in the tube of the corolla) are somehow of dimorphic nature.
Yet it is only in P. subulata that I have seen both long and short
styles ; and here the short-styled plant has (irrespective of this charac-
ter) been described as a distinct species (P. nivalis, P. Hentzii), and is
apt to have a pair of ovules in each cell, while the long-styled P. subu-
lata rarely shows more than one. Moreover, in the Speciosa group
this character of the style really furnishes one of the most available
specific distinctions. "Whatever view be taken of it, the case may
properly be compared with that of certain species of the generally
dimorphic genus Primula, mentioned by Mr. Scott (in Jour. Linn.
Soc. 8, p. 80), which, so far as known, are either long-styled or short-
styled without their complementary fellow. Similarly the two species
of Gilia composing the group which I have named Giliandra might
be regarded as the long-stamened form, of which the short-stamened
counterpart is unknown or non-existent. A state of things which, al-
though singular, is intelligible upon the doctrine of the gradual evolu-
tion of specific and dimorphic differences.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1870. 249

1. PHLOX, L.

Corolla hypocraterimorpha, ore angusto. Stamina tubo valde inas-
qualiter insert a : filamenta brevissima vel brevia, inclusa. Stylus nunc
elongatus, faueem ada?quans vel superans, nunc brevissimus. Ovula
in loculis 1, 2, rarissime 3-5. Semina sub aqua iramutata, tegumen-
to simpliei albumini adha?rente nee mucilagine nee spirillis pra?dito. —
Herba? vel suffruticuli Amer. Borealis, foliis integerrimis, caulinis
sessilibus oppositis summisve alternis, corollas a?stivatione niaxime con-
volutiva.

§ 1. Latifolice, Perennes, America? Boreali-Orientales, uniovulatae.

* Thyrsi 'florce ; cymulis compactis in paniculam floribundam vel
thyrsum digestis, pedicellis brevissimis ; caule elato stricto ; corol-
la? lobis integerrimis.

1. P. paxiculata, L. P. paniculata (forma pubescens) & P. acu-
minata, Pursh, Benth. in DC. P. undulata, Ait. P. Sichnanni,
Lehm. P. scabra, Sweet, Brit. Fl. Gard. t. 248. P. cordata, Ell. ;
Brit. Fl. Gard. n. ser. t. 13. P. corymbosa, Sweet, 1. c. t. 114,
a rough-pubescent form. P. glandulosa, Shuttleworth, coll. Rugel,
pubescent form.

2. P. maculata, L., Jacq. Yind. t. 127. P. pyramidalis, Smith,
Exot. 2, t. 87 ; Brit. Fl. Gard. t. 233 ; very floribund cultivated state.
P. odorata, Sweet, Brit. Fl. Gard. t. 224. P. rejlexa, id. t. 232
(hybrid). P. penduliflora, Sweet, 1. c. n. ser. t. 46. P. suaveolens,
Ait. Kew. ; form with white flowers and stem often spotless, to which
belong P. tardiflora, Penny ex Benth., and P. longijlora, Sweet,
Brit. Fl. Gard. ser. t. 31.

* * CorymboscB ; cymulis corymbosis nunc simplicibus ; caulibus

erectis vel patentibus ; corolla? lobis latis integerrimis vel obeor-

datis.
-K- Glaberrimce, nitida?, erecta? vel adscendentes ; calycis lobis latis ;

corolla? lobis rotundatis integerrimis. Rarius corymbo vel caule

scabro-puberulo.

3. P. ovata, L. Sp. ed. 1, p. 152. Caulibus e basi decumbente vel
repente adscendentibus (subpedalibus) ; foliis ovatis nunc oblongo-lan-
ceolatis summisve subcordatis, infimis in petiolum angustatis ; calycis
dentibus brevibus ovatis seu lato-lanceolatis acutis. — Bot. Mag. t. 528.
P. Carolina, var. ovata, Benth. in DC. P. latifolia, Michx. Fl. 1,
p. 143. — Var. elatior ; foliis lato- seu ovato-lanceolatis, calycis denti-

vol. vin. 32

250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

bus acutatis. P. Carolina, L. Sp. ed. 2. P. trijiora, Brit. Fl. Gard.
t. 293. Open woods, &c, upper country of Alabama and Carolina
along the Alleghanies to Huntingdon Co., Penn.f Porter. — P. ovata
is the earlier name (although rendered somewhat obscure by the char.
" floribus solitariis," which was taken from Plukenet's figure), and is
the more to be preferred as the original of P. Carolina is one of those
forms which seem to pass gradually into P. glaberrima. The Carolin-
ian specimens of " Gray and Carey," referred in the Prodromus to
P. glaberrima, are clearly of the present species.

4. P. glaberrima, L. Caulibus gracilibus erectis (1 - 2-pedali-
bus) ; foliis lineari- nunc oblongo-lanceolatis summisve anguste ovato-
lanceolatis superne sensim angustatis acuminatis firmioribus subaveniis
margine subrevolutis, pagina superiore nitida ; calycis dentibus trian-
gulari- seu lanceolato-subulatis acutissimis. — Brit. Fl. Gard. n. ser.
t. 36. P. glaberrima & P. Carolina var. nitida & puberula, Benth.
in DC. P. trijiora, Michx. ; forma corymbo ramosiore laxiore. P.
nitida, Pursh. P. suffruticosa, Willd. Enum. ; Bot. Reg. t. G8. P.
carnea, Sims, Bot. Mag. t. 2155 ; Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 711. P. Carolina,
Walt.; Sims, Bot. Mag. t. 1344, var. caule scabro-puberula. P. revo-
luta, Aikin in Eaton Man. — Prairies and open grounds, Ohio and
Wisconsin to Florida and Louisiana.

"*"" -i— Pilosoe seu Glandulosce ; caulibus floriferis erectis vel patenti-
bus ; calycis pi. m. pilosi ssepius viscidi dentibus elongatis angustis
seu angustissimis ; corollas lobis nunc retusis vel obcordatis.

+-»■ Estolonosa3.

5. P. Floridana, Benth. in DC. Caule stricto bipedali cum foliis
lineari- seu oblongo-lanceolatis rigidulis pilosulo vel glabello apice cum
corymbo glanduloso, calycis glandulosi dentibus lanceolato-setaceis ;
corollae lobis obovatis integerrimis. — Chapm. Fl. p. 339. P. Caro-
lina, Sweet, Brit. Fl. Gard. t. 190 ? — Dry open woods, Florida, Chap-
man, Rugel, &c. Distinguished from P. glaberrima by the much
longer and narrower teeth of the glandular-pubescent calyx.

G. P. pilosa, L. Caule erecto gracili (1 -2-pedali) cum foliis lan-
ceolatis linearibusque (saspius a basi sessili ad apicem sensim attenua-
tis) villoso piloso vel pubescente nunc glabrato ; corymbo demum
aperto ; calycis aut hirto-villosi aut pubescens subviscidi dentibus elon-
gato- vel tenuissime subulato-setaceis superne nunc arisliformibus ;
corollas lobis obovatis integerrimis. — Bot. Mag. t. 1307; Lodd. Cab.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JUNE 14, 1S70. 251

t. 1251. P. aristata, Michx. ; Lodd. Cab. t. 1731 ; Torr. Fl. N. Y. 2,
t. 80. — New Jersey to Saskatchawan, Florida, and Texas. Variable
in foliage, pubescence, &c.

Var. detonsa : forma gracillima, sa?pius angustifolia, la?vis, corymbo
calyceque moilici? parurave pubescentibus. — P. aristata, Benth. pro
parte. — Florida, Alabama, Louisiana, Texas.

7. P. amcexa, Sims. Pube molli rarius hirtella pi. m. villosa ; cau-
libus adscendentibus simplicibus (G — "15-pollicaribus) ; foliis erectiuscu-

is oblongis lanceolatis seu lineari-lanceolatis acutiusculis obtusisve,
sum mis corymbum compactum bracteantibus ; ealycis dentibus anguste
subulatis acutissimis vix aristatis ; corolla? lobis obovatis integerrimis
raro emarginatis. — Bot. Mag. 1. 1308. P. pilosa, Walt., Michx. &c.
non L. P. pilosa ? var. Walteri, Gray, Man. ed. 2. P. Walteri,
Cliapm. Fl. p. 338. P. procumbens, Gray, Man. ed. 5, vix Lehm.
P. involucrata, Nutt. herb. — Barrens, dry bills, &c, Virginia and
Kentucky to Florida. Some forms nearly approach P. pilosa, with
which it has been confounded, especially when P. aristata has been
regarded as distinct.

++ ++ Substolonifera?, e basi caules steriles reptantes vel decumbentes
proferentes : folia breviuscula lata.

8. P. divaricata, L. ; Bot. Mag. t. 163. P. Canadensis, Sweet, Brit.
Fl. Gard. t. 221. Corolla? lobi obcordati vel cuneati emarginati, nunc,
in Var. Laphamii, Wood, integerrimi. P. glomerata, Nutt. herb. P.
glutinosa, Buckley in Sill. Journ. 45, p. 177, as to the specimens,
but the char. " flowers bright red or scarlet," must belong to some-
thing else, perhaps to some confusion of memory.

9. P. reptans, Michx. ; Vent. Malm. t. 107. P. stolonifera, Sims,
Bot. Mag. t. 563 ; Sweet, Brit. Fl. Gard. n. ser. t. 293. Both names
date from the year 1803. P. crassi folia, Lodd. Bot. Cab. 1. 1596. As
Dr. Torrey has noted, this species has a long, often exserted style, the
preceding a very short one, — characters we may suspect to be related
to dimorphism ; but if so the counterpart form has not been observed.

* * * Sparsiflorce, linearifolia?, bundles, diffusa? ; corolla? pallide
violacea? lobis cuneatis in segmenta angusta (linearia seu ob-
longa) bifidis.

10. P. bifida, Beck. ; Gray, Man. Pubescens ; foliis nunc glabra-
tis ; corolla? lobis ultra vel ad medium usque in segmenta sublinearia
bifidis. — Prairies of Illinois and Missouri ; in spring.

252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

11. P. Stellaiua, n. pp. Glaberrima, easspitosa, basi subperen-
nante; foliis angusto-linearibus rigidulis, superioribusbasi parum ciliatis;
pedunculis plerumque unifloris elongatis ; corollas " pallide cocrulea3
nunc fere albas" lobis apice in segmenta brevi-oblonga bifidis. —
" Cliffs of Kentucky River (probably above Lexington), in the fissures
of the most precipitous rocks," found only by the late Dr. Short,
May 1, 1829. The station should be rediscovered. Flowers as large
as those of the foregoing species. Named from the resemblance to a
Stettaria both in foliage and blossoms.

§ 2. Subulatce, Suffrutriculoso-perennantes, Cis-Missisippiance, sem-

pervirentes, uni-biovulatas ; foliis fasciculatis ; corollas lobis tantum

obcordatis.

(P. procumbens, Lehm. Ind. Sem. Hamb. 1828 ; Sweet, Brit. Fl.

Gard. n. ser. t. 7 — referred by Bent ham to P. subulata var. latifolia,

— in some specimens nearly approaches P. subulata, in others is more

like P. amcena, for which in Manual, ed. 5, I mistook it. It is unknown

as an indigenous plant, and is probably a hybrid of the two species

above mentioned.)

12. P. subulata, L. P. subulata & P. setacea, L. Chiefly with
long style and solitar}' ovules. — P. nivalis, Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 780;
Sweet, Brit. Fl. Gard. t. 185 ; form with short style, ovules com-
monly, but not always, in pairs (rarely 3) in each cell, and corolla
white. P. aristata, Lodd. 1. c. t. 1731. P. Hentzii, Nutt., with
white corolla, its lobes entire or nearly so, short style, and, in Nuttall's
specimens, solitary ovules. — Dry open ground, New York to Michigan
and Florida.

§ 3. Occidentals (transmontanas et montanas), suffrutescentes vel
suffruticulosas, raro a basi usque herbaceas, uni-triovulatas ; ramis
uni - paucifloris ; foliis plerumque angustis vel parvis margine
saspius pi. m. cartilagineo-incrassatis. Species difficillimas ut vide-
tur inosculantes.

* Pulvinato-ccespitosce, suffruticuloso-perennantes, sempervirentes ;
foliis brevibus nunc minimis usque ad flores solitarios (sessiles, in
postrema nunc brevi-pedunculatos) confertis imbricatisve ac fas-
ciculatis basibus scarioso-connatis, vetustis marcescentibus ; ovulis
solitariis. Species a minimis imbricatifoliis ad laxiores patenti-
folias ordinate.

-i— Folia saltern ad margines pilis arachnoideis instructa,

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1870. 253

++ Brevissima, latiuscula vel squamiformia, imbricata, mollia, tan-
tum raucronata. Plantas pulvinatae musciformes ; corollas lobi
integerrimi.

13. P. Richakdsonii, Hook. Fl. 2, p. 73, t. 160. Laxius pulvi-
nata ; foliis oblongo-lanceolatis (lin. 3 longis) parcius lanigeris margini-
bus incrassatis raox reflexis imbricatis, vetustis laxe patentibus ; corollas
" laste lilacinas," tubo calycem dimidio excedente, lobis late cuneato-
obovatis lin. 3 longis. — Arctic sea-sbore.

14. P. brtoides, Nutt. PL Gamb. p. 153. Densius pulvinata, mini-
ma, facie Selaginellam rvpestrem referens, copiose mollissime lanata ;
ramulis discretis ; foliis arete quadrifariam imbricatis squamasformibus
ovato- seu triangulari-lanceolatis (sesquilineam longis) etiam marces-
centibus creberrime appressis, marginibus subinflexis ; corollas tubo
calycem modice superante, lobis cuneatis sesquilineam longis. — Di-
viding ridge of the Rocky Mountains (about lat. 42°), Nuttall.

15. P. jiuscoides, Nutt. Jour. Acad. Philad. 7, p. 42, t. 6, p. 2
Prascedenti similis, Bryum aliquid canescens referens ; ramis brevibus
confertissimis ; foliis minus stricte quadrifariis parcius lanatis ovato-
lanceolatis parum mucronulatis (sesquilineam longis) ; corollas tubo
calycem baud superante. — Rocky Mountains at the sources of the
Missouri River, Wyeth.

-t-t- -H- Folia rigidiora, subulata, subacerosa (lin. 3-4 longa), minus
appresso-imbricata. Plantas late casspitantes, corollis ut videtur
albis.

16. P. Hoodu, Richards. Appx. t. 28. Parcius lanata, glabrata;
foliis erectis ; corollas tubo calycem baud superante, lobis obovatis in-
tegris, 2-2-1- lin. longis. — Through the Saskatchavvan region from lat.
54° to the Rocky Mountains about lat. 44°.

17. P. canescens, Torr. & Gray, Pacif. R. R. 2, p. 8, t. 6. Magis
lanata, canescens ; foliis e basi appressa mox patentibus vel subsquarroso-
recurvis ; corollas tubo calycem pi. m. saspius dimidio superante, lobis
obovatis integris vel emarginatis lin. 3-4 longis. — Rocky Mountains
of Colorado and throughout Utah to New Mexico and the Sierra
Nevada.

h— -i— Folia rigidiora marginibus basi saltern hirsuto- vel hirtello-
ciliata, nunc nuda.

18. P. c^spitosa, Nutt. 1. c. t. 6, f. 1. Dense seu laxiuscule cass-
pitosa ; foliis rigidis lineari-subulatis seu oblongo-linearibus (lin. 4-6

254 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

longis) crebris vel creberrimis hispido- vel hirtello-ciliatis casterum
glabris vel parce hirtello-glandulosis ; corolla? tubo calycem parum
superante, lobis obovatis integris lin. 3 longis. — Var. rigid A : depressa ;
foliis aceroso-subulatis deraum recurvo-patentibus parce glanduloso-hir-
tellis. P. rigida, Bentb. in DC. — Var. condensata : pulvinato-
coespitosa ; foliis brevibus (lin. 2-3 longis) creberrime arrecto-imbrica-
tis. P. Hoodii, var. Gray, Enum. PI. Parry. (298) in Sill. Jour. —
Rocky Mountains, Colorado to Montana, Oregon, and high Sierra
Nevada.

19. P. Douglasii, Hook. Caaspitoso-ramosissima, pubescens vel
glabella ; foliis rigidulis acerosis saspius patentibus minus crebris, mar-
ginibus aut nudis aut basi hirsutiusculo-ciliatis ; flore subsessili ; co-
rolla? (purpureae seu alba?) tubo calycem pi. m. superante, lobis obovatis
integris lin. 3 longis. — Hook. Fl. 2, p. 73, t. 158. — Var. diffusa:
rarnis procumbentibus foliisque laxioribus patentibus minus rigidis. —
Var. longifolia : ramis saspius erectis e rhizomate prostrato ; foliis
angustissime vel aceroso-linearibus lin. 5—8 longis minus fasciculatis.
P. Hoodii, Torr. Ann. Lye. 2, p. 220, & in Frern. Rep. P. Sibirica,
Hook. Kew Jour. Bot. 3, p. 290. — High plains and mountains, Mon-
tana, Colorado, and Utah, west to the Sierra Nevada and the Cascades;
the var. diffusa on the Pacific slopes from the Yosemite to lat. 49°, the
var. longifolia east of the Rocky Mountains and in Utah. This makes
nearly a transition to P. longifolia, Nutt. One of Nuttall's specimens
of this form, named by him P. andicola, exhibits, along with flowers
having the usual inequality in the stamens, one or two with stamens
perfectly equally inserted in the throat of the corolla !

* * Speciosce, basi tantum lignosaa nunc herbaceaa, multicipites vel
laxe casspitantes ; foliis vulgo longioribus linearibus lanceolatisve
raro subovatis laxis nee parumve fasciculatis ; floribus solitariis
vel subcymosis longius pedunculatis !

•i— LongistylcB.*

++ Frigidce; foliis caulibusque laxe coespitantibus subflaccidis.

* The character of the style — in this division elongated and frequently equal-
ling the tube of the corolla, in the other hardly exceeding or even equalling the
ovary and the stigmas — may be suspected to be dimorphic, as I have supposed
to be the case in P. subulata. But in this group there is no evidence of it ; and the
character is most convenient and useful in the arrangement of these otherwise
almost inextricable Western Phloxes.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES ! JUNE 14, 1870. 255

20. P. Sibirica, L. Bi-quadripollicaris, piloso-pubescens ; foliis
angusto-linearibus margine srepius villosulis ; pedunculis nudis uniflo-
ris ; corolla? tubo lobis suis obcordatis retusisve calycique a?quilongo
vel paullo longiore ; ovulis in loculis binis. (Gmel. Fl. Sib. 4, t. 46,
f. 2.) Trautv. Imag. Fl. Russ. t. 24. — Kotzebue's Sound and E.
Siberia.

++ ++ Temperatxz ; foliis cum caulibus basi sufFruticosis erectis vel
adsurgentibus rigidulis: corolla alba seu rosea, tubo lobos caly-
cis angusto-subulatos superante.

a. StenophyllcB : calycis tubus ad basim usque membranulis intercos-
talibus scariosis mox replicatis saepius angulatus.

21. P. linearifolia. Glaberrima vel superne nunc hirtello-pu-
bens, spithamaea ad pedalem, corymboso-floribunda ; foliis angustissime
linearibus (1 — 2-pollicaribus) ; calycis tubo e basi lata inter costas exi-
mie membranaceo-angulata quasi pyramidato, dentibus aceroso-subula-
tis ; corollas tubo calycem paullo excedente, lobis obovato-cuneatis inte-
gris raro retusis ; ovulis in loculis binis. — P. speciosa var. linearifolia,
Hook. Kew Jour. Bot. 3, p. 289, pro parte. P. speciosa, Lindl. Bot.
Reg. t. 1351 ; Benth. in DC, non Pursb. — Interior plains of the Co-
lumbia River and its tributaries, the Kooskooskie, Clearwater, &c,
Douglas, Spalding, Geyer, Burke, Lyall. •

22. P. longifolia, Nutt. Jour. Acad. Philad. 7, p. 41. Glabra vel
pubescens, circa spithamaea ; foliis angustissime vel angusto-linearibus
(1 -2^-pollicaribus) quandoque lanceolatis ; corollae lobis obovato- seu
oblongo-cuneatis integris retusisve ; ovulis in loculis fere semper solita-
riis. — P. speciosa, p. Hook. Fl. 2, p. 72, &c. P. humilis, Dougl. in
Benth. 1. c. — a small form, with shorter peduncles, sometimes appar-
ently passing into P. Douglasii, var. longifolia. — Var. Stansburyi :
validior ; pube ramorum calycisque pi. m. glandulosa seu viscosa, foliis
vulgo latioribus; corollae tubo calyce saepius duplo longiore, lobis apice
nunc emarginatis nunc erosis ; loculis 1-2 ovarii quandoque biovu-
latis. P. speciosa, var. ? Stansburyi, Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound, p. 145.
— Forma brevifolia, nana ; foliis nunc angusto- nunc oblongo-lan-
ceolatis semipollicaribus. ■ — Rocky Mountains to the Cascades and
Sierra Nevada, and from Washington Territory to Nevada and Utah.
The var. Stansburyi and its short-leaved form chiefly in the southern
districts, and extending into New Mexico and Arizona. This also has
usually uniovulate cells, but with one or two (rarely perhaps all three)
cells sometimes 2-ovuled.

256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

b. Brachyphyllce : calyx sinubus scariosis vix replicatis subteres.

23. P. adsurgens, Torr. in herb. Praeter inflorescentiam glabra ;
caulibus diffusis adscendentibus gracilibus (subpedalibus) ; foliis ovatis
seu ovato-lanceolatis acutis semipollicaribus plerumque internodiis mul-
to brevioribus ; pedunculis subcymosis calyceque glanduloso-pubescen-
tibus ; corolla? tubo calyce subduplo longiore, lobis obovatis integris ;
ovarii loculis uniovulatis. — " Canon Pass, Oregon," Prof. A. Wood. —
Tube of the corolla nearly an inch, its lobes five lines, long. Style
exserted. — Peculiar as this appears, some of the short-leaved forms
referred to the preceding species make an approach to it.

-l— -h- Brevistylce, nempe stylo quam stigmata ovariumque vulgo
breviore. Calyx membranulis intercostalibus baud replicatis
cjlindraceus, lobis subulatis.

24. P. speciosa, Pursh. Subviscoso-puberula vel glabrata, 1-4-
pedalis ; ramis e basi lignosa decumbente adsurgentibus ; foliis lanceo-
latis seu linearibus (sesqui-bipollicaribus), supremis basi plerumque
dilatatis ; floribus corymbosis ; corollas rosea? seu alba? tubo calycem
parum superante, lobis obcordatis ; ovulis in loculis solitariis. Pursh !
Fl. 1, p. 149. P. speciosa, var. latifolia, Hook. Kevv Jour. 3,
p. 289. P. occidentalis, Durand in Pacif. R. P. 4, p. 125, forma
latifolia. — Interior plain of the Columbia, Washington Territory, to the
foot hills of the Sierra Nevada, California. — Determined from an
original specimen of herb. Lamb., now of herb. Kew, collected on the
" Plains of the Columbia, about 4 feet high, May 7, 1806," Lewis and
Clarke: although injured, the obcordate lobes of the corolla are con-
spicuous. Corolla in the larger specimens an inch or even more in
diameter.

Var. Sabini : corolla? lobis obovatis basi cuneatis integerrimis vel
retusis. — P. speciosa, var. elatior, Hook. Fl. 1. c. P. Sabini, Dougl.
in Hook. & Benth. 1. c. — Spokan River, Washington Territory.

Var. Woodhousii: nana; foliis linearibus basi nee dilatatis; flori-
bus dimidio minoribus ; corolla? lobis cuneatis obcordatis. — P. Wood-
housii, Torr. ined. P. nana, Torr. Sitgreaves Rep. p. 165, non
Nutt. — Arizona (lat. 35°, long. 112° 20'), Woodhouse in Sitgreaves
Exped.

25. P. nana, Nutt. PI. Gamb. 1. c. Glanduloso-pubescens vel hir-
tella, nunc glabrata, e basi frutescente patenti-ramosa, spithama?a ad
pedalem ; foliis linearibus, ramealibus sa?pe alteruis ; floribus sparsis ;

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1870. 257

corollas " rubrae " roseas vel " albas " tubo calyceni paullo superante,
lobis amplis latissime cuneato-obovatis integris nunc erosulis ; ovuli's in
loculis 3, rarius binis. P. triovulata, Thurber in Bot. Mex. Bound.
p. 145. — Var. glabella : ramis simplicioribus erectis ; foliis angus-
tioribus. — New Mexico (near Santa Fe, &c.) and adjacent borders of
Texas and Colorado. (No. 1654, Wright, may be added to the num-
bers cited in Mex. Bound. Survey ; this and 504 are of the smoothish
and more erect variety.) Limb of the corolla commonly an inch,
sometimes an inch and a quarter in diameter : apparently a showy
species. No state of the plant seen can justly be described as "canes-

cently pubescent."

►

§ 4. Annuce, Texenses, laxe ramosas, plus minus viseoso-pilosas (pilis
multiarticulatis plerumque glandula parva terminatis) ; foliis
latiusculis, superioribus alternis ; calycis (fructiferi fere ad basim
usque fis>i) lobis setaceo-apiculatis mox recurvis vel patentibus ;
stylo stigmatibus breviore ; seminibus subalato-angulatis.

* Uniovulatce, corymbifloraB.

26. P. Drummondii, Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 3441 ; Bot. Reg. t. 1949,
Brit. Fl. Gard. ser. 2, t. 316 (forma parviflora). Folia saspius lanceo-
lata seu oblonga, superiora basi subcordata semiamplexicaulia.

Var. yillosissima : pilis viscosis longis crebris ; foliis angusto-lan-
ceolatis ; floribus magnis subspai*sis. — Texas, in the pebbly bed of
the Nueces, Wright, no. 1656.

Var. tenuis : spithamasa; pube breviore parciore in foliis plerum-
que linearibus basi nunquam dilatatis nunc evanida ; cyma laxiflora ;
floribus parvulis ; corollas lobis obovato-cuneatis lin. 2- 4 longis. —
Eastern Texas, Berlandier (1822, &c), Drummond (coll. 3, 312),
Lindheimer (424), Wright.

* * Pluri-(4i - 5-) ovulates, sparsifloras.

27. P. Rcemeriana, Scheele in Linnasa, 21, p. 752. Humilis, e basi
laxe ramosa, praster margines foliorum calycisque tubum hirsutos sub-
glabra ; foliis lanceolatis oblongis imisve spathulatis, caulinis plerum-
que alternis ; corolla rosea ampla, tubo glabro calycis lobos lineares
tantum patentes subaequante lobis suis latissime obovatis (lin. 6-9
longis) breviore; capsulas loculis oligospermis. P. macrantka, Buck-
ley in Proceed. Acad. Philad. 1862, p. 5. — Not rare in the central
district of Texas, Lindheimer, Roemer, Wright, Buckley, Thurber, &c.

vol. viii. 33

258 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

In describing this remarkable species, neither Scheele nor Buckley
mentions the annual root, nor the prevailingly alternate leaves, nor
the numerous ovules ; indeed, poor Scheele gives the character " loculis
uniovulatis." Dr. Engelman has proposed to transfer this species to
Gilia ; but the number of ovules in these genera proves to be a
wholly secondary character.

2. COLLOMIA, Nutt. mutatis mutandis.

Corolla tubuloso-infundibuliformis vel hypocraterimorpha, fauce
ssepius sensim plus minus ampliata. Stamina fauci vel infra faucem
incequaliter inserta : filamenta gracilia, saspe exserta. Ovula in loculis
solitaria, pauca, vel plurima. Semina humefacta e teguraento simpliei
tubulos mucilaginosos plerumque spirilliferos creberrime protrudentia.
— Herbae annua?, raro biennes, foliis alternis imisve oppositis sa3pius
incisis nunc pinnatisectis.

Of the two characters which in the Prodromus distinguish Colhmia
from Gilia, namely, the unequally inserted stamens and the solitary
ovules, Bentham gave evident preference to the latter, as appears
from his removal of C. lieteroplnjlla to Navarretia ; yet uniovulate
species are left in Gilia. As it is now abundantly evident that none
of our Polemoniaceous genera can be made to rest upon the number
of ovules, I rely so completely upon the remaining character that I
propose to remove from Gilia to Colhmia two multiovulate species,
in which I detect a striking inequality in the insertion of the stamens,
and even to add an unpublished species having a much-dilated throat
to the corolla.

Collomia nudicaulis, Hook. & Arn., has very many ovules, and
belongs to the Leptosiphon section of Gilia, although peculiar in its
sessile anthers and entire leaves.

The " mucilage" so copiously developed on the surface of the seed
when immersed in water, and which gave name to the genus, consists
of innumerable and most delicate diaphanous tubes, which lengthen
wonderfully when wetted. The spiral thread which they contain (on
which account they were confounded with " spiral vessels," and which
uncoils as the tube softens or dissolves into jelly) is wanting in one
species, namely, C. gracilis. In this and in the several following spe-
cies, the mucilage cells are beneath a more or less evident pellicle or
epidermis, composed of fragile tabular cells, which are thrown off
when the former develop and protrude under moisture. But this pel-
licle is not obvious in the typical species.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1870. 259

§ 1. EUCOLLOMIA. Ovula in loculis solitaria, in spec, ultima
2-3. Annuae, plu* minus viscoso-pubescentes. — Collomia, cum
Navarretia heterophytta, Benth. in Proclr.

* GenuincB, simplici- et sessilifoliic, sajpius confertifloraa, calyce ob-
conico, corolla angusta. Semina maxime spirillifera.

•f- Flores capitato-glomerati, folioso-bracteati, infimi in dichoto-
miis nunc subsolitarii.

1. C. coccinea, Lebm., Benth. 1. c. — Chili."

2. C. grandiflora, Dougl. — West of the Rocky Mountains. —
Var. tenuiflora, Benth. in DC. : a form with a more slender corolla.
Var. cryptantha, Regel : perhaps a sport of cultivation.

3. C. linearis, Nutt. — Both sides of the Rocky Mountains, north
to Mackenzie River : also on the shore of New Brunswick, Fowler,
perhaps a waif.

Var. subulata : spithaniaea, divergenti-ramosa ; foliis lineari-lan-
ceolatis seu linearibus utrinque attenuatis ; glomerulis laxiusculis
alaribus imis paucifloris nunc unifloris ; calycis lobis e basi lata attenu-
ato-subulatis tubo parum longioribus. C. tinctoria, Kellogg in Proc.
Acad. Calif. 3, p. 17, t. 2,«ex char. — E. California and W. Nevada,
Lobb (1857), Dorr, Stretch; Klamath Valley, Oregon, Kronkrite.
And S. Watson collected in Nevada a form so intermediate as to for-
bid our regarding it as a distinct species.

-*— h— Flores omnes dissiti, in dichotomiis solitarii.

4. C. tenella, n. sp. Viscoso-puberula, e radice exili 3 — 4-polli-
caris, pusilla, laxe ramosa ; foliis linearibus uniformibus integerrimis ob-
tusiusculis basi longius attenuatis, imis oppositis ; floribus subsessilibus ;
calycis lobis triangulatis acutis tubo brevioribus corolla angusta fere
hypocraterimorpha dimidio brevioribus. — Nevada, in Wasatch Moun-
tains about Parley's Park, Watson in King's expedition. — Flowering
almost from the base. Calyx broadly obconical, barely two lines long ;
the corolla at length four lines. Leaves about an inch long, all scat-
tered.

* * Intermedia, cymoso-sparsifloraa ; foliis sessilibus integerrimis,
inferioribus saepius oppositis ; calyce fere 5-partito basi obtusis-
simo. Semina sub aqua mucilaginosa sine spirillis.

5. C. gracilis, Dougl. Occurs under very various forms in the
western parts of North and South America. C. micrantha, Kellogg,
1. c. tig. 3, evidently belongs here.

260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

* * * Giliceformes ; foliis pinnatisectis incisis vel 3 - 5-partitis,
inferioribus petiolatis alternis ; calyce basi obtuso ; corolla fere
hypocraterimorpha. Seminasub epidermide tenerrima spirillifera.

6. C. gilioides, Benth. Flores subsparsi, staminibus insertione
minus inajqualibus. — Var. glutinosa. "Forma corolla ssepius longi-
ore, staminibus magis inaequaliter insertis ; ovulis raro binis. C. ylu-
tinosa, Benth. Gilia (AllopJtylhim) divariata, Nutt. PI. Gamb. p. 155,
a slender form. — These appear to be of one species. The protrusion
or inclusion of the stamens is probably an individual character of in-
cipient dimorphism, as is evidently the case in the next. — California.

7. C. heterophylla, Hook. Navarretia heteropliylla, Benth.,
cum syn. Flores pi. m. glomerati ; staminibus valde inasqualibus ; ovu-
lis in loculis 2-3. — British Columbia to California.

§ 2. PHLOGANTHEA. Ovula in loculis plurima (6-12).
Filamenta quandoque declinata, turn inaequalia turn inaequaliter
inserta. Folia vel segmenta tenui-linearia integerrima. Thyrsi-
florae vel sparsiflora?, nee viscidae. Semina ut in prioribus spirilli-
fera.

* Folia caulina semel pinnati-3 - 7 -partita ; corolla ad faucem
usque angusta.

8. C. Cavanillesiana, Don. Biennis vel basi indurata perennis ?
pubescens vel puberula ; caulibus ramisve virgatis foliosis ; thyrso
angusto saapius racemiformi, pedunculis brevibus glomeruli-floris ;
corolla alba " luteo-albicante " Cav. seu purpurascente (semipolli-
cari), tubo calyce 2-3-plo longiore superne paullo sensim ampliato,
lobis oblongis ; filamentis fauci plerumque subobliquo insertis; antheris
rotundis ; ovulis in loculis 5-7. Phlox pinnata, Cav. Ic. 6, p. 17,
t. 528. Cantaci glnmeriflora, Juss. Ann. Mus. 2, p. 119. Gilia
glomeri flora, Benth. 1. c. G. multijlora, Nutt. pi. Gamb. — Borders of
W. Texas, New Mexico, Arizona, and adjacent parts of Mexico.
Doubtless (as Bentham suspects) not from Buenos Ayres, and hardly
yellow-flowered, although Galeotti's specimens seem to be so, and are
noted on the ticket: "fl. orangees." And in our district it is probably
more than a biennial. G. Don having referred the species to Col-
lomia, it may retain the new specific name imposed by him : he sup-
posed the ovules were solitary, and did not notice the obvious inequality
in the insertion of the stamens.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1870. 26l

9. C. Thurberi, n. sp. Biennis ? puberula ; caulibus e basi indu-
rata virgatia sesquipedalibus crebre foliosis ; inflorescentia spicato-
thyrsiformi fere prsecedentis ; pedunoulis pedicellisque brevissimis ;
ealycis lobis tubo suba?quilongis ; corolla " crerulea vel lilacina" hypo-
craterimorpha, tubo ultrapollicari sursum sensim parum ampliato
lobis orbiculatis calyceque 3-4-plo longioribus ; filamentis fauci
rectae insertis; antberis brevi-oblongis ; ovulis in loculis 8-9. Gilia
Thurberi, Torr. in herb. — New Mexico, near the copper mines, &c,
Thurber. Intermediate between the foregoing and the following, with
far larger flowers than the former ; from their size and abundance ap-
parently very handsome.

10. C. longiflora. Annua, glaberrima ; foliorum segmentis angus-
tissimis elongatis ; caule (subpedali ad bipedalem) paniculato-ramoso
laxifloro ; peduuculis unifloris soepissime gracilibus subcorymbosis ;
ealycis lobis tubo brevioribus ; corolla alba hypocraterimorpha, tubo
longissimo (soape sesquipollicari), lobis orbiculatis ovatisve (nunc
acumine apiculatis) ; filamentis intra tubum superne baud ampliatum
nunc 2-3 ad faucem valde insequaliter insertis; antheris oblongis ;
ovulis in loculis 10-12. Cantua longiflora, Torr. Ann. Lye. Gilia
longiflora, Don, Benth., &c. — Nebi'aska to New Mexico, W. Texas,
and Arizona; common in pine forests, &c.

f * * Folia omnia integerrima : corolla infundibuliformis.

11. C. leptalea, n. sp. Annua, glandulosa vel glaberrima; caule
gracillimo (4- 10-pollicari) effuse paniculato ; foliis angusto-linearibus ;
floribus sparsis filiformi-pedicellatis ; corolla alba vel purpurea, tubo
tenui e calyce exserto in faucem latam lobis ovatis sublongiorem am-
pliato ; filamentis. valde inrequaliter insertis ; antheris brevissimis ;
ovulis in loculis 6. — California, in the Sierra and foot hills, from Plumas
to Mariposa County, Bridges, Newberry, Mrs. Davis, Torrey, Bolander,
A. Wood ; the latter collected a more glandular form, and states that
the corolla is " scarlet." Calyx 1-2, corolla 5 — 7 lines long.
Flowers very loosely panicled ; pedicels naked, terminal and opposite
the leaves, 3-12 lines long, almost capillary.

3. GILIA, Ruiz & Pav.

Corolla infundibuliformis, hypocraterimorpha, nunc fere campanulata
vel rotata. Stamina fauci vel tubo nunc sinubus corolla? requaliter in-
serta : filamenta saepissime gracilia, haud declinata, basi fere semper
nuda. Ovula in loculis plurima vel pauca, in nonnullis solitaria.

262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Semina humefacta plerumque (ut Collomice) mucilaginosa, in omnibu9
oppositifoliis palraatifidis nee spirillifera. Herbse, paucse suffrutices,
Labitu, varire. — Gilia et Navarretia, Ruiz & Pav., Benth. in DC.

Thus regarded, Gilia is certainly a polymorphous as well as a large
genus; but definite characters are vainly sought for dividing it and for
keeping Navarretia separate. The most natural separation would seem
to be into three genera, characterized mainly by the foliage : — namely,
1. Gilia, with alternate and pinnately cut or divided leaves ; 2. Lepto-
dactylon, frutescent plants, with nearly the corolla of Phlox, and alter-
nate palmately parted leaves ; and 3. Leptosiphon, annuals, with oppo-
site and palmately divided (or entire) leaves. And to this the seeds in
some sort answer, — those of the first being mostly mucilaginous and
spirilliferous, as in Collomia, of the second (always?) unaltered in
water, as in Phlox, one section of which it externally resembles in fo-
liage ; -of the third, more or less mucilaginous, but destitute of spiricles ;
which is paralleled by the one Collomia, C. gracilis, that tends to have
opposite leaves, — points worth noticing by those who accept the doc-
trine of the derivation of species. -But Nuttall's Siphonella and a new
opposite-leaved Leptodactylon nearly efface the distinctions between the
latter and Leptosiphon ; some species of the opposite and palmate
series have the upper leaves prevailingly alternate ; one of the alter-
nate-leaved series has trisected leaves seemingly of the palmate sort;
and a few scattered species of the same series have seeds which pro-
duce neither simple mucilaginous tubes nor spiricles when wet. Those
of G. {Ipomopsis) coronopifolia differ in. this way from those of the
nearly related G. aggregata. Similarly G. (Linanthns) dicholoma has
seeds with a loose arilliform external coat, under which are apparently
no mucilage cells or tubuli, while these abound under the closer coat in
the nearly related G. Bigelovii, as in the other species of that series.
It is obviously impracticable, therefore, to restore any of those, at first
apparently well-marked genera which Mr. Bentham proposed, and
afterwards merged in Gilia. To complete our view of the genus I
have included the few South American species.

Series I. Palmati- seu Oppositifolice, nempe foliis sessilibus palma-
tisectis (segmentis angustis integerrimis) in perpaucis integris, oppositis
vel summis ramealibusque quandoque alternis, in Leptodactylis pleris
alternis. Semina humefacta tegumento sogpius mucilaginoso sed nun-
quam spirillifero.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JUNE 14, 1870. 263

§ 1. DACTYLOPHYLLUM. Corotfa campanulata, fere rotata,
vel breviter inf'undibuliformis, lobis obovatis. Filamenta gracilia :
antherre ovales. Ovula in loculis plurima, rarius pauca. Annuaa,
pusilla? vel tenues, saspissime sparsifloros.

* Flores in dichotomiis subpedicellati. Corolla campanulata, tubo
proprio nullo, lobis integerrimis. Folia pleraque tripartita.

1. G. demissa, n. sp. Divaricato-ramosissima, depressa, glabella;
foliis rigidulis, segraentis acerosis ; calyce fere 5-partito, segmentis in-
tequalibus lanceolato-subulatis marginibus scariosis, longioribus saspe
foliiformibus corollam albam medio 5-lobam adaequantibus ; staminibus
inclusis corollae basi insertis ; ovulis in loculis 7. — S. E. California
and adjacent part of Arizona, Fremont ; mouth of Diamond River,
Newberry (G., Dactyhphylhim, n. sp. in Ives Exped. p. 22); near
Fort Mohave, Cooper. Plant 2-3 inches high. Flowers somewhat
cymosely crowded, the upper internodes being short : pedicels at most
a line long, often almost wanting. Corolla 3 lines long.

* * Flores sparsi tenuiter saspius longissime pedicellati. Corolla
aut breviter infundibuliformis aut fere rotata, lobis integerrimis.
Folia 3 - 7-secta, superiora saepius alterna, scabro-hispidula, hirsu-
tula, vel fere glabra. Gilia sect. Dactylophyllum, Benth.

2. G. liniflora, Benth. Folia Spergulce facie ; pedicellis capil-
laribus ; corolla (alba) fere rotata, lobis latis calycem bis terve supe-
rantibus ; filamentis summo tubobrevissimo insertis basi pubescentibus ;
ovulis in loculis 6-8. — Forma major, G. liniflora, Benth., corolla
majuscula, lobis lin. 6-4 longis. — California.

Var. pharnaceoides (G. pliarnaceoid.es, Benth.; Hook. Fl. 2,
t.161) : minor vel pusilla ( G. tenella, Nutt. ined.), corolla? lobis 3i — 2
lin. longis. — California to British Columbia and Rocky Mountains.

3. G. pusilla, Benth. Tenella ; foliis brevioribus ; pedicellis capil-
laribus ; corolla (purpureo tincta seu albida fauce luteola) lobis lato-
obovatis fauci subcampanulatae cum tubo proprio brevissimo sequilongis
seu longioribus ; filamentis sub sinubus insertis basi fere glabris ; ovulis
in loculis 3-5. — Forma Chilensis, minor, G. pusilla, Benth. corolla
calyce parum longiore. — Var. Californica : corollae lobis amplioribus
calycem bis superantibus. G. Jilipes, Benth. Hartw. p. 325.

4. G. Bolaxderi, n. sp. G. pnsil/ce simillima, differt corolla (cae-
ruleo vel purpureo tincta) tubo angusto calycis tubum cylindraceum
subrequante lobis suis fere oblongis cum fauce brevissimo vix ampliata

264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

pi. ra. longiore ; pedicellis quandoque sesquipollicaribus ; ovulis in lo-
culis 2-5. — California, Sonoma County, on dry hills; Russian River,
Bolander ; — Calaveras Valley, A. Wood. Corolla three or four lines
long, with comparatively small lobes, not much surpassing the calyx.
From the form of the corolla and the length of its cylindrical tube,
this cannot be reckoned a variety of G. pusilla.

5. G. aurea, Nutt. PI. Gamb. p. 155, t. 22. A basi ramosa diffusa
2 - 4-pollicaris ; foliis hispidulis brevibus, segmentis angusto-linearibus
vix lin. 3 longis ; pedicellis subcymosis flore majusculo hand longiori-
bus ; corolla srepius flava, lobis late obovatis patentibus fauci ampliato-
infundibuliformi cum tubo brevissimo sequilongis ; filamentis prope
sinus insertis glabris ; ovulis in loculis circiter 10. — California, from
Santa Barbara or Los Angeles to Arizona and New Mexico. Corolla
rather ampliate-funnelform than campanulate, the border 4-6 lines in
diameter when expanded, bright or light yellow, sometimes apparently
white. — Var. decora: corolla alba seu violacea fauce nunc fusco-
purpurea. California, Fremont, Brewer, the latter on Monte Diablo.

* * * Flores solitarii paucive Vamos terminantes, breviuscule pedi-
cellati. Corolla late breviter infundibuliformis, lobis amplis fimbri-
olato- seu eroso-dentatis. Filamenta glabra, basim versus corolla?
inserta. Ovula numerosa. Folia omnia opposita simplicissima.
— Fenzlia, Benth. olim. Gilia sect. Dianthoides, Endl., Benth.

6. G. dianthoides, Endl. Atakta, t. 29 ; Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 4876.
G. dianthijiora, Steud. Nom. Fenzlia dianthijiora, Benth. in Bot. Reg.
F. speciosa & F. concinna, Nutt. PI. Gamb. 1. c. — California, from
Santa Barbara southward. Flowers variable in size, hue (lilac, purple,
or almost white, with yellow or dark purple throat), and in the denticu-
lation of the lobes, which in Coulter's, no. 464, is minute.

§ 2. LINANTHUS, Endl., Benth. Corolla hypocraterimorpha, tubo
calycis tubum cylindricum adasquante, lobis late cuneato-obovatis
asstivatione valde convolutivis margine obsolete crenulatis vel
erosis. Stamina tubo corollas infra medium inserta, inclusa: fila-
menta gracilia. Ovula in loculis numerosa (20 — 40). Capsula
oblonga vel cylindracea. — Annua?, erectaa, glaberrimae ; foliis
oppositis 3-5-sectis, inferioribus saepe (in pauperrimis nunc
omnibus) integris, segmentis lineari-filiformibus ; fioribus ternai-
nalibus alaribusque subsessilibus albis ; calycis lobis acerosis. —
Linanthus, Benth. in Bot. Reg.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1870. 265

7. G. diciiotcoia, Benth. in DC. cum syn. Spithamasa ad subpe-
dalem, grandiflora ; corollas lobis semi-subpollicaribus ; antheris lineari-
bus ; seminibus subrotundis, tegumento externo laxo arilliformi albo
tenui-reticulato ab interiori multo minore soluto, hurnefactis nee muci-
la"inosis. — Common in California.

8. G. Bigelovii, n. sp. Saspius tenuior, parviflora ; corolla ealycis
lobos vix superante, limbo tubo suo 2-3-plo breviore ; antheris ovali-
bus ; seminibus ovalibus, tegumento confbrmi sub aqua mucilaginoso.
— G. dichotoma, var. parvi flora, Torr. Mex. Bound, p. 147. — W.
Texas on the Rio Grande and adjacent parts of New Mexico, Bigelow,
"Wright, to Arizona, Palmer, and Utah, Watson. Leaves sometimes
all entire, the upper more commonly trisected. Lobes of the corolla
not over two lines in length, cream-white, the outside often reddish.

§ 3. LEPTOSIPHON, Endl., Benth. Corolla hypocraterimorpha,
tubo saspius filiformi elongato, fauce brevissima nunc abrupte
plus minus ampliata parum infundibuliformis. Stamina fauci
inserta : antherae breves. Ovula in loculis 6-16. — Annuas,
hurailes vel tenellae ; foliis oppositis angustis ; floribus saepius par-
vulis at latis cum bracteis foliiformibus fulcrantibus capitato-glo-
meratis. (Stylus in diversis stirpibus aut elongatus plus minus
exsertus, aut rarius brevis inclusus !) — Leptosiphon, Benth. olim.

* Palmatifolice, Genuince, Californicas, pilosae ; caulibus foliosis ; foliis
5-7-partitis et in axillis fasciculatis, segmentis angusto-linearibus
vel filiformibus. Corolla lobis integerrimis. Filamenta gracilia e
fauce pi. m. exserta. Ovula in loculis 6- 10.

-i— Brevi- Grandiflora, validiores ; corollas tubo lobis amplis (semi-
pollicaribus) obovatis parum longiori bracteas villoso-hirsutas raro
superante.

9. G. densiflora, Benth. in DC, cum syn. Prodr. G. grandiflora,
Benth. 1. c. {Leptosiphon grandiflorus, Benth. Bot. Reg.) : forma tan-
tum, saspius tenuior, tubo corollas parum longiori, limbo minori.

h— -H- Tenuiflorce, graciliores, saepius tenellae ; corollas tubo lobis
(11-4 lineas tantum longis) ovalibus ovatisve 3 - 6-plo longiori.
(Species difficillimae, an confluentes ?)

10. G. axdrosacea, Steud., Benth. Multicaulis ; corollae (haud
flavae) tubo e bracteis hirsuto- seu villoso-ciliatis longe exserto circa
pollicem longo lobis triplo longiori.

VOL. VIII. 34

266 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Var. detonsa. Subglabra ; bracteis foliisque parum hispidulo-cili-
atis. — California, Bridges, Brewer. Nevada near Carson City, An-
derson, a Somewhat intermediate form.

11. G. micrantha, Steud., Benth. Gracilis; corollas tubo pertenui

(sub-sesquipollicari lobis (lin. 2-3 longis) multoties long-iori ; bracteis

foliisque floralibus molliter breviter pubescentibus. — Leptosiphon

parvijlorus & luteus, Benth. Bot. Reg. L. parvijlorus var. rosaceus,

Hook. f. Bot. Mag. t. 58G3 (Gilia longituba, Benth. PI. Hartw.) :
forma spectabilis corolla majuscula laste rosea. — Corolla lutea, albida,
nunc lilacina vel rosea, nunc aurea (var. aurea, Benth. 1. c).

12. G. tenella, Benth. PI. Hartw. Depressa, parvula ; corollas
tubo minus attenuato lin. 6-9 longo, lobis sesquilineam longis (roseis
lilacinisve fauce lutea) ; bracteis etc. hispidulo-ciliatis. L. bicolor,
Nutt. PI. Gamb. 1. c. chiefly. — The most northern in range, from
Santa Barbara to Puget Sound. Has been confounded with the pre-
ceding.

13. G. ciltata, Benth. 1. c. Rigidior, hirto-pubescens, 3-12-pol-
licaris ; corollas tubo (lin. 6-7 longo) ultra bracteas hirsutissimo-cilia-
tas vix exserto, lobis sesquilineam longis ; calycis lobis acerosis. — N.
California to the borders of Nevada.

* * Simplicifolicz, glaberrimas, pygmeas ; internodio infra capitu-
lum nunc prolifer unico ; foliis bracteisve ovato- nunc subangusto-
lanceolatis. Corollas lobis cuneatis margine repando vel 1-3-
dentato. Antheras fauce inclusas sessiles. Ovula in loculi3
10-16.

14. G. nudicaulis. Collomia nudicaulis, Hook. & Arn. Bot.
Beech. — S. E. Oregon, Tolmie. Nevada, &c, Anderson, Stretch,
Watson. South Park, Colorado, E. Hall, a diminutive form. There
are no leaves from the persistent oval cotyledons up to the head,
from half an inch to three inches. Corolla white, pink, or yellow, the
exserted tube three or four lines long.

§ 4. SIPHONELLA. Leptosiphon referens, sed corollas tubus caly-
cem baud superans, faux magis infundibuliformi-ampliata, ovula
in loculis pauca, flores minus congesti. — Perennes basi nunc suf-
frutescente, pube minuta molli subcinerea. Calyx cylindraceus,
firmus, striatulus, mox 5-partitus, lobis lanceolato-subulatis, mar-
ginibus crassiusculis sinubusque haud membranaceis vel scariosis.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1S70. 267

Corolla alba fauce flava, tubo extus puberulo, lobis obovatis.
Filamenta brevia e fauce subexserta : antheras ovali-oblongae. —
Sip/wnella, Nutt. in herb.

15. G. Nuttallii, n. sp. Spithamam ad pedalem ; caulibus e basi
suffrutescente plurimis simpliciusculis ; foliis 3 - 7-partitis internodio
saepius brevioribus, segmentis angusto-linearibus raucronatis (lin. 6-9
longis) ; floribus in glomerulum foliosum confertis; ovulis in loculis
binis. — Siphonella montancr & S. parviflora, Nutt. herb. — Rocky
Mountains of Colorado and Utah to the Sierra Nevada in California,
Nuttall, Fremont, Anderson, Brewer, Watson. — Tube of corolla four
or five, the lobes two or three lines long.

16. G. floribunda, n. sp. Ultrapedalis ; caulibus e basi frutes-
cente ramosis gracilibus ; foliorum segmentis fere acicularibus interno-
dia saapius adaequantibus ; floribus laxiuscule corymboso-cymosis, non-
nullis pedicellatis ; ovulis in loculis 4 : cast, fere prascedentis. — Cali-
fornia, probably on S. E. borders, Coulter, no. 454. Lower California
50 miles S. of San Diego, E. TV". Morse, 1866, ex A. Wood. Pine
woods of Arizona, Coues and Palmer, 1865. — Flowers "delicate-
scented," rather larger and much more numerous than those of G.
Nuttallii (some forms of which nearly approach it), either densely
or loosely cymose-clustered at the extremity of copious paniculate or
corymbose branchlets.

§ 5. LEPTODACTYLON, Benth. Corolla hypocraterimorpha,
tubo e calyce demum pi. m. exserto, fauce subinfundibuliformi-am-
pliata. Stamina fauci vel infra faucem inserta: filamenta brevia
vel brevissima : antheras breves inclusag. Ovula in loculis plu-
rima. Semina tegumento conformi, humefaeta nee mucilaginosa
nee spirillifera ! — Perennes, suffruiicosae, nunc caespitosas, foliosis-
simas ; foliis alternis vel in unica oppositis et in axillis fasciculatis
palmatipartitis, segmentis integerrimis cum calycis lobis acerosis
subulatisve pungentibus ; floribus roseis lilacinis albisve concin-
nis aut cymuloso-confertis aut solitariis ramulos breves terminan-
tibus sessilibus. — Leptodactylon, Hook. & Arn.

* Folia in caulibus brevibus fere herbaceis opposita !

17. G. Watsoni, n. sp. Hirtello-scabrida, subglandulosa, nunc
glabrata ; caulibus gracilibus (circ. spitbamaeis) fere herbaceis e caudice
lignescente crasso ; foliis 3-5-partitis patentissimis, segmentis tenui-
acerosis internodiis saspe brevioribus ; calycis lobis tubo dimidio brevi-

268 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

oribus ; corolla alba fauce subpurpurea ; antheris faucialibus ; ovulis
in loculis circa 10. — Wasatch Mountains, Utah, Watson. Tube of
the corolla and lobes each half an inch long. Connects Leptodactylon
intimately with the two preceding sections of Gilia.

* * Folia omnia alterna, rigidiora, et in axillis crebre fasciculata.
Suffrutices.

18. G. Californica, Benth. in DC. Ramis foliisque creberrimis
mox patentissimis primum laxe tomentoso-pubescentibus ; corollte rosese
seu lilacinoe lobis amplis late cuneato-obovatis soepe erosulis ; antheris
lineari-oblongis infra faucem ; ovulis in quoque loculo 20-25. Lep-
todachjlon Calif or nicum, Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beech, p. 369, t. 89, Bot.
Mag. t. 4872. — California south to San Bernadiuo. Limb of the
showy corolla an inch and a half in diameter.

19. G. pungens, Benth. 1. c. Viscido-pubescens, puberula, vel
glabrata ; foliis plerumque erectiusculis vel strictis ; corollas rosese al-
bidas seu flavidas lobis fere dimidio minoribus saspius angustioribus ;
antheris faucialibus oblongis ; ovulis in quoque loculo 8-10. G.
pungens & G. Hookeri, Benth. 1. c, cum syn. — Plains of the upper
Platte and Columbia to E. California and Arizona. Very variable:
the original Cantua pungens, Torr., from the Platte, is a low and mi-
nutely pubescent or nearly glabrous form. — Var. c^espitosa {Lepto-
dactyhn ccespitosum, Nutt. PI. Gamb.) : pulvinato-depressa, glabres-
cens, subherbacea. Upper Platte. — Var. Hookeri {Phlox Hookeri,
Dougl. in Hook. Fl. t. 159) : forma elatior viscido-pubens, foliis in
ramis floridis nunc sparsioribus. The flowers not found of " bright
yellow" color, as noted by Douglas. — Var. squarrosa: segmentis
foliorum subulatis validioribus patentibus vel squarroso-recurvis. Arid
districts of Nevada and Utah, coll. Anderson, Watson, &c.

Series II. Pinnati-Alternifolice, nempe foliis pinnatisectis lobatis
dentatisve rarissime integerrimis. Semina humefacta tegumento mu-
cihiginoso tubulos spirilliferos porrigente (no. 44, 47, 48, 59, 60, ex-
ceptis).

§ 6. NAVARRETIA. Flores capitato-glomerati, crebre foliaceo-
bracteati. Calycis lobi, uti bractearum, rigidi, acerosi, spinulosi
nunc laciniati, nunc inasquales. Corolla tubuloso-subinfundibuli-
formis, gracilis, lobis parvulis oblongis. Stamina sub fauce inserta :
antherae breves. Ovarium quandoque dimerum. Annute, fere
semper Californicae, scepius viscidae, nunquam albo-lanataj, foliis

OP ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1870. 269

1 - 2-pinnatifidis incisisve, lobis plerumque pungentibus. Bracteae
in nonnullis palmatifidae. (Semina humefacta tubulis cellulisve
spirilliferis minus elongatis.) — Navarretia, Ruiz & Pav., Bentb.
jEgochloa, Bentb. olim.

* Folia nonnulla plus minus bipinnatifida vel incisa : stamina fauce
corollas violaceae inclusa, saepius inaequilonga, vix inaequaliter in-
serta : ovula in loculis 8-12. Herba viscida, fcetida.

20. G. squarrosa, Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beecb. p. 151. (ffoitzia
squarrosa, Escbsch.) G. pun gens, Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 2977. Navar-
retia, Hook. & Arn. squarrosa, Hook. & Arn. 1. c. p. 368 ; Benth.
cum. syn. Prodr.

* * Folia plera vel nonnulla bipinnatifida vel incisa : stamina e
fauce exserta : ovula in loculis 1-4.

h— Rigida, validior, 5 - 12-pollicaris.

21. G. cotuLjEFOLIa, Steud. Navarretia pubescens et cotulcefolia,
Bentb. : the former more pubescent ; the latter as commonly with
cells uniovulate, even in original specimens ; both sometimes biovulate.
The name here retained is the better one ; moreover, the herbage is
said by Professor Brewer to exhale the odor of Maruta Cotula.

+- -)— Graciliores vel demissae.

22. G. intertexta, Steud. Erecta, nunc patenti-ramosa, nee vis-
cida nee glandulosa, pub i alba in caule subrobusto (3 - 7-pollicari)
retrorsa hirsuta ; foliis glabratis, segmentis aceroso-spinescentibus
divaricatis simpliciusculis ; floribus arete glomeratis ; calycis tubo cum
basi bractearum albo-hirsutissimo, lobis corollam albam adaequantibus ;
ovulis seminibu?que in loculis 3-4. — Navarretia intertexta, Hook.
Fl. p. 75. — Columbia River to Northern California and the Rocky
Mountains.

23. G. MINIMA, Depressa, subpollicaris, nunc cagspitans, glabrata ;
foliis minus divisis acicularibus ; calycis tubo glabello sinubus latis
tantum albo-piloso lobis inaequalibus (corollam albam subasquantibus)
aequilongo ; ovulis in loculis 1-3. — Nav. minima, Nutt. PI. Gamb.
p. 160. — Arid interior of Oregon and Nevada to Colorado (Nicollet,
Geyer, Vasey, &c).

24. G. Breweri, n. sp. Erecta, nunc difTuso-ramosissima, 1-6-
pollicaris, undique minutissime glanduloso-pubera; segmentis foliorum
subsimplicibus aciculari-subulatis ; floribus minus glomeratis ; calycis
lobis conformibus angusto-subulatis tubo suo (capsulam breviore) 3 -

270 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

4-plo longioribus corollam flavam (I'm. 3-4 longara) adrequantibus ;
ovulis in loculis 1-3. — Sierra Nevada, at Ebbett's and Amador Pass,
alt. 8,000 feet, Brewer. From the W. Humboldt Mountains, Nevada,
to the Wasatch, G - 9,000 feet, S. Watson.

25. G. leucocephala. Gracilis, 3 - 6-pollicaris, haud glandu-
losa; ramis infra capitulum densum retrorsim pubescentibus ; foliis
subflaccidis glabris, segmentis filiformibus saspius indivisis, floralibus
etiam vix pungentibus ; calycis tubo sinubus saltern villoso-pubescente ;
corolla alba (lin. 4 longa) calycem superante, lobis staminibus soepius
brevioribus ; ovulis in loculis 2. — Navarretia leucocephala, Benth. PI.
Hartw. p. 324. — California, chiefly on the Sacramento and its tribu-
taries.

26. G. Navarretia, Steud., Nav. involucrata, Ruiz & Paw, the
original and only Chilian species, appears to be nearer G. leucocephala
than to G. cotulcefolia ; but in fact the three species approach each other
too nearly.

* * * Folia semel pinnatifida vel incisa, paucave fere integerrima :
stamina e fauce corolla? violaceo-purpurea? nunc alba? vel luteola?
pi. m. exserta : calycis lobi integerrimi vel in G. viscidula rariter
laciniati.

h— Gracillima?, ramis foliisque paucisectis filiformibus : bractea? fere
palmatipartita?.

27. G. filicaulis, Torr. in herb. Erecta, spithama?a, superne
minutissime glandulosa ; ramis tenellis pedunculiformibus effuse pani-
culatis ; foliorum segmentis rhachique subsetaceis ; corollas violacere
tubo tenero calycis lobos lanceolato-subulatos parum pungentes longe
superante; ovarii loculis uni-(raro bi-?) ovulatis. — California, Jef-
fray, no. 1474, in herb. Kew. Also Bear Mountain, Mariposa County,
Torrey. Leaves sparse. Heads small, rather naked. Flowers
nearly three lines in length, exceeding the palmately few-cleft inner
bracts.

28. G. divaricata, Torr. in herb. Diffusa, nunc patentissima,
3 - 6-pollicaris, superne viscidulo-pubescens, ramis proliferis pedunculi-
formibus; foliorum segmentis rhachique subulato-filiformibus, bractea-
rum magis pungentibus ; corolla? purpurea? vel luteola? tubo infundi-
buliformi calycis lobis setaceo-subulatis pungentibus parum longiore ;
ovarii loculis o - 7-ovulatis. — California, alone; the foot hills of the
Sierra Nevada, coll. Shelton, Rattan, Bolander, Torrey, Mrs. Davis,
C. Lee. — Flower from three to five lines long.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1870. 271

h— h— Validiores, viscidos ; foliis rigidis superioribus proesertim a
basi dilatatis, lobis dentibusve spinulosis vel spinosis : capitulis
densis.

29. G. viscidula. Nav. viscid ula, Bcnth. PI. Hartw. — Apparent-
ly common and widely spread in California. The lobes of the calyx
more usually entire. It is described as with solitary ovules in the
cells ; but two are more commonly found, even in Hartweg's speci-
mens ; while in robust forms of what is otherwise indistinguishable
from the species, collected by Bridges, Fitch, Samuels, Bolander, &c,
there are three or four ovules in each cell !

30. G. atracttlOides. New. atractyloides, Hook. & Arn. — Cali-
fornia, from Monterey to San Diego.

-^ — -*- — -*- — Depressa;, parum viscidae ; foliis rigidis versus apicem dila-
tatis, dentibus lobisve cum calycis segmentis longe setiferis ; flori-
bus vix congestis.

31. G. setosissima. Navarretia setosissima, Torr. & Gray, Bot.
Ives Colorado Exped. p. 22. Ovula in loculis G - 10. — Var. exigua,
ovulis in loculis 3-5. N. Schottii, Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound, p. 145. —
Arizona and S. E. California on the Mohave, &c, Coulter, Fremont,
Newberry, Schott, Cooper.

§ 7. HUGELIA. Flores capitato-glomerati, crebre foliaceo-bracteati ;
bracteis 3 - 5-fidis basi calycibusque lana longa implexa albida
vestitis, lobis utriusque acerosis subulatisve cuspidatis. Corolla
plerumque caerulea hypocraterimorpha, tubo gracili, lobis saspius
oblongis. Antheroa exsertas, nunc lineari-sagittata;, nunc breves.
Ovula numero perquam variabilia ! — Plantar humiles, juniora
proesertim floccoso-lanatae, baud viscidaa, foliis semel pinnatiparti-
tis paucisve integris acerosis vel subulato-filiformibus. — Hugelia,
Benth. in Bot. Reg. Gilia sect. Collomioides (Endl.) & Pseudo-
collomia, Benth. in DC.

In this group I can make nothing of the number of the ovules, even
as a specific character. In two specimens apparently exactly alike, one
has three or four, the other only two, ovules in each cell : sometimes
there is a pair in one or two of the cells, and a solitary one in the
other. In none have I detected the maximum number mentioned in the
Prodromus, i. e. ten in each cell. The Hugelia lidea, Benth., probably
had not yellow flowers. The tube of the corolla lengthens with age in
all the species. Gilia gossypifera is better placed in the next section.

272 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

* Perennis, caulibus rigidis e basi suffruticosa : anthers lineari-
sagittatae.

32. G. densifolia, Benth. G. (olim Hugelia) densifolia & elon-
gata, Benth. 1. c. — No other specimens of G. densifolia have been
found exactly answering to those of Douglas ; these have 5-7 (accord-
ing to Bentham about 10) ovules in each cell, those of G. elongata
only two or three. Specimens collected by Xantus at Fort Tejon, and
by Dr. Cooper on the Mohave, are as near as may be intermediate.

* * Annua?, graciliores, demnm paniculato-ramosae, foliis segmen-
tisve saepius paucis filiformibus.

33. G. virgata, Steud., Benth. I. c. Priraum stricticaulis, sim-
plex ; antheris (in sicco) linearibus sagittatis lineam longis. — Hugelia
virgata, Benth., Hook. Ic. t. 200 (anthers figured too short). The
ordinary form has most of the cauline leaves entire, and the upper of
few divisions. Lobes of the corolla three lines long.

Var. floribunda : corymboso-ramosa ; capitulis majoribus multi-
floriti ; foliis magis dissectis. — California, Fitch, Wallace, Brewer.
Ovules vary from two to five in each cell.

34. G. floccosa. Gracilior, spithamaea, demum diffusa paniculata" ;
antheris lineari-oblongis vix semilineam excedentibus ; floribus minoiv-
bus; ovarii loculis nunc uni- nunc bi- rarius 3 - 4-ovulatis. — Hugelia
lutea, Benth. in Bot. Beg. Gilia (Pseudocollomia, Benth.) lutescens,
Steud., Benth. in DC. — California to Arizona, interior of Oregon, and
Utah. Flowers blue or pale purple, becoming white only in age, and
though appearing yellowish in original dried specimens of Douglas,
probably never yellow. Hence a new specific name is required.
Nuttall has an unpublished Hugelia floccosa in his herbarium, but
with no flowers developed ; and, as it is either this or the next, the
name may be applied to the present species.

35. G. filifolia, Nutt. Gamb. p. 156. Gracilis, spithamaea et
ultra, rigidula ; foliis plerisque tripartitis ; antheris ovalibus minimis ;
corollas tubo parum exserto ; ovarii loculis saepius 4 - 6-ovulatis. —
Santa Barbara and San Isabel, California, Nuttall, Thurber ; and Fort
Mohave, Cooper.

Var. diffusa : laxa, nunc ramosissima. — Fort Mohave and Nevada
to New Mexico and the borders of Texas. Lobes of the pale purple
or blue corolla only one or two lines long : anthers only a quarter or
one third of a line in length. Forms of this approach the preceding
too nearly.

OP ARTS AND SCIENCES: JUNE 14, 1870. 273

(G. LANATA, Lindl. Jour. Lond. Hort. Soc. 3, p. 74, said to come
from Mexico, of which I know only the character, is probably a form
of G. virgata or of G. Jilifolia.)

§ 8. ELAPIIOCERA, Nutt. Flores capitato-congesti, bracteati, raro
cymoso-laxiusculi. Corolla (alba) hypocrateriformis, tubo calycis
lobossnepius mucronato- vel cuspidato-apiculatos (baud pungentes)
adajquante vel paullo (rarius duplo) superante. Stamina corol-
las lobis ovalibus oblongisve plus minus breviora, sinubus saapius
inserta. — Herbas biennes vel perenries vita} ut videtur b re vis,
nunc annua}, humiles ; caulibus fere semper lanoso-pubescentibus ;
calycibus bracteisque pilis longis viscidulis multiarticulatis crini-
tis ; foliis semel pinnatifidis vel integris.

* Folia integerrima angustissima : flores capitato-congesti : filarnen-
ta gracilia, exserta, sed coi'olla} lobis breviora.

3G. G. Wrightii, n. pp. Caulibus virgatis rigidis circa pedalibus
e basi lignescente seu radice forte perenni? usque ad apicem foliosis ;
foliis rigidis cuspidato-mucronatis ; bracteis lato-lanceolatis hinc inde
laciniatis cum calycis lobis subulatis aristato-cuspidatis ciliatis ; corolla}
lobis oblongis tubo parum exserto (I'm. 4 longo) dimidio brevioribus ;
antheris brevi-oblongis; ovulis in loculis 3-4. — Western frontiers of
Texas, on the Rio Grande forty or fifty miles below El Paso, C. Wright,
no. 496. In habit like a Hugelia: flowers white or faintly bluish.

37. G. Gunnisoni, Torr. & Gray, Pacif. R. R. 2, p. 129, t. 9.
Annua, subglabra, sparsifolia, laxe paniculato-ramoso, ramis capi-
tulo parvo quasi pedunculato terminatis ; ovulis in loculis 2-3. —
The figure is characteristic. We have it only from Green River,
Utah, Kreusfeldt, and San Juan, New Mexico, Newberry. The plants
referred to in Bot. Mex. Boundary are different: Wright's 1642 is
G. jilifolia var. diffusa.

» * Folia aut omnia aut nonnulla in lobos paucos angusto-lineares
partita, raro omnia integra : filamenta corolla} lobis breviora : flores
arete capitato-glomerata. — Herba} biennes vel perennes, caudice
vel radice dura.

38. G. spicata, Nutt. PI. Gamb. 1. c. Caulibus validis erectis
(4-10-poll.) superne capitula plurima in spicam longe virgatam inter-
ruptam foliosam congesta gerentibus; foliis nunc trifidis nunc integerri-
mis cum calycis lobis fere muticis ; corolla} lobis oblongo-ovatis tubo
vix exserto breviore ; antheris fauce subsessilibus ; ovulis in loculis

vol. viii. 35

274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

4-6. — Benth. Kew Jour. 3, p. 290. G. spicata & G. trijida, Nutt.
]. c. Rocky Mountains, Colorado, Nuttall, Fremont, Geyer, Parry,
Hall & Harbour. — Var. capitata : forma minor, foliis integerrimis,
floribus in eapitulo unico terminali. Rocky Mountains, Hall & Har-
bour, no. 461.

39. G. congesta, Hook. Caulibus erectis vel diffusis (3-12-
poll.) e basi subeasspitosa ; eapitulis florum solitariis vel paucis eorym-
bosis densis ; foliis 3-7-partitis paucisve integerrimis, lobis ut calycis
aristulato-mucronatis ; corollas lobis ovalibus tubo suo baud exserto vix
brevioribus ; filamentis sinubus insertis antberas adasquantibus vel exce-
dcntibu^ ; ovulis in loculis 2-4. — Hook. Fl. &' Ic. t. 235. Colorado
and Nebraska, to Oregon and California in tbe Sierra Nevada.

Var. crebrifolia. Depressa ; caulibus (2- 3-pollicaribus) foliosis-
simis monocephalis ; foliis aceroso-subulatis integris par.vis (lin. 3-6
longis). — G. crebrijolia, Nutt. PI. Gamb. I.e. — Rocky Mountains, on
Big Sandy River, Colorado, Nuttall. Specimens from Bear River
Valley, Utab, Watson, connect tbis with G. congesta. .

40. G. iberidifolta, Benth. Kew Jour. 3, p. 290. Prascedenti
peraffinis ; foliis rigidioribus bracteisque cuspide validiore mucronatis ;
eapitulis corymbosis laxioribus; filamentis brevioribus ; ovulis in loculis
solitariis! — Scott's Bluffs, North Platte, Nebraska, Geyer; and Black-
water of the same, H. Engelmann. Not elsewhere met with. Per-
haps a form of G. congesta.

* # * Folia omnia vel plera pinnatifida vel trifida : Mores conferte
cymulosi demum laxiusculi, folioso-bracteati : calycis lobi cum
bracteas aristulato-cuspidati. Annuas, humiles, e basi ramosae.

41. G. gossypifera, Gillies, ex Benth. in Prodr., of the Andes of
Mendoza, is evidently of this section, and most like the following.

.42. G. pumila, Nutt. PI. Gamb. (1849). Caulibus laxe lanosis
foliosis ; foliis angusto-linearibus integris vel in lobos 2-5 lineares
divergentes partitis ; corollas tubo (lin. 3-4 longo) gracili lobis suis
3 — 4-plo calycis lobis duplo longioribus ; filamentis gracilibus sinubus
insertis corollas lobis parum brevioribus ; ovulis in loculis 5-6. — G.
trijida, Benth. Kew Jour. 1. c. Western borders of Texas and New
Mexico, Fendler, Wright, Bigelow, &c, to the Platte, Nuttall, Geyer,
and Utah, S. Watson.

43. G. polycladox, Ton*. Bot. Mex. Bound. Caulibus diffusis
subnudis parce pubescentibus vel puberulis ; foliis pinnatihdis incisisve,
lobis brevibus oblongis abrupte spinuloso-mucronatis, floralibus flores

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1870. 275

superantibus ; corolla? tubo (sesquilineari) calycera vix superante ;
limbo parvo ; anther is fauci insertis subsessilibus ; ovulis in loculis 2.
— New Mexico and western frontiers of Texas, Wright, Bigelow, to
Utah, S. Watson.

§ 9. IPOMOPSIS, Benth, pro parte. Flores thyrsoideo-paniculati,
parum bracteati. Corolla (plerumque coccinea) tubuloso-infun-
dibuliformis, tubo sensim sursura ampliato calycis lobos subula-
tos suosque lobos ovatos sen lanceolatos patentes multum supe-
rante. Stamina fauci corolla? vel sub sinubus inserta, lobis baud
longiora. Ovula in loculis plurima. — Biennes, glabella? seu
pilosula? ; eaulibus elongatis ; foliis semel pinnatifidis ; floribus
speciosis. Jpomopsis, Michx. Ipomeria, Nutt.

I confine this group to the original species and two others nearly
related to it. • As arranged by Bentham it comprised two or three here
referred to Eugilla. As to G. longi flora and G. glomeruli flora, they
prove to have very unequally inserted stamens, which is the sole
character of Collomia. The tendency to dimorphism, of which there
are traces, or perhaps rather incipient manifestations, in various portions
of the genus, is most marked in G. aggregata. The included stamens
of G. subunda perhaps belong to the short-stamened form of the spe-
cies, but no other is known.

* Caules alte foliosi, foliis pinnatipartitis, segmentis filiformibus seu
angusto-linearibus.

44. G. coronopifolia, Pers., Benth. cum syn. Prodr., et G. Flori-
dana, Don, & G. Beyrichiana, Bouche. Elata ; thyrso virgato com-
pacto ; corolla? lobis ovatis subpatentibus filamentis parum longioribus ;
seminibus humefactis nee mucilaginosis nee spirillifens ! tegumento
externo laxo et grossius et tenuissime reticulato. — South Carolina to
Florida and Texas.

45. G. aggregata, Spreng., Torr. Bi— quadripedalis, versus pani-
culam laxam sa?pe ramosamnudiuscula ; floribus suaveolentibus ; calyce
sa?pissime glanduloso, lobis subulatis ; corolla? tubo angusto, lobis ova-
tis seu lanceolatis acutis patentissimis mox recurvis ; filamentis aut e
tubo exsertis aut inclusis ; seminibus mucilaginosis et spirilliferis modo
generis. — G. aggregata (Cantua, Pursh !) & G. pulchella (Dough),
Benth. cum syn. Prodr. — From Upper Platte and Missouri to the
Columbia and the Pacific, and south to Arizona. The original Can-
tua aggregata is one of the forms with long and narrow calyx-lobes.
The opposite extreme is —

276 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Var. Btudgesii : calycis lobis lato-subulatis imrao deltoideis ; cauli-
bus sesquipedalibus laxis parce foliatis ; laciniis foliorum obtusissimis ;
floribus parcis. — California, Bridges, &c.

* * Caules subpedales superne nudi, foliis subpinnatifidis.

46. G. subnuda,- Torr. in herb. Glanduloso-puberula; foliis ad
basin caulis superne aphylli laxe ramosi confertis spathulatis oblongis-
ve (pollicaribus) breviter inciso-lobatis ; floribus paucis subeonfertis ;
corolloe coccinese vel aurantiaea? tubo semipollieari lobis ovatis obtusis
triplo longiore ; antheris subsessilibus fauce inclusis. — Nevada and
Arizona or New Mexico,. Newberry, Stretch, Palmer.

§ 10. GILIANDRA. Flores thyrsoideo-paniculati. Ipomopsidis.
Corolla (alba vel subcrerulea) hypocraterimorpha, tubo calycem
subduplo superante lobis suis obovatis parum longiore. Filamenta
sub sinubus inserta, longe (ultra corollas lobos) exse'rta : antherce
ovatas. Ovula in loculis G-8. Semina nee mucilaginosa nee
spirillifera ! — Biennes, glanduloso-puberula, foliis semel pinnatifi-
dis, floribus parvulis.

47. G. stenotiiyrsa, n. sp. Caule e radice crassa erecto (>pitha-
ma30 ad subpedalem) simplici valido usque ad thyrsum virgatum
racemiformem folioso ; foliis floralibus bracteisque parvulis integerri-
mis, ceteris in lobos breves oblongos pinnatifidis. — Utah, in a " cedar
forest," Uintah Mountains, Fremont. Corolla, half an inch long, appar-
ently white.

48. G. pinnatifida, Nutt. in herb. ; Gray Fnum. PL Parry.
Spithamtea ad sesquipedalem, inferne glabrata ; panicula composita
laxe ramosa ; foliis in lobos lineares vel angusto-oblongos rariter 1 — 2-
lobatos pinnatipartitis ; bracteis linearibus subulatisve parcis ; stamini-
bus longe exsertis. — N. New Mexico and Colorado to Snake River,
&c, in or near the Rocky Mountains, Nuttall, Fendler, and various
collectors. A part of Geyer's 42 and 25, referred to G. inconspicua,
belongs here. Tube and lobes of the corolla each abo'ut two lines, the
much exserted stamens three lines long. Seeds with a close coat,
wholly unchanged when wetted.

§ 11. MICROGILIA, Benth. in DC. Flores secus ramos graciles
laxe spicatim vel paniculatim dis^iti. Calyx brevi-campanulatus,
5-dentatus. Corolla (alba) hypocraterimorpha, tubo e calyce
paullo exserto lobis duplo longiore. Stamina tubo inserta, inclu-
sa : antheioe brevissimce. Ovula in loculis solitaria! — Annua?,

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1870. 277

subglabra?, ramosissima? ; foliis fere filiformibus seu ramealibus
tenui-subulatis integerrimis caulinisve tripartitis, floribus minimis.

49. G. minutiflora, Benth. 1. c. Rigidula, subscoparia, 1 - 2-pe-
dalis ; foliis caulinis nonnullis 3-partitis, ramealibus subulatis ; flori-
bus terminalibus sa?peque secus ramulos strictos quasi spicatis ; corolloe
(lin. vix 2 longre) tubo angusto lobis sais calyceque duplo longiore ;
filamentis gracilibus ; capsula ellipsoidea (lin. 2 longa) ; semine oblon-
go. — Collomia (Picracolla) linoides, Nutt. PI. Gamb. p. 159. — Interior
of Oregon (not " California"), Douglas ; Colorado and Wyoming, on the
Upper Platte, Nuttall, Fremont.

50. G. tenerrima, n. sp. Effuse ramosissima, humilis ; ramis ra-
mulisque filiformibus ; foliis brevibus integris ; floribus laxe paniculatis
minutis; pedicellis tenuibus divaricatis ; capsula subglobosa (vix line-
am longa) ; semine ovoideo. — Utah, on bills above Bear River, near
Evanston, Watson in C. King's expedition.

§ 12. EUGILIA. Flores paniculati, sparsi, vel in prioribus eapita-
to-glomerati, sa?pius ebracteati. Corolla (ca?rulea, purpurea, vel
alba) infundibuliformis, seu in ultimis fere campanulata vel rota-
ta. Filamenta gracilia, ad vel prope sinus corolla? inserta, lobos
haud superantia. Ovula in loculis pauca vel plurima. — Folia
pinnato-incisa vel dissecta. — Gllia sect. Eugilia cum spec. Ipo-
mopsidis nonnullis, Benth.

* Flores in cymam capituliformem longe pedunculatam digesti.
Stamina sinubus ipsis corolla? brevis inserta, lobis a?quilonga.
Ovula plurima. — Annua?, Californicas, erecta? ; foliis 2-3-pinnati-
partitis, segmentis angustissimis ; corollis sa?pius ca?ruleis.

51. G. capitata, Dougl. Corolla? lobis lineari-lanceolatis, fauce
parum ampliata; calyce sa?pius glabro.

52. G. achille^ekolia, Benth. Flores majores ; corolla? lobis
obovatis late oblongisve fauce abrupte insigniter ampliata ; calyce pi. m-
lanoso.

* * Flores in prioribus subcongesti, in ca?teris laxe paniculati
vel dissiti. Corolla infundibuliformis fauce plus minus ampliata.
Seminis testa spirillifera modo generis. Annua?, humiliores,
nunc diffusa?.

+- Pluriovulata?.

53. G. multicaulis, Benth. cum syn. Prodr. G. stricta, Scheele
in Linna?a, 21, p. 755 ? G. millefoliata, Fisch. & Meyer : forma diffusa

278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

foliosa parviflora. (Calyx-teeth in char, "tubo suo duplo brevioribus,"
not " longioribus" as in Prodr.) — Var. tenera : forma depauperata
exili, pedunculo sa?pe unifloro. G. stricta, Liebm. Ind. Hort. Hafn.
1853, ex char. California. To this, or perhaps to the preceding
species, may probably belong Polemonium capitatum, Esch. Mem. Acad.
Petrop.

54. G. laciniata, Ruiz & Pav. : known from the smaller and spar-
ser-flowered forms of the preceding by its oblong capsule. Chili, &c.

55. G. tricolor, Benth. One form has a glabrous calyx, &c.
California.

56. G. tenuiflora, Benth., Lindl. Bot. "Reg. &c, 1888. Califor-
nia, not common. — Var. latifloua. Corolla? tubo calyce aut paullo
aut duplo longiore, fauce lobisque amplioribus. Los Angeles County ?
Fremont, Wallace.

57. G. inconspicua, Dougl. — Columbia River to the Platte and
Arizona. The corolla is not hypocrateriform, as described and
figured in Bot. Mag. t. 2883, at least when fully developed. It is
usually ampler; and to the species (which is a widely variable one) I
must refer tack G. sinuata, Dougl., Benth. in DC, the flowers of
which sometimes attain thrice the size, and nearly connect with the
var. latiflora of the preceding ! G. arenaria, Benth. (collected on the
sea-beach at Monterey by Rich and Parry), is a glandular-viscid form,
with more slender corolla (half an inch long), which is likely to pass
into G. tenuiflora. — Geyer's no. 25 and 42, referred to G. inconspicua
by Hooker, is partly of that specie?, partly G. pinnatijida.

,, -»— n— Pauci- (in loculis 2-3-) ovulate.

58. G. CRASSiFOLiA, Benth. Chili, &c. Near 67. inconspicua.

* * * Flores effuse paniculati, longius pedicellati, minimi. Corolla
tenui-infundibuliformis vel subcampanulata (alba seu albida) :
stamina juxta sinus inserta, lobis breviora. Ovula numerosa.
Semina humectata mucilagine spirillisque destituta! — Annua?,
pusillae, e basi ramosissimoe, foliis radicalibus semel pinnatifidis vel
incisis.

59. G.' leptomeria, n. sp. Parum glandulosa, floribunda; foliis
radicalibus spathulatis seu lanceolatis leviter pinnatilobatis, cauliuis
fere integris linearibus, ramealibus bracteisve minimis ; pedicellis
erectis flore longioribus seu brevioribus ; corolla angusto-infundibuli-
formi sesquilineari demum elongata (ad lineas 3) fere hypocrateri-

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1870. 279

morpha, tubo calyce lobis suisque ovatis duplo longiore ; ovulis in
loculis plurimis (seminibus ^ una longis). — Mountain valleys of
Nevada and Utab, S. Watson. Resembles some most depauperate and
small-flowered forms of G. inconspicua ; yet well marked by tbe nar-
row corolla and especially by tbe seeds.

GO. G. micro.meria, n. sp. Fere glabra, tenella,laxa ; foliis inferi-
oribus pinnatifidis lobis oblongis obtusis divaricatis, caeteris linearibus
integerrimis ; floribus sparsis ; pedicellis filiformibus elongatrs patenti-
bus demum recurvis ; corolla oblongo-campanulata lineam longa caly-
cem parum superante, lobis brevibus ; ovulis in loculis vix ultra 6 ;
capsulasubglobosa stylo longiore. — Mountain valleys of Nevada and
Utah, S. Watson. Seeds as in the preceding.

* * * * Flores sparsi longius pedicellati, sat magni. Corolla aut
campanulata aut rotata. Calycis lobi lanceolato-subulati, tubo
suo longiores. Anthera? srepius oblongoe. Humiles seu graciles-
centes, diffusa?.

-i— Annua?, floribus parvulis.

++ Corolla campanulata.

61. G. campanulata, n. sp. Parum viscidulo-pubens, 2-3-polli-
caris ; ramis patentibus ; foliis inferioribus lanceolatis parce pinnati-
fido-dentatis, ramealibus lineari-lanceolatis soepe integerrimis; pedi-
cellis flore interdnm brevioribus ; corolla campanulata (alba?) calyce
duplo longiore leviter 5-loba ; staminibus basi lata? corolla insertis
inclusis ; ovulis in loculis G- 7. — Foothills of Trinity Mountains,
Nevada, Watson. — Corolla three or four lines long ; the broad lobes
less than half the length of the ample (yellowish ?) throat, at the base
of which the stamens are inserted : no narrowed tube. This and the
two preceding species are among the discoveries of S. Watson, in C.
King's expedition.

++ ++ Corolla fere rotata.

G'2. G. incisa, Benth. in DC. Prodr. G. Lindheimr.riana, Scheele
in Linnsea, 21, p. 7G3. Multiovulata. — East Texas to Mexico.

G3. G. Gayana, Wedd. Chi. And. 2. p. 82. Pauciovulata ; " semi-
nibus in loculis 1 — 2." — Andes of Chili.

•)— H— Perennes; floribus majusculis ;" corolla fere rotata; ovarii
loculis pluriovulatis.

64. G. fcetida, Gillies, Benth. 1. c. Andes of Chili.

230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Go. G. rigidula, Benth.l. c. G. glandulosa, Scheele, I. c. Flowers
bright blue, showy, according to Lindheimer opening widely only
in direct sunshine late in the afternoon and closing at sunset. — Texas
to Arizona and Mexico.

Var. acerosa. Rigidior ; ramis e basi magis lignosa ad apicem
usque crebre foliosis, segmentis foliorum plerisque suhulatis vel acerosis
subpungentibus ; pedicellis flore quandoque brevioribus. North New
Mexico to Arizona, Fendler, Gordon, Wright, &c.

4. POLEMONIUM, Tourn.

Corolla ab infundibuliformi ad rotatam. Stamina basim versus
corolla? aaqualiter inserta: filamenta elongata, soepissime declinata, basi
pi. m. piloso-appendiculata. Ovula in loculis2-12. Semina hume-
facta tegumento mox mucilaginosoet spirillifero modo Collomice. Calyx
magis quam in Gilia herbaceus, sub sinubus vix scarioso-membrana-
ceus, post anthesin accrescens, lobis muticis. — Herba? perennes rhizo-
matibus gracilibus, raro annua? ; foliis semel pinnatis vel pinnatiparti-
tis ; floribus creruleis violaceis seu albis.

§ 1. Corolla infundibuliformis calycem superans, tubo saapius elon-
gate Filamenta basi vix dilatata tantum hirsutiuscula. — Pe-
rennes, nanae e rhizomate repente, viscido-glandulosoe, moschatae,
foliolis perplurimis minimis confertis. Transitus ad Giliam.

1. P. confertum, Gray, Proc. Acad. Philad. 1863. Spithamaaum;
foliolis 3-5-sectis secus rhachin quasi verticillatis vel fasciculatis, seg-
mentis aut late ovalibus aut lineari-oblongis ; floribus (mellium spiian-
tibus) capitato-congestis nutantibus demum racemoso-spicatis ; calycis
lobis angustis tubo cylindraceo seu oblongo plus dimidio brevioribus;
corolla caarulea, tubo angusto-infundibuliformi calycem superante lobis
suis rotundatis 2-3-plo longiore. — Rocky Mountains from lat. 38° to
49°, Nuttall, Parry, Hall & Harbour, Lyall ; E. Humboldt Mountains,
Nevada, Watson ; and high sierras of California, Brewer. Corolla
9-12 lines long.

Var. mellitum, Gray, 1. c. : laxius ; corolla pallida nunc alba polli-
cari, tubo angusto lobis quaduplo longiore. — Rocky Mountains, Hall
& Harbour, &c. Wasatch Mountains, Utah, Watson.

P. viscosum, Nutt. PI. Gamb. Ilumilius; foliolis integerrimis
ovatis rotundisve ; floribus subcorymbosis ; calyce subcampanulato,
lobis latioribus tubo subaaquilongo corolla) tubum (lobis suis baud longi-
orem) subaequantibus. — Rocky Mountains, about lat. 40°, Nuttall.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1870. 281

Mixed with dwarfed specimens of the preceding, from which Nuttall'a
character of " elongated-lanceolate segments of the calyx" was proba-
bly taken.

§ 2. Corolla inter campanulatam et rotatam, calyce modice longior.
Filamenta basi quasi in lamellam dilatata. — Perennes, folio-
lis intcgris, superioribus nunc alato-confluentibus, inflorescentia
laxiore.

(P. grandiflorum, Benth., of Mexico, I do not possess, and have
barely seen in herb. Kew.)

2. P. c^eruleum, L. Common from the arctic regions and Alaska
to California and through the Rocky Mountains, also through Northern
Asia to Europe; very rare eastward (in New York and New Jersey).
— P. acutiflorum, Willd., which is reduced by Ledebour to a variety
of this species, is an Alaskan form, with ovate acute lobes to the co-
rolla (Pallas, Chamisso, &c). All the North American, like the Hima-
layan, forms of this species incline to have wing-angled seeds, —
quite as much so as in

Var. foliostssimuji (P. cceruleum, var. pterospcrma, Benth. in DC.
Prodr.). Valde viscido-pubescens ; caulibus bipedalibus usque ad
apicem cum ramis floridis corymbo-is foliosissimis; foliolis in rhachin
alato-marginatam srepe confluentibus ; floribus minoribus; staminibus
styloque corolla (calycem 2 - 3-plo superante) snepius brevioribus. —
Through the Rocky Mountain region, Geyer, Fendler, Parry, Vasey,
Watson, &c. This approaches

3. P. Mexicanum, Cerv. (Mexico ?) This is distinguished by its
shorter corolla, and short lobes of the calyx, which are only half the
length of its tube.

4. P. iiujiile, "Willd. Spithamreum ; caulibus laxis 1 - 2-fol:a-
tis ; floribus subcorymbosis paucis longius pedicellatis ; calyce ultra
medium o-fido ; ovulis 2-4 seminibusque 1-2 in quoque loculo. —
P. pulchellum, Bunge, Ledeb, &c. P. Richardsonii, Graham. P.
capitatum, Benth., non Esch. P. pvdcherrimum, Hook., a small-
flowered form. — Rocky Mountains to those of California, and through
the arctic regions and Alaskan islands to Siberia. — P. capitatum of
Eschscholtz, from the sands of California, with linear leaflets, &c,
cannot be this species, — is probably Gilia multicaulis, or some allied
species of that genus.

5. P. reptaxs, L. Atlantic States from New York south and west
to Nebraska.

VOL. VIII. 36

282 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

§ 3. Corolla (albida) fere rotata, calyce brevior. Filamenta basi
sensim dilatata, parcissime piloso-ciliata. — Anuuoe, debiles, sparsi-
flora2 ; foliolis integris.

6. P. micrantiium, Benth. 1. c. British Columbia to Nevada.

3. Miscellaneous Botanical Notes and Characters. By Asa

Gray.

NAMA, L.

The outlines of a monograph of this genus which, in the year 1861,
I contributed to the Proceedings of this Academy (vol. 5, pp. 337-339)
have long needed some corrections and additions. The following notes
for a revision of the genus were mainly drawn up in the Kew Herba-
rium, in October, 18G9.

§ 1. Folia in caulem alato-decurrentia, obovata vel spathulata, pube
moll i villosa seu pilosa : rami procumbentes.

N. Jamaicensis, L. Pedunculi brevissimi. Semina costato-scro-
biculata.

N. biflora, Choisy. Pedunculi filiformes. Semina alveolata. —
Mexico, collected only by Berlandier.

§ 2. Folia caulina omnia vel plera basi subamplexicauli sessilia,
baud decurrentia, pube molli nee incana. Annua?.

N. Berlandieri, n. sp. N. undulata var. macrantha, Choisy,
Hydrol. t. 2, f. 1. Ramis gracillimis diffusis, foliis sparsioribus tenui-
oribus ovali-oblongis bine inde oppositis, pedunculis gracilioribus, co-
rolla majore, capsula oblonga sepalis apice magis dilatatis subdimidio
breviore, seminibus obsoletius scrobiculatis, diversa. — Tamaulipas,
Mexico, near Reynosa, Berlandier (no. 21 16 = GOO), who alone has
met with it.

N. undulata, HBK. Foliis soepe undulatis omnibus alternis lineari-
seu spathulato-oblongis, inferioribus oblanceolato-spathulatis basi lon-
gius attenuatis; cauleerecto; pedunculis plerumque brevifsirais; capsula
matura fere lineari calycem suba?quante ; seminibus eximie alveolato-
reticulatis. — Extends from Texas and New Mexico to the Andes of
Chili, Gillies.

§ 3. Folia omnia basi attenuata vel petiolata (nee amplexicaulia nee
decurrentia).

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1870. 283

* Annua?, pills rigidis vel rigidiusculis hirtse, nee incanre : folia etiam
inferiora basi longius attenuata vix petiolata: sepala anguste ex-
acteque linearia !

N. iiispida, Gray, 1. c. Semina in loculis 24-40, oblonga, haud
ultra £ lin. longn, obsoletissime rugulosa.

N. demissa, n. sp: E radice exili patenti-ramosissima, 2-3-pol-
icaris, hirsuta ; foliis spatbulato-linearibus ; floribus subsessilibus ;
seminibus in loculis 10- 12 ovalibus ^ lin. longis obsolete grossius scro-
biculato-rugosis ; eoet. fere praecedenfis. — Dry or desert regions of Ne-
vada, Fremont, Anderson, Torrey, Watson in King's expedition ; forms
with ample corolla sometimes twice the length of the calyx. Fort
Colville, Washington Territory, Lyall, in herb. Kew. : a ve\-y low and
condensed form, with corolla not exceeding the calyx: characters indi-
cated by Professor Oliver.

* * Annuoe, pube molliori vel breviori parum cinerea: sepala (ut in
pleris) sursum pi. m. dilatata.

h— Folia basi attenuata vel acuta, plera (saltern superiora) sessilia vel
subsessilia.

++ Semina haud ultra ^-lineam longa, lato-ovalia, subloevia, obso-
letius costata et areolata.

N. Saxdwicensis, Gray, 1. c. Ramosissima, pube crebra hirsutulo-
cinerea ; foliis brevibus spathulatis margine mox revolutis ; pedunculis
calyce longioribus vel brevioribus; floribus parvis ; corolla calycem
parum superante; capsula ovali.

N. Coulteri, n. sp. Laxe ramosissima, spithamrea, hirsutulo-
pubescens ; foliis oblongo-spathulatis planis membranaceis, imis tantum
in petiolum attenuatis ; pedunculis calyce brevioribus srepius brevissi-
mis; corolla calyce duplo longiore ; capsula oblongn. — "California"
[perhaps Arizona], Coulter, no. 463. Nazas Valley, Bolson de Mapi-
mi, Chihuahua, Mexico, Gregg. It much resembles A7", dichotoma ;
but is well distinguished by the more hirsute pubescence without
viscidity, the larger corolla (about five lines long), and especially by
the seeds.

++ ++ Semina £- ^-lineam longa, ovali-oblonga, favosa.

N. dichotoma, Ruiz & Pav.; Gray, 1. c. Pube brevi plus minus
viscosa, corolla calycem haud vel parum. superaute, capsula ovato-

284 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

seu breviuscule oblonga, seminibus grosse insculptis, distineta. — Mex-
ico to Bolivia. — Var. angtjstifolta : foliis lineari-lanceolatis. (Var.
pane/flora, Choisy ?) New Mexico, Fendler, no. G44, also Wright,
no. 1584. "Colorado," Hayden. — The seeds in this widely diffused
species are well marked, being so coarsely pitted that five or six pits
fill the whole girth ; and the thick obtuse edges of, or elevated por-
tions between, the pits appear likewise to be minutely rugose under a
strong lens.

-f— 4— Folia omnia graciliter petiolata : semina fere lagvia.

N. t.atifolia, n. sp. Erecta, laxe ramosa, parce tenuiter hirsutula ;
foliis membranaceis ovatis obtusis basi ssepius cuneatis (lin. G-9 et
petiolo lin. 3-5 longis) ; pedunculis flore parvo longioribus ; sppalis
apice insigniter dilatatis corollam (albam) adasquantibus capsula brevi-
ovoideo longioribus ; seminibus globoso-ovoideis, areolis obsoletis. JV. ?
rupincola, Mart. & Gal. ex Walp. Repert. G, p. 565. — Mexico, Oax-
aca, in fields and forests of the western Cordilleras, at the altitude of
about 8,000 feet, coll. Galeotti, no. 10G8. Valley of Mexico, coll.
Bourgeau, no. G10.

* * * Perennes ? forte annua? caulibus diffusis basi lignescenti-
induratis, pube mollissima : folia parva, cum petiolo brevi semi-
pollicaria vel minora: sepala sursum latiora : semina minima.

N. rcpicola, Bonpl. ex Chois. 1. c. Depressa, pube brevi vix
cinerea ; foliis obovatis in petiolum marginatum sensim attenuatis ;
seminibus subglobosis grosse parceque alveolatis. iV. origanifulia,
Gray, 1. c, non II BK. N. dichotoma var. parvifolia, Torr. Mex.
Bound, p. 147. Northern borders of Mexico to Yucatan (Schott)
and Peru ?

N. oric.anifolia, II BK. Nov. Gen. & spec. 3, p. 130, t. 218.
Cinereo-villosa, subincana ; foliis oblongo-spathulatis ovalibusque petiolo
distincto; pedunculis sparsis ealyce longioribus ; seminibus lrevibus?
.... — Mexico. The principal specimens I have seen (Sierra Mad re,
Seemann) seem distinct enough from the foregoing, which, however,
Kunth's figure too much resembles. He figures, but does not describe,
the seeds as smooth.

* * * * Perennes, proceriores basi suffruticosa, foliis floribusque
majoribus, pube hispida vel sericeo-canescente. Semina in H.
hirsuta ut videtur compressa ? in caateris ignota.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1870. 285

■i- Mexicans; foliis Litis penninerviis basi soepius obtusa distincte
petiolatis, floribus in cymula laxa tcrminali nuda: sepala sursum
latiora.

N. hirsuta, Martens & Galeotti ; Walp. Repert. 1. c. Fere his-
pida ; foliis viridibus oblongis ; corolla baud ultra semipollicari. —
Oaxaca, Galeotti.

N. sericea, Willd.: Eoem. & Schutt. Syst. 6, p. 189. Sericea ;
foliis ovatis seu ovato-lanceolatis subtus incanis ; corolla subpollicari.
JV. longiflora, Cbois. I. c. t. 2, f. 2. I have it only in the collection of
Coulter, no. 914, 915.

h— h— Californicae, lana araneosa; foliis lanceolatis basi sensim at-
tenuatis vix petiolatis, floribus in glomerulos sessiles axillares et
terminales confertis : sepala angusta sursum baud latiora.

N. Lobbii, Gray in Proceed. Am. Acad. 6, p. 37. Sierra Nevada,
Lobb, Mrs. Davis, Kellogg.

N. systyla. Gray, 1. c, is Draperia systyla, Torr. in Proceed. Am.
Acad. 7, p. 401.

LYCOPUS, L.

In the last edition of the Manual of Botany, I was induced to con-
sider all the American Lycopi with acute-pointed calyx-teeth as forms
of L. Europceus. Having now bad occasion to study them anew, I
see grounds for a different opinion, and for disposing our species as
follows : —

§1. Stoloniferce, — stolonibus filiforraibus elongatis apice demum
tuberiferis.

* Calycis dentes 4, raro 5, cum bracteis brevissimis obtusi vel obtu-
siusculi, fructiferi nuculis breviores.

1. L. Viuginicus, L. — Forma depauperata: L. xvni floras Michx.
Li. pumilus "Vahl. — Forma procera, var. macropiiyllus : L. macro-
phylhts, Benth.

* * Calycis dentes 5, acutissimi, nuculis longiores.

h~ Bracteas minima?: corolla calyce fere duplo longior : stamina
rudimentaria brevissima, ovalia seu linguajformia.

L. sessilifolius, n. sp. Glaber; caulibus adscendentibus humili-
bus acutiuscule 4-angulatis; foliis omnibus arete sessilibus ovatis Ian-

286 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

ceolato-oblongisve parcius argute serratis ; calycis dentibus subulatis
rigidis. — L. Europeans var. sessilifoUus, Gray, Man. ed. 5, p. 345. —
Pine Barrens of New Jersey, at Atsion, Canby, and Toms River,
C. F. Parker, September.

L. kubellus, Moeneh. Suppl. (1802). Subglaber ; caule laxo
suberecto 1 — 2-pedali, angulis obtusiusculis ; foliis ovato-oblongis seu
oblongo-lanceolatis medio argute serratis utrinque attenuatis acumina-
tis petiolatis ; calycis dentibus triangulato-subulatis baud rigidis. —
Presenius in Flora, 1842 ; Bentb. in DC. L. obtusifolius Vabl ? non
Benth. : but if so a depauperate form, and probably not from Hudson's
Bay: the indications of habitat in the plants of Michaux's collection
are not always correct. L. Europceus, var. integrifulius, Gray, Man.
L. Arkansanvs, Fresenius, 1. c. ; a puberulent form, with rather
broader and less pointed calyx-teeth, the rudiments of sterile stamens
varying from Ungulate to linear-spatulate. — Pennsylvania? and Ohio
to South Carolina, Louisiana, and Arkansas.

h— +- Bractea? exteriores acutissimi flores scepius adosquantes : corolla
calycem vix superans : stamina rudimentaria filiformia, apice capi-
tellata vel clavellata.

L. lucidus, Turcz. Caule valido 2-8-pedali erecto superne acu-
tangulo ; foliis lanceolatis vel oblongo-lanceolatis (poll. 2—4 longis)
acutis vel acuminatis grosse argutissinie serratis basi obtusa nunc acuta
subsessilibus ; calycis dentibus attenuato-subulatis.

Var. Ajiericanus : foliis vix lucidis utrinque saspius hirtello-pu-
beris ; caule plerumque hirsutiori ; calycis dentibus minus rigidis. L.
obltisifolius, Benth. in DC, vix Vahl. — Saskatchawan (Bourgeau,
&c.) to Nebraska and Kansas, Fendler, E. Hall. Our plant clearly
is not to be separated from the L. lucidus of N. E. Asia, which, again,
too much resembles L. australis, in which also the dots of the leaves
are unusually large.

§ 2. Estolonosce, sed rhizomatibus pi. m. repentibus : dentes calycis
5, acutissimi, rigidi, corollam suboequantes, fructiferi nuculis longi-
ores : bracteoe subulata?, nonnullas flor3s adaequantes. Glabra? vel
pubescentes, caulibus acute tetragonis, foliis soepius incisis vel
pinnatifidis.

L. sinuatus, Ell. Caule acutissime tetragono ; foliis lanceolatis vel
oblongis acuminatis irregulariter incisis et laciniato-pinnatifidis sura-
misve sinuato-dentatis basi attenuatis in petiolum longiusculum ; calycis

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1870. 287

dentibus triangulari-subulatis brevi-cuspidatis ; staminibus rudimenta-
riis filiformibus apice capitellatis seu clavellatis. L. sinuatus, exaltatvs,
& angustifolius, Ell. L. vulgaris & august if alius, Nutt. Gen., sine
char. L. Europceus (Walt. &c.), van sinuatus, Gray, Man. 1. c. —
From Canada to Oregon, California, and Florida.

L. Europ^eus, L. Caule acutiuscule tetragono ; foliis latioribus
subsessilibus, dentibus lobisve subsequalibus ; calycis dentibus subulatb-
spinulosis; staminibus rudimentariis obsoletis vel nullis. — Collected
long ago by Mr. Elias Durand near Norfolk, Virginia, where it was
said to abound ; recently detected on Petty's Island, near Philadelphia,
by C. F. Parker, on waste ballast : adventive from Europe, and proba-
bly not established.

SESELT, L.

It is on the whole remarkable that so many of the leading genera of
Umbelliferce in the northern parts of the Old World should be without
representatives in North America. Some of these gaps may be filled
Avhen the, botany of our Western regions comes to be more completely
investigated ; as one appears to be now by the two species of Scseli
here characterized.

The first of these plants has been for several years known to me in
a specimen collected by Nuttall, in flower only, and presented by the
kind Mr. Durand. It is ticketed by Nuttall " Cynomarathrum saxa-
tile" but it is not published. The same plant, in fruit only, was
gathered by Dr. Parry in 1867, in the mountains of the northeastern
part of New Mexico. The second species is no. 221 of Hall and
Harbour's collection in the skirts of the Rocky Mountains, in flower
only, and therefore not hitherto determined. Dr. George Vase}', in
going over the same ground in 1868 at a later season, had the good
fortune to obtain specimens in fruit; it is no. 221 of his recently dis-
tributed collection.

S. Nuttallii, n. sp. Acaulescens, glabrum ; foliis subternato-pin-
natipartitis, segmentis linearibus subulato-mucronatis, majoribus denti-
bus lobisve 1-3 nunc instructis ; scapo simplicissimo nudo folia baud
superante ; floribus ut videtur albis ; fructu oblongo glaberrimo pedicello
parum longiore dentibus calycis subulatis conspicuis coronato; vittis in
pericarpio parum suberoso ad valleculas et bine inde sub jugis tenui-
bus ; seminis sectione transversa semicirculari subcrenata. — Rocky
Mountains, Nuttall. On rocks, Huefano Mountains, New Mexico,

288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Parry, coll. 1867, no. 83. — A span high, from a thickish branching
caudex. Involucre as long as the pedicels, in Nuttall's specimen whit-
ish and as if somewhat petaloid, the leaflets lanceolate or linear and a
little connate* at the base. Rays of the umbel from three to six lines
long, of the umbellets one or two lines long. Styles long. Fruit a
line and a half or two lines in length, the jugoe rather salient.

S. Hallii, n. sp. Acaulescens, glabrum ; foliis pinnatisectis 3 - 5-
jugis, segmentis cuneatis oblongisve incisis vel pinnatifidis, lobis
3-7 brevibus mucronatis nunc paucidentatis ; scapo sirnplicissirno
nudo folia superante ; floribus flavis; fructu anguste oblongo gla-
berrimo pedicello brevissimo multo longiore ; dentibus calycis bre-
vibus demum evanidis ; vittis ad valleculas magnis cum accessoriis
ssepius in quoque jugo minimis; seminis sectione transversa subquad-
rata. — Low mountains of Colorado, Hall and Harbour; mentioned
in Proceed. Acad. Philad., March, 1863, p. 63, no. 221. Bear Creek,
seventeen miles west of Denver, Dr. George Vasey. — Scape ten
inches high, slender. Umbel nearly as in the preceding, but the
secondary rays are very short, as also are the ovate-subulate leaflets of
the involucel. Styles slender. Fruit narrow, two lines long, abrupt
both at the base and apex ; the vittas filling the intervals between the
narrow and slightly salient jugre. The odor of the fruit in both
species is rather strong. Notwithstanding the yellow flowers of this
species and the slender styles in both, they are confidently referred
to Sesell.

Miscellaneous Specific Characters, fyc.

Viola renifolia, n. sp. Rhizomate floribusque V. Mandce vel
paullo majore ; foliis reniformibus (adultis saspius poll. 2 latis) utrin-
que cum petiolo villoso-pubescentibus ; scapo pubescente. — This Vio-
let was first brought to my notice by Miss Shattuck of Mount Holyoke
Seminary, who collected it at, or received it from, " East Elba, New
York." Later Mr. Henry Cillman sent it from Ontonagon, Lake
Superior; and now I have fresh specimens and the living plant from
Mr. Frank A. Sherman, of Hanover, New Hampshire. Also speci-
mens from -the colder parts of Oneida Co., New York, from Professor
Paine. It grows in company with V. blunda, which it closely resem-
bles as to the flower, but the leaves are more like those of V. palus-
tris ; yet they are more strictly reniform, and are conspicuously beset
with pale, soft and tender, lax hairs.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1870. 289

Abutilon Palmkrt, n. pp. Fruticosum ; foliis sinu profundo
clauso rotundato-cordatatis denticulatis brevi-aeuminatis (nonnullis
obsolete triIobi<) utrinque albido-velutinis ; petiolis ramisque molliter
puberulis; pedunculis infimis petiolo longioribus ; calyce pedicello cap-
sulaque 8-earpellari molliter villosissimo, carpellis membranaceis 3-4-
spermis breviter acuminato-rostratis. — Yaqui River, Sonora, Mexico,
Dr. E. Palmer. Leaves in (be specimens not over two incbes in
diameter. Corolla orange-yellow, more than an inch in diameter.
Seeds in one row, nearly glabrous.

Kostelktzkya digitata, ii. sp. Minutissime stellulato-pubescens
cum stellulis adpressis majoribus ; ram is paniculatis ; foliis 3 — 5-parti-
tis, petiolo setoso-hispido, segmentis cum foliis simplicibus ramulorum
linearilanceolatis denticulatis subtus setis triradiatis conspersis; pedun-
culis unifloiis gracilibus ; calyce tantum puberulo ; capsula 5-carinata
ad suturas setosa ; seminibus glabris. — Yaqui River, Sonora, Mexico,
Dr. E. Palmer, 1869. Corolla little over half an inch in diameter, in
the dried specimens purplish with a yellow eye.

Desmodium Ielixoense, n. sp. D. canescentem foliis floribusqne,
D. rigidum racemo et fructu referens; caule erecto 3— 5-pedali cum
foliis pube brevi birsutulo ; foliolis ovatis oblongis seu ovato-lanceolatis
obtusis (poll. 2-4 longi.-) subcoriaceis subtus cinereis venis venulisque
prominulis eximie reticularis, inferiorlbus petiolum subaequantibus ;
stipulis persistentibus (bracteisque caducis) ovato-lanceolatis sensim
acuminatis striatis ; racemo simplici; lomento brevissime stipitato vix
ultrapollicari ad suturam utramque (infer, profundiorem) sinuato,
articulis 3-5 ovalibus lineas 3 baud excedentibus. — Illinois, in dry
ground, Vasey, Hall, Bebb, Bergen, Stewart, &c. ; apparently common,
but not yet detected beyond the limits of that State. Smaller speci-
mens have been confounded with J), rigidum, and larger, without fruit,
with D. canescens ; but it is abundantly different from both.

Astragalus arrectus, n. sp. Oroboidei: sesquipedalis, cinereo-
pubescens ; caule stricto suleato; foliolis 12-15-jugis anguste oblon-
gis retusis supra glabellis subtus pubescentibus ; stipulis discretis sca-
riosis ; pedunculis elongatis cum spica laxiuscula 3 — 4-pollicaribus ;
floribus (seraipollicaribus) in pedicello brevissimo adscendentibus ; caly-
ce campanulato nigricanti-puberulo, dentibus subulatis tubo dimidio
brevioribus ; corolla ut videtur alba fere recta ; legumine arrecto coria-
ceo oblongo (subpollicari) recto cuspidato basi subito in stipitem caly-
cem subcequantem contracto, ventre leviter carinato, dorso sulco lato
vol. viii. 37

290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

profundo, intus bilocellato polyspermo. A. leucophyllus ? Hook. Lond.
Jour. Bot. 6. p. 211, non Torr. & Gray, Fl. — Ivooskooskee River,
coll. Geyer.

Brickellia atractyloides, n. sp. Fruticosa, ramosissima,. vix
pedalis; ramulis foliosis puberulis monocephalis ; foliis rigidissimis sub-
alternis subsessilibus ovato-lanceolatis spinuloso-acuminatis pauciden-
tatisque 3-5-nervibus, costis cum venis adscendentibus anastomosantibus
prominulis, paginis conformibus scabrido-atomiferis ; pedunculo 1^2-
bracteolato capitulum multiflorum (semipollicar'e) bis terve excedente ;
involucii campanulati squamis pauciseriatis, exterioribus ovato- inti-
mis lineari-lanceolatis, omnibus subito acuminatis ; acheniis secus costas
hirtellis; pappi setis circiter 20 tenuiter saltern -inferne barbellulatis.
— Utah, near the Rio Colorado, 1870, Dr. E. Palmer. — Leaves less
than an inch long, coriaceous and rigid, tapering into a spinulose point
and beset with a few rigid spinulose teeth. This species would natu-
rally be associated with B. spinulosa, of Northern Mexico, but it has
forty or more flowers in the head and a minutely barbellulate or above
merely scabrous pappus.

Linosyris squamata, n. sp. Fruticosa, glabrata, ramosissima ;
ramulis scopariis viridibus substriatis ; foliis squamiformibus brevis-
simis (I'm. l-2 1ongis) lato-subulatis triangularibusque subadnatis ;
capitulis subracemosis vel solftariis ramulos terminantibus plurifloris ;
involucri squamis oblongis obtusissimis margine subscariosis laxis pauci-
seriatis et in bracteolas minores decrescentibus ; corollas limbo fere
5-partito tubo dirnidio breviore, lobis patentissimis lanceolatis (nervo
centrali percursis ! ) ; antheris basi subsagittatis ; styli ramis appendice
brevissimo obtuso superatis ; achenio glaberrimo laevi subclavato pappo
molli (corolla; tubum adrequante) cTimidio breviore.

Var. Breweri, gracilior, parcius squamata ; capitulis paucioribus
minus bracteolatis ; pappo ut videtur fusco. — Low hills of the Sierra
Santa Monica, Los Angeles Co., California, Professor Brewer. I had
mistaken this for the male of a Sergiloid Baccharis.

Var. Palmeri, crebrius ramosa ; squamis loco foliorum approxima-
tis sub capitulis imbricatis involucrum longe bracteolantibus ; pappo
albo. — Desert of the Colorado, Arizona, 1870. Dr. E. Palmer. —
The achenia, which are perfectly fertile, resemble .those of a Baccharis.
The mid-nerve to the lobes of the corolla and the somewhat sagittate
base of the anthers are as in Tetradymia ; the style is of the Aster-
oideous type. Heads four or five lines long. In Dr. Palmer's fine

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JUNE 14, 1870. 291

specimens the involucre is remarkably imbricate-bracteolated clown for
the quarter or third of an inch. Corolla bright yellow, its lobes a line
and a half lonjr.

Linosyris Sonoriensis, n. sp. Glabra, parum viscidula, ramo-
sissima^ ramulis gracillimis ; foliis parvis filiformibus apice recurvo
nunc fere hamato ; capitulis laxe paniculatis; involucro 5-8-floro,
squamis pauciusculis subcarinatis coiiaceis margine scariosis apice
obtuso fere herbaceis oblongis, exterioribus brevioribus ovatis; ramis
styli appendice ovato-lanceolata obtusiuseula portionem stigmaticum
parum excedente superatis ; acheniis elavato-oblongis villosis. — Dis
trict of the Yaqui River, in the Mexican province of Sonora, 1869,
Dr. E. Palmer.

20. Melampodium cupulatum, n. sp. Hispidulum ; caule erecto
ramosissimo ; foliis (inferioribus ignotis) ramealibus oblongo-lanceolatis
integerrimis basi attenuatis vix petiolatis ; pedunculis filiformibus sub-
paniculatis monocephalis; involucro gamophyllo crateriformi ebracteato
5-lobo, lobis lato-ovatis brevibus, squamis int. achenia involventibus
rugoso-tuberculatis apice truncatis hand cueullatis clausis; ligulis aureis.
— Mexican province of Sonora, Dr. E. Palmer. — Heads about as
large as those of M. cinereum, DC, but the bright yellow rays smaller:
scales of the involucre united to above the middle.

Palafoxia leucophyela, n. sp. P. lineari affinis ob corollas
faucem angustam cylindricam tubo proprio lobisque brevibus 2-3-plo
longiorem ; foliis brevibus (semi - subpollicaribus lato-linearibus ob-
tusissimis utrinque canescenti-sericeis ; involucro magis pubescenle ;
pappo corolla incainata subdimidio breviore, paleis 4 majoribus lineari-
oblongis costa valida baud .excurrente emarginatis, 4 alternis breviori-
bus spathulato-oblongis costa medio evanida. Achenia extima 2-4
pro pappo soepius paleis paucis brevissimis corneis subconcretis coro-
nata. — Carmen Island, Gulf of California. Involucre half an inch,
achenia and corolla each four or five lines in length. The branching
stem is said to be about ten feet high, with an indurated, perhaps
woody base, and to flower through the season. — Cultivated in the
Botanic Garden at Cambridge, it is obviously disposed to become
shrubby.

Pentstemon Palmeri, Gray, in Proceed. Am. Acad. 7, p. 378:
char, e pi. viva reformatus : Glaucescens, glaber, bipedalis ; foliis
crassiusculis, inferioribus spathulatis et ovato-lanceolatis argute denti-
culatis in petiolum marginatum angustatis, superioribus perfoliato-con

292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

natis srepe integerrimis ; pnnicula multiflora elongata virgata nuda ;
bracteis omnibus minimis subulatis ; pedunculis 1 -3-floris pedicellisve
gracilibus; sepalis ovatis glabris; corolla albo-rosen (i. e. alba roseo
suffusa) pollicari, fauce e tubo proprio brevi (lin. 3 longo) subito max-
ime ventricoso-ampliata limbo ringente duplo longiore, labys latis,
superior! bilobo, inferiore patentissimo basi intus parce barbato pro-
funde 3-lobo, lobis nequalibus conformibus ; filamento sterili ultra f'au-
cem exserto a pice incurve in.-igniter longe flavo-barbato. — Cultivated
from seeds of uncertain source, probably from Utah. Corolla almost
an inch broad across the spreading lips (anteriorly-and posteriorly) :
lower lip 7-8 lines broad: a light reddish line runs up each lobe of
the lower lip.

Lycium Palmeri, n. sp. Inerme ? subpubescens; ramis gracili-
bus; foliis angusto-spathulatis (lin. G-8 1ongis); floribus breviuscule
pedicellatis tetrameris ; calycis lobis lanceolatis obtusiusculis tubo suo
carapanulalo parum longioribus, uno saltern paullo majore ; corolla
(lin. 5 longa) calycem tertia parte superante, lubis late ovalibus pube-
ro-ciliolatis, tubo paullo brevioribus ; filamentis ima basi intus lano-
sissimis; antheris oblongis. — Yaqui River, Sonora, Mexico, Dr. E.
Palmer. This apparently belongs to the third section in my revision
of the North American Lycia, in Proceed. Am. Acad. 6, p. 45. Corolla
broad for its length, the expanded limb being about half an inch in
diameter.

Salvia platyciieila, n. sp. Brachyanthearum, aflf. S. laxce :
herbacea (basi ignota), minutissime cinereo-puberula ; f'oliis oblongis
ovatisque utrinque obtusis obsolete crenato-serratis, petiolo tenui,
floralibus lanceolatis deciduis ; racemo breviusculo ; verticillastris
paucifloris ; calyce puberulo recto ; labiis ovatis aequalibus camdeo
tinctis mox ampliatis tubo infundibuliformi nervoso oequilongis, supe-
riore integerrimo, inferiore apice bifulo ; corolla? eajrnleas tubo incluso;
connectivo subcrasso glaberrimo ; stylo superne bine barbato. — Car-
men Inland, in the Gulf of California, Dr. E. Palmer, 18G9. Corolla
half an inch long; the upper lip hardly, the dilated lower lip some-
what, exceeding the calyx.

Coldenia (Tiquiliopsis) Palmeri, n. sp. : pube brevi et brevis-
sima densa molli incana ; foliis ovatis crebre plicato-nervosis petiolum
subrequantibus ; calyce tubo corolla? dimidio breviore, lobis lanceolatis
tubo ipso breviore. — S. E. California or Arizona, on the lower Colo-
rado, Dr. Edward Palmer, 18G9. Well distinguished from C. Nuttallii

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1870. 293

by the fine hoariness and the absence of all hispid or even hirsute
haii-s, and by the calyx. It is apparently more erect and bushy. The
corolla is similar but larger, and has roundish-oval lobes. No fruit
was collected, by which to learn whether it accords with Tiquiliopsis
in having two-parted cotyledons. The leaves are more like those of
C. fusca, but the rib-like veins more numerous and crowded, from four
to six pairs, and the surface in the younger specimens strongly and
beautifully plicate. This has likewise been collected in Utah or
Nevada by S. Watson, in Clarence King's expedition.

Eriogonu.m Kkllogii, n. sp. Umbellata, depressum, caudicibus
rarnisve sterilibus substoloniferis filiformibus late pulvinato-coespitosum ;
foliis rosulatis spathulatis parvis (lin. 3 -4-longis) basi angustata sessili-
bus sericeo-incanis (supra nunc glabrescentibus) ; scapo gracili tripolli-
cari medium versus verticillo e foliis 3-4 parvis instructo involucro
solitario cyathiformi G-7-lobato terminator perigoniis luteolis dtraum
albidis roseo tinctis extus glaberrimis, stipite gracili, segmentis subcon-
formibus ovalibus obovatisque intus basi cum parte inferiore filamento-
rum villosis ; cotyledonibus late ovalibus excenfricis radicula parum
longioribus. — In fir-wOods, forming tufted mats, Red Mountain, Men-
docino County, California, Dr. A. Kellogg, July 1, 1869. Involucre
silky-canescent. Perigonium two or in fruit nearly three lines long,
not including the stipitiform base of fully half a line. Except that the
perigonium is wholly glabrous exteriorly, this neat species would
stand next to E. Douglnsii : but the head and the leaves are smaller,
and the flowers fewer: the whorl on the scape usually consists of
only three bract-like leaves. The foliage is more like that of a
condensed and alpine form of E. ccespitosum.

Lastaijri^ea Chilensis, Itemy. In Proceed. Amer. Acad. 8, p.
199, where this is first recorded as a Californian plant, on the authority
of a specimen collected by J. Blake, some doubt was expressed as to
whether it was there indi<j;enou~. Since then I have been able to ascer-
tain, through the kindness of Mr. Bennett, that a specimen in Nuttall's
herbarium, now belonging to the British Museum, ticketed by Nuttall
" Ancislropliylhim Culij orm'cum, Sta. Barbara" is Lastarricca Chilensis,
but taller and coarser than any of our Chilian specimens. A slender
form of the same species was lately abundantly collected near the mouth
of the San Joachin, by Dr. Kellogg, who informs me that it is common
around San Francisco, "chiefly, if not entirely, where sheep and cattle
frequent." So that its introduction into California by cattle, which is
most probable, is not likely to have been recent.

294 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Poltgonum: Hartavrightii, n. sp. Persicaria, Digyna; strigoso-
hirsutum vel glabellum ; caule subpedali erecto striato ad apicem usque
crebre as [ualiter folioso ; foliis lato-lanceolatis utrinque acutis vel ob-
tusiusculis breviter petiolatis ; ocbreis medio foliigeris hypocraterimor-
phis, limbo foliaceo brevi reticulato repando setoso-ciliato ; pedunculo
erecto eglanduloso spicam plerumque solitariam densam cylindraceam
gerente ; bracteis pedicellos superantibus ; perigonio eglanduloso roseo;
staminibus 5 ; stylo profunde bifido. — Sedgy bogs, New York, from
Herkimer to Yates County, and Michigan. — Fruit unknown. I col-
lected this almost forty years ago at the head of Cayuga Lake, along
with the remarkable P. amphibium var. MuMeribergii of Meisner,
which is widely distributed in North America. I saw it several years
ago, in company with the Rev. Professor Paine, in a high bog near
the southern borders of Herkimer County, but not in flower. I have
also a well-developed specknen from the State collection in Michigan.
Not regarding the stipules, it had been taken for one of the various
puzzling terrestrial -varieties of P. amphibium, or, when the stipules
were noticed, for an undeveloped condition of P. Careyi. But my
attention having been called to it by Dr. S. Hart Wright, of Perm Yan,
who finds it in open bottom land, among Carices, at Dundee, Yates Co.,
New York, I am desirous that it should bear his name, as the real
discovei'er of its specific characters.

Argyrothamnia (Ditaxis) adenophora, n. sp. Herbaceum,
molliter puberulum ; foliis oblongo-linearibus basi trinervatis subdenti-
culatis, superioribus cum petiolis bracteis calyceque fcemineo saltern ad
margines glandulis claviformibus luteolis obsitis ; floribus monoieis ; pe-
talis oblongo-lanceolatis integris ealycem subsuperantibus, fl. masc. gla-
bris, fl. fcem. extus pilosulis; filamentis columnge 15 quorum 10 antheri-
feris ; ovario setoso; seminibus obovatis rugoso-foveolatis. — Sonora,
Mexico, Dr-E. Palmer.

Appendix: December, 1870.

CONKADINA, Nov. Gen. Labiatarum.

Calyx fere Calaminthce, 13-nervius, oblongo-campanulatus, subteres,
bilabiatus ; labio superiore lato subpatente tridentato ; inferiore erecto
bipartite, dentibus subulatis longioribus. Corolla exannulata, ad sum-
mum tubum angustum rectum calyci subrequilongum retrofiexa, pro-
funde bilabiata, ringens ; fauce brevi ampliata ; labio superiore sub-

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1870. 295

incurvo retuso; inferiore patentissimo basi contracto trilobo, lobis
lateralibus rotundatis, medio latiore emarginato-subbilobo. Stamina 4,
inferioribus paullo longioribus didynama, sub labio superiore incurvo-
adscendens, fere parallela : anthera muticae, biloculares ; loculis sub-
parallelis connectivo transversim dilatato demum sejunctis basi fasci-
culo pilorum instructis. Stylus glaber, cruris subulatis sequalibus.
Nuculaa loeves, globosoe". — Suffrutex Rosmarini facie, ramosissimus,
tenuiter canescens, foliosissimus ; foliis angusto-linearibus margine revo-
lutis, in axillis nunc fasciculatis ; cymulis 2 - 7-floris laxis in axillis
subsessilibus ; corolla albo-purpurea extus pubescente; calyce fructi-
fero declinato, dentibus (rarius tubo) pilis patentissimis birsutis.

Conradina canescens. Calami ntha canescens, Torr. & Gray ex
Benth. in DC. Prodr. 12, p. 229, & Chapm. Fl. p. 318. — Dry sands
along the beach and in pine woods of Western Florida, from Appala-
chicola to Pensacola and Mobile : called " Wild Rosemary." — A well-
marked genus in habit and character, much better distinguished from
Calamintha than is Ifelissa, in foliage, inflorescence, &c, not unlike
Dicerandra. The essential character is in the corolla, which is widely
ringent, and abruptly bent backwards on its tube.

The genus is dedicated to the memory of Solomon W. Conrad, the
associate of Muhlenberg and the other Pennsylvanian botanists of the
last generation, the publisher of Muhlenberg's Catalogue and his
Descriptio Uberior Giaminum, &c, — himself a botanist of no mean
acquirements. Long ago the Gerardineous genus which now bears
the name of Macranthera, Torr., was dedicated to Mr. Conrad by Nut-
tall (in Jour. Acad. Philad. 7, p. 88) ; but the earlier-published Ges-
neriaeeous Conradia of Martius, in memory of Conrad Gesner, retains
this name. By means of a moderate change in the orthography, we
may arrange to connect the name of our American Conrad with this
striking plant of our own country.

POLIOMINTFIA, Nov. Gen. Labiatarum.

Calyx tubulosus, 13 - 15-nervius, striatus, aequalis, dentibus 5 a?qua-
libus, fauce annulato-villosa. Corolla tubo recto pi. m. exserto, intus
piloso-annulato ; limbo breviter bilabiato ; labio superiore erecto sub-
piano emarginato ; inferiore trifido patente, lobo medio emarginato-
bilobo. Stamina fertilia 2 (iuferiora), paralltle adscendentia, apice
nunc incurva, antheras loculis divaricatis : filamenta 2 superiora ste-
rilia brevissima. Styli cruri subinaaquales. Nuculae lseves. — Suffru-

296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

t'ces incani ; foliis integerrimis parvulis ; floribus in axillis paucis fas-
ciculatis vel solitariis ; corolla ut videtur rosea.

The name, composed of the Greek words for hoary-white, or gray
and Mint, is suggested by the silvery canescence. The typical species
has been described as a Hedeoma by Dr. Torrey, but with a natural
misgiving, on account of the habit, the perfectly regular and equally
toothed calyx, and the villosity in the throat of the corolla. This
forms, indeed, a definite and nearly if not wholly complete ring, which
is a character thought to be of some moment in Labiatse. • I am dis-
posed to join with it a species collected by the late Dr. Gregg in North-
ern Mexico, which has a much elongated corolla in the manner of Cula-
mintha coccinea, and which would technically belong to Keithia except
for the obvious rudiments of the upper pair of stamens, and the pilose
ring, which is here close to the ba>e of the tube of the corolla. Keithia
marifolia, Schauer, in Linnaea, 20, p. 705, from the same region,
may probably be added to this genus, at least if no. 1080 of Coulter's
Mexican collection is of that species: for in Coulter's plant the rudi-
ments of the upper pair of stamens (of which in Aschenborn's plant
there is said to be "nidhnn vestigium"} are conspicuous, and even
with vestiges of the abortive anther. But no trace of the pilose ring
is found.

Poliomintiia ixcana. Ramis gracilibus cum foliis linearibus
(imisve oblongis) planis obtusis pube brevissima creberrima canescenti-
bus ; verticillastris paucifloris ; pedicellis brevissimis ; calyce breviter
tubuloso 15-nervi villosissimo ; tubo corollas parum exserto, fauce am-
pliata intus piloso-annulata. Hedeoma incana Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound,
p. 130. — New Mexico, near El Paso, &c, Parry, "Wright, Bigelow,
Palmer. — Corolla only twice the length of the calyx.

Poliomintiia loxgiflora, n. sp. Pube molli laxiori ; foliis
ovalibus vel obovatis (cum petiolo brevi lin. 4—6 longis) supra viridu-
lis subtus cano-tomenlosis subvenosis ; pedunculis in axillis solitariis
brevibus unifloris bibracteolatis ; calyce elongato (subsemipollicari)
vix striato 13-nervi ; corolla tubulosa sursum sen-nm paulloque ampli-
ata longe exserta extus piloso-pubescente, labiis brevibus, annulo
prope basim ; staminibus styloque exserlis. — Nor.thern part of Mexico
(station unknown), Dr. Gregg, 1848-1849. — Corolla an inch and a
half Ion 2.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : SEPTEMBER 13, 1870. 297

Six hundred and twenty-third Sleeting.

September 13, 1870. — Monthly Meeting.

The President in the chair.

The Corresponding Secretary read letters from Messrs. New-
comb, Safford, H. J. Clark, and Merivale, acknowledging their
election by the Academy.

The President stated that when abroad he procured a com-
plete set of the Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical
Society ; after a delay of nearly a year, they had not yet come
to hand, but he still hoped to recover them. He also Called
attention to a copy of the Greek Dictionary of Professor Sopho-
cles, in which the author acknowledged his indebtedness to
the Academy in the following note : — " The greater part of
the Author's Glossary of Later and Byzantine Greek, forming
Vol. VII. (new series) of the memoirs of the American Acad-
emy, has been incorporated in the present book."

Professor Benjamin Peirce referred to the appropriation
recently made by Congress to observe the eclipse next Decem-
ber, and stated that the full number of observers had not yet
been obtained. As the English government has withdrawn
the vessel offered to the Royal Society, it becomes the more
necessary that great efforts should be made to render the
American expedition a success.

Mr. W. H. Dall referred to the expedition organized in 1865
to explore the route for the International Telegraph line be-
tween the mouth of the Amoor River and some point in the
United States territory.

To this expedition a scientific corps was attached, under the leader-
ship of the late lamented Robert Kennicott. The special problems to
be solved were those of the boundary of the water-shed of the extreme
northwest portion of the continent, and the distribution of animal life
in the same region. The result of these explorations showed that the
great Yukon River of the Hudson Bay territory was identical with the
Kivichpdk of the Russians, and debouched into Bering Sea, south of
Norton Sound ; that the Rocky Mountains, instead of being prolonged
in a nearly straight line northward to the Arctic Sea, were really bent

vol. viii. 38

298 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

to the northwest about latitude 65°, and, trending with the coast,
formed, with another volcanic series of mountains, the backbone of the
Alaskan Peninsula and the Aleutian Islands. Instead of a confused
mixture of eastern, western, and Asiatic forms in the bird-fauna, it was
discovered that the latter was mostly composed of Eastern and Cana-
dian forms, which passed westward north of the mountain wall of the
Alaskan Range, and, throwing out the water-birds, contained very few
representatives of the West American avi-fauna ; fewer, indeed, in
number, than those of the Eastern type, which encroached on the west-
ern district south of the mountains along the coast.

The distribution of the marine animals presented some phenomena
of great interest not yet fully worked out or explained. The " line of
floating ice " in Bering Sea passes between St. Matthew and the Priby-
loff group of islands, and appears to form an invisible but very distinct
line of demarcation, north of which the fur-seal, cod, and marine in-
vertebrates, typical of the temperate west-coast fauna, do not pass ;
while the white bear, certain fish, and all the strictly arctic inverte-
brate marine forms, keep as constantly to the north as the others do to
the south side of the line.

The glimpses thus obtained of a marine fauna of wonderful richness,
and the great interest attaching to the deep-sea dredgings, inaugurated
by the U. S. Coast Survey, and since carried on by Carpenter and Wal-
lich, Jeffreys, Sars, MacAndrew, and others, have impressed me with
a desire to attempt a further exploration of the marine fauna of these
regions. They are of special interest, from the fact that the researches
of Carpenter, Adams, MacAndrew, and Forbes have shown an identity
of species common to our northwest coast, Japan, the JEgean Sea,
and, finally, the Red Sea ; and the phenomena revealed by the dredge
have a very important bearing not only on the distribution of animals,
but on geology and the serial succession of animal life in time.

I hardly feel justified at present in saying more than that I have
strong hopes that such explorations will not long be delayed, and that
they will probably be prosecuted in connection with a hydrographic
survey of the little-known coasts and islands of that portion of the con-
tinent ; a survey which will, if successful, bring forth results of inter-
est and value not only to the naturalist, but to the physicist, geologist,
and those engaged in purely commercial pursuits.

Remarks on this communication were made by the President
and Professor B. Peirce.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: OCTOBER 11, 1870. 299

Six hundred and twenty-fourth Meeting.

October 11, 1870. — Monthly Meeting.

The Corresponding Secretary in the chair.

The Corresponding Secretary read a letter from the Ameri-
can Oriental Society, thanking the Academy for the use of
their room.

Professor Joseph Winlock exhibited a contrivance for record-
ing the position of lines in the spectrum, especially adapted to
solar eclipses. A silver plate is attached to the telescope of a
spectroscope, and a graver to its stand. By a simple motion
the position of any line may be permanently recorded and
afterwards measured. The principal lines of the solar spec-
trum are first recorded, the plate is then moved slightly back-
wards, and a number of spectra may be drawn on the same
plate and compared with one another. Since the spider-lines
may be invisible on account of the darkness, a break is made
in the one which is vertical, and a spark from a Ruhmkorff coil
passed through it, thus giving a bright spot of light. He pro-
posed to apply this method of recording to determine the decli-
nation of a star in meridian instruments.

Mr. George W. Hill presented a paper on the determination
of the mass of Jupiter from its effect on the asteroids. Those
are selected whose time of revolution is nearly one half that
of Jupiter, and the perturbation thus produced is one of the
largest in the solar system.

Professor N. S. Shaler made a communication on the figure
of the continents of Mars, compared with those of the earth.
In both there is a tendency to point towards one pole, — those
of Mars to the north, of the Earth to the south.

Remarks on this subject were made by Professors Lovering,
Whitney, and Winlock.

Dr. E. H. Clark made a communication on hydrate of chlo-
ral, supplementary to one made by him three months or more
ago. He stated that physiological experiments on man and the
lower animals with this substance had shown it to possess a

300 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

peculiar power over the living economy, and that chemical ob-
servation had confirmed the results of physiological experi-
ment. The hydrate of chloral had already assumed a definite
position in therapeutics. As a hypnotic it had been shown to
be an agent sui generis. The sleep it produced resembled
natural sleep very closely, and was unlike the sleep produced
by opium, Indian hemp, alcohol, hyoscyamus, or any other
known agent of the materia medica. Dr. Clark concluded his
communication by some observations on the absorption and
elimination of hydrate of chloral, and on its modus operandi
while in the system.

Dr. Charles Pickering referred to Professor Sophocles's
lexicon as a most valuable addition to the' works of American
scientists.

Dr. T. S. Hunt made some remarks on the Siemen's process
of making cast steel, and called attention to the beautiful ex-
ample it presents of the dissociation of gases.

Six hundred and twenty-fifth Meeting.

November 9, 1870. — Stated Meeting.

The President in the chair.

The President stated that it would be necessary for the soci-
ety to elect a secretary to serve during the absence of Professor
E. C. Pickering.

It was voted that Professor N. S. Shaler act as secretary ad
interim.

The committee appointed to consider the disposition of the
income from the Rumford Fund presented the following re-
port, which was accepted.

The undersigned respectfully report on the questions referred to
them : —

That the Rumford Fund was founded for the purpose of enlarging
and diffusing knowledge concerning heat and light.

The decree of the S. J. Court respects this purpose perfectly ; and
only provides new methods for carrying it into effect.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: NOVEMBER 9, 1870. 301

The Academy may publish Rumford's works, and Professor Lover-
ing's paper on the Aurora, and such other works or papers as may
reasonably be considered promotive of the purpose of the fund.

They may give or exchange these publications in any way they think
subservient to the same purpose.

They may sell the books. But in selling them they treat them as
merchandise ; and as merchandise they were paid for by the Rumford
Fund and belong to that fund. And the money received for them
should be credited to that fund.

A profit or advantage to the Academy seems not to have been in the
mind of Rumford in creating the trust, nor in the intention of the
Academy in accepting it ; nor in the contemplation of the court in
making their decree. It may be that the Academy would be permitted
to charge the common commission for the care of property held in
trust ; but, beyond this, we think any profits arising from any employ-
ment or disposition of the fund, belong, not to the Academy, but to the

fund. #

[Signed] THEOPHILUS PARSONS.

NATHANIEL HOLMES.
November 3, 1870.

It was voted that the members of the Rumford Committee,
together with the President, the Vice-President, and Secretaries
of the society, act as a committee to determine the method to
be adopted for the distribution of the Academy's edition of the
works of Count Rumford, with power to act, and to report at the
next stated meeting.

The Vice-President stated that it was very desirable that
there should be a precise record made of the amount received
from the sale of the works of Count Rumford, in view of the
doubt concerning the disposition of the profits arising from
such sale.

It was voted that the cost of publishing the memoir of Pro-
fessor Lovering on the Periodicity of the Aurora be paid from
the Rumford Fund, subject to the action of the Rumford Com-
mittee.

The committee appointed to consider the question of the
amendment to the constitution concerning the annual assess-
ment, reported in favor of the amendment.

302 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

It was voted that the amendment be enacted.

The following gentlemen were elected members of the
Academy : —

G. Kirchhoff, of Berlin, to be a Foreign Honorary Member
in Class I., Section 3, in place of the late Thomas Graham.

Kaulbach, of Munich, to be a Foreign Honorary Member in
Class III., Section 4, in place of the late Overbeck.

Henry Carey Lea, of Philadelphia, to be an Associate Fellow
in Class III., Section 3.

Professor E. J. Cutler, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fel-
low in Class III., Section 2.

Professor E. J. Young, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fel-
low in Class III., Section 2.

Professor C. C. Langdell, of Cambridge, to be a Resident
Fellow in Class III., Section 1.

Six hundred and twenty-sixth. Meeting.

December 13, 1870. — Monthly Meeting.

The President in the chair.

Professor J. D. Whitney read the first part of a communica-
tion on the fossil remains of man found in California.

Professor N. S. Shaler called attention to the fact that the
circumstances connected with the occurrence of these remains
beneath Table' Mountain resembled, in a striking way, those of
similar remains found near Le Puy in Haute-Loire, France.

Professor J. D. Whitney called attention to the discovery, by
Mr. Clarence King, of glaciers in the northern slope of Mt.
Shasta.

Mr. E. N. Horsford gave an account of the system of hy-
draulic mining in California.

Six hundred and twenty-seventh Meeting.

January 9, 1871. — Monthly Meeting.

The President in the chair.

The President read a letter from Professor Kirchhoff, of

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JANUARY 9. 187-1. 803

Berlin, acknowledging his election as Foreign Honorary
Member.

The President announced the death of Professor E. J.
Cutler, Resident Fellow of the Academy.

Professor J. D. Whitney continued the reading of his papei
on the remains of pre-historic man in California, left unfin-
ished at the last meeting.

The following communication on the Tides, by Lieutenant
Roumiantzoff, was read.

In the note "sur la theorie des marges" (Comptes Reyidus, May 16,
1870) I defined the phenomena of tidal vibrations. The view I take
on the subject is simply a development of the general idea expressed
by Laplace in his Mecanique Celeste. Laplace in fact established
that : —

a. The phenomena of tides consist in the movements of fluid ;

b. The infinitely small motion of particles of water is possible only
on the surface of their level ;

c. The fluctuation of level on the coast is secondary in respect of
oceanic motion.

At this time the physical description of the phenomena was very in-
sufficient, and the local circumstances on which the tides depended were
unknown ; consequently Laplace could not follow out the true prin-
ciples of his theory, and arrived in his final results at an assumption of
a certain proportionality between the phenomena of tides and the dis-
turbing forces. ( Vide Laplace, Mecanique Celeste, Tome V. Chapitre
XIII.)

At the present time many of the peculiarities of the tides have been
s-hown by observers, and the principles which were wanting have been
mentioned in the remarkable works on "Tides" by the Astronomer-
Royal, Mr. Airy, Dr. Whewell, and others. These investigations have
caused the fundamental idea in Laplace's theory to be lost sight of;
so that until the present time the phenomena of tidal motion have been
examined as the disturbance of the form of waters in the ocean under
the influence of attracting bodies. At sea-stations we observe not the
form of the free surface of waters surrounding the solid globe, but the
result of the small horizontal vibrations of the particles of the ocean
waters ; and thus the investigation of the equations of the surfaces of
the ocean level does not include the theory of tides. Such an explana-

304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

tion is in visible contradiction with the remarkable theory of " waves,"
by Mr. Airy, the works of Whewell, and others ; but I will immediately
show that it would be highly important to apply the solutions given in
these works to the explanation given in my former notice. There I
particularly endeavored to explain the origin of tidal currents of great
rate, and then I said, in short, that we should have to investigate the
propagation of tidal currents in bays. Mr. Whewell, in his numerous
works, having acquainted us with the geography of the phenomena,
and shown many details, as well as many empirical laws of the tides,
avails himself also of the idea of " cotidal lines " in explaining the pecu-
liarities of the tides. As is well known, the cotidal lines are curves
drawn through the points of simultaneous high waters ; their position
on the map is associated with the idea of the propagation of tidal mo-
tion. The phenomena of tides in the ocean being fully determined by
the theory, it is evidently impossible to draw the cotidal lines across
the ocean, in the same way as the question is impossible, — "Whether
high or low water will occur at the transit of an attracting body."
It would be highly important to make use of the theory of cotidal lines
to explain the propagation of tidal currents, in which case the cotidal
lines will be the direct expression of the physical law. The cotidal
lines connecting the points, at which the greatest velocity of tidal cur-
rents is being simultaneously observed, are necessary for the study of
tidal phenomena in large bays (as e. g. White Sea and German Ocean).
Notwithstanding this, the explanation of the phenomena is still very
difficult when they occur in rivers, and where the tide rises gradually ;
whereas the superficial currents are very irregular and slack. In these
cases, starting from the theory developed by Mr. Airy in his work
" Tides and Waves," we arrive at the laws of the phenomena. If, in
fact, the pressure of the ocean in its progress meets with great resist-
ance in the system of waters in a quiescent state, or running in the
opposite direction, then the propagation of this pressure will be observed
as taking place in the form of waves (positive).

The general description of the phenomena of tides was given by me
in the more simple case when the bay is immediately connected with
the ocean. The observations of tidal currents made by many eminent
American, English, and French observers, and also the full investiga-
tion of tidal currents in the White Sea by the Russian hydrographer,
Risnecke, have been taken by me as authorities. From the foregoing
remarks we can infer how complicated the phenomena will be in many

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 9, 1871. 305

cases ; in each instance of this kind a separate physical description
will be indispensable, as the local circumstances are sometimes very
different. Tbe most simple case for the investigation of the laws of
tidal currents is afforded by observations made on shoals at a great dis-
tance from the coast. Thus observations on the shoals of the German
oceans, of the Sooloo Sea, and others, do not show the existence of any
noticeable rise of level. Let us suppose a shoal in the middle of the
ocean, the depth of the ocean to be 20,000 feet, and 20 feet on the
shoal, then the velocity of waters on the shoal could not exceed the
rate of the ocean motion more than one thousand times. In any case,
the velocity of the current on this shoal will not be great, as the ocean
motion is too slow ; besides, the velocity of tidal currents increases
gradually from nothing, and if the shoal is of small superficial dimen-
sions, then the resistance to the progress of tidal motion will be insig-
nificant, and observations will not show any rise of level. I will here
add an explanation why tides are not strong at the islands of the open
ocean, but attain great dimensions in bays and narrows along the coast
of the continent. In the former case, the lesser mass of the ocean
waters helps to communicate a progressive motion to the particles of
water ; whereas, in the latter case, all the mass of the ocean presses on
the coast of the continent, and the running waters being reflected from
the promontories and straight shore convey their vis viva to the waters
of the bays and narrows which indent the shore of the continent.

I subjoin the following remarks to the conclusions made by me in
the first note : —

1. The Astronomer- Royal, Mr. Airy, in his works on the tides, more
than once points to the inadequacy of all the theories of the tides (see
e. g. Airy, "Tides and Waves," Section II., No. 14) ; thus in the first
conclusion I explain the results given by Mr. Airy.

2. The time and the magnitude of the greatest velocity of tidal
currents are opposed by me to the generally admitted rule of investi-
gating the laws of times and heights of high water. According to the
theory of tidal motion, the velocity of the current may be given by the
function of the disturbing forces, whereas the rise of level will be a
very complex function of currents, which only can be expressed by an
empirical formula, because many of the local circumstances cannot be
analytically stated.

3. The law of the revolving direction of tidal currents (from E.
round by N. in north lat. and from E. round by S. in south lat.) is

VOL. VIII. 39

306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

confirmed by all observations made in points open to the ocean. In
contracted estuaries and along the shore the currents follow the shore
line. In some points of a complicated and large bay a change in the
reverse direction is sometimes observed, as these points are reached
by the currents after many reflections from the shore.

4. The relation of the rise of the tide to the velocity of the flow
solely depends upon local circumstances. If the shore extends perpen-
dicularly to the direction of the flow at its greatest rate, then high water
occurs soon after the time of maximum of velocity. In bays stretching
considerably inland, when the velocity is small and the rise depends
on the mass of water remaining in, the time of high water occurs con-
siderably later than the time of greatest velocity of the current from
the ocean. This delay becomes an essential element in the theory of
tides, for it determines the time and height of high water, and upon it
depends the retard of the spring and neap tides after the days of
syzygy and quadrature.

5. The first part of the establishment is drawn from the theory ; the
second, with the magnitude of the greatest velocity of flow, determines
the influence of local circumstances.

6. The absence of full uniformity in the mean level immediately
proves that the height of the lunisolar tides is not equal to the alge-
braical addition of the lunar and solar tides (one of the evident infer-
ences of theory of tidal motion). In fact, Mr. Airy deduced from the
observations " that the mean level is higher in the large tides than in

the small ones." (" Tides and Waves," p. 374 " The mean

level at Sheerness is higher in spring tide than in the neap tide
by seven inches nearly." .... And I inferred from this that the
lunisolar tide is greater than the addition of solar and lunar tides at
Sheerness by about fourteen inches.) This inequality might be con-
siderable ; but the various resistances to tidal motion on the coast re-
duce the large tides far more than the small tides. Proceeding from
the observations made in Ireland, Mr. Airy alluded to the difference
of the mean height of the sea round the island. The definition of the
normal level on the coast is immediately deduced from my explanation
of the phenomena of tides. In some points of a complicated large
bay, the level of low water at spring tide may be higher than the ocean
level (in case of a constant movement of the waters) ; but the level
in the bay during a quiescent state of waters (as observed at low water)
will never fall lower than the ocean level. The small motion of the

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JANUARY 25, 1871. 307

particles of the ocean waters from the shore will be followed by a
similarly small fluctuation of the level along the coast.

The observations of the rise of the tide give us the result of the
effect of all the causes without the possibility of distinguishing the
power of each of them separately. In fact, the elevation of the level
corresponds to each periodical current from the ocean; thus, to explain
some inequalities of the heights of tides, we must consider the causes
from which the periodical currents may proceed. For instance, the
diurnal inequality of heights is observed in all morning and evening
tides, which undergoes a periodical change according to the season of
the year. But, on the other hand, the difference between the heating
of the waters by the sun along the shore (where the diurnal amplitudes
in the temperature are very considerable) and in the ocean will cause
the periodical currents. Certain other inequalities in the heights of
tides will also proceed from the periodical and accidental variations in
the direction and rate of the constant local currents. The power of
the wind to drive the waters into the bays increases the height of the
level. The anomalies in the phenomena of tides are explained by the
interferences of the currents, and by the streams caused by the differ-
ence of the level in the nearest points.

Six hundred and twenty-eighth Meeting.

January 25, 1871. — Stated Meeting.

The President in the chair.

There being no quorum for the transaction of business, the
matters which should have been acted upon at this meeting-
were postponed.

The President announced the death of Professor William
Chauvenet, Associate Fellow of the Academy.

Professor N. S. Shaler made a communication on the Geol-
ogy of the region about Richmond, Ya. He claimed that the
sienite ridge which occurs at that point was of later elevation
than the rest of the Appalachian Ridge, which it clearly resem-
bled in many important regards ; furthermore, that the salient
angle of Cape Hatteras was caused by the elevation of this
ridge. Mr. Shaler also claimed that the Cincinnati axis of

308 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

elevation was the first of the Appalachian system, having been
elevated during the Lower Silurian epoch.

Voted to adjourn this meeting to the second Tuesday in
February.

Six hundred and twenty-ninth Meeting.

February 14, 1871. — Adjourned Stated Meeting.

The Academy met at the house of Dr. H. W. Williams.

The President in the chair.

The following gentlemen were elected Fellows of the Acad-
emy : —

Charles Francis Adams, Jr., of Boston, to be a Resident
Fellow in Class III., Section 3.

Professor C. C. Everett, of Cambridge, to be a Resident
Fellow in Class III., Section 1.

William Everett, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class III., Section 2.

Henry W. Paine, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class III., Section 1.

John G. Whittier, of Amesbury, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class III., Section 4.

Ferdinand Bocher, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow
in Class III., Section 4.

George J. Brush, of New Haven, to be an Associate Fellow
in Class II., Section 1.

Stephen T. Olney, of Providence, to be an Associate Fellow
in Class II., Section 2.

Jeremiah Smith, of Dover, N. H., to be an Associate Fellow
in Class III., Section 1.

In accordance with the recommendation of the Rumford
Committee, it was voted : —

That the cost of printing the memoir of Professor Joseph
Lovering, on the Periodicity of the Aurora Borealis, be assessed
on the income of the Rumford Fund.

Also, that one hundred copies of the quarto edition of the

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: FEBRUARY 14, 1871. 309

Life of Rumford be presented to Dr. George E. Ellis, together
with a complete set of the Essays (as edited by the Committee),
with the thanks of the Academy.

It was voted that the Finance Committee be requested to
prepare a statement of the current expenses and receipts of the
Academy.

It was voted that the meeting adjourn, at its close, to the
second Tuesday in March.

Professor Pickering made a communication on a new form
of solar eyepiece, by which the light may be reduced to any
desired extent.

In the common diagonal eyepiece all the light is reflected into the
eye by the inclined surface of the prism. A second prism is connected
to the first by some substance whose index of refraction is very nearly
equal to that of the glass. In consequence, an exceedingly small pro-
portion of the light is reflected, the greater part passing directly through,
out of the telescope. Again, since the angle of incidence equals 45°,
the reflected ray is almost totally polarized, and its intensity may be
varied at will by a Nicol's prism. Colored glasses are thus avoided,
and with them the danger of heating and cracking the lenses of the
eyepiece, as almost all the heat and light passes out of the tube. If
desired, it may be received on a second eyepiece or spectroscope, so
that during an eclipse or transit, for instance, two observers may use
the same telescope. A curious coloration of the images is sometimes
produced, probably due to the unequal dispersion of the glass and
cement. Apart from its practical application, this device has a scien-
tific interest as affording a means of producing a plane reflecting sur-
face whose index of refraction is very nearly unity.

Professor J. D. Whitney read several affidavits of the dis-
covery of pre-historic man in Colorado.

Professor N. S. Shaler made a communication on the forma-
tion of continents. He compared the circular development in
the Moon with the linear development in the Earth and Mars. •

Professor J. D. "Whitney read letters from Baron Richtofcn
on the geology of China and Japan. He also exhibited a new
method of illustrating books.

310 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Remarks on this communication were made by the Presi-
dent, Mr. T. T. Bouve, and Professor N. S. Shaler.
Dr. H. W. Williams showed a new test for astigmatism.

Six hundred and thirtieth. Meeting.

March 24, 1871. — Adjourned Stated Meeting.

The President in the chair.

The President presented the report of the Committee on
Finance.

The Corresponding Secretary read letters from Messrs.
Olney, Whittier, Brush, and Kaulbach, accepting membership
of the Academy.

It was voted to appropriate the additional sum of $ 500, to
be expended by the Committee of Publication.

It was voted that the annual assessment be raised from five
dollars to eight dollars.

Professor B. Peirce made a communication on the recent
eclipse, in which he called attention to the indebtedness of the
English observers to the plans of the Americans, and their
omission of a suitable acknowledgment. His own observations
were conducted in Sicily, where he divided his party into five
sections, of which two had clear weather. All the observations
tended to show the solar nature of the corona.

Remarks on this communication were made by Professor E.
C. Pickering.

Six hundred and thirty-first Meeting.

April 11, 1871. — Monthly Meeting.

The President in the chair.

The Corresponding Secretary read a letter from Professor
Ferdinand Bocher acknowledging his election into the Acad-
emy.

Professor J. P. Cooke presented a report of the Rumford
Committee on the cost of publication of the Life and Works of
Count Rumford.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: APHIL 11, 1871. 311

Remarks on this report were made by the President, Messrs.
Quincy, Lovering, Lyman, J. C. Gray, J. I. Bowditch, and
Shaler.

A motion to suspend the publication of the second volume of
Count Rumford's Works was laid on the table, and the report
was referred back to the Rumford Committee.

Professor Joseph Winlock exhibited some pictures of the
eclipse of 1870, and pointed out the resemblance between the
photographs of 1869 and of 1870. He also stated that in his
recording spectroscope it is not essential that the registering
point should be attached to the telescope, but to the part which
is moved for pointing on the lines of the spectrum. In Pro-
fessor Young's spectroscope, in which the prisms move, the
registering apparatus is attached to thena.

Professor F. H. Storer presented the following paper on the
amount of carbonic acid in the air, by Mr. A. H. Pearson.

The following paper contains an account of a large number of ex-
aminations of the air of various places for carbonic acid, made in the
chemical laboratory of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
during the spring of 1870, for the State Board of Health of Massa-
chusetts.

They were made chiefly for the purpose of obtaining a general idea
of the amounts of carbonic acid in the air of school-houses and other
public buildings ; but there are also among them quite a number of
estimations of carbonic acid in the open air which may be of interest
when compared with similar examinations made in other places.*

In these experiments the carbonic acid was determined by Petten-
kofer's method. This method consists in exposing a certain quantity
of standard baryta water to the action of a known volume of air, and
thus removing the carbonic acid as carbonate of barium.

When the baryta water has been exposed to the air for a sufficient
length of time, the baryta remaining in solution is estimated with a«
standard solution of oxalic acid.

The difference between the amounts of oxalic acid required to neu-

* See Dr. R. Angus Smith, in the Scottish Meteorological Journal, January,
1870 ; also the Second Annual Report of the Massachusetts State Board of Health,
January, 1871.

312 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

tralize a certain quantity of baryta water, before and after the action
of the air, represents the carbonate of barium formed, and from this
quantity the carbonic acid present in the air is estimated.

The baryta water used in this process was prepared by dissolving 7
grms. of hydrate of baryta in one litre of water. The precise strength
of this solution, as determined in the manner described below, was such
that 1 c. c. of the solution corresponded to 1,087 mgrm. of C02. This
solution was kept in a glass bottle, to the rubber stopper of which was
fitted a tube containing soda-lime, and another tube just large enough
to allow the passage of a pipette for drawing the baryta water.

In order to guard against the action of carbonic acid on the baryta
water contained in the pipette from the mouth of the person using it, a
tube filled with caustic potash was attached to its larger end. The
soda-lime apparatus, noticed above, acted in the same capacity as the
potash tube toward the carbonic acid in the air of the room.

The solution of oxalic acid was prepared as follows : — A saturated
solution of pure oxalic acid in water was made and allowed to crystal-
lize. These crystals were dried between folds of blotting-paper, and
for one half-hour over concentrated sulphuric acid. 2.8636 grms.
were then weighed out, dissolved in water, and the solution diluted to
one litre. 1 c. c. of this solution corresponds to 1 mgrm. of C02.

The strength of the baryta water was determined as follows : —
25 c. c. of the baryta solution were transferred to a small flask, and
the oxalic-acid solution run in from a Mohr's burette, until a drop of
the mixture failed to give the alkaline reaction (a brown ring on deli-
cate turmeric paper).

Repeated trials showed that 23 c. c. of the oxalic-acid solution were
required to exactly neutralize 25 c. c. of the baryta water.

Three large glass bottles, with tightly fitting glass stoppers, were
used for holding the air, in which the carbonic acid was to be deter-
mined. The capacity of each was obtained by filling with water and
then measuring the same, by means of a flask holding 1,000 c. c. and
a cylinder, graduated to single c. c. In this manner the capacity of
bottle No. 1. reduced to 0° C, and 760 m. m. bar. press, was found to
be 5824.10 c. c, that of No. 2, 6166,11 c. c, and of No. 3, 6240.57 c. c,
an allowance of 50 c. c. being made in the calculation for the baryta
water used in the process. Previous to each experiment the bottles
were thoroughly cleansed and then dried by passing a current of heated
air through them.

OP ARTS AND SCIENCES: APRIL 11, 1871. olo

The details of a complete analysis are as follows : — Having filled
the perfectly dry bottle, by means of a pair of bellows, with the air to
be analyzed, 50 c. c. of the baryta water are added, and the interior
surface of the bottle kept moistened by turning the same for about half
an hour.

At the end of this time the baryta water is poured into a cylinder,
the latter tightly corked, and the carbonate of barium allowed to de-
posit, requiring about fifteen minutes. 25 c. c. of the nearly clear
liquid are now transferred to a small flask, and the oxalic acid solution
run in from a burette, until a single drop of the mixture fails to give
the alkaline reaction on turmeric paper. Taking, for example, the
first experiment made on the outer air, it was found that 20.4 c. c. of
the oxalic acid solution were required to neutralize 25 c. c. of the
baryta water after the action of the air.

The difference between 20.4 c. c. and 23 c. c, the amount required
to neutralize 25 c. c. of baryta water before the action of the air, being
multiplied by 2, — for 50 c. c. of baryta water were used in the ex-
periment, — we obtain 5.2 c. c, each c. c. of which is equivalent to
nearly one mgrm. of carbonic acid, in accordance with the proportion :

at.wt. at.wt. wt. of 0 in

O CO, 1 c. c. of sol. wt. of C02.
63 : 22 — .0028636 : .0009998

Multiplying this weight of carbonic acid by 5.2 c. c. and reducing the
product to volumes in terms of c. c. at the normal temperature and
pressure, we obtain 2.637 c. c. of carbonic acid in the volume of air
analyzed. Bottle No. 1 having been used, after reducing its volume
to the normal temp, and press., we obtain the percentage of carbonic
acid by a simple proportion, thus : —

5783.26 : 2.637 = 100 : .04560%.

In order to ascertain if the oxalic acid used in these experiments
could be depended on for purity, the strength of the baryta water was
tested with different solutions of the acid, prepared from crystals which
were obtained under various conditions.

I. A solution of oxalic acid in hot water was made and allowed to
crystallize. These crystals were dried between sheets of blotting-paper,
2.8636 grms. weighed out, dissolved in water, and the solution made
up to a litre. 25 c. c. of the baryta water required 23 c. c. of this
solution.

VOL. VIII. 40

314

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

II. A saturated solution of oxalic acid in water was made as above ;
the crystals obtained were dried between sheets of paper, and a portion
of them allowed to remain for one half an hour over sulphuric acid,
and another portion for one hour. Solutions were made of these crys-
tals of the same strength as above, and 25 c. c. of baryta water tested
with the same results as before.

III. A saturated solution of oxalic acid in hot water was allowed to
stand until nearly cold. The crystals thus obtained were rejected and
the mother-liquor allowed to stand until another crop of crystals had
deposited. These crystals were dried between sheets of paper and for
one half an hour over sulphuric acid, a solution made of them, and the
baryta water tested in the usual manner with a like result.

IV. A saturated solution of oxalic acid in cold water was allowed
to remain over sulphuric acid, under a bell-glass, until a quantity of
crystals was deposited. These were rejected and the mother-liquor
returned to the bell-glass, and a second crop of crystals obtained, which
were dried, pulverized, and a solution made of them. The baryta
water was tested with this solution, the result obtained being the same
as above.

The conclusion drawn from the above experiments was, that the ox-
alic acid employed in the regular analyses did not differ from that used in
these experiments, where the conditions under which the solutions were
obtained would not admit the presence of impurities in the oxalic acid.

The results of these examinations of the air for carbonic acid are as

follows : —

I. — Outer air in Boston.

Locality.

Per cent,
of Carbon-
ic Acid by

Volume.

Date.

1870.

Time.

Temper-
ature.
Centi-
grade.

Barom-
eter.
Inches.

Remarks.

r

.04560

Mar. 17

11.00 a.m.

"Deg.
— 3.5

29.330

Cloudy, wind N.W.

.03194

Apr. 1

8.45 "

9

30.372

Clear, wind N. E.

.03894

" 1

8.45 "

9

30.372

11 u

.03988

" 8

9.40 "

13

30.134

a u

Newbury Street, near
Institute of Technol- •

.04449
.04218
.03798

" 8
" 8
" 13

9.40 "

9.40 "

11.00 "

13
13
14

30.134
30.134
30.000

ii ii
it u

Clear, wind N.

°gy>

.04435

" 13

11.00 "

14

30.000

u ii

.04230

" 14

2.35 p. m.

25

3(i.ol6

Clear, wind S W.

.04292

" 14

2.35 "

25

30.016

ii u

.04999

" 28

2.20 "

28

29.872

Cloudy, windS. W.

.04903

" 28

2.20 "

28

29.872

u it

Park St. near Tremont,

.04493

May 3

8.30 "

14

29.936

Clear, wind N.

Newbury Street, j

.03394

" 12

2.45 "

22

29.852

( After storm ; light
( clouds, windS. W.

.03561

" *12

2.45 "

22

29.852

f

.02905

" 17

10.45 a. m.

14

30.170

Cloudy, wind N. E.

Public Garden, -j

.03563
.02969

" 18"
" 19

4.05 p. m.

10.50 A. M.

22
25

30.336
30.244

Clear, wind S. W.

1

.02586

" 30

3.40 p. m.

20

30.264

Clear, wind S. E.

Cupola of State House,

.03139

" 18

3.15 "

20.5

30.336

Clear, wind S. W.

Clarendon Place, near 1
Berkeley Street, j

.03371

" 19

1.30 " "

28

30.212

it it

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: APRIL 11, 1871.

315

II. — Rooms at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

Locality.

Percent,
of Carbon-
ic Acid by

Volume.

Date.

1870.

Time.

Taettu?eer"Barom-

2S* Ache's.

grade.

Remarks.

Small" weighing room/' (
Laboratory Inst. Tech., |

Drawing-room of
second year's class, i
Institute Technology,

1 Room 11 after recitation, (
Institute Technology, |

.13205
.13041
.08836
.08416
.05693
.05551
.09762
.08929

Mar. 15
" 15
" 16
" 16
" 16
" 16
" 17
" 17

3.00 p. m.
3.00 "
9.40 a. m.
9.40 "
5.00 P. M.
5.00 "
1.15 "
1.15 "

Deg.
22 30.190
22 30.190
14 29.760

14 29.760

15 29.760
15 > 29.760
21 i 29.330
21 ! 29.330

Wind N. E.

it tt
tt a
tt it

III. — Air of School-Rooms in Boston.

Locality.

Grammar Schools.

Myrtle Street, j

Dartmouth

Hawkins "

Tremont "

Waltham "

Common "
West Springfield "

Blossom "

North Bennet "

Richmond ' '

Anderson "

Northampton "

Tyler "

South "

Primary Schools.
Appleton Street,
Hanover (Station House),
110 Merrimack Street,
Poplar "

North Bennet "
Richmond "

Phillips "

West Concord "
Tyler

Newbern Place,
Warrenton Street,
Suffolk "

Cooper

Thacher "

Sheafe "

Snelling Place,
Genesee Street,
Way
Groton
Rutland
Hudson
Common
East
Chardon
Blossom

Percent.

ofCarbon-

Date.

ic Acid bv

1870.

Volume.

.13431

Mar. 24

.13659

" 24

.12912

" 25

.09748

" 29

.14335

" 29

.12111

" 29

.17686

" 30

.10164

" 31

.19037

April 5

.17887

" 6

.17781

" 11

.08570

" 12

.18622

" 18

.12586

" 18

.17598

May 10

.11092

Mar. 25

.14296

" 28

.18187

" 28 I

.11173

April 5

.16824

" 6

.08101

" 11

.08971

" 12

.13999

" 18

.11015

" 18

.15541

" 19

.14575

" 19

.10618

" 19

.19927

" 21

.17292

" 21

.18692

" 21

.16056

" 21

.16082

" 22

.12284

" 22

.14507

" 25

.11663

" 25

.13024

May 9

.07732

" 9

.16988

" 10

.09934

" 11

.12708

" 11

Time.

10.25 a. m.
10.30 "
10.30 "
10.20 "

3.00 p.m.

3.30 "

10.05 A. M.

10.25 "

10.30 "

10.15 "

10.10 "

10.10 "

10.10 "

3.as p. m.

10.15 A. M.

3 15 p. M.
10.30 A. M.
11.15 "
11.15 "
10.25 "
10.20 "
10.20 "
10.25 "
3.50 p. M.
11.35 A. M.
11.50 "
3.35 p. m.
9.55 a. m.
10.10 "
3.40 p. m
3.55 "
9.50 a. m.
10.15 "
11.20 "
11.45 "
3.40 P. M
3.55 "

10.05 A. M

10.15 "
10.50 "

Temper-
ature.
Centi-
grade.

Deg.
23
23
18
21
23
18
18
21
22
18
20
23
22
20
23

20

20

20

20

20

22

22

21.5

19

23

22

22.5

22

23

22.5

19

23

23

20

22

18

18

22.5

22.5

21

Barom-
eter.
Inches.

Remarks.

30.200
30 200
30.430
2!*.linH
29.950
29.950
30.260
31.1.396
29.900
29.920
30.196
29.648
29.982
29.850
30.114

30.460
29.556
29.556
29.900
29.920
30.196
29.648
29.982
29.850
29.796
29.796
29.750
29.888
29.888
29.856
29 856
30.050
30.050
30.092
30.092
29.856
29.856
30.114
30.034
30.034

316

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

IV. — Air of Halls, etc., in Boston.

Locality.

Percent,
of Carbon-
ic Acid by

Volume.

Date.

1870.

Time.

Teniper-
ature.
Centi-
grade.

Barom-
eter.
Inches.

Remarks.

Deg.

Music Hall , Tremont St. ,

.14045

May 4

4.05 P. m.

25

29.576

Low tenement house, \

known as the " Crystal )

.09530

" 17

2.30 ■"

23

30.242

Palace," Lincoln St., )

*

Open air in rear of above,

.03976

" 17

2.50 "

15

30.242

Hall ofY. M.C. U.,300
Washington Street, • )

.15239

Apr. 27

9.05 "

26

30.060

Municipal Court Room, 1
Court Street, j

.12047

" 23

1.30 ."

23

29.784

Office of Secretary oft
State, State House, J

.08914

Mar. 22

2.45 "

24

29.892

Printing office, 79 Milk St. ,

.10183

Apr. 4

3.30 "

20

29.724

Globe Theatre,

.14438

" 11

9.00 "

23

29.952

St. Paul's Church,

.05929

" 15

11.00 A. M.

21

30.292

Public Library, waiting- \

.13666
.13747

Mar. 19
" 19

2.30 p. m.
3.45 "

20
21.5

30.150

:;u.i.-.(i

room , J

.19352

Apr. 20

7.50 "

23

29.784

Six hundred and thirty-second Meeting.

May 9, 1871. — Monthly Meeting.

The President in the chair.

The following Annual Report of the Council was read by the
Corresponding Secretary.

Since the last report of the Council the following gentlemen have
been elected members of the Academy: —

Charles C. Perkins, of Boston, to be a Resident Fellow in Class
III., Section 4.

Nathaniel Holmes, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in Class
III., Section 1.

Raphael Pumpelly, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in Class
II., Section 1.

George Derby, of Boston, to be a Resident Fellow in Class II.,
Section 3.

E. J. Cutler, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in Class III.,
Section 2.

E. J. Young, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in Class III.,
Section 2.

C. C. Langdell, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in Class
III., Section 1.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 9, 1871. 317

William Everett, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in Class
III., Section 2.

Henry W. Paine, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in Class
III., Section 1.

Charles Francis Adams, Jr., of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow
in Class III., Section 3.

Ferdinand Bocher, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in Class
III., Section 4.

J. G. Whittier, of Amesbury, to be a Resident Fellow in Class III.,
Section 4.

C. C. Everett, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in Class III.,
Section 1.

Simon Newcomb, of Washington, to be an Associate Fellow in Class
I., Section 1.

Truman H. Safford, of Chicago, to be an Associate Fellow in Class
I., Section 1.

Henry J. Clark, of Lexington, Ky., to be an Associate Fellow in
Class II., Section 3.

Henry Carey Lea, of Philadelphia, to be an Associate Fellow in
Class III., Section 3.

George J. Brush, of New Haven, to be an Associate Fellow in Class
II., Section 1.

Stephen T. Olney, of Providence, to be an Associate Fellow in
Class II., Section 2.

Jeremiah Smith, of Dover, N. H., to be an Associate Fellow in
Class III., Section 1.

Alexander Braum, of Berlin, to be a Foreign Honorary Member
in Class II., Section 2.

Charles Merivale, of Oxford, to be a Foreign Honorary Member
in Class III., Section 3.

G. KirchhofF, of Berlin, to be a Foreign Honorary Member in Class
I., Section 3.

Kaulbach, of Munich, to be a Foreign Honorary Member in Class
III., Section 4.

Since the last Annual Meeting the Academy have lost, by death,
two Resident Fellows and two Associate Fellows.

Elbridge Jefferson Cutler, the son of Elihu and Rebecca T.
Cutler, was born at Holliston, Massachusetts, December 28, 1831. He
was prepared for college at Westborough, under the tuition of Rev.

318 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

T. D. P. Stone, and entered Harvard College in 1849. In college he
maintained a high standing, and at the close of his senior year was the
class-poet. After graduating, he was engaged as a teacher in various
places for ahout five years, for two of which he taught a private school
in his native town. In 1858 and 1859, he was one of the editors of
" The Century," a weekly literary journal published in New York.
On quitting this employment he sailed for Europe, and spent a year in
foreign travel and the study of the continental languages and litera-
ture. In 1861, he aided in the enlistment of a company for the na-
tional service in the great rebellion, engaging in the work with intense
zeal, and expending in it almost all that he possessed ; but was pre-
vented from active duty by an injury occasioned by lifting a heavy
weight in aid of a passing traveller, whose wagon was overturned near
his mother's house. The spinal lesion from which he then suffered
acutely made him an invalid for the rest of his life. At the Com-
mencement of 1861, he read before the Phi Beta Kappa Society of Har-
vard College a patriotic poem, which won for him a very high reputation.
From 1862 to 1864 he was a teacher in Worcester. He then spent
another year in Europe. On his return, in 1865, he was chosen As-
sistant Professor of Modern Languages at Harvard College, and was
appointed to a full and permanent professorship in 1870. Shortly be-
fore this last appointment he was prostrated by a new attack of spinal
disease, in which he lingered for many weeks, not without hopeful
symptoms of convalescence, till his life was closed by a sudden illness
of an erysipelatous type, on the 27th of December, 1870, only a few
weeks after his election as Fellow of the Academy.

Professor Cutler was endowed with native ability of a high order,
and at the same time was, through life, a systematically industrious
student and worker. While a good classical scholar, he was especially
versed in the French and German languages and literature, and was,
at the same time, familiar with the best writers in his own tongue. In-
deed, few men of his years have united to a greater degree than he
did special and general scholarship ; so that, while a master in his own
department, he was no sciolist in any branch of liberal culture.

As a writer, he was characterized by clear thought, pure, chaste, and
transparent diction, and singleness and earnestness of purpose. The
little that he wrote leaves only room for regret that it should have been
so little. His poetry manifested a fertile fancy and no mean creative
power, joined with great rhythmical euphony ; and when he recited

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 9, 1871. 319

his own verse, he gave it an intense charm by the sweetness of his
tones and the unaffected fervor of his utterance.

His preferred work, and that for which he was best adapted by na-
ture and education, was that of a teacher. He made learning attrac-
tive both by his own example of the amenities and graces that belong
to liberal culture, and by that keen appreciation of truth and beauty in
thought, style, and expression, which won from his pupils their admira-
tion of the literature which he opened to their knowledge. He under-
stood, too, the modes of access to minds of various complexions, and
was often successful in awakening capacities, tastes, and receptivities,
which would have responded to no less skilful touch. He was at the
same time the watchful and judicious friend, counsellor, and helper of
his pupils, seeking their highest moral well-being, in rebuke faithful,
but always kind, persevering and often eminently successful in his
labors for the wayward and unpromising. For not a few students of
the University, his interposition at a time of temptation or discourage-
ment marked the turning-point of their career, and many will have life-
long reason to thank him for their established virtue, industry, and
well-being. His services as a College teacher were invaluable, and
of his associates there probably is not one who did not regard him as
occupying a place which may not easily be filled again.

His character in all its aspects commanded equal respect and affec-
tion. No man has had or deserved warmer friends. His purity,
simplicity, integrity, and kindness made him the object of implicit con-
fidence to all with whom he was associated, and in the nearer circle of
home and socialjntimacy leave the most precious and hallowed mem-
ories.

The time has come when there must be stricken from the list of ou
living members a name which has stood there for more than fifty
years.*

Of those members of the Academy who have taken small part in its
discussions, and whose names do not appear in its memoirs, no one has
done more to advance the objects for which the Academy was instituted
than George Ticknor. It is fitting, therefore, that we should pause a
moment to take notice of his life, and of the great loss which Science,
as well as Letters, has suffered by his death.

* Mr. Ticknor was chosen into the Academy on November 8, 1820.

320 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Mr. Ticknor, son of Elisha Ticknor, an intelligent and public-spirited
man, one of those who first opened the doors of the public schools to
all the children of Boston under the age of seven, was born in Boston,
August 1, 1791. His father, a classical scholar, had been a teacher,
and knew how safely to indulge the extraordinary power of application
and attainment of his son, and to kindle within him the fire which
always continued to burn, without checking his uncommon vivacity
and playfulness, so that he was graduated at Dartmouth College, after
a full and successful course, in 1807, at the age at which most boys in
those days entered college.

Returning to Boston, he pursued his studies for three years under
the care of the Rev. Dr. Gardiner, a worthy pupil of Dr. Parr, and
was filled with that enthusiastic love of the Greek and Latin classics
which he always retained. " His brightness, industry, ardor, and per-
severance," says a friend who knew, " combined with agreeable, re-
spectful, and gentlemanly manners," made him a favorite with Dr.
Gardiner, who procured for his young friend admission to the Anthol-
ogy Club, of which he was president, thus placing him amongst much
older persons, the best scholars and most distinguished men of letters
of their day.

He then devoted three years to the study of the law, in the office of
William Sullivan, a good lawyer and a true gentleman, and was ad-
mitted to the bar in 1813. As it was impossible for him to do anything
superficially, he gave promise of distinction in that profession. But,
while he could not but retain the fruits of the severe mental discipline
which faithful study gives, and gained from it, doubtless, something
of the skill and wisdom with which he always managed his own affairs,
as well as a safe guide in all his investigations, he preferred literature.

He went abroad in April, 1815, with his friend Edward Everett, and,
after a few weeks in London, just at the time of the battle of Waterloo,
hastened through Holland, stopping chiefly to buy books, to Gottingen,
where they lived in contiguous rooms in the house of his favorite
teacher, Bouterwek, whose highest work he was destined to surpass.
At Gottingen he labored faithfully in his philological studies, from
August in that year to March, 1817, during which time he became
perfectly familiar with the German language.

In Paris, in the summer of 1817, in Rome through the following
winter, and in Madrid from May to September, 1818, he studied with
equal energy. During his residence on the continent, and in Edin-

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 9, 1871. 821

burgh and London, he won the respect of such congenial spirits
as Goethe and Humboldt, Sir Walter Scott, Francis Jeffrey, Words-
worth, Lord Byron, Southey, Lord Holland, and Sir James Mack-
intosh.

In Paris, he was intimate with Madame de Stael and her family and
the Lafayettes, and in Madrid with the foreign diplomatists and some
of the best Spanish scholars.

In 1820, he returned home and entered upon the duties of the pro-
fessorship of French and Spanish Literature, to which he had been
appointed in 1817.

Mr. Ticknor's lectures, and those of Edward Everett, formed an era
in the history of the college ; and from his intimate acquaintance with
many of the ripest scholars, and with the highest scientific and literary
institutions in the most advanced of the nations of Europe, he was able
to present views which now prevail, and arouse a spirit which is now
everywhere felt among us.

In 1821, he married Anne, daughter of Samuel Eliot, an eminent
merchant of Boston.

In 1823, Mr. Ticknor published a syllabus of his course of thirty
four lectures upon Spanish literature, in the introduction to which he
expresses the hope so satisfactorily fulfilled, that he should, " by the
labors of future years, supply the deficiencies on a subject so new, so
important, and so interesting."

In 1825, Mr. Ticknor published " Remarks on the changes lately
proposed or adopted in Harvard University," which, if they could all
have been speedily adopted, would probably have rendered unnecessary
several of the institutions which have since gone into operation in Bos-
ton and its neighborhood. In the same year Mr. Ticknor, to gratify a
friend, caused to be reprinted in a little volume, with additions, from
the pages of the North American Review, " Outlines of the Principal
Events in the Life of General Lafayette," which Edward Everett calls
" Mr. Ticknor's beautiful sketch of the life of Lafayette." A French
translation of this, was, in the same year, printed in Paris.

In 1827, he wrote a memoir to accompany ihe remains of R. A.
Haven, of which an excellent judge says, "It is such a portrait as his
friends delight to recognize, such as all wish to resemble, and yet such
as his worst enemy could not help allowing to be just."

In 1832 he delivered, before the American Institute of Instruction,
a lecture on the " Best Methods of Teaching the Living Languages,"

VOL. VIII. 41

322 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

which he draws from his own observation and experience in the best
schools in Europe. This is most valuable, as it offers guidance in
teaching ancient as well as modern languages from one thoroughly ac-
quainted with all the best methods.

Mr. Ticknor resigned his professorship in 1835, after fifteen years
of uninterrupted service, during which time and for the remainder of
his life he exercised a generous but modest hospitality. Fortunate
and happy in his domestic relations, he gave a cordial welcome not only
to his old friends, whom he never forgot, such as Dr. Bigelow, James
Savage, William H. Prescott, not only to distinguished men of letters,
like Professor Felton and Mr. Hillard, and the Danas, but to men of
science, like Bowditch, Lyell, Agassiz, and the brothers Rogers, and to
worthy citizens and men of distmction in other walks of life, such as
Judge Story and Daniel Webster, thus doing what can best be done to
awaken sympathy and mutual respect between those engaged in sci-
ences, letters, business, and the affairs of state.

After a residence in Europe of three years, understood to have been
principally occupied in collecting materials of every kind for his " His-
tory of Spanish Literature," he returned home, and, in 1849, that work
appeared, which Humboldt calls " a masterly work," and of which H.
T. Buckle says, " In it there is more real information than can be
found in any of the many Spanish histories I have had occasion to
read." This noble work stands alone ; most agreeable, instructive, and
entertaining, though upon a subject which, treated with less knowl-
edge, taste, and discrimination, has usually been found heavy and
tedious.

In 1863, Mr. Ticknor gave us the life of his dearest, life-long friend,
William Hickling Prescott, — who, younger than himself, had once ex-
pressed the hope that it " might be long before he should do the good
turn for his friend Ticknor of writing his obituary." There is not,
perhaps, in any language, a biography more delightful, or containing
more precious, suggestive instruction for a young student, than Tick-
nor's " Life of Prescott."

If untoward circumstances had not prevented the execution of his
own cherished purpose, we should now have, as a pendant to the Life
of Prescott, a life, by the same hand, of Daniel Webster. Of his
ability to do it in an incomparably perfect manner, we have not only
the evidence of the Life of Prescott, but we have his " Remarks on
the Life and Writings of Daniel Webster," which came out in a

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 9, 1871. 323

pamphlet in 1831, taken, with additions, from the American Quarterly
Review. This is a rapid hut beautiful sketch of the life of the great
statesman by a kindred spirit who justly and feelingly appreciates all
that is great and admirable in his character.

Besides these larger works, Mr. Ticknor furnished valuable commu-
nications in every part of his life to the Anthology, the North American
Review, the Christian Examiner, and other Reviews, upon subjects of
interest to scholars and men of science.

He could never be idle ; and very much of his time, in the last years
of his life, was given to the Boston City Library. No one could be
better qualified for this labor than Mr. Ticknor was, by acquaintance
with the best books on all subjects, and by the experience he had had
in forming his own unsurpassed library, of which the portion relating
to Spanish literature was the most complete collection known. This,
with thousands of other volumes, he gave or he bequeathed to the City
Library.

These precious gifts will be gratefully enjoyed by many generations
of American scholars, who can only know Mr. Ticknor by his writings,
and can look upon him only in the exquisite bust by Milmore, which
adorns the Upper Hall of the Library.

Mr. Ticknor died, in the eightieth year of his age, on the morning
of the 26th of January, 1871. The one best fitted to know and to
judge of his virtues as well as his accomplishments has given him the
simple but all-sufficient title of the Christian Scholar.

The Hon. John Pendleton Kennedy was born in Baltimore on
the 25th of October, 1795, and was graduated at Baltimore College
in the seventeenth year of his age. After a brief service in the field,
as a volunteer, during our last war with England, he entered on the
practice of the Law, and gave the best promise of becoming a con-
spicuous member of the Maryland bar. But literature and politics
soon diverted him from professional pursuits, and he will be remem-
bered mainly as an author and a statesman. His principal produc-
tions in literature were " Swallow Barn, or a Sojourn in the Old Do-
minion,'-' published in 1832 ; «' Horse Shoe Robinson, a Tale of the
Tory Ascendancy," published in 1835; and "The Life of William
Wirt," in two volumes, published in 1849. In political life, he served
successively as a member for many years of the House of Delegates
i " Maryland, of which he was more than once the Speaker ; as a

324 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Representative in Congress ; and, finally, as Secretary of the Navy of
the United States, in the Cabinet of President Fillmore. In the later
years of his life he was Provost of "the University of Maryland, and
President of the Peabody Institute, founded by his friend, the late
illustrious George Peabody, in the city of Baltimore. To every sta-
tion which he occupied Mr. Kennedy brought brilliant accomplish-
ments, an active and earnest mind, a quick wit, a ready pen, an
eloquent voice, and great devotedness of purpose. No man of our
day has left a more enviable memory for the fidelity of his public
labors, or the purity of his private life. He died at Newport,
Rhode Island, on the 18th of August, 1870, universally respected and
lamented.

William Chauvenet was born in 1820, at Milford, Pennsylvania;
but his early life was chiefly passed in Philadelphia, whither his pa-
rents removed while he was still very young. His father was a grocer,
and wished his son to succeed him in his business ; but he gave so
decided evidence of mathematical talent, while at school, that he was
sent to Yale College, where he was graduated with distinction in 1840.
After a short service under Professor Bache, in meteorological obser-
vations at Girard College Observatory, he became, in 1841, instructor
in Mathematics at the United States Naval Asylum in Philadelphia ;
and, on the foundation of the United States Naval Academy at An-
napolis in 1845, he was appointed one of its Directors, and was also
made Professor of Astronomy and Mathematics, and Director of the
Observatory. His connection with this Academy continued fourteen
years, during which his growing eminence as a mathematician, and his
ability and zeal as a teacher, contributed very strongly to give a high
character to the institution. In 1859, he was offered the professorship
of Astronomy and Mathematics at Washington University, St. Louis,
and also that of Natural Philosophy and Astronomy at Yale College,
which had previously sought him for her chair of Mathematics.
Though strongly attached to his alma mater, he chose St. Louis, in the
belief that it presented a wider opportunity of usefulness, and entered
on his new duties in the autumn of the same year. In 1862rhe was
appointed Chancellor of the University, — an indication of the com-
manding impression he had already made there in other ways than in
the line of his special studies. But, unfortunately for the University,
and deeply to the disappointment of all friends of higher education and

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 9, 1871. 325

students of mathematical science in America, Dr. Chauvenet's health
became seriously impaired shortly after his appointment to his new
office, and it was never afterward re- established. After several periods
of partial recovery, he resigned the chancellorship in 1869, and he died
on the 13th December, 1870.

Dr. Chauvenet was the author of <k Binomial Theorem and Loga-
rithms " (1843, 92 pp. 8vo), of " A Treatise on Plane and Spherical
Trigonometry" (1850, 256 pp. 8vo), "A Manual of Spherical and
Practical Astronomy" (1863, 2 vols., 708 and 632 pp. 8vo), and "A
Treatise on Elementary Geometry " (1870, 368 pp. 8vo). His special
investigations, published in various journals and volumes of proceed-
ings, are mostly embodied in the treatises above named.

Dr. Chauvenet is most widely known through his Trigonometry, a
truly admirable text-book of the first class in respect of method and of
arrangement, and so full that while it is entirely adapted to the instruc-
tion of beginners, it is invaluable as a book of reference to the professed
mathematician. It is constructed on the excellent plan of embracing
in one volume the whole general theory of the trigonometric functions
in its higher developments, as well as in its elementary principles ; and
this plan is carried out with so much learning and industry, that, in
spite of some deficiencies with respect to topics which have recently
acquired importance, the book is still, after the twenty-one years that
have elapsed since its publication, the most complete existing work on
the subject of which it treats. Tt must long remain a classical treatise.
The Astronomy exhibits the same qualities of full and exact learning
and of elegance in form. It embraces the thorough discussion, accord-
ing to the best methods, and well illustrated by actual examples, of all
the problems which arise in the ordinary work of a practical observa-
tory ; and it is in use among working astronomers all over the world.
The Geometry is an essay in a field of mathematical science to which
Dr. Chauvenet's genius was. less strikingly adapted than to that of an-
alysis. It is, however, an important contribution to the discussion
concerning the treatment of pure geometry, which is just now exciting
a renewed interest among mathematicians. But whereas the Trigo-
nometry and Astronomy may be said to have left nothing to be desired
in their respective subjects, this, from the nature of the case, could not
be true of any treatise on so many-sided and profound a subject as that
of geometry. The introduction of some of the modern ideas (while
others are, perhaps arbitrarily, excluded), and the appendixes, contain-

326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

ing a large and excellent series of examples and a good introduction to
the Chaslesian Superior Geometry, give a special character and a high
value to the" book, which is marked throughout by those excellences
which belong to all the works of its author.

As a mathematician, Dr. Chauvenet is distinguished by extensive
learning, inexhaustible patience and thoroughness of research, exact-
ness of method, good choice of points of view, and a very high degree
of elegance and skill as an analyst. His works, judged as books of
elementary instruction, are direct and clear in mathematical style, and
quite free from that painful amplification of first principles which too
often characterizes text-books pretending to scientific accuracy ; while,
considered as embodying the complete development of their respective
subjects, according to the best and latest researches, in a hjghly prac-
tical and well-digested form for working mathematicians, they are books
of the first order. The labors of few American mathematicians have
reflected so much credit on science in this country ; and it is to be
lamented that the early decline of his health cut short a career which
had already been so honorable, and which, it was hoped, would yet
present an exemplification of still higher forms of mathematical power.
His private character was most estimable, attractive, and delightful.
His whole course in life was governed by the highest principles, both
in the purity and devotion with which he fulfilled his active relations,
and in the thoroughness of his scientific work. His disposition was en-
tirely amiable, and his companionship was full of the charm which pro-
ceeds from a sprightly, cultivated, and high-minded intelligence.

Dr. Jarvis presented a paper on the longevity of the Euro-
pean races in the United States.

Remarks on this communication were made by Messrs. E. H.
Clark, N. G. Shaler, Nathaniel Holmes, and Edmund Quincy.

Six hundred and thirty-third Meeting.

May 30, 1871. — Annual Meeting.

The President in the chair.

The President read the following letter from Professor Daniel
Tread well : —

OF ARTS AND- SCIENCES : MAY 30, 1871. 327

Dear Sir, — I inclose herein a check for two hundred dollars,
which I request you to present to the American Academy of Arts and
Sciences, to be expended in procuring an accurate and copious index
to the works of Count Rumford, which the Academy is now collecting
and publishing.

I am very sincerely,

Your friend and servant,

Daniel Treadwell.

Voted, That the thanks of the Academy be presented to Mr.
Treadwell for his generous and thoughtful gift.

The following gentlemen were elected Members of the
Academy : —

Francis L. Pourtales, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow
in Class II., Section 3.

Robert Amory, of Brookline, to be a Resident Fellow in Class
II., Section 3.

Samuel W. Johnson, of New Haven, to be an Associate Fel-
low in Class I., Section 3.

Charles A. Young, of Hanover, N. H., to be an Associate
Fellow in Class I., Section 2.

Leo Lesquereux, of Columbus, Ohio, to be an Associate Fel-
low in Class II., Section 2. *

The Corresponding Secretary read the report of the Commit-
tee of Publication, which was accepted and ordered to be placed
on record.

The President read a Report of the Librarian ; also a note
from him declining re-election as Librarian or Member of the
Rumford Committee.

The President read a Report of the Treasurer, and stated
that the latter also declined re-election.
' The Report was accepted and ordered to be placed on
record.

"It was voted that this meeting adjourn, at its close, to the
evening of Tuesday, June 6, when the subject of the funds
of the Academy would be discussed.

It was voted that the cordial thanks of the Academy be pre-

328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

sented to Professor F. H. Storer, Mr. C. J. Sprague, and Pro-
fessor Joseph Winlock, for their valuable services as officers of
the Academy.

The annual election resulted in the choice of the following
officers : —

Asa Gray, President.

George T. Bigelow, Vice-President.

Joseph Lovering, Corresponding Secretary.

Edward C. Pickering, Recording Secretary.

Edmund Quincy, Treasurer.

Edmund Quincy, Librarian.

Council.

Thomas Hill, "}

Josiah P. Cooke, Jr., V of Class I.

John B. Henck, J

Alex. E. R. Agassiz, ^

Jeffries Wyman, v of Class II.

Charles Pickering, J

Robert C. Winthrop,

George E. Ellis, [I.

Andrew P. Peabody,

Rumford Committee.
Morrill Wyman, James B. Francis,

WOLCOTT GlBBS, JOHN M. ORDWAY,

Josiah P. Cooke, Jr., Stephen P. Ruggles,

Edward C. Pickering.

Committee on Finance.

■*

' ( ex officio, by statute.

Edmund Quincy, )

Thomas T. Bouve, by election at adj'd annual meeting.

The other Committees were appointed, on the nomination
of the President, as follows : —

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 6, 1871. 329

Committee of Publication.

Joseph Lovering, Jeffries Wyman,

William W. Goodwin.

Committee on the Library.

Charles Deane, Frank H. Storer,

Edward C. Cabot.

Auditing Committee.
Charles J. Sprague, Theodore Lyman.

Six hundred and thirty-fourth Meeting.

June 6, 1871. — Adjourned Annual Meeting.

The President in the chair.

In accordance with the Report of the Committee on Finance,
it was voted to appropriate from the General Fund : —

For General Expenses .... $ 2,100

For Publications ...... 850

For Library ...... 350

The Chairman of the Rumford Committee read anew the
report presented at the Annual Meeting, and the one read
April 11.

It was voted that the Rumford Premium be awarded to Mr.
Joseph Harrison, Jr., of Philadelphia, for his method of con-
structing steam-boilers, by which great safety has been secured.

Dr. Ellis suggested that a new die should be procured before
giving the Rumford Medal, as the present one does not agree
with the other likenesses of the Count. Referred to the Rum-
ford Committee.

It was voted that the Rumford Committee be empowered to
make such arrangement or contract regarding the publication
of a cheap edition of the Life of Count Rumford as may seem
to them advisable.

vol. viii. 42

330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

It was voted that' the Treasurer be authorized, with the ad-
vice of the Finance Committee, to borrow a sum not exceeding
three thousand dollars, in anticipation of the income of the
present year.

It was voted to proceed to the election of the third member
of the Committee of Finance, who was not chosen at the last
election.

The ballot resulted in the election of Mr. T. T. Bouve.

It was voted to omit the Stated Meeting in August, and to
hold it on the second Tuesday in September.

Professor Winlock made a communication on a method of
viewing, with the spectroscope, the whole sun at once, with the
protuberances. He used a telescope of six inches focal length,
giving an image of the sun about gV °f an mcn m diameter.
The centre of this image was eclipsed by a small brass pin in
a plate of glass, which replaced the slit. A thin annulus was
thus received into the collimator of the spectroscope. He next
tried a simple spot of silver on the glass, also silvering the
latter, and cutting a circle in it. The image thus formed
should be magnified with a telescope of considerable power
after dispersion by the prisms. By using silvered specula and
a heliostat, it would be found practicable to employ a spectro-
scope of very high dispersive power.

Six hundred and thirty-fifth Meeting.

September 13, 1871. — Adjourned Stated Meeting.

The President in the chair.

The President announced the death of Professor Immanuel
Boekker, Dean Mansel, Sir J. F. W. Herschel, and Mr. George
Grote, of the Foreign Honorary Members ; Dr. Holbrook, of
the Associate Fellows ; and Mr. Charles Jackson, of the Resi-
dent Fellows.

Professor Whitney made a communication on some experi-
ments he has been conducting on the use of the barometer in

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : SEPTEMBER 13, 1871.

331

the determination of elevations. He showed that, after apply-
ing all the known corrections, a residual error remained, owing
to which observations made in winter sometimes gave results
a hundred feet lower than those made in summer.

Remarks on this communication were made by the President,
and Messrs. L. Agassiz, B. Peirce, and T. M. Brewer.

Professor E. C. Pickering showed a new application of Fres-
n el's formula of Reflection.

If i and r are the angles of incidence and refraction, and A and
B the magnitudes of the two reflected beams polarized at right angles,

we have A

sin2 (i — r)

andB =

_ tan2 (i — r)

If in these we make the

' sin2 (i -f- r) " tan2 (i -\-r )

index of refraction = 1 -f-dn or very nearly unity, we obtain by dififer-

dii1 2 cM 2

entiating and reducing A =— (1-|- tang2/) and B = — (1-j-tang2/) .

Substituting in these formu-
las different values of i we com-
pute the accompanying table.
The first column gives i, the
second A or more strictly
1

(1 + tang2/) =

The

i

A

B

4(A + B)

0

1.00

1.00

1.00

10

1.06

.94

1.00

20

1.28

.75

1.02

30

1.78

.44

1.11

40

2.90

.09

1.50

45

4.00

.00

2.00

50

5.86

.18

3.02

60

16.00

4.00

10.00

70

73.08

42.88

57.98

80

1099.85

971.21

1035.53

85

17330.64

16808.08

17069.36

90

00

00

00

I!

A + B
00.0
6.2
26.0
60.0
94.5
100.0
94.1
60 0
26.0
6.2
1.2

A — B

100, or

third column gives B or the
amount of light polarized in
the plane of incidence ; the

fourth h (A -J- B) the total light reflected, and the fifth

the degree of polarization in percentages. It will be noticed that
at 45° the polarization is complete. Now the light of the sky may
be accounted for, if we suppose the sunlight specularly reflected by
very minute surfaces of air or aqueous vapor, the index of refraction
in this case being very near unity. Our table then shows that the
light should increase from the antisolar point towards the sun, becoming
very great near the latter. At a distance of 10° the angle of inci-
180 -10°

dence would be

85°, and the light over 17,000 times as

great as opposite the sun. Again, the polarization would attain its
maximum 90° from the sun. These phenomena are quite in accord-
ance with the observed facts.

332 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Six hundred and thirty-sixth Meeting.

October 10, 1871. — Monthly Meeting.

The President in the chair.

The President announced the death of Professor Mahan, of
West Point, one of the Associate Fellows. He also read a
letter from Mr. Kenwood, announcing the donation to the
Academy of two books written by him.

Mr. Chauncey Wright read a paper on Phyllotaxis, or the
arrangements of leaves in plants. This paper will be published
in the Memoirs of the Academy.

Six hundred and thirty-seventh Meeting.

November 8,1871. — Stated Meeting.

The President in the chair.

The Corresponding Secretary read letters from Messrs.
Johnson, Lesquereux, Pourtales, and Young, acknowledging
their election into the Academy.

The President announced the decease of Sir Charles Bab-
bage, Sir Roderick Murchison, and Fourneyron, all Foreign
Honorary Members.

It was voted to grant the request of the American Society of
Numismatics to borrow the steel plate of the Rumford Medal,
in order to have three hundred copies struck off by Forbes &
Co. for the use of that society.

It was voted to authorize the Rumford Committee to sell the
remainder of the edition of the Life of Count Rumford, and
to contract with an agent for the sale of the new edition of the
Works of Rumford.

It was voted to authorize the completion of the second vol-
ume of the Works of Count Rumford, at an expense not ex-
ceeding $1000.

The following gentlemen were elected Fellows of the
Academy : —

H. G. Denny, of Boston, to be a Resident Fellow in Class
III., Section 2.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : NOVEMBER 8, 1871. 333

John Trowbridge, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class I., Section 3.

J. A. Allen, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in Class
II. , Section 3.

William H. Pettee, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow
in Class II., Section I.

John K. Paine, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class III., Section 4.

Edwin P. Seaver, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class I., Section I.

Professor Benjamin Peirce made a communication on the
effect of the consistency of the interior of the earth on the
Precession of the Equinoxes. Mr. Hopkins claimed that the
effect of the fluidity of the interior would be to render the pre-
cession much greater. This view was controverted by Mon-
sieur Delaunay, but sustained by Mr. Pratt. Professor Peirce
maintained that, owing to friction, a certain velocity would be
imparted to the interior, even if liquid, so that it would pro-
duce the same effect as if solid.

Dr. Charles Pickering stated that, having seen the earth's
crust forming, he would make a few remarks on the subject :

At the time of his visit to Hawaii there were two lakes of liquid
lava at the bottom of the Great Crater ; the larger lake remained
always liquid, but the smaller one, " two hundred feet " in diameter,
occasionally congealed over. Here is one point gained : for it has been
argued, that the material of the Earth, if once entirely fluid, in cooling
would contract, become heavier, and sink ; therefore forming a crust is
impossible. It is forgotten that a perfectly dry cambric needle can be
placed on water so as to float, and for the reason, that it displaces more
of the water than its own bulk. So in the irregularities of the earth's
surface commonly attributed to the cooling material contracting, we can
distinguish a general tendency to concavity, proportionably diminishing
and counterbalancing increase in weight.

To return to the smaller lava-lake, when the congealed crust broke
up, there was a different state of things. In thickness, this crust seemed
six or eight inches ; and back from its edge, usually several feet, a
crack would make its appearance, showing a red glow from beneath ;

334 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

presently a little liquid lava would ooze forth, and the flow would
detach itself, sinking at its outer margin, or seeming to be hurried
obliquely downwards under the molten mass. In this manner floe after
floe was hurried out of sight, until the molten portion had all around
gained the bank.

Professor N. S. Shaler spoke of tlie effect of changes in the
temperature of the moon's surface. Mr. Harrison has shown
that this amounts to about 960° F., or from — 100° to 840°,
assuming the specific heat equal to that of quartz. The effect
of such a change on a level plain like the Mare Humorum would
be to alter its length half a mile. He proposed to detect such
changes by accurate measurements of known points on the
moon's surface. So great a variation in temperature would
account for the observed alterations of color which have been
ascribed to a rapid growth of vegetation.

Professor Benjamin Peirce suggested that these changes in
position could be best measured on Mr. Rutherford's photo-
graphs of the moon, points near the centre of the disk being
selected and measured during the first and last quarter.

Professor E. C. Pickering expressed a doubt whether this
method would possess sufficient delicacy, as a variation of one
mile would equal only about a second of arc, and the measure-
ments would be complicated by libration, and all the consider-
ations which render so uncertain the moon's diameter.

Professor Benjamin Peirce referred to the Coast Survey
steamer now preparing to go to the Pacific for scientific pur-
poses. With a capacity of 350 tons it can make 200 miles a
day, while burning less than three tons of coal. Therefore, it
can carry enough of the latter for a voyage of 8000 miles.
The statement of Dr. Lardner, that no steamer under 500 tons
could cross the Atlantic by steam alone, is thus completely dis-
proved, as this vessel could easily make the trip and return
without recoaling.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: DECEMBER 12, 1871. 335

Six hundred and thirty-eighth Meeting.

December 12, 1871. — Adjourned Stated Meeting.

The President in the chair.

The Corresponding Secretary read letters from Messrs.
Henry G. Denny, John Trowbridge, and John K. Paine, ac-
knowledging their election into the Academy, and he an-
nounced that Part First, of Yol. X. of the Memoirs of the
Academy, containing Professor Joseph Lovering's Memoirs on
the Periodicity of the Aurora, was now ready for distribution.

The President called the attention of the Academy to the
recent decease of Mr. J. G. Cogswell, the oldest Resident Fellow,
with one exception, of the Academy.

The Chairman of the Rumford Committee announced that
the medal awarded to Mr. Joseph Harrison, Jr., was ready for
presentation, and it was voted, — That this medal be presented
at the monthly meeting in January.

The following gentlemen were elected into the Academy : —

R. W. Hooper, of Boston, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class II., Section 4.

J. B. Pettee, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class II., Section 1.

S. P. Sharpies, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class I., Section 3.

G. R. Baldwin, of Quebec, to be a Resident Fellow in Class
I., Section 4.

Professor A. P. Rockwell exhibited some fragments of the
tusk of a mastodon, discovered by Captain Bethune about four
miles from Golden City.

Professor N. S. Shaler made a communication supplementary
to that presented by Mr. Wright, at a previous meeting, on
Phyllotaxis. He showed that the parts of some of the highest
polyps are arranged like the leaves of plants. Polyps may be
divided into two groups : first, those which are nearly flat, form-
ing a level sheet ; and, secondly, those grouped along a stem. In
the latter the different individuals are arranged often in spirals.

336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

The fraction for the Oculina is about one fifth, for the Madre-
pore a higher ratio, while for the Carnapsammia it is less than
one third.

Professor Benjamin Peirce made a communication on the
mean motions of the four outer planets. After referring to the
curious relation noticed by Laplace, that the mean motion of
Jupiter is very nearly five times that of Saturn, and to his own
observation, that the mean motion of Uranus is about twice
that of Neptune, he proceeded to show the following new
relation between these mean motions: — 3n7 -j- 8w8 — n5 = o.
4w6 — 16n7 -4- 9ns ==o, and 2n5 — 12n6 -J- 17n8 -f- 6w9 = o. La-
place has shown that if such relations are approximately true
they must, in time, become accurately so ; and hence these
equations afford an excellent means of computing the mean
motions of Saturn, Uranus, and Neptune, assuming that of Ju-
piter. The results are for Saturn, 44.001.805 sec, for Uranus,
15.428.182 sec, and for Neptune, 7.871.511 sec, which agree
very nearly with observation.

Mr. William Everett proposed —

A new reading in Virgil, JEneid, Book I. Line 445.

The reading of all the MSS. here is : — Egregiam, et facilem
V1CTU per saecula gentem. The interpretations of the word Victu
here are various. Some commentators venturing to take it from inn-
cere, and using it actively, so that facilem victu = victoria pollentem.
Most, however, take it as a latter supine from vivo, or ahlative singular
from victus, and make facilem victu = facilem victum habituram.
This view is best stated by Heyne, Excursus ad locum, who compares,
but, in my opinion, inaptly, Georg. II. 460, iEn. VIII. 318. His
statement has satisfied later commentators. Weidmann (Commentar
zu Virgil's JEneis, B. I. und II. Leipzig, 1869) has summed up all
the learning that can be advanced on it.

I confess that, after all possible parallels have been adduced, I can-
not find either a symbol of fertility or wealth in a war-horse ; nor can
I think facilem victu a natural expression in the sense given it. I
therefore propose to read Facilem VECTU — the E and Jin the best
uncial MSS. differing exceedingly little from each other.

Thus we shall have Virgil's very favorite word vehor, I move, or am

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 9, 1872. 337

transported, so appropriate to the Carthaginian navigators who monopo-
lized the carrying trade of the ancient world. This quality is symbo-
lized by the horse, the type of transportation all over the world, and
chosen by all poets as the emblem of the sea, from Homer in the Four-
teenth Book of the Iliad to Byron in the finale to Childe Harold.

This emendation was suggested to me many years ago by my late
revered father.

Six hundred and thirty-ninth Meeting.

January 9, 1872. — Monthly Meeting.

The Corresponding Secretary in the chair.

Professor J. P. Cooke read the following statement by the
Rumford Committee of the grounds on which the Rumford
Medal was awarded to Joseph Harrison, Jr., of Philadelphia,
by vote of the Academy passed May 30, 1871. This state-
ment was adopted by the Committee at a full meeting held
December 23, 1871.

An award of the Rumford Medal was made at the annual meeting
of the Academy, May 30, 1871, in the following terms: — "Voted,
that the Rumford Medal be awarded to Joseph Harrison, Jr., of Phila-
delphia, for his mode of constructing steam-boilers, by which great
safety has been secured."

The " Harrison Boiler " consists of a number of hollow cast-iron
spheres, about eight inches in external diameter, and three eighths of
an inch thick. These spheres are cast in groups of two or four, the
spheres of each group being arranged in straight lines, and connected
with each other by curved necks about three and one quarter inches in
diameter. Moreover, each sphere has two half-necks, which make
openings at right angles to the necks previously mentioned. The open
necks are rabbeted, so that any number of the groups of spheres (units,
as they are called) may be united to each other, and the system thus
built up is held together by wrought-iron tie-bolts, which pass through
each line of spheres in the direction of the half or jointed necks, con-
necting at each end with caps that close the external orifices of the end
spheres on each line. The castings are made with such uniformity,
and the necks turned so as to fit each other with such accuracy, that
when the rabbeted edges are adjusted and drawn together by the screw

vol. viii. 43

338 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

and nut at the end of each bolt, a perfectly steam and water tight joint
is secured, without the intervention of cement or packing. A system
of spheres thus united, six wide and twelve or thirteen long, forms
what is called a section ; and a boiler consists of several of these sec-
tions, all discharging steam into the same pipe. In setting the boiler
the sections are placed on edge, side by side, so that the lines of bolts
make an angle of about forty degrees with the furnace grate.

The security of the Harrison boiler depends on the following fea-
tures in its mode of construction. In the first place, the spherical
form, adopted for the units of the boiler, greatly economizes the tensile
strength of the iron, and it has been estimated that, with a metal
having a tensile strength of three and one half tons to the square inch,
the bursting strength of the units would be nearly three fourths of a
ton per square inch. The strength of a boiler consisting of such units
will, of course, be no greater than that of the weakest sphere of the
structure; but as all the sections are tested at the manufactory by
hydrostatic pressure, as high as three hundred pounds to the square
inch, a defective unit is discovered before the boiler is delivered to
purchasers.

It is not maintained, however, that the units of the Harrison boiler
cannot be burst under excessive pressure ; for, as experience has
shown, it is impossible to make a vessel, at least one of any practical
value as a steam-generator, which cannot be burst. It is merely a
question how high a temperature it can stand before yielding. But
the evidence before the Rumford Committee has sustained the opinion
that, in case of such an accident to the Harrison boiler, a violent
destructive explosion is almost impossible ; and this brings us to the
consideration of the second feature on which the security of this boiler
depends.

In an ordinary plate-iron boiler the yielding at any point almost
inevitably involves the rending and complete destruction of the whole
structure. A tear started at a defective rivet, or on a line of corrosion,
will instantly lay open the whole vessel, when the expanding steam
scatters the contents in all directions, and hurls the fragments with a
force which no ordinary constructions of buildings or ships can with-
stand. The recent experiments of Mr. Stevens, of Hoboken, as de-
scribed in a report to the Secretary of the Navy by three of the chief
engineers in the naval service, show very conclusively that this tearing
apart of the boiler-plates under pressure is the simple cause of the

OP ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 9, 1872. 339

destructive explosions of plate-iron boilers, and, to use the words of
the report, " that in accounting for either the fact of an explosion, or
for its destructive effects, there is no necessity for hypothesis of low
water, enormous pressures, instantaneous generation of immense quan-
tities of steam, superheated steam, the formation of hypothetical gases,
the development of electricity, &c, &c. The most frightful catastrophe
can be produced by simply gradually accumulating the pressure of the
saturated steam to a strain, at which the strength of the boiler yields,
nor need that pressure be much above what is ordinarily employed
with boilers of this type." In one experiment the boiler exploded
with most destructive violence in less than a quarter of an hour after
the pressure had passed the inspector's limit.

Such a sudden tearing open of the whole vessel has never taken
place, and does not seem to be possible, with the Harrison boiler. Un-
der an excessive pressure the weakest units in the system may yield,
and injury may be caused by the sudden discharge of water, or of
steam ; but the injury to the boiler must be, to a great extent, local,
probably extending only to the breaking of a single unit, and involving,
at the most, a rapid but still regulated emptying of its contents. The
parts being wholly independent, there is no tendency in a rupture to
extend from one unit to its neighbor's ; and moreover, as a general
rule, long before the bursting-point is reached, a third feature of the
boiler comes into play, which, perhaps, more than either of the other
two, protects it from destructive explosions. The units of the boiler
no^ being cemented together, the least yielding of the tie-bolts opens
every joint and makes each of them a safety-valve. That this is the
normal action of the boiler under excessive pressure has been abun-
dantly established, not only by the experiments made by Mr. Harrison
before a committee of the Franklin Institute, but also by the experi-
ence of a member of our own committee.

The Rumford Committee were satisfied, by the evidence herein
stated, that the Harrison boiler is not liable to those violent destructive
explosions referred to above, and to which the ordinary plate-iron
boilers, however carefully or strongly made, must be always more or
less exposed. Considering further the economical advantages to be
gained from high-pressure steam, and the paramount importance of
such security as Mr. Harrison has attained in the use of this powerful
agent, they felt themselves justified in making the recommendation, on
which the Academy acted, in awarding to him the Rumford medal. It

340 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

must be noticed, however, that the award has been made for a " mode
of constructing steam-boilers, by which great safety is secured" and
that the safety of the boiler is the only point on which the committee
based their recommendation. They did not feel themselves called
upon to weigh carefully the relative merits of the Harrison boiler when
compared in other respects with the many forms of steam-boilers now
in use. They considered that its already extended and rapidly increas-
ing use was sufficient evidence that the Harrison boiler was an efficient
and economical steam-generator. More than this they did not require
to be proved; for whatever might be the defects of the boiler, — and
some doubtless there are, — the committee considered that Mr. Harri-
son had made an important advance in the application of steam by
demonstrating experimentally the principles on which a safe steam-
boiler can be made, and working them out to a practical result.
These principles being established, we may hope that any defects in
the present construction may be hereafter remedied.

It remains only to consider how far the principles or features of con-
struction to which we have referred are original with Mr. Harrison.
At least twenty-five years ago Dr. Ernst Alban, a distinguished Ger-
man engineer, clearly recognizing the impossibility of securing safety
in a steam-boiler by strength of materials alone, advanced the impor-
tant opinion that the only sure method of avoiding danger is " so to
construct the boiler that its explosions may not be dangerous " ; and
in a valuable work originally published in Germany, but of which
an English translation, published in 1843, was alone before the
committee, a mode of constructing steam-boilers is described in
which this principle is skilfully applied. Mr. Harrison has adopted
the principle of Dr. Alban, and, in a pamphlet on the steam-boiler,
published at Philadelphia in 1867, he prints the opinion of Alban,
quoted above, at the head of his essay ; but his method of embodying
this principle is as dissimilar as possible. Moreover, he has carried
out the principle more fully than Alban himself. The German boiler,
like the American, is made in sections, so that the bursting of one would
bring no destructive consequences from the general body of the boiler ;
but it is merely a modification of the well-known tubular boiler, and
does not -combine the advantages which Harrison obtains from the
spherical form of his units, and the mode by which they are bolted to-
gether without rivets or cement.

Rut the merit of Mr. Harrison and his claim to the Rumford medal

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 9, 1872. 341

consists fully as much in the skill with which he has overcome the
difficulties in the details of the construction of his boiler as in the in-
genuity of the original design. The boiler is not an ideal conception,
but an accomplished result, of which the industry of the country is
enjoying the benefit. By Mr. Harrison's labors, high-pressure steam
has been brought more under control, and human life has been rendered
more secure. The Rumford Committee believe not only that in award-
ing the Rumford medal to Mr. Harrison the Academy are faithfully
carrying out the expressed wishes of their benefactor, but also, that
Mr. Harrison's invention is one which Count Rumford would have
especially delighted to honor.

Professor Joseph Lovering then received the medal from the
Chairman of the Rumford Committee, and presented it to Mr.
John A. Coleman, who was delegated by Mr. Harrison to act
as his substitute on the occasion, and presented it with these
remarks : —

This full and authoritative statement of the Rumford Committee,
which its Chairman has now presented, — covering as it does the whole
ground, and clearly indicating the substantial reasons for the award
of the Rumford Medal to Mr. Harrison, — renders further remarks
from the Chair superfluous.

Acting by the request of your President, Dr. Asa Gray, who would
not be able to speak this evening, even if it were safe for him to be
present, I have only, in behalf of the Academy, to receive this medal
from the Committee, who have so well done their part in producing
it, and in justifying its bestowal, and to deliver it into the hands of the
recipient's representative, since Mr. Harrison himself is unable to be
with us upon this occasion.

As the founder of this premium was especially solicitous that it
should stimulate those discoveries or inventions which tend to increase
the comforts and conveniences of life, we may well conclude that he
would regard with highest favor those that conduce to the preservation
of life itself. The invention of Mr. Harrison is of this kind, is one
which, it is thought, may render certain applications of heat, themselves
of immeasurable importance, measurably secure, may render the steam-
boiler for general mechanical purposes as safe as any other mode of
generating power.

And now, Mr. Coleman, in the Academy's name, I deliver this gold

342 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

medal, and its silver duplicate, to you, to be carefully transmitted by
you to Mr. Joseph Harrison, Jr., whose name is inscribed upon them.
The Secretaries will add an engrossed and attested copy of the pro-
ceedings of this meeting relative to the subject. Be pleased, my dear
sir, to convey them to the hands of the gentleman whose invention the
Academy desires to honor and to crown ; and take with them to him
the felicitations and the hearty good wishes of the Fellows of the
American Academy of Arts and Sciences here assembled to administer
Count Rumford's trust.

After Mr. Coleman had received the medals, he read the
following response, directed to the President and Members of
the American Academy of Arts and Sciences.

Mr. President and Gentlemen : —

In receiving the Rumford Medals, which have been awarded to me
in so flattering a manner by the American Academy of Arts and Sci-
ences, I fear that I cannot express in suitable terms my appreciation of
this distinguished honor. I can, therefore, only say, that I do esteem
this compliment very highly indeed, and I shall ever cherish these
tokens with the greatest pride. To my mind, there is nothing within
the limits of science at the present time that is of more importance
than the " application of heat " to the safe generation of steam, and
to have won a recognized distinction in such a field, and to have been
deemed worthy of the reward that your honorable Society has be-
stowed upon me, fully repays me for many years of anxious, and often
of discouraging, effort. In what I have done I claim but little merit
beyond having called attention, for the last twelve years, to the great
importance of the question, and in having in some degree demon-
strated the fact that a Steam Generator can be made secure from
destructive explosion. I think that this idea has now taken such a
firm hold upon the public mind, both in this country and in Europe,
that it may be fairly inferred that in the future the use of steam under
pressure, no matter what form the apparatus may eventually assume,
will not be attended with the disastrous results that are recorded in the
past. In expressing my regret at being unable to attend your meeting
on January 9th, so as to receive the medals in person, I most sincerely
thank you, Mr. President and Members of the American Academy of
Arts and Sciences, for this very high mark of your approbation.

JOSEPH HARRISON, Jr.
Philadelphia, Jan. 6, 1872.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JANUARY 9, 1872. 343

Professor E. C. Pickering exhibited a new form of dividing
engine in which the scale to be engraved is moved forward equal
amounts at each stroke, the distance being regulated by a pin
moving between a plate of brass and the end of a screw. In
this instrument, as there are no joints, this source of inaccuracy
is avoided, and it is also free from the usual errors of a mi-
crometer screw. The model shown, although made of pine-
wood, gave results approaching in accuracy those of the best
metal dividing engines.

Professor N. S. Shaler made a communication on the con-
nection between the development of the life and the physical
conditions of the several continents.

It has been shown that the several continents vary in the extent to
which their shore line is irregular. If we arrange the several conti-
nents according to the amount of shore line compared with the internal
area, we get a series in which they stand in the following order :
Europe, North America, South America, Australia, Asia, Africa ;
but if we represent the continents in such a fashion that all have the
same area, retaining for each the general outline which it now has,
then we obtain a series in which Australia has the least shore in pro-
portion to area, South America next, Africa and Asia next and approx-
imately equal, North America next, and Europe the highest in the
series, having several times as much shore line as Australia and much
more than North America. It will be evident, on consideration, that
this analysis enables us roughly to compare the conditions of surface on
the several land masses. Those which have the largest amount of shore
line in relation to area are those which have the most diversified sur-
faces, and conversely. With this series let us compare another series
derived from the development of life on these continents. If we take
these continents and tabulate their organic life, in so far as is necessary
to determine the number of ancient types surviving on each, we may
construct another series. It is true that this will be only approximative,
but it will indicate the relative zoological inferiority of any continent,
so far as we can infer that from the survival there of types of organic life
which have disappeared from the others. This second series will cor-
respond with the first, the continents being inferior as a whole in their
organic development in proportion to the relative shortness of their
shore lines : or, in other words, to the want of variety of their surfaces.

344 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

To see the connection between the development of life on the several
continents and the variety of their outlines, it will be necessary to con-
sider, from the point of view of Mr. Darwin, the difference between the
conditions in which life is developed on two surfaces of equal area but
differing very widely as regards the irregularity of the surfaces. In
the first place, the irregularity of any extended land surface is in a
general way a good measure of the number of important geological
accidents to which the region has been subjected. There can be no
question that Europe, the most varied of the continents in external sur-
face, has many more distinct mountain systems than North America,
the next in our series. Each of these " systems " is the mark of a
wide-spread change of physical conditions which has brought important
disturbances into the relations of the life by such accidents existing on
sea and land. Many species would be extinguished, and, of those which
survived, many would have to adapt themselves to new conditions, and
so change and advance are made possible. Again, there is a direct and
constant influence exercised by diversity of surface. The number of
specific forms, and the consequent energy of the struggle for existence
on any continent is, other things being equal, dependent upon the va-
riety of conditions it offers to life. Compare two equal areas of, say,
one hundred miles in extent, the one a level plain, the other thrown
into a mountain mass, which extends from the tropics at the base to the
frigid zone at its summit of perpetual snow. On the one you may find
essentially the same organic forms throughout, and the competition is at
the minimum ; on the other, every mile of ascent brings you in contact
with new forms, all the conditions of land life are crowded together,
and their varied creatures put into such immediate contact that the
struggle must be very much intensified. The seeds of plants belong-
ing on the different zones, the insects which depend upon them, the
many creatures dependent on the plant or insect life, are often swept
by the streams or the winds, or forced by want of food into new con-
ditions of life ; cross-fertilization of plants and animals is far more likely
to take place in these metropolitan centres of life than where the
boundaries of species are made by barriers more insuperable than a
mile of mountain slope.

Professor John Trowbridge presented the following remarks
on Animal Electricity : —

The investigations of Du Bois Reymond, Matteuci, and others have

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 9, 1872. 345

left, apparently, no doubt of the existence of electrical currents in
nerve and muscle.

Physiologists have been led from considering the anomalous con-
tractions of the galvanoscopic frog to conclude that there exist in the
muscles and nerves of man, of fishes, and in the various organs
of the lower forms of life, currents which have determinate directions.
The earlier investigators tested for the presence of these currents by
touching the organs or parts to be examined with the bare terminals of
the galvanometer ; indeed, this method of investigation is still pursued
by certain physiologists.

The evidence of the existence of animal currents produced by touch-
ing the muscles with the bare terminals of a galvanometer or an elec-
trometer is entirely insufficient to prove that electrical currents circu-
late in the muscular or nerve tissues. One is baffled at every step by
the dissimilar composition of the terminals ; by the changes which they
undergo from the action of the air upon the fluids adhering to the sur-
face of the platinum ; and by the influence of heat.

It is true that by experimenting with the bare terminals one can
state a difference in the chemical nature of the different tissues of the
muscle or nerve ; we cannot, however, conclude that electrical currents
exist in a determinate direction between such tissues ; indeed, in many
cases the galvanic action is evoked by the action of the metallic plates
of the terminals. This unequal composition of the two electrodes can
be overcome, as Matteuci has shown, by using amalgamated zinc ter-
minals placed in a saturated solution of sulphate of zinc.

Du Bois Reymond, by using connecting pads of filtering-paper, satu-
rated with the salt of the connecting liquid, with clay or bladder
guards to prevent the muscle from coming in contact with the sulphate
of zinc, was enabled to prosecute his investigations without fear of
errors arising from the changes in the metallic terminals. At first
sight it appears as if this method of experimenting left nothing to be
desired. The sulphate of zinc is a good conductor ; the zinc plates
produce only a slight action when immersed in the sulphate of zinc,
and this action can be readily compensated by a magnet or by a com-
pensating current. The muscle can be touched at any part by the pads
of filtering-paper or by the clay talons which Du Bois Reymond after-
ward used, without danger of injuring the animal tissue.

It occurred to me, however, from certain experiments upon the elec-
tromotive force arising from two liquids of a di-similar chemical nature

vol. vin. 44

346 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

separated by a porous partition or by a membrane, that a serious error
might arise in using even the pads or cushions of Du Bois Reymond,
arising from the action of the vital fluids of the muscle upon the sul-
phate of zinc through the clay or membranous guards.

In experimenting upon the action through membranes I used an ob-
long vessel divided into four partitions by means of pieces of pig's
bladder soaked in the white of an egg. In the outer compartments
were placed the zinc electrodes in the solution of sulphate of zinc, and
in the middle compartments the liquids to be examined. Owing to the
unequal action of the sulphate of zinc through the partitions, even
when the inner compartments were filled with one and the same liquid,
an energetic swing of the needle of the galvanometer resulted.

The experiments with this apparatus made it evident that a very
slight difference in the partitions enclosing a fluid and separating it
from a surrounding homogeneous connecting liquid, together with the re-
sulting endosmotic action, is sufficient to produce an electrical current.

I next made use of the apparatus of Du Bois Reymond, which I have
already described. Having connected the two cushions by the con-
necting pad, and having laid a piece of bladder treated with the white
of an eg"r over the connection thus formed, I made use of a series of
tubes filled with the following liquids :

Distilled water.

Undistilled water.

Blood.

Solution of salt.

Solutions of iron.

Applying these tubes, having covered their openings with bladder,
upon the connecting guard, I found that each liquid gave rise to a
current which varied in direction with the nature of the fluid. These
currents were evidently due to the action of the fluid in the artificial
muscles upon the sulphate of zinc in the connecting guard, for distilled
water gave no appreciable current, and the mere contact of the bladder
of the tube upon the bladder of the guard was insufficient to produce
an action. In order to be certain of this, I next made use of a vessel
shaped like a U tube, with an opening at the bend, and having covered
the ends of the tube with a membrane, I injected into the two limbs
the liquids with which I experimented. When the vessel was
filled with a homogeneous fluid, a deflection of the needle of the gal-
vanometer was produced. Upon the reversal of the points of contact

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JANUARY 9, 1872. 347

of the vessel with the guard, the direction of the needle was also re-
versed. That the current did not arise from the mere contact of the
vessel with the guard was shown by applying its limbs unfilled with
liquid ; in this case no appreciable deflection of the needle resulted.
That it arose from the action of two fluids separated by a membrane,
one of them being the connecting liquid in which the cushions of the
galvanometer were soaked, was evident by changing the composition of
the liquid in the limbs of the U tube.

Desiring: to test the direction of the current in order to see if
it passed through the U tube, or merely, having arisen at the extremities
of the tube, passed through the galvanometer back to its origin, I
used an apparatus by means of which I was enabled to contract the
section of one of the limbs of the U tube. This in all cases reduced
the deflection of the needle in a marked manner, a complete constriction
of the limb brinsring; the needle to rest.

My experiments led me to believe, that when the cushions of the
galvanometer are connected by a membranous sac containing fluid,
or animal tissue saturated with fluid, an endosmotic action takes place
accompanied by a galvanic action ; and that this galvanic action is de-
termined by the difference of endosmotic action at various points of
the enclosing membrane.

When, therefore, a muscle is laid upon the cushions with its trans-
verse section upon one pad, and its longitudinal section upon the other,
this difference of endosmotic action obtains, and a galvanic current
results.

If the muscular and nerve currents exist, this endosmotic action
must greatly modify their direction and strength. If they do not exist,
the endosmotic action, or the electrical action of two fluids separated
by a clay or membranous partition, is sufficient to produce currents
which may be mistaken for the muscular currents, properly so called.

In order to study these phenomena, the same precautions must be
taken as are advised by Du Bois Reymond (Untersuchungen iiber
Thierische Electricitat. Bd. I. : Beschreibung, etc., 1863, p. 95, et
seq.) in the study of muscular currents. It must be considered that the
fluids in the fresh muscle in their natural position are more energetic
in their chemical nature than when they are taken from the muscle or
nerve and experimented upon.

I used in my experiments one of Sir William Thompson's Reflect-
ing Galvanometers, and also his new Quadrant Electrometer.

318 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Six Hundred and fortieth Meeting.

January 31, 1872. — Stated Meeting.

The President in the chair.

Professor N. S. Shaler called the attention of the Academy
to the want of suitable rooms for their library and meetings,
and suggested that better accommodations might be obtained
in the building of the Boston Society of Natural History.

A Committee consisting of Messrs. Edmund Quincy, J. I.
Bowditch, and N. S. Shaler, was appointed to consider this
matter.

The following gentlemen were elected into the Academy : —

Charles A. Dunbar, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow
in Class III., Section 3.

William A. Rogers, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class I., Section 2.

Professor Crafts made some remarks on a new reaction,
involving phosphorus, iodine, and the organic radical ethyl,
in which the ethyl, contrary to the ideas held hitherto by most
chemists, shows a stronger affinity for the phosphorus than
does the iodine, setting the latter free and combining with the
former to give a compound, from which the oxide of triethyl-
phosphine can easily be obtained.

This result, which was realized by Mr. Emmerton in the
laboratory of the Institute of Technology, was foreseen in a
paper published in the " Journ. Chem. Soc." in 1871, by
Messrs. Crafts and Silva.

Dr. Charles Pickering suggested that the story of Orpheus
moving the rocks by his music might have originated from the
method in which the Egyptians moved their immense masses
of stone. Although some of them were ninety feet long and
fourteen feet square, they were drawn by men, one of whom
regulated the motions of the rest by standing on top and
clapping his hands.

Professor Joseph Lovering made the following communica-
tion : —

On the 5th of October, 1793, the National Convention of France

OP ARTS AND SCIENCES: JANUARY 31, 1872. 349

abolished the use of the Gregoriau Calendar and established in its
place the Republican Calendar.* A previous decree of the 22d Sep-
tember, 1792, had ordered that, after that day, all public acts should
be dated from the first year of the Republic, without, however, changing
the beginning of the year.f On the 24th of October, J a report was
accepted which resulted in the decree of the 24th of November, when
the details and nomenclature of the new calendar were adopted, and
also the division of the day into 100,000 seconds. These decrees took
effect from the 26th of November, 1793, when the new dates began
to be used in recording the sessions and public acts of the Convention.
So much as relates to the decimal division of the day was not obliga-
tory until the first day of the year III., and was suspended in its
operation, April 7, 1795. On the 8th of April, 1802, the week of seven
days and their names were restored. On the 9th of September, 1805,
an edict of Napoleon, upon the recommendation of a committee of
which Laplace was chairman, ordered the restoration of the Gregorian
Calendar on the 1st of January, 1806. It was asserted by Laplace,
that the people of France had always adhered to the Gregorian reck-
oning, in common affairs from preference, and in ecclesiastical dates
from necessity, and the expectation that any other nation would adopt
the French innovation was a chimera. §

The Republican Calendar divided the year into twelve months of
thirty days each. Four of these years make a Franciade, the last
being called sextile, because it contained the extra day. The year
which introduced the additional day was also called the Olympic.
At the end of this year six complementary days were intercalated,
and in other years only five. These complementary days were holi-
days, and were vulgarly called Sansculottides ; also, Epagomenes.

The' era of the new Chronology was antedated to the 22d of Sep-
tember, 1792, when the Republic was established and when the sun
entered Libra, which was hailed as the symbol of equality. Each

* Dictionnaire General de la Politique, par Block, p. 301. Dictionnaire de
l'Administration Francaise, p. 293. National Cyclopedia, VII., p. 690. Arago.
Astronomic, IV., pp. 667 - 701. Ideler. Handbuch der Chronologic, II., pp. 468 -
470. Companion to the British Almanac for 1828, p. 5, and 1830, pp. 19, 20.

t Choix de Rapports, Opinions, et Discours, etc., X., p. 24.

| Le proces-verbal du lendemain, 25 October, porte le date du 4 Frimaire de
l'an II. de la Re'publique Francaise. Ibid., XIII. p. 96.

§ Choix de Rapports, Opinions, et Discours, XIX. 191-199.

350 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

succeeding year must begin so that the equinox will occur some time
during the first twenty-four hours. Though the names of the different
months are derived from four different languages, they are narrowed in
their meaning to the special climate of particular localities. If there
were any good scientific reason for shifting the beginning of the year
from the solstice to the equinox, only southern astronomers would have
selected the autumnal equinox. *

Of the Republican Calendar, the late John Quincy Adams said :
" This system has passed away and is forgotten. This incongruous
composition of profound learning and superficial frivolity, of irreligion
and morality, of delicate imagination and coarse vulgarity, is dissolved."
Unfortunately the effects of this calendar, though it was used for only
about twelve years, have not passed away. It has entailed a perma-
nent injury on history and on science. The conversion of the Julian
and Gregorian reckonings into each other is comparatively simple It
is done by adding or subtracting a quantity so constant that it only
changes three times in the course of four hundred years. But the
reduction of Republican dates into Gregorian style is more perplex-
ing, especially if it must be done on the sudden, when the mind is
absorbed in other studies. The only sufficient remedy is a full con-
cordance for every one of the forty-four hundred and nineteen days
during which the revolutionary calendar was used. Mr. John J.
Bond f has made some approach to this by printing the Gregorian
dates for the first and last days of each month of the Republican Cal-
endar, and also the Republican dates for the first and last days of each
Gregorian month. But, unhappily, he has been led into error, even
in this partial reduction, by supposing that the years IV., and VIII.,
and XII., of the new era were leap years in fact, because they were
called sextile or the last of the Franciades. It appears, however, by
the Connaissance des Terns, that the extra day was introduced at the
end of the years III., and VII., and XI., corresponding to September
22, 1795, September 22, 1799, and September 22, 1803. Conse-
quently there must be an error of one day in Bond's Tables for the
years IV., and VIII.. and XII., of the Republican era.

The Bureau of Longitudes, established by a law of June 25, 1795
(Messidor 7, An III.), was charged by Article IX. of its regulations
with the duty of presenting, each year, to the Legislative Body an

* Delambre. Astronomie, III., p. 696.

t Handy Book of Rules and Tables, pp. 102- 112.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 31, 1872. 351

Annual as a guide for the whole Republic. In one of the volumes *
I read as follows : " Chaque annee commence a. minuit avec le jour
dans lequel arrive l'equinoxe vrai d'automne, a Paris. D'apres cette
regie, les anntSes III., VII., XL, etc., doivent etre sextiles, c'est-a-dire
avoir six jours complementaires. On trouvera la table dans le Manuel
republicaiu."

Mr. Bond was probably led into his mistake by assuming that the
first Franciade began with the first year of the French Republic. It
appears, however, from the instructions drawn up by Romme, in behalf
of the Committee of Public Instruction, to assist in the introduction of
the new system with the people, that the first year of the first Fran-
ciade was the year preceding the first year of the Republic ; and for
the following reason, given in his own words : " La premiere annee de
l'ere nouvelle commencerait une nouvelle periode de quatre ans si
Jules Cesar et Gregoire XIIL, en placant la bissextile, avaient moins
consulte leur orgueil que la rigueur de la concordance astronomique, et
si jusqu'a present nous n'avions ete les serviles imitateurs des Romains.
La raison veut que nous suivions la nature, plutot que de nous trainer
servilement sur les traces erronees de nos predecesseurs : nous devons
done fixer invariablement notre jour intercalaire dans l'annee que la
position de l'equinoxe d'automne comportera. Apres une premiere
dispositidh que la concordance avec les observations astronomiques rend
necessaire, la periode sera de quatre ans," etc. And again : " La
seconde table fait connaitre l'ordre des Franciades ; on y voit que nous
sommes a la troisieme annee de la premiere Franciade." f This docu-
ment bears the date of Frimaire 4, de l'an II. (November 24, 1793).

Therefore, the first Franciade ended with the third year of the
Republic, and the extra day was introduced at the end of this year.
Inasmuch, therefore, as there is great liability to mistakes, not only in
reducing scattered dates from the French Republican calendar into the
Gregorian calendar, and back again from the latter into the former, but
also in the construction of a partial concordance, I have thought the
calculation and publication of a full concordance to be not a superflu-
ous task, especially since the early and lamentable failure of the new
system allows it to be brought within the compass of a dozen pages.

It was voted that these tables be published in the Proceed-
ings of the Academy.

* Annuaire de la Re'publique Francaise pour l'annee VII. de l'ere Franoaise, p. 34.
t Choix de Rapports, Opinions, et Discours, etc., XIII., 104, 105.

352

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Vendemiaire, or Vintage-Month.

p

II.

1793.

III.

1794.

IV.

V.

VI.

VII.

1798.

VIII.

IX.

X.

XI.

1802.

Sept.

23

XII.

XIII.

XIV.

1795.

1796.

1797.

Sept.

22

1799.

1800.

1801.

Sept.

23

1803.
Sept.

24

1804.

1805.

1

Sept.

22

Sept.

22

Sept.

23

Sept.

22

Sept.

22

Sept.

23

Sept.

23

Sept.

23

Sept.

23

2

23

23

24

23

23

23

24

24

24

24

25

24

24

3

24

24

25

24

24

24

25

25

25

25

26

25

25

4

25

25

26

25

25

25

26

26

26

26

27

26

26

5

26

26

27

26

26

26

27

27

27

27

28

27

27

6

27

27

28

27

27

27

28

28

28

28

29

28

28

7

28

28

29

28

28

28

29

29

29

29

30

29

29

8

29

29

30

29

29

29

30

30

30

30

Oct.
1

30

30

9

30

30

Oct.
1

30

30

30

Oct.
1

Oct.
1

Oct.

1

Oct.
1

2

Oct.
1

Oct.

1

10

Oct.
1

Oct.
1

2

Oct.
1

Oct.
1

Oct.
1

2

2

2

2

3

2

2

11

2

2

3

2

2

2

3

3

3

3

4**

3

3

12

3

3

4

3

3

3

4

4

4

4

5

4

4

13

4

4

5

4

4

4

5

5

5

5

6

5

5

14

5

5

6

5

5

5

6

6

6

6

7

6

6

15

6

6

7

6

6

6

7

7

7

7

8

7

7

16

7

7

8

7

7

7

8

8

8

8

9

8

8

17

8

8

9

8

8

8

9

9

9

9

10

9

9

18

9

9

10

9

9

9

10

10

10

10

11

10

10

19

10

10

11

10

10

10

11

11

11

11

12

11

11

20

11

11

12

11

11

11

12

12

12

12

13

12

12

21

12

12

13

12

12

12

13

13

13

13

14

13

13

22

13

13

14

13

13

13

14

14

14

14

15

14

14

23

14

14

15

14

14

14

15

15

15

15

16

15

15

24

15

15

16

15

15

15

16

16

16

16

17

16

16

25

16

16

17

16

16

16

17

17

17

17

18

17

17

26

17

17

18

17

17

17

18

18

18

18

19

18

18

27

18

18

19

18

18

18

19

19

19

19

20

19

19

28

19

19

20

19

19

19

20

20

20

20

21

20

20

29

20

20

21

20

20

20

21

21

21

21

22

21

21

30

21

21

22

21

21

21

22

22

22

22

23

22

22

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 31, 1872.

353

Brumaire, or Fog-Month.

ft

II.

III.

1794.

IV.

1795.

V.

1796.

VI.

1797.
Oct.

VII.

VIII.

IX.

X.

XI.

XII.

XIII.

XIV.

1793.

1798.

1799.

1800.

1801.

1802.

1803.

1804.

1805.
Oct.

Oct.

Oct.

Oct.

Oct.

Oct.

Oct.

Oct.

Oct.

Oct.

Oct.

Oct.

1

22

22

23

22

22

22

23

23

23

23

24

23

23

2

23

23

24

23

23

23

24

24

24

24

25

24

24

3

24

24

25

24

24

24

25

25

25

25

26

25

25

4

25

25

26

25

25

25

26

26

26

26

27

26

26

5

26

26

27

26

26

26

27

27

27

27

28

27

27

6

27

27

28

27

27

27

28

28

28

28

29

28

28

7

28

28

29

28

28

28

29

29

29

29

30

29

29

8

29

29

30

29

29

29

30

30

30

30

31

Nov.

30

30

9

30

30

31

30

30

30

31

31

31

31

1

31

31

Nov.

Nov.

Nov.

Nov.

Nov.

Nov.

Nov.

10

31

Nov.

31

Nov.

1

31

Nov.

31

Nov.

31

Nov.

1

1

1

1

2

1

1

11

1

1

2

1

1

1

2

2

2

2

3

2

2

12

2

2

3

2

2

2

3

3

3

3

4

3

O

13

3

3

4

3

3

3

4

4

4

4

5

4

4

14

4

4

5

.4

4

4

5

5

5

5

6

5

5

15

5

5

6

5

5

5

6

6

6

6

7

6

6

16

6

6

7

6

6

6

7

7

7

7

8

7

7

17

7

7

8

7

7

7

8

8

8

8

9

8

8

18

8

8

9

8

8

8

9

9

9

9

10

9

9

19

9

9

10

9

9

9

10

10

10

10

11

10

10

20

10

10

11

10

10

10

11

11

11

11

12

11

11

21

11

11

12

11

11

11

12

12

12

12

13

12

12

22

12

12

13

12

12

12

13

13

13

13

14

13

13

23

13

13

14

13

13

13

14

14

14

14

15

14

14

24

14

14

15

14

14

14

15

15

15

15

16

15

15

25

15

15

16

15

15

15

16

16

16

16

17

16

16

26

16

16

17

16

16

16

17

17

17

17

18

17

17

27

17

17

18

17

17

17

18

18

18

18

19

18

18

28

18

18

19

18

18

18

19

19

19

19

20

19

19

29

19

19

20

19

19

19

20

20

20

20

21

20

20

30

20

20

21

20

20

20

21

21

21

21

22

21

21

VOL. VITI.

45

354

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Frimaire, or Frost-Month.

A

II.

III.

IV.

V.

VI.

VII.

1798.

VIII.

IX.

X.

XI.

1802.

Nov.

XII.

1803.

Nov.

XIII.

1804.

XIV.

1793.

1794.

1795.

1796.

1797.

1799.

1800.

1801.

Nov.

1805.

Nov.

Nov.

Nov.

Nov.

Nov.

Nov.

Nov.

Nov.

Nov.

Nov.

1

21

21

22

21

21

21

22

22

22

22

23

22

22

2

22

22

23

22

22

22

23

23

23

23

24

23

23

3

23

23

24

23

23

23

24

24

24

24

25

24

24

4

24

24

25

24

24

24

25

25

25

25

26

25

25

5

25

25

26

25

25

25

26

26

26

26

27

26

26

6

26

26

27

26

26

26

27

27

27

27

28

27

27

7

27

27

28

27

27

27

28

28

28

28

29

28

28

8

28

28

29

28

28

28

29

29

29

29

30

Dec.

29

29

9

29

29

30

29

29

29

30

30

30

30

1

30

30

Dec.

Dec.

Dec.

Dec.

Dec.

Dec.

Dec.

10

30

Dec.

30

Dec.

1

30

Dec.

30

Dec.

30

Dec.

1

1

1

1

2

1

1

11

1

1

2

1

1

1

2

2

2

2

3

2

2

12

2

2

3

2

2

2

3

3

3

3

4

3

3

13

3

3

4

3

3

3

4

4

4

4

5

4

4

14

4

4

5

4

4

4

5

5

5

5

6

5

5

15

5

5

6

5

5

5

6

6

6

6

7

6

6

16

6

6

7

6

6

6

7

7

7

7

8

7

7

17

7

7

8

7

7

7

8

8

8

8

9

8

8

18

8

8

9

8

8

8

9

9

9

9

10

9

9

19

9

9

10

9

9

9

10

10

10

10

11

10

10

20

10

10

11

10

10

10

11

11

11

11

12

11

11

21

11

11

12

11

11

11

12

12

12

12

13

12

12

22

12

12

13

12

12

12

13

13

13

13

14

13

13

23

13

13

14

13

13

13

14

14

14

14

15

14

14

24

14

14

15

14

14

14

15

15

15

15

16

15

15

25

15

15

16

15

15

15

16

16

16

16

17

16

16

26

16

16

17

16

16

16

17

17

17

17

18

17

17

27

17

17

18

17

17

17

18

18

18

18

19

18

18

28

18

18

19

18

18

18

19

19

19

19

20

19

19

29

19

19

20

19

19

19

20

20

20

20

21

20

20

30

20

20

21

20

20

20

21

21

21

21

22

21

21

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 31, 1872.

355

Nivose, or Snow-Month.

>>

II.

III.

IV.

V.

VI.

VII.

VIII.

IX.

X.

XI.

XII.

XIII.

XIV.

1793.

1794.
Dec.

21

1795.

1796.

1797.

1798.

1799.

1800.

Dec.
22

1801.

1802.

1803.

1804.

1805.

1

Dec.

21

Dec.

22

Dec.
21

Dec.

21

Dec.
21

Dec.

22

Dec.

22

Dec.
22

Dec.

23

Dec.

22

Dec.

22

2

22

22

23

22

22

22

23

23

23

23

24

23

23

3

23

23

24

23

23

23

24

24

24

24

25

24

24

4

24

24

25

24

24

24

25

25

25

25

26

25

25

5

25

25

26

25

25

25

26

26

26

26

27

26

26

6

26

26

27

26

26

26

27

27

27

27

28

27

27

7

27

27

28

27

27

27

28

28

28

28

29

28

28

8

28

28

29

28

28

28

29

29

29

29

30

29

29

9

29

29

30

29

29

29

30

30

30

30

31

30

30

10

30

30

31

30

30

30

31

31

31

31

1804.
Jan.

1

31

31

11

31

31

1796.
Jan.

1

31

31

31

1800.
Jan.

1

1801.
Jan.

1

1802.
Jan.

1

1803.
Jan.

1

2

1805.
Jan.

1

12

1791.
Jan.

1

1795.
Jan.

1

2

1797.
Jan.

1

1798.
Jan.

1

1799.
Jan.

1

2

2

2

2

3

2

13

2

2

3

2

2

2

3

3

3

3

4

3

14

3

3

4

3

3

3

4

4

4

4

5

4

15

4

4

5

4

4

4

5

5

5

5

6

5

16

5

5

6

5

5

5

6

6

6

6

7

6

17

6

6

7

6

6

6

7

7

7

7

8

7

18

7

7

8

7

7

7

8

8

8

8

9

8

19

8

8

9

8

8

8

9

9

9

9

10

9

20

9

9

10

9

9

9

10

10

10

10

11

10

21

10

10

11

10

10

10

11

11

11

11

12

11

22

11

11

12

11

11

11

12

12

12

12

13

12

23

12

12

13

12

12

12

13

13

13

13

14

13

24

13

13

14

13

13

13

14

14

14

14

15

14

25

14

14

15

14

14

14

15

15

15

15

16

15

26

15

15

16

15

15

15

16

16

16

16

17

16

27

16

16

17

16

16

16

17

17

17

17

18

17

28

17

17

18

17

17

17

18

18

18

18

19

18

29

18

18

19

18

18

18

19

19

19

19

20

19

30

19

19

20

19

19

19

20

20

20

20

21

20

356

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Pluviose, or Rain-Month.

fe>

II.

III.

IV.

V.

VI.

VII.

VIII.

IX.

X.

XI.

XII.

XIII.

CO

p

1794.

1795.

1796.

1797.

1798.

1799.

1800.

1801.

1802.
Jan.

1803.

1804.
Jan.

1805.

Jan.

Jan.

Jan.

Jan.

Jan.

Jan.

Jan.

Jan.

Jan.

Jan.

1

20

20

21

20

20

20

21

21

21

21

22

21

2

21

21

22

21

21

21

22

22

22

22

23

22

3

22

22

23

22

22

22

23

23

23

23

24

23

4

23

23

24

23

23

23

24

24

24

24

25

24

5

24

24

25

24

24

24

25

25

25

25

26

25

6

25

25

26

25

25

25

26

26

26

26

27

26

7

26

26

27

26

26

26

27

27

27

27

28

27

8

27

27

28

27

27

27

28

28

28

28

29

28

9

28

28

29

28

28

28

29

29

29

29

30

29

10

29

29

30

29

29

29

30

30

30

30

31

Feb.

30

11

30

30

31

Feb.

30

30

30

31

Feb.

31

Feb.

31

Feb.

31

Feb.

1

31

Feb.

12

31

Feb.

31

Feb.

1

31

Feb.

31

Feb.

31

Feb.

1

1

1

1

2

1

13

1

1

2

1

1

1

2

2

2

2

3

2

14

2

2

3

2

2

2

3

3

3

3

4

3

15

3

3

4

Q

O

3

3

4

4

4

4

5

4

1G

4

4

5

4

4

4

5

5

5

5

6

5

17

5

5

6

5

5

5

6

6

6

6

7

6

18

6

6

7

6

6

6

7

7

7

7

8

7

19

7

7

8

7

7

7

8

8

8

8

9

8

20

8

8

9

8

8

8

9

9

9

9

10

9

21

9

9

10

9

9

9

10

10

10

10

11

10

22

10

10

11

10

10

10

11

11

11

11

12

11

23

11

11

12

11

11

11

12

12

12

12

13

12

24

12

12

13

12

12

12

13

13

13

13

14

13

25

13

13

14

13

13

13

14

14

14

14

15

14

26

14

14

15

14

14

14

15

15

15

15

16

15

27

15

15

16

15

15

15

16

16

16

16

17

16

28

16

16

17

16

16

16

17

17

17

17

18

17

29

17

17

18

17

17

17

18

18

18

18

19

18

30

18

18

19

18

18

18

19

19

19

19

20

19

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JANUARY 31, 1872.

357

Ventose, or Wind- Month.

p

1

II.

III.

IV.

V.

VI.

VII.

VIII.

IX.

X.

XI.

XII.

XIII.

1794.
Feb.

19

1795.

1796.

1797.

1798.

1799.

1800.

Feb.
20

1801.

Feb.
20

1802.

Feb.
20

1803.

Feb.
20

1804.

1805.

Feb.
19

Feb.
20

Feb.

19

Feb.
19

Feb.

19

Feb.

21

Feb.
20

2

20

20

21

20

20

20

21

21

21

21

22

21

3

21

21

22

21

21

21

22

22

22

22

23

22

4

22

22

23

22

22

22

23

23

23

23

24

23

5

23

23

24

23

23

23

24

24

24

24

25

24

6

24

24

25

24

24

24

25

25

25

25

26

25

7

25

25

26

25

25

25

26

26

26

26

27

26

8

26

26

27

26

26

26

27

27

27

27

28

27

9

27

27

28

27

27

27

28

28

28

28

29

28

10

28

28

29

28

28

28

Mar.

1

Mar.

1

Mar.
1

Mar.

1

Mar.
1

Mar.
1

11

Mar.
1

Mar.

1

• Mar.
1

Mar.
1

Mar.

1

Mar.
1

2

2

2

2

2

2

12

2

2

2

2

2

2

3

3

3

3

3

3

13

3

3

3

3

3

3

4

4

4

4

4

4

14

4

4

4

4

4

4

5

5

5

5

5

5

15

5

5

5

5

5

5

6

6

6

6

6

6

1G

6

6

6

6

6

6

7

7

7

7

7

7

17

7

7

7

7

7

7

8

8

8

8

8

8

18

8

8

8

8

8

8

9

9

9

9

9

9

19

9

9

9

9

9

9

10

10

10

10

10

10

20

10

10

10

10

10

10

11

11

11

11

11

11

21

11

11

11

11

11

11

12

12

12

12

12

12

22

12

12

12

12

12

12

13

13

13

13

13

13

23

13

13

13

13

13

13

14

14

14

14

14

14

24

14

14

14

14

14

14

15

15

15

15

15

15

25

15

15

15

15

15

15

16

16

16

16

16

16

26

16

16

16

16

16

16

17

17

17

17

17

17

27

17

17

17

17

17

17

18

18

18

18

18

18

28

18

18

18

18

18

18

19

19

19

19

19

19

29

19

19

19

19

19

19

20

20

20

20

20

20

30

20

20

20

20

20

20

21

21

21

21

21

21

358

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Germinal, or Bud-Month.

n
1

II.

1794.

Mar.

21

III.

IV.

1796.

V.

1797.

VI.

VII.

VIII.

IX.

1801.
Mar.

22

X

XI.

XII.

XIII.

1795.
Mar.

21

1798.

1799.
Mar.

21

1800.

1802.

1803.
Mar.

22

1804.

1805.

Mar.

21

Mar.

21

Mar.

21

Mar.

22

Mar.

22

Mar.

22

Mar.

22

2

22

22

22

22

22

22

23

23

23

23

23

23

3

23

23

23

23

23

23

24

24

24

24

24

24

4

24

24

24

24

24

24

25

25

25

25

25

25

5

25

25

25

25

25

25

26

26

26

26

26

26

6

26

26

26

26

26

26

27

27

27

27

27

27

7

27

27

27

27

27

27

28

28

28

28

28

28

8

28

28

28

28

28

28

29

29

29

29

29

29

9

29

29

29

29

29

29

30

30

30

30

30

30

10

30

30

30

30

30

30

31

31

31

31

31

31

11

31

31

31

31

31

31

April.
1

April.
1

April.
1

April.
1

April.
1

April.
1

12

April.
1

April.
1

April.
1

April.
1

April.
1

April.
1

2

2

2

2

2

2

13

2

2

2

2

2

2

3

3

3

3

o

3

14

3

3

3

3

3

3

4

4

4

4

4

4

15

4

4

4

4

4

4

5

5

5

5

5

5

16

5

5

5

5

5

5

6

6

6

6

6

6

17

6

6

6

6

6

6

7

7

7

7

7

7

18

7

7

7

7

7

7

8

8

8

8

8

8

19

8

8

8

8

8

8

9

9

9

9

9

' 9

20

9

9

9

9

9

9

10

10

10

10

10

10

21

10

10

10

10

10

10

11

11

11

11

11

11

22

11

11

11

11

11

11

12

12

12

12

12

12

23

12

12

12

12

12

12

13

13

13

13

13

13

24

13

13

13

13

13

13

14

14

14

14

14

14

25

14

14

14

14

14

14

15

15

15

15

15

15

26

15

15

15

15

15

15

16

16

16

16

16

16

27

16

16

16

16

16

16

17

17

17

17

17

17

28

17

17

17

17

17

17

18

18

18

18

18

18

29

18

18

18

18

18

18

19

19

19

19

19

19

30

19

19

19

19

19

19

20

20

20

20

20

20

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JANUARY 31, 1872.

359

Flore al, or Flower-Month.

p

II.

1794.

III.

IV.

V.

VI.

VII.

VIII.

IX.

X.

XL

XII.

XIII.

1795.

1796.

1797.

1798.

1799.
April.

20

1800.

1801.

1802.

1803.

1804.

1805.

1

April.

20

April.

20

April.

20

April.

20

April.

20

April.

21

April.

21

April.

21

April.

21

April.

21

April.

21

2

21

21

21

21

21

21

22

22

22

22

22

22

3

22

22

22

22

22

22

23

23

23

23

23

23

4

23

23

23

23

23

23

24

24

24

24

24

24

5

24

24

24

24

24

24

25

25

25

25

25

25

6

25

25

25

25

25

25

26

26

26

26

26

26

7

26

26

26

26

26

26

27

27

27

27

27

27

8

27

27

27

27

27

27

28

28

28

28

28

28

9

28

28

28

28

28

28

29

29

29

29

29

29

10

29

29

29

29

29

29

30

30

30

30

30

30

11

30

30

30

30

30

30

May.

1

May.
1

May.

1

May.
1

May.
1

May.

1

12

May.
1

May.
1

May.
1

May.
1

May.
1

May.
1

2

2

2

2

2

2

13

2

2

2

2

2

2

3

3

3

3

3

3

14

3

3

3

3

3

3

4

4

4

4

4

4

15

4

4

4

4

4

4

5

5

5

5

5

5

16

5

5

5

5

5

0

6

6

6

6

6

6

17

6

6

6

6

6

6

7

7

7

7

7

7

18

7

7

7

7

7

7

8

8

8

8

8

8

19

8

8

8

8

8

8

9

9

9

9

9

9

20

9

9

9

9

9

9

10

10

10

10

10

10

21

10

10

10

10

10

10

11

11

11

11

11

11

22

11

11

11

11

11

11

12

12

12

12

12

12

23

12

12

12

12

12

12

13

13

13

13

13

13

24

13

13

13

13

13

13

14

14

14

14

14

14

25

14

14

14

14

14

14

15

15

15

15

15

15

26

15

15

15

15

15

15

16

16

16

16

16

16

27

16

16

16

16

16

16

17

17

17

17

17

17

28

17

17

17

17

17

17

18

18

18

18

18

18

29

18

18

18

18

18

18

19

19

19

19

19

19

30

19

19

19

19

19

19

20

20

20

20

20

20

360

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Pr atrial, or Pasture-Month.

Sf

p

II.

III.

IV.

1796.

V.

VI.

VII.

VIII.

IX.

X.

XL

XII.

XIII.

1794.
May.

1795.

1797.

1798.

1799.

1800.
May.

1801.

1802.

1803.

1804.

1805.

May.

May.

May.

May.

May.

May.

May.

May.

May.

May.

1

20

20

20

20

20

20

21

21

21

21

21

21

2

21

21

21

21

21

21

22

22

22

22

22

22

3

22

22

22

22

22

22

23

23

23

23

23

23

4

23

23

23

23

23

23

24

24

24

24

24

24

5

24

24

24

24

24

24

25

25

25

25

25

25

6

25

25

25

25

25

25

26

26

26

26

26

26

7

26

26

26

26

26

26

27

27

27

27

27

27

8

27

27

27

27

27

27

28

28

28

28

28

28

9

28

28

28

28

28

28

29

29

29

29

29

29

10

29

29

29

29

29

29

30

30

30

30

30

30

11

30

30

30

30

30

30

31

June.

31

June.

31

June.

31

June.

31

June.

31

June.

12

31

June.

31

June.

31

June.

31

June.

31

June.

31

June.

1

1

1

1

1

1

13

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

2

2

2

2

2

14

2

2

2

2

2

2

3

3

3

3

3

3

15

■3

3

3

3

3

3

4

4

4

4

4

4

16

4

4

4

4

4

4

5

5

5

5

5

5

17

5

5

5

5

5

5

6

6

6

6

6

6

18

6

6

6

6

6

6

7

7

7

7

7

7

19

7

7

7

7

7

7

8

8

8

8

8

8

20

8

8

8

8

8

8

9

9

9

9

9

9

21

9

9

9

9

9

9

10

10

10

10

10

10

22

10

10

10

10

10

10

11

11

11

11

11

11

23

11

11

11

11

11

11

12

12

12

12

12

12

24

12

12

12

12

12

12

13

13

13

13

13

13

25

13

13

13

13

13

13

14

14

14

14

14

14

26

14

14

14

14

14

14

15

15

15

15

15

15

27

15

15

15

15

15

15

16

16

16

16

16

16

28

16

16

16

16

16

16

17

17

17

17

17

17

29

17

17

17

17

17

17

18

18

18

18

18

18

30

18

18

18

18

18

18

19

19

19

19

19

19

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES .* JANUARY 31, 1872.

361

Messidor, or Harvest-Month.

ft

1

II.

III.

IV.

V.

VI.

1798.

VII.

1799.

VIII.

IX.

X.

XL

XII.

XIII.

1794.

1795.

1796.

1797.

1800.

1801.
June.

20

1802.

1803.

1804.

1805.

June.

19

June.

19

June.

19

June.

19

June.

19

June.

19

June.

20

June.

20

June.

20

June.

20

June.

20

2

20

20

20

20

20

20

21

21

21

21

21

21

3

21

21

21

21

21

21

22

22

22

22

22

22

4

22

22

22

22

22

22

23

23

23

23

23

23

5

23

23

23

23

23

23

24

24

24

24

24

24

6

24

24

24

24

24

24

25

25

25

25

25

25

7

25

25

25

25

25

25

26

26

26

26

26

26

8

26

26

26

26

26

26

27

27

27

27

27

27

9

27

27

27

27

27

27

28

28

28

28

28

28

10

28

28

28

28

28

28

29

29

29

29

29

29

11

29

29

29

29

29

29

30

30

30

30

30

30

12

30

30

30

30

30

30

July.
1

July.
1

July.
1

July.
1

July.
1

July.

1

13

July.
1

July.

1

July.

1

July.
1

July.
1

July.
1

2

2

2

2

2

2

14

2

2

2

2

2

2

3

3

3

3

3

3

15

3

3

3

3

3

3

4

4

4

4

4

4

16

4

4

4

4

4

4

5

5

5

5

5

5

17

5

5

5

5

5

5

6

6

6

6

6

6

18

6

6

6

6

6

6

7

7

7

7

7

7

19

7

7

7

7

7

7

8

8

8

8

8

8

20

8

8

8

8

8

8

9

9

9

9

9

9

21

9

9

9

9

9

9

10

10

10

10

10

10

22

10

10

10

10

10

10

11

11

11

11

11

11

23

11

11

11

11

11

11

12

12

12

12

12

12

24

12

12

12

12

12

12

13

13

13

13

13

13

25

13

13

13

13

13

13

14

14

14

14

14

14

26

14

14

14

14

14

14

15

15

15

15

15

15

27

15

15

15

15

15

15

16

16

16

16

16

16

28

10

16

16

16

16

16

17

17

17

17

17

17

29

17

17

17

17

17

17

18

18

18

18

18

18

30

18

18

18

18

18

18

19

19

19

19

19

19

VOL. VIII.

46

362

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Thermidor, or Heat-Month.

II.

III.

IV.

V.

VI.

VII.

VIII.

IX.

X.

XI.

XII.

XIII.

1794.

1795.

1796.

1797.

1798.

1799.

1800.

1801.

1802.

1803.

1804.

1805.

l

July.

19

July.

19

July.
19

July.

19

July.
19

July.

19

July.
20

July.
20

July.
20

July.
20

July.
20

July.
20

2

20

20

20

20

20

20

21

21

21

21

21

21

3

21

21

21

21

21

21

22

22

22

22

22

22

4

22

22

22

22

22

22

23

23

23

23

23

23

5

23

23

23

23

23

23

24

24

24

24

24

24

6

24

24

24

24

24

24

25

25

25

25

25

25

7

25

25

25

25

25

25

26

26

26

26

26

26

8

26

26

26

26

26

26

27

27

27

27

27

27

9

'27

27

27

27

27

27

28

28

28

28

28

28

10

28

28

28

28

28

28

29

29

29

29

29

29

11

29

29

29

29

29

29

30

30

30

30

30

30

12

30

30

30

30

30

30

31

31

31

31

31

31

13

31

31

31

31

31

31

Aug.
1

Aug.
1

Aug.
1

Aug.
1

Aug.
1

Aug.
1

14

Aug.
1

Aug.
1

Aug.
1

Aug.
1

Aug.
1

Aug.
1

2

2

2

2

2

2

15

2

2

2

2

2

2

3

3

3

3

3

3

16

3

3

3

3

3

o
O

4

4

4

4

4

4

17

4

4

4

4

4

4

5

5

5

5

5

5

18

5

5

5

5

5

5

6

6

6

6

6

6

19

6

6

6

6

6

6

7

7

7

7

7

7

20

7

7

7

7

7

7

8

8

8

8

8

8

21

8

8

8

8

8

8

9

9

9

9

9

9

22

9

9

9

9

9

9

10

10

10

10

10

10

23

10

10

10

10

10

10

11

11

11

11

11

11

24

11

11

11

11

11

11

12

12

12

12

12

12

25

12

12

12

12

12

12

13

13

13

13

13

13

26

13

13

13

13

13

13

14

14

14

14

14

14

27

14

14

14

14

14

14

15

15

15

15

15

15

28

15

15

15

15

15

15

16

16

16

16

16

16

29

16

16

16

16

16

16

17

17

17

17

17

17

30

17

17

17

17

17

17

18

18

18

18

18

18

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 31, 1872.

363

Fructidor, or Fruit-Month.

p

II.

III.

IV.

1796.

V.

VI.

1798.

VII.

VIII

IX.

X.

XI.

XII.

XIII.

1794.

1795.

1797.

1799

1800

1801.

1802.

1803.

1804

1805.
Aug.

19

1

Aug.

18

Aug.
18

Aug.

18

Aug.

18

Aug.

18

Aug.

18

Aug.

19

Aug.

19

Aug.

19

Aug.

19

Aug.

19

2

19

19

19

19

19

19

20

20

20

20

20

20

3

20

20

20

20

20

20

21

21

21

21

21

21

4

21

21

21

21

21

21

22

22

22

22

22

22

5

22

22

22

22

22

22

23

23

23

23

23

23

6

23

23

23

23

23

23

24

24

24

24

24

24

7

24

24

24

24

24

24

25

25

25

25

25

25

8

25

25

25

25

25

25

26

26

26

26

26

26

9

26

26

26

26

26

26

27

27

27

27

27

27

10

27

27

27

27

27

27

28

28

28

28

28

28

11

28

28

28

28

28

28

29

29

29

29

29

29

12

29

29

29

29

29

29

30

30

30

30

.30

30

13

30

30

30

30

30

30

31

31

31

31

31

31

14

31

31

31

31

31

31

Sept.
1

Sept.
1

Sept.
1

Sept.
1

Sept.
1

Sept.
1

15

Sept.
1

Sept.
1

Sept.
1

Sept.
1

Sept.
1

Sept.
1

2

2

2

2

2

2

16

2

2

2

2

2

2

3

3

3

3

3

3

17

3

3

3

3

3

3

4

4

4

4

4

4

18

4

4

4

4

4

4

5

5

5

5

5

5

19

5

5

5

5

5

5

6

6

6

6

6

6

20

6

6

6

6

6

6

7

7

7

7

7

7

21

7

7

7

7

7

7

8

8

8

8

8

8

22

8

8

8

8

8

8

9

9

9

9

9

9

23

9

9

9

9

9

9

10

10

10

10

10

10

24

10

10

10

10

10

10

11

11

11

11

11

11

25

11

11

11

11

11

11

12

12

12

12

12

12

26

12

12

12

12

12

12

13

13

13

13

13

13

27

13

13

13

13

13

13

14

14

14

14

14

14

28

14

14

14

14

14

14

15

15

15

15

15

15

29

15

15

15

15

15

15

16

16

16

16

16

16

30

16

16

16

.16

16

16

17

17

17

17

17

17

364

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Complementary Days.

£

II.

III.

IV.

V.

VI.

VII.

VIII.

IX.

X.

XI.

XII.

XIII.

p

1794.

1795.

1796.

1797.

1798.

1799.

Sept.

1800.

1801.

1802.

1803.

1804.

1805.

Sept.

Sept.

Sept.

Sept.

Sept.

Sept.

Sept.

Sept.

Sept.

Sept.

Sept.

]#

17

17

17

17

17

17

18

18

18

18

18

18

2

18

18

18

18

18

18

19

19

19

19

19

19

3

19

19

19

19

19

19

20

20

20

20

20

20

4

20

20

20

20

20

20

21

21

21

21

21

21

5

21

21

21

21

21

21

22

22

22

22

22

22

6

22

22

23

* Complementary days, or Sansculottides, called Primidi, Duodi, Tridi, Quartidi,
Quintidi, and Sextidi. These days were not considered as belonging to any month.
The sonorous names given to the months by the innovators have been freely trans-
lated thus : —

Wheezy, Slippy, Showery, Hoppy,

Sneezy, Drippy, Flowery, Croppy,

Breezy. Nippy. Bowery. Poppy.

Chambers's Descriptive Astronomy, p. 443.

Six hundred and forty-first Meeting.

February 13, 1872. — Adjourned Stated Meeting.

The President in the chair.

Professor John Trowbridge remarked : —

While experimenting upon the electromotive action of fluids separ-
ated by membranes, I was led to reflect upon the surface action ob-
served by Tomlinson, and to examine it from an electrical point of
view. I made use of a bath of sulphate of zinc in which were placed
the amalgamated zinc terminals of a galvanometer. On dropping
liquids upon the surface of this bath electrical currents were produced,
but they were not due to surface action ; for, on using a drop of colored
liquid, the deflection of the galvanometer was observed before the liquid
reached the terminals. This was also proved by coating the plates of
the terminals with parafine, with the exception of a narrow strip two
inches below the surface of the bath.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: FEBRUARY 13, 1872. 365

The President communicated the following : —
Botanical Contributions by Asa Gray.

1. Notes on Labiatce.

At the close of a preceding article (see vol. 8, pp. 294-296) two
new genera of Labiatag were described. I now offer additional notes
upon one of these genera, and upon some other plants of the order,
beinc: such of the results of a recent revision of the North American
species as seem worth while to be now recorded.

Poliomintha, Gray, in Proc. Am. Acad. 8, p. 295. — The two
species on which the genus was founded, P. incana and P. longijlora,
have corolla intus piloso-annulata ; calycis dentes erecti. A second
section has to be added : viz.

§ 2. Corolla exannulata : calycis dentes nunc patentes. Keitkice
affinius sed staminum superiorum filamenta sterilia conspicuoe.

P. marifolia. Keithia marifolia Schauer, Linmea, 20, p. 705.
If Coulter's no. 1080 be rightly here referred, the species is well
marked by its roundish-ovate leaves with diverging veins, and its
erect calyx-teeth one third to one fourth the length of the tube ; rudi-
mentary filaments filiform. The calyx is obscurely bilabiate.

P. mollis. Tomentoso-incana, basi tantum lignescente ; foliis ova-
tis ovalibusque 3 - 5-plinerviis basi in petiolum brevem angustatis ;
calycis dentibus subina?qualibus tubo angusto 13-nervi quadruplo bre-
vioribus inosqualiter patentibus ; corolla calycem duplo superantibus ;
rudimentis staminum superiorum brevibus subulatis. Hedeoma mollis
Torr. Mex. Bound, p. 129 (char, vix bona). — S. W. Texas; cliffs on
the Rio Grande near Puerte de Paysano, Dr. Bigelow.

Cunila Mariana L. The genus Cunila, of which this species is
the type, ever since its reformation by Bentham more than 30 years
ago, has been characterized as diandrous with no vestiges of the supe-
rior pair of stamens. Bentham cites the figure in Sweet, Brit. Flower
Garden, t. 243, without noticing that it represents, and the letterpress
describes, a rather conspicuous capitellate-tipped pair of rudimentary
stamens, probably supposing this to be incorrect. It is, however, only
an exaggeration ; for, as Professor Buckhout of Pennsylvania Agricul-
tural College has shown me, minute rudimentary sterile filaments are
uniformly present in our species. If truly absent in the Mexican and
Brazilian species, the value of this character as a generic one is re-

366 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

duced, and by analogy a leading distinction of the preceding genus
considerably invalidated.

Hedeoma Pers. — Under Euhedeoma, I arrange our species
as follows,

* Filamenta stam. sup. conspicua antheram abortivam capitellatam
nunc vix imperfectam gerentia : calyx egregie bilabiatus, labiis
difformibus.

H. pulegioides Pers. — Cis-Mississippiana.

* * Filamenta superiora aut minuta subulata nuda, aut obsoleta :
calyx dentibus omnibus subulatis.

n— SubasquilongiS, post anthesin erectis vel sursum curvatis : an-
nua?, erectae, bracteis lineari- vel aceroso-subulatis demum reflexis
patentibusve.

H. acinoides Scheele in Linnasa, 22, p. 592. Subglabra, latifolia ;
calyce fauce parum pilosa, limbo vix bilabiato corolla 2 - 3-plo bre-
viore. Arkansas, Texas.

H. hispida Pursh. Foliosa, angustifolia ; calyce bilabiato, tubo cum
foliolorum linearium marginibus pilis bispidis instructo, dentibus corol-
lam adaequantibus, inferioribus magis aristiformibus bispidis. H. hirta
Nutt. — Trans-Mississippiana.

•*— -i— Calycis dentibus inferioribus superiores superantibus : bracteae
saepius erectas pedicellis breviores.

++ Perennes basi lignescente ; foliis subsessilibus, venis validis in
dentes salientes excurrentibus.

H. plicata Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound, p. 130. — S. W. Texas.
H. dentata Torr. 1. c. pro parte. — Arizona.

++ ++ Annuae basi indurata quandoque perennes ? foliis integerrimis
parce crenulatisve, venis haud prominulis convergentibus.

H. piperita Bentb. Lab. p. 730 ? Cinereo-pubescens vel puber-
ula; foliis ovatis obtusis basi saepius rotundatis, floralibus supremis
nunc oblongis petiolatis ; verticillastris laxis pauci — plurifloris ; calyce
oblongo-tubuloso gibboso hirsuto, limbo satis bilabiato, labio superiore
patente dentibus subulatis, inferiore dentibus magis setaceis longioribus
erectis corollam subaequantibus. H. dentata var. nana, Torr. 1. c. —
Accords with Bentham's character of Mocino and Sesse's plant, except
that the calyx is by no means twice the- size of that of H. pulegioides.
— New Mexico, Arizona, and adjacent parts of Mexico.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: FEBRUARY 13, 1872. 367

Var. obloxgifolia : forma strictiore altiore (pedali), foliis oblongis
sumruis lanceolatis acutis. H. dentata Torr. 1. c. pro parte. — New
Mexico and Arizona.

H. Drdmmondii Benth. 1. c. Cinereo-puberula vel pubescens ; foliis
ovalibus oblongis vel (praasentiru superioribus) linearibus obtusis inte-
gerrimis sessilibus vel basi angustata breviter petiolatis ; verticillastris
paucifloris ; calyce ovato-tubuloso hispido vix bilabiato, dentibus omni-
bus subulato-setaceis post anthesin conniventi-erectis sursumque plus
minus curvatis, inferioribus superiores dimidio superantibus corolla pi.
m. brevioribus. H. ciliata Nutt. PI. Gamb. p. 183. Wright's 1718,
cited by Torrey under H. plicata, belongs here. — Nebraska and
Texas to Arizona and Mexico.

A well-marked section, for the two following species, may be
named : —

§ 2. Stachyhedeoma. Flores subsessiles spicati, corolla fauce sub
labio inferiore biplicata. — Herbte erectae, foliis subsessilibus, summis
calyceque pilis longis hirsuto-ciliatis.

H. graveolexs Chapman in herb. Caule sesquipedali e radice
perenni ? stepius simplici parce hirsuto in spicam virgatam transeunte ;
foliis ovatis rotundisve paucidentatis (semipollicaribus), floralibus
consimilibus gradatim minoribus cum bracteis oblongis flores subses-
siles haud aequantibus ; calycis bilabiati dentibus valde hispido-ciliatis,
labii superioris lati deltoideis brevibus, inferioris angustissime subula-
tis tubo oblongo campanulato atque corolla? tubo subrequilongis ; sta-
minibus fertilibus labium superius vix emarginatum corollas adasquanti-
bus, sterilibus brevibus subulatis. Calyx inaequaliter 12 - 13-nervius,
fauce pilis paucis hirsuta, corolla intus nuda. — Florida, near Apala-
chicola, Dr. Chapman.

H. ciliata Benth. in DC. Caule ultrapedali e radice annua
retrorsum pubescente ; foliis oblongis obtusis subintegerrimis glabris
basi cum floralibus angustioribus bracteisque subulatis vel setaceis pilis
setisve longis albidis parce hispido-ciliatis ; spica brevi densa e verticil-
lastris 6 - 10-floris ; pedicellis brevissimis complanatis ; calyce fusifbr-
mi-subgibboso lo-nervio stricto basi hispido superne bilabiato, denti-
bus subulatis consimilibus ciliolatis post anthesin conniventibus, fauce
villoso-barbata ; corolla tubo vix exserto, labio superiore bilobo, fauce
sub staminibus 2 brevibus inclusis pilosa ; filamentis sterilibus nullis.
Keithia ciliata Benth. Lab. — Texas, Berlandier (ex Benth.), Drum-
mond.

368 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Calamintha (§ 3. Acanthomintha ; verticillastri capituliformes,
bracteis 4 majusculis rigidis foliaceis spinuloso-dentatis suffulti : an-
therae subtus villoso-barbataa) ilicifolia : annua, ramosa, spithamaea,
puberula ; foliis caulinis floralibusque ovato-spathulatis cuneato-oblon-
gisve (semipollicari, cum petiolo aequilongo) dentibus paucis muticis
instructis ; bracteis flores adasquantibus sessilibus ovatis coriaceis supra
parce pilosis, venis divaricatis costaque valida in aristas rigidas pro-
duces ; calyci oblongo villoso-pubescente, labio superiore tridentato
quam inferioi'e bifido longiore et latiore, dentibus deltoideis spinuloso-
apiculatis ; corolla (purpurea seu alba ?) calyce duplo longiori ; fila-
mentis valde inaequalibus brevibus fauci fere insertis; antheris subuni-
locularibus, staminum breviorum minoribus. — California, probably
Lower California, Major Rich ? in Herb. Torr.

Salvia L. Dr. Torrey justly reduces Salviastrum of Scheele to
Salvia ; but it forms a capital section, for which Engelmann's proposed
name of Trichosphace (Bot. Zeit. 9, p. 45), would have been most
characteristic.

Salvia (Salviastrum) Texana Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound, p. 132.
Salviastrum Texanum Scheele ; Torr. & Gray Pacif. R. R. 2, t. 6. —
Texas to New Mexico.

Var. canescens : forma incana, foliis omnibus angusto-linearibus
marginibus valde revolutis, floribus paucioribus. — S. W. Texas and
Rio Grande on the Pecos. Wright (467), Schott.

Salvia (Salviastrum) Engelmanni. Vix puberula cum pilis
setosis parcissimis ; foliis tenuioribus, floralibus plerumque flores pai'cos
adaaquantibus ; corolla (plus pollicari) tubo fauceque angustiore calyce
duplo longiori; caet. praacedentis. — W. Texas, Wright (465), Lind-
heimer.

Salvia (Echinosphace) carduacea Benth., includes S. gossy-
pina Benth. PI. Hartw. And the section Echinosphace is a good
primary one when made to include Pycnosphace also, viz.

Salvia (Echinosphace) Columbaria Benth. The median
tooth of the upper lip of the calyx apparently is always wanting in
this species !

Salvia (Heterosphace) Henrti. & R&meriance similis, gra-
cilior, pube nee molli ; foliis foliolisve minoribus vix cordatis angulato-
lobatis, floralibus inferioribus saepe conformibus, etiam summis pedi-
cillis aequilongis ; calyce hirsuto, fauce sinubusque ciliato-barbatis seu
villosis ; corolla (coccinea) angustiori, labiis brevioribus minus lobatis,

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: FEBRUARY 13, 1872. 369

tubo basi intus baud piloso-annulato. — New Mexico, on the Mimbres,
&c, Dr. Henry, Thurber, Bigelow, and adjacent borders of Texas,
Wright (not numbered).

Salvia (Calosphace) Greggii. Frutescens, l°-3°-pedalis, fere
glaberrima ; ramis gracilibus foliosis ; foliis (lin. 3-9 longis) oblongis
obtusissimis integerrimis basi in petiolum brevem angustatis aveniis
costa prominula, floralibus calyce brevioribus caducis ; racemo sparsi-
floro ; calyce vix glanduloso, labiis patentibus tubo dimidio breviore,
labio superiore lobisque inferioris bipartiti ovatis mucronato-acutis ;
corolla (pollicari rubra) glabra, tubo valde ventricoso, fauce sub labio
inferiori (superius vix glanduloso-puberulum subrequante) abrupte
constricta ; connectivo crure inferiori oblongo-lineari ; stylo postice
piloso. S. microphylla Torr. Mex. Bound, p. 131, non HBK. —
Saltillo, Mexico, Gregg. S. Texas on the Rio Grande, Parry, Schott.

Salvia (Calosphace) Parryi. Frutescens, humilis, ramosissi-
ma ; foliis ovato-oblongis basi saepius truncata crenatis obtusis brevi-
petiolatis cum ramulis tomentuloso-canescentibus, floralibus ovatis
acuminatis membranaceis supra glabris persistentibus flores interrupte
spicatos superantibus ; calyce campanulato pilis dendriticis albis creber-
rime lanatis, labio superiori tridentato, inferiori bifido ; corolla (parva
caarulea ?) pube dendritica lanulosa, labio superiore emarginato, inferi-
ore lobis lateralibus parvis erectis, medio multo majore, iterurn trilobo,
lobulo medio rotundato emarginato ; connectivis discretis, cruribus
inferioribus semihastatis antherifero subulato aequilongis. S. spicata ?
Torr. Mex. Bound, p. 131, non R. & S. — Apache Springs, on the
Rio Grande, Texas ? Parry.

Monarda L. Upon a revision of the genus, it appears evident
that we have, of the section Eumonarda, three species with distinctly
petioled leaves, viz. 31. didyma L., M. clinopodia L. (excl. syn.
Gronov.), and 31. fistulosa L., the two latter pretty clearly distinct, and
the last running into several remarkable varieties ; also two with subses-
sile leaves, 31. Bradburiana Beck, and 31. Russelliana Nutt. Of the
section Cheilyctis, there are 31. punctata L., with its variety lasiodonta
(Texas), and M. citriodora Cervantes, an older name than that of 31.
aristata Nutt. Of this there are two varieties, viz. var. aristidata
(to which belongs the figure in Bot. Mag. t. 3526 and 31. penicillata
Nutt. PI. Gamb.) and var. tenui-aristata.

Cedronella micrantha. Puberula; caule erecto ; foliis membra-
naceous tenui-petiolatis grosse crenato-dentatis, inferioribus cordato-

VOL. VIII. 47

370 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

ovatis obtusis, superioribus ovato-lanceolatis oblongisve, floralibus
suinmis minutis calyce brevioribus ; verticillastris sessilibus plurifloris
plerisque in spicam cylindricam nudam (1 - 2-pollicarem) congestis ;
calyce viridulo ovato-cam{ianulato, dentibus triangulari-subulatis tubo
dimidio brevioribus ; corolla (albida, vix lin. 2 longa) staminibusque
parum exsertis. — S. W. Texas near the borders of New Mexico (sta-
tion not recorded, Wright, without number). A close congener of
C. Mexicana Benth., to which belongs (as a var. cana) C cana Hook. ;
and G. pallida var. Torr. Mex. Bound, is a form with smaller and
shorter corollas.

Scutellaria L. Although it may be inexpedient to make of this
genus a distinct tribe, as proposed by Visiani and adopted by Reichen-
bach, yet, now strengthened by the genus Salizaria Torr. (illustrated
in the Botany of the Mexican Boundary), with similar embryo, &c, I
should arrange for the two a subtribe (Scutellarinece) of the Stachy-
dece, — to which Perilomia (figured with a straight embryo) does not
belong. The winged nutlets of Perilomia, however, are curiously
imitated in one or two species of Scutellaria, only obscurely so in
S. parvida, as has been noted by Dr. Torrey in the work above men-
tioned, but strikingly in S. nervosa Pursh, and in a Japanese species
not otherwise very similar, viz. S. hederacea of Kunth and Bouche.

Dr. Torrey's reference of S. Drummondii to his & resinosa is not
borne out. The gradual transition alluded to is through a species quite
distinct from either, and having neither the annual root of the former
nor the filiform subterranean stolons bearing moniliform or concate-
nated tubers which the latter exhibits along with its near allies, S. tuber-
osa, angustifolia, antirrkinoides, and parvida. The nutlets of S.
resinosa, and especially those of S. Drummondii^ are muricate, those
of the species now distinguished are only minutely granulate and
very much smaller. Its diagnosis is as follows : —

Scutellaria Wrightii. Nee stolonosa nee tuberosa, e radice
perenni lignosa multicaulis (semi - subpedalis) ; pube minuta ; foliis
ovatis et spathulato-oblongis integerrimis subsessilibus ; corolla villoso-
pubescente (violacea, lin. 6-7 longa) sursum valde ampliata, labiis
requilongis ; nuculis minoribus minute granulatis. — E. Texas, Wright
(no. 477, 478, 1539), Lindheimer. S. W. Arkansas, Gordon.

* The original character of S. Drummondii assigns to it crenate leaves, of which
there is, however, rarely a trace. Probably S. cardiophylla was confounded
with it.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 13, 1872. 371

Phtsostegia intermedia. Caule gracili ; foliis remotis lineari-
lanceolatis repando-denticulatis ; spicis filiforaiibus saspius remotifloris ;
calyce brevi lato-campanulato, dentibus triangularibus acutis tubo
requilongis ; corolla (vix semipollicari) fauce valde ampliata. Dra-
cocephalum intermedium Nutt. Fl. Arkans. — W. Kentucky and Ar-
kansas to Louisiana and Texas. Variable as P. Virginiana is, it
does not include this, I think.

Phtsostegia parviflora Nutt. ex Benth. in DC. P. imbricata
Bentb. in DC, non Hook. ! Tbis, again, is a pretty well marked trans-
montane species, which must bear the name imposed by Nuttall : it is
very different from Hooker's P. imbricata, which is one of the larger
forms of P. Virginiana.

Macbridea Ell. The calyx is pentamerous, but the two sepals
which ordinarily compose the lower lip of the calyx are united (in M.
pulchra Ell. almost wholly, in M. alba of Chapman usually but par-
tially) with the lateral sepals, which, moreover, are free from the pos-
terior sepal down to the throat. The anthers are pilose on the inner
side, as is not uncommon in Labiatas, and by no means, so far as I have
seen, inside, as the phrase " intus filamentis pollini commixtis pilosaa "
would imply.

Stachys Bigelovii. S. coccinece admodum affinis, undique cine-
reo-puberula ; foliis caulinis deltoideo-lanceolatis subcordatisque grosse
crenato-dentatis (pollicaribus, cum petiolo gracili), floralibus sessilibus
lanceolatis floribus sessilibus plerumque brevioribus ; spica interrupta
angusta ; calycis dentibus subulatis tubo campanulato subdimidio bre-
vioribus ; corolla (rubra ? tantum semipollicari,) tubo gracili calyce
subduplo longiori, labio superiori quam inferius breviori. — W. Texas,
in the crevices of rocks on the Limpio, Wright (no. 1535), Bigelow,
ex Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound, p. 134, where it is doubtfully referred to
S. coccinea. Color of corolla not recorded, seemingly not scarlet.

Trichostema Arizonicdm. Puberulum, multicaule e radice vel
caudice ligneo perenni ; ramis simpliciusculis (semi - sesquipedalibus) ;
foliis ovalibus ovatisque breviter petiolatis, floralibus parvis pedunculis
racemosis gracilibus cymoso 3 - 5-floris 2 - 3-plo brevioribus ; calyce
campanulato subrequaliter 5-fido requali, lobis ovato-lanceolatis corollae
tubum adasquantibus ; lobis corolke spathulato-oblongis declinatis.
(Pedunculi circa pollicares : bractaa minutre : filamenta subpollicaria.)
T. dichotomun Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound. 1. c, non L. — S. borders of
Arizona, on the slopes of the Chiricahui Mountains, Wright, no. 1541.

372 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Teucrium laclniatum Torr., referred of late by Dr. Torrey to
T. Cubense L., which is also from Texas, appears to be quite clearly
distinguished, by a lignescent perennial root, finely divided leaves
which are usually somewhat scabrous-pubescent, larger corolla, and
minutely reticulate (rather than punctate) nutlets destitute of longitu-
dinal thickened ribs.

2. Determination of a Collection of Plants made in Oregon by Eliiiu
Hall during the summer of 1871, with Characters of some New
Species and various Notes.

1. Clematis ligusticifolia Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. l,p. 9.

0. Thalictrum occidentale, n. sp. T. dioico simile : stigmate
longiori ; carpellis elongatis (maturis ad semipollicarem usque) fusifor-
mibus parum ingequilateris subangulatis costis acutissimis 8-10 per-
cursis acuminatis, stipite brevissimo seu vix ullo. — I have a fruiting
specimen of this from the Kew distribution of the collections of the
British Oregon Boundary Commission, ticketed Vancouver's Island,
Dr. Lyall and C. B. Wood ; and a memorandum notes that Dr. Engel-
mann's herbarium contains a specimen of the same, collected in Mon-
tana by Professor Swallow. In the present collection made by Mr. Hall
two or three fruiting specimens also occur. There are from 5 to 10 or
12 carpels to a flower, of which a few only seem to mature. The
contrast between the short ovary and the long fruit is remarkable. To
this may belong a specimen of Nuttall's collection, named T. hetero-
phyllum, in flower only, arid a similar one in Mr. Spalding's Clearwater
collection. But materials are wanting for the identification.

2. Anemone deltoidea Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. t. 3. In fruit.

3. Trautvetteria palmata Fisch. & Meyer. ; forma occiden-
talis, T. grandis Nutt.

4. Ranunculus (Batrachium) heterophyllus Weber. ; the
larger specimens (4a) nearly equalling the var. peltatus (i?. peltatus
Schrank) : new to this country.

5. Ranunculus Cymbalaria Pursh. Fl. p. 392.

0. Ranunculus alism^efolius Geyer, a large form. For this, or
rather for the dwarf and slender form, my var. alismellus, there is
apparently an earlier name, R. Pseudo-Hir cuius Schrenk, Enum. PI.
Nov. 2, p. 65 (from Moscow Bulletin), 1842, which is not mentioned in
Walpers and has been totally overlooked. Professor Godet kindly
called my attention to it, and pronounced it the same as Bolander's no.
6258.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: FEBRUARY 13, 1872. 373

6. Ranunculus Flammula L. Here we have for the first time in
this country specimens of genuine R. Flammula which in size and
luxuriance fully equal the largest European forms ; also (6a) very lux-
uriant specimens of the var. intermedius.

7. Ranunculus orthorhynchus Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1, p. 21,
t. 9. The figure admirably represents this species, which is as rare in
collections as it is well marked in character. But the var. alpinus of
S. Watson, in King's Exploration on the Fortieth Parallel, is mani-
festly a form of my R. adoneus, with less rounded petals. The Rev.
Edward L. Greene likewise collected it on the higher mountains in
Colorado. To R. orthorhynchus, on the other hand, clearly belongs
Lyall's plant from "Washington Territory, referred to by Mr. Watson
as R. fascicularis.*

8. Ranunculus Nelsonii Gray, which has been confounded with
R. Occidentalis Nutt. ; and (9), its more slender variety, R. tenellus
Nutt., which would seem to be distinct in its perfectly smooth fruit and
less elongated persistent style, but is connected by transitional speci-
mens. The synonymy is given in the subjoined foot-note.f

* Ranunculus fascicularis, it may be noted, is an Eastern species, a good deal con-
fused from the first, and not extending beyond or even to the Rocky Mountains.
What has been so called from California is probably R. Californicus Benth. Mr.
Watson's plant in King's Exploration is undeterminable. And Muhlenberg him-
self confounded his species with early states of the hairy form (R. hispidus Muhl.)
of that polymorphous species which we refer to R. repens L., the limits of which it
is still a problem to define. To this belongs the R. fascicularis of Schlechtendal
(Animad. Ranun. 2, p. 30, t. 2), described and figured from specimens sent by
Muhlenberg to Willdenow, and also R. Schlectendalii Hook. El. Bor.-Am., founded
on specimens gathered by Drummond on the eastern slope of the Rocky Mountains,
which were truly identified with Schlechtendal's figure ; yet the R. hispidus of the
same work is only a more developed state of it. R. fascicularis Muhl. fortunately
was first published by Bigelow, in the Florida Bostoniensis (ed. 1, 1814), on a plant so
named by Muhlenberg, identical with that figured by Hooker (tab. 8), and in my
Genera Ulustrata (tab. 9) ; to this must pertain the name, whatever else Muhlen-
berg may have had in view notwithstanding.

t Ranunculi Oncostyli, nempe achenio plano-compresso pi. m. marginato stylo
recurvo-uncinato persistente superato.

* Macranthi, petalis (5 - 12) semipollicaribus aureis ; stylo subulato brevi.

R. Californicus Benth. PI. Hartw. p. 295. R. dissectus Hook. & Am. Bot.
Beech, p. 316, non Bieb. R. delphinifolius ? Torr. & Gray," Fl. 1, p. 659, non
HBK. R. canus Torr. Bot. Whippl. p. 6. — California, extending to Oregon.

374 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

10. Isopyrum Hallii, n. sp. Elatum ; caule 1 - 2-pedali) superne
bifoliato ; foliis amplis triternatis summove biternato ; foliolis obovato
cuneatis (sesqui - bipollicaribus) irregulariter trifidis apice incisis ; flori-
bus in pedunculo comrnuni elongato nudo vel folioso-bracteato nunc
bifido pluribus umbellatini dispositis ; sepalis 5 obovatis stamina nu-
merosissima baud superantibus ; filamentis apice clavatis ; petalis nullis ;

R. Occident alis Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1, p. 22, excl. char, pro parte.
R. hispidus Hook. Fl. Bor.-Arn. p. 19, pro parte. — Oregon, British Columbia,
Sitka. Nuttall's species was founded, as his specimens testify, upon the large-
flowered and usually very shaggy-hairy plant, which is not uncommon on the West-
ern coast, although seldom collected in fruit (I have ripe carpels only in a specimen
collected by Burke) ; but the description of it somehow got badly mixed up with the
R. recurvatus of Bongard, and Nuttall's own R. tenellus, i. e. with the following
species. To this pertains all that relates to the long style, comparatively small
narrow petals, &c.

Var. canus. R. canus Benth. PI. Hartw. p. 294. — California, in moist valleys of
the Sacramento. Evidently a more canescent form of the present species. I have
not seen the fruit, nor any other specimens answering to Hartweg's no. 1626. The
specimens of Bigelow's Bot., Whipple's Expedition, referred to R. canus, probably
belong to R. Californicus.

* * Micranthi, petalis (5) haud ultra lineas 3 longis angustis luteis ; stylo elon-
gato.

■<- Occidentales ; foliis supremis vel segmentis lanceolatis integerrimis ; petalis
calycem excedentibus ; carpellis in capitulo 10-20.

R. Nelsonii. R. recurvatus var. Nelsonii DC, Syst. 1, p. 290. R. recurvatus
Bong. Veg. Sitcha, p. 123, non Poir. R. occidentalis Torr. & Gray, 1. c. pro
parte. — Oregon to Sitka. Forma typica; foliis latioribus ; acheniis pilis parcis
rigidis pi. m. conspersis nunc glabratis stylum ejusdem longitudinis maxime un
cinatum gerentibus.

Var. tenellus gracilior; foliis parvulis, lobis angustioribus ; stylo quam
achenium lajve breviore. R. tenellus Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, 1. c. — Northern Cali-
fornia (Bolander) to Vancouver's Island, &c. There is a R. tenellus of Viviani,
from Egypt, perhaps of earlier date than Nuttall's, which, though overlooked by
Boisser, may claim to be used. Nuttall's name is not a good one for the whole
species as now regarded ; and his character is somewhat misleading as to " flowers
minute " (the petals- are sometimes a quarter of an inch long), and very much so
as to the " minute style." The style is, indeed, less prolonged than in what I take
for the type of the species ; and this with the smoothness of the achenium and
something in the habit of the plant might forbid the union : but there are transi-
tions between the two forms.

-t- +- Orientales ; foliis amplioribus ; petalis calyce brevioribus ; carpellis pluri-

mis in capitulo denso.
R. recdrvatus Poir. — Canada to Florida.

OF AKTS AND SCIENCES: FEBRUARY 13, 1872. 375

carpellis 3-5 ovatis brevistylibus 2 - 4-ovulatis ; seminibus rugulosis.
— A most distinct and mucb tbe largest and handsomest species of
this genus ; the flowers individually about as large as those of I. biter-
natum, but 6 to 10 together in an umbelliform often once or twice bifid
cyme, and with the very numerous and conspicuous filaments as white
as the sepals, and resembling those of Trautvetteria.

11. Caltha leptosepala DC. In flower and fruit.

12. Coptis asplenifolia Salisb. In fruit.

13. Aquilegia Formosa Fischer. Whether to be regarded as a
variety of A. Canadensis is uncertain.

14. Delphinium Menziesii DC. The seeds will clearly distin-
guish all forms of this from the Eastern D. tricome.

15. Delphinium trolliifolium, n. sp. Subglabrum vel tenuiter
pilosulum ; caule laxo (bipedali et ultra) ; foliis sparsis longe petiolatis,
petiolis basi subdilatatis, lamina circumscriptione orbiculata profunde
5 - 7-fida, segmentis cuneatis trifidis pauci-incisisque, lobulis obtusis
(mucronulo calloso quasi truncato apiculatis) ; racemo sparsiflora per-
laxo ; pedicellis adscendenti-patentibus, inferioribus pnesertim elonga-
tis ; calcare sepalis petala superantibus longiore ; petalis superioribus
integris albis, inferioribus subquadratis emarginato-bifidis erosis vel
crenato-dentatis ; folliculis oblongis glabris laxe reticulatis demum
recurvo-patentibus ; seminibus vertice scarioso-coronatis. Leaves in
the dried specimens thin, 2 or 3, or the largest 4 or 5, inches in diame-
ter, in outline and division reminding one of Trollius. Lower pedi-
cels 2 or 3,*or in fruit sometimes 4, inches long. Flowers blue, except
the upper petals : spur three fourths of an inch long.

16. Act^ea spicata L. var. rubra Michx., the A. arguta Nutt.

17. Cimicifuga (Pitysosperma) elata Nutt. in Torr. & Gray,
Fl. 1, p. 36. C. fcetida Pursh, non L. This is exactly a Pityrosper-
ma of Zuccarini, and apparently between P. acerinum (which only I
have a specimen of) and P. biternatum. In the whole structure of
carpels (from one to three in number) and seeds it well unites Macro-
tys with Cimicifuga proper.

18. Berberis (Mahonia) Aquifolium Pursh, Fl. l,p. 219, t. 4.

19. Berberis (Mahonia) nervosa Pursh, 1. c. t. 5.

20. Vancouveria hexandra Decaisne. Epimedium hexandrum
Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. t. 13. The ovules, commonly "8-10," are
sometimes as few as three, or even two, at least in Californian speci-
mens.

376 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

21. Achlts triphylla DC. ; Hook. 1. c. t. 12. Specimens chiefly
with mature fruit. The pericarp, when dry somewhat quasi-crelosper-
mous, is certainly not " bivalvatim dehiscens " nor really dehiscent at all.
The whole dorsal portion, of a chestnut-brown color, is almost cartilagi-
nous ; the ventral portion thin, membranaceous, and strongly concave
or cupped, with a fleshy central ridge, which when soaked, and proba-
bly in the fresh state, swells up very much and fills the concavity.
This pulpy portion might be likened to the thickened placenta of
Podophyllum. The seed, however, does tfot rise from it, but from the
base of the cell.

22. Brasenia peltata Pursh. The only specimens seen from the
Pacific side of the continent, except those collected in Wilkes's Explor-
ing Expedition.

0. Nuphar polysepalum Engelm. in Trans. Acad. St. Louis.

23. Eschscholtzia Californica, var. Douglasii Torr. & Gray :
chiefly small-flowered forms.

24. Dicentra FORMOSA DC. Apparently not distinct from the
Eastern D. eximia.

25. Nasturtium curvisiliqua Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, 1. c. Char,
to be altered, and species to include at least N. polymorphum Nutt., a
better name for it. Forms, with slender pod and sometimes slender
pedicel, the style very short but distinct (25) : with shorter narrow
pod on short pedicel (26) : with thicker pod on short pedicel, nearly or
quite the same as N. hjratum Nutt. (27).

28. Nasturtium palustre DC. : the ordinary European form. —
N. 4, of Lyall's collection on the 49th parallel, with pods too long
for N. palustre, is exceeded in this respect by the plant from the same
district, (wrongly) named JV. lyratum in the 12th volume of the Pacific
Railroad Explorations, which again comes near N. montanum Wall.,
a species which on the Asiatic side occurs as far north as Corea.

29. Cardamine cordifolia Gray PI. Fendl. p. 8. Form with
weaker stem and ampler leaves, of round-cordate or almost reniform
outline, bearing therefore a closer resemblance to G. asarifolia, but the
less dentate leaves, short style, and smaller stigma distinguish it.
Watson's specimens from Utah and Nevada are intermediate between
these and Fendler's original plant.

30. Cardamine angulata Hook. Bot. Misc. 1, p. 243, t. 69.

31. Cardamine oligosperma Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, 1. c. Ap-
parently a good species. Radical leaves often simple.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: FEBRUARY 13, 1872. 377

32. Cardamine hirsuta L. : an ordinary form ; with some of a
slender small-leaved variety, named by Nuttall 0. microphylla.

33. Arabis hirsuta Scop. ; the western form ; and A. perfoliata
Lam., the form which is Turritis macrocarpa Nutt., sparingly col-
lected.

34. Thelypodium laciniatum Endl. (Macropodium Hook.) In
fruit.

35. Erysinum asperum DC, var. E. datum Nutt. 1. c.

36. Sisymbrium deflexum Harvey ; Torr. Bot. Whippl. p. 10.
With mature fruit.

37. Lepidium Menziesii DC. ; Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1, p. 68.

38. Thysanocarpus curvipes Hook. 1. c. p. 69, t. 18.

39. Thysanocarpus pusillus Hook. Ic. t. 43, which includes
T. oblongifoliiis Nutt.

40. Cleome lutea Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1, p. 70, t. 25.

41. Viola bland a Ait. ; apparently, but wholly in fruit.

42. Viola canina L., var. V. adunca Smith ; Hook. 1, p. 79.

43. Viola Nuttallii Pursh. ; Hook. 1. c. t. 26. Mostly in fruit.

44. Viola sarmentosa Dougl. in Hook. 1. c. Small form, in
fruit.

45. Viola glabella Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, 1. c. Too near V.
pubescens.

40. Viola Hallii, n. sp. Melanium, glabra, ut videtur perennis ;
caulibus e surculo gracili adscendentibus spithamaais a basi foliatis ;
foliis trisectis, segmentis in petiolum longum rhachinque decurrentibus
cuneatis trifidis (lateralibus quandoque lanceolatis subintegris), lobis
lanceolatis ssepius integerrimis ; stipulis foliaceis lanceolatis oblongisve
sublaciniatis, uno saspissime multo minore integerrimo ; petalis 3 luteis
quorum lateralibus basi tenuiter barbatis, 2 superioribus atro-violaceis ;
calcare brevissimo. — Most unexpected as a North American species,
and a striking and handsome one, with the flower of a Pansy ; the
petals half an inch or more in length. Style clavate, the large almost
regular stigma bearded all round. Near Salem.

47. Hypericum anagalloides Cham. & Schlecht. in Linnsea, 3,
p. 127.

48. Hypericum Scouleri, Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1, p. 111.

49. Elatine Americana Arn. Crypta minima Nutt.

50. Silene Drummondii, Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. — Two or three
vol. vill. 48

378 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

specimens were gathered, in cemetery grounds near Salem, of what
seems to be S. Bolanderi Gray, Proceed. Acad. 7, p. 330.

51. Silene Menziesii Hook. 1. c. p. 99, t. 30.

51a. Arenaria (Mcehringia) macrophtlla Hook. 1. c. t. 37.

52. Arenaria tenella Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. p. 179.

53. Stellaria media L. Apparently indigenous.

54. Stellaria crispa Cham. & Schlecht. in Linnaea, 1, p. 51.

55. Stellaria borealis Bigelow, var. corollina Fenzl in
Ledeb. Fl. Ross. S. alpestris Fries. The same collected at Lake
Superior by Dr. Robbins.

56. Stellaria nitens Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1. c.

57. Cerastium vulgatum L. Apparently an indigenous form.

58. Sagina Linn^ei Presl. A little S. procumbens L. also col-
lected.

59. Spergularia media Presl. the form called Lepigonum leio-
spermum by Kindberg ; and 60, S. rubra Presl.

61. Mollugo verticillata L.

62. Clattonia Sibirica L. 0. alsinoides Sims. A larger and
a smaller form.

63. Claytonia perfoliata Donn. 64. A depauperate variety,
the C. parviflora Dougl.

65. Claytonia Chamissonis Eschsch. 0. flagellaris Bongard and
G. aquatica Nutt. 66. Var. tenerrima, an exceedingly depauperate
and slender form of this species.

67. Claytonia linearis Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. t. 71. 68. A form
larger in all its parts, the seeds a full line in diameter.

69. Claytonia parvifolia Mocino. C.filicaulis Hook. 1. c. t. 72.
— 0. diffusa Nutt. in Torr. & Gray Fl. is an interesting species of
the region yet to be rediscovered.

70. Spraguea umbellata Torr. PI. Fremont, t. 1. New to
Oregon.

71. Sidalcea malv^flora Gray, PI. Fendl., & PI. Wright:
two or three forms.

72. Geranium Carolinianum L. 73. G. incisum Nutt. in Torr.
& Gray, 1. c. 73a. Erodium cicutarium L'Her.

74. Oxalis Oregana Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, 1. c. 75. O. corni-
culata L.

76. Pachystima Myrsinites Raf. Myginda myrtifolia and later
Oreophila myrtifolia Nutt.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: FEBRUARY 13, 1872. 379

77. Rhamnus Purshianus DC- ; Hook. 1. c. t. 43.

78. Ceanothus velutinus Dougl. in Hook. 1. c. t. 45. In fruit.

79. Ceanothus Oreganus Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1, p. 265.

80. Acer macrophyllum Pursh, and 81. A. circinatum
Pursh ; both in fruit.

82. Rhus diversiloba Torr. & Gray, 1. c. R. lobata Hook. 1. c.
t. 46. In fruit and flower.

83. Thermopsis fabacea R. Br., var. Montana Gray. T. mon-
tana Nutt. in Torr. & Gray.

84. Lupinus bicolor Lindl., which is likewise L. min-anthus
Dougl.

85. Lupinus polyphyllus Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1097.

86. Lupinus latifolius Agardh, Syn. Lup. ; a variety, or some
species near it.

87. Lupinus leucophyllus Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1124.

88. Lupinus ornatus Dougl., and 89, L. foliosus Nutt., in
small quantity.

90. Lupinus laxifolius Dougl., by the calyx ; but a remarkable,
rather densely flowered variety.

91. Lupinus parviflorus Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1, p. 375.

92. Lupinus minimus Dougl. in Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1, p. 163.

93. Lupinus holosericeus Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1, p. 380.
In fruit.

94. Trifolium eriocephalum Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1,
p. 313.

95. Trifolium Macr^ei Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beech. T. albopur-
pureum Torr. & Gray, 1. c.

96. Trifolium ciliolatum Benth. PI. Hartw. Not before found
north of California. The rhachis is often prolonged into a filiform tip,
projecting much beyond the head.

97. Trifolium gracilentum Torr. & Gray, 1. c. : a slender
variety.

98. Trifolium cyathiferum Lindl. ; Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. t. 50.

99. Trifolium microdon Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beech, t. 79.

100. Trifolium microcephalum Pursh ; Torr. & Gray, 1. c.

101. Trifolium pauciflorum Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, 1. c.

102. Trifolium fimbriatum Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1070; small
forms, with broad leaflets. 103. Var. angustifolium. T. tridenta-
ium Lindl. Bot. Reg.

380 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

104. Glycyrrhiza lepidota Nutt. ; Bot. Mag. t. 2050. Chiefly
in fruit.

105. Psoralea lanceolata Pursh. Fl. 2, p. 475 ; Hook. Fl.
Bor.-Ara. p. 135, t. 51.

106. Psoralea physodes Dougl. in Hook. 1. c*

107. Hosackia decumbens Benth. ; Torr. & Gray, 1. c. p. 324.

108. Hosackia crassifolia Benth. ; Gray, Rev. p. 350. H.
stolonifera Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1977.

109. Hosackia bicolor Dougl.; Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1257.

110. Hosackia gracilis Benth.; a depauperate form.

111. Hosackia parviflora Benth. ; Gray, Rev. p. 351.

112. Hosackia (Microlotus) Purshiana Benth., a pubescent
form : also, 113, an almost glabrous variety, H. data, var. glabra Nutt.
in Torr. & Gray, 1. c. m

114. Vicia gigantea Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1, p. 157.

115. Vicia Oregana Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, 1. c. A form of V.
Americana, apparently ; very variable in the foliage ; passing into
116, V. truncata Nutt. and V. sparsiflora Nutt. 1. c, the latter
with all the leaves linear and narrow.

117. Lathyrus Torreti Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 7, p. 337.

* I here append the characters of an interesting addition to a chiefly Eastern
North American genus, viz. : —

Petalostemon Searlsi^e, n. sp. : perennis ? prseter spicara glaberriraus ; foliis
5 - 7-foliolatis cum caule ramisve simplicibus grosse glandulosis ; foliolis oblongo-
linearibus obtusis vel retusis crassiusculis ; spica longiuscule pedunculata cylin-
drica compacta ; bracteis ovatis membranaceis pauci-glandulosis in acumen caudi-
forme calycem adaquantum productis sericeo-ciliatis deciduis; calycis dentibus
attenuato-subulatis mollissime villosis tubo minus pubescente a?quilongis ; petalis
roseo-purpureis prseter vexillum deltoideo-cordatum angusto-oblongis. — The only
other species found west of the Mississippi Valley is the P. exile of Wright's col-
lection, from Arizona. This is from a similar region farther north ; viz., from
the Pahranagat Mountains in southeastern Nevada (about 400 miles southwest of
Salt Lake), where it was discovered by Miss Searls. It was one of an extremely
interesting collection made by this young lady in the vicinity of the Pahranagat
mines (which she visited in company^with her father), and entrusted to me by Pro-
fessor Marcy of Evanston, 111. A lady who braves the hardships of a journey to
6uch a remote and inhospitable district, and has the sense and spirit to make a col-
lection of plants in a place far out of the track of any botanist, well deserves to
have her name perpetuated in the annals of botany. I give it accordingly with
much satisfaction to one of the two entirely new plants of the collection.

For others, see succeeding notes, e. g. CEnotkera, Chmnactis, Pentstemon, &c.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 13, 1872. 381

118. Lathyrus venosus var ? Torr. & Gray, 1. c. L. pubescens
Nutt. 1. c. ; but mainly glabrous. Fruiting specimens.

119. Lathyrus polyphyllus Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, 1. c.

120. Prunus (Cerasus) mollis, Dougl. in Hook. 1. c. This is
probably P. erecta Presl, Epimelia, p. 194.

121. Prunus Virginiana L. var., the Cerasus demissa Nutt. in
Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1, p. 411, which is commonly thought distinct by
those who have seen it living.

122. Nuttallia cerasiformis Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1, p. 412. In
fruit.

123. Spiraea opulifolia L. ; a Western, but nearly glabrous form.

124. Spiraea betul^efolia Pallas; a small-leaved form. Also,
125, var. rosea, with rose-red corolla, found likewise in California.

126. Spir^a Douglasii Hook. 1. c. ; Bot. Mag. t. 5151.

127. Spiraea Menziesii Hook. 1. c.

128. Spiraea arlefolia Smith ; Hook. 1. c.

129. Geum macrophyllum Willd. ; Torr. & Giay, Fl. 1, p. 421.
Referred to G. Japonicum by Scheutz in his recent monograph ; but
the identification is not wholly satisfactory. See Amer. Jour. Science,
April, 1872, p. 306.

130. Alchemilla occidentals Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1,
p. 421.

131. Poterium annuum Nutt. in Hook. 1. c. Sangidsorba annua
Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, 1. c.

132. Poterium officinale, i. e. Sangidsorba officinalis L. Al-
ready found both north and south of Oregon.

133. Horkelia congesta Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 2880.

134. Potentilla glandulosa Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1583.

135. Potentilla diversifolia Lehm. in Hook. 1. c.

136. Potentilla gracilis Dougl., Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 2984.

137. Fragaria vesca L., the var. y. Torr. &" Gray, Fl. 1,
p. 448.

138. Rubus Nutkanus Mocjno. One or two specimens displayed
rose-red flowers, like those of its Eastern analogue, R. odoratus, but
the tinge was slight when fresh, according to Mr. Hall.

139. Rubus spectabilis Pursh, Fl. 1, t. 16 ; the Salmon-Berry.

140. Rubus pedatus Smith Ic. Ined. t. 63. Comaropsis pedata
DC Prodr.

141. Rubus leucodermis Dougl.; Torr. & Gray, 1. c. In fruit.

382 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

142. Rubus macropetalus Dougl. in Hook. 1. c. t. 59.

143. Rosa gymnocarpa Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, 1. c. p. 461.

144. Rosa blanda Ait. ? Chiefly, at least the fruiting specimens,
of the form (if such it be) answering to R. Woodsii Lindl. Ros. & Bot.
Reg. t. 976. Fruit subdepressed-globose, with no neck at all; until
full-grown with the calyx-lobes spreading, then apparently ascending
or erect. R. fraxinifolia of Watson in King's Exploration is the same
with larger fruit. — A small quantity, insufficient for distribution, was
collected, of a common Nevadan and Californian Rose, Mr. Watson's
R. blanda. This has smaller flowers, stipular prickles when present
inclined to curve, the calyx-tube with a contracted neck, and an ovoid-
globular fruit, about 5 lines long when full grown, the persistent calyx-
lobes tardily ascending or at length conniving. I do not know this in
North-eastern America, to which R. blanda proper belongs. I take
it to be Chamisso and Schlechtendal's R. Galifornica.

145. Rosa pisocarpa, n. sp. Gracilis, aut inermis aut aculeis
substipularibus acicularibus tenuibus rectis nunc paucisque minimis
petiolaribus munitis ; corymbo pauci-plurifloro bracteoso ; calycis lobis
(extus glandulosis intus cano-tomentosis) e basi ovata in acumen saepius
gracile sursumque lanceolato-dilatatum productis, tubo glabro primum
urceolato, fructifero fere globoso (pisi magnitudine) basibus tantum
loborum persistentibus arete reflexis coronato ; pedunculis fructiferis
nutantibus ; — cast, prascedentis vel R. blandce forma minoris. Petala
laete rosea, obcordata, lin. 6-8 longa. Foliola semipollicaria ad polli-
caria.

146. Rosa Kamtschatica Vent. Cels. t. 67. In fruit only ; the
strong shoots densely setose, and with immense dilated aculei. One or
two smooth specimens also collected. An intermediate form is in Dr.
Lyall's collection, from Vancouver's Island. The R. cinnamonea in
PI. Hartweg, to which Ventenat's plant is referred as a synonyme,
is wholly different, and apparently R. Galifornica, Cham. & Schlecht.

147. Pyrus rivularis Dougl.; Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. t. 68.

148. Ptrus (Sorbus) sambucifolia Cham. & Schlecht. In
fruit.

149. Amelanchier Canadensis var. alnifolia Torr. & Gray,
Fl. 1, p. 473. In fruit.

150. Saxifraga integrifolia Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1, p. 249,
t. 86.

151. Saxifraga Virginiensis Michx. ; a very tall form.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 13, 1872. 383

152. Saxifraga heterantha Hook. 1. c. t. 78. A very distinct
species, although considered to be a variety of the next in Torrey and
Gray's Flora.

153. Saxifraga punctata L. S. aestivalis Fischer; Torr. &
Gray, Fl. &c.

154. Saxifraga Toljlei Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1, p. 567. A few-
specimens.

155. Saxifraga c^espitosa L. ; Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1. c.

156. Saxifraga elegans Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1, p. 573.
Beautiful and abundant specimens, some of them many times larger
than Nuttall's. Judging from these specimens the species may well
deserve the name.

157. Boyklnia occidentals Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1, p. 577 & p.
698. 158. Var. elata. * Saxifraga elata Nutt. 1. c.

159. Heuchera micrantha Dougl. in Bot. Reg. t. 1302 ; Hook.
Fl. Bor.-Am. 1. c.

160. Heuchera cylindrica Dougl. in Hook. 1. c. ; Bot. Reg.
t. 1924.

161. Tolmiea Menziesii Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1, p. 582. An inter-
esting plant, rarely collected.

162. Tellima grandiflora Dougl. in Bot. Reg. t. 1178.

163. Mitella caulescens Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1, p. 586.

164. Mitella trifida Graham; Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. t. 82.

165. Tiarella trifoliata L. ; Pursh, Fl. 1, p. 313.

166. Tiarella unifoliata Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1, p. 238, t. 81.

167. Philadelphus Lewisii Pursh, Fl. 1, p. 329.

168. Ribes divaricatum Dougl. ; Lindl. Bot. Reg. *t. 1359. In
fruit.

169. Ribes setosum Dougl. in Hook. 1. c. ; a variety of B. lacustre
Poir. In fruit.

170. Ribes sanguineum Pursh, Fl. 1, p. 164.

171. Ribes bracteosum Dougl. in Hook. 1. c.

172. Sedum spathulifolium Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1, p. 227.

173. Till^ea angustifolia Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1, p. 558.

174. Myriophyllum hippuroides Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1,
p. 530.

175. Epilobium angustifolium L.

176 - 8. Epilobium tetragonum L., or allied species, in several
forms.

384 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

179. Epilobium alpinum L., or nearly allied to it. 180. A form
near it in fruit.

181. Epilobium minutum Lindl. in Hook. 1. c.

182. Epilobium paniculatum Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1,
p. 490.

183. Gatophttum Nuttallii Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1, p. 514, with
rather slender pedicels.

184. Oenothera albicaulis Nutt. in Fraser, Cat. & Gen.*

185. Oenothera (Boisduvalia) densiflora Lindl. Bot. Reg.
t. 1593. 186. A more villous form. 187. A narrow-leaved and strict
variety. (E. imbrlcata Nutt. in herb. 188. A less pubescent, narrow-
leaved, slender variety. (E. salicina Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, 1. c.
189. Var. tenella : a depauperate and very small-flowered canes-
cently villous form.

190. Oenothera (Boisduvalia) glabella Nutt. in Torr. &
Gray, 1. c.

191. Oenothera Lindleyi Dougl. ; Bot. Mag. t. 2832.

192. Oenothera, one of the Oregon Godetias which have been
referred to (E. tenella.

193. OEnothera purpurea Curtis Bot. Mag. t. 352, a small-flow-
ered form, which includes (E. lepida and (E. qui?iquevulnera? 194. A
depauperate small-flowered variety of the same.

195. Gaura parviflora Dougl. in Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1, p. 208.

196. Ludwigia palustris Ell. Isnardia palustris L.

197. Circ^ea pacifica Ascherson & Magnus in Bot. Zeit. 1871,
p. 392. Same as Bolander's ancLLyall's plants from which the species
is described, and as 0. Lutetiana var. oecidentalis of Nuttall in herb. ;
but allied to G. alpina.

198. Echinocystis fabacea Decaisne. Sicyos Oreganus Torr.
& Gray, Fl. 1, p. 542. Very fine specimens of this, the Oregon form
of Megarrhiza Torr., which may fairly claim generic rank.

199. Mentzelia l^evicaulis Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1, p. 535. Bar-
tonia Icevicaulis Dougl. ; Hook. 1. c. t. 69.

* (Enothera brachycarpa Gray, PI. "Wright, 1, p. 70, and 2, p. 57, was
among the interesting plants collected by Miss Searls in the Pahranagat Moun-
tains, Nevada. It is the (E. marginata var. purpurea of S. Watson in King's Expe-
dition, but is very different from (E. ccespitosa Nutt. (the oldest name of the species
which is to comprise CE. marginata, montana, and eximia, doubtless well combined by
Mr. Watson), as the fruit demonstrates. The corolla, instead of pale yellow turn-
ing rose-color, is now known to be white with a purple tinge from the first.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 13, 1872. 385

200. Eryngium petiolatum Hook., var. juncifolium : gracile,
subsesquipedale ; petiolis longissimis nodoso-articulatis, radicalibus
(6-10 poll, longis) nunc aphyllis nunc lamina parva (pollicari) lanceo-
lata superatis ; capitulis parvulis. — Hooker's species must include his
E. articulation in PL Geyer., as well as the present slender form of it,
the petioles of which imitate those of one of the nodose Junci. Nut-
tall collected the same plant on the Willamette.

201. Sanicula Menziesii Hook. & Arn. ; Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1,
p. 258, t. 90.

202. Sanicula bipinnatifida Dougl. in Hook. 1. c. t. 92.

203. Carum Gairdneri Benth. & Hook. Atcenia Hook. & Arn.
Edosmia Nutt.

204. (Enanthe sarmentosa Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1, p.
617.

205. Crantzia lineata Nutt. Remarkably fine and large speci-
mens, with ripe fruit.

206. Pimpinella apiodora Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 7, p. 345 :
var. NUDiCAULis : parvula ; caule scapiformi subaphyllo vix pedali.
Apparently a small and high-mountain form of the Californian species ;
in flower only.

207. Ligusticum (Cynapium) apiifolium, Gray, 1. c. p. 347.

208. Angelica genuflexa Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1, p. 620,
ex. char. With immature fruit.

209. Ferula (Leptot^enia) dissecta Gray, 1. c. In fruit.

0. Peucedanum macrocarpum Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, 1. c. Two
or three specimens of the true plant, with ripe fruit, 8 lines long and
less than 3 lines wide, including the wing, which on each side is about
the width of the disk. — 210. Var. ? eurycarpum : fructus lato-elliptici
alis tenuibus utrinque disco latioribus. Specimens with mature fruit
only, in some 8 lines long and with the wing fully 2 lines wide on each
side ; probably a state of this species, certainly so, if Torrey's var.
platypterum is, but that remains very doubtful ; in other specimens
half an inch long, and the wing a line and a half wide : this approaches
P. millefolium S. Watson.

211. Peucedanum nudicaule Nutt. 1. c. Smyrnium nudicaule
Pursh ?

212. Peucedanum utriculatum Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, 1. c.

213. Peucedanum triternatum Nutt. 1. c. Seseli triternatum
Pursh ; Hook. 1. c. t. 94.

VOL. VIII. 49

386 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

214. Peucedandji leiocarpum Nutt. 1. c. Seseli leiocarpum
Hook. 1. c. t. 93.

215. Sium lineare Michx. ; Gray Man. ed. 5, p. 196.

216. Osmorrhiza nuda Toit. Bot. Whippl. This does not seem
to pass into 0. brevistylis, with which it has been perhaps unavoidably
confounded.

217. Glycosma ambiguum, n. sp. Distinguished from G. Bolan-
deri by greater smoothness, more acute and incised leaflets, longer
pedicels, and especially by the shorter fruit (6 or at most 7 lines long),
which is decidedly contracted at the commissure, and the ribs towards
the base more or less setose, — characters which, with the habit, ally
this plant to Osmorrhiza much more than to Myrrhis. While Bentham
and Hooker referred Nuttall's Glycosma to Myrrhis, they neglected
to extend the character so as to include it. It is now clear to me that
the genus should be kept distinct both from Myrrhis and Osmorrhiza,
although between the two. The cardinal characteristic of Osmorrhiza
is the caudate attenuation of the base of the carpels. Glycosma has
none of this, but the base is abrupt and obtuse. From Myrrhis it dif-
fers in habit, geographical distribution, absence of involucels, and strik-
ingly in the merely costate (not enlarged and wing-like) juga. As to
the breadth of the commissure or contraction of the sides of the fruit,
while the original species is much like Myrrhis in this respect, the pre-
sent one is more like Osmorrhiza.*

* Glycosma Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1, p. 639. Myrrhis Sp Glycosma Gray,
Proceed. Acad. 7, p. 346.

* Fructus laevis, basi obtusissimus, commissura lata.

G. occidentale, Nutt. 1. c. Pruinoso-puberula ; foliolis oblongo-lanceolatis
oblongisve serratis rare- incisis ; urnbellas fructiferae radiis suberectis, pedicellis flores
sterilia pi. m. superantibus ; fructus jugis acutis. Myrrhis occidentalis Gray Proc.
Acad. 1. c.

G. Bolanderi, subpubescens ; foliolis ovatis magis incisis ; umbella; fructiferae
radiis patentibus, pedicellis floribus sterilibus brevioribus ; fructus jugis obtusis.
Myrrhis Bolanderi, Gray, 1. c.

* * Fructus breviusculus, basi acutiusculus ad comraissuram parum constrictus,
costis inferne pi. m. setulosis (nunc denudatis).

G. ambiguum, n. sp. Elatum, glabrum ; petiolis costisque subtus pilosiusculis ;
foliolis ovato-oblongis acutis dentato-incisis sajpiusque 2 - 3-fidis tenuiter membrana-
ceis; umbellae fructiferae radiis patentibus; pedicellis flores sterilia aequantibus ;
fructu(6-7 lin. longi) lineari-oblongo utrinque acutiusculo. — Foot of Cascade
Mountains, Oregon.

I may here append the characters of a new species of Musenium, viz. : —

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 13, 1872. 387

218. Echinopanax horrida Decaisne. {Panax horridus Smith.)
Fatsia § Tetrapanax (Koch) Benth. & Hook. f. In fruit.

219. Cornus Nuttallii Audubon, Birds of N. Amer. t. 367.

220. Cornus Suecica L. (with a little C Canadensis).

221. Cornus sericea var. ? occidentals Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1,
p. 652. Probably C. Drummondii C. A. Meyer, and distinct from
any Eastern species.

222. Linn^ea borealis Gronovius.

223. Symphoricarpus racemosus Michx., var. pauciflorus
Robbins in Gray Man. ed. 5, p. 203.

224. Lonicera ciliosa Poir. ; Torr. & Gray, Fl. 2, p. 5. Capri-
folium ciliosum Pursh.

225. Lonicera hispidula Dougl. ; Torr. & Gray, 1. c. Caprifo-
liiim hispididum Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1761.

226. Lonicera Californica Torr. & Gray, 1. c. ; a variety with
glabrous peduncle, ovaries, &c.

227. Lonicera (Xylosteon) involucrata Banks ; Lindl. Bot.
Reg. t. 1179.

228. Viburnum ellipticum Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1, p. 280.

229. Sambucus pubens Michx., var. In fruit.

230. Sambucus glauca Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. 2, p. 13.

231. Galium Aparine L., var. minor, and 232. G. trifidum L.
233. Galium triflorum Michx., var. Peculiar Western forms.

Musenittm Greenei, n. sp. Acaule ; foliis omnibus e caudice apice squamoso-
fere sinipliciter pinnatis angustis ; foliolis 7-9 secus rhachin apice tantum margi-
natam sessilibus ambitu subovatis pinnatifido-5 - 7-lobatis pauci-dentatisque, denti-
bus lobisque argutis ; scapis ultra spithamseis omnino nudis simplicissimus ;
umbella brevi-radiata ; invollucellis e bracteis 3-4 subulatis flores " flavos " sub-
sessiles subasquantibus ; fructu oblongo obtusissimo truncato laevi calycis dentibus
ovato-subulatis submarcescentibus coronato, jugis prominulis angustissimis, vittis
interjugalibus l-2magnis, sub jugis ipsis solitariis parvis. — Colorado, in the
lower mountains above Golden City, in shady places, (June 24, with well-formed
fruit), Rev. Edward L. Greene. The discoverer of this plant has botanized so
earnestly in this region, and has sent me so many beautiful and interesting speci-
mens, that I hasten to pay a well-deserved acknowledgment by affixing his name to
the first actually new species which I have received from him. The root and
fruits are strong-scented, in the manner of the genus, and the whole plant, as
usual, is glabrous. The fruit (about 2 lines long) is peculiar in not being at all
contracted at the apex, and its ribs are very thin. The absence of all roughness
does not prevent me from referring the plant to Musenium, for the true M. divanca-
tum (of which there is an excellent figure by Sprague in the 12th volume of the
Pacific Railroad Surveys, Stevens's Expedition) is also quite smooth.

388 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

234. Galium bore ale L. : the form with a glabrous ovary.

235. Galium Littellii Oakes. Caule ltevi subsimplici vix ultra-
pedali erecto ; foliis quaternis ovali-ovatis quandoque ovato-lanceolatis
acutiusculis trinervibus ciliatis casterum saspius glabris ; cymulis pluri-
floris longius pedunculitis paniculatis ; pedicellis omnibus longiusculis,
fructiferis divaricatis ; corolla? flavidce glabra? segmentis ovatis obtusis ;
fructu setis uncinatis crebris setoso. G. circcezans var. montanum
Torr. & Gray, Fl. 2, p. 24. Appears identical with the White Moun-
tain plant, of which few and imperfect specimens were extant, and
it would seem truly distinct from G. circcezans.

236. Plectritis congesta DC. Prodr. 4, p. 461.

237. Adenocaulon bicolor Hook. Bot. Misc. 1, p. 19, t. 15.

238. Machjsranthera canescens Gray, PI. Wright ; a narrow-
leaved variety, which includes Dieteria divaricata Nutt.

239. Sericocarpus rigidus Lindl., in Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 2, p. 14.

240. Sericocarpus Oregonensis Nutt. ; Torr. & Gray, Fl. 2,
p. 103. Probably only a larger form of the preceding.

241. Aster (Calliastrum) radulinus, n. sp. This plant, which
grows also in California (and is probably A. Radula Less, in Linnoea,
which Nees has referred to his A. Ghilensis = A. Durandi Nutt.), is
difficult to distinguish from A. conspicuus Lindl., except by the much
diminished size of all the parts and the turbinate involucre. Mr.
Hall's specimens vary from 5 to 15 inches in height, and the involucre
is barely 4 lines long. The rays appear to be white. On the other
hand it approaches A. montanus of Richardson ; but the involucre is tur-
binate, its scales more imbricate and appressed, the leaves rougher, &c.

242. Aster (Orthomeris) Engelmannii Gray, var. ledophtlla.
Minor, pedalis ; foliis obtusis subtus pube molli derasibili cinereis vix
sesquipollicaribus ; involucri squamis sensim acuminatis. A remark-
able variety, which one of the plants of Lyall's collection serves some-
what to connect with the Rocky Mountain form ; but the small size of
the leaves (which are very numerous) and the slender-tipped purple
involucral scales are peculiar. The specimens are scanty. They were
collected high up in Cascade Mountains.

243. Aster Hallii, n. sp. This is apparently a distinct and un-
published species, of the Dumosi group, but requires study.

244. Aster Douglasii Lindl. : in various forms. 245. Per-
haps a variety of the last, but with lax and more foliaceous involucral
scales.

OP ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 13, 1872. 389

246. Aster (Oritrophium) Sayi Nutt. herb. Near A. perigrinus,
Sibiricus, and scdsuginosus.

247. Aster salsuginosus Richardson. An alpine form, scantily
collected with the next.

248. Aster (Xylorhiza) alpigexus. Aplopappus ? alpigenus
Torr. & Gray, Fl. 2, p. 241. It appears from these copious and beau-
tiful specimens that the rays are violet-colored. The species is nearly
allied to A. Andersonii Gray; and, with A. pulchelhis of Eaton (just
published in the Botany of King's Exploration), we have now three
subscapigerous species of this group.

249. Erigeron Bellidiastrum Nutt. 1. c. Not before reported
from Oregon.

250. Erigeron glaucum Ker. Bot. Reg. 1. 10 ; Torr. & Gray, 1. c.

251. Erigeron speciosuii DC. Stenactis speciosa Lindl. Bot.
Reg. t. 1577.

252. Erigeron strigosum Muhl. ; Torr. & Gray, 1. c.

253. Erigeron filifolium Nutt. ; Torr. & Gray, 1. c.

254. Erigeron decumbens Nutt. ; Torr. & Gray, 1. c. A slender
form.

255. Linostris viscldiflora Hook. ; Torr. & Gray, Fl. 2, p. 234.

256. Aplopappus lanceolatus Torr. & Gray, 1. c. (at least it
is Homopappus midtijlorus Nutt.), var. stricta. Resembles Pyroco-
ma racemosa and panicidata, Torr. & Gray ; but achenia densely
silky-canescent and shorter. Stem slender, strict, leafy, bearing 3 to
10 rather distinct spicate heads.

257. Aplopappus Hallii, n. sp. Puberulo-scaber, multicaulis;
caulibus (spithamaeis et ultra ad apicem usque foliosis ; foliis lanceo-
latis integerrimis apiculato-acuminatis rigidis, costa prominula ; capi-
tulis racemosis primum resinosis ; involucro obconico vix semipollicari,
squamis pluriseriali-imbricatis appressis lanceolatis acutis subglabris ;
ligulis 7 - 10-disco 10 - 12-floro vix longioribus ; acheniis pubescenti-
bus. — Specimens mostly too little developed : a species apparently
quite new, connecting Ericameria with Aplopappus proper. Bluffs
of Columbia River at the Dalles.

258. Solidago Virgaurea L. var. humilis, connecting with the
var. alpina.

259. Solidago elongata Nutt., var. 0. Torr. & Gray, Fl. 2,
p. 223. Evidently a low plant.

260. Solidago gigantea Ait. Quite like the Eastern plant.

390 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

261. Solidago occidentalis Nutt. ; in two forms.

262. Chrysopsis villosa Nutt. Forms passing into C. hispida.

263. Chrysopsis (Ammodia Nutt.) Oregana Gray, Proc. Acad.
7, p. 543.

264. Grindelia hirsuttjla Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beech, p. 147.

265. Grindelia integrifolia DC. ; Torr. & Gray, 1. c.

266. Grindelia humilis Hook. & Arn. 1. c. ; a variety with more
leafy and pubescent stem.

267. Grindelia discoidea Nutt. 268. A more slender form.

269. Baccharis pilularis DC. Prodr. 5, p. 407. Found for the
first time in Oregon.

270. Psilocarphus Oreganus Nutt. " A common weed." 271.
A remarkably large and luxuriant form. Probably all but P. tenettus
are of one species.

272. Micropus Californicds Fisch. & Meyer ; Torr. & Gray,
Fl. 2, p. 265.

273. Fransenia bipinnatifida Nutt. 274. F. Hookeriana
Nutt. ; Torr. &' Gray, 1. c.

275. Wyethia robusta Nutt. ; Torr. & Gray, 1. c.

276. Balsamorhiza deltoidea Nutt.; Torr. & Gray, 1. c.

277. Rudbeckia occidentalis Nutt. ; Torr. & Gray, 1. c.

278. Bidens cernua L., var. elata, Torr. & Gray ; a low form
of it.

279. Gaillardia aristata Pursh ; Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1186.*

280. Bahia lanata Nutt. ; a slender form.

281. Lasthemia glaberrima DC. Prodr. 5, p. 664. Seldom
collected, not previously in Oregon.

282. Helenium autumnale L., var. grandiflorum Torr. &
Gray, 1. c.

283. Blepharipappus scaber Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1, p. 316.

* Ch^enactis brachypappa, n. sp. Corymboso-ramosa, tenuiter cinereo-pubes-
cens, glabrescens ; foliis longius petiolatis bipinnatipartitis, segmentis linearibus
obtusis ; pedunculis brevibus ; involucri squamis linearibus obtusis disco subdimi-
dio brevioribus ; corollis albis, marginalibus ampliatis ; antheris semi-exsertis ;
pappo simplici e paleis 4-5 quadratis subcuneatisve truncatis consimilibus
corolla; tubo dimidio brevioribus (nunc fl. disci uno quandoque satis elatiore).
In habit, size, &c, resembles C. stevioides ; but leaves more compound and their
segments divaricate, corolla apparently pure white and only 2^- lines long, and
pappus remarkably short and truncate. — Discovered by Miss Searls in the Pahra-
nagat Mountains, Nevada.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: FEBRUARY 13, 1872. 391

284. Madia (Madaria DC.) elegans Don; chiefly the form
which is M. racemosa Nutt., and a depauperate slender state of it.

285. Madia (Amida Nutt.) glomerata Hook. 1. c. Includes
Amida gracilis and A. hirsuta Nutt.

286. Madia (Anisocarpus) Nuttallii, Anisocarpus madioides
Nutt. 1. c*

287. Madia racemosa Torr. & Gray, Fl. 2, p. 405. Madorella
racemosa Nutt.

288. Madia (Harp^ecarpus) filipes. Harpcecarpus madarioides
Nutt. This and the related M. exigua (Sclerocarpus exiguus Smith)
form a marked section of the genus as now extended.

289. Lagophylla ramosissima Nutt. ; Torr. & Gray, Fl. 2,
p. 402.

290. Achillea Millefolium L., a dwarf variety of high moun-
tains. A. tomentosa Pursh.

0. Cotula australis Hook, f, Fl. N. Zeal. 1, p. 128. Strongylo-
sperma DC. A few specimens, probably adventive ; but the species is
spreading widely over Pacific coasts.

291. Artemisia dracunculoides Pursh ; Torr. & Gray, Fl. 2,
p. 416.

292. Artemisia Canadensis Michx. ; Torr. & Gray, 1. c.

293. Artemisia Ludoviciana Nutt., var. latifolia Torr. &
Gray. 294. Var. Douglasiana Eaton in Watson, Bot. King (A.
Douglasiana Besser), and another form near it.

295. Artemisia discolor Dougl. in Hook, 1. c. Only the tops of
the plant, and of doubtful determination.

296. Gnaphalium (Gamoceleta) purpureum L.

297. Gnaphalium palustre Nutt. 1. c. G. gossypinam Nutt. is
the same plant.

298. Gnaphalium luteo-album L. G. Sprengelii Hook. &
Arn. Bot. Beech.

299. Gnaphalium microcephalum Nutt. 1. c. A slender form.

300. Gnaphalium leucocephalum Gray, PI. Wright, 2, p. 99.
This and the last are new to Oregon.

* Madia Bolaxderi (as Anisocarpus Bolanderi, Gray, must be called in the
re-arrangement of theMadioid genera) is surpassed in size of heads and rays by an
allied Californian species having fertile disk-flowers, M. radiata Kellogg in Proc.
Calif. Acad. 4, p. 190, Jan. 1872.

392 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

301. Antennaria margaritacea P. Br. ; an unusually small
form of this species.

302. Antennaria dioica Gaertn. ; and 303. A. alpina Gaartn. :
female plants of both.

304. Senecio subnudus DC. ; Ton*. & Gray, Fl. 2, p. 444.

305. Senecio fastigiatus Nutt. ; Torr. & Gray, 1. c. A pretty
rare species.

306. Senecio exaltatus Nutt. Probably a mere variety of S.
lugens, to which it has been referred.

307. Senecio triangularis Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1. 115 ; a variety
with smaller leaves and heads than the original, and with many of the
upper leaves tapering to the base : wherefore it was thought to be the
little-known S. serra Hook, 1. c; but that, according to Professor Oliver,
has still smaller heads, and leaves gradually narrowed to the base.

308. Arnica latifolia Bongard. A. Menziesii Hook. Fl. Bor.-
Am. 1, t. 111. In various, mostly small, forms.

309. Arnica amplexicaulis Nutt. ; Torr. & Gray, 1. c. Some
of the specimens tall and remarkably leafy.

310. Cirsium edule Nutt. 311. C. remotifolium DC.; Torr.
& Gray, 1. c. ; not well named.

312. Cirsium undulatum Nutt. : Torr. & Gray, 1. c.

313. Calais laciniata Gray, in Bot. Whippl. p. 57. Scorzonella
Nutt. ; Torr. & Gray, Fl. 2, p. 470.

314. Apargidium boreale Torr. & Gray, Fl. 2, p. 474.

315. Macrorhtnchus heterophyllus Nutt. ; Torr. & Gray,
1. c. Small and pubescent form, with outer achenia inclined to have
undulated wings, as in Nuttall's description. 316. A small, less pubes-
cent form. 317. Larger form ; achenia merely ribbed.

318. Macrorhtnchus Lessingii Hook. & Arn. A" small form:
root obviously not annual.

319. Macrorhtncus laciniatus Torr. & Gray, 1. c. ; a slender
form, with finely cut leaves. 320. A larger form, answering to var.
longifolius Toit. & Gray, 1. c.

321. Macrorhtncus elatus Torr. & Gray, 1. c. : form with
broad merely pinnatifid-incised leaves.

322. Stephanomeria paniculata Nutt. ; Torr. & Gray, 1. c.

323. Hieracium Scouleri Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1, p. 298.

324. Hieracium triste Willd. H. gracile Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am.
1. c-

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 13, 1872. 393

325. Hieracium albiflorum Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 2, p. 297.

326. HlERACIUM UMBELLATUM L. ; Hook. 1. C.

327. Malacothrix crepoides Gray, in Pacif. R. R. Expl. 12,
p. 49.

328. Mulgedium pulchellum Nutt. ; Ton*. & Gray, Fl. 2,
p. 497.

329. Mulgedium leucoph^ecm DC. ; Torr. & Gray, 1. c.

330. Downtngia elegans Torr. (Clintonia elegans Lindl.) Var.
COrymbosa. CUntonia corymbosa DC. Prodr. 7, p. 347.

331. Heterocodon rariflorum Nutt. in Trans. Amer. Phil.
Soc. 8, p. 255.

332. Specularia perfoliata A. DC. Dysmicodon Nutt. 1. c.

333. Githopsis specularioides Nutt. 1. c, mixed with 334. Var.

HIRSUTA, Nutt.

335. Campanula Scouleri Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 2, p. 28, t. 125.

336. Vaccinium ovatum Pursh ; Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1354. In fruit.

337. Vaccinium myrtilloides Hook. 1. c. (var. macrophyl-
lum), not of Michx.

338. Vaccinium parvifolium Smith ; Hook. 1. c. 1. 128. In fruit.

339. Vaccinium uliginosum L. In fruit.

340. Vaccinium cjespitosum Michx., var. angustifolium. V.
cuneifolium Nutt. herh. A fine stock of specimens, in fruit, of a Vac-
cinium apparently common in the region, which at first sight seems
distinct enough from V. ccespitosnm, by its taller and bushy stems and
narrower (in these specimens oblanceolate) leaves ; but the two are
connected by intermediate forms. I should take it to be V. salicinum
of Charaisso, except that he describes the leaves of the Unalaschka
plant as quite entire.

341. Arbutus Menziesii Pursh, Hook. 1. c. In fruit.

342. Arctostaphylos -tomentosa Dough; Hook. 1. c. p. 130.
In fruit.

343. Arctostaphylos pungens HBK. ; Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 3027.

344. Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi Spreng., var. The large West-
ern form, with mature fruit.

345. Gaultheria Shallon Pursh, Fl. 1, p. 284, t. 12.

346. Gaultheria Myrsinites Hook. 1. c. t. 129. Mostly a large
form, in fruit.

347. Menziesia ferruginea Smith, Ic. t. 56 ; a variety of M.
globularis Salisb.

VOL. VIII. 50

394 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

348. Ledum glandulosum Nutt. in Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 1. c.
In fruit.

349. Rhododendron Californicum Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 4863.
Flower and fruit.

350. Rhododendron albiflorum Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 2, p. 43,
t. 133.

351. Pyrola minor L. ; Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 2, p. 45.

352. Pyrola bracteata Hook. 1. c. Specimens so well marked
that one would think the species a very good one.

353. Pyrola picta Smith ; Hook. 1. c. In fruit.

354. Pyrola chlorantha Swartz ? With ripe fruit only ; a
remarkable form, if of this species, with small oval leaves.

355. Chimaphila umbellata Pursh ; Hook, 1. c.

356. Chimaphila Menziesii Hook. 1. c. t. 138.

357. Pleuricospora fimbriolata Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 7,
p. 368. A few specimens of this most interesting plant, gathered in
deep woods, June 30, just coming into blossom. Plant said to have
the taste of Polygala Senega. The short spike is at first nodding.

0. Allotropa virgata Torr. & Gray, 1. c. A single specimen
of this rare plant only collected.

358. Dodecatheon Meadia L. var. ; one of the small Western
forms.

359. Trientalis Europ^ea L., var. latifolia, T. latifolia Hook.
1. c. 360. Var. arctic A, T. arctica Fischer.

361. Centunculus minimus L. var. G lanceolatus Michx. Not
seen before west of the Rocky Mountains.

362. Plantago Patagonica, Jacq. var. gnaphalioides Gray,
Man. ed. 5.

363. Utricularia vulgaris L.

364. Phelip^ea pinetorum Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 7, p. 371.
Orobanche pinetorum Geyer.

365. Collinsia grandiflora Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1107; Hook.
1. c. 366. Var. nana : spithamaea, ramosior, floribunda. (Of G. par-
vijlora Dougl. only two or three specimens were collected.)

367. Tonella collinsioides Nutt. in DC. Prodr. 10, p. 593
(sub Gollinsla tenella) ; Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 7, p. 378.

368. Pentstemon Menziesii Hook., var. Lewisii ; very dwarf
form in flower. 369. Larger form, in fruit.

370. Pentstemon triphyllus Dougl. ; Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1245.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 13, 1872. 395

371. Pentstemon Richardsonii Dougl. Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1121.

372. Pentstemon diffusus Dougl. ; Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1132 *

373. SCROPHULARIA NODOSA L.

374. Mimultjs luteds L. ; the large form. 375. Small-flowered
form of the same.

376. Mimulus moschatus Dougl.; Lindl. Bot. Reg t. 1118.

377. Mimulus floribundus Dougl. ; Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1125.

378. Mimulus alsinoides Dougl. ; Benth. in DC. Prodr. 10, p.
373. A well-marked species, which I have not before received, mostly-
more luxuriant specimens than Douglas's plant appears to be, and
none of the peduncles " much longer than the leaves," most of them
barely equalling the leaf, but then the petiole is very slender.

379. Gratiola ebracteata Benth. in DC. Prodr. 10, p. 595.

* The three following species were in Miss Searls's collection made in the
Pahranagat Mountains, S. E. Nevada : —

Pentstemon Palmeri Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 7, p. 379. Prom the dried spe-
cimens and from the report of Mr. Watson this should be " an exceedingly hand-
some species," but in cultivation here thus far it is not quite so showy as might
have been expected : the flowers are elegant, but almost white.

Penstemon c^espitosus Nutt., var. ? incands : foliis brevioribus sursum
ssepius latioribus (obovato-spathulatis) cum sepalis ovato-oblongis pube creberrima
canescentibus ; pedunculis brevibus unifloris erectis. Very likely a distinct
species.

Pentstemon Eatoni, n. sp. Quoad folia et inflorescentia virgata P. barbato
simillimus, sed pedunculis pedicillisque brevioribus P. centranthifolii ; corolla (coc-
cinea raro alba) sensim ampliata imberbi labiis brevibus erectis parum ina?qualibus
P. imberbis modo, sed antherse loculis divergentibus, filamento sterili hinc barbu-
lato. — P. centranthifolius S.Watson, Bot. King, p. 219, non Benth. — Of this
species I received a flower several years ago, from some now forgotten source, and
referred it to P. imberbis: consequently I did the same upon receiving a specimen
collected in Arizona by Dr. E. Palmer. Mr. Watson, who, in company with Pro-
fessor Eaton, found it abundantly in Provo Canon, Wahsatch Mountains, referred
it to the Californian P. centranthifolius. But, besides other distinctions, it has the
characteristic anthers of the Elmigera group, to which it adds a third species.
The cells of the anther diverge widely, and are much larger than those of P. im-
berbis : their dehiscence stops well short of the apex. Upon this the character of
the section rests ; for in this species, as in the Mexican one just mentioned, the
lower lip of the corolla is not at all decurved, apparently not even patent. Speci-
mens have been distributed under the name of P. miniatus, Lindley's plant of that
name, in the last volume of the Botanical Register, having been overlooked. As
it is likely to be brought into the gardens, and perhaps to be as great a favorite as
its relatives, P. barbatus and the variety Torreyi, I take pleasure in having it bear
the name of Professor D. C. Eaton, one of its discoverers.

396 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

380. Ilysanthes gratioloides Benth. in DC. 1. c. Not before
found west of the Rocky Mountains.

381. Veronica Americana Scbweinitz, Benth. in DC. 1. c. 382.
Veronica scutellata L.

383. Veronica alpina L. Sparingly collected.

384. Veronica serptllifolia L. Apparently indigenous.

385. Synth yris reniformis Benth. 1. c. Wulfenia reniformis
Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 2, t. 171. Fine specimens, both in flower and
fruit, of this rare plant.

386. Orthocarpds pusillus Benth. in DC. Prodr. p. 535. Col-
lected in Oregon also by Nuttall and in Wilkes's Expedition.

387. Orthocarpus bracteosus Benth. 1. c. Corolla bright
purple.

388. Orthocarpus hispidus Benth. 1. c. Large form, and slen-
der specimens, the latter, I fear, not distinct from 0. attenuatus Gray.

389. Castilleia parviflora Bongard, the G. hispida Benth.

390. Castilleia pallida Kunth, var. miniata Gray in Sill.
Jour. Two forms.

391. Pedicularis racemosa Dougl. in Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 2,
p. 108.

392. Pedicularis Gr<enlandica Retz., var. surrecta. P.sur-
recta Benth.

393. Verbena bracteosa Michx.

394. Mentha Canadensis L. : both forms.

395. Lycopus Virginicus L., with some specimens of the var.
macrophyllus (L. macrophyllus Benth.), or nearly it, as well as of
the depauperate form, L. uniflorus Michx.

396. Lycopus sinuatus Ell. L. Europceus var. sinuatMs Gray,
Man., but a good species.

397. Micromeria Douglasii Benth. : Hook. 1. c.

398. Scutellaria antirrhinoides Benth. 1. c. The only genu-
ine specimens I have seen. Distinguished from the broader-leaved
forms of S. angustifolia by its smaller and especially shorter corolla,
its tube enlarging gradually immediately above the calyx. Bentham
indeed says that the flowers are just those of that species ; but the
difference here indicated probably holds good. It is still more marked
in a var. Californica, a more erect, rigid, and commonly larger
form, with coTolla (seemingly yellowish instead of blue) decidedly ven-
tricose from a broader tube. This has been collected by Fremont,

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: FEBRUARY 13, 1872. 397

Bigelow, Bolander, Rattan, Bridges, and Torrey ; and Hartweg's no.
1918, referred by Bentham to S. angustifolia, is a narrow-leaved form
of it.

399. Scutellaria lateriflora L.

400. Stachts ciliata Dougl. ; Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 2, p. 116.

401. Stachys palustris L. ; Hook. 1. c.

402. Trichostema oblongum Bentk., and 403. T. lanceola-
tum Bentk. 1. c.

404. Amsinckia ltcopsoides Lekm. ; DC. Prodr. 10, p. 117.

405. Mertensia paniculata Don ; Gray in Silk Jour. 34, p. 340.
Ckiefly in fruit.

406. Eritrichium plebeium A. DC. Prodr. 10, p. 133.

407. Eritrichium Californicum A. DC. 1. c. Doubtless passes
into tke next, wkick kas tke oldest name.

408. Eritrichium Chorisianum A. DC. 1. c. Has more distinct
pedicels and larger corolla than tke last.

409. Eritrichium fulvum A. DC. Myosotis (Dasymorpha) tenel-
la Nutt. ; Hook. PI. Geyer.

410. Eritrichium muriculatum A. DC. 1. c. Myosotis muricata
Hook. & Am.

411. Plagiobothrys canescens Bentk. PI. Hartw. p. 326.

412. Nemophila parviflora Bentk.; Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 2,
p. 79. — A few specimens were gatkered of Hydrophyllum macrophyl-
lum var. occidentale S. Watson in Bot. King, p. 248, along with a form
tkat seemingly passes into H. Virginicum.

413. Romanzovia Sitchensis Bongard, Veg. Sitcka, t. 4.

414. Phlox Douglasii Hook., nearly var. diffusa Gray Proc.
Am. Acad. 7, p. 254, i. e. P. diffusa Bentk. PI. Hartw. p. 325, whick
synonyme was inadvertently omitted in tke monograpk above referred to.

415. Collomia grandiflora Dougl. in Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1174.

416. Collomia linearis Nutt.; Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1166. In
fruit.

417. Collomia gracilis Dougl. Gilia gracilis Hook. Bot. Mag.
t. 2924.

418. Collomia heterophtlla Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 2895, Gray, I.e.

419. Gilia (Leptosiphon) tenella Bentk. PI. Hartw. 1. c. ;
Gray, 1. c.

420. Gilia (Navarretia) squarrosa Hook. & Am. Bot.
Beeckey, p. 151.

398 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

421. Gilia (Navarretia) intertexta Steud. ; Gray, 1. c.

422. Gilia capitata Dougl. ; Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 2698.

423. Nicotiana multivalvis Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1057.

424. Erythr^ea Nuttallii S. Watson, Bot. King, Expl. p. 277,
t. 29. I presume that this is also Cicendia exaltata Griseb. in Hook.
Fl. Bor.-Am. 2, p. 69, t. 157, and that the characters "stylo nullo"
and " stigmate vix distinguendo " were based in some way upon the
imperfection of the specimen, — the style perhaps broken off. The
anthers are linear-oblong, and as much twisted when dry as in several
other species of Erythrcea. The stigma is actually that of Grisebach's
section Euerythrcea, in these specimens much more divided than in
Watson's figure. 425. Var. tenella. A smaller form, one to three
inches high.

426. Gentiana affinis Griseb. in Hook. 1. c. p. 56.

427. Apoctnum andros^emifolium L. : the Western form.

428. Asclepias speciosa Torr. Ann. Lye. N. Y. A. Douglasii
Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 2, p. 33, t. 142.

429. Asclepias fascicularis Decaisne in DC. Prodr. 8, p. 569.

430. Fraxinus Oregana Nutt. Sylv. 3, p. 59, t. 99.

431. Asarum caudatum Lindl. Bot. Reg. sub 1. 1399. A. Hookeri
Fielding & Gardn. Sert. t. 32.

432. Atriplex littoralis L. : narrow-leaved variety, in few
specimens.

433. Atriplex (Obione) truncata. Obione truncata Torr. in
Watson, Bot. King, Expl. p. 291. Two or three specimens of the
typical plant : those distributed are — Var. stricta : foliis hastato-
lanceolatis nunquam cordatis, inferioribus basi cuneatis ; inflorescentia
virgata minus foliata. A. patula var. foliis magis argento-furfuraceis
Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 2, p. 128, ex char. The fruit (indurated theca),
as in the Nevadan specimens, is 3 - 4-toothed at the truncate summit,
the teeth variable, middle one rarely a little produced, and some tuber-
cles occasionally developed on the disk.

434. Amarantds retroflexus L. var. A. occidentalis Nutt.
herb. ; a depauperate and smooth form.

435. Eriogonum compositum Dougl. in Benth. Eriog. t. 17;
Gray, Rev. Eriog. in Proc. Am. Acad. 8, p. 159. In fruit.

436. Eriogonum umbellatum Torr. ; Gray, 1. c.

437. Eriogonum nudum Dougl. in Benth. 1. c. ; Gray, 1. c. p. 167.
The type of the species.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 13, 1872. 399

438. Eriogondm elatum Dougl. in Benth. Eriog. 1. c. ; Gray,
Rev. Eriog. 1. c. p. 168.

439. EriOgonum dichotomum Dougl. 1. c. ; Gray, 1. c. p. 175.

440. Eriogonum vimineum Dougl. 1. c. : Gray, 1. c. p. 177.

441. Rumex salicifolius Wirrim. ; Hook. 1. c.^

442. Rumex Acetosa L. ; Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 2, p. 129 ; spar-
ingly collected.

443. Polygonum nodosum Pers. ; Meisn. in DC. 1. c.

444. Polygonum amphibium L., var. terrestre Willd.

445. Polygonum Bistorta L. ; Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1. c.

446. Polygonum Davisle Brewer, n. sp- (Fl. Calif, ined.) A
remarkable species, with a low, branching, commonly zigzag, very

* Rumex Britannica L. I think I have been able to determine the Rumex
to which Linnaeus gave this unfortunate name. The source of the name is to
be found by following up his reference to "Mat. Med. 17," i. e. Materia Medica,
paragraph 177 (not 17), where, under reference to Fl. Suec. 292, "Europae nos-
tra? paludes," is added " Pliarm. Herbce Britannicce radix." The North American
plant to which he applied this name was one in his herbarium sent to him by
Gronovius from Clayton's herbarium of the Flora Virginica. The fruit of it is
not well developed, but the slender pedicels and the foliage show that it is the R.
orbiculatus of the later edition of my Manual. But the specimen retained in Clay-
ton's herbarium to represent the species, and the only Rumex in that herbarium,
is quite different, has some long-awned teeth to the valves, and is, as I believe,
R. obtusifolius. The difference in the plants accounts for the remark of Linnaeus :
" Plantam Gron. in Fl. Virginica habui a CI. Authore, quae non rubra erat caule
aut costis." For Clayton's character, as printed by Gronovius in the first edition
of Flora Virginica, was : — " Lapathum foliis longis latis vix acuminatis, costis
caulibusque rubentibus, radice intus crocea." That probably relates to the plant
retained by Gronovius. And the specimen sent was perhaps Clayton's other spe-
cies, viz., — " Lapathum aquaticum foliis longis," &c., which Linnaeus referred to
R. vertieillatus. As to the R. Britannica of Michaux, Pursh, and even Meisner, it
is uncertain whether they had in view the plant called by me in the Manual by that
name, but named by Professor Wood R. altissimus, or that which Wood and prob-
ably Pursh took for R. Britannica, and I named R. orbiculatus. The latter proves
to be the Linnaean species, and must claim the name, unless that be regarded as a
nomenfalsurn, in which case we must take up that of R. Claytoni Campdera, who
may be presumed to have meant the Linnaean plant, although there is nothing in
his character to certify it. A considerable difficulty in identifying the Linnaean
species by the description grew out of the comparison in the species Plantarum
with R. vertieillatus, with which when in fruit it has little in common, except the
slender pedicels. It should also be noticed that there is a transposition in the
naming of the specimens in the Linnaean Herbarium, which, however, has been
corrected by Smith.

400 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

leafy stem, in these specimens more pubescent than in those from Cali-
fornia, and' the flowers more numerous and spicate. It was thought
to be of the Avicularia section, but the present specimens refer it
rather to the section Aconogonon, along with P. alpinum or polymor-
phum. Professor Brewer describes the root as annual, which I should
hardly suppose ; the leaves are mostly sessile, ovate, 1 to 2 or even 3
inches long ; ochrese chestnut -colored, obliquely truncate. Perianth
barely a line long, tapering to a very acute or almost stipitate base :
achenium smooth, with broad faces, twice the length of the perianth.
In California it belongs to the Sierra Nevada : it was collected by
Professor Brewer himself, Professor Torrey, and by Miss N. J. Davis,
to whom it is appropriately dedicated.*

* Professor Brewer arranges the Californiau Polygona of the Avicularia section
into : —

1. Annuals, with stems not at all striate: P coarctatum Dougl. and P. Califor-
nicum Meisner.

2. Annuals, with stems striate, at least towards the base : P. tenuis Michx., P.
ramosissimum Michx., and P. aviculare L.

3. Perennials, with stems woody at base, and branches slender ; bark chestnut-
brown : P. Paronychia Cham. & Schlecht., and the two following new species.

" P. Shastense, Brewer. Woody ; branches prostrate ; leaves lanceolate, plane
or at least not revolute, either blunt or acute : sheaths inconspicuous, scarious and
much torn : flowers in a very loose leafy spike, 1 - 3 in an axil, 2-3 lines long,
on pedicels nearly or quite as long : styles \ the length of the ovary or less. The
base of the crabbed stem is of very hard dark wood, sometimes half an inch in
diameter. Branches prostrate, crooked, rough with old leaf-scars, 4-8 inches long
and a line or less in diameter, leafless except for the inch or two near the end. Joints
usually but 1 or 2 lines long. The silvery sheaths are very inconspicuous. Flowers
conspicuous, white, bright rose, or red. Perianth tapering to a very acute or almost
stipitate base which is sometimes corrugated ; the segments broadly obovate or
orbicular, sometimes emarginate, veined, usually deepest colored along the middle.
The 2 or 3 outer segments are channelled, making the flower triangular. Sierra
Nevada in exposed places, on dry ashy soil, Mt. Shasta to Carson Pass, Torrey,
Brewer.

" P. Bolanderi, Brewer. Woody ; branches erect and slender, with numerous
lateral flowering spikes above : leaves minute, cuspidate-mucronate; sheaths nerve-
less, scarious and much torn: flowers commonly solitary in the axils, l£ lines
long, on pedicels \ as long, rather acute at the base, the segments elliptical and 1-
nerved ; styles | as long as ovary or less. — The gnarled and crabbed base is
often an inch or more in diameter and of very hard wood, bearing broomlike
tufts of very slender woody branches. These are very numerous, erect, nearly
straight, 10-18 inches high, wiry or filiform, half a line in diameter, the joints
6-10 lines long, almost naked below, and bearing at nearly every upper node a

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 13, 1872. 401

447. Polygonum aviculare L. A native form of the species?

448. Polygonum ramosissimum Michx. ; a tall, yellowish form.

449. Polygonum tenue Michx., with a larger-flowered variety
peculiar to the western side of the continent, P. racemosum Nutt. herb.
450. A low form, with more crowded and showy blossoms. 451. A
somewhat similar form. 452. An undetermined, probably undescribed
species of this section.

453. Polygonum coarctatum Douc;!. in Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am.
2, p. 133.

454. Polygonum Convolvulus L. Apparently native.

455. Comandra ujibellata Nutt. Quite like the Eastern plant.

456. Phoradendron flavescens Nutt., var. villosum Engelm.
P. villosum Nutt. and P. tomentosum Engelm.

457. Arceuthobium abietinum Engelm. n. sp. ; male specimens.
458. Female specimens. On Abies grandis, Willamette Valley.

459. Callitriche marginata Torr. Bot. Whippl. p. 79.

460. Callitriche verna L.

461. Callitriche Bolanderi Hegelm., apparently. Stigmas
elongated.

46 la. Callitriche autumnalis L. With young fruit.

462. Eremocarpus setigerus Benth. Bot. Sulph. p. 53, t. 26.
Croton setigerus Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am.

463. Euphorbia glyptosperma Engelm. in Bot. Mex. Bound,
p. 187.

464. Euphorbia serpyllifolia Pers. : a narrow-leaved form,
with distinctly scrobiculate seeds. 465. A broader-leaved form, with
seeds obscurely scrobiculate.

466. Celtis reticulata Torr. ; Nutt. Syl. 1, t. 39. In fruit.

467. Castanopsis chrysophylla A. DC. Castanea chyrsophylla
Dougl. in Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 2, p. 159.

467a. Corylus rostrata Ait., var. Californica A. DC. Beak
of fruit much shorter than in the Eastern species.

468. Myrica Californica Cham. & Schlecht. ; Hook. Fl. Bor.-
Am. 2, p. 160.

flowering spikelet. Leaves 2-3 lines long, half a line wide, thickish, the point
bayonet-like, those of the flowering spikelets nearly concealed by the sheaths. The
spikelets are 6-10 lines long and very numerous, silvery or tawny, witli the con-
spicuous sheaths contrasting beautifully with the chestnut-colored bark of the
branches. — Very dry rocky hills east of Napa Valley, California, Brewer, Bolander."
VOL. VIII. 51

402 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

469. Betula pumila L. ; Regel in DC. Prodr. 16, p. 173.

470. Alnus rubra Bongard ; Regel. 1. c. p. 186.

471. Salix lanceolata Anders. Sal. Monogr. & in DC. Prodr.
16, p. 206, ex char. With mature fruit.

472. Salix longifolia Muhl. ; Anders. 1. c. var.

473. Salix Sitchensis Bongard ; Anders. 1. c. With ripe cat-
kins only an inch or two long.

(Salix chlorophylla var. pellita Anders, in DC. 1. c. p. 243.
One or two specimens collected, in fruit.)

474. Salix sessilifolia Nutt., var. villosa Anders, in DC. 1. c.
p. 215?

475. Pinus contorta Dougl. ; the narrow-leaved, true Douglasian
species. 475a. A mountain form with broader leaves.

476. Pinus ponderosa Dough, the original Douglasian form, ac-
cording to Dr. Engelmann, with ripe cones.

477. Pinus monticola Dougl. : foliage and old cones.

478. Pinus albicaulis Engelm. ; with male flowers only. Higher
elevations of Mount Hood.

479. Abies grandis Dough, forma lasiocarpa Hook. (A. bir
folia Murray,) from the upper part of Mount Hood.

480. Abies (Tsuga) pattoniana Jeffrey, Gordon. A. William-
sonii Newberry.

481. Abies (Tsuga) Douglasii Lindl. In fruit.

482. Abies (Tsuga) Mertensiana Lindl. In fruit.

483. Thuya gigantea Nutt. Sylv. 3, t. Ill ; Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am.
1, p. 165.

484. Juniperus commuris L. var., alpina Pari, in DC. Prodr.
16, p. 480.

485. Taxus brevifolia Nutt. Sylv. 3, p. 86, t. 108. The Coni-
ferce were mostly determined by Dr. Engelmann.

486. Potamogeton natans L. ; Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 2, p. 171.

487. Potamogeton Claytonii Tuckerman ; Robbins in Gray
Man. p. 485.

488. Potamogeton rufescens Schrader ; Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am.
p. 172. 488\ A large form?

489. Potamogeton perfoliatus L. ; Hook. 1. c 490. Var.
lanceolatus Robbins in Gray, Man. 1. c.

491. Potamogeton compressus L. P. zostercefolius Schuma-
cher, Hook. 1. c.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 13, 1872. 403

•

492. Potamogeton pusillus L. Dry fruit slightly keeled. 493.
Yar. ? with fruit roundedand even on the back, and with a subdorsal
nerve on each side.

494. Potamogeton pectinatus L. ; Hook. 1. c. In a pond at
the Dalles of the Columbia.

495. Potamogeton Robbinsii Oakes ; Robbins in Gray, Man.
p. 490. With flowers and some well-formed fruit ! The latter has
hardly been collected before.

496. 497. Lemna minor L. 498. L. polyrrhiza L.

499. Lysichiton Kamstchatense Schott. Arctiodracon Gray.
Symplocarpus Bongard. Three or four scapes and leaves of this rare
plant only collected.

500. Sparganium simplex Hudson ; Engelm. in Gray, Man.

501. Alisma Plantago L., var. Americanum Gray, Man. 1. c.

502. Sagittaria variabilis Engelm. in Gray, Man. 1. c. : large
form.

503. Anacharis Canadensis Planchon ; narrow-leaved form :
sterile.

504. Habenaria hyperborea R. Br. ; a slender form.

505. Habenaria dilatata Gray in Sill. Jour. p. 311, &c. With
bright white flowers.

506. Habenaria elegans. Platanthera elegans Lindl. Gen. &
Spec. Orch. p. 285.

507. Habenaria fcetida S. Watson, Bot. King Expl. p. 31. Pla-
tanthera foetida Geyer in Hook. Kew Jour. Bot. 7, p. 376.

508. Goodyera Menziesii Lindl. 1. c. Spiranthes decipiens
Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 2, t. 204.

509. Spiranthes Romanzoviana Chamisso ; Gray, Man. p. 504.

510. Listera cordata R. Br. A few specimens of the larger
western form.

511. CORALLORHIZA MULTIFLORA Nutt. ; Hook. 1. C.

512. Corallorhiza Mertensiana Bongard; Hook. 1. c. A well-
marked species, scantily collected, as well as the next.

512a. Corallorhiza striata Lindl. Gen. & Sp. Orch. p. 534.
C. Macrcei Gray, Man., is clearly the same.

513. Cypripedium passerinum Richardson ; Hook. 1. c. p. 205.

514. Iris tenax Dougl. in Bot. Reg. t. 1218.

515. Sisyrinchium tinctorium HBK. ; Klatt in Linnaea, 23,
p. 82. S. lineatum Torr. A yellow-flowered species.

404 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

516. Trillium ovatum Pursh, Fl. 1, p. 245. In fruit.

517. Trillium sessile L. var. ohloropetalum Torr. Bot.
"Whippl. p. 95. Mostly in fruit.

518. Scoliopus Bigelovii Torr. Bot. Whippl. p. 89, t. 22. Foot-
hills of the Cascades, along mossy banks of streams. Copious speci-
mens of this most rare plant were collected, but past flowering, i. e.
the perianth and hypogynous stamens fallen : one or two specimens
fortunately have ripe fruit. The thin-walled pericarp appears to open
irregularly, not by any of the six sutural lines, but as it were between
them, or near the three stronger and seminiferous sutures ; and it would
seem that the walls at length vanish, leaving the placenta? like a re-
plum, sometimes united at apex by the persistent style, which is much
more distinct and slender than in Dr. Torrey's figure, more so indeed
than in Dr. Bigelow's specimens. The leaves also in the present spe-
cimens are smaller and narrower at base ; but there is probably no
specific difference. The characters of the fruit and seeds are ap-
pended.*

519. Clintonia uniflora. Smilacina uniflora Hook. Fl. Bor.-
Am. 2, p. 175, t. 190.

520. Prosartes Hookeri Torr. Bot. Whippl. p. 88. In fruit ;
but apparently of this species. Some may be P. Smithii ( Uvularia
Hook. 1. c. t. 189), of which two flowering branches were collected.

521. Streptopus roseus Michx. Fl. 1, p. 201, t. 18.

522. S. amplexifolius DC. Both species in fruit.

523. Smilacina bifolia Ker ; the Pacific coast form, more like
the European than is our Eastern one.

524. Lilium Canadense L. ? A Western form, apparently be-
tween this and L. superbum.

525. Calochortus elegans Pursh ; Hook. 1. c. p. 183 ; both the
vars. minor and major.

526. Brodlea grandiflora Smith ; Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 2877.

527. Brodlea multiflora Benth. PI. Hartw. p. 339.

528. Milla (Hesperoscordon) hyacinthina Baker in Jour.
Linn. Soc. 11, p. 385. Hesperoscordon Lewisii Hook. 1. c.

* Scoliopus Torr. char, fruct. — Capsula tenuis, ovata, stylo brevi acuminata,
irregulariter (ssepe longitudinaliter) fatiscens, oligosperma. Semina adscendentia,
oblonga, subcurvata ; testa nucleo conformi leviter sinuoso-striata ; ehalaza majus-
cula depressa ; rhapne (hand prominula) crista lineari scariosa nt videtur bilamcl-
lata appendiculata ! Embryo minimus, oblongus, in albumine corneo hi!o proxi-
mtiB.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: FEBRUARY 13, 1872. 405

529. Camassia esculenta Lindl. ; Hook. 1. c. With mature
fruit.

530. Allium acuminatum Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 2, t. 196.

531. Allium serratum S. Watson, Bot. King Expl. p. 487, t. 37,
f. 4, 5.

532. Tofieldia glutinosa Willd. ; Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 2, t. 191.

533. Xerophyllum setifolium Michx., var. Lindl. Bot. Reg.
t. 1613. X. tenax Pursh, Fl. 1, t, 9. In fruit.

534. Zygadenus Nuttallii Gray ; Watson, 1. c. Amianthium
NuttaUU Gray, Melanth. Rev.

535. Stenanthium occidentals, n. sp. Caule subaphyllo (semi-
pedali ad bipedalem) gracili ; foliis aut lineari- aut lato-lanceolatis basi
attenuatis ; racemo laxifloro seu panicula simplici ; pedicellis gracilibus
mox nutantibus bracteam longe superantibus ; perianthio purpureo-
flavescente, pliyllis lanceolatis ultra medium campanulato-conniventibus
apice recurvo attenuato-aeuminatis ; seminibus utrinque anguste ala-
tis. — Collected in the " Rocky Mountains " by Bourgeau, 1858 ; and
" Cascade Mountains, lat. 49°, 1859, Kootenay, 1860, Rocky Moun-
tains lat. 49° at 6000 feet above the level of the sea, 1861," Dr.
Lyall ; and now by Mr. Hall in the foothills of these mountains, upon
mossy banks of streams. A striking species. Flowers from 6 to 20 in
the raceme or simple panicle, polygamous, over half an inch long : peri-
anth apparently greenish purple with the recurved tips yellowish.
Pedicels longer than the flowers and the more or less scarious bracts,
slightly thickened at the apex. Ovary free from the perianth except
the extreme base. Mature capsule an inch long, including the slender
persistent styles. Seeds with the narrow wing 3 to 4 lines long.

536. Juncus effusus L. : with open panicle. 537. Var. brun-
neus Engelm. Rev. June. p. 491 ; a slender form.

538. Juncus patens E. Meyer. ; Engelm. 1. c. p. 443.

539. Jdncus Drummondii E. Meyer ; Engelm. 1. c. p. 444.

540. Juncus tenuis Willd., var. secundus Engelm. 1. c. 541.
Var. congestus Engelm. 1. c. Two extremely marked forms.

542. Juncus bufonius L.

543. Juncus triformis Engelm. 1. c. p. 492. Collected in im-
mense abundance.

544. Juncus falcatus E. Meyer; Engelm. 1. c. p. 452 & 495.
545. Larger and capitate form, with mature fruit.

546. Juncus longistylis Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound, p. 223 ;
Engelm. 1. c. In small quantity, at the Cascades.

406 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

547. Juncus acuminatus Michx. ; Engelm. 1. c. 548. A form
of the same.

549. Juncus Mertensianus Bongard, Veg. Sitch. p. 167 ; En-
gelm. 1. c. p. 479.

550. Juncus xiphioides E. Meyer ; Engelm. 1. c. p. 481.

551. Juncus oxymeris Engelm. 1. c. p. 483.

552. Luzula spadicea DC, var. parviflora. 553. Var. me-
lanocarpa (L. melanocarpa Desv.).

554. Luzula comosa E.Meyer; slender forms, appearing differ-
ent from the next. 555. A dwarf form.

556. Luzula campestris Desv. : a dark-colored form.

557. Cyperus inflexus Muhl. 558. Cyperus occidentals
Torr. Mon. Cyp. p. 259.

559. DuLiCHimi spathaceum Pers. Not before received from
west of the Rocky Mountains.

560. Eleocharis acicularis R. Br. 561. E. palustris R.
Br. : large form.

562. Scirpus lacustris L. 563. S. microcarpus Presl; Gray,
Man. p. 564 (S. lentictdaris Torr.).

564. Scirpus (Isolepis) pychvosus Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 7,
p. 392. Isolepis leptocaulis Torr.

565. Fimbristylis capillaris Gray: a small state.

566. Fimbristylis ; a minute species, apparently the same as one
which has already been collected in California, but unpublished : the
specimens for comparison not at hand.

567. Cyperus acuminatus Torr. Mon. Cyp. p. 436. New to the
Pacific coast ; a small form.

568. Rhynchospora alba Vahl.

569.* Carex nigricans C. A. Meyer, Cyp. Nov. in Act. Petrop.
17, t. 7.

570. Carex Breweri Boott, 111. Car. 4, p. 142, t. 55.

571. Carex polytrichoides Muhl. ; Boott, 1. c. t. 469.

572. Carex Hookeriana Dewey; Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. t. 212.

573. Carex stipata Muhl.

574. Carex Kunzei Olney, ined. C. leiorhyncha Kunze, Supp.
Car. t. 2, fig. 1, non C. A. Meyer.

* These Carices are determined by S. T. Olney, Esq., of Providence, who is
making a very critical study of the North American species.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 13, 1872. 407

575. Carex Douglasii Boott, in Hook. 1. c. t. 214 ; all male
plants.

576. Carex vitilis Fries, var. alpicola, Wahl.

577. Carex Bolanderi Olney in Proc. Am. Acad. 7, p. 393.
G Hartwegi Dewey, non Boott. 578. Var. elongata Olney. 579.
Var. minor Olney. 580. Var. sparsiflor'a Olney.

581. Carex tenella Sehkuhr. G. disperma Dewey.

582. Carex echinata Murray, Comra. Goett. 1770. G stellulata
Good. 1792.

583. Carex leporina L. var. Americana.

584. Carex festiva Dewey. 585. Var. minor Olney. 586.
Var. gracilis Olney. G propinqua Boott in Bot. Wbippl., non Nees
& Meyen.

587. Carex athrostachta Olney 1. c. ? Fruit too broad and
color browner.

588. Carex scoparia Sehkuhr ; Boott, 111. Car. t. 368.

589. Carex lagopodioides Sehkuhr; Boott 1. c. t. 370.

590. Carex albolutescens Schw., var. brunnea Olney. 591.
Var. sparsiflora Olney.

592. Carex Sitchensis Prescott ; Boott, 111. Car. t. 518, 519.

593. Carex c&spitosa L. But the perigynium slightly toothed
at the apex.

594. Carex elata Allioni, 1785. G stricta Good. 1792.

595. Carex borealis Lang, 1843, ex Anderss. Cyp. Scand.
596. A rather stouter form of the same ?

597. Carex vulgaris Fries? The scale perhaps too pointed.

598. Carex decidua Boott, 111. Car. 1, p. 63, t. 170.

599. Carex Mertensii Prescott ; Boott, 111. Car. 4, p. 212.

600. Carex perruginea Sehkuhr. Not G. sempervirens Vill.

601. Carex frigida Allioni ; Boott. 111. Car. 4, p. 208.

602. Carex laxiflora Lam. var. plantaginea Boott.

603. Carex Rossii Boott, 111. Car. 2, p. 99, t. 205.

604. Carex Pennsylvanica Lam. Some specimens have a long-
pedunculate lower spike.

605. Carex Oregonensis, n. sp. Olney, ined.

606. Carex amplifolia Boott, 111. Car. 1, p. 17, t. 48.

607. Carex lanuginosa Michx. ; Boott, 1. c. t. 129.

608. Carex vesicaria L., var. lanceolata Olney. Acheni-
um resembling that of Boott, 111. Car. t. 537 fig. e., rather than the

408 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

admirable one found in Schkuhr. Riedar. fisr. 106. 609. Var. glo-
bosa Olney, ined.

610. Phleum alpinum L. ; Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 2, p. 234.

611. Alopecurus pratensis L. : a slender form, like that collected
in California by Bolander.

612. Cinna arundinacea L., var. pendula Gray, Man. O. pen-
dula Trin.

613. Agrostis pallens Trin.? This Prof. Thurber names A.
exarata Trin.

614. Agrostis exarata Trin., a long-awned variety, according to
Prof. Thurber. It is the Deyeuxia alopecuroides of NuttalPs herba-
rium, which was published by Mr. Buckley.

615. Agrostis alba L. A broad-leaved form.

616. Agrostis scabra Willd. A. laxi flora Richard.

617. Agrostis canina L.

618. Agrostis ^equivalvis Trin. Agrost, p. 116, fide Thurber:
who now refers to it his own A. HUlebrandii, in Coll. Bolander, — an
attenuated pale-green form. The " valves " are by no means equal.

619. Agrostis exarata Trin.: one of the forms of this polymor-
phous species according to Prof. Thurber.

620. Vilfa depauperata Toit. in. Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 2, p. 257,
t. 236 : but occasionally the palese are pointed as in V. cuspidata
Torr., into which it may pass.

621. Sporolobds cryptandrus Gray, Man. ed. 5, p. 610. 622.
Same with open panicle.

623. Calamagrostis Aleutica Trin. ; Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1,
p. 241.

624. Poltpogon Monspeliensis Desv.

625. Stipa occidentals Thurber ; Watson Bot. King, p. 380.

626. Spartina cynosuroides Willd. 627. S. gracilis Trin.
The latter is named S. polystachya in Hooker's List of Geyer's Plants,
and is doubtless S. junciformis Engelm. & Gray PI. Lindl.

628. Glyceria nervata Trin. : a large form ; passing to the
next.

629. Glyceria pauciflora Presl, Rel. Hamk. G. nervata var.
latifolla Monro.

630. Glyceria fluitans R. Brown ; slender form with small
spikelets.

631. Eragrostis reptans Nees ; in two or three forms.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 13, 1872. 409

632. Poa stenantha Trin. Probably also P. leptocoma Trin.
and certainly Festuca nervosa Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. t. 232.

633. Poa andina Nutt. herb. ; a condensed form with larger
spikelets.

634. Poa tenutfolia Nutt. in herb. ; Watson, Bot. King, p. 387.
Poa melicoides Nutt. in herb. Durand and herb. Lowell. The proper
genus perhaps is Atropis, and indeed the present species appears to
pass into Atropis Californica (or Schlerochloa Californica) Munro.

635. Melica bulbosa Geyer in Hook. Kew Jour. Bot. (PI.
Geyer.) 8, p. 10. 31. poceoides Torr. Bot. Whippl., Bolander, &c, non
Nutt.* Geyer's name is preferred in the absence of any reason for
changing it to 31. Geyeri, as Munro proposes ; especially as the plant
described under this name by Bolander is different.!

636. Lophochl^ena refracta, n. sp. Ab affini L. Californica
insigniter differt foliis latioribus (lin. 4 latis), racemo virgato, spiculis
mox refractis angustioribus fere linearibus, floribus subdissitis, paleis
tenuioribus fere laivibus, arista palea ipsa breviore. — An interesting
accession to a remarkable genus, which, it seems to me, should stand
next to 3felica. I possess no specimen of " Melica aristata Thurber "
in Dr. Bolander's revision of the genus : but 3felica Harfordii of
Bolander is evidently an intermediate link.

637. Festuca Mturus L., the F. bromoides L. also.

638. Festuca microstachts Nutt. PI. Gamb. p. 187. 639. Var.

* Melica poceoides Nutt. PI. Gamb. p. 188, is described as from Dr. Gambell's
collection, and is said to come from the " Island of Santa Catalina," — which
Gambell visited, but NuttalL did not.- In the distributed set of Gambell's plants
acquired by Mr. Lowell, and in that for Mr. Durand (now in my possession), there
is no " Melica poceoides." There is, however, a " Poa melicoides " from " Catalina,"
which is the same as no. 634 of the present collection, namely, a plant which
Nuttall named " Poa tenuifolia."

By the kind aid of Dr. Carruthers, keeper of the herbaria of the British
Museum, I am enabled to say that the " Melica poceoides Nutt. MSS." of his own
herbarium, and apparently of his own collecting, is ticketed " San Diego." But
it is pretty clearly the plant described in PI. Gamb. It differs from the M. pani-
coides of the same paper in having (as described) two perfect flowers in most of
the spikelets, while that has commonly only one ; but both belong to Melica im-
perfecta Trin. i

t Melica Geyeri Bolander in Proc. Calif. Acad. 4, p. 102, as represented by no.
40 of his small collection, is very unlike M. bulbosa of Geyer's collection. To
obviate further confusion, it would be well, and perhaps not too late, for Dr.
Bolander to restore to it specifically his appropriate name of M. bromoides.
VOL. VIII. 52

410 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

ciliata ( Vulpia Munro). A little of the var. diver gens Thurber was
also collected. A polymorphous species, which Professor Thurber in-
clines to unite with the European F. delicatula Lag.

640. Festuca occidentals Hook. 641. Variety less evolute,
approaching F. duriuscula L.

642. Festuca scabrella Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. t. 233.

643. Festuca ovina L. var. Dwarf alpine form.

644. Brizopyrum spicatum Hook. & Arn. B. boreale Presl.

645. Bromus (Schedonorus) subulatus Griseb. in. Fl. Ross. 2,
p. 358. Festuca suhulata Bongard Veg. Sitka, p. 55; Griseb. 1. c.
p. 354. Our specimen from Chamisso's collection (Unalaschka) is
named " Festuca acerosa Trin." A younger form, apparently, also from
the St. Petersburg Academy, has a printed ticket, " Festuca altaica
Trin. : Alaschka." This rare and ambiguous grass seems to belong
to Bromus, rather than to Festuca.

646. Bromus (Ceratochloa) carinatus Hook., fide Thurber in
litt. I do not find the name. 647, 648. Forms of the same.

649. Bromus racemosus L. ; a depauperate form, doubtless intro-
duced.

650. Triticum repens L. : a slender form of it or T. caninum.

651. Elymus Sibiricus L. 652. A form with downy culm and
leaves. 653. A slender and smooth variety.

654. Elymus Sitanion Schult. Sitanion elymoides Raf.

655. Elymus condensatus Presl, var. E. dasystachys Trin. ?

656. Hordeum pratense Hudson. 657. A glaucous form of it.

658. Lolium perenne L., var. multiflorum. L. multiflorum
Lam. Italian Ray Grass. Doubtless introduced.

659. Danthonia spicata Beauv. A Californian form with larger
spikelets and leaves.

660. Danthonia Californica Bolander, Proc. Calif. Acad.
D. unispicata Munro in herb, appears to be a reduced form of this.

661. Trisetum subspicatum Beauv., var. molle Gray ; a short
but very downy form. 662. A tall but almost glabrous form.

663. Trisetum cernuum Trin. ; Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 2, p. 244.

664. Aira danthonioides Trin. 665. A. elongata Hook. 1. c.
t. 228. The two seem somewhat too closely allied.

666. Aira latwolia Hook. 1. c. p. 243, t. 227.

667. Aira (Deschampsia) c^espitosa L. A taller and a lower
form of the species.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: FEBRUARY 13, 1872. 411

668. Arrhenatherum avenaceum Beauv. Introduced ?

669. Hierochloe macrophtlla Thurber, in Bolander coll.

670. Beckmannia erucjeformis Host.

671. Panicum dichotomum L. var.

672. Panicum scoparium Lam., fide Thurber. " This is P. macro-
carpon Torr. Fl. N. Y., and the P. pauciflorum of Gray, Man., but
whether of Elliott is very doubtful. A good character is found in the
perfect flower, namely a distinct horizontal fold or ridge at the base of
the lower palet." Thurber, in litt.

673. Polypodium vulgare L., var. occidentale Hook. Fl.
Bor.-Am. 2, p. 258.

674. Polypodium Scouleri Hook. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 56.

675. Gymno gramme triangularis Kaulf. ; Hook. & Grev. Ic.
Fil. t. 153.

676. Adiantum pedatum L., and, 677, a little A. Chilense
Kaulf., not before found so far north.

678. Pteris aquilina L., var. lanuginosa Hook. Spec. Fil.

679. Cryptogramme acrostichoides R. Br. ; Hook. & Grev.
Ic. Fil. t. 29.

680. Lomaria Spicant Desv. Blechnum boreale Swartz ? Hook. 1. c.

681. Asplenium Trichomanes L. Rather larger than the East-
ern American form.

682. Asplenium (Athyrium) Filix-fcemina Bernh., mostly with
pinnules deeply pinnatifid. 683. Var. Michauxii Mettenius ; D. C,
Eaton in King Expl. p. 396: a remarkable form of the species.

684. Phegopteris Dryopteris Fee. Polypodium Dryopteris L.

685. Aspidium spinulosum Swartz, var. dilatatum. 686. An-
other form of the same.

687. Aspidium Filix-mas Swartz ; the Californian form, namely
A. argutum Kaulf.

688. Aspidium munitum Kaulf. ; a short form. 689. Same with
shorter and obtuse pinnae, imitating A. Lonchitis.

690. Grystopteris fragilis Bernh. 691. Another form of the
same.

692. Woodsia scopulina D. C. Eaton in Canad. Nat. 1865 ;
Baker, Syn. Fil.

693. Isoetes Nuttallii A. Braun, probably not yet published.
According to Dr. Engelmann, it is distinguished by the velum entirely
covering the sporangium, and by the strongly ridged but slightly tuber-

412 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

culate-dotted macrospores. It grows in damp springy soil, not in
water, in the Willamette Valley, maturing in August and September.

694. Selaginella rupestris Spring, var. tropica Spring. S.
struthioloides Presl.

695. Equisetum l^vigatum A. Braun ; Gray, Man. p. 655.

696. Equisetum limosum L.

697. Marsilia vestita Hook. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 159.

698. Azolla Carolinian a Willd. A. microphylla Kaulf.
699-701. Nitell^e species, not determined.

The Musci, Hepaticce, and Lichenes are under examination, and will
be separately published.

Six hundred and forty-second Meeting.

March 12, 1872. — Monthly Meeting.

The Corresponding Secretary in the Chair.

Mr. C. S. Pierce made a communication on the photometric
measurement of the stars, and exhibited an instrument for this
purpose devised by Zollner.

Mr. Lewis H. Morgan presented the following paper on Aus-
tralian Kinship ; with Appendices, by Rev. Lorimer Fison.

There are five classes of facts, preserved in the institutions of sav-
age and barbarous nations, which are now attracting increasing atten-
tion. In connection with inventions and discoveries, they have been
the instrumentalities by means of which mankind traversed the succes-
sive stages of savagery, of barbarism, and of civilization. When these
facts are fully ascertained and compared, and the logical deductions
are gathered into definite propositions, the most instructive portion of
the ancient experience of mankind will be recovered and utilized.

It seems probable that the advancement of man through the succes-
sive stages of savagery and of barbarism was greater in degree than
it has been since in the stages of civilization. When the .savage had
raised himself to a barbarian, and the latter had risen to the pastoral
and agricultural conditions, this improved man, although still a bar-
barian, was further removed from the primitive savage than the philos-
opher of the present age is above this same barbarian. Be this as it
may, the experiences of these several conditions are successive links
of a common chain, each of which is necessary to the interpretation of

OF AKTS AND SCIENCES: MARCH 12, 1872. 413

the other. Modern institutions plant their roots in the period of bar-
barism, into which their germs were transmitted from the previous
period of savagism ; and the experiences of both conditions, through
unnumbered ages, were a necessary prerequisite to their possible
realization.

These facts, which, apart from inventions and discoveries, are crys-
tallized in domestic institutions, are so many results of the gradual
formation in the mind of man of certain ideas, passions, and aspira-
tions, and of their subsequent development through successive stages
of progress. Those holding the most prominent position may be gen-
erallized as growths of the particular ideas with which they severally
stand connected.

They are the following : —

I. The Growth of the Idea of the Family.
II. The Growth of the Idea of Government.

III. The Growth of the Idea of Articulate Language.

IV. The Growth of Religious Ideas, or of Religions.
V. The Growth of the Idea of Property.

With respect to the first, the facts which preserve and reveal the
stages of its growth are embodied in systems of consanguinity and
affinity, and in marriage laws.

With respect to the second, the germ of this idea must be sought in
the tribal organization, or totemic system, and followed down through
the stages of personal government perfect in every band into other
forms both personal and national, and lastly national and territorial.

With respect to the third, human speech undoubtedly is a develop-
ment from the rudest and simplest forms of expression. Gesture
language must have preceded articulate language, and if so, thought
necessarily preceded speech. In like manner the monosyllabical form
preceded the syllabical, as the latter preceded the language of concrete
words. Thought also presided over each of these successive stages
of progressive development. As a growth from the human brain, it
is the most original, unique, and extraordinary of its products.

The fourth subject is environed with such intrinsic difficulties that it
will probably never receive a perfectly satisfactory exposition.

And, lastly, the idea of property was slowly formed in the human
mind, remaining feeble and nascent through immense periods of time.
It required all the experience of the ages of barbarism to nourish and
develop the germ, and to prepare the human brain to accept its mas-

414 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

tery, and to surrender itself to its powerful influence. Its dominance
as a passion marks the epoch of civilization commenced. We must
recognize this remarkable passion as the only power able to master the
hindrances and overcome the obstructions in the pathway of civiliza-
tion. Property and civilization are substantially convertible terms.
A minute knowledge of the processes of evolution of this idea would
constitute in some respects the most extraordinary chapter of the
mental history of mankind.

The materials to be presented in this paper tend to illustrate, and
are confined to, the state of marriage, of the family, and of the tribal
organization among the Australian aborigines.

Systems of consanguinity and the tribal organization as they are
now found to exist among savage and barbarous nations are chiefly
important from the light they seem to throw upon the growth of the
idea of the family through successive stages of development. Some
of these systems of consanguinity are either primitive or quite near
the primitive form, whilst others are in different stages of advance-
ment. They indicate with substantial certainty that the Communal
Family, founded upon the intermarriage of brothers and sisters, was the
first and earliest form of the family in the primitive ages ; or, at least,
the earliest we are as yet able to recognize. Between this and the
Barbarian Family (second stage of the family) there was a wide in-
terval. The tribal organization intervened between these forms, and
produced the gradual transition from one into the other. It seems to
have been the primary object of this organization to break up the
intermarriage of brothers and sisters, although the same result was
reached among the Australian aborigines by a sexual organization
anterior, in the order of time, to the totemic system. Brothers and
sisters were necessarily of the same tribe, and marriage between them
was permanently abolished by the prohibition of intermarriage in the
tribe. The tribal organization tended to inaugurate marriage between
single pairs, since it forced individuals to seek wives from other tribes,
or to acquire them by negotiation, by purchase, and by capture. This
tendency, however, was retarded by the subdivision of the same people
into several tribes, which furnished each other with wives ; but more
especially by a system of regulated cohabitation, running by conjugal
right {jura conjugialia)* through a large circle of related persons.

* The Romans made a distinction between connubium, which related to wedlock,
considered as a civil institution, and conjugium, which was a mere physical union.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MARCH 12, 1872. 415

Communal marriage and the communal family continued for ages after
the introduction of the totemic system. The latter underwent changes
within itself before it reached its ultimate form, some of which it will
be the object of this paper to illustrate. There are nations of savages
now existing which have been tribally organized in all probability for
thousands of years, including their x-emote ancestry, amongst whom it
is still in a transition stage.

The Patriarchal Family (third stage of the family) when considered
in its highest type # came in with the dawn of civilization. As a form
of the family it made but a slight impression upon human affairs, for
want of universality. But as an example, as well as the creation of a
family with a single male head, it was an advance upon any form be-
fore that time known, and heralded by the force of the innovation the
advent of the Civilized Family, or the family in its fourth stage. It
thus leaves but two forms through the immense periods anterior to civ-
ilization. When the facts are more fully ascertained, it is probable
that several well-marked types both of the communal and of the bar-
barian family will be discovered and indicated, with perhaps one or
more permanent forms between the two. For the present it will facil-
itate investigation if but the four successive forms above indicated are
recognized.

Kinship and consanguinity, as used, are not convertible terms. The
former relates to, the connection through tribes and classes, while the
latter relates to the connection by blood through common descents.

The preceding observations have been made to point out the bear-
ing of the facts about to be presented.

The annexed papers on Australian kinship were furnished to the
writer by the Rev. Lorimer Fison, an English missionary now resi-
dent in Australia, who received the, principal facts from the Rev.
W. Ridley, an English clergyman, and another English gentleman,
T. E. Lance, Esq., both of whom have spent many years among the Aus-
tralian aborigines, and enjoyed excellent opportunities for observation.
They contain original information of an interesting character, show-

* Polygamy, restricted in the main to chiefs, yielded a low form of the patri-
archal family; but the form intended to be indicated is identified with the pastoral
state, and with a limited agricultural subsistence. It presupposes a growth of the
idea of government beyond that of chief and followers, or even that of an oligarchy
of chiefs, and also a considerable development of the idea of property, with an in-
creased amount as well as stability of subsistence.

416 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

ing a phase of the tribal organization, together with a sexual organi-
zation, antecedent to the former in point of time, not hitherto known,
except generally, as the writer believes.*

We may further observe that the tribal institution was one of the
oldest of the human family. Commencing in savagery and traversing
the remainder of this period and the whole period of barbarism, it has
probably been more influential than any other single institution upon
human advancement. The nations of the Aryan and Semitic families
were tribally organized in the remote past, lived and progressed under
it, and only emerged from it, or laid it aside, when they had reached the
commencement of their civilized careers. Property overthrew tribal-
ism. In like manner the nations of the Turanian family were thus
organized in the barbarous ages, some of them retaining it to the pres-
ent day, whilst others have worked out from it into partial civilization.
The American aborigines and the nations of Central Africa are still
living in the tribal state; and this is true also of the Malayan and
Australian families, where they have attained to a condition as far
advanced as this organization presupposes. There are Polynesian
nations still below the tribal state, amongst whom there is evidence of
the intermarriage of brothers and sisters until a comparatively recent
period.

Island nations progress much slower than continental. Some of
them are still savage, and, if not absolutely stationary, are nearer the
primitive condition than any other portion of mankind. At the same
time their present state points to an anterior condition as far below it,
as all the centuries of their experience, with some degree of continuous
progress, necessarily implies. The Australians are savages. Belong-
ing to the Alforan race, they rank below the Malayan, the Polynesian,
and the Ganowanian. Their domestic institutions, therefore, must ap-
proach the primitive type as nearly as those of any other people. It
is for the last-named reason that the facts of their social organization,
about to be presented, possess a high degree of importance.

Three memoranda, furnished by Mr. Fison, are hereto annexed, and
marked A, B, and C. They have been prepared with so much care
and precision that but little can be added to render them more com-
plete. Since, however, they were written at different times, it may
prove an advantage to the reader to have them presented in a form

* A brief notice of this system is given in McLennan's " Primitive Marriage,"
p. 1 18, and also in Tylor's " Early History of Mankind," p. 285.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MARCH 12, 1872. 417

uniting the three papers in one, thus giving him the option of the
secondary or the original. An organization simple to savages may be
embarrassing to ourselves until its principles are mastered ; but with a
reasonable share of attention it can be intelligently followed to the end.

The form of the tribal organization and of kinship under it to be
presented, prevails among that portion of the Australian aborigines
who speak the Kamilaroi language. They inhabit the Darling River
country north of Sidney. It is also found in other Australian nations.

First. The Kamilaroi people are divided into six tribes, standing
with reference to the right of marriage in two divisions, as follows : —

1. Iguana (Duli), 4. Emu (Dinoun),

2. Kangaroo (Murriira),* 5. Bandicoot (Bilba),

3. Opossum (Mute), 6. Blacksnake (Nurai).
Originally the first three tribes were not allowed to intermarry with

each other, but were allowed to do so with the other three ; and vice
versa. This restriction is not anomalous, and would not of itself in-
vade the fundamental structure of the tribe.f It is now modified in
certain definite particulars, but not carried to the full extent of permit-
ting marriage into any tribe but that of the individual. No person
can marry into his or her own tribe. Descent is in the female line,
the children following the tribe of the mother. These are the essential
characteristics of the tribal organization wheresoever this institution is
found ; and the Kamilaroi tribe, in its external features, is at once
perfect and complete.

Secondly. But there is a further division of the people into eight
classes, four of which are male and four female, with a regulation in
respect to marriage which changes the nature of the tribe itself, or,
rather, demonstrates that the tribal organization is in process of devel-
opment into its true ultimate form. One only of the four classes of

* Paddymelon, a species of kangaroo.

t The Seneca-Iroquois are divided into eight tribes, as follows : —

1. Wolf. 2. Bear. 3. Beaver. 4. Turtle.

5. Deer. 6. Snipe. 7. Heron. 8. Hawk.

" Originally, with reference to marriage, the Wolf, Bear, Beaver, and Turtle,
being brothers to each other, were not allowed to intermarry. The four opposite
tribes, being also brothers to each other, were not allowed to intermarry. Either
of the first four tribes, however, could intermarry with either of the last four, the

relation between them being that of cousins In process of time, however,

the rigor of the system was relaxed, until the prohibition was confined to the tribe

of the individual They can now marry into any tribe but their own." —

League of the Iroquois, p. 83.

vol. viii. 53

418 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

males can marry into one only of the four classes of females. More
than this, if the male belongs to one of the first three tribes, the female
must belong to one of the opposite three. The first restriction is in
opposition to the true ideal of the tribe, because, as will hereafter be
seen, a portion only of a tribe is allowed to marry with a portion only
of another tribe, demonstrating the proposition before advanced, that
the totemic system among the Kamilaroi was in the incipient stages of
development.

The classes are the following : —

Male. Female.

1. Ippai. 1. Ippata.

2. Kumbo. 2. Buta.

3. Murri. 3. Mata.

4. Kubbi. 4. Kapota.

All the Ippais, of whatever tribe, are brothers to each other ; all the
Kumbos are the same, and so are the Murris and Kubbis respectively.
In like manner, all the Ippatas, of whatever tribe, are sisters to each
other ; all the Butas are the same, and so are the Matas and Kapotas
respectively. In the next place, all the Ippais and Ippatas are brothers
and sisters to each other, whether children of the same mother or col-
lateral consanguinei, and in whichever tribe they are found, Kumbo
and Buta are the same ; and so are Murri and Mata, Kubbi and
Kapota, respectively. Mr. Fison, quoting from the letter of Mr. Lance,
remarks, " All Ippais are brothers, and all Ippatas are their sisters, and
so also with Kubbis and Kapotas. If a Kubbi meets a Kapota whom
he has never seen or heard of before, they address each other as
brother and sister." The Kamilaroi, therefore, resolve into four great
groups or circles of brothers and sisters. This is the first distinctive
feature of the Australian system of kinship, disclosing an organization
older than the tribes founded upon sex, and more archaic than any
constitution of society hitherto discovered.

The term classes will perhaps answer for these subdivisions, although
not entirely satisfactory. The classification is apparently sub-tribal,
but in reality sexual. It has its primary relation to a law of marriage
as remarkable as it is original.

Brothers and sisters are not allowed to marry. They are neces-
sarily of the same tribe, except as they are tribal brothers and sisters
through the class connection. Therefore the classes stand to each
other in a different order with respect to the right of marriage, or the

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MARCH 12, 1872. 419

privilege of cohabitation, which better expresses the relation. One
class of males, as before stated, can marry but one class of females-
Such was the original law, thus : —

Ippai marries Kapota, and no other.

Kumbo " Mat a " " "

Murri " Buta " " "

Kubbi " Ippata " " "
This exclusive scheme has been modified in one particular, as will
be hereafter shown.

It is thus seen that each male in the selection of a wife, or rather in
the range of the conjugal privilege, is limited to one fourth part of all
the Kamilaroi females. Tppai, in the Emu, Bandicoot, and Blacksnake
tribes, can marry Kapota in the Iguana, Kangaroo, and Opossum tribes ;
and Kumbo, in the same first three, can marry Mata in the last three.
On the other hand, Murri and Kubbi in the last three can marry
Buta and Ippata respectively in the first three tribes. This, however*
is not the most remarkable part of the system. Theoretically, every
Kapota is the wife of every Ippai, every Mata is the wife of every
Kumbo, every Buta of every Murri, and every Ippata of every Kubbi.
Upon this material point the information communicated by Mr. Lance
to Mr. Fison is specific. The latter, after observing that Mr. Lance
had " had much intercourse with the natives, having lived among them
many years on frontier cattle stations on the Darling River, and in the
trans-Darling Country," quotes from his letter as follows: " If a Kubbi
meets a stranger Ippata, they address each other as Goleer = Spouse.
.... A Kubbi thus meeting an Ippai, even though she were of another
tribe, would treat her as his wife, and his right to do so would be
recognized by her tribe." (See Memo. B.) A fortiori every Ippata
within the immediate circle of his acquaintance would also be his wife.
Here we find, in a direct and definite form, communal marriage, or
a legalized system of cohabitation in a great communal family, with
the family itself as comprehensive as the range of the conjugal privi-
lege. Under these jura co7ijugialia a domestic institution was formed,
giving to one quarter of all the males the conjugal privilege with one
quarter of all the females of the Kamilaroi nation ; and making it the
basis, originally, of their social organization. It is but a step from
promiscuous intercourse ; or the same thing, in reality, with a method.
Moreover, it is deeply significant as a revelation of an existing state of
marriage, and of the family in a nation of savages. It is the first

420

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

direct evidence of a condition of society which had previously been
deduced from systems of consanguinity and affinity as extremely prob-
able, if not substantially certain.*

Thirdly. Whilst the children remained in the tribe of their mother,
they passed into another class of the same tribe. This will be made
apparent by the following table : —

Male. Female. Male. Female.

1. Ippai marries Kapota. Their children are Murri and Mata.

2. Kumbo " Mata. " « " Kubbi " Kapota.

3. Murri " Buta. " " " Ippai " Ippata.

4. Kubbi " Ippata " " " Kumbo" Buta.

If we follow out these descents, we find that in the female line
Kapota begets Mata, and Mata, in turn, begets Kapota. It is the
same in the male line ; for Ippai begets Murri, and Murri, in turn,
begets Ippai. Further than this it will be seen, by crossing from one
class into another, that the blood of each male and female ancestor
passes through each of the classes ; thus Ippai begets Murri, Murri
begets Ippata, Ippata begets Kumbo, Kumbo begets Kapota, Kapota
begets Mata, Mata begets Kubbi, and Kubbi begets Buta.

Fourthly. Out of the preceding statements we have the full con-
stitution of the tribes, with the several classes belonging to each. The
classes are in pairs of brothers and sisters, and the tribes themselves
are constituted in pairs, as follows : — •

Tribes. Male. Female. Male. Female.

Iguana (Duli) All are Murri and Mata, or Kubbi and Kapota.

1.
2.

3.
4.

Emu (Dinoun) "

Kangaroo (Murriira) "
Bandicoot (Bilba) "

Kumbo " Buta,

5. Opossum (Mute)

6. Blacksnake (Nurai)

Murri "
Kumbo "

Murri "
Kumbo "

Mata,
Buta,

Mata,
Buta,

Ippai

Kubbi
Ippai

Kubbi
Ippai

Ippata.

Kapota.
Ippata.

Kapota.
Ippata.

* " Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity of the Human Family, Smithsonian
Contributions," Vol. XVII. p. 480 et seq. Mr. John F. McLennan, in " Primitive
Marriage," was the first to collect and point out the evidence of promiscuous inter-
course, more or less general, amongst barbarous nations. In this remarkable
work, which is noteworthy for its originality, logical acuteness, and thoroughness
of research, he remarks : " We have examples of general promiscuity, and exam-
ples of modified promiscuity, in which, with a pretence of marriage, the woman
may bestow her favors upon any one, under certain restrictions as to rank and
family." (p. 117.)

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MARCH 12, 1872. 421

The necessary connection of the children with a particular tribe is
proven by the law of marriage and descent. Thus Iguana-Mata must
marry Kumbo ; her children are Kubbi and Kapota, and necessarily
Iguana in tribe. Iguana-Kapota must marry Ippai ; her children are
Murri and Mata, and also Iguana in tribe. In like manner, Emu-
Buta must marry Murri ; her children are Ippai and Ippata, and
Emu in tribe. Emu-Ippata must marry Kubbi ; her children are
Kumbo and Buta, and also of the Emu tribe. The same is true with
respect to marriages in the two remaining pairs of tribes. It will also
be seen that each tribe is made up, theoretically, of the descendants,
in the female line, of two supposed female ancestors. Why Mata and
Kapota are found in the Iguana, Kangaroo, and Opossum, and not in
the other tribes, and why Buta and Ippata ai-e found in the Emu,
Bandicoot, and Blacksnake, and not in the first three tribes, is not
explained, except that it is a part of the constitution of the tribal
system as it now exists among the Kamilaroi.

Moreover, as we find that the Iguana, Kangaroo, and Opossum
tribes are counterparts of each other in the classes they contain, it
follows that they are subdivisions of one original tribe. Precisely the
same is true of Emu, Bandicoot, and Blacksnake, in both particulars ;
thus reducing the six to two original tribes, with marriage in the tribe
intei'dicted. It is further shown by the fact the first three tribes could
not intermarry, nor the last three, with each other. The prohibition
which prevented intermarriage when either three tribes was one
would follow the subdivisions, who were of the same descent, though
under different tribal names. Exactly the same thing is found among
the Seneca-Iroquois. If we did not know, from tradition, that the
Bear and the Deer were the original tribes, and that the Bear became
subdivided into the Wolf, Bear, Beaver, and Turtle, and the Deer
into the Deer, Snipe, Heron, and Hawk, we should infer, that the
first and the second four respectively were subdivisions of one original
tribe, from the single fact that anciently neither of the first four tribes
were allowed to intermarry, nor either of the last four. It was for the
same reason. They were known to be of the same descent, although
under four independent tribal names, and consequently the prohibition
continued to assert itself after the separation. In the course of time,
as the autonomy of the tribe became complete, this restriction was
removed, just as it is now in process of removal among the Kamilaroi,
as will presently be shown.

422 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

A tribe is not a group or horde occupying a particular territory, but
a circle of consanguinei ; the fact of consanguinity being preserved by
the tribal name. They are mingled in the same family, since husband
and wife are necessarily of different tribes. The Kamilaroi tribe
would consist of two supposed female ancestors and their children, and
all their descendants in the female line in a continuous series. It would
include the two mothers and their children, and all the children of their
lineal female descendants ; the children of the females only belonging
to the tribe, whilst the children of the males would belong to the tribes
of their respective mothers. The tribe is also the unit of organization
in the political as well as, social system of barbarous and savage nations.
Among the Kamilaroi there was an antecedent and still powei'ful
organization upon the basis of sex, which might well claim this funda-
mental position. It afterwards became enfolded in the tribal organiza-
tion, with the principles of which, when fully developed, it would stand
in antagonism. The two organizations could not, at one and the same
time, occupy the starting-point of a social and political system. One
must give way. It will become apparent in the sequel that the tribal
organization is gradually subverting the classes among the Kamilaroi.

Fifthly. Marriage also was restricted to particular classes, as we
have seen. Consequently, when there were but two tribes, one half of
all the females of one tribe were the wives of one half of all the males
of the other tribe. After the subdivision of the two original tribes
into six, the benefit of marrying out of the tribe, which was the chief
advantage of the tribal organization, was arrested, if not substantially
neutralized, by the restrictions mentioned. It resulted in continuous
in-and-in marriages, without the near degree of own brother and sister.
There are but four descents in Kamilaroi kinship, because there are
but four supposed female ancestors from whom all the people are de-
scended. Mata and Kapota, who are found in Iguana, Kangaroo, and
Opossum, must marry into Emu, Bandicoot, and Blacksnake ; and
Buta and Ippata, who are found in the last three, must marry into the
first three. Thus two entire tribes are excluded in marriage from
each tribe, as well as one half of the remaining tribe. This was the
original law of marriage ; but it has since been relaxed, as will be
elsewhere explained.

If a diagram of descents is made of the descendants of Ippai and
Kapota, for example, and carried to the fifth generation, giving to each
intermediate pair two children, a male and a female, the following re-

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MARCH 12, 1872. 423

suits will appear. The children of Ippai and Kapota are Murri and
Mata. As brothers and sisters they cannot marry. At the second
degree the children of Murri married to Buta are Ippai and Ippata,
and of Mata married to Kumbo are Kubbi and Kapota. Of these
Ippai marries his cousin Kapota, and Kubbi marries his cousin Ippata.
It will be noticed that the eighth class are reproduced from the original
pair in the second and third generations. In the next, or third degree,
there are two Murris, two Matas, two Kumbos, and two Butas ; of whom
the Murris marry the Butas, their second cousins, and the Kubbis the
Matas, also their second cousins. At the fourth generation there are
four each of Ippais, Kapotas, Kubbis, and Ippatas, who are third
cousins. Of these the Ippais marry the Kapotas, as before, and the
Kubbis the Ippatas. At the fifth generation there are eight each of
Murris and Butas, Kumbos and Matas. They are fourth cousins,
of whom the Murris marry the Butas, and the Kumbos the Matas.
A similar chart of the other marriageable classes will produce like
results. It is thus made apparent that near consanguinei not only inter-
marry constantly, but are compelled to do so by this sexual organiza-
tion. One of the primary objects secured by the tribal organization,
when fully developed, so as to allow marriage into every tribe but that
of the individual, was thus defeated.

Sixthly. We come next to an innovation upon the original consti-
tution of the tribes, which reveals a movement, still pending, in the
direction of the true ideal of the tribe. It is shown in two distinct
particulars : First, in allowing the first three and the second three
tribes respectively to intermarry to a limited extent ; and, secondly, to
marry into classes not before permitted. Thus Iguana-Murri can now
marry Mata in the Kangaroo tribe, his sister ; whereas originally he
was restricted to Buta, in the opposite three tribes. So Iguana-Kubbi
can now marry Kapota, his sister, in the Kangaroo tribe, whereas he
was at first restricted to Ippata, in the opposite three tribes. In like
manner Emu-Kumbo can now marry Buta, his sister, in the Blacksnake
tribe, and Emu-Ippai can marry Ippata, his sister, in the same tribe,
contrary to original limitations. Each class of males in each of the
three tribes seems now to be allowed one additional class of females in
the" two remaining tribes, from which they were before excluded. Mr.
Fison, however, in his table (Memo. C), does not show a change to the
full extent here indicated. .

This innovation would have been a retrogade movement, but that it

424 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

tended to break down the classes, and thus give to every male the right
to marry any female in any tribe but his own, which, we have seen, is
the law of the tribal organization in its ultimate form. When in its final
stage it necessarily assures a greatly increased tendency to marriage be-
tween single pairs, leading to the establishment of the barbarian family,
with a great curtailment of the range of the conjugal privilege. The
line of progress among the Kamilaroi was evidently from classes into
tribes, followed by a tendency to overthrow the classes, and to render
the tribe, instead of the class, the unit of organization. In this move-
ment the overshadowing system of cohabitation was the resisting
element. It is the first instance in which we have been able to look
far down into the incipient stages of the tribal organization, and even
through it upon an anterior condition so truly archaic as an organiza-
tion of society upon sex. It seems to afford a glimpse at the absolutely
primitive state of man. The tribe, as it progressed toward its ultimate
form, seems to have advanced, aequo pede, with the curtailment of the
range of the conjugal privilege, which, among the Kamilaroi, still verges
upon promiscuity. The inference is plain, that ages upon ages passed
away whilst the tribal organization, even among the most highly endowed
races, was passing through its successive phases. Among the Austra-
lian aborigines it is still in a rudimentary state, although possessing the
more prominent characteristics. They might not have effected the
overthrow of the classes for thousands of years to come, had they re-
mained undiscovered and undisturbed in their insular homes ; whilst
more favored continental nations, commencing in a similar condition,
have first advanced this organization through its successive stages, and
then worked their way out from it into civilization. It seems probable
that the tribes among the Fijians and Micronesian Islanders, where the
totemic system is known to exist, will be found in the same transitional
stage. The innovations described were clearly in the nature of reform-
atory movements to reduce the excessive amount of in-and-in marriage
among consanguinei. Facts such as these illustrating the successive
stages of development of the tribal organization are of the highest
importance and of peculiar value. Marriage and the family are in-
volved at every stage of this progress, and the growth of the idea of each
must be traced through all the shades of man's experience in the tribal
state, before the conception of the barbarian family is reached, which
is then but the family in its second stage.

It must be admitted that the Kamilaroi classes are older than the

OP ARTS AND SCIENCES: MARCH 12, 1872. 425

tribes. They resolve the people into groups of brothers and sisters ;
and by a second grouping, with respect to marriage, a conjugal system
was established but little short of promiscuity. The resulting family
was communal, and coextensive with the range of the privileges, but
broken up into smaller communal families consisting of such persons as
were immediately associated for mutual protection and subsistence.
The classes, founded upon sex, the first and most obvious division of
the species, was perhaps the germ of the tribe founded upon con-
sanguinity. The true family, resting upon marriage between one
man and one woman, with an exclusive cohabitation, was neither con-
ceivable nor attainable in savage life. Man was still perceptibly gre-
garious, with an irresistible tendency toward communism in wives and
in living, but, under the teachings of experience, with some measure
of restriction as to numbers of the former.

This division into male and female classes, with a prohibition of the
intermarriage of brothers and sisters, shows plainly enough that such
marriages were common anterior to the establishment of the classes, and
that the classes owe their origin to a desire to break up the practice.
The tribal organization embodies the same prohibition as its central
idea ; whence the inference from each source that such marriages were
normal in the previous period. Moreover, the classes did not look be-
yond this result ; for we have seen that it compels in-and-in marriages
beyond this degree by positive institution. If any doubt could rest
upon this question, it is entirely removed by the Malayan system of
consanguinity, which is decisive and in point.*

When the two original tribes came in over the classes, with the pro-
gress of experience, no substantial change was effected in the previous
condition. The subsequent division of these tribes into six, with the
maintenance of the same law of marriage and descents, left the social
condition essentially the same ; except, by retaining larger numbers of
people under a common tribal system, it brought persons more dis-
tantly connected into the marriage relation. This was a beneficial ten-
dency. The next movement was more important, namely, allowing the
tribes which were subdivisions of an original one, to marry into each
other. Although tribally brothers and sisters, they had been separating
in degree through as many centuries as had elapsed since their division,
except as their blood had intermingled through common descents. In

* Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity of the Human Family, pp. 454, 482.

vol. vih. 54

426 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

the next place, by allowing the males to marry into two classes of
females, instead of one, a still greater advance was made, and of a
radical character. These changes must be regarded as reformatory
movements tending to the realization of the true ideal of the tribe, in
which, as elsewhere stated, a man can marry a woman of any tribe but
his own, and also of any foreign nation. The Kamilaroi tribal system
is below this final stage. Beside this, it still retains a conjugal system
more stupendous and extraordinary than any hitherto found in any
nation of barbarians, or in any other nation of savages.

The social state of the Kamilaroi, with the classes in full vigor, but
enveloped in a tribal organization progressing gradually to their over-
throw, seems much nearer the primitive constitution of society than any
organized form previously known. It has, in all probability, remained
in this condition substantially for centuries, the changes above indi-
cated representing the whole amount since the tribal idea was devel-
oped. It does not follow that this form of the system was indigenous
in Australia, since it may have been carried, with their remote island
ancestors, from a primitive Asiatic seat, and maintained, with slight
changes, through the intermediate periods of time. The antiquity of
the tribal organization is without known limits. It is, at least, coeval
in its germ with the time when brothers and sisters ceased to inter-
marry. The hypothesis of its propagation from an original centre into
all the families of mankind is much more in harmony with ascertained
facts than any other, looking to its spontaneous or indigenous develop-
ment in many different places and in different ages. Original ideas,
absolutely independent of previous knowledge and experience, are
necessarily few in number, and as rare as original germs of animal
life. Were it possible to reduce the present sum of human ideas to
underived originals, the numerical result would be startling. Human
experience has run in such uniform channels as to suggest the presence
of a governing element incorporated in the original constitution of man,
which predetermined the direction and limits of this experience. This
argument leads to an original man ; and to his development, through
growth and specific reproduction, which necessarily must have been
progressive, logical, and homogeneous. The tribal organization seems
to have sprung from this class of primary conceptions.

The barbarian family, which has been frequently named, is more
easily characterized than defined. Its nucleus was a pair, of which the
man regarded the woman as his principal wife, and the woman the man

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MARCH 12, 1872. 427

as her principal husband, but without an exclusive cohabitation. Asso-
ciated with them for mutual subsistence and protection were other
similar pairs, living with their children in a common household, with a
restricted but not prohibited cohabitation. The barbarian family, as it
now exists in the Ganowanian family, approaches the civilized family.
It is founded upon marriage between single pairs, with fragmentary
families of near kindred united in a common household ; but with the
conjugal privilege above indicated either extinct, or reduced to narrow
limits. At the time of their discovery the more advanced were living
in large communal houses, and practising communism in living as far as
the same could be carried out in practical life. Conjugal fidelity was
exacted of the women, but not of the men. Where a man can put away
his wife at pleasure, as he may in most barbarous nations, and always
could among the old Romans, continence is not the highest virtue.*

Mr. Fison in Memorandum A has deduced theoretically the Tura-
nian system of consanguinity from Kamilaroi kinship. It is both in--
genious and interesting, and fully sustained by the principles of the
tribal system. The actual system, when procured, will probably agree
with the theoretical substantially, but fall below it in some particulars.
Mr. Fison furnished schedules of consanguinity and affinity of the
Yarras, near Melbourne, and of the Murray bands near Victoria, but
neither is sufficiently perfect to establish the exact character of the
system. It is partly Malayan, but chiefly Turanian in form, and
evidently in the transition stage from one into the other. This was to
have been expected from the condition of the tribal organization
among the Kamilaroi, and which is presumptively in the same stage
among the Yarras and Murray bands.

It is perhaps unnecessary to remark that the Kamilaroi people have
each a personal name to distinguish the individual. When we say
Ippai marries Kapota, we simply mean that a male of the Ippai class
marries a female of the Kapota class. f

* The American Indians describe divorce, " throwing a woman away " ; thus
adding contempt to injury. The Romans divorced their wives of their own volition ;
but the right was subject to the obligation of restoring the dower of the wife. Ovid,
as we know, put away two wives, and Cicero two. Divortium, whence divorce,
originally related to the putting away of a wife exclusively.

t Savages seem to have a tendency to classify persons into groups. The tribes
of the Maranoa district, Queensland, who speak the Unghi dialect, divide the males
into classes according to age. Up to seventeen or eighteen years of age a male is

428 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

In the light of this discussion some of the excrescences of modern
civilization, such as free love and Mormonism, are seen to be relics
of the old savagism not yet eradicated from the human brain. The
nations of the Aryan family assume not only to be civilized, but to be
far advanced in civilization ; whereas this is strictly true of a small
minority only. Barbarism and savagism still lurk in all cities, and in
all corners of civilized lands, repressed by law and restrained by su-
perior intelligence. We have the same identical brain, perpetuated
through reproduction, which worked in the skulls of savages and bar-
barians in bygone ages ; and it has come down to us ladened and
saturated with the thoughts, aspirations, and passions with which it was
busied through the intermediate periods. It is the same brain grown
older and larger with the experience of the ages. These outcrops of
barbarism are so many revelations of its anterior proclivities ; a kind
of mental atavism.

Finally, out of a few germs of thought, planted in the human brain
in the primitive ages, have been evolved all the institutions of man-
kind. Beginning their growth in the period of savagery, fermenting
through the period of barbarism, they have reached their fruition in
the period of civilization. The evolution of these germs of thought
was guided by a natural logic, which formed an essential attribute of
the brain itself. So unerringly does this principle perform its functions
in all conditions of experience, and in all periods of time, that its results
are uniform, coherent, and traceable in their courses. These results
alone will in time yield convincing proofs of the unity of origin of the
human family. The mental history of mankind, which is crystallized
in civil and domestic institutions, and in inventions and discoveries, is
presumptively the history of a single species, perpetuated through
individuals, and developed through experience. Among the original
germs of thought, as stated at the outset, which have exercised the
most powerful influence upon the human mind, and upon human
destiny, are those which relate to the family, to government, to lan-
guage, to religion, and to -property. They had a definite beginning,
a logical progress, but can have no final consummation, because they
are still progressing, and must ever progress.

Andoo ; from eighteen to about thirty he is Howalah, and is allowed to marry ;
from thirty to about fifty he is Muidara, and after fifty he is Ngara. Beside this
they have the class divisions of the Kamilaroi, and the tribes. This information
was communicated to Mr. Fison by Mr. A. S. P. Cameron.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MARCH 12, 1872. 429

APPENDICES.
Australian Aborigines. By Rev. Lorimer Fison.

Memorandum A.

The Rev. W. Ridley, M. A., Presbyterian clergyman, who has spent
many years among the Australian aborigines, kindly wrote a short
paper for me on a " comprehensive social classification," which he had
found among those savages. " The same system," he observes, " with
the same names, prevails among tribes speaking different dialects ; and
even where different names are used, the same system substantially
exists."

Among the tribes speaking the Kamilaroi language, all the men bear
one of these four names, —

Ippai. Murri. Kubbi. Kumbo.

All the women bear one of these, —

Ippata. Mata. Kapota. Buta.

There are certain rules of marriage and descent, which for con-
venience of reference I arrange as follows : —

A. B.

Male. Female. Male. Female.

1. Ippai marries Kapota. Their children are : 1. Murri and Mata.

2. Murri " Buta. " " " 2. Ippai " Ippata.

3. Kubbi " Ippata. " " " 3. Kumbo " Buta.

4. Kumbo " Mata. " " " 4. Kubbi " Kapota.

These rules of marriage do not forbid polygamy. Thus Kumbo
may have as many Matas as he likes, but he may not have Ippata,
Buta, or Kapota. So also with all the other names excepting Ippai,
who has the privilege of cohabiting with Ippata as well as Kapota.
This, however, Mr. Ridley considers to be " an infringement of rule,
allowed in favor of some powerful Ippai, and so continued." It seems
evident that this must be so ; and it is worthy of remark that the
children of Ippai and Ippata are Kumbo and Buta, as also are the
children of Kubbi and Ippata.

Among tribes not speaking Kamilaroi, the following names are
used : —

1. Urgilla. 2. Wunggo. 3. Obur. 4. Maburri (male).

1. Urgillagun. 2. Wungooun. 3. Oburgun. 4. Maburrigun (female).

These are in the Balomer language.

430 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Among the Moreton Bay aborigines the names in use are for the
males Derwain, Bandur, Barang, Bundur, with the additional syllable
gun or un for the females.

At Wide Bay five names are in use, namely, —

Bundar. Derwain. Balkoin. Tandor. Barang.
But it is not clear from Mr. Ridley's paper whether these names are
written in their proper order ; nor are we informed whether any two
of them are common to one class. If they be all distinct from one an-
other, there must be a fifth class.

This is the substance of the information supplied to me by Mr.
Ridley.

Note. — Reasoning from the analysis furnished by the systems
prevailing among other savage races, which systems have been thor-
oughly examined and ascertained, we may fairly conclude that the
various names given in Mr. Ridley's paper are classificatory, and that
they represent certain degrees of kinship. Thus, that

Kubbi is in theory the brother of every Kubbi of the same generation.

Kapota " " sister " « Kubbi " " "

Taking this for granted, and ignoring for the present the privilege
granted to Ippai of marrying Ippata as well as Kapota, — the varia-
tions caused thereby being kept for subsequent investigation, — the
characteristic peculiarities of the Tamilian system, which is the Fijian
also, are proved to exist among the Australian aborigines.

For the sake of convenience, I state these characteristics as seven
different propositions.

I. Tamilian Characteristic*

I being male, the children of my brothers are my sons and daugh-
ters, while the children of my sisters are my nephews and nieces ;
but the grandchildren of my sisters, as well as those of my broth-
ers, are my grandchildren.

This is so in the Australian system also.
For, take any male Kubbi.

(a) I, being male, am Kubbi. My brother is Kubbi.
His son is Kumbo (B. 2).
But Kumbo is my son (B. 3).

* For an exposition of the Tamilian system, see Proc. Am. Acad., Feb., 1868,
p. 436.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MARCH 12, 1872. 431

Therefore my brother's son is my son.

So also it may be shown that his daughter is my daughter.

(b) My sister is Kapata (B. 4). Her son is Murri (B. 1).
But Murri is not my son, for my son is KumbO (B. 3).
Therefore my sister's son is my nephew, this being the only

other relationship possible.
So also it may be shown that my sister's daughter is my niece.

(c) My grandsons are Kubbi, son of my son Kumbo (B. 4).

and Ippai " " daughter Buta (B. 2).
My sister's (Kapota's) grandsons are Ippai, son of her son
Murri (B. 2) ; and Kubbi, the son of her daughter Mata
(B. 4).
But Ippai and Kubbi, as already shown, are my grandsons. In
like manner it may be shown that her granddaughters are my grand-
daughters.

Therefore my sister's grandchildren are my grandchildren.

II. Tamilian Characteristic.

I, being female, the children of my sisters are my sons and daugh-
ters, while the children of my brothers are my nephews and nieces ;
but the grandchildren of my brothers, as well as those of my sisters,
are my grandchildren.

In the Australian system, take any female Kapota.

(a) I, being female, am Kapota. My sister is Kapota.
Her son is Murri (B. 1). But Murri is my son (B. 1).
Therefore my sister's son is my son. So also his daughter is

my daughter.

(b) My brother is Kubbi (B. 4). His son is Kumbo (B. 3).
But Kumbo is not my son, for my son is Murri (B. 1).
Therefore (as in B. 1) my brother's son is my nephew.
So also his daughter is my niece.

(c) My brother Kubbi's grandsons are Kubbi and Ippai (see I. c).
But Ippai and Kubbi are my grandsons (see I. c).
Therefore my brother's grandsons are my grandsons.

So also his granddaughters are my granddaughters.

III. Tamilian Cfiaracteristic.

All my father's brothers are my fathers, but all my father's sisters
are my aunts.

432 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

(a) I being Kubbi or Kapota, i. e. male or female, my father's

brother is Kumbo. But Kumbo is my father (A. 4).
Therefore my father's brother is my father.

(b) My father's (Kumbo's) sister is Buta (B. 2). But Buta is not

my mother, for my mother is Mata (A. 4).
Therefore, no other relationship being possible, my father's
sister is my aunt.

IV. Tamilian Characteristic.

All my mother's sisters are my mothers, but all my mother's broth-
ers are my uncles.

In the Australian system, I being Kubbi or Kapota (i. e. male or
female), my mother's sister is Mata.

(a) But Mata is my mother (A. 4).
Therefore my mother's sister is my mother.

(b) My mother's brother is Murri (B. 1).

But Murri is not my father, for my father is Kumbo (A. 4).
Therefore my mother's brother is my uncle.

V. Tamilian Characteristic.

The children of my father's brothers, and those of my mother's sisters,
are my brothers and sisters ; but the children of my father's sisters,
and those of my mother's brothers, are my cousins.

In the Australian system, I being Kubbi, a male.

(a) My father's brother is Kumbo.

My father's brother's (Kumbo's) son is Kubbi (B. 4).

But every Kubbi is my brother, for I also am Kubbi.

Therefore, my father's brother's son is my brother.

So also it may be shown that my mother's sister's son is my

brother, and that her daughter (as also my father's brother's

daughter) is my sister.

(b) My father's (Kumbo's) sister is Buta (B. 3).
Her son is Ippai (B. 2).

But Ippai is not my brother, for my brother is Kubbi.

Therefore my father's sister's son is my cousin.

So also it may be shown that my mother's brother's son is my

cousin, and that her daughter (as also my father's sister's

daughter) is my cousin.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MARCH 12, 1872. 433

VI. Tamilian Characteristic.

I, being male, the children of my male cousins are my nephews and
nieces, but the children of my female cousins are my sons and
daughters.

In the Australian system, I being Kubbi, a male.

(a) My male cousins are Ippai, son of my father's sister Buta

(B. 2).

and Ippai, son of my mother's brother Murri (B. 2).
Ippai's children are Murri and Mata.
But Murri and Mata are my nephews and nieces (I. b).
Therefore the children of my male cousins are my nephews

and nieces.

(b) My female cousin is Ippata, daughter of my father's sister

Buta (B. 2).

and Ippata, daughter of my mother's brother
Murri (B. 2).

Ippata's children are Kumbo and Buta.

But Kumbo and Buta are my children (B. 3).

Therefore the children of my female cousins are my sons and

daughters.

VII. Tamilian Characteristic.

All the brothers of my grandfathers and those of my grandmothers
are my grandfathers ; all their sisters are my grandmothers.

In the Australian pystem, I being Kubbi or Kapota (i. e. male or
female), my grandfathers are

Kubbi, the father of my father Kumbo (A. 3), and

Ippai " " " mother Mata (A. 1).

But all my grandfather's brothers are either Kubbi or Ippai.

Therefore they are my grandfathers.

My grandmothers are Ippata, mother of my father Kumbo (A. 3).
and Kapota, " " mother Mata (A. 1).

Ippata's brother is Ippai ; Kapota's brother is Kubbi.

But Ippai and Kubbi are my grandfathers.

Therefore my grandfather's brothers are my grandfathers.

Again, my grandmother's sisters are either Ippata or Kapota.

But Ippata and Kapota are my grandmothers.

Therefore my grandmother's sisters are my grandmothers.

As for the complications caused by the intermarriage of Ippai and

vol. vin. 55

434 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Ippata, further information will doubtless make them easier of expla-
nation.

From Tables A and B it will be seen : —

That Kubbi's cousins are Ippai and Ippata of the same generation.

Kumbo's " " Mum " Mata " " "

Ippai's " " Kubbi " Kapota " " "

Murri's " " Kumbo " Buta " " "

Hence (from Table A) a man must marry his female cousin.

Kubbi may not have his male cousin Ippai's wife, for she is Kapota, his sister (A 1).
Kumbo " " " Murri's " " Buta, " (A 2).

Ippai " " " Kubbi's " " Ippata " (A3).

Murri " " " Kumbo's " " Mata " (A 4)

Hence a man is allowed his female cousins, but the wives of his male
cousins were forbidden to him. Thus it is also with the Fijian system,
and the Tamilian, as I pointed out in Memorandum No. 4 ; and this
explains the difference between these systems and that of the Seneca-
Iroquois as to the relationships between a man and the children of his
cousins, male and female.

Sydney, May 1, 1871.

Memorandum B.
Australian Aborigines.

T. E. Lance, Esq. (of Bungowalbyn, Lawrence, Clarence River,
N. S. W.), has favored me with an extremely interesting letter, which
fully confirms, not only the information given me by the Rev. W. Rid-
ley, but the conclusions also which 1 drew from that information. (See
Memo. A.)

Mr. Lance has had much intercourse with the natives, having lived
among them for many years on frontier cattle stations on the Darling
River, and in the Trans-Darling country.

1 . He says : " All Kubbis are brothers, and all Kapotas are their
sisters : and so also with the Ippais and Ippatas." (See Table B.
Memo. A.)

2. " If a Kubbi meets a Kapota whom he has never seen or heard
of before, they address each other as brother and sister. If he meets
a strange Ippata, they address each other as goleer = spouse."

Hence we may infer that these nations salute by the title of kinship
as do the Fijians also.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MARCH 12, 1872. 435

3. He informs me "that a Kubbi thus meeting an Ippata, even though
she were of another tribe, would treat her as his wife, and that his right
to do so would be recognized by her tribe."

Inference : The word goleer=.wik, as the Fijian wate = wife, does
not imply the conjugal relation as understood by us, but is simply " one
of those with whom I may cohabit."

4. Mr. Lance, after telling me about the class-names and their vari-
ous relations, goes on to say : " The way I have stated as between the
different names is the normal and usual regulation ; but it is crossed
and complicated occasionally by other arrangements which I do not
understand."

Probably these complications are caused by the privilege granted to
Ippai of taking Ippata as well as Kapota, which Mr. Lance seems not
to have noticed.

5. He says : " Every black fellow, besides the names I have men-
tioned (i. e. the class-names), is called after some animal, which he calls
his Mudgee, implying some incomprehensible relationship. The usual
rule is that every Kumbo is an Emu, every Ippai a Blacksnake, every
Kubbi an Iguana, etc. They have also a third individualizing name.
But sometimes I have come across a man and wife whose names were
not suitable for the connection ; and on inquiring how this eould be,
they would reply, ' This Ippai is not a Blacksnake, as are most Ippais,
but an Opossum. That explains it.' "

This appears to me to be important. The " names not suitable for
the connection " must be the class-names borne by the couple whom
Mr. Lance questioned ; and as the man was an Ippai, the woman was
probably an Ippata, for had she been a Kapota there would have been
nothing strange in the connection (see Table A, Memo. A). Here we
have a clew to Ippai's privilege. It seems probable that the Ippais are
divided into two classes, the Blacksnakes and the Opossums.

Ippai the Blacksnake being the husband of Kapota ; and

Ippai the Opossum being the husband of Ippata.

But I have no information as to whether the Blacksnake may be the
husband of Ippata, and the Opossum the husband of Kapota. If the
Blacksnake be restricted to Kapotas, and the Opossums to Ippatas,
we have in effect a fifth class of males. Now the Rev. W. Ridley
informs me that among the Wide Bay natives, five class-names for
males are used (see Memo, A). Further inquiries as to the Wide
Bay names will probably throw further light on this point.

Stdxet, May 5, 1871.

436

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Memorandum C.
Australian Aborigines.

N. B. Duli = Iguana.

Murriira = Paddymelon, a sort of Kan-

Dinoun = = Emu. Nurai — Blacksnake. [garoo.

Bilba = Bandicoot. Mute = Opossum.

The Rev. W. Ridley, M. A., who has recently returned from a visit to

the interior, during which he kindly made further inquiries for me as

to the class-names, now informs me that the divisions indicated by these

class-names are further subdivided as follows : —

CLASS-NAMES.

1. Murri and Mat a.

2. Kumbo and Buta.

3. Ippai and Ippata.

4. Kubbi and Kapota.

SUBDIVISIONS.

1. Duli. 2. Murriira. [3. Mute.] *

1. Dinoun. 2. Nurai. [3. Bilba.] *

1. Dinoun. 2. Nurai 3. Bilba.

1. Mute. 2. Murriira. 3. Duli.

That is, the Murris are subdivided into two classes, Murri-Duli and
Murri-Murriira. So also with the other names.

1.

2.
3.

4.
5.

6.

7.

LAWS OF MARRIAGE.
Murri-Iguana t marries any Buta ; also Mata-Kangaroo.J

" -Kangaroo '
Kumbo-Emu

" -Blacksnake '

Ippai-Emu '

" -Blacksnake '

" -Bandicoot

8. Kubbi-Opossum '

9. " -Kangaroo '
10. " -Iguana '

" " " -Iguana.

Mata ; " Buta-Blacksnake.

" " " -Emu.
Kapota-Kangaroo and Iguana ; also Ippata-Blacksnake

" -Opossum " " -Emu.

" -Kangaroo " " -Blacksnake.

Ippata-Emu ; also Kapoto-Iguana.

" -Blacksnake; " "

" -Bandicoot " -Kangaroo.

* I have added these tribes because Murri and Mata are necessarily found in the
one and Kumbo and Buta in the other. Mr. Fison does the same elsewhere. — 1>.

H. M.

t I have substituted the English for the native name of the tribes. — l. h. m.

| It is important to remember that the children take the mother's second or
" animal " name. Also that they take the class-name which is given to the chil-
dren of their mother by her proper husband, — that is, by her husband according
to the laws given in Memo. A. Thus, the children of Ippai and Ippata are Kumbo
and Buta, as also are the children of Ippata by her proper husband, Kubbi.

There seems to be some little uncertainty about the pronunciation of the clas3

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MARCH 12, 1872.

437

Hence I deduce the following

LAWS OF DESCENT.

1

The Children of

Are Male.

Female.

Memo.
A.

Murri-Iguana and Buta-Emu

Ippai-Emu

Ippata-Emu

2

2

" " " " -Blacksnake

Ippai-Blacksnake

Ippata-Blacksnake

2

3

" '' '' Mata-Kangaroo

Kubbi-Kangaroo

Kapota-Kangaroo

4

4

Murri-Kaugaroo and Buta-Emu

Ippai-Emu

Ippata-Emu

2

5

" " " " -Blacksnake

Ippai-Blacksnake

Ippata-Blacksnake

2

6

" " " Mata-Iguana

Kubbi-Iguana

Kapota-Iguana

4

7

Kumbo-Emu " " -Iguana

Kubbi-Iguana

Kapota-Iguana

4

8

" '' " " -Kangaroo

Kubbi-Kangaroo

Kapota-Kangaroo

4

9

" " " Buta-Blacksnake

Ippai-Blacksnake

Ippata-Blacksnake

2

10

Kumbo-Blacksnake and Mata-Iguana

Kubbi-Iguana

Kapota-Iguana

4

11

" " " " -Kangaroo

Kubbi-Kangaroo

Kapota-Kangaroo

4

12

" " " Buta-Emu

Ippai-Emu

Ippata-Emu

2

13

Ippai-Emu and Kapota-Iguana

Murri-Iguana

Mata-Iguana

1

14

" " " " -Blacksnake

Murri -B lacksnake

Mata-Blacksnake

1

15

•! " " Ippata-Blacksnake

Kumbo-Blacksnake

Buta-Blacksnake

3

10

Ippai-Blacksnake and Kapota -Opossum

Murri-Opossum

Mata-Opossum

1

17

" " " .Ippata-Emu

Kumbo-Emu

Buta-Emu

o
O

18

" Bandicoot and Kapota-Kangaroo

Murri-Kangaroo

Mata-Kangaroo

1

19

" " " Ippata-Blacksnake

Kumbo-Blacksnake

Buta-Blacksnake

3

20

Kubbi-Opossum and Ippata-Emu

Kumbo-Emu

Buta-Emu

3

21

" " " Kapota-Iguana

Murri-Iguana

Mata-Iguana

1

22

' ' Kangaroo and Ippata-Blacksnake

Kumbo-Blacksnake

Buta-Blacksnake

3

23

" " " Kapota-Iguana

Mum-Iguana

Mata-Iguana

1

24

" -Iguana and Ippata-Bandicoot

Kumbo- Bandicoot

Buta-Bandicoot

3

25

" " " Kapota-Kangaroo

Murri-Kangaroo

Mata-Kangaroo

1

The rule, that the children take the mother's second name, gives us
two instances of names not recorded in Mr. Ridley's list of the sub-
divisions, namely, sixteen Murri and Mata-Opossum, and twenty-four
Kumbo and Buta-Bandicoot. There must be something wanting here*
as we find no provision for the " privileged " marriage of these names.

I think Ave may take it for granted that there is a third subdivision
of all the classes, as follows : —

1. Murri and Mata subdivide into 1. Iguana. 2. Kangaroo. 3. Opossum.

2. Kumbo and Buta " " 1. Emu. 2. Blacksnake. 3. Bandicoot.

For, since there are Ippai-Bandicoot and Ippata-Bandicoot, the
mother of the two, that is, Buta, must also be Bandicoot, because the
children take the mother's second, or tribal name. And, there being a
Buta-Bandicoot, there must also be a Kumbo-Bandicoot, because each
of all these pairs takes the same second name for both male and
female. So also with Murri and Mata-Opossum.

Hence we get six classes, each containing four names, consisting of
two pairs of brothers and sisters.

names. Mr. Eidley tells me that some of the natives whom he questioned pro-
nounced Kapota, Kubbotha ; Mata, Matha, etc. I retain Kapota for uniformity's
sake.

438 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

1. Emu (Dinoun) Ippai and Ippata: Kumbo and Buta.

2. Iguana (Duli) Murri " Mata : Kubbi " Kapota.

3. Kangaroo (Murriira) Murri " Mata : Kubbi " Kapota.

4. Blacksnake (Nuari) Ippai " Ippata: Kumbo " Buta.

5. Opossum (Muta) Murri " Mata : Kubbi " Kapota.

6. Bandicoot (Bilba) Ippai " Ippata: Kumbo " Buta.

Inferences.

1. From these tables it is evident that a man may cohabit with his
half-sister by the father's side, though not with his full sister, or with
the half-sister by the mother's side. That this is an innovation on the
system explained in Memo. A may perhaps be inferred from the fact
that the children of such a connection take the class-names which
they would have had, had their father's been of the usual class.

2. Persons having the same animal name may not intermarry.

3. In the six classes arranged under the animal names, it is worthy
of note that the names of one pair are those of the children of the wo-
man of the other pair. Thus the Emus are Ippai and Ippata, Kumbo
and Buta. Now Ippata is the mother of Kumbo and Buta ; and Buta
is the mother of Ippai and Ippata (see Laws of Descent, Memo. C).

Mr. Ridley informs me that Murri has a third distinguishing name,
which is that of his father's grave (see Memo. B).

He also gives me another most important fact, namely, that there are
separate terms for brother or sister according to seniority. Thus : —
Daiadi, Elder Brother. Boadi, Elder Sister.

Gullami, Younger Brother. Burri, Younger Sister.

These are the words used by a male.
Sydney, August 7, 1871.

Note. — If the divisions caused by the animal names be tribal, then
is it evident that the child is of the mother's tribe, as among the North
American Indians and the tribes of Central Africa, because the child
always takes the mother's animal name.

Six hundred and forty-third Meeting.

April 9, 1872. — Monthly Meeting.

The President in the chair.

The President announced the death of Professor Trendelen-

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 14, 1S72. 439

berg, Foreign Honorary Member ; of Mr. S. F. B. Morse, As-
sociate Fellow ; and of Professor Daniel Treadwell, Resident
Fellow of the Academy.

The President read a note from Mr. John Noble, announcing
a large legacy to the Academy by Professor Treadwell.

On the motion of Dr. E. H. Clarke, it was voted that the
President be authorized to express to the executors and to Mrs.
Treadwell the grateful sentiments of the Academy in accepting
this gift.

The Recording Secretary read a report of the Committee
appointed to consider a suggestion to change the rooms of the
Academy.

It was voted that this report be accepted, and that the Com-
mittee be continued until the Annual Meeting.

Mr. Alexander Agassiz made a statement of some of the
results obtained by the Hassler expedition.

Dr. J. B. S. Jackson exhibited some Mexican seeds which
moved when laid on a heated plate, because of the presence on
their interior of small living larva?.

Six hundred and forty-fourth Meeting.

May 14, 1872. — Monthly Meeting.

The President in the chair.

On account of the absence of Mr. Theodore Lyman in Europe,
the President nominated Mr. H. G. Denny to fill his place on
the Committee to audit the Treasurer's account.

The President read a letter from the Vice-President, declin-
ing to be a candidate for re-election.

Professor W. A. Rogers read a paper on the observations
already made with the large transit circle of the Cambridge
Observatory.

Professor H. L. Eustis presented a communication on the
truss constructed for the roof of the building called the Coliseum,
in Boston.

440 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Six hundred and forty-fifth Meeting.

May 28, 1872. — Annual Meeting.

The President in the chair.

The Treasurer presented his report, which was accepted and
ordered to be entered in the records.

The report of the Rumford Committee was read and accepted.

Professor Joseph Lovering read the report of the Committee
on Publication, which was accepted and ordered to be entered
in the records.

The Librarian presented his report, which was accepted and
ordered to be entered in the records.

The President announced the death of Professor Albert Hop-
kins, of Williamstown, Resident Fellow of the Academy.

The following gentlemen were elected members of the
Academy : —

J. H. W. Dollen, of Pulkowa, to be a Foreign Honorary
Member in Class I., Section 2.

William Thomson, of Glasgow, to be a Foreign Honorary
Member in Class I., Section 4.

Theodor Mommsen, of Berlin, to be a Foreign Honorary
Member in Class III., Section 3.

James Martineau, of London, to be a Foreign Honorary
Member in Class III., Section 1.

Benjamin Jowett, of Oxford, to be a Foreign Honorary
Member in Class III., Section 2.

Karl F. Rammelsburg, of Berlin, to be a Foreign Honorary
Member in Class II., Section 1.

William T. Roepper, of Bethlehem, Pa., to be an Associate
Fellow in Class II., Section 1.

Mr. H. H. Hunnewell, of Wellesley, to be a Resident Fellow
in Class II., Section 2.

Dr. H. P. Bowditch, of Boston, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class II., Section 4.

The annual election resulted in the choice of the following
officers : —

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 28, 1872. 441

Asa Gray, President.

Charles Francis Adams, Vice-President.

Joseph Lovering, Corresponding Secretary.

Edward C. Pickering, Recording Secretary.

Edmund Quincy, Treasurer.

Edmund Quincy, Librarian.

Council.

Thomas Hill,

Josiah P. Cooke, Jr., \ of Class I.

John B. Henck,

Alexander Agassiz,

Jeffries Wyman, \ of Class II.

Chares Pickering,

Robert C. Winthrop,

George E. Ellis, \ of Class III.

Andrew P. Peabody,

Rumford Committee.

Morrill Wyman, James B. Francis,

Wolcott Gibbs, John M. Ordway,

Josiah P. Cooke, Jr., Stephen P. Ruggles,
Edward C. Pickering.

Committee on Finance.
Asa Gray,

, ex officio
Edmund Quincy,

Thomas T. Bouve.

The other Committees were appointed, on the nomination of
the President, as follows : —

Committee of Publication.

W. W. Goodwin, Jeffries Wyman,

John Trowbridge,
vol. viii. 56

442 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Committee on the Library.

H. G. Denny, J. D. Runkle,

Jules Marcou.

Auditing Committee.
Theodore Lyman, H. G. Denny.

Six hundred and forty-sixth Meeting.

June 4, 1872. — Adjourned Annual Meeting.

The President in the chair.

Dr. Maack gave a description of the explorations he has been
making on the Isthmus of Panama.

Professor N. S. Shaler presented a communication on the
topography of Narragansett Bay.

The Annual Report of the Council was presented by Profes-
sor Joseph Lovering, the Corresponding Secretary, and ordered
to be printed.

Since the last report of the Council the following additions, by elec-
tion, have been made to the membership of the Academy : —

Francis L. Pourtales, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class II., Section 3.

Robert Amory, of Brookline, to be a Resident Fellow in Class II.,
Section 3.

R. W. Hooper, of Boston, to be a Resident Fellow in Class II.,
Section 4.

J. B. Perry,* of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in Class II.,
Section 1.

S. P. Sharpies, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in Class I.,
Section 3.

G. R. Baldwin, of Quebec, to be a Resident Fellow in Class L, Sec-
tion 4.

H. G. Denny, of Boston, to be a Resident Fellow in Class III., Sec-
tion 2.

John Trowbridge, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in Class
I., Section 3.

* Printed J. B. Pettee, by mistake, on page 335.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JUNE 4, 1872. 443

J. A. Allen, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in Class II.,
Section 3.

William H. Pettee, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in Class
II., Section 1.

John K. Paine, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in Class III.,
Section 4.

Edwin P. Seaver, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in Class
I., Section 1.

Charles F. Dunbar, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in Class
III., Section 3.

"William A. Rogers, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in Class
I.. Section 2.

Samuel Johnson, of New Haven, to be an Associate Fellow in Class
I., Section 3.

Charles A. Young, of Hanover, N. H., to be an Associate Fellow in
Class I., Section 2.

Leo Lesquereux, of Columbus, Ohio, to be an Associate Fellow in
Class II., Section 2.

Since the last annual meeting, the Academy has lost by death nine
Foreign Honorary Members, four Associate Fellows, and three Resi-
dent Fellows.

George Grote died in London, June 18, 1871. He was born
November 17, 1794, at Beckenham, Kent, and received his early edu-
cation at the Charterhouse School. At the age of sixteen he entered
the banking-house of Prescott, Grote, & Co., in London, of which his
grandfather had been the founder, and in which his father was still a
partner. It was a strange fate which sent to a bank rather than to
the university a young man of ample means, already inspired with a love
of ancient learning, who was destined to revolutionize the opinions of
scholars on important points of Grecian history, antiquities, and philos-
ophy, and to make himself a recognized authority on these subjects, not
merely at home, but even among the most learned scholars of the Con-
tinent. Considering the period at which he would have entered aca-
demic life, we may, perhaps, doubt whether the fate that guided him
was not propitious to the cause of learning. His own studies, conducted
without teachers, and perhaps not without a little willing opposition to
the traditions of English scholarship, led him into the purer and freer
air and to the wider views of German learning, at a time when he
might have found Oxford and Cambridge still singing the old song,

444 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

" The Germans at Greek are sadly to seek." It must, indeed, have
been no ordinary enthusiasm that impelled a young man, under such
circumstances, to undertake what is perhaps the most thorough study
of the whole Greek literature — poets, historians, and philosophers —
ever accomplished by a self-educated man in modern times. It was
not, as has sometimes been thought, his parliamentary experience that
caused him to study the constitution of ancient Athens ; nine years
before he entered public life we find him preparing for his History
of Greece, the first volume of which, however, was not published
until 1846, twenty-three years later. The original research and the
profound learning which this work displayed, even in its earliest
volumes, testify to long years of hard and patient study. There is no
easy or short road to learning of this nature. In 1832, his literary
labors were interrupted by his election to the House of Commons as
member for the city of London. He remained in Parliament nine
years, and distinguished himself especially by what was called his " an-
nual motion " for the ballot. In his later years, when his favorite
scheme was brought into Parliament as a ministerial measure, he could
well afford to smile at the ridicule with which it was once greeted on
all sides. His public life delayed, perhaps fortunately, the publication
of his History. In the mean time, Thirlwall's " History of Greece "
appeared, which took an immense step in advance of the Tory views
of Mitford, but did not aim at such an overthrow of English opinions
and prejudices about Greek democracy as Grote contemplated. That
literary men, even out of England, were expecting Grote's History
with interest, appears from a letter of Niebuhr (who died in 1831), in
which he advised a friend to translate the coming work into German
as soon as it should be published. In the years 1846- 1856 were pub-
lished the twelve volumes of Grote's " History of Greece." Nine years
later was published his other important work, " Plato, and the other
Companions of Sokrates," in three volumes. If his History astonished
scholars by the intimate acquaintance of a self-educated man with the
Greek historians and poets, his Plato called forth new surprise, that a
man so pre-eminently practical as Mr. Grote, whose sober common-sense
was one of his great virtues as an historian, should prove equally fa-
miliar with the great idealist of antiquity, whose whole mode of thought
and reasoning was in constant conflict with his own. It often seems,
indeed, as if the pleasure of refuting the many absurd theories which
were current about Plato and his works made up to Mr. Grote for the

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 4, 1872. 445

patient toil by which he must have mastered many elaborate and often
tedious arguments of the Platonic Socrates, leading to conclusions the
furthest possible removed from his own sympathies. At the time of
his death, he was preparing for the press a similar work on Aristotle ;
and it can hardly be doubted that the same sagacity, joined with a deep-
er sympathy with the author and the subject, would have made this the
crowning work of his life. It remains to be seen how far the posthumous
work, now daily expected, will realize the expectations of scholars.

It was not to be expected that the graduate of a London bank, who
had known no higher institution of learning than the Charterhouse
School, should be as familiar with all the nice details of classical schol-
arship as if he had been trained at a university. But no modern histo-
rian of Greece was ever more thoroughly imbued with the whole spirit
of classical antiquity, or ever viewed the field from a more commanding
position. Although his views have often been violently attacked, and
especially his defence of Athenian democracy in its least defensible
points, his writings have yet produced a gradual change in the feelings
of nearly all scholars towards even the weaknesses of Athens. No one,
for example, will ever again attack the Sophists indiscriminately as a
corrupt sect of philosophers, with a common creed and a common pur-
pose of corrupting the youth of Athens. Even Cleon, that coarsest
product of Attic democracy, will perhaps fare a little better at the
hands of subsequent historians for having found a friend in Mr. Grote ;
it may be doubted, however, whether the historian would not have
understood Cleon and his class better if he had spent nine years in
Congress instead of in Parliament. Perhaps nothing in Grote's works
has been so severely criticised as his defence of ostracism ; and yet it
was defended on nearly the same grounds by Aristotle, when it was
almost as much a thing of the past as it now is.

During the later years of his life, Mr. Grote was Vice-Chancellor of
the University of London, and one of the Trustees of the British Mu-
seum. It is understood that he was offered a peerage about two years
before his death, and declined it on the ground that he must devote the
remainder of his strength to his work on Aristotle. The long list of
honorary titles which have been gradually added to the simple " George
Grote, Esq.," which appears on the title-page of his History, show the
respect in which he was held by scholars at home and abroad ; and the
impressive funeral service at his grave in Westminster Abbey, in which
the highest officers of state appeared as mourners, was a fitting testi-

446 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

monial to the modest scholar, who had done more than any other man
of the present generation to exalt the name of England in the depart-
ment of ancient learning.

(August) Immanuel Bekker was born in Berlin, May 21, 1785.
He studied at the gymnasium of his native city, and in 1803 he entered
the University of Halle, where the great founder of the modern school
of German classical philology, Friedrich August Wolf, was at the
height of his reputation as a lecturer. Wolf was not long in discover-
ing the ability and the persevering patience of his scholar, and the rela-
tions between the master and the pupil soon became intimate. Bekker
was retained at Halle, after his regular term of study was ended, as
assistant to Wolf in the Philological Seminary. While he was a stu-
dent, he wrote his review of Heyne's smaller edition of the Iliad, which
appeared in the Jena Allgemeine Litteratur Zeitung, in 1806, and
was afterwards reprinted, in 1863, in Bekker's Homerische Blatter.
The boldness with which he attacked the weak points in Heyne's work
is in strange contrast with the gentleness which distinguished the great
critic in his later years ; and, on reprinting the review fifty-seven years
afterwards, Bekker apologizes for the "jugendliche Keckheit " of his
first essay, the tone of which (he says) was approved and encouraged
by his master and patron, Wolf. As to Heyne, he confesses that, as a
young man of twenty, he knew him only as a grammarian, " den viel-
seitigen von Einer, und der schwachen, Seite." His review of Wolf's
Homer, published in 1809, in a more respectful but decidedly critical
spirit, did not meet the same unqualified approval of his master, if we
may judge by a note of Wolf, which Bekker quotes in the preface to
the Homerische Blatter.

In 1810, Wolf was called from Halle to a professorship in the new
University of Berlin ; and Bekker soon followed, through Wolf's influ-
ence, as extraordinary professor. In the very year of his appointment,
Bekker received a leave of absence, to enable him to begin the labor
to which no small part of his active life was to be devoted, that of col-
lating classic manuscripts. He went first to Paris, and the earliest fruit
of his labors appeared in 1811, in the publication of the important
grammatical work of Apollonius Dyscolus, De Pronomine, never be-
fore printed. In 1812, he was appointed to a full professorship at Ber-
lin, which office he held fifty-nine years, until his death in June, 1871.
Bekker spent, according to his own estimate, seventeen years of his life

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 4, 1872. 447

in collating manuscripts in France, England, Germany, and Italy ; and
the present generation of classical scholars are, perhaps, too little aware
of the debt of gratitude which they owe to this quiet, indefatigable
worker. It would be easier to enumerate the Greek authors who were
not edited by Bekker than those who were. The shelves of every clas-
sical library will soon supply more names than any two other editors
could claim ; and the critical apparatus with which his editions of the
most important authors were enriched has been of more permanent
value than any exegetical commentary. We may mention his editions
of Plato (1816, 1817), of Thucydides (1821), of the Attic Orators (Ox-
ford, 1822, 1823 ; Berlin, 1823, 1824), of Herodotus (1826), of Aris-
tophanes (1829), of Aristotle (Berlin, 1831 - 1836 ; Oxford, 1837)^
and of Homer (1843, Iliad ; 1858, Iliad and Odyssey). We may men-
tion, among his editions of Latin authors, those of Livy (1829, 1830)
and of Tacitus (1831). In many cases, the labors of Bekker have
served, or are still serving, as a basis for later scholars to determine
the authentic text. A striking instance of this may be seen in Bekker's
later edition of Demosthenes (1854), in which a text is given which
differs on every page from that of the Oratores Attici (1823), but
which could never have been determined with such certainty without
the careful collation of fifteen manuscripts which the earlier work con-
tains. It needed the experience of the earlier edition to show Bekker
himself the true use of his immense material, and to determine the
principles of criticism on which the text of Demosthenes is now by uni-
versal consent established with as great certainty as we can ever hope
to attain in the text of a classic author.

Bekker seems never to have distinguished himself as a public lec-
turer at Berlin in any degree proportionate to his fame and merit as a
scholar. He preferred his more quiet work in the library to giving
instruction to classes ; and students who knew him only as a professor
(if any such there were) could never have appreciated his profound
scholarship and his critical sagacity. His dislike of long commentaries
and prolegomena often kept him utterly silent when he alone could have
spoken with authority ; and when he broke his rule, and wrote a note
or a preface, his brevity was often more tantalizing than his silence.
His conversation was marked by the same laconic brevity as his writ-
ings ; and the remark of an intimate friend, " Er schweigt in sieben
Sprachen," was one of the commonplaces of Berlin society. Notwith-
standing his retiring disposition, his company was eagerly sought by the

448 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

most cultivated scholars, and his hospitable house in Berlin was one of
their most frequent resorts. No scholar, perhaps, ever lived, at least
in Germany, who had stronger friends, greater admirers, or fewer ene-
mies than Immanuel Bekker.

Sir Roderick Impey Murchison died on the 22d of October, 1871,
in his eightieth year. In his death the world has lost one who, in the
popular estimation, not only shared with Lyell the sceptre of dominion
among British geologists, but held, conjointly with him, a sort of uni-
versal empire. The labors of both of these men have extended beyond
their country, and they have made not only Europe but America trib-
utary to their reputation. Of these two, Lyell still remains, and, as
his latest work, published in 1870, shows, retains unimpaired that clear-
ness of style and that rare philosophic acumen which have made his
masterpiece the Principia of modern geology, — a classic which future
generations will study with the same delight as the present. Very
different have been labors, and unlike the gifts of Murchison. Like
Lyell and his distinguished predecessors, the earlier prophets of the
Scottish school of geology, — Hutton and Playfair, — Murchison was a
Scot, and was proud of his ancient Celtic pedigree. It is characteristic
of the man, that, a few years since, he raised in the Highlands of his
native land a monument to one of his Jacobite ancestors, who had
sacrified fortune and life in the cause of the exiled Stuarts. The
father of Sir Roderick was a physician who, in the last century,
amassed a fortune in India, where he was a friend of the noted Elijah
Impey. Marrying soon after his return, he purchased an estate at
Tarradale in Rosshire, where his son, the subject of the present notice,
was born in 1792, and was early left an orphan by the death of his
father.

Like many others who have gained an honorable name in British
geology, Murchison had not the advantage of a university training; but,
after some years at a grammar-school in Durham, entered the army at
the age of sixteen, and was soon ordered to Spain, where he served
with distinction under Wellington ; carrying the colors of his regiment
in a desperate charge at Vimieira, and being left wounded on the field
at Corunna. At the close of the war, he left the service, a captain of
dragoons, and, returning to England, married in 1815. Possessed of
wealth and social position, he seems for the next few years to have
given himself to fox-hunting and the usual amusements of his class ;

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 4, 1872. 449

and he is said to have been first led to study by his wife's fondness for
natural history. Meeting in 1818 with Sir Humphry Davy, he was
induced, by his advice, to follow the lectures of the Royal Institution in
London : and shortly afterwards placed himself under the tuition of
Professor Richard Phillips, the well-known mineralogist. The atten-
tion of Murchison was soon drawn to the study of geology, then taking
shape from the labors of Cuvier, Buckland, and Conybeare ; but it was
not until 1825 that he made his first contribution to the science, in a
paper on the geology of parts of Sussex and the adjoining counties.
Already he had formed an accmaintance with William Smith, who, by
his careful studies of organic fossils and their stratigraphical relations,
had laid the foundations of British geology. It was also his great
good fortune to know Sedgwick, then commencing his laborious
career, who became for many years his friend and companion in
the field, and with whom, in 1827, he visited the Highlands of Scotland.
In 1828, Murchison accompanied Lyell in a journey to the volcanic dis-
tricts of central France, to northern Italy and the eastern Alps ; and to
the latter region he returned and labored with Sedgwick in 1829 and
1830. In 1831, he and Sedgwick began simultaneously, in different
districts, the task of discovering the geological succession of the older
fossiliferous rocks of Wales, of which they first gave the definite results
to the world in 1834 and 1835. The fruits of Murchison's labors in this
field were published in 1838-39, in two magnificent volumes, entitled
" The Silurian System," and dedicated to his friend Sedgwick. Mean-
while, in 1836 and 1837, the two friends labored together in the investi-
gation of the geology of Cornwall and Devonshire, and in 1839 extended
their studies to the Rhenish country and to the Hartz Mountains,
publishing conjointly their results.

In 1840, Murchison was invited to Russia by the Czar, and there
spent two or three years with De Verneuil and Von Keyserling in
investigating the geology of that country. The results of these labors,
extending over the greater part of European Russia, appeared in 1845,
as the joint production of Murchison and his fellow-workers. He sub-
sequently made repeated visits for the purpose of geological investiga-
tion to Scandinavia, Germany, and the Alps ; and in 1856, in conjunction
with Professor Nicoll, published a valuable geological map of Europe.
In 1854 appeared the first edition of his well-known book, Siluria ;
which, besides a revision of his work done twenty years before, in the
Silurian region of Great Britain, contained an excellent summary of
vol. viii. 57

450 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

the paleozoic geology of Europe. Of this volume four editions have
appeared, the last in 1867, much augmented, and in great part re-
written.

In 1855, on the death of Sir Henry de la Beche, Murchison was
named in his place as director-general of the Geological Survey of
the United Kingdom, a post which he resigned not long before his death.
His activity as a geological investigator still continued. From 1855
to 1860 he turned his attention towards the Highlands of Scotland ;
and in 1861 published, in connection with Professor Archibald Giekie, a
geological map of Scotland, with an introductory sketch, which is a valu-
able contribution to the literature of the subject, and sets forth briefly
the great differences of opinion which had arisen between Murchison
and his friend Professor Nicoll, as to the geological age of the crystalline
schists of the Scottish Highlands. Besides the works already noticed,
Murchison is said to have published during his long scientific career,
extending over forty-five years, more than one hundred memoirs by
himself on British and Continental geology, besides upwards of twenty
in connection with other investigators.

The secret of his scientific success is to be found, in great part, in
his methodical habits and his untiring industry. The observations of
each day in the field were written out fully at night, and, while in
town, the early hours of the morning were devoted to his literary
labors. Murchison's scientific services were such as could not fail to
attract attention and receive acknowledgment. To his scientific honors,
which culminated in 1868 in his election as one of the eight foreign
members of the French Academy of Sciences, were added titles and
distinctions from princes and governments, both at home and abroad,
among them the rank of Baronet of the United Kingdom. If these
well-earned social honors were highly prized, no less by the courtier
than the savant, it may be fairly said that he regarded them as a
homage paid through him to science, and that he strove to turn
them to good account in its service, as became his genial and kindly
nature.

In forming an estimate of his scientific character, it must be said
that his works show no such extensive acquaintance with geological
history and literature as those of Lyell. He was not learned in chem-
istry, mineralogy, nor lithology ; and, although skilfully availing himself
of the evidences furnished by organic fossils, owed his paleontological
determinations to others. His great merit as a geologist seems to have

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 4, 1872. 451

been a quick perception of the aspects of the rocks, and a happy
facility in grouping and presenting the facts and observations of him-
self and others. Professor Giekie, in a recent biographical sketch, speaks
of the rare acumen with which Murchison seized the geographical
details of a region, and thence deduced the general arrangement of its
rocks. His opinions, however, were either adopted from others, without
much critical examination, or, in the case of his own observations, often
formed hastily, and upon insufficient data ; and very many of his
conclusions are already inadmissible. Most of his deductions in the
geology of the Alps appear, when viewed in the light which Studer,
Lory, Pillet, and especially Favre, have thrown upon that region, to be
fallacious. His conclusions as to the age and geological structure of the
Scottish Highlands, although sustained by the members of the govern-
ment survey, are rejected, apparently with good reason, by Professor
Nicoll ; while the subsequent investigations of Sedgwick and of the
government surveyors have long since shown that the arrangement of
the rocks to which he gave the name of Lower Silurian was based upon
a series of mistakes in observation, and that the rocks thus called are
identical with the upper division of the Cambrian series of Sedgwick.
The history of the Cambrian and Silurian controversy, which alienated
him from his old friend Sedgwick, and for the last thirty years has
troubled geological nomenclature, is a long one, which has been lately
fully discussed elsewhere. Indeed, it would appear that the nomen-
clature and classification of Murchison, hitherto so generally adopted
for the paleozoic rocks, will be replaced by that of Sedgwick, the ex-
actitude of whose early stratigraphical determinations has been fully
established by the results of recent investigators both in Europe and
America.

Frederic Adolf Trendelenburg, Perpetual Secretary of the
section of history and philosophy in the Royal Academy of Sciences at
Berlin, and a Foreign Honorary Member of this Academy, died in Berlin
in January, 1872. In him we regret the loss of one of the great meta-
physicians of his country, the most eminent, indeed, as a scholar and a
thinker in the department of philosophy, that Germany could boast of
since the death of Hegel, Herbart, and Schelling. With these illus-
trious men his own name must always be associated, not as one who
subscribed to their doctrines, but who followed generally the same
lines of investigation, and by an acute, learned, and comprehensive

452 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

criticism of their writings prepared the way for the reception of his
own metaphysical theories. AVhatever their adherents and followers
may have thought of the justice of this criticism, none denied its
ability, or the fairness with which it was stated, or the competency of
its author, arising from his thorough comprehension of the systems
which he impugned, to judge of their merits. As a dialectician, he
was unrivalled among German professors of philosophy. But he was
also something more and better. He thought and wrote on the most
abstruse subjects with singular clearness, precision, and elegance, and
with more caution and good sense, and a stricter regard for the great
interests of morality and society, than was common with many of the
able speculatists who had preceded him in a chair of philosophy in a
German university. Of the merits of the peculiar system which he
propounded in his principal work, the Logische Untersuchungen, first
published in 1840, and which passed to a third edition only two
years ago, we must speak with less confidence. "Whether motion is
the common and characteristic function both of matter and mind, and
whether motion directed by purpose or final cause supplies the means
of bridging over the abyss between thought and real being, is more
than most metaphysicians of the present day will acknowledge. . Those
who may arise in some future age, more competent to settle grave dis-
putes of this nature, must decide. But some of the doctrines and
arguments incidentally developed in setting forth the main features of
his system will always commend themselves to sober judges, as evi-
dences of the dialectical shrewdness, the sterling common-sense, and the
justness of thought of their author.

Trendelenburg seems to have left but few materials for biography.
Indefatigable as a student and with his pen, a list of his writings is, in
the main, a history of his life. Born at Eutin in Oldenburg, in
November, 1802, he studied at Kiel and Leipsic, took the degree of
Doctor in Philosophy in 1826, and was appointed Professor of Phi-
losophy in the University at Berlin in 1833, two years after the death
of Hegel. He first occupied himself with the works of Aristotle, an
edition of whose De Anima he published in 1833. This was followed,
four years later, by the Elementa Logices Aristotelicce, which is a
standard work on the subject, and arrived at the honors of a fourth
edition in 1852. A " History of the Doctrine of the Categories," first
published in 1846, subsequently appeared as the first volume of the
Historische Beitriige, the three later volumes of this work, completed

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JUNE 4, 1872. 453

in 1867, being occupied with a collection of the memoirs, critical and
philosophical, which he had contributed at various times to the " Trans-
actions of the Royal Academy." As the result of his inquiries respect-
ing the nature and foundations of morality, he published a work en-
titled Naturrecht auf dem Grunde der Ethik, which appeared in a
second edition in 1868. Second only to the "Logical Researches,"
this book was the most thoughtful and original of his writings, and the
most characteristic of the man. Several smaller essays on the theory
of aesthetics need not be here enumerated.

In 1849, probably to his own astonishment, the city of Berlin elected
him as one of its members to the lower houee of the National As-
sembly. Here he generally voted with the conservative party, and
published an essay on the methods of voting (ilber die Methode bei
Abstimmungen). When the cause of the union of Germany was
abandoned, he resigned his seat in the house, in 1851, and went back
to those academic labors which occupied his whole life, with the ex-
ception of this brief political episode.

Henry Longueville Mansel, D. D., Dean of St. Paul's, died in
London, July 31, 1871. Though he had not completed his fifty-first
year, he had done the work of a long life. His publications were nu
merous and important, exerting manifest influence on the course of spec-
ulative thought not only in England, but wherever the moral sciences
had a home. As a scholar and a thinker in the various departments of
philosophy, he had hardly a rival on English ground after the death of
Sir William Hamilton. Equally eminent in logic, metaphysics, natural
and doctrinal theology, his writings never failed to attract notice and
command respect, though they often excited vehement controversy.
His Brampton Lectures on the " Limits of Religious Thought," first
published in 1858, when he was but thirty-eight years old, passed
through three editions in a twelvemonth, and have probably affected
the character of English thought in philosophy and theology more
than any single work which has appeared since the days of Bishop
Butler. In the earnest discussions which it immediately occasioned,
and in which such distinguished men as F. D. Maurice, James Mar-
tineau, Goldwin Smith, and John S. Mill had a prominent share, Mr.
Mansel appeared to great advantage. His stores of learning were im-
mense ; equally at home in Greek and German philosophy, in the
speculations of the Schoolmen, and in the writings of the fathers of the

454 PROCEEDINGS OE THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

English Church, with almost unrivalled powers of clear statement and
forcible argumentation, and a great mastery of English style, he either
obtained an easy victory over his eminent opponents, or, even in the
judgment of their disciples and admirers, left them no cause for
triumph. Yet he was modest and candid in manner, an urbane and
dignified controversialist, disarming his assailants as much by his flow-
ing courtesy and frank acknowledgment of their claims to respect, as
by his dialectical skill and abundant erudition. Once only, when pro-
voked by continuous misrepresentations no less than by coarse invec-
tive and sneers, he retorted with terrible severity, and compelled his
opponent to make an apologetic defence. This was the only unpleasant
episode in Mr. Mansel's brilliant and prosperous career. His genial
manners, ready wit, and quick sympathy with others, made him a great
favorite in a large circle of acquaintances and friends. Even as a
politician — and he was for years a leader of the conservative party at
Oxford — he incurred no enmities and gave no personal offence. The
manliness and simplicity of his character allowed no hold for envy or
jealousy; and it cost him no effort to gain and preserve great personal
popularity.

The family of Dean Mansel was distinguished before his time both
in the universities and the Church. One member of it had been Mas-
ter of Trinity College, Cambridge, and another was Bishop of Bath
and Bristol. His father was Rector of Cosgrove, Northamptonshire,
a family living, where the late Dean was born on the 6th of October,
1820. Educated at Merchant Taylors' School, he became the leader
of his class at that institution, and thus, in 1839, acquired a Junior
Fellowship at St. John's College, Oxford, and was graduated four
years afterwards as Double First, or with the highest rank both in the
classical and the mathematical list. This success obtained for him a
tutorship in the College, and his lectures upon logic soon made
him famous in the University. In 1849 he published Aldrich's " Rudi-
ments of Logic," with an Introduction and copious Notes, of which Sir
William Hamilton observed that la sauce vaut mieux que le poisson.
The work passed rapidly through three editions, and made its author
known as one of the ablest and most learned logicians of the age.
Two years afterwards appeared his Prolegomena Logica, which was
based upon the philosophy of Kant, and contained the germs of all his
subsequent speculations. It was reprinted in this country in 1860,
from the second English edition, and has been a standard work in the

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JUNE 4, 1872. 455

University course of instruction upon metaphysics on both sides of the
Atlantic. In 1855, Mr. Mansel was appointed Waynflete Reader in
Moral and Metaphysical Philosophy, and four years afterwards, when
the recommendations of the University Commission took effect, he be-
came Waynflete Professor. Dr. Stanley's appointment as Dean of
Westminster having created a vacancy, Mr. Mansel was made Profes-
sor of Ecclesiastical History and a Canon of Christ Church ; and in
1869, he succeeded Dr. Milman as Dean of St. Paul's.

In philosophy, Dean Mansel is commonly regarded both as a fol-
lower of Kant and as a disciple of Sir William Hamilton. This opinion
does him great injustice, for though he adopts Kant's premises, it is for
the avowed purpose of refuting Kant's conclusions; and he departs
widely from Hamilton, both in his theoi'y of Causation, and in his ap-
plication of the Philosophy of the Conditioned to an exposure of the
illogical character of theological rationalism and dogmatism. His
modesty did not allow him to do justice to his own claims as an
original thinker and a philosophical theologian. He seems not to have
been ambitious to found a school, or to establish a new philosophical
system. His aim was rather to rebuke the pretensions and expose the
shallowness of those metaphysical infidels who have endeavored to re-
construct the doctrines either of Spinoza, Hume, or Hegel, for the
avowed purpose of destroying the basis of all religious faith and hope.
The ablest and most scholarly refutation of such pantheistic and
atheistic speculations which the philosophy of the present age has fur-
nished can be found in the several publications of Dean Mansel.
Vehemently assailed as these have been by the enemies of conser-
vatism in philosophy and theology, they have earned for their author
a high place in the list which contains the honored names of Clarke,
Cud worth, Butler, and Berkeley.

Charles Babbage was born in London, on the 26th of Decem-
ber, 1792, and, after a long life of nearly eighty years, died October
20, 1871. As a boy, his health was much weakened by violent
fevers, and, accordingly, he was sent to school near Exeter, with in-
structions that much study should not be required of him. Here he
early displayed the inquiring mind and ingenuity for which, in after
life, he was so eminent. In 1811 he entered Cambridge, and graduated
at the University in 1814. At this time the College was agitated by
a fierce controversy, whether it was right to add notes to the Bible,

456 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

each party forming societies and using every means to establish its
views. Babbage pai*odied it by forming the Analytical Society to
propagate the notation of Leibnitz, using the differential d in the cal-
culus, and consigning to perdition all who supported the heresy of the
dots of Newton. Being accused of infidelity, the members entitled the
first volume of their transactions " The Principles of Pure D-ism in
Opposition to the Dot-age of the University." They proposed to trans-
late a small work of Lacroix on the Calculus, maintaining that it was
so perfect that any comment was unnecessary.

In 1828, while in Rome, Babbage was elected Lucasian Professor
of Mathematics at Cambridge ; a chair first occupied by Sir Isaac
Newton. After filling it for eleven years, he resigned, finding even
the few duties it involved too much for his strength in addition to his
other work. He bitterly calls it the only honor he ever received in his
own country.

We now come to the great work of his life, and that by which he is
best known to the public, namely, the construction of an engine for
performing numerical computations. As early as 1813 he turned his
attention to this matter. One evening, when sitting in the room of the
Analytical Society, leaning his head on the table, another member,
coming in, called out, " Well, Babbage, what are you dreaming
about ? " To which he replied, " I am thinking that all these tables
(pointing to a table of logarithms) might be calculated by machinery."
In 1822 he completed his first Difference Engine, which was capa-
ble of working two orders of differences, and computing six places
of figures. It was highly approved by the Royal Society, and, in
accordance with their recommendation, the government appropriated
£1,500 for the construction of a large engine to compute eight orders
of differences to sixteen places of figures. For four years the work
was carried on uninterruptedly, but then various difficulties presented
themselves. As it appeared that the cost would be much greater than
was originally anticipated, the government was informed of the fact.
More money was obtained ; but, owing to the delay, the engineer who
had entire charge of the construction withdrew, taking with him all the
tools, the labor of years. A lawsuit ensued, but he was finally allowed
to retain them. The work now went on at intervals, but finally a new
idea occurred to Babbage of a machine whose powers should vastly
exceed those of the Difference Engine. He called it the Analytical En-
gine, and it is difficult to describe, in a short notice like the present,

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 4, 1872. 457

the wonderful powers of this machine. - It bore about the same rela-
tion to the other that algebra does to arithmetic, and, instead of merely
computing arithmetical tables, it was designed to deal with all forms of
analytical operations. Suppose we have any formula whatsoever from
which we wish to compute a series of numerical values. Two sets of
cards, like those of a Jacquard loom, are furnished the engine, the first
to direct the nature of the operations to be performed, and the second
to show which variables are to be acted upon. The numerical values
of the constants being placed on the wheels, it would compute and
print the results of the formula. If, during the operation, it wanted
some other quantity, as the logarithm of a given number, it would ring
a bell, and then stop. The attendant would find out what was wanted,
and, procuring the logarithmic card, would place it in the machine. The
latter would first see if it was correct, and, if not, would ring a louder
bell and again stop. It would express every number it used to fifty
places of figures, and would multiply two such numbers, giving a hun-
dred places in the product, in about a minute. The complication of
this instrument was such that it was impossible to represent it by or-
dinary drawings. Babbage, therefore, used a system of mechanical
notation which he had devised, and without which he claimed that it
could not have existed even upon paper.

In 1833, a portion of the Difference Engine was put together
and worked admirably, computing tables with two or three orders of
differences to sixteen places ; but, unfortunately, the new invention
seemed to supersede it, and finally, in 1842, the government, after
spending £17,000 on the project, refused to give any further aid.
Babbage now devoted his whole attention to the engrossing subject of
the Analytical Engine, and succeeded so far that, with sufficient
means, there seems to be little doubt that he would have attained all
that he claimed.

His health suffered severely from the intense mental strain to which
he was subjected in designing his engines, and, in consequence, he
travelled a great deal both in England and on the Continent. As he
seems to have availed himself of every opportunity to inspect in per-
son any novelty he met with, we find him in many strange positions,
and often narrowly escaping serious accidents. Thus, as a boy he was
nearly drowned while testing a swimming-machine he had constructed.
Again, in the Thames Tunnel, in company with Brunei, the water
breaks in, and, but for the presence of mind of the latter, both would

vol. viii. 58

458 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

probably have been drowned. Later he descends in a diving-bell, in
a coal mine is surrounded by explosive gases, enters the air-chamber
of a blast furnace, also an oven for baking moulds at a temperature of
265° F., and finally descends the crater of Vesuvius between two
eruptions which are taking place periodically at intervals of ten or
fifteen minutes. In the early days of railroads he made many ex-
periments on them ; and one Sunday morning, when just about to start
on an experimental train with thirty tons of pig-iron on board, nar-
rowly escaped a collision with Brunei, who came down the line on an
engine at the rate of fifty miles an hour.

He was elected a member of most of the principal scientific societies
of the world, so that he was able to write after his name the titles,
A. A. S., F. R. S., F. R. S. E., F. R. A. S., F. Stat. S., Hon. M. R.
I. A., M. C. P. S., Inst. Imp. (Acad. Moral.) Paris Corr., Reg.
OEcon. Boruss., Phts. Hist. Nat. Genev., Acad. Reg. Monac,
Hafn, Massil., et Divion., Socius, Acad. Imp. et Reg. Petrop.,
Neap., Brux., Patav., Georg. Floren., Ltncei Rom., Mut., Phi-
lomath. Paris Soc. Corr., etc. His writings are somewhat volumi-
nous. Among the most noted are the following. That " On a Method
of Expressing by Signs the Action of Machinery" is a descrip-
tion of his Mechanical Notation. A good example of his talent for
satire is a scathing criticism of the Royal Society, entitled " Reflections
on the Decline of Science in England, and on some of its Causes."
His most successful work was the " Economy of Manufactures and
Machinery," which went through many editions, and was translated
into German, French, Italian, and Spanish. To these must be added
the " Ninth Bridgewater Treatise," and his autobiography, " Passages
from the Life of a Philosopher."

As often happens with men of genius, when once interested in a sub-
ject he would devote his utmost powers to it, however trifling its im-
portance ; as, for instance, in reading ciphers, picking locks, and de-
vising automata for playing games of skill. Or, again, when annoyed
by street musicians, he displayed the same perseverance in prosecuting
them as when urging the importance of his inventions on the govern-
ment. As his engines have not been, and probably never will be, com-
pleted, many, doubtless, regard the life of Babbage as a failure. Yet
in his own department he stood unequalled, and to him belongs the
credit of devising the most complicated piece of machinery ever
planned by the human mind.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 4, 1872. 459

Benoit Fourneyron was born October 31, 1802, at St. Etienne,
France. He studied in the School of Mines of his native city, and
began his career as a mining engineer in the mines of Creuzot. His
attention was soon turned to water-wheels, and his experiments for im-
proving horizontal water-wheels are said to have been begun as early
as 1823. In 1827 his first turbine, constructed on the new principle of
putting a cylindrical wheel with curved floats outside of a fixed cylin-
der containing curved guides, was set up at Pont sur l'Ognon. It was
of six-horse power, and its efficiency was rated at eighty per cent. A
second wheel of seven or eight horse power was erected in 1831 at
Dampierre, and a third, of fifty-horse power, in 1832, at Fraisans. The
success of this invention was so marked, that a prize of 6,000 francs,
offered by the'Society for the Encouragement of National Industry, for
the best application to mills and manufactories of the hydraulic tur-
bines of Belidor, was awarded to Fourneyron in 1834. These wheels
were soon introduced in various parts of France and Germany. One
in the Black Forest worked under a fall of 354 feet. Gold medals were
awarded to Fourneyron at the Industrial Expositions of 1839 and
1855, and a medal of honor at that of 1867. Fourneyron was Chief
of Battalion of the National Guards in 1847, and in 1848 represented
the Department of the Loire in the Constituent Assembly. He pub-
lished papers on turbines, and on several other engineering subjects, in
the Bulletin of the Industrial Society of Mulhouse for 1831, in the Bul-
letin of the Paris Society for the Encouragement of National Industry
for 1834, and in the Comptes Rendus for 1836, 1837, 1840, 1841, 1843,
and 1852. A treatise on turbines was published by him at Liege in
1841, and a table on the flow of water in pipes in 1844. He was
elected a Foreign Honorary Member of this Academy, November 13,
1849. He died in Paris, July 8, 1867.

Hugo von Mohl, the acknowledged chief of the vegetable anatomists
of this generation, died on the first day of April last. He was born at
Stuttgard, April 8, 1805, the youngest of four brothers who all became
men of mark in political and scientific life ; Julius the orientalist and
Hugo the botanist being the most distinguished. The latter was
educated at the Stuttgard Gymnasium and Tubingen University,
where he studied medicine as well as natural history and physics.
His first publication, while a student, in the year 1827, was his Essay
on the Structure and Soiling of Tendrils and Twiners, written in

460 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

response to a prize-question offered by the Tubingen Medical Faculty.
In it he divined the real nature of the movements which coiling stems
and tendrils execute, as has recently been clearly made out. In the
following year appeared his inaugural dissertation on the Pores of the
Cellular Tissue of Plants, in which his later views and discoveries,
respecting the structure, growth, and component parts of cells, as sub-
sequently developed, are already foreshadowed. About this time his
choice was made for a scientific rather than a medical career ; and he
went to Munich to prosecute more advantageously his favorite studies.
Here the late Von Martius and Zuccarini were his botanical masters,
and Agassiz, Karl Schimper, Braun, and Engelmann his fellow-students.
Here he made those researches upon the anatomy of ferns, cycads,
and especially of palms, — the latter a most important contribution to
Martius's great work upon palms, the former also contributed to another
work by Martius, — which first displayed his remarkable talents for his-
tological investigation, to which his subsequent scientific life was mainly
devoted. His merits were promptly recognized by a call to the Im-
perial Botanic Garden of St. Petersburg, as assistant to its director,
Dr. Fischer, and to the chair of physiology in the Academy of Berne.
He accepted the latter in 1832, and occupied it until 1835. Then,
upon the death of Schubler, he returned to Tiibingen, accepted the
professorship of botany in its High School, in which chair and in that
of Tubingen University the rest of his life was passed. Invitations to
more prominent and lucrative positions, as, for example, to the botanical
chair at Berlin University when vacated by the death of the veteran
Link, were unhesitatingly declined. Although he published numerous
(about ninety) special papers or articles, most of them important and
timely, and some of great pith and moment, he resolutely declined to
bring out any general work. His Mikrographie (1846) and his
" Principles of the Anatomy and Physiology of the Vegetable Cell " are
his only writings which may claim to be such. The latter, an admira-
ble and still invaluable treatise, appeared as an article in Rudolf Wag-
ner's Cyclopaedia of Physiology, but is best known to English readers
in its separate form, in a translation made by the late Professor Henfrey,
with the author's sanction, issued by Van Voorst in 1852. A year
or two later it was for a time understood, to the great satisfaction of
botanists, that Mohl had agreed to take a prominent part in the pro-
duction of a general Manual of the Anatomy and Physiology of
Plants ; but his promise was soon withdrawn. For thirty years he was

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 4, 1872. 461

one of the editors of the Botanische Zeitung ; but the editorial labor
must have devolved mainly upon Schlechtendal and his successor,
although occasional articles from Mohl's pen appeared as late as
the year 1871. During that year his health became seriously im-
paired; yet, as the new year advanced, apprehension disappeared.
Upon Easter Monday he was apparently well, and so retired to nightly
rest : in the morning he was found to have died in sleep.

John F. W. Herschel was born on March 7, 1792, and died on
May 11, 1871, having nearly approached the advanced age of four-
score of years. If there is any single spot on earth more memorable
than all others in the history of astronomy, it is the observatory of
William Herschel, the father, at Slough. Discoveries more and greater
than have ever been made elsewhere have given to this little village a
fame which will keep alive that of Windsor Castle, as the king, George
III., wisely calculated when he placed the astronomer near him with a
pension. Of this genius of the observatory, educated, like all of his
nine brothers and sisters, to be a musician, it was said that he " had
reached the middle of his course before his career of discovery began,
and it was in the autumn and winter of his days that he reaped the full
harvest of his glory." Here, at Slough, the father incessantly watched
the stars for forty years, with a natural vision above that of ordinary
mortals, assisted by optical contrivances of his own invention, which are
scarcely surpassed by those of the generations which have entered into
his labors. Here, also, was the home of Caroline L. Herschel, herself no
ordinary astronomer, who left the world of science in doubt which most
to admire, " the intellectual power of the brother, or the unconquerable
industry of the sister." From this spot William Herschel sent to the
Royal Society, in rapid succession, sixty-seven memoirs, richly freighted
with his own glorious discoveries, which were the safe ballast by which
he kept his mind from growing giddy with his bold speculations on the
structure of the universal heavens. On this spot were discovered the
satellites of the new planet, Uranus, and two additional satellites of the
old planet, Saturn ; on this spot was showered for the first time, in
visible forms, the light of hundreds of nebulas, and here was first dis-
sected the blended lustre of more than five hundred double stars. Here
were garnered up the proofs that the sun was not a fixed point about
which the planets revolved, but that it was sent, in their company, on
a mission of its own from star to star and from constellation to constel-

462 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

lation, the full import of which cannot even now be more than surmised.
The magnificent and almost solitary career of the elder Herschel is
thus described by the late Sir David Brewster : " The springtide of
knowledge, which was thus let in upon the human mind, continued for
a while to spread its waves over Europe ; but when it sank to its ebb
in England, there was no other bark left upon the strand but that of
the Deucalion of Science, whose home had been so long upon its waters."

On such a spot as this, and into such a home as this, the young Her-
schel was born. There are, no doubt, those, and not a few, on whom
such high companionship, such inspiring examples, would have been
wasted. There are in science, as well as in literature and all the other
walks of life, examples enough of degenerate sons placed in saddest
contrast with an illustrious ancestry. Happily for science, John Her-
schel was not of this class. His great career, as well as the few glimpses
he has permitted the world to have into his early life, gives us the
assurance that none of that untiring devotion to science, of those mid-
night watches among the stars, or of that incessant labor by day, which
have made the name of Herschel a household word in all lands, was
lost upon his young mind and heart. It was not in vain that the aroma of
Science perfumed his cradle and his early childhood. By it, no doubt, he
was won to lovingly enter her service and prepare himself to receive the
mantle when it fell from the shoulders of his aged father. No micro-
scopic autobiography has distinctly revealed to us the reality of what we
can easily suspect. But the obituary notices of the Royal Astronomical
Society inform us that John Herschel himself, in a few rare instances,
has lifted the veil which obstructs our view by reporting the dialogues
which he had with his father. These hints justify our inference that
the boy, at an early age, was charged to reflect as well as to hear, and
to see as well as to look.

Until Herschel entered St. John's College in the University of Cam-
bridge, for which he was fitted at the early age of seventeen, his education
was received chiefly at home, with private tutors. For, after a short trial
at Eton, he was removed from that school in consequence of the abuse he
endured from a stronger boy, the nature of which we do not know ; but
perhaps here it would be called hazing. At the University, he mastered
Newton's Principiq, and graduated as senior wrangler, the eminent
mathematician, Professor George Peacock, being second on the list. If
it be true, as has been pithily said, that God always works by geometry,
the course which Herschel preferred at Cambridge was the best prepa-

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JUNE 4, 1872. 463

ration he could have made for his great scientific career. And here
again, doubtless, he owed something to a father's example. The world
has been so dazzled by the brilliant results of Sir William Herschel's in-
comparable powers of vision, his bold scientific imagination, and his mag-
nificent instruments, as not to see that he had also been a musician who
entranced fashionable audiences in the theatre and concert-room and in
oratorios, and that he studied algebra and geometry in order that he
might master Robert Smith's " Harmonics, or the Philosophy of Musical
Sounds." Arago has recalled from oblivion the fact that in 1779 Her-
schel gave the solution to a difficult problem on the vibrations of a loaded
cord, which may be seen in Leybourn's edition of the " Ladies' Mathe-
matical Diary." The younger Herschel, in the eulogy which he pro-
nounced upon his worthy compeer, Francis Baily, makes this confession
in regard to the state of science in England at the beginning of the pres-
ent century : " Mathematics were at the last gasp, and astronomy nearly
so." The ponderous notation of fluxions, which required the giant arm
of a Newton to wield successfully, was retained at the English universi-
ties after science had outgrown it, and the finer methods of the Conti-
nental mathematicians were ignored. Herschel did his part, as student
and graduate, to inaugurate the revolution which finally culminated in
such mathematicians as Hamilton and MacCullagh, Sylvester and
Gregory, Boole and Cayley, Tait, Adams, Airy, and Thompson. The
president of the British Association in 1871 (a most competent
witness) said : " In respect to pure mathematics, Sir John Herschel did
more, I believe, than any other man, to introduce into England the
powerful methods and the valuable notation of modern analysis."
Herschel was one of the first to recognize the value of Hamilton's
quaternions, which he described as a " Cornucopia from which, turn it
how you will, something valuable is sure to fall." If Herschel had de-
voted his life to the development of the pure mathematics, as he seemed
at first inclined to do, he might have taken rank with the highest in that
field of investigation. His earliest publications were upon this subject,
and he frequently returned to his first love, as late even as 1850.
There is no occasion to regret that a mind of a high order, and
thoroughly imbued with the mathematical spirit, should have been
transplanted into the domains of geology, chemistry, physics, and astron-
omy, for there were fields there already white and waiting for a harvest,
and only a mathematician could be the reaper. All of these sciences
aspire to that high estate which some have already reached, when

464 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

theories stand or fall according to the quantity as well as the quality of
the forces which they furnish for the explanation of phenomena, —
quantities which the highest mathematics are often inadequate to calcu-
late.

Herschel moved from Cambridge to London, and began the
study of Law. But the new acquaintance which he formed with
Wollaston, the microscopic philosopher, as he has been called, soon
turned his attention to Chemistry and Optics. His first publica-
tion in chemistry, on hyposulphurous acid, contained an important
discovery, and was followed, at various intervals, by others, — on
photography, on the chemical influence of light, on the action of light
on precipitation, and on its effect upon vegetable colors. His inves-
tigations in Optics began at as early a date, and were not wholly re-
linquished until 1863. He applied the theory of diffraction to the ex-
planation of the beautiful colors of mother-of-pearl; calculated the
colored curves, called lemniscates, produced by the passage of polarized
light through biaxial crystals ; investigated Newton's tints ; studied the
aberration of lenses, the absorption of light by colored media, the light
emitted by lime, the mineralogical import of right-handed and left-
handed circular polarization in quartz, the irregularities of the colored
rings in apophillite, the insensibility of some eyes to certain colors ;
discussed the merits of a fluid lens for the telescope ; examined the
coloring matter in certain green sands ; suggested improvements in the
Argand lamp ; added the lavender tint to the solar spectrum ; and finally,
by his announcement of epipolic dispersion as exhibited on the surface
of sulphate of quinine, furnished Stokes with the key to his important
discovery of the change which luminous waves may suffer in their
period of oscillation.

Notwithstanding the numerous successes which Herschel achieved as
mathematician, chemist, and physicist, and the still greater triumphs in
these directions of which he gave promise, he was destined by circum-
stances, if not by preference, to be an astronomer. The Royal Astro-
nomical Society of London was founded in 1820, with William Herschel
as its first President, and John Herschel as its first Foreign Secretary,
and in the thirty-eight volumes of valuable memoirs which it has pub-
lished, no other name shines so brightly as that of Herschel. If the il-
lustrious F. G. W. Struve was animated, as he confesses, by the great
example of William Herschel, to undertake his vast labor on the Dou-
ble Stars, it is not strange that the younger Herschel should have been

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JUNE 4, 1872. 465

ambitious of reaffirming the discoveries of his father in the northern
hemisphere, and of completing them by an independent survey of the
southern stars and nebulae. For this purpose, he was first associated
with Sir James South, an amateur astronomer of immense zeal and am-
ple means. The union was a happy one for both, and for astronomy,
inasmuch as it placed at Herschel's disposal instruments of the first class,
and secured to the work which had been undertaken the advantage of
a highly gifted and well-trained mind. While this partnership lasted,
observations and measurements were made on 380 double or triple stars,
and promptly published.

Soon after this, we find Herschel established in the spot of greatest
interest to all astronomers, and to him above all others, namely, in the
old observatory at Slough. Provided with a reflecting telescope of 18
inches aperture, in the construction of which he had the advice of his
father, he began to sweep the sky for double stars and nebulae, as his
father had done before him, and with equal success, though he missed
the valuable assistance which his father had enjoyed in Miss Caroline
L. Herschel. In spite of this disadvantage, and without the mechani-
cal appliances which Struve enjoyed, and the still greater conveniences
which both would have found in the chronographic method of re-
cent times, catalogue after catalogue of double stars, clusters, and
nebulae, many of which had escaped the piercing eye of the father,
poured into the volumes of the Royal Society and the Astronomical So-
ciety, and Slough became once more a centre of intense intellectual ac-
tivity. Herschel was now more than forty years old. And if he had
been less ambitious, or less courageous, or less devoted to astronomy, he
might have been content with the laurels already won. But he knew that
there was a new world of astronomy to be conquered in the southern
hemisphere, — a zone of more than fifty degrees encircling the south
pole, no star of which could ever shine in his telescope at Slough,, however
penetrating. Now and then an astronomer, like La Caille, had been
despatched thither for a specific purpose and for a brief residence, and
observatories, more or less permanent, had been established at the Cape
of Good Hope and at Paramatta ; but no one, before Herschel, had
dreamed of making an exhaustive survey of those strange skies, of
which the eloquent pen of Humboldt had depicted, and possibly ex-
aggerated, the beauties. The motives and the object of Herschel in ban-
ishing himself, with his family and assistants, for four years, to the Cape
of Good Hope, are best described in his own words. After alluding to

vol. viii. 59

466 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

what he and his father had done at Slough, he continues : " Having so far
succeeded to my wish (the places of the objects thus determined proving,
on the whole, satisfactory), and having by this practice acquired sufficient
mastery of the instrument employed (a reflecting telescope of 14^ inches
clear aperture and 20 feet focus on my father's construction), and of the
delicate process of polishing the specula ; being, moreover, strongly in-
vited by the peculiar interest of the subject, and the wonderful nature
of the objects which presented themselves in the course of its prosecution,
I resolved to attempt the completion of a survey of the whole surface
of the heavens, and, for this purpose, to transport into the other hemi-
sphere the same instrument which had been employed in this, so as to
give a unity to the results of both portions of the survey, and to render
them comparable with each other."

Herschel sailed from England on November 13, 1833, with his family
and instruments ; and on his arrival at the Cape, January 15, 1834, he
selected, as the site of his temporary observatory, Feldhausen, situated
a little to the southwest of the Royal Observatory of the Cape. In a
month his instruments were placed in position and ready for work.
After luxuriating for a few nights, with laudable curiosity, on some ex-
traordinary objects in the constellation of the Cross and of Argo, he be-
gan his regular sweeps of the southern sky on the 5th of March. When
he had left the Cape, a granite monument was erected by friends, to
commemorate the charming spot, at the base of Table Mountain, where
his observatory stood. Few astronomers will have the privilege of see-
ing it. But they have the greater privilege of beholding always the
nobler monument to the family name of Herschel, in the magnificent
quarto volume, of nearly five hundred pages, illustrated with seventeen
plates, which bears the august title, " Results of Astronomical Observa-
tions made during the years 1834, 5, 6, 7, 8, at the Cape of Good
Hope ; being the completion of a telescopic survey of the whole sur-
face of the visible heavens, commenced in 1825," and dedicated to the
late Hugh, Duke of Northumberland, by whose munificence the work
was published.

A bare enumeration of the subjects of the seven chapters of this
volume will give some idea of the variety and severity of the labor
crowded into Herschel's few years of residence at the Cape. Chapter
I. records that which energized the whole enterprise, namely, the regis-
tration of the nebulae and clusters of the southern sky. Of these, 1708
are registered, most of them new to astronomy. Others, not wholly

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 4, 1872. 467

invisible in the northern observatories, were carefully re-examined by
Herschel from his more favorable point of view. The Magellanic
Clouds, that miscellaneous collection of individual objects in strange com-
panionship, were dissected, and found to be composed, the one of 919
and the other of 244 distinct stars, nebulte, and clusters. Chapter II.
tells us that his catalogue of double stars, which had reached 3346 in
the northern hemisphere, had grown by his southern contributions to
5542. Chapter III. marks the indomitable perseverance of the astron-
omer, who found relief from severer toil in determining the relative
brightnesses of many of the southern stars. Neither did Herschel
omit, as we learn from Chapter IV., to apply to the southern stars and
the southern galaxy the system of gauging, instituted by his father, to
discover the comparative popidousness of the sky in different spots ;
on which, as upon a scientific basis, and not, as others had done before
him, by mere speculation, he ventured an outlook into the structure of
the universe. Probably an astronomer less zealous than Herschel
would not have allowed the opportunity to slip of observing a comet as
remarkable as Halley's, at its last appearance in 1835. But as we turn
over the pages of Chapter V. of the Results, and rehearse the numer-
ous observations therein recorded, and examine the admirable delinea
tions of the changing phases of the comet, comparable in excellence
with those which Schwabe and Bessel made in Europe, and ponder
upon Herschel's weighty discussion of the physical condition of comets
(better revealed by this comet than by any other except Donati's), we
cannot but congratulate science on the well-timed visit of comet and
astronomer. The two remaining chapters record observations on the sat-
ellites of Saturn and the solar spots. No one knew better than Herschel
the need of new evidence for computing the orbits, or even verifying the
existence, of these remote satellites ; and the course of recent investiga-
tions into solar influences has given an importance to all good observa-
tions on the sun's spots greater than any one could have anticipated.
Herschel realized, no doubt, that the new views of the celestial scenery
which he had enjoyed, the intellectual gratification which he had re-
ceived from his discoveries, and the filial duty that he had discharged
to astronomy, were an over-payment for whatever he had sacrificed by
a self-imposed banishment' from his native land. Nevertheless, he had
given to astronomers a bright example of the victory which a passion
for truth may gain over present comfort and social enjoyment, and an
example which others have been ambitious to imitate. His return to
England was, therefore, as it deserved to be, an ovation.

468 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

If what Herschel did at Slough and at the Cape of Good Hope was
the greatest work of his life, it by no means fills out the measure of his
services even to astronomy. Among his miscellaneous contributions to
scientific journals and transactions we find such subjects as these : Oc-
cultation of the Stars ; Determination of Differences of Geographical
Longitude ; Parallax of the Fixed Stars ; Orbits of Binary Stars ;
Biela's Comet and the great Comet of 1843 ; Revision of the Constel-
lations ; Satellites of Uranus ; Variability of Stars ; Test Objects for
Telescopes ; Entrance Passages into the Pyramids of Gizeh ; and
upon each and all might be inscribed, Non tetigit quod non omavit.

Astronomy has done much for geography, and it promises to do more
for geology, whenever the geologist shall have a moderate knowledge of
astronomy, or the astronomer interest himself in the wonders of geol-
ogy. Of various contributions which Herschel made to geology, two
may be particularized. 1. He discussed with Lyell the effect which the
position of the major axis of the earth's orbit might have on the com-
parative climates of the northern and southern hemispheres. 2. The
startling and irregular changes in one of the stars of the constella-
tion Argo, some of which came under his own inspection, suggested to
Herschel reflections on the possible fluctuations in solar heat, and the con-
sequent vicissitudes in the earth's history, which are worthy of the at-
tention of every thoughtful geologist. Moreover, the scientific powers
of Herschel were not confined to mathematics, chemistry, astronomy,
and geology, for occasionally he made excursions into the domains of
meteorology, magnetism, electricity, and general physics.

However broad the field over which Herschel travelled as an original
investigator, he still found time to write elaborate treatises on special
subjects. In the Encyclopedia Metropolitana, he has handled the sub-
jects of Light and Sound in a masterly way. His contributions to this
work were published forty years ago, but nothing has been written since
in the English language that will supply their place, although the trea-
tise on Sound requires now numerous additions to bring it up to the
present state of the science of acoustics. The treatise on Light is rich
in illustrations, experimental, mathematical, and historical, and contains
an impartial presentation of the merits of the corpuscular and undula-
tory theories of light, and of the great services of Newton, Huyghens,
Young, and Fresnel. The English reader owes especial regard to
Herschel for his first introduction to Fresnel, the mathematical ex-
pounder of the undulatory theory of light; his scattered and tardily

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JUNE 4, 1872. 469

published writings having been first gathered and printed in an easily
accessible form as recently as 1866. We have to thank the German
and French translators for rescuing this treatise of Herschel on Light
from the bulky and unwieldy volumes of the Encyclopaedia, and print-
ing it in a separate and convenient form. Herschel wrote two volumes
for the Cabinet Cyclopaedia of Dr. Lardner. " The Preliminary Dis-
course on the Study of Natural Philosophy " brought him into no-
tice before a larger public as a writer and a philosopher. The objects
and the methods of science, the meaning of natural law, and, of course,
the analysis of phenomena and the process of generalization, the util-
ity, dignity, and pleasures of science, are elegantly stated and vividly
illustrated. This discourse was translated into German. The treatise
on Astronomy, first published in the Cyclopaedia in 1833 (and also
translated into German), was expanded in 1849 into the " Outlines of
Astronomy," which has run through ten editions. In this work, Her-
schel has handled skilfully the subject of planetary perturbations,
without the use of the higher mathematics, and has given to the gen-
eral reader imperfect glimpses of what must otherwise have been a
sealed book to him ; and everywhere the language is as grand as the
themes of which it treats. In 1859 the " Outlines " was translated into
Chinese.

Herschel did not disdain the task of writing for the people as well as
for men of science. Three articles which he furnished to the Encyclo-
pedia Britannica, on Meteorology, on Physical Geography, and on the
Telescope, have been republished in separate volumes. After reaching
the advanced age of threescore years and ten, he delivered a few lec-
tures to a village audience, and then printed them, with other similar
productions, in " Good Words." In 1868, they were collected into asmall
volume, with the title " Familiar Lectures on Scientific Subjects." But
this must have been the amusement of his leisure hours, if it is possible
to suppose that a man who did constantly so much heavy work had any
leisure. How he refreshed himself after the midnight watches at the
observatory, or amid the sterner labors of his study, all may know who
will examine the volume issued in 1857 with the title, " Essays from the
Edinburgh and Quarterly Reviews, with Addresses and other Pieces."
These other pieces were poems, original or translated, while the Re-
views and Addresses were upon the loftiest themes in science and phi-
losophy, and abound in passages of magnificent diction, profound
thought, and sublime eloquence.

470 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

The last years of Herschel's life, when he seemed to have retired
from active service, were enriched with the fruits of his intellect and
imagination. He is still poet, philosopher, mathematician, physicist, and
astronomer, to his latest hour. Though his translation of the Iliad of
Homer may give him a place as a classical scholar by the side of Pope,
Blackie, Dart, Lord Derby, or our own Bryant, we can fancy the
happiest moments of his life to have been when, in 1864, after having
tardily published the seventh catalogue of observations at Slough, he
gave to the world his one hundred and thirty-fourth scientific paper,
namely, a highly elaborated catalogue of the five thousand and seventy-
nine nebula? which had been observed by his father, himself, or any
other astronomer : or again when, undaunted by the growing infirmi-
ties of age, he labored at the stupendous task of framing a universal
catalogue, with descriptions, of the ten thousand double stars hitherto
registered, bequeathing the manuscript to loving hands, so as to secure
its speedy completion and publication.

We may not forget the services which Herschel rendered to his coun-
try as Master of the Mint for five years, as President of the Royal As-
tronomical Society, and of the British Association for the Advance-
ment of Science, or by the Instructions which he edited for the Board
of Admiralty as a Manual of Scientific Inquiry, and to which he con-
tributed his quota. We may also allude to the reports he made in
behalf of the Magnetic and Meteorological Observatories established
throughout the British Empire, and his efforts to establish a uniform
standard of length. Fired by the example of Humboldt, he kindled
his own country into a like enthusiasm in the study of Terrestrial Mag-
netism, which he watched and guided for twenty years, nerving his
coworkers to undertake a first, second, and even third, magnetic crusade.

The tendency, and almost the necessity, of modern scientific study is
strongly in favor of an exclusive devotion to some narrow specialty.
Dissipation of energy is conditioned on superficiality, and the universal
genius is regarded with suspicion. Nevertheless, the example of Her-
schel is an exhortation and an encouragement to the most liberal cul-
ture, by showing how many things can be done, and done well, when
length of days, indomitable industry, and good natural endowments are
united. It is to the credit of humanity and of science that the merits
of Herschel were felt in every home, and met with all that public rec-
ognition and honor which academies and societies are able to bestow.
It is a pleasant thought that this great and successful man of science had

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JUNE 4, 1872. 471

no scientific quarrels to embitter his life, that his character was beyond
reproach, that his cup of domestic joy was full, and that everywhere he
was loved as much as he was admired. Happily, too, he has left suc-
cessors to his fame as well as to his name, who may be worthy to wear
the mantle which two generations have made resplendent.

Sir William Thompson, in his address before the British Association,
said : " A monument to Faraday and a monument to Herschel Brit-
ain must have. The nation will not be satisfied with anything, however
splendid, done by private subscription." Whatever other monument
Herschel may have, let that most appropriate one be forever guarded
and preserved, which he himself chose in honoring his father, when, on
January 1, 1840, he, and his wife, and children, and servants, assembled
around the dismantled and prostrate telescope which had astonished the
world, sang a requiem, which he composed, inside of the tube, and then
hermetically sealed it.

Moses Ashley Curtis was born in Stockbridge, Massachusetts,
on the 11th of May, 1808. His father was the Rev. Jared Curtis, of
Stockbridge, afterwards for many years chaplain of the State Prison
at Charlestown. His mother was a daughter of General Moses
Ashley. He was fitted for college chiefly under his father's tuition,
and was graduated at Williams in the class of 1827. Three years
afterward, he went to Wilmington, North Carolina, as a tutor in the
family of Governor Dudley, while at the same time he studied divinity.
There he resided until the year 1841, with the exception of a year
and a half passed with his father in Charlestown. In the autumn of
1834, he married Miss De Rosset, of Wilmington, who survives him.
He took holy orders at Richmond, Virginia, in the summer of 1835 ;
became rector of the Protestant Episcopal Church at Hillsborough,
North Carolina, in 1841, and fulfilled the duties of this station for the
remainder of his life, with the exception of ten years, from 1847 to
1857, during which he had the pastoral charge of a parish at Society
Hill, South Carolina. The degree of Doctor of Divinity was con-
ferred on him by the University of North Carolina, at Chapel Hill.
His health for a few years past was sensibly impaired ; but he was able
to perform his professional duties, and, in a measure, to prosecute his
scientific studies, until the 10th of April last, when he died suddenly,
probably of heart disease.

Dr. Curtis's attention must have early been attracted to botany, and

472 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

his predilection fixed by his residence at Wilmington, one of the richest
and most remarkable botanical stations in the United States. For it
was in the year 1834, after only three years' residence there, that he com-
municated to the Boston Society of Natural History his first botanical
work, namely, his " Enumeration of Plants growing spontaneously
around Wilmington, North Carolina, with Remarks on some New and
Obscure Species." This was printed in the first volume and second
number of that Society's Journal ; but the original impression having
been mainly destroyed by fire, important additions and emendations were
made in tbe subsequent reprint. The author's powers of observation
and aptitude for research are well shown in this publication, and it is
one of the earliest of the kind in this country in which the names of
the genera and species are accented. In his note upon the structure
of Dionasa, or Venus's Fly-trap, — a plant found only in the dis-
trict around Wilmington, — Dr. Curtis corrected the account of the
mode of its wonderful action which had prevailed since the time of
Linnaeus, and confirmed the statement and inferences of the first
scientific describer, Ellis, namely, that this plant not only captures
insects, but consumes them, enveloping them in a mucilaginous fluid
which appears to act as a solvent. Extending his botanical observa-
tions to the western borders of his adopted State, Dr. Curtis was among
the first to retrace the steps and rediscover the plants found and pub-
lished by the elder Michaux, in the higher Alleghany Mountains. But
for the last twenty-five years, his scientific studies were mainly given
to mycology, in which he became a proficient and the highest American
authority. His papers upon Fungi, some of which are large, and all
important, were mainly published by the American Philosophical
Society, and by the Linnean Society of London. Several of them
are the joint productions of Dr. Curtis and of the able English
mycologist, Mr. Berkeley. His other published writings mainly are
" A Commentary on the Natural History of Dr. Hawks's ' History
of North Carolina,' " — a good specimen of his appreciation of exact
research, and sharpness of wit wholly free of acerbity ; two papers
in " Silliman's Journal" on "New and Rare Plants of the Carolinas" ;
and the botanical portion of the " Geological and Natural History
Survey of North Carolina," in two parts ; — the first, a popular account
of the trees and shrubs, issued in 1860 ; the other, a catalogue of all the
plants of the State, in 1867. This includes the lower Cryptogamia,
especially the Fungi, of which he enumerates almost 2,400 species,

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 4, 1872. 473

■while the Phamogamous plants are less than 1,900. All our as-
sociate's work was marked by ability and conscientiousness. "With a
just appreciation both of the needs of the science and of what he
could best do under the circumstances, when he had exhausted the
limited field in Phamogamous Botany within his reach he entered
upon the inexhaustible ground of Mycology, which had been neglected
in this country since the time of Schweinitz. In this difficult depart-
ment he investigated and published a large number of new species,
as well as determined the old ones, and amassed an ample collection,
the preservation of which is most important, comprising as it does the
specimens, drawings, and original notes which are to authenticate his
work. By his unremitting and well-directed labors, filling the intervals
of an honored and faithful professional life, he has richly earned the
gratitude of the present and ensuing generations of botanists. Several
years ago he prepared drawings of the edible Fungi of the country,
with a view to making them better known in an accessible and popular
publication ; but he was unable to find a publisher. He was much im-
pressed with their importance as a source of food. During the hard-
ships of the Rebellion, he turned his knowledge of them to useful
account for his family and neighborhood ; and he declared that he
could have supported a regiment upon excellent and delicious food
which was wasting in the fields and woods around him.

D

Jonx Edwards Holbrook was born in Beaufort, South Carolina,
on the 31st of December, 179G. He spent his childhood in Wrentham,
Massachusetts, the home of his father. He graduated at Brown
University, subsequently studied medicine in Philadelphia, and com-
pleted his scientific education at the Medical School of Edinburgh.
He travelled extensively on the Continent, making himself thoroughly
familiar with everything pertaining to his profession. In 1822, he
returned to America, and established himself in Charleston, where he
was appointed to the Professorship of Anatomy in the Medical School ;
— a post he occupied for over thirty years. In 1827, he married Miss
Harriet Rutledge, who assisted and encouraged him in all his sci-
entific pursuits. Her remarkable social and intellectual qualities
endeared her to a large circle of friends, who will ever gratefully
remember the hospitalities of Belmont and the kindness of the host
and hostess.

In the midst of his professional duties he found time to devote to

VOL. VITI. 60

474 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

investigations of Natural History, his volumes on the " Herpetology of
the United States" being perhaps one of the first publications to attract
the attention of European scientific men to the progress of the natural
sciences in the United States. The naturalists of the present day cannot
be too grateful to him for having produced a work which at the time not
only had no equal in Europe in its special department, but will remain
hereafter the standard work, and the basis for all subsequent works on
the subject in this country ; .although at the time' of its publication
the difficulties which beset an author, in the way of want of libraries,
total absence of scientific tradition, and lack of accurately determined
material, can hardly be appreciated by the naturalists of the present
time, with their daily increasing facilities for study and comparison.
These difficulties only a true love of his science could have sur-
mounted ; and the example given by Dr. Holbrook will long be bene-
ficially felt throughout the country.

After the completion of his " Herpetology " he visited Europe again,
and renewed the relations he had formed before with the scientific
men abroad, more especially with the professors of the Jardin des
Plantes.

On the breaking out of the war, he was engaged upon his " Ichthy-
ology of South Carolina," for which the State of South Carolina had
given him a moderate grant to defray a part of the expenses. The
first edition was nearly completely destroyed by a fire in Phila-
delphia, and the war put an end to all further work. It is thus
unfortunately left incomplete. During the war he served as a phy-
sician in the Southezm army, and in spite of his old age was often
compelled to share the rations and be exposed to the hardships of the
common soldier. At the close of the struggle he was among the first
who were willing to make all reasonable concessions for the restoration
of peace, and who returned with unimpaired affection to his Northern
friends, although the result had involved him in the common ruin.

For the last years of his life he spent the summers in New England.
He died on the 8th of September, 1871, at Norfolk, Massachusetts, at
his sister's residence, in the village where he had spent his infancy and
boyhood, surrounded by his family and friends.

Dennis Hart Mahan was born April 2, 1802, in the city of New
York. His boyhood was passed in Norfolk, Virginia. While pursuing
the study of medicine with Dr. Archer, in Richmond, Virginia, he

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 4, 1872. 475

received in 1820, through the influence of Hon. Thomas Newton, of
the United States House of Representatives, an appointment as cadet
at the United States Military Academy. Entering the Academy at
the age of eighteen, he at once hecame the marked man of his class,
and took the foremost rank. While only a third-classman, he was
appointed acting assistant professor of mathematics On July 1,
1824, he graduated at the head of his class, and entered the corps of
engineers of the army. He continued attached to this corps, with the
rank of second lieutenant of engineers, until January 1, 1832, but
saw no actual service, being always on detached duty. From 1824 to
1826, he was serving at the Military Academy ; the first year, as as-
sistant professor of mathematics, the second, as principal assistant pro-
fessor of engineering. The next four years, from August, 1826, to
June, 1830, were spent in Europe, on professional duty, by order of
the War Department. During the last year of this sojourn in Europe,
he was, by authority of the French Minister of War, attached as a
pupil to the military school of artillerists and engineers at Metz. At
that time there was no other place or school which could give that
special training which so thoroughly fitted him for the duties to which
he was to be called immediately upon his return to his own country.
Metz, with all the glories of its historic renown as the bulwark of
France, was also the thorough exemplification of the best systems of
fortification devised by the genius of Vauban and Cormontaigne ; and
here, if anywhere, the earnest student would become thoroughly im-
pressed with the love of his art, and initiated into all its mysteries.
Mahan, on his return home, was at once appointed acting professor of
engineering at the Military Academy, and finally, in 1832, was ap-
pointed professor, — a post which he filled with distinguished honor
until his death on the 16th September, 1871.

In order to appreciate the full influence of his character and attain-
ments in this position, we must go back to the period when he assumed
its duties, and see what was the state of engineering science at the
time. The student of the present day will find it hard to realize what
the actual state of knowledge then was. Professional books were
rare, and hardly existed except in foreign languages ; and the number
of those who had the desire and ability to consult them was still rarer.
Military engineering was a meagre conglomeration of a few detached
practices rather than principles ; and civil engineering, not having yet
received the impetus which the railroad system has since given it,

476 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

could hardly be said to have an existence as a science. It became
necessary for Mahan to create his own text-books ; and even as late
as 1842, when the writer was a pupil under him, these text-books were,
in many cases, lithographic notes prepared at the presses of the
Academy, and lent to the students for their instruction. The whole
subject of permanent fortification and stereotomy was thus taught, and
there were no American books upon the subject existing at that time.
Even in the more elementary descriptive geometry the only American
book was by a professor at the Military Academy, and this omits en-
tirely the " Theorie des plans cotes, which forms the basis of fortification
drawing.

But Mahan was one of those rare men who teach more by their
personality than by their books. While it is true that he created
books, and books which, though pioneers in their day, stand the test of
comparison with the best works of later explorers, it is equally true
that those who were so fortunate as to sit under his instruction learned
much more than the books ever revealed. In the magic power of his
personal communication with the pupil lay the great secret of his
success as a teacher. The pupil who came under his searching eye
felt that all shams were useless, that anything like pretension was at
once exposed and rebuked, while true, honest effort always met with a
cordial and hearty response, and found all the aids which it sought.
The writer had the privilege of being not only his pupil, but, at a later
period, his principal assistant ; and in this latter capacity he learned to
know the value of this great teacher. With a nature peculiarly
sensitive, and a very nervous organization, Mahan had so schooled
himself that he had become truly judicial in his estimate of what-
ever was presented to him. With a genuine love of science in any of
its developments, he had naturally that instinctive abhorrence of char-
latanry in its multiform manifestations, and that unsparing sarcasm
ever ready for its exhibition, which led those who did not know him
to regard him as cynical and morose. But none who had the honor
of his friendship ever looked at him in this guise. To them he was
the true, warm-hearted friend, to whose ready sympathy in everything
that was right and honest they would appeal without hesitation ;
but whom, on the contrary, they would dread to approach with any
proposition of doubtful or even questionable probity. Though small of
stature and thin of frame, Mahan had ever a commanding presence,
before which presumption and arrogance felt rebuked ; and this per-

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 4, 1872. 477

sonality made itself felt by even the most turbulent spirits in bis
classes. His effect in this way, even upon those who were not quali-
fied to directly appreciate his instruction, made no small part of his
influence as a professor in our Military Academy.

But Mahan's influence and the value of his life are not confined to
the immediate scene of his labors. By his occasional writings, and
by those of his published works which are less distinctly professional,
he has stimulated the public mind in a much wider sphere. His work
on civil engineering, which has gone through several editions, and
been several times revised and almost rewritten by its author since its
first publication, is still one of the best compendiums on the subject.
His edition of Moseley's " Mechanics of Engineering," with its valuable
additions and annotations, has brought to the notice of the American
public one of the very best English works. Duinng our late war, his
work on field fortifications — the best work on that subject in any
language — and his minor work on outpost duty were in the hands
of all of our militia officers who sought instruction in their duties.
Science and education owe much to the labors of his long life, and the
memory of that life will be preserved in the many works which he has
left behind him. Brown and Princeton conferred upon him the
honorary degree of A. M. in 1837, and he subsequently received that
of LL. D. from William and Mary, Brown, and Dartmouth. In 1828,
he was elected a member of the Geographical Society of France. He
was a member of several scientific societies in this country, and
one of the original fifty corporators of the National Academy of
Science.

To the interests of the Military Academy Mahan devoted the best
energies of his life. Regarding it not merely as a school of military
science, but as it really was, for a long period, the only scientific school
worthy of the name in our country, his whole thoughts were given to
the advancement of its prosperity ; and, as one of its Faculty, he jeal-
ously watched every change in its educational system which tended
to lower its high standard. Especially, in all the assaults which are
periodically made upon it, was he found ever ready, by voice and pen,
to repel those assaults, and vindicate the fair reputation of his Alma
Mater. No one could do this better than he. With a thorough con-
viction of the honesty of his cause, and a mind well stored with his-
torical knowledge, he combined a ready command of language and a
trenchant satire never exceeding proper bounds, which made every

478 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

essay from his pen, and, still more, every word from his mouth, pro-
duce its effect. The Military Academy has lost by his death, not only
one of its ablest workers, but also one of its strongest and most fearless
champions.

Soon after the last annual examination of cadets, the rumor became
prevalent that, by the recommendation of the Board of Visitors, this
aged professor, now in his seventieth year, was to be removed from ac-
tive duty at the Academy, and placed upon the retired list. Though on
the score of years, and under the usage of the military service, he might
have claimed this as his right, this unlooked-for action of the Board
came to him, not as a measure of relief from arduous duty, but as a vital
assault upou his life-long work and reputation. The shock was too
great for him to bear ; and when he returned to his post in September,
after the usual summer season of relaxation, it was but too evident that
his sensitive brain had received a fatal blow. On the lGth of September
he left West Point, with an attendant, by the steamer Mary Powell, for
the purpose of consulting his physician in New York. When the boat
was near Stony Point, he passed rapidly out of the saloon where he had
been sitting, and rushing to the side of the boat, just in front of the
wheel, he disappeared beneath the waters of the Hudson. Thus ended
the life of this most distinguished son of our Military Academy, one of
the ablest expounders of engineering science, one of the most zealous,
judicious, and successful workers in the cause of education.

Samuel Finlet Breeze Morse died at his residence in the city
of New York on the 4th of April, 1872.

He was born in Charlestown, Massachusetts, April 27, 1791. He
was the eldest son of Jedediah Morse, D. D., an American clergyman
and geographer, who was for thirty-one years pastor of the First Con-
gregational Church in Charlestown.

Mr. Morse was a graduate of Yale College, in the class of 1810.
He went to Europe during the next year, making the voyage with
Washington Allston, and became a pupil, in painting, of Benjamin
West.

In addition to his studies in painting, he gave attention to sculpture,
and in 1813 received the gold medal of the Adelphi Society of
Arts, for an original model of a " Dying Hercules."

He returned to the United States in 1815. In 1824-25, with some
other artists of New York, he originated a drawing association, which

OP ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 4, 1872. 479

resulted in the establishment, a year later, of the "National Academy
of Design." He held the office of President of this society for fifteen
years.

In 1829, he again visited Europe, to complete his studies in art,
and resided, about three years, in the principal cities of the Conti-
nent.

On the return voyage from France, in 1882, on the ship Sully, the
feasibility of an electric telegraph was often the subject of conversation,
and at that time he made drawings of apparatus intended for this
purpose. His first instrument was finished at New York in 1835,
and worked in one direction. In July, 1837, he had two instruments,
one at each terminus, and could communicate in both directions.

At the close of that year he was at Washington, a petitioner to
Congress for aid to' construct an experimental line from that city to
Baltimore. No appropriation was made during the session of 1837- 38,
and he went again to Europe.

A patent for his system of telegraphing was refused in England ; in
France, he obtained a brevet cVinvention, but it proved to be of no
value. He returned to the United States, and, after several years of
disappointment and poverty, his appeal to Congress was successful, —
the sum of thirty thousand dollars being appropriated on the 4th of
March, 1843, for the purpose of encouraging his first attempt to con-
struct a line of electric telegraph between Washington and Baltimore,
a work which, after many difficulties, he completed in 1844.

This system has now been in use twenty-eight years ; its simplicity,
as compared with other kinds of electric telegraph, has favored its
general introduction both at home and abroad. In this, as in all im-
portant inventions, the practical result is reached by long and patient
efforts of many minds, in various departments of scientific and mechani-
cal labor. The world is greatly indebted to Mr. Morse for his perse-
verance and earnest labor in combining the various parts that consti-
tute the present " Electro-magnetic Telegraph."

This system is now found in operation in all quarters of the world,
and has, on many land lines, displaced the needle telegraph. It is not
of value for the Atlantic cable or other submarine lines, as they are
worked, in all cases, without the use of an electro-magnet.

Mr. Morse received many honors and marks of distinction abroad,
and from ten foreign governments the sum of four hundred thousand
francs as an honorary and personal award for his useful labors.

480 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

He was appointed one of the United States Commissioners to visit
the Paris Universal Exposition of 1867, and make examination of
telegraphic apparatus. His report on this subject was published in

1869.

Charles Jackson, Jr., as he always called himself long after his
father's death, was the only son of the Hon. Charles Jackson, one of
the judges of the Supreme Court of Massachusetts from 1813 to 1823,
and Fanny (Cabot) Jackson, his second wife. He was born on the
fourth day of March, 1815.

He was fitted for college chiefly at the schools of Mr. Daniel Green-
leaf Ingraham and Mr. William Wells. He entered Harvard College
at Commencement, in the year 1830, joining the Sophomore Class.
Without aiming at college rank, he held a very creditable position as
a scholar.

On leaving college, he began the study of the law with his father,
and continued it in the office of the Hon. Charles Greely Loring.
He was admitted to the Suffolk Bar in 1836. The years 1837 and
1838 he spent in Europe. On his return, he gave his attention to the
study of civil engineering, and was employed on the Western and
Eastern railroads during the years 1839 and 1840. After 1840, he
devoted himself to iron-making, becoming largely interested in mines
and furnaces in Pennsylvania, and continued in this business to the
close of his life.

From his college days he was recognized as a man of singularly
acute and original intellect. He took nothing on trust which he could
study out for himself. With an ever-active thirst for knowledge, a
marvellous rapidity and accuracy in acquiring information, and a
memory so remarkable that some almost incredible feats are told of it,
he was less generally known than many men much his inferiors who
care more for fame or notoriety. He was full of knowledge on a
great variety of subjects, and talked with an affluence of expression
and a knowledge of facts which always commanded the attention of
those around him. His business capacity was remarkable, and though
he had some trying experiences early in his career, his indomitable
courage and clear, cool head carried him safely through them all, and
brought his extensive plans to a complete and eminently successful
fulfilment.

Mr. Jackson very rarely appeared before the public in any other

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 4, 1872. 481

light than as a man of business. He wrote as he talked, with a facility
and rapidity and fertility very rarely equalled, as many of his letters
remain to show, — letters as impetuous, as ingenious, as close in argu-
ment, as vivid in illustration, as if they were verbatim reports of his
brilliant conversation. But I am not sure that he ever printed more
than one paper, or delivered more than a single lecture.

In the "North American Review" for October, 1852, is a paper
written by him on the subject of the Great Exhibition. It is a very
spirited essay, taking the side of the practical workman as an inventor
against the pretensions of the man of science. All the characteristics
of his mind are very well represented in this essay, which can be read
to-day with as much instruction and entertainment as when it was
written. He may have pressed his argument at some points, but it is
a very striking plea for the discoveries and inventions of the workshop
as against those of the laboratory.

In the winter of 1853-54, Mr. Jackson delivered a lecture, in the
course instituted by the Academy, on the " History of the Useful Arts."
This lecture was distinguished by the same qualities which character-
ized the essay in the "North American Review." Some of its con-
clusions were startling; but, if not proved, they were supported by such
an array of facts, so ingeniously presented, as to offer a formidable front
to an opponent. Most of the inventions claimed by Englishmen, as I
remember this lecture, were proved or alleged, with a greater or less
show of evidence, not to have come from men of Anglo-Saxon birth,
that particular stock never having distinguished itself by inventive
talent. The lecture was listened to with great interest, and some of
its conclusions were, I think, controverted ; but it was an effort which
showed the keen iconoclastic radicalism of his intellect in its fullest
development.

Mr. Jackson's personal character, his fidelity in friendship, the
warmth of his attachments, his generous hospitality, added to the
attractions of his companionship, made him a great favorite with those
who enjoyed the privilege of his intimate acquaintance.

He died, after a protracted illness, on the 30th of July, 1871, leaving
a widow and three children, two sons and a daughter. His eldest
daughter, the wife of the Rev. George Folsom, died one month before
her father.

VOL. VIII. 61

482 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

James Davenport Whelplet was born in the city of New York,
January 23, 1817, and died in Boston, April 15, 1872. His father,
Philip Melancthon Whelpley, was pastor of the First Presbyterian
Church in New York City. His grandfather was the Rev. Samuel
Whelpley, a distinguished writer and theologian. His mother was
Abigail Fitch Davenport, a granddaughter of the Rev. John Daven-
port, one of the founders of the New Haven colony. He was sent to
school at New Haven, where, at ah early age, he showed a decided
taste for chemical study and experimentation. He entered Yale Col-
lege in 1833, and was graduated in 1837. In his Senior year he
published in the " American Journal of Science " a paper " On two
American Species of the Genus Hydrachna," in conjunction with Mr.
J. D. Dana, then assistant to Professor Silliman.

Soon after leaving college he joined the corps of Professor Henry
D. Rogers, then occupied in surveying the anthracite region of Penn-
sylvania. After three years' service upon this survey, he studied at
the Medical School in Pittsfield, Massachusetts, and, having received
the degree of that school, he practised medicine in Brooklyn, New
York, until forced by ill health to relinquish his profession.

He then returned to New Haven, and devoted himself to scientific
and literary study for a period of eight years. At this time, he con-
ceived the idea of a Philosophical System, to the development of which
he devoted much time and thought. Some fragments of this work
have been published in the " Proceedings of the Academy," and else-
where, and much manuscript matter relating to it remains in the pos-
session of his family. During his residence in New Haven, he
published in the "American Journal of Science " (1845) a remarkable
memoir on the " Idea of an Atom, suggested by the Phenomena of
Weight and Temperature."

In 1847, he went to New York, and became editor and partial owner
of the " American Whig Review." In 1849, while occupied in editing
the Review, he conceived the idea of establishing a commercial colony
in Honduras, for the purpose of developing the resources of that coun-
try, and bringing it into closer relations with the United States. He at
once proceeded to obtain from the Honduras government grants of
land and various commercial privileges, and spent two or three years
in San Francisco editing a daily newspaper, which he had purchased
there, as a means of making his plan known. He had secured a large
number of emigrants, and was engaged in perfecting the arrangements

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 4, 1872. . 483

for establishing his colony, when he learned that the filibuster Walker
had taken forcible possession of Honduras. Dr. Whelpley immedi-
ately left San Francisco with an armed party of fifty men, to protect
the interests of his projected colony. But his party was captured
by that of Walker, and Dr. Whelpley was himself impressed into
Walker's service, and put in charge of the sick and wounded men.

He was detained by Walker for nearly a year, suffering meanwhile
great privations. He finally escaped to San Francisco, and thence
returned in 185G to New York, where he supported himself for a time
by writing short articles for the magazines upon the most varied sub-
jects, — History, Politics, Music, and Romance, as well as Science.
Some of these literary diversions, published in the " Atlantic Monthly,"
bear witness both to the fluency of his pen and to his extraordinary
power of imagination.

Henceforward, in spite of frequent severe attacks of asthma and
other pulmonary troubles, and almost incessant physical pain, he
devoted much time to the study of mechanics, and the invention of
machines for saving labor and fuel. His exceedingly ingenious and
efficient devices for crushing and pulverizing rocks and ores, for burn-
ing fuel in the state of powder, and for applying the heat of the fuel
thus burned to the reduction of metallic ores, and to the generation
of steam, are familiar to many members of the Academy. Descrip-
tions of them have been widely published in the journals relating to
mechanics and metallurgy.

An ingenious steam-engine of his own invention was exhibited at
the Institute of Technology in the winter of 1869-70. During the
last twenty years of his life he was deeply interested in the study of
engines, — hot air, gas, and steam, — and he has left nearly three hun-
dred original designs for their construction. His most recent contribu-
tion to scientific literature was a series of articles in Van Nostrand's
" Engineering Magazine." The last of these papers, published in Jan-
uary, 1872, was entitled "A Critical Examination of the Ideas of
Inertia and Momentum."

Dr. Whelpley was remarkable both for his power of abstract rea-
soning and for the vivacity and scope of his imagination. His was
essentially a deductive and inventive mind. Its chief defect was
its immense versatility. By mere power of concentration and force of
will, he kept at bay the physical pain and distress incident to the pul-
monary disease which harassed his later years. The most severe

484 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

illness hardly seemed to impair in the least degree the acuteness of
his intellect ; though, during the last few years of his life, his condition
was such that he was compelled to avoid all social intercourse, and to
abstain absolutely from discussion. It was a source of deep regret to
him, that he could not even attend a meeting of the Academy, much
less present or defend his views before it, except under the penalty of
great pain and alarming illness. From a final attack of this kind was
developed the acute consumption of which he died. Dr. Whelpley was
a man of rare conversational powers and ready wit, and he had a great
fund of information in matters relating to literature and the arts and
sciences. He possessed, moreover, in a marked degree, the power of
attracting to himself devoted friends. He was esteemed by those who
knew him intimately to be a high-minded, honorable gentleman, of
warm impulses and attachments, and generous and self-sacrificing to a
fault.

Six hundred and forty-seventh Meeting.

September 10, 1872. — Stated Meeting.

The President in the chair.

The Corresponding Secretary read letters from Professor
Jowett, of Oxford, and Professor Rammelsberg, of Berlin, ac-
knowledging their election into the Academy.

The President announced the death of M. Delaunay, Foreign
Honorary Member, and of General Sylvanus Thayer.

The President called attention to a bound volume of several
articles, in manuscript, of Count Rnmford, presented by Pro-
fessor Dumas to the Library of the Academy.

It was voted that the thanks of the Academy be tendered to
Professor Dumas for this most acceptable donation.

The President called attention to the loss the Academy had
sustained in the death of Dr. Francis Dana, for many years
Assistant Librarian.

Six hundred and forty-eighth Meeting.

October 9, 1872. — Adjourned Stated Meeting.

The President in the chair.

The President announced the death of Professor Francis
Lieber, of New York, Associate Fellow of the Academy.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES I NOVEMBER 12, 1872. 485

Professor J. P. Cooke read the Annual Report of the Rum-
ford Committee, and, in accordance with its suggestion, it was
voted to appropriate one thousand dollars to continue the pub-
lication of the works of Count Rumford.

On the motion of the Treasurer, it was voted to appropriate :
For General Expenses . . . . $ 2,100.00

For Publication 800.00

For Library 500.00

It was voted to authorize the officers of the Academy to reserve
two hundred and fifty copies of the Life and Works of Count
Rumford, to be preserved intact until the completion of the
Works.

It was voted to authorize the officers of the Academy to dis-
tribute freely the Life and first volume of the Works of Count
Rumford among learned societies and scientific men.

It was voted to authorize the Rumford Committee to com-
plete the stereotyped plates, and print a small edition of the
second volume of the Works of Count Rumford.

Professor T. S. Hunt presented a communication on the
formation of agates in the Lake Superior region.

Professor W. A. Rogers described some experiments he had
been making in etching fine lines on glass.

The President called attention to a copy of the work on
the " Physiological and Therapeutical Action of the Bromides
of Potassium and Ammonium," by Drs. E. II. Clarke and R.
Amory.

Six Hundred and forty-ninth. Meeting.

November 12,1872. — Monthly Meeting.

The President in the chair.

The Corresponding Secretary read a letter from Sir William
Thomson, acknowledging his election into the Academy.

The President announced the death of General George G.
Meade, Associate Fellow, and of Mr. Charles Folsom, Resident
Fellow, of the Academy.

486 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

The Recording Secretary was authorized to send reports of
the meetings of the Academy to the editor of " Nature," for
insertion in that journal.

Mr. S. P. Sharpies presented a communication on the com-
parative purity of various sources of water-supply in the neigh-
borhood of Boston.

Six Hundred and fiftieth Meeting.

November 27,1872. — Adjourned Stated Meeting.

i

The President in the chair.

The Corresponding Secretary read a letter from Mr. Sang,
enclosing specimen pages of a table of logarithms to nine places,
which was referred to the Recording Secretary.

The President announced the death of Professor James Had-
ley, of New Haven, Associate Fellow of the Academy in Class
III., Section 4.

The following gentlemen were then elected Resident Fellows
of the Academy : —

Professor W. R. Nichols, of Boston, to be a Resident Fellow
in Class I., Section 3.

Professor C. L. Jackson, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fel-
low in Class I., Section 3.

Professor C. O. Boutelle, of Cambridge, to be a Resident
Fellow in Class I., Section 4.

Mr. J. M. Merrick, of Boston, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class I.,. Section 3.

Mr. N. St. J. Green, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow
in Class III., Section 1.

It was voted to appoint a Committee on Communications,
consisting of Professor James M. Crafts, Dr. E. H. Clarke,
Professor A. Agassiz, and the Recording Secretary.

Professor A. Agassiz presented a communication on the de-
velopment of Balanoglossus.

Professor T. S. Hunt made a communication on a paper by
Mr. Mallet on the cause of volcanic activity.

OP ARTS AND SCIENCES : DECEMBER 10, 1872. 487

Dr. Henry I. Bowditch alluded to a case of aortic aneurism
in which he had, with the assistance of Drs. J. C. Warren and
J. J. Putnam, used electricity for the treatment of this usually
fatal disease.

The patient, an adult man, had a pulsation distinctly felt in the sec-
ond right intercostal space, which last, with the parts adjacent, was
slightly prominent, but not effaced. The respiratory murmur was free
throughout both lungs, save in this part, and there it was bronchial to
the extent of two or three inches ; dull percussion in the same. Two
operations have been made, namely, on November 12 and 17, 1872.
Three needles coated with vulcanite were used at each operation. They
were introduced about an inch at the first, and from an inch and a
quarter to an inch and a half at the second operation. They evidently
were introduced into a freely moving current at the first, as seen by
the widely moving needle-ends, but into a more solid mass at the sec-
ond. The positive pole of the battery alone was applied to them, the
negative resting on the right breast on a level with the tumor. The
number of cells used (Stohrer's battery) were gradually raised from
two up to sixteen at the first, and to twenty-eight at the second. The
operations lasted fourteen and a half and fourteen minutes. A little
faintness and pulselessness were noticed at the termination of each.
They soon passed away. The result of the two operations has been a
great solidity of the tumor, with considerable swelling of parts adjacent,
which swelling is now (November 26) subsiding. No superficial red-
ness or sloughing of the skin occurred. No air appeared in the tumor,
as noticed often in Europe, where needles attached to both poles are
usually introduced ( Vid. Ciniselli Annali di Medicina, November,
1870 ; Eraser's Edinburgh Medical and Surgical Journal, August,
18G7). The patient has not suffered at all from the operations. It
is impossible, as yet, to say what influence they will have towards
his radical cure. But he is more comfortable than before the first
operation.

Six hundred and fifty-first Meeting.

December 10, 1872. — Monthly Meeting.

The President in the chair.

The Corresponding Secretary read letters from Professor

488 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Nicholas St. John Green, and from Professor "William Ripley
Nichols, acknowledging their election into the Academy.

It was voted to grant the use of the Hall of the Academy
on the morning of Thursday, December 12, to the Massachu-
setts Historical Society.

The President called the attention of the Academy to a vol-
ume richly illustrated, entitled " Revision of the Echini," by
Alexander Agassiz.

Alexander Agassiz then exhibited specimens of the Alber-
type and Woodburytype methods of photo-engraving employed
in illustrating his work.

The Recording Secretary exhibited a new form of Theodo-
lite-Magnetometer.

A letter was then read from Dr. Robert Amory, describing
some specimens of objects exposed to the fire of November 9,
which led to a discussion in which most of the members pres-
ent participated.

Six hundred and fifty-second Meeting.

January 14, 1873. — Monthly Meeting.

«

The Corresponding Secretary in the chair.

The Corresponding Secretary read a letter from Professor
Diillen, of Pulkowa, acknowledging his election, as Foreign
Honorary Member, into the Academy.

Professor J. M. Peirce read the following paper by Professor
J. M. Rice of Annapolis, and Professor W. W. Johnson of
St. John's College, Maryland, " On a New Method of obtain-
ing the Differentials of Functions, with especial reference to
the Newtonian Conception of Rates or Velocities."

The fundamental conceptions which have been employed in the de-
velopment of the elementary theorems of the Differential Calculus
are four in number, namely, that of Infinitesimal Differences, that of
Limits, that of Derived Functions, and that of Rates or Fluxions.

While the first and more recently the second have received greater
attention and more systematic development, the last, the Conception
of Rates, has. an important advantage in the readiness with which its

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JANUARY 14, 1873. 489

definition is apprehended in consequence of the familiarity of the
phenomena of motion*

The most important objections which have been made to the
" Method of Fluxions," as developed by Newton and his followers,
are those directed against the methods employed in deducing the flux-
ions of the different functions. These are usually geometrical methods,
often indirect and wanting in generality, even when founded upon well-
known and satisfactorily demonstrated properties. The algebraic
methods, also, which are employed, are frequently dependent upon an
objectionable use of infinite series.

While a constant rate is easily measured by the increment received
in a unit of time, a difficulty is encountered when an attempt is made
to employ increments in the measurement of a variable rate. This
difficulty probably gave rise to the common method, in which a com-
parison of rates is effected by the conception of simultaneous infini-
tesimal increments ; to these, while divested of magnitude, ratios are
ascribed which are really the ratios of the rates of quantities simulta-
neously varying.

The method of limits is another device for obtaining the values of
the same ratios.

This last expedient, having been adopted by Maclaurin (perhaps the
ablest writer on Fluxions), the impression has become prevalent that
recourse to it affords the only satisfactory method of treating the sub-
ject of rates.

The following is an attempt to supply a direct method of proving
the elementary theorems of the Differential Calculus, which is inde-
pendent of all consideration of limits, of infinitesimals, and of alge-
braic series.

Definitions and Notation.

When a quantity varies uniformly, the constant numerical measure
of its rate is the increment received in the unit of time. When, how-
ever, the variation is not uniform, we would define the numerical
measure of the rate at any instant as the increment which would be
received in a unit of time, if the rate remained uniform from and after
the given instant.

This definition corresponds with the usage of mechanics, in accord-

* See Art. 42, p. 72, Traits d&nentaire de la Th€orie des Fonctions et du Calcul
Infinitesimal. Par Cournot. Paris, 1841.

vol. vin. 62

490 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

ance with which a body moving with a variable velocity is said to
have at a given instant a velocity which would carry it thirty-two feet
in one second.

To avoid departing too much from well-established usage, the term
differential will be frequently used in this paper instead of rate.

The rate or differential of x will be denoted by D x, and that of f, x

by Z> (/,*).

The rate of the independent variable, or the value of Dx, is re-
garded as arbitrary in the same sense that the value of x is arbi-
trary. .

Thus, particular values of these two quantities may constitute the
data of a question like the following: What is the value of D (a:2),
when x has the value 10 and Dx the value 4?

To differentiate a function of x is to express D (f, x) in terms of x
and D x in such a mariner as to furnish a general formula by which
D(f, x) may be computed for any given values of x and of Dx.

Elementary Propositions.

The following propositions are immediate deductions from the above
method of measuring rates : —

I. The Differential of x-\-h.

Since any simultaneous increments of x and of x -j- h must be iden-
tical, the increments which would be received by each, if they con-
tinued to vary uniformly with fhe rates denoted by Dx and D
(x-\-h), are equal. Hence the rates are equal, or

D{x-\-h)—Dx.

II. The Differential of x-\-y.

Since any increment of x-\-y is the sum of the simultaneous incre-
ments of x and of y, the same relation exists between the increments
which would be received if x and y (and consequently x -\-y) con-
tinued to vary uniformly with the rates denoted by Dx, Dy, and

D(x-\-y). Hence

D(x + y)=Dx + Dy.

III. The Differential of mx.

Since any increment of m x must be m times the corresponding in-
crement of x, the same relation must exist between the increments

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JANUARY 14, 1873. 491

which would be received if x (and consequently mx) continued to

vary uniformly with the rates denoted by D (x) and D(mx).

Therefore

D (/» x) =m D x.

The Ratio of the Rates of a Variable and its Function.

Let y denote a linear function of x such that

y=zmx-\-b. [1]

By propositions I. and III.

D y = m D x,

Px = m. [2]

In this case, the ratio of the rate, or differential, of the function to
that of the independent variable is constant, its value being indepen-
dent not only of x, but also of Dx. Thus, if we give to Dx any
arbitrary value, it is evident from equation [2], that Dy must take a
corresponding value such that the ratio of these quantities shall always
retain the constant value m.

Assuming rectangular co-ordinate axes, if y be made the ordinate
corresponding to x as an abscissa, the point (x,y) will, as a; varies,

generate a straight line. The direction of the motion of the point is

D y
constant, and depends upon the value of m. Since =r- is equal to

m, it is the trigonometrical tangent of the constant inclination of the
direction of the generating point to the axis of x.

When y is not a linear function of x, the direction of the motion of

the generating point is variable, and consequently the value of =— is

variable.

Making, now, the arbitrary quantity Dx a constant, Dy will be a
variable. Suppose, then, that, the generatrix having arrived at a given

point, the ordinate y continues to vary uniformly with the rate de-

Dy
noted by D y at the given point; the value of ^r— will become con-
stant. The generatrix will now continue to move uniformly in the

direction of the curve at the given point, and therefore the value

D y
which yt nas at ^s Pomt i3 tnat °f tue trigonometrical tangent of

the inclination of the curve to the axis of x at this point. The line

492 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

now described by the generatrix is called a tangent line to the curve,
in accordance with the following general definition : The tangent line
to a curve at a given point is the line passing through the point, and
having the direction of the curve at that point.

IV. The Ratio of the Rates is independent of their Absolute Values.

Since the direction of the curve (or of the tangent line) at the point

having a given abscissa is determined by the form of the function, or

By
equation, to the curve, the value of — , which is the trigonometrical

tangent to the inclination of this direction, must be independent of the
arbitrary quantity Dx, which merely determines the velocity of the

generating point.

D ( f x) . D (f,x)

In general, the value of — \r' J will change with that of x ; — ' '

is, therefore, independent of Dx, but is generally a function of x.
D (f x), when expressed in terms of x and of D x, is of the form

D (f x) = (j> x . Dx

in which <£ x is another function of x.

In the ordinary methods, the introduction of an equivalent proposi-
tion is, for the most part, avoided by rejecting from the ultimate value
of A (/, a:) all terms containing powers of Ax higher than the first.

We shall now proceed to deduce, from the four elementary proposi-
tions hitherto proved, the differentials of the functions both algebraic
and transcendental. These propositions are here recapitulated for
convenience of reference : —

I. D{x-\-h) = Dx.

II. D(x-\-y) = Dx + Dy.

III. D (mx)=.m D x.

D( f x)

IV. — ir ' ■ is independent of D x, but is generally a function of x.

The Differential of the Square.

Let z = x-\-h, then Dz = Dx, [1]

and z2 = x2-\-2hx + h'2, and D (z2) = D (a:2) + 2 h D x. [2]

Dividing [2] by [1], ^ ■ = —l^-\-2h,ands'mceh = z — x,

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JANUARY 14, 1873. 493

»

D (z°) D (x-)

Since ^ is a function of z only, and ^ a function of x only,

Dz •" Dx ■"

while 2 and x are any two values of the independent variable (h being
arbitrary), the functional expression which constitutes either member
of equation [3] does not change its value with the independent vari-
able, hence " n — 2 x = c (a constant), [4]

or D(x2) = 2x Dx + cDx. [5]

To determine the unknown constant c, we differentiate, by equation

[5], the identity

(m x)2 == m2 x2,

obtaining 2mx-mDx-{-cmDx = m22xDx-\-m2cDx,
or c m (1 — m) Dx = 0.

c = 0,
since m and D x have ai'bitrary values,

JD(x2) = 2xDx. [a]

Equation [a] may also be deduced from [3] by the following method : —

In equation [3] not only are x and z entirely independent, since h is

D (z2)
arbitrary, but D x and D z are no longer restricted, for J. will not

change its value if we suppose Dz to have apy value greater or less
than D x. We may therefore put

z=z mx.

Introducing this value in [3], we obtain

D(m*x*) ' D(?*)

D (mx) D x

ROD. 9 #Q2) o

or m ^ — 2 mx= S: — 2 x;

Dx Dx

Whence, since m is arbitrary,

Dx

494 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

The process used in the case of those functions whose differentials
it is desirable to deduce independently is, in each instance, similar to
that used above in the case of D (or), and may be thus described :: —

We assume a new variable z, connected with a; by a relation admit-
ting of a comparison of Dz and Dx, and at the same time such,
that D (f,z) and D (f,x) may likewise be compared; in other words,
such that the relation between z and x, and also between f, z andy, x,
can be differentiated without the introduction of unknown differentials,
except those denoted by D (f,x) and D (f z).

■d j- • • .1 .- J> (/> *) J D (/> Z) J J •

By division, the ratios — £.- — - and — ~~ — - are introduced in a sin-

J Dx D z

gle equation. The arbitrary constant introduced in the assumed relation
between z and x is then eliminated, and the equation reduced to such
a form that one member is apparently a function of z, and the other
of x. This last process we call the separation of the variables.

As x and z may denote any two values of the independent variable,
the apparent functions mentioned above will necessarily be identical in
form, and (since they constitute the two members of an equation) iden-
tical also in value. This value will be constant, since either member
of the equation is a functional expression, which does not change its
value with x.

The determination of this constant is then effected by the differentia-
tion of some algebraic identity.

The Differential of the Product.

From the above expression for D (x2), we obtain the Differential of
the Product, thus : —

(x-\-yy = x2-\-2xy-\-y\

2(x + y)(Dx + Dy) = 2xDx + 2D(xy) + 2yDy,

or xDx-\-yT>x-\-x Dy-\-yDy = xDx-\-D (xy) -\-y Dy,

D (xy)=y Dx-\-x Dy.* [b]

From this result the Differential of the Qiiotient is easily obtained.

'The Differential of the Power.
Let z = rx, then Dz = r Dx, [1]

and zm = rm xm, then D (zm) = rm D (xm), [2]

* This method of deriving D (xy) from (Dx2) is taken from Vince's Fluxions.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 14, 1873. 495

D Om) _ j. D (*m)

Dividing [2] by [1],

Dz rDx '

, . z D (zm) zmJl D (x")

and, since r = -, — ^— - = — r — ^r-A

a;' Z>z a;"1"1 Dx

Separating variables, by dividing by z?l~\

J_ D(z") _ _ J_ Dpc") r31

By a train of reasoning precisely similar to that employed in ob-
taining equation [4] of the article on D (x2)

1 D(xm) n rA1

we Prove ^i -J^T = °m L4]

Cm being used to denote the constant, because it may be a function
of m.

From [4] D (xm) = Cm x^Dx. [1]

By similar notation D (xn) = Cn x""1 D x,

and D (xm+n) = Cm+n x^'1 Dx.

To determine Cm.
If m = 1 in equation [1] Dxlz= Gxx° D x

4=1. [2]

Differentiating the identity

Om+n x™*"-1 Dx = xn Om xm-x Dx + x™ Cn a;""1 D x,
and dividing by as"1^"1 X>x,

cm+n = om + q. [3]

making m = n C^ = 2 C„,

making m = 2n C3n = 3 C„, &c.

Cpn = p Gn ; O being a positive integer). [4]

Making n = 1 in [4], Q, = p Ci = p. [5]

496 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Again, in [4], putting n = -, q and p being positive integers,

p C1 = Cq = q ;
p

whence On = -. [6~\

p x
Again, in [3], making m =±= o,

C0 = o,

and, making m = — n, Cn = — Cn,

or, making n = -, 0„ = — -• l~71

From [6] and [7] we have generally

Om = m,
and substituting this value of Cm in [1],

D (xm) =' m x"1-1 D x. [c]

The Differential of the Logarithmic Function.

Let z = mx, then will Dz = m Dx, [1]

and log z = log m -\- log x, and D (log z) =Z> (log x). . [2]

Dividing [2] by [1],

D (log z) D (log x) x D (log. z)

D z m . D x z Dx '

since !■= *, ... • J ^ z) = x * (7\°g *> = A [3]

m z Dz Dx L J

B denotes a constant depending upon the base of the system of
logarithms. Denoting by b this base, and by log 6 a corresponding
logarithm, we have

D (log bx) = ^, [4]

and by similar notation D (log ax) = .

A relation between A and i? is found by differentiating the identical

equation log ax = log ab log bx,

., , , . . ^4 Z>rr , r BDx
thus obtaining = log ao • ,

whence A = B • log ab = log aSB ;

a-1 = J».

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 14, 1873. 497

The form of this equation shows that the value of the expression
bB is independent of the value of b ; it is, therefore, a numerical con-
stant, and may be denoted by e.

i.e. bB = e ;

B\ogeb = 1,

l

whence B =

loge b'

Introducing this value of B in equation [4], we obtain

D (log6 xj*= , Dl .

K cb ' loge b. X

Dx *

If b = e, we have D (loge x) = — . [e?]

a

e is known as the Napierian base. The computation of its approxi-
mate numerical value is deferred until after the introduction of Mac-
laurin's Theorem.

The logarithmic differentials of the Power, Product and Quotient
may be deduced by means of the above result, in the usual way, since
•the demonstration is dependent on the four elementary propositions
only.

The Differential of the Exponential Function.

Let z = x -\- h, then D z = D x, [1]

also az = aI+h = ah • ax [3] and D (az) = ah D (ax). [2]

Dividing equation [2] by the product of [1] and [3], we obtain the

desired form

1 D(az) 1 D(ax)

az D z ax Dx

Whence D {ax) — c ax D x. [4]

To determine c, we differentiate the identity

x = loga ax,

_ D (ax) cax D x

tbus D x — \^r~n — ^ = \zr~r. — ^ »

loge a • a l°ge o. • ax

C = loge a'

vol. vin. 63

498 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Substituting this value of c in [4], we obtain

D (ax) = log, a-ax ■ Dx. [e]

The Differentials of the Trigonometrical Functions.

Let z = x-\-h, then Dz= Dx, [1]

also sin z = sin x cos h -\- cos x sin h,

= cos h ' sin x -\- sin /j y/ 1 — sin2 cc.

n/. . , rw • \ i •? — 2 sin x D (sin z)

x> (sin z) = cos A • D (sin a:) -J- sin n . — •

■* V 1 — sin3 x

= [cos h — sin h • \D (sin x). [2]

COd JO I

Combining [1] and [2]

D (sin z) D (sin #) cos A cos x — sin h sin x

D z D x cos x

cos 2 Z> (sin x)
cos a: D x '

or, separating variables,

[3]

1 ■ D (sin 2) 1 ^ J> (sin z)

cos z D z ' cos a; Dx '

D (sin x) = c ' cos x • D x. [4]

To determine c (x being the circular measure of the angle)

Put cos x = sin I -- — x j.

By [4] D (cos x) = c • cos ( ^ — a: ) D (^ — xj ,

or D (cos a;) = — c sin x D x. [5]

From [4] and [5] D (tan a;) = c sec2 x D x. * [6]

Now in [4] c cannot be greater than unity, for if it were, D (sin x)
would exceed D x for all values of x less than a certain value.
Hence, x and sin x starting together from zero, sin x would, for these
values, exceed x, which is impossible.

Again, from [6] c cannot be less than unity, for then D (tan x)

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 14, 1873- 499

would be less than Dx for values of x below a certain fixed value,
and x and tan x, starting together from zero, tan x would be less than
x for these values, which again is impossible ;

G= 1.

Introducing this value of c in [4] [5] and [6] we obtain

D (sin x) = cos x Dx. {.f~\

D (cos x) = — sin x D x. \_g~\

D (tan x) = sec2 x Dx. [A]

The President communicated the following letter : —

Cordoba, November 7, 1872.
To the President of the American Academy of Arts and
Sciences.

Dear Sir, — Upon my departure from home on the undertaking in
which I am at present engaged, the Academy had the goodness to aid
my plans materially by appropriating the sum of $ 500 in gold from the
Rumford Fund for the purpose of supplying me with a star spectroscope
and astronomical photometer, — with permission to transfer them at
the same price to the Argentine government for permanent use in this
hemisphere, in case that the means for their purchase by the National
Observatory should become available.

The instruments were ordered without delay, and are now in my
possession, in good order. But the numerous delays arising from the
German war of 1870 postponed both the construction and the transpor-
tation of the apparatus ; and the instruments did not reach Cordoba
until all my energies had been so severely tasked in other directions as
to preclude me from undertaking any spectroscopic or photometric
observations for the present.

I had hoped to offer to the Academy some results obtained with
these instruments, in recognition of the valuable aid so opportunely
and ^generously afforded ; and I do not yet relinquish the hope of so
doing at some future time. Meanwhile I have the satisfaction of being
able to announce that the funds have been provided for the acqui-
sition of these instruments by the observatory, and have the honor of
transmitting them herewith to the Academy, with my cordial thanks.

It may have some interest for the Academy to know that, in the two
years which have elapsed since my arrival in Cordoba, the observa-

500 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

tory buildings have been erected and equipped, where before that time
was a desolate and waste expanse of broken ground, almost untrodden,
except by prairie-dogs, foxes, and iguanas. A thorough survey of the
entire southern heavens has been made, comprising a determination of
the positions and brightness of all stars to a limit below the seventh
magnitude inclusive, and the whole work then repeated for the two-
fold purpose of detecting errors and of recognizing any important
changes in the stars themselves. This revision will in all probability
have been completed before the close of 1872. Standards of magni-
tude have for the first time been established for each tenth of a unit,
as far as the eighth magnitude, throughout the circumference of the
heavens, and selected in that portion of the Northern Hemisphere
which has an equal meridian altitude for this observatory and for the
average of northern ones. A thorough revision of the constellations
of this hemisphere has been accomplished, and definite boundaries
established, which, if accepted by astronomers, .as I have reason to be-
lieve will be the case, will put an end to the confusion that has hitherto
existed. The zone observations for a Southern Catalogue have been
organized and are now going on systematically through the whole re-
gion between the Tropic of Capricorn and the eightieth degree of South
Declination, the positions of nearly seven thousand stars having been
already determined. Three campaigns for longitude determinations by
telegraph have been carried out with the view of improving the map
of the continent ; and when the pending determination of the longitude
between this observatory and the National Observatory of Chile shall
have been completed, the positions of many points in South America
will be known with a precision <puite comparable to that with which the
principal points in the United States have been established.

Furthermore, a system of meteorological observations is now organ-
izing, as a national establishment, intended to embrace all portions of
this Republic from Bolivia to the Straits of Magellan, and from the
Andes to the Pacific. Funds have been voted for furnishing the need-
ful instruments to all who are able and willing to carry on the observa-
tions, and the whole organization, although under my charge for the
present, is made independent of the observatory. Thus there is reason
to hope that the strange and hitherto almost unknown meteorological
peculiarities of this singular region will within a few years become
well understood.

I yet indulge the hope that it may be within my power, in some

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 29, 1873. 501

future communication, to offer to the American Academy some results
of permanent value obtained by means of the instruments which could
not have been supplied but through its generous aid. Only the in-
tense application required for the zone-observations delays at present
those upon the physical character of the stars whose positions we are
determining.

With great respect, I am, dear sir,

Your obedient servant,

B. A. Gould.

The Treasurer stated that he had received $ 573, (the value
in currency of $500 in gold,) returned by Dr. Gould to the
Academy for reasons fully explained in his letter.

Professor J. M. Crafts described a series of tests recently
made at the Institute of Technology, on the solubility of sul-
phide of arsenic in free chlorohydric acid, and on the fire-proof
qualities of a concrete.

Professor Wolcott Gibbs announced that he had found that
the higher alkaloids, strychnin, brucin, etc., form, with the phos-
phates and arsenates of uranium and of the metals of the
magnesian group, well-defined salts corresponding to the well-
known ammonio-magnesic phosphate and arsenate. Many of
these salts yield splendid crystals, which promise to extend our
power of separating the different alkaloids from each other.
The uranic salts are remarkably insoluble, and will probably
yield quantitative methods of analysis.

Dr. J. B. S. Jackson exhibited two photographs of the pre-
sumed fossil human skeleton lately exhumed at Mentone. He
also exhibited a specimen of a urinary calculus, cut in two and
polished to show its internal structure.

Six hundred and fifty-third Meeting.

January 29, 1873. — Stated Meeting.

The President in the chair.

The Corresponding Secretary stated that the list of Resident
Fellows exceeded in number that allowed by the charter, and

502 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

that, consequently, further elections could not be lield at
present.

The President announced the loss the Academy had sus-
tained in the deaths of Professor Adam Sedgwick and Mr.
W. J. M. Rankine, Foreign Honorary Members.

He also announced that he declined to be a candidate for re-
election at the approaching Annual Meeting of the Academy.

Professor J. P. Cooke proposed an amendment of the statutes
of the Academy relating to the election of Fellows. This prop-
osition was referred to a committee consisting of Messrs. C. F.
Adams, G. T. Bigelow, and J. P. Cooke.

Mr. Edmund Quincy proposed the insertion of a clause in
the statutes relating to the removal of names from the list
of members for non-payment of fees. His proposition was
referred to the same committee.

Mr. S. P. Sharpies read a paper on some methods of dispos-
ing of slaughter-house refuse.

Professor Joseph Lovering communicated the results of the
computations made, under his direction, for the determination
of the difference of longitude between Cambridge and Duxbury,
Massachusetts, by means of telegraphic signals, and also for
the determination of the difference of transatlantic longitude
between Duxbury and Brest, France, by means of telegraphic
signals exchanged through the French cable-line. He stated
that three campaigns had already been conducted by the officers
of the United States Coast Survey for the settlement of trans-
atlantic longitudes. 1. The first was in the autumn of 1866,
when the signals were sent through the English cable-line.
2. The second was in the winter of 1869-70. 3. The third
was in the summer of 1872. In the second and third opera-
tions, the French cable-line was used. The communication of
Professor Lovering related especially to the second of these
campaigns, and was made by permission of Professor Benjamin
Peirce, the Superintendent of the United States Coast Survey.
A full account of the method of exchanging signals and the
forms of computation will appear in Volume IX. of the Memoirs

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 29, 1873. 503

of the Academy. The final result, corrected for Personal
Equation, is : —

Difference of longitude between Cambridge and Dnxbury . . lm 50s .205 ± .022
Difference of longitude between Duxbury and Brest . . 4h 24m 43s .277 ± .047
Difference of longitude between Cambridge and Brest . . 4h 26m 33s .482 ± .052

Professor J. P. Cooke described a method he is employing
for the manipulation of hydric sulphide.

The manipulation of hydric. sulphide in a large laboratory has al-
ways been a difficult problem, and the inconveniences arising from the
use of this reagent, in the state of gas, are so great, that, when a
class of forty or fifty students are working with it at once, the nuisance
becomes almost unbearable. When dissolved in water, however, this
reagent gives as little trouble or annoyance as any other ; but, as ordi-
narily prepared, the solution is so weak that the substance under exam-
ination is deluged with water before the required excess of the reagent
has been added. This objection can be wholly overcome by dissolving
the gas under pressure, and drawing off the solution from a siphon
like soda-water, and, in any laboratory where water is supplied under
pressure, such a supersaturated solution can be very readily prepared
with a very simple apparatus, which may be mounted in the following
manner.

We use for the purpose the common green glass bottles in which
acids are usually sold by the druggists, only taking care to select strong
bottles with a well-rounded neck about one and a quarter inches in
diameter. Let us designate by A, B, and C three two-quart bottles
of this description, and by D a similar but larger bottle, having a
capacity of two gallons. In A, the gas is generated from ferrous sul-
phide, water, and sulphuric acid, in the ordinary way. We pass the
gas from A, first through a wash bottle filled with moistened sponge,
and through the distilled water with which the bottles B and C are
about three fourths filled, the gas bubbling up as usual from glass tubes
leading to the bottom of each bottle, and the excess, not absorbed by
the water, passing forward to the large bottle C, which serves as a
gasometer. All these bottles are fitted as tightly as possible with rub-
ber stoppers, through which pass the stout glass tubes that conduct the
gas. Through the stopper of D pass three such tubes : the first which
brings the unabsorbed gas from C opens at the top of the bottle ; the
second is connected by. a rubber hose with a water faucet, and reaches

504 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

to the bottom of the bottle ; the third serves simply as a vent. The
bottles B and C are fitted each with two tubes, one to deliver the gas
at the bottom of the bottle, and the second, opening from the top, to
conduct away the excess. The gas generator A requires only an exit
tube, and lastly the wash bottle is fitted in the ordinary way, save only
that we pack it with well-washed sponge, by which the gas is more
effectually purified than when it bubbles through a liquid. We use
glass tubes of about j\ inch bore, and rubber hose of the same calibre,
but very stout, and made of pure vulcanized rubber. The rubber stop-
pers are cut from what we call stopper cord, which, as well as the hose,
is made by the Boston Belting Company, corner Chauncy and Bedford
Streets, Boston. In' mounting the apparatus, we interpose two or three
feet of hose between the several parts, so as to have sufficient free-
dom of motion to enable us to shake up the water with the gas in the
bottles B and C. Over the ends of the tubes from each of the bottles
B and C we stretch permanently two rubber connectors, cut from the
hose just described, and depend wholly on pressure taps, acting on
these connectors, for closing the bottles. While charging the water
with gas the connectors are united to the hose by short lengths of
glass tube, and subsequently the solution is drawn off through a bent
glass tube slipped into one of the same connectors. The bottles, thus
arranged, serve the same purpose as a soda-water siphon. The rubber
stoppers soon become cemented to the glass, and are never removed,
the bottles being filled, as they are vented, through the glass tubes.
A rubber connector with a pressure tap must also be provided for the
vent tube of the large bottle C, which serves, as we have said, to re-
ceive the unabsorbed gas. In charging the water, we leave the vent of
this gasometer open until the air is expelled from the apparatus, and
then connect the vent tube by a rubber hose with a manometer, which,
if a common steam manometer is not at hand, can be easily extempo-
rized with a glass tube and a little mercury. We now watch the pres-
sure, and when it becomes equal to the water pressure on our faucet,
we turn on the water head. On first opening the faucet, it is necessary
to watch the process very closely, lest the water should be forced back
into the generator, but the apparatus -soon adjusts itself to the new
conditions, and the absorption goes on as regularly as before. The un-
absorbed gas is of course stored in the bottle C, and gradually pushes
back the water, with which at first it is three fourths filled, into the
supply pipe ; but only a small portion of the gas is lost, and with the

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 29, 1873. 505

apparatus of the dimensions described, a two-gallon bottle is large
enough to hold all the excess which escapes before the water is satu-
rated. To insure perfect saturation, the water in each of the bottles
B and C should be frequently shaken up with the gas, especially
towards the end of the process.

We constantly use an apparatus mounted as above, with a water-
head of about thirty feet. It would undoubtedly stand a much greater
pressure, but a solution saturated under a pressure of two atmospheres
is as strong as is desirable. For example, one hundred cubic centime-
tres of such a solution is more than sufficient to precipitate a gramme
of antimony. For saturating four litres of water in an apparatus of
the dimensions described above, the charge should be about 200
grammes of ferrous sulphide, about two litres of water, and 288
grammes, or 160 cubic centimetres, of sulphuric acid. As this
amount of acid water, when at a low temperature, is insufficient to dis-
solve all the ferrous sulphate formed, we place the generator in front
of a hot-air register. In dismounting the apparatus, we close first the
inlet tube of the bottle B, and then remove the generator and wash
bottle ; but care must be taken to relieve the pressure on the generator
very slowly. Otherwise the escaping gas will cause the acid solution
of ferrous sulphate, left in the bottle, to boil over.

By the use of a solution of hydric sulphide in place of the gas, the
consumption of ferrous sulphide in our large laboratory has been
reduced twenty-fold ; and when it is remembered that by the previous
waste the air of the room was constantly poisoned, and the waste-
pipes clogged with the undissolved sulphide of iron, carelessly washed
into the sinks, the advantage will be appreciated. The gain in those
processes of quantitative analysis where hydric sulphide is required is
hardly less important. The bubbling of a gas through a liquid inevi-
tably entails loss, which can be wholly avoided by using the solution ;
and, by regulating the pressure on the tap, the reagent can be delivered
in the proportions required, and at the exact point where it is wanted.
Complete precipitation, moreover, is effected in a few minutes ; and, if
the liquid is constantly stirred as the reagent slowly flows in, the
precipitate will settle in a condition admirably adapted for filtering.
Lastly, the separation of sulphur, which is often so excessive when the
gas is employed, is diminished, if not prevented, by using the reagent
in solution.

VOL. VIII. 64

506 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Six hundred and fifty-fourth Meeting.

February 11, 1873. — Adjourned Stated Meeting.

The President in the chair.

Professor William Watson was appointed Recording Secre-
tary pro tern.

The Corresponding Secretary read a communication from
Professor E. P. Seaver, acknowledging his election into the
Academy.

He also gave notice that seventy copies of the Life and Works
of Count Rumford had been distributed to Foreign Honorary
Members and other men of science in Europe.

The Committee to whom the amendment of the Statutes
was referred made the following report. ,

It is recommended to the Academy to substitute for the first
four lines of Section 2 in Chapter IX. of the Statutes the following^
viz. : —

Candidates for election as Resident Fellows must be proposed by
two or more Resident Fellows in a recommendation signed by them,
specifying the section for which they are proposed ; which recommen-
dation shall be read at a meeting and thereupon referred to the Council
for nomination. No person recommended shall be reported by the
Council as a candidate for election unless he shall have received a
written approval authorized and signed, at a meeting of the Council,
by at least seven of its members, to be reported to the Academy at a
stated meeting. No ballot shall be held on a nomination by the Coun-
cil until the stated meeting next after such nomination has been re-
ported to the Academy.

It was moved by Mr. Edmund Quincy that the report be ac-
cepted and placed on file, in order that the amendment might
be acted upon after the proper interval.

The Academy elected Wilhelm Hofmeister, of Heidelberg, a
Foreign Honorary Member in Class II., Section 2 (Botany), in
place of the late Hugo von Mohl, of Tubingen.

On the motion of Mr. Quincy, the hall of the Academy was
tendered to the Massachusetts Historical Society for Thursday
next, and for such other times as may suit their convenience.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: FEBRUARY 11, 1873. 507

Professor J. M. Crafts read a paper on " The Volumetric
Analysis of Iron Ore."

Professor E. N. Horsford read a communication on " The
Columnar Structure of Ice."

Dr. Charles Pickering continued his remarks, made at a
previous meeting, on the forming of the earth's crust as wit-
nessed in a congealing lava-lake within the great crater on
Hawaii : —

On the floor of this and of the terminal crater of Mauna Roa (both
of which on crossing he found essentially alike), sulphur occurs in the
form of invisible fumes, impeding respiration, and in little heaps of
comminuted dry powder ; while above, around the brink, the sulphur
comes through steam-vents forming regular " fumaroles," and is all
beautifully crystallized ; water in the one instance being accessible, in
the other not.

Might not the similar little heaps of dry, white, tasteless powder on
the floor of these craters have become some familiar mineral, could
they have obtained water of crystallization ?

The only crystalline mineral he could discover in the Hawaiian lavas
was chrysolite, pea-like, and, though nowhere abundant, universally dif-
fused ; in some instances attached to a thread of the capillary obsidian,
and therefore already formed when it reached the atmosphere ; more
frequently embedded in solid lava, a foot, perhaps, from atmospheric
contact. Chrysolite occurs also in the neighboring Mauna Kea con-
glomerate, but in little patches, and not in detached crystals ; and espe-
cially deserves attention from its presence in meteorites recently an-
nounced, presenting unexpected analogy with the internal constituents
of our own planet.

When the accumulation of liquid lava becomes so great that the walls
of the crater give way, a portion is sometimes squeezed through cracks
a thousand feet upward upon the very brink. From the great crater
the escaping lava splits the rock before it on its way down to the sea,
in some instances leaving behind a squeezed-up portion here and there
upon its track.

In the eruption a few months before his visit, the lava, after thirty
miles' progress in the above-described manner, coming out upon the
surface, poured into the sea. The consequence was a sand-storm, un-
approachable for some days. When this cleared up, the new lava was

508 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

found to have encroached upon the sea, and on one side there was a
sand beach half a mile long, — to the ordinary observer not differing
from other sea beaches ; but the mineralogist would note intermingled
pea-like grains of chrysolite. These seemed more abundant than else-
where, owing, perhaps, to greater coarseness under the winnowing ; just
such beaches are found encircling Tahiti, where there is no active
volcano.

The great crater sometimes has silent eruptions ; the lava, after
accumulating to the required limit, drains off and disappears ; and a
vessel arriving will perhaps report having passed through quantities
of dead fish floating. The escaping lava continues splitting its way
under the sea, and the question arises, Does it eventually manufacture
granite or other crystalline rock at the bottom of the, sea ? The ele-
ments are all present, as appears from Dr. C. T. Jackson's published
analyses of the Hawaiian lavas, — the silica, alumina, sodium, — and in
about the proper proportions.

In considering the intricate limited area of crystalline rock, abutting
often on deep-sea fossils in sedimentary rock, and such fossils occurring
on the crest and amid the snow of the Andes, we shall have to con-
clude that every foot of what is now land was once the bottom of the
ocean. On the other hand, a portion of what is now the bottom of the
ocean was once land, as appears from coal-beds in Rhode Island and
elsewhere extending underneath the sea-margin.

Professor H. P. Bowditch made a communication on " The
Lymph Spaces in Fasciae, with a new Method of Injection."

The lymph spaces existing between the tendinous fibres of fascise,
and the connection of these spaces with lymphatic vessels, have been
well described and figured by Ludwig and Schweigger-Seidel in their
monograph on this subject.*

The researches of Dr. Genersich f have shown that the fascia?, in
virtue of this structure, play a very important part in keeping up the
flow of lymph through the lymphatic vessels. His first experiment was
as follows : A piece of fascia was removed from the leg of a dog, and
tied over the mouth of a small glass funnel with the inner side (i. e.
the side next to the muscles) uppermost. A few drops of a turpentine

* Die Lymphgefasse der Fascicn und Schuen. Leipzig. 1872.

t Arbeiten aus der physiologischen Aushalt zu Leipzig. V Jahrgaug, p. 53.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 11, 1873. 509

solution, the extract of alcanna root, were then placed upon this sur-
face, and the fascia alternately stretched and relaxed by partially ex-
hausting the air from the funnel and letting it return again. In this
way the coloring matter was made to penetrate into the spaces between
the fibres of the fascia, and to enter the lymph vessels on the opposite
side. The same result was obtained when the coloring matter was in-
jected between the muscle and the fascia, and the latter stretched and
relaxed by passive movements of the limb. Experiments on animals
where the flow of lymph through the thoracic duct was measured,
showed that passive movements of the limbs increased this flow in a
very striking manner. Galvanization of the muscles had a similar but
less powerful effect.

The alternate widening and narrowing of the lymph spaces between
the tendinous fibres seems therefore to cause the absorption of the
lymph from the neighboring parts as well as its onward flow into the
lymph vessels, the valves in these latter preventing, of course, a flow
in the opposite direction.

In this function of the, fascia? we may perhaps find an explanation of
the success of the Swedish movement-cure and of all methods of treat-
ment which involve passive movements of the limbs, the removal of
effete matters from the tissues being favored by an increased flow of
lymph.

The turpentine solution of alcannine has several advantages for the
injection of lymph spaces. Since turpentine does not mix with water,
there is no possibility of the coloring matter being diffused by imbibition
through the tissues, and thus obscuring the anatomical relations of the
parts. The same immiscibility prevents also all swelling or shrinking
of the tissues as a consequence of the injection. This is always to be
feared when watery or alcoholic fluids are used.

A very good method of injecting the lymph spaces is as follows :
Let a piece of fascia, carefully freed from loose connective tissue, be
stretched somewhat tightly over the neck of a bottle. The point of a
hypodermic syringe filled with the turpentine solution must be then
passed obliquely into the fascia, care being taken that the point does
not penetrate entirely through. If the fluid is then forced from the
syringe, it will pass for a short distance into the lymph spaces, but a
large portion of it will form a sort of an extravasation in the neighborhood
of the point of injection. Several such partial injections may be made
near the border of the piece of fascia, which must then be allowed to

510 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

dry, still stretched upon the neck of the bottle. In drying, the tendinous
fibres seem to shrink together, causing a dilatation of the spaces between
them, in consequence of which the extravasated fluid is sucked onwards
into the finest lymph spaces. In this way two, three, or even four
layers of lymph spaces lying between as many different layers of ten-
dinous fibres may be clearly demonstrated. The dried fascia may be
mounted in Canada balsam between glass plates. The accompanying
drawing by Dr. Quincy represents the appearance of the fascia under a
low magnifying power.

Mr. E. N. Horsford read the following paper upon the
Cause of the Columnar Structure of Decaying Ice : —

It is a familiar fact that ice on lakes and rivers frequently assumes,
in melting, a peculiar honeycomb structure. It has been more espe-
cially remarked in the spring, by persons whose residences or pursuits
have brougbt them in contact with the phenomena of the sudden dis-
appearance of ice that but a short time before was thick and apparently
sound.* When blocks of solid ice have been thrown on the shore of a
lake or river, they more strikingly exhibit, after a few days of sunshine
and a temperature above that of freezing, a structure in which the
whole mass of ice seems resolved into closely set groups of irregular
prisms, in the main perpendicular to the original horizontal surface.

This mass frequently retains for a long time its nearly full dimen-
sions, while steadily lessening in weight, from the solution of the walls
of what may be called the inter-columnar spaces, until at last the co-
hesion between the columns is overcome by gravity or slight agitation,
and what remains falls to pieces, a pile of long, slender, angular rods.
The diameter of these rods or irregular prisms is sometimes more than
an inch, and it is sometimes less than that of a knitting-needle.

The same change frequently takes place in ice afloat, and when far
advanced the ice columns may be thrust down by the foot, leaving a
sharp, vertical wall around the space through which the foot has
passed.

It has also been observed that where straw or litter has been dis-

* Rev. Zadock Thompson, " Silliman's Journal," Vol. XII. 2d Series, 1851, p. 23.
General Totten, chief of the engineers of the United States Army, Amer. Assoc.
Adv. Science, Report for 1851. "Silliman's Journal," 2d Series, Vol. XXVIII.
p. 359.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 11, 1873. ' 511

tributed upon the ice, as in the case of a roadway across a stream or
pond, the transit may be safe along the beaten track long after horses
and vehicles would sink on either side. The ice in the latter case had
been sheltered from the sun.

Areas of ice swept of a light fall of snow will become soft at times
when neighboring ice, protected by the snow, will retain its glare and
hardness. The significance of the fact of exposure to the sun's rays
will presently appear.

Some sixteen years ago I began the study of this problem by taking
a series of photographs of the vertical surfaces of blocks of ice, trans-
parent and apparently thoroughly solid, or nearly so, throughout, as
they slowly melted under the direct rays of the sun. These photo-
graphs, successively taken at intervals of about half an hour, showed a .
constant approach to columnar structure.

I exposed water to be frozen in vessels of various shapes, and photo-
graphed the ice obtained, and found the columnar structure in general
perpendicular to the outer surface of the ice. "When the surface was
convex below, the columns curved upward toward the centre of the
mass.

While pursuing this mode of investigation, I conceived the idea of
taking plaster casts of the decaying ice. By placing the blocks of
honeycombed ice in boxes and pouring liquid plaster, such as is used
by stucco-workers, over the ice, the plaster flowed in to take the place
the melted ice had left, and " set" In a few hours the enclosed ice
melted, and the water flowed out or escaped by evaporation. On per-
mitting the cast carefully to dry, which was facilitated by removing the
upper crust of plaster and exposing the interior to the air, and then
touching the slender rods of plaster with a camel's-hair pencil dipped
in a weak solution of gum-arabic, and repeating this process for several
times with alternate drying, the whole cast at length acquired such
consistency as to admit of being moved about with safety. The forms
which were thus obtained from ice in various stages of decay, from .
large open ponds and from pools, were of great beauty and full of
material for study.

I desire chiefly in this note to present what I conceive to be the so-
lution of the problem of this columnar structure, that others who may
perhaps have better opportunities than myself may apply the explana-
tion and test it.

When water, by cooling at the surface, has throughout obtained its

512 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

greatest density, the circulation from above downward, and the reverse,
ceases. This takes place at a temperature of some 39.2 degrees Fahr.
Thenceforward further reduction of temperature causes the water to
congeal and expand at the surface. As still further reduction of tem-
perature at the surface goes on, the thickness of the ice increases from
below, and with this cooling comes a contraction of the superior por-
tions of the ice. This contraction, like that of lava shrinking from loss
of heat, or like that of large blocks of moist starch shrinking from loss
of water, is accompanied by separation of the mass into slender columns
by thin blades of space. In the case of ice, thin blades extend from
above downward, and divide the ice into a kind of cellular structure.
This structure in the ice, though actual, may be inappreciable to the
' eye, except in cases where the cells are sufficiently pronounced to be-
come visible through the filaments or blades of air which fill the spaces
left by the shrinking ice. The ■ cracks, by which I mean the visible
openings in the ice, which are readily commensurable, being frequently
a considerable fraction of an inch across, I have observed in many,
perhaps in most instances, are not readily traced to the bottom of the
ice, but are wedge-shaped and broadest at the top. This is not in-
variable, however. Under some conditions I have seen the opposite
sides of the cracks displaced, and the whole neighboring surface, stretch-
ing away from the crack, slightly curved downward, while the walls of
the crack are lifted. This conformation would naturally follow the re-
duction of temperature and shrinking from above. At the bottom the
ice must of course remain at 32°. In areas of ice which have been
thus subjected to contraction producing visible cracks, the openings fill
with water from below, which freezes, and marks by its somewhat con-
trasted clearness the site of the cracks. I have noticed in these cracks
a peculiar transverse columnar structure, the explanation of which does
not seem difficult, as will presently appear.

When, to a period of low temperature, and the production of cracks
and their filling with water and freezing, there succeeds a period of
warm weather, the whole body of the ice expands. Nowr, under the
pressure consequent on this expansion, if the temperature rises to 32°,
the space of the cracks filled with water must be provided for ; and as
the only relief for this is by increasing the thickness of the ice, or, in
other words, .in an elongation of the rods of ice in the honeycomb
frame, there must be produced a slight vertical molecular movement
which still further individualizes the columns. Thus contraction and

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: FEBRUARY 11, 1873. 513

expansion are in the course of the winter repeated with every cycle of
temperature going above and below freezing, until when exposed to
the higher sun of spring, or even the direct sun during the winter,
especially in the case of a detached block, the surfaces of the honey-
comb structure are separated from each other by the solution of the
contiguous walls of ice.

The production of transverse horizontal columnar structure in the
ice of the cracks above referred to is a direct result of the freezing of
the water in the crack, first at the surface of contact with ice of a tem-
perature below the freezing point.

A like columnar structure I have observed when water in bottles
was frozen, as already alluded to, by exposure out of doors on very
cold nights. The ice from the surface in contact with the glass is, in
such cases, frequently filamentous, as if slender visible tubes converged
in a general way toward the vertical axis of the bottle. Strictly speak-
ing, the direction of the filaments is uniformly approaching a perpen-
dicular to the surface of the bottle, whatever its conformation.

These slender white threads I have proved to be primarily, not air-
tubes, but empty spaces, though when the ends of the tubes are ex-
posed by fracture, they, of course, instantly fill with air.

As a proof that these are empty spaces, I may mention that I ex-
posed a quantity of water in a cylindrical cast-iron vessel with rounded
bottom of some half-gallon capacity to a freezing temperature in which
the whole water became solid. On examining the transparent block, I
noticed near the centre of the upper surface what seemed a large air-
bubble shut in below a layer of ice about an eighth of an inch in thick-
ness at the thinnest part. Around the margin of this air-bubble I
raised a little wall of wax, and filled the space within the wall with
colored water. With a needle I then drilled through the film of ice to
the space below, when, on withdrawing the needle, the fluid passed
with a rush to the before, vacant cavity, filling it completely without
escape of bubbles.

This vacuum had been produced by the shrinking of the main body
of the ice, due to the cold after the formation of the exterior crust en-
casing the largest volume of the ice, the shrinking of the ice taking
place while there was still a portion of water not solidified. The space
left by the shrinking, filling with the remaining water, left a vacuum.

Like cavities I have produced in bottles filled with water' and ex-
posed to low temperature. The phenomenon is the same as that ob-

VOL. VIII. 65

514 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

served in the cooling of large cylindrical iron castings. From such
cavities I have plucked out detached octahedral skeleton crystals of
iron.

The phenomena of ice structure vary so greatly with the circum-
stances under which congelation takes place, that they seem almost
infinite. Large areas of ice seem to me under certain conditions to be
produced in considerable degree from what might be regarded as a
snow-storm from below — the whole body of ice seeming to be made up
of snow-flakes — of marvellous beauty. I have seen a snow-flake in the
interior of a block of ice not less than two inches in horizontal diame-
ter, and perfect in all its parts.

Tyndall figures a block full of these snow-flakes revealed by direct-
ing a concentrated sunbeam successively on different points in the in-
terior of a block. In others I have found numerous fern-leaf crystals
(segments of the great snow-flake) in vertical position, and several of
my casts of decaying ice show the pseudomorphs of fern leaves which
have dissolved out therefrom.

I have found in little cavities, commonly known as air-holes, the
under surface of the thin film of ice roofing over the air space and its
floor below, minute six-sided tabular crystals of dimensions great enough
to be readily recognized with the unaided eye.

It is not the purpose of this note to embrace a detailed account of the
observations I have made upon the phenomena of ice, but is mainly, as
I have said, to present the conception I entertain of the cause of the
columnar structure of decaying ice.

I conceive it to be due primarily to the alternate expansion and con-
traction of the ice, consequent upon cycles of temperature, resulting
first in minute fissures from the shrinking, induced by cold, which, fill-
ing with air, yield a sort of honeycomb structure ; and, secondarily, to
the cellular structure produced by the intersection of vertical or nearly
vertical blades of ice crystals, which protruded from the continuous ice
above into the water below, as the thickness of the ice increased, and
which vertical blades determined the surfaces where the sun's rays at
the time of reflection are resolved into dark heat ; and, thirdly, the
elongation of the columns enclosed by the honeycomb structure conse-
quent on the pressure caused by expansion.

The second phenomenon is like that afforded by subjecting blocks of
wax to pressure. The aggregations of imperfect crystals in the ease of
wax are flattened out, the surface planes or planes of separation of the

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MARCH 11, 1873. 515

crystals being preserved and extended under the pressure. In ice this
preservation of surface may be aided by the thin film of air which occu-
pies the minute fissures occasioned by the shrinking of the ice. This
may perhaps influence regelation, and serve to keep the columns thus
honeycombed from amalgamating.

The rays of the sun falling upon and penetrating this ice are at each
interior surface more or less arrested and converted into dark heat, like
the heat received from the sun by the earth, and returned to the air in
contact with and near the surface, and convert the ice along the planes
of separation to water.

The repetition of this process at length so far separates the columns
from each other that a slight strain disengages them, and the columns
fall asunder, if in water to rapidly disappear in solution.*

&^j

Six hundred and fifty-fifth Sleeting.

March 11, 1873. — Adjourned Stated Meeting.

The President in the chair.

The President announced the death of Hon. James Savage
a Resident Fellow ; also that of Professor John Torrey, of New
York, an Associate Fellow.

The verbal changes in Chapter IX., Section 3, of the Statutes,
having for their object to make it conform as nearly as possible
to Section 2, as amended, were referred to the President and
Recording Secretary.

A paper on the " General Equation," by G. W. Pierce, was
referred to the Recording Secretary.

Professor H. P. Bowditch moved that a committee of five be
appointed to consider the propriety of seeking to obtain legisla-
tion providing better methods of procuring expert testimony in

* General Totten, in the paper above referred to, suggests that the columnar
structure is determined in the original formation of the ice by vertical prisms shot
down from above, which increase by lateral accretion till they drive all the air in
solution in the water into thin vertical films, marking the boundaries of the crystals.
This suggestion may be entitled to higher consideration than my observations lead
me to attach to it. It does not seem at all to meet the case of ice made up of snow-
flakes. The cavities or threads or filaments in ice are, moreover, as I have demon-
strated, vacua, and not spaces filled with air.

516 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

the courts of this Commonwealth ; and that the committee so
appointed be instructed to confer with the committees appointed
for the same purpose by the Suffolk District Medical Society,
and by the Boston Society of Medical Sciences.

Extended remarks on this motion were made by H. P. Bow-
ditch, Edward Jarvis, C. T. Jackson, Henry W. Williams, and
Emory Washburn.

The motion was adopted, and the President appointed on
this committee Emory Washburn, Horace Gray, Edward H.
Clarke, H. L. Eustis, and Wolcott Gibbs.

Professor John Trowbridge made a communication on " In-
duced Thermo-electric Currents," being a continuation of a
paper on " Animal Electricity " presented at a previous meet-
ing.

Mr. W. A. Rogers described a method for dispensing with
tangent-screws and verniers in instruments.

Professor Joseph Winlock exhibited a method of represent-
ing the nebulas, being a reproduction of the original drawings
by the heliotype process. He also made a communication on
the sun-spot observations taken at the Kew Observatory during
the year 1872 by Warren de la Rue, with the corresponding
observations at Cambridge, Massachusetts.

Six hundred and fifty-sixth Meeting.

April 8, 1873. — Monthly Meeting.

The President in the chair.

The President announced the death of Joseph Hale Abbot,
a Resident Fellow.

Professor J. D. Whitney presented to the Academy four
volumes of his " Report on the Geological Survey of California."

A portion of the report of the Council was read by the Pres-
ident, namely, the eulogy of the late Professor John Torrey.

Professor J. D. Whitney then made a communication on the
reliability of the barometer as a hypsometrical instrument,
being the results of the comparison of a series of elevations de-

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 13, 1873. 517

termined by barometric observations with those obtained by the
accurate method of the spirit-level. These observations were
made on the line of the Central Pacific Railroad.

The Corresponding Secretary read a second portion of the
report of the Council, namely, the eulogy of General George G.
Meade.

Six hundred and fifty- seventh meeting.

May 18, 1873. — Monthly Meeting.

The President in the chair.

The President read a letter from the Massachusetts Histori-
cal Society, thanking the members of the Academy for the use
of their Hall on several occasions ; also a letter from Wilhelm
Hofmeister, of Heidelberg, acknowledging his election into the
Academy.

The President announced the death of an Associate Fellow,
namely, W. S. Sullivant, of Columbus, Ohio. He also gave
notice of the deaths of two Foreign Honorary Members, namely,
Justus von Liebig, of Munich, and John Stuart Mill, of London.

A portion of the report of the Council was then read,- namely,
the eulogies of the late Francis Lieber and James Hadley.

Professor Joseph Winlock made a communication on a comet
of 1867, which had a period of six years. It was identified on
April 4, 1873, near its predicted place.

He also described a new method of illuminating the spider-
lines of the telescopes in Harvard College Observatory, and a
modification of the chronograph.

The President communicated the following botanical pa-
pers : —

Revision of the extra-tropical North American Species of the
Genus Lupinus. By Sereno "Watson.

The latest revision of the Lupines is that in Torrey and Gray's
Flora, made thirty-five years ago, and including all the species founded
upon the collections of Douglas, Wyeth, and Nuttall. The amount of
material that has since been gathered justifies an attempt at a rearrange-

518 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

merit of the genus. In this revisal the herbariums of Dr. Gray, Dr.
Torrey, Professor Eaton, and of the Philadelphia Academy have been
consulted, and much aid in identifying many of the older species has
been derived from notes made by Dr. Gray upon typical specimens in
the British herbariums (especially that of Lindley, which was the basis of
Agardh's Synopsis), which he examined and compared with his own
specimens during his last visit to Europe.

In view of the peculiar difficulties that lie here in the way of deter-
mining specific differences and defining them, I can hope to have
attained scarcely more than moderate success in giving clear and satis-
factory descriptions. It will be seen, however, that there are three
well-marked sections, the largest of which is conveniently divided into
perennials and annuals. In the minor subdivisions, use is made mainly
of differences in habit and in the number of ovules, which are found
to be in most cases very constant. Little use is made of the characters
of the seed, the differences in the calyx are mostly slight and not
easily expressed, the color of the petals is often variable and change-
able and in dried specimens uncertain, and peculiarities of pubescence
or foliage, which in some cases seem very constant and reliable, in
others are not to be depended upon. Several species still remain to
some extent uncertain for want of sufficient material for comparison.
Some new species have been indicated, though as many others have been
reduced, and future explorations in the Lupine Region, from the Rocky
Mountains to the Pacific, will doubtless add to the list.

Synopsis of Species.
§ 1. LUPINUS, proper. Flowers in terminal racemes; banner with strongly
reflexed sides ; ovules several ; cotyledons petioled after germination ; pods
broadly linear. — Spec. 1-50.

* Unifoliolate perennials.

Pubescence villous, spreading ; stipules elongated ;

leaves lance-oblong, acute ; ovules 4-6 ... 1. L. villosus.

Pubescence mostly appressed and short ; stipules short ;
leaves oval or obovate, obtuse, short-petioled ; ovules
6-10 2. L. diffusus.

* * Perennial ; leaflets 5 - 15. — Spec. 3-39.

t Shrubby at base, tall and leafy ; pubescence silky,
mostly appressed ; leaflets 7-11; petioles short ;
bracts deciduous ; flowers large ; ovules many.
Pubescence not dense ; leaflets glabrate above, narrowly
lanceolate, acute ; fls. yellow ; calyx-lips subentire ;
ovules 10 -12 3. L. arboreus.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 13, 1873.

519

Pubescence dense; lfts. wedge-obovate, obtuse, silky
both sides ; fls. not yellow ; upper lip bifid ; ovules
6-8

Pubescence short and mostly tomentose ; lfts. oblan-
ceolate, not smoother above; bracts exceeding the
calyx ; fls. blue ; upper lip nearly 2-parted ; ovules

8-9

t t Stems wholly herbaceous, more or less elongated, in (a)
mostly succulent and fistulous.

a. Lfts. smooth above, oblanceolate, 1^' long or more,

except in L. littoralis ; bracts deciduous ; calyx-lips
slightly toothed ; ovules 8 or more.

Subdecumbent, densely villous ; stipules long-seta-
ceous ; petioles short ; lfts. 6 - 8 ; bracts short ;
ovules 9-12

Erect, sparingly villous ; stipules broad ; petioles
elongated; lfts. 10- 16 ; bracts short; calyx-lips
entire ; ovules 9 . . . . •

Ascending, villous ; leaves distant ; petioles elon-
gated ; lfts. 8 - 12 ; bracts exceeding the calyx ;
ovules 7-8

Erect, nearly glabrous, the short pubescence mostly
appressed ; stipules narrow ; petioles short ; bracts
exceeding the calyx ; ovules 8 - 10

Calyx subvillous ; bracts more hairy, subpersistent ;
stipules broader ; lower petioles elongated ; pedi-
cels short

Subdecumbent, slender, leafy ; petioles short ; lfts.
5-8, J-l' long; bracts exceeding the calyx;
keel ciliate ; ovules 10 -12 . . ...

b. Leaves distant, lower long-petioled ; lfts. smooth above ;

fls. large, not yellow ; ovules 6-7, rarely fewer.
. Pubescence mostly minute, appressed ; stipules de-
ciduous ; lfts. 9 ; upper calyx-lip shortly toothed ;

keel ciliate

Usually villous, low and siender; stipules long,

persistent ; upper lip bifid ; ovules 4-6
Villous or subglabrous ; stipules large, acuminate ;
lfts. 7 ; keel naked

c. Leafy and branching ; petioles short ; bracts deciduous,

shorter than the calyx, except in L. Sabiriii and bar-
biger ; fls. large, yellow in L. Sabinii ; ovules 6-7,
rarely 8.

Lfts. silky both sides ; fls. very large, yellow ; ban-
ner naked

Lfts. pubescent both sides; calyx-lips subequal, the

4. L. albijrons.

5. L. Douglasii.

6. L. Noothatensis.

7. L. polyphyllus.

8. L. Wyethii.

9. L. rivularis.

10. L. Burkei.
11. L. littoralis.

12. L. perennis.

13. L. Nutlallii.
14. L. arcticus.

15. L. Sabinii.

520

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

upper narrow ; banner acute, margins adherent
at the apex ; keel very falcate, naked

Lfts. smooth above ; upper lip shorter, broader ;
banner acutish ; keel ciliate, less falcate

Lfts. subappressed-silky both sides ; pubescence
of stem and pedicels dense and spreading ; bracts
long ; banner silky ; keel strongly bearded

Lfts. 5 - 7 ; pubescence appressed, silky, usually
short ; banner silky ; keel ciliate

d. Leaves distant, not smooth above ; lower petioles elon-

gated ; racemes mostly dense and fls". smaller, except
in L. sulphnreus ; ovules 4-6.

Flowers yellow

Pubescence villous, spreading ; bracts deciduous,
often exceeding the densely villous calyx ; calyx-
lips subequal ; banner hairy ; keel ciliate .

Stout, densely silky-tomentose ; pedicels very
short ; bracts subpersistent ; banner very villous

Densely rough-pubescent with spreading hairs ;
pedicels short ; bracts short, deciduous ; banner
subhairy

Densely appressed-silky, leafy at base, often low ;
petioles elongated ; bracts deciduous ; banner
naked

Silky-villous ; raceme dense ; bracts persistent,
equalling the calyx ; fls. verticillate ; banner
oblong, naked

e. Leafy ; petioles short ; racemes short-peduncled ; bracts

deciduous, mostly short; fls. mostly small, not yel-
low ; ovules 3-5.

Subdecumbent ; pubescence mostly short ; lfts.
silky both sides ; bracts at least equalling the
calyx ; banner very hairy ; keel very ciliate

Erect, slender, much branched, puberulent; lfts.
pubescent both sides ; banner and keel naked

Erect, slender, strict, scantily puberulent ; lfts.
glabrous above ; bracts equalling the silky ca-
lyx ; banner naked

Appressed-subsilky ; lfts. oblanceolate, pubescent
both sides ; calyx strongly spurred ; banner long-
est, hairy ; keel ciliate

Appressed puberulent ; lfts. narrowly oblanceolate,
pubescent both sides ; calyx narrow, saccate ;
petals equal ; banner subpubescent ; keel ciliate

Appressed puberulent or silky ; lfts. linear-lanceo-
late, smooth above ; calyx campanulate, gib-
bous ; petals equal ; banner subhairy

16. L. albicaulis.
17. L. Sitgreavn.

18. L. barbiger.
19. L. ornatus.

20. L. sulphnreus.

21. L. sericeus.
22. L. leucophyllus.

23. L. Palmeri.

24. L. lepidus.

25. L.confertus.

26. L.Jlexuosus.
27. L. Andersoni.

28. L. parviflorus.

29. L. calcaratus.
30. L. laxijlorus.
31. L. argenteus.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 13, 1873.

521

Close silvery-silky ; lfts. oblanccolate, very silky
both sides ; fls. often very small ; calyx slightly
spurred ; banner pubescent ; keel ciliate .

Densely silky-tomentose ; lfts. silky both sides ;
bracts ovate ; fls. very small ; calyx campanulate ;
banner naked ; ovules 3-4
1 1 1 Dwarf, short-stemmed and mostly ca;spitose ; bracts

subpersistent ; fls. subverticillate, short-pedicelled ;

keel ciliate; ovules 3-6.
Stems very short ; racemes sessile ; bracts exceeding

the calyx ; banner narrow

Stems with rather long internodes, herbaceous ; ra-
cemes peduncled.

Loosely villous ; bracts nearly equalling or exceed-
ing the short calyx ; lower lip subentire ; ovules
4-6

Loosely villous ; bracts short ; calyx nearly equal-
ling the petals ; lower lip equally 3-toothed ;
banner short, narrow, rhomboidal ; ovules 2 - 3 ;
pod ovate

Appressed villous ; bracts short, deciduous ; calyx
short, upper lip bifid ; petals equal ; banner orbic-
ular

Stems leafy, from a spreading woody caudex; ra-
cemes very short ; bracts short ; pubescence
dense, appressed.

Lfts. 7-10, obtuse ; petioles short ; peduncles
equalling the leaves ; banner orbicular

Lfts. 5-6, acutish ; petioles elongated ; peduncles
exceeding the leaves ; banner elliptical
* * * Annuals ; leaflets 5 - 10 ; upper calyx-lip 2-parted
or bifid. — Spec. 40 - 50.
t Fls. verticillate ; bracts deciduous.

Puberulent; lfts. cuneate-obovate, mostly obtuse,
smoother above ; bracts short ....

Usually villous ; lfts. linear to oblanceolate, acute,

- pubescent both sides ; bracts elongated ; fls.
3-6" long ; banner broad ....

Villous ; lfts. linear, pubescent ; bracts short ; ped-
icels very short ; fls. 2-3" long, narrow .
1 1 Fls. scattered ; bracts persistent in Nos. 46, 49,
and 50.

a. Rather tall, slender ; lfts. linear.

Lfts. 8-10, smooth above ; bracts very long
Villous ; lfts. 5-9, much reduced upward ;
bracts short, subpersistent ....

vol. viii. 66

32. L. holosericeus.

33. L. meionanthus.

34. L. ccespitosus.

35. L. aridus.

36. L. Kingii.

37. L. minimus.

38. L. Breweri.
39. L. Lyallii.

40. L. offinis.

41. L. nanus.

42. L. rnicranthus.

43. L. leptophyllus.

44. L. sparsiflorus.

522 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Puberulent ; lfts. 5-7, truncate ; bracts short . 45. L. truncalus.
b. Lfts. 5-7, ctineate-obovate, sometimes oblanceo-
late in 49 ; bracts and petioles short.

Silky-pubescent ; lfts.. 5 ; Texan . . .46. L. subcarnosus.

Puberulent ; raceme short, dense ; banner yellow,
wings pink ; pod smooth .... 47. L. Stiveri

Very hirsute, rather stout ; petals 6" long . 48. L. hirsutissimus.

Low, villous ; petals 3 - 4" long ; lower calyx-
lip narrow, rather deeply trifid . . .49. L. concinnus.

Low, slender, very hairy ; raceme few-flowered,
flexuous ; lower lip broad, subentire ; fls. nar-
row, 2 - 3" long 50. L. gracilis.

§ 2. PLATYCARPOS. Fls. as in § Lupinus ; ovules 2 ; cotyledons broad and
clasping ; pods ovate ; bracts persistent ; lfts. cuneate-oblong or -obovate after ger-
mination ; annuals.

* Fls. verticillate ; stems tall; racemes long-peduncled.

t Leaves approximate, long-petioled.

Villous with long hairs ; fls. mostly purple . . 51 . L. microcarpus.

Less villous with shorter hairs; calyx nearly

smooth ; fls. yellow to white . . . . 52. L. densiflorus.
t t Leaves scattered ; petioles short.

Pubescence short, appressed 53. L. Bridgesii.

* * Fls. scattered ; low or dwarf.

Very hirsute ; lfts. usually 5 ; racemes nearly sessile ; up-
per calyx-lip 2-cleft ........ 54. L. pusillus.

Nearly acaulescent ; less hairy ; lfts. usually 7 ; peduncles
about equalling the leaves ; upper lip very short, trun-
cate 55. L. brevicaulis.

§ 3. LUPINELLUS. Fls. axillary, solitary ; sides of the banner scarcely
reflexed ; pod ovate ; ovules 2.

Annual, dwarf, diffuse, villous ; lfts. 5 ; fls. small . . 56. L. uncialis.

§ 1. LUPINUS, proper. Flowers in terminal racemes ; banner
with its sides strongly reflexed ; ovules several (5 - 12); cotyle-
dons petioled, after germination.

* Herbaceous perennials ; leaflets solitary ; pubescence densely
silky; bracts deciduous ; flowers subverticillate.

1. L, villosus, Willd. Stem stout, decumbent at base or ascend-
ing, 1 -.2° high, leafy ; pubescence densely silky-toinentose and villous,
especially on the stem and stipules ; stipules 1-2' long, setaceous ;
leaves lance-oblong, 2 - 6' long, about equalling the petioles, acute;
racemes 6-10' long, often dense, short-peduncled ; bracts about
equalling or exceeding the calyx, subulate-setaceous ; pedicels 1 - 2"

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 13, 1873. 523

long ; calyx nearly equalling the petals, the lips subequal and toothed,
bracelets setaceous ; petals pale-red, the rounded banner with a dark-
purple centre ; keel naked ; ovules 4 - 6 ; pods densely villous, in a
crowded cylindrical spike, V long, 2-4-seeded. — Dry sandy barrens ;
Georgia to Florida and Alabama ; April.

2. L. diffusus, Nutt. Resembling the last ; procumbent ; pubes-
cence shorter, appressed, rarely subspreading ; leaves short-oblong,
1 — 3' long, obtuse and.mucronulate, sometimes acutish, mostly exceed-
ing the petioles ; stipules 3 - 9" long ; bracts lanceolate or oblong,
shorter than the calyx ; calyx considerably shorter than the petals,
and with shorter bractlefs; flowers mostly smaller, 4 - 6" long, light-
blue, the banner with a greenish-yellow centre, less decidedly rounded,
or acutish; ovules 6-10; pod densely covered with shorter stiffish
hairs. — North Carolina to Florida.

* * Perennials; leaflets 5 - 15. — Spec. 3-39.
f Shrubby, at least at base, tall, branched, and leafy ; pubescence
silky, mostly appressed; leaflets 7- 11 ; petioles rarely much ex-
ceeding the leaves ; bracts deciduous ; flowers large ; calyx-lips
nearly equal ; ovules mostly 8-12.

3. L. arboreus, Sims. Shrubby and often 4-106 high; pubes-
cence not dense, short and silky, mostly appressed; leaflets 7-11,
mostly 9, glabrate above, narrowly lanceolate, J -If long, acute ; ra-
ceme loose, 3-8' long ; bracts linear, equalling the calyx ; flowers
verticillate or subscattered, sulphur-yellow, fragrant ; pedicels 3 - 4"
long ; calyx-lips broad, entire or the upper obscurely 2-toothed ; bract-
lets minute ; petals 6 — 8" long, equal, keel slightly ciliate ; pod
10-12- (rarely 8-) seeded, 1^-3' long, 4-6" wide, pubescent. —
California, common, from Sacramento Valley to San Diego ; April to
August. Specimens from Punta de los Reyes (Bigelow) are remark-
able for their more abundant villous pubescence, spreading upon the stem.

4. L. albifrons, Benth. Stems 1-4° high ; pubescence dense,
silky, appressed ; leaflets 7-9, cuneate-obovate, %-V long, obtuse and
mucronulate, or acutish, silky on both sides ; racemes loose ; bracts
lanceolate, shorter than the calyx ; flowers subverticillate, blue, violet,
pink, or white ; pedicels 2 - 3" long ; calyx with small setaceous bract-
lets, upper lip deeply cleft, the lower subentire ; petals 6" long, equal
or the banner slightly shorter, keel naked or ciliate ; ovules 6 - 8 ; pod
\\' long, 4 - 6-seeded, silky. — From Oregon (Hall) to Southern Cali-

524 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

fornia, common. No. 615 Thurber, from San Pasqual, has stout, elon-
gated, few-leaved stems, the raceme over 1° long, and the leaflets 2\'
long, but it evidently belongs here.

5. L. Douglasii, Agh. Apparently less woody; pubescence
short, tomentose or silky, appressed ; leaflets 7-9, oblanceolate, 1 - 1 V
long, obtuse or acute, sometimes cuneate-oblong, pubescent on both
sides ; racemes often long-peduncled ; bracts linear-setaceous, exceeding
the calyx ; flowers blue or purple, scattered or subverticillate ; pedicels
3 - 5" long ; calyx with long setaceous bractlets, the upper lip nearly
2-parted, the lower entire ; petals equal, 6 - 7" long, keel ciliate ;
ovules 8-9. — Sacramento Valley to Southern California.

f f Stems wholly herbaceous, more or less elongated, in (a) mostly

succulent and fistulous.
a. Leaflets glabrous above, or nearly so, oblong to oblanceolate, 1^'

long or more (except in L. littoralis) ; flowers subverticillate ;

bracts deciduous ; calyx-lips usually but slightly toothed ; ovules

8 or more.

6. L. Nootkatensis, Donn. Stems often stout, 1 - 2° long, more
or less decumbent, leafy ; pubescence densely villous, spreading or sub-
appressed; stipules elongated, setaceous-acuminate; leaflets 6-8,
cuneate-oblong, obtuse and mucronulate or acutish, 1^-2' long, about
equalling the petioles ; raceme elongated, nearly sessile ; bracts linear-
lanceolate, equalling the calyx ; flowers blue or purplish, verticillate or
scattered ; pedicels 2 - 6" long; calyx large, with long setaceous bract-
lets, the upper lip rather deeply bifid and the lobes often erosely trun-
cate, the lower usually strongly 3-toothed ; petals 8 - 9" long, the keel
a little shorter and usually naked; ovules 9-12; pod 1^' long. —
From Vancouver to the Aleutian and St. Paul Islands ; " Kurile
Islands " (Ledebour) ; " Ft. Youkon " (Rothrock) ; Jasper House
(Burke).

Var. Unalaskensis. Stems slender ; pubescence wholly short,
silky and appressed ; raceme short and few-flowered. — Unalaska
Island (Eschscholtz, Rudolphi, and Harrington) ; Port Mulgrave
(Barclay).

7. L. poltphyllus, Lindl. Stout, erect, 2 - 5° high, sparingly
villous, the pedicels, calyx, and youngest leaves silky-pubescent ; stip-
ules large, triangular to subulate ; leaves distant, long-petioled ; leaflets
10-16, in the upper leaves often but 8 - 10, glabrous above, 2 - 6'

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 13, 1873. 525

long, £-1/ wide ; raceme frequently 1-2° long ; bracts oblong-lanceo-
late, equalling or shorter than the calyx ; flowers mostly scattered,
blue, purple, or white ; pedicels 3 - 6" long ; calyx-lips subequal, en-
tire, bractlets very caducous ; petals equal, 6 - 7" long, keel naked ;
ovules 9 ; pod 1' long or more. — From Ft. Vancouver and the Lower
Fraser River to Klamath Valley and San Francisco.

8. L. Wtethii. Stem ascending, stout, \ - 2° high, sparingly
leafy ; pubescence villous, spreading ; stipules setaceous ; leaflets 8 — 12,
oblong to oblanceolate, \\-2\' long, acute, glabrous above, the lower
petioles much elongated; raceme 4-10' long, often long-peduncled ;
bracts subulate-setaceous, exceeding the calyx ; flowers blue or pink,
scattered or subverticillate ; pedicels slender, 3— A" long; calyx vil-
lous, with short setaceous bractlets, upper lip 2-toothed, the lower one
longer, subentire ; petals equal, 6 - 7" long, keel naked ; ovules 7-8.
— Flathead River, Oregon (Wyeth) ; Clear Water (Spalding).

9. L. rivularis, Dougl. Stout, erect, 2-6° high, branching,
nearly glabrous ; pubescence short and silky, close-appressed or very
rarely spreading on the calyx and pedicel ; stipules subulate or seta-
ceous ; leaflets 7 - 10, about equalling the petioles, \ - 5' long, oblanceo-
late, acute or the lower ones obtuse, glabrous above ; raceme long-
peduncled, often 1-2° long ; bracts setaceous, exceeding the calyx ;
flowers scattered or subverticillate, purple or sometimes white ; pedicels
2 - 5" long ; calyx with caducous bractlets^ the upper lip rarely entire ;
petals 6" long, equal, the keel slightly ciliate ; pod 1^' long, 8 - 10-
seeded. — From the Columbia to Southern California, common. The
species has been known only from the figure (Bot. Reg. 19, t. 1595)
and a cultivated specimen in Herb. Lindley. These seem to accord
sufficiently well with the ordinary L. cytisoides, Agh., and the older
name is retained.

Var. latifolius. Leaflets 5 - 7, 'spatulate or oblanceolate, \ - 1 y
wide, obtuse and mucronulate, or the upper acute, the pubescence on
the calyx oftener spreading.

10. L. Burkei. Resembling the last, but distinguished by broader
stipules, the lower leaves long-petioled, the raceme usually short and
dense, with pedicels mostly but 1 - 2" long, bracts villous and subper-
sistent, pubescence of the calyx somewhat villous and more or less
spreading ; pod 8-seeded. — On the east side of the Sierra ; near
Carson City (46 Anderson, 262 Stretch); "Snake country " (Burke) ;
Falls of the Yellowstone (Hayden).

526 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

11. L. littoralis, Dougl. Stems slender, decumbent or ascend-
ing, 1-2° long, often not succulent, leafy ; pubescence silky, rather
thin, short and appressed, or villous and spreading, especially about the
linear stipules; leaflets 5-8, oblanceolate or cuneate-oblong, |— ■ 1'
long, acute, the petioles sometimes twice longer ; raceme short ; bracts
setaceous, exceeding the calyx; flowers blue or violet, with more or less
yellow, verticillate or scattered, on pedicels 2 - 3" long ; calyx large,
with small bractlets, upper lip 2-toothed ; petals equal, 6" long, keel
ciliate; ovules and seeds 10-12; pod 14/ long. — Near the coast,
from Washington Territory to San Francisco. Douglas was probably
mistaken in saying that the root is eaten by the Indians.

b. Rather sparingly leafy, the petioles (the upper excepted) at least
twice longer than the leaflets ; racemes loose ; bracts mostly de-
ciduous ; flowers large, not yellow ; ovules 6-7, rarely fewer ;
leaflets smooth above.

12. L. perennis, L. Stems 1-2° high, from subten-anean root-
stocks ; pubescence minute, appressed, with some longer hairs ; stipules
setaceous, deciduous; leaflets 7-11, obovate to oblong, 1-2' long,
obtuse and mucronulate, or obtusish ; raceme ^-1° long ; bracts subu-
late, usually shorter than the calyx ; flowers purplish or rarely white,
scattered or subverticillate ; pedicels slender, 2-4" long; bractlets
small ; upper calyx-lip shortly toothed, the lower subentire ; petals
equal or the banner shorter, % - 1" long, the keel ciliate ; pod 1^' long,
4" wide, 5 - 6-seeded. — Sandy soils ; Northern States and " Canada "
to Wisconsin, and southward to the Gulf ; Valley of the Platte (En-
gelmann).

Var. occidentalis. Stem and petioles more villous. — Michigan
and Wisconsin.

13. L. Nottallii. {L. gracilis, Nutt., not Agh.) Low and more
slender throughout than the last, and usually villous ; stipules per-
sistent, elongated, setaceous ; upper lip of the calyx more deeply
toothed ; flowers smaller, 4 - 5" long ; ovules 4 - 6 ; pod 1' long,
3" wide. — Georgia, Florida, and westward to Mississippi.

14. L. arcticus. Villous or subglabrous ; stems rather stout, 1°
high or less, erect or ascending, simple ; stipules conspicuous, acumi-
nate ; leaflets 6-8, cuneate-oblong or oblanceolate., 1 — 1^' long, acute
or obtuse, the petioles much elongated ; raceme. 2-4' long ; bracts
linear, about equalling the calyx, deciduous or subpersistent ; flowers

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 13, 1873. 527

blue, subverticillate or scattered, on slender pedicels 2 - 3" long ; bract-
lets wanting or caducous ; calyx-lips short, the upper entire or slightly
toothed, the lower a little longer; petals 6-7" long, the banner
shorter, keel naked ; ovary slightly hairy, 5-7 ovuled. — Washington
Territory (Lyall) ; Vancouver's Island (C. B. Wood) ; Bear Lake
(Richardson) ; Polar Sea (Dean and Simpson) ; and probably all the
L. perennis reported from the Arctic coast.

c Leafy and branching, the petioles not longer than the leaflets ;
flowers large, subverticillate, yellow in L. Sabinii ; bracts decidu-
ous, shorter than the calyx (except in L. Sabinii and barbiger) ;
ovules 6-7, rarely 8.

15. L. Sabinii, Dougl. Erect, 2° high; pubescence short, ap-
pressed, silky ; stipules long, setaceous; leaflets 8-11, oblanceolate,
1 - 21' long, acute, silky both sides ; raceme 6 - 10' long, rather dense
and long-peduncled ; bracts linear-setaceous ; pedicels 3 - 4" long ; calyx
minutely bracteolate, upper lip shorter and shortly toothed, the lower
entire; petals equal, 7-8" long, the banner emarginate, naked, keel
ciliate; ovules 7. — Collected only by Douglas in the Blue Mountains,
Oregon.

16. L. albicaulis, Dougl. Ascending or erect, 1 - 2° high ; pubes-
cence variable, short and appressed or more or less villous and spread-
ing; stipules linear-setaceous, long or nearly obsolete; leaflets 5-9,
oblanceolate or oblong, 1 - 2' long, acute, pubescent both sides ; raceme'
4-12' long, short-peduncled; bracts subulate; pedicels 2-3" long;
calyx large, minutely bracteolate, lips nearly equal, the upper narrowed]
shortly 2-toothed, the lower subentire ; petals equal, 5-7" long, " blue-
violet" or often apparently rose-color or whitish ; banner acute, naked,
the margins adherent at the apex ; keel strongly falcate, naked ; ovules
5-7; pod 1-2' long, 4-5" wide, 3 - 6-seeded. — From the Columbia
to the Sacramento. No. 188 of Kellogg & Harford appears to belong
here, but is unusually smooth, the leaves distant and the lower on very
long, petioles.

Var. Bridgesii. The more villous form, with largest flowers and
densest racemes. — Near San Francisco.

17. L. Sitgreavii. Tall, 2° high or more, branched, puberulent,
and more or less silky-villous with spreading hairs ; stipules setaceous ;'
leaflets 7 - 9, glabrous above, oblanceolate, acute, 1-3" long ; raceme
short-peduncled ; upper lip of the calyx short and rather broad, shortly

528 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

toothed or nearly entire ; petals 5" long, the banner rounded, naked,
the keel ciliate ; ovules 5. — San Francisco Mts., Arizona (Sitgreave,
1851 ; Wheeler, 1872) ; Copper Mines, New Mexico (Bigelow). To
this perhaps belongs also 2012 Brewer, from Ebbett's Pass in the
Sierra, scarcely at all villous and the keel naked, as also 1020
Wright, from the mountains of New Mexico, resembling Brewer's
plant, but with the stipules longer and more conspicuous.

18. L. barbiger. Pubescence upon the stem, pedicels and petioles
dense, of short, stiffish, spreading hairs, upon the leaves and calyx silky-
hairy and subappressed ; stipules setaceous ; leaflets 5-7, narrowly
oblanceolate, silky on both sides ; raceme rather dense, short-pedun-
cled ; pedicels 2 - 3" long ; bracts setaceous, exceeding the- calyx ;
lower calyx-lip narrow, subentire, slightly longer than the broader
rather deeply toothed upper lip ; petals 5" long, ochroleucous, equal,
the banner rounded, silky, the keel copiously ciliate ; ovules 7. — Col-
lected in Kane County, Southern Utah, 1873, by A. L. Siler.

19. L. ornattjs, Dougl. Stems decumbent or ascending; pubes-
cence usually short, more or less silky, mostly appressed ; stipules
setaceous ; leaflets 5-7, oblanceolate or cuneate-oblong, f - 2' long,
acute or acutish : raceme 8-8' long, usually short-peduncled ; bracts
short, subulate or ovate ; pedicels 2 - 3" long ; bractlets setaceous ;
calyx-lips nearly equal, the upper rather shortly toothed or bifid, the
lower subentire; petals blue, equal, 5 - 1" long, the banner acutish,
subsilky on the back, keel ciliate ; ovules 5-8 ; pod 1\' long, 3 - 4"
wide. — From the Columbia River to Southern California.

L. leucopsis, Agh., collected by Douglas in " Oregon and Rocky
Mts.," appears to be the same. Specimens from Clark's Ranch, Mari-
posa Valley (Dr. Gray), may probably be referred here as an extreme
form, being densely tomentose, the leaflets nearly obovate, and banner
but slightly bearded.

Var. glabratus. Leaflets glabrous above, cuneate-oblong, acutish
or obtuse ; flowers nearly white, with a dark-purple spot upon the
banner. — Common in the Rocky Mountains of Colorado.

d. Leaves distant ; lower petioles elongated.; leaflets not smooth
above ; racemes mostly dense ; flowers smaller and not yellow
(except in L. sulphureus) ; ovules 4-6.

20. L. sulphureus, Dougl. A not fully identified species. De-
scribed as with 13-15 densely silky leaflets, keel naked and banner

OP ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 13, 1873. 529

subglabrous. Nothing in our herbariums accords with this. A speci-
men collected by Spalding, and noted by Dr. Gray as the same as
Douglas's plant in the Kew herbarium, has ascending sparingly leafy
stems, li° high; pubescence silky, loosely appressed ; leaflets 8-10,
acute, 1-2' long, narrowly lanceolate ; raceme rather dense, pedun-
cled ; bracts deciduous ; flowers subverticillate ; pedicels 1 — 2" long ;
calyx short and short-lipped, the upper lip slightly 2-toothed ; petals
4 - 5" long, apparently yellow, the banner slightly hairy and keel cili-
ate ; ovules 4-5.

A specimen of Wyeth's from " Medicine Clay Prairie," noted as
" pale-yellow with a dark spot in the centre of the vexillum," much
resembles this, but has flowers 6 - 1" long, slender pedicels, and the
banner naked. Another very similar plant of Douglas's, from the
junction of Lewis's and Clark's rivers, named L. sericeus in herb. Ben-
tham, has also longer and more slender pedicels, longer calyx-lobes,
the banner naked, and the leaves more numerous and with shorter
petioles. Still another specimen of Douglas's from " Oregon or Rocky
Mts.," referred to L. sericeus in Torr. & Gray's Flora, has both
banner and keel naked. These are both apparently yellow.

21. L. sericeus, Pursh. Rather stout, suberect, 1-2° high ; pubes-
cence more or less coarsely villous or subsilky, spreading ; stipules
usually long-setaceous ; leaflets 5-8, rarely 10, narrowly oblanceolate,
1 - 2£-' long, acute ; racemes short-peduncled ; bracts deciduous, subu-
late-setaceous, often much exceeding the calyx ; flowers subverticillate
or scattered, on short pedicels, blue or ochroleucous ; calyx strongly
gibbous but scarcely saccate, minutely bracteolate, densely silky-villous,
lips nearly equal, the upper slightly toothed, the lower subentire ;
petals equal, 6" long, banner hairy, keel ciliate; ovules 4-5; pod
densely hairy, V long. — Oregon to Northern Nevada and the Wah-
satch.

22. L. leucophyllus, Dougl. Stout, 2-3° high, leafy, densely
silky-tomentose throughout ; stipules long-setaceous or subulate ; leaflets
7-10, oblanceolate or cuneate-oblong, 1 - 2\' long, acute, the petioles
about equalling the leaves or the lower twice longer ; raceme dense,
6-12' long, sessile or nearly so; bracts subulate or linear, shorter or
longer than the calyx, subpersistent or deciduous ; flowers scattered or
subverticillate, nearly sessile ; bractlets small, setaceous or oblong-sub-
ulate ; upper calyx-lip rather broad, more or less deeply 2-cleft, the
lower slightly longer, subentire ; petals blue or pink, equal, 4 - 6" long,

VOL. VIII. 67

530 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

banner densely villous, keel naked or ciliate ; ovules 5-6. — From the
Cascade Mts. of Oregon and Washington Territory eastward to Utah
and New Mexico.

23. L. Palmeri. Densely rough-pubescent with rather rigid,
straight, spreading hairs, more appressed upon the leaves ; stipules very
small ; leaflets 6-8, oblanceolate, acute, }2 - 1/ long, the petioles 3-4
times longer ; raceme peduncled, rather loose ; bracts subulate, shorter
than the calyx, deciduous ; flowers scattered or subverticillate, on pedi-
cels 1" long ; calyx with broad subequal lips, the upper 2-toothed, the
lower subentire and mostly erect ; petals 4 - 5" long, equal, deep-blue,
the broad banner with a dark spot in the centre, somewhat hairy on
the back ; keel naked ; ovules 5-6. — San Francisco Mts., Arizona
(Dr. E. Palmer).

24. L. lepidus, Dougl. Slender, 9' - 2° high, leafy at base, densely
appressed-silky ; stipules setaceous ; leaflets 7-9, narrowly oblanceo-
late, § - 1 y long, acute, petioles much elongated ; raceme 2-8' long ;
bracts not exceeding the calyx, caducous ; flowers in near verticils or
scattered, pedicels 1 - 2" long ; upper calyx-lip 2-toothed or deeply
cleft, the lower 3-toothed or subentire ; petals violet, whiter at base,
equal, 5" long, the keel ciliate ; ovules 4 - 6 ; pod 1' long. — Wash-
ington Territory and Oregon, from Puget Sound to Klamath Lakes.

25. L. confertus, Kellogg. Erect or ascending, 1° high or more,
branching ; pubescence silky-villous, appressed or spreading ; leaflets
5-8, cuneate-oblong to narrowly oblanceolate, f - If' long, acute ;
raceme usually dense, 2-9' long, rather long-peduncled ; bracts persist-
ent, about equalling the calyx, setaceous ; flowers verticillate, nearly
sessile ; upper calyx-lip 2-cleft, lower slightly 3-toothed ; petals equal,
blue or pink, 4 - 5" long, the banner rather narrow, keel ciliate ; *
ovules 4 - 6 ; pod -f ' long, 2 - 4-seeded. — In the Sierra, from Yosem-
ite Valley to Washoe Lake and Donner Pass.

e. Stems leafy ; petioles short ; racemes short-peduncled ; bracts
deciduous, mostly short ; flowers usually small, not yellow ; ovules
3-5.

26. L. FLEXUOSUS, Lindl. Stems ascending or decumbent, 1J°
high, branching ; pubescence short, silky, and appressed, or subvillous
on the leaves ; stipules linear-setaceous ; leaflets 6-8, oblanceolate,
1 - I}/ long, acute, silky on both sides ; raceme 3-6' long or more ;
bracts lanceolate-setaceous, equalling or much exceeding the calyx ;
flowers subverticillate, pedicels 2 - o" long ; calyx-lips nearly equal,

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 13, 1873. 531

the upper slightly toothed, the lower subentire ; bractlets short, seta-
ceous ; petals apparently blue or flesh-color, equal, 5" long, banner
very hairy, keel strongly ciliate ; ovules 5 - 4 ; pod 1' long. — Colum-
bia Valley.

27. L. Andersoni, Watson. About 1° high, slender, much branched
and leafy, minutely pubescent ; stipules small, subulate ; leaflets 7-9,
oblauceolate, f — \\' long, acute or obtuse and mucronulate, pubescent
both sides; raceme becoming 6' long; flowers subverticillate or scattered,
pedicels 1 - 2" long ; calyx campanulate, not at all saccate, obscurely
bracteolate, lips subequal, upper broad and shortly toothed, lower sub-
entire ; petals blue or pink, equal, 4" long ; banner and keel naked ;
ovules 5-6; pod pubescent,# 1^' long. — In the Sierra Nevada, near
Carson City (Anderson).

Var. (?) Grayi. Leaflets obovate, 6-9" long, obtuse or emar-
ginate, mucronulate; the whole plant densely silky-villous. — Clark's
Ranch, Mariposa Valley, California (Dr. Gray).

28. L. parviflorus, Nutt. Strict, erect, slender, 2-3° high, at
length branching ; pubescence scanty, short, appressed, the calyx and
pedicels silky ; stipules setaceous ; leaves rather distant ; leaflets
5-11, oblanceolate to obovate, 1 - 2' long, acute or obtuse and mu-
cronulate, glabrous above, the lower leaves shorter than the petioles ;
raceme ^ - 1° long, slender ; bracts linear-subulate, equalling the calyx ;
flowers subverticillate or scattered, the slender pedicels 1 - 2" long ;
calyx-lips nearly equal, the upper 2-toothed ; petals light-blue, equal,
3 - 4" long, keel ciliate or naked ; pod § ' long, 2 - 4-seeded, pubescent.
— In the mountains from the Columbia River to Northern Utah and
the Yosemite Valley. Stems usually solitary, the root-stock probably
creeping.

29. L. calcaratus, Kellogg. Stems rather stout, 1-2° high,
ascending, branched, puberulent ; leaves more or less silky on both
sides; stipules subulate or setaceous; leaflets 6-12 (about 9), oblan-
ceolate, 1 - 2' long, acute, at least half as long as the petioles ; racemes
3-6' long ; bracts subulate ; flowers verticillate or scattered, on pedi-
cels 1 - 3" long ; calyx silky-pubescent, conspicuously spurred, upper
lip shortly toothed, the lower subentire, a little longer ; bractlets small,
setaceous ; petals white or blue, the banner pubescent, 6" long, exceed-
ing the wings and ciliate keel ; ovules 4- 6 ; pod f - 1' long, hairy. —
Northern Nevada and eastern slope of the Sierra.

30. L. laxiflorus, Dougl. Ascending or erect, 1-2° high, slen-

532 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

der ; pubescence minute, silky, appressed ; stipules setaceous, mostly
very small ; leaflets 6-8, narrowly oblanceolate, 1-2' long, acute, pu-
berulent on both sides, at least half as long as the petioles ; racemes
loose and slender, 3-6' long ; bracts subulate ; flowers subverticillate
or scattered, small, on pedicels 2 - 3" long ; calyx narrowed and sac-
cate at base, minutely bracteolate, upper lip shortly toothed, the lower
subentire and a little longer ; petals blue, 3 - 5" long, equal ; banner
subpubescent, keel ciliate ; ovules 4 - 6 ; pod § ' long, very hairy. —
Washington Territory and Oregon, from Ft. Vancouver to Klamath
Valley and the northern Sierra, and eastward to Northern Utah.
L. arbustus, Dough, is a rather stouter, larger-leaved form, the leaflets
sometimes 2-J-' lonjr.

31. L. argenteus, Pursh. Erect or ascending, 1-2° high, slender ;
pubescence minute, silky, appressed ; stipules small ; leaflets 5-8,
linear-lanceolate, f — 1£' long, acute, smooth above or nearly so, about
equalling the petioles ; racemes 2-6' long, nearly sessile ; flowers
subverticillate or scattered, pedicels £ - 2" long ; calyx campanulate,
gibbous but not spurred at base, minutely bracteolate, upper lip broad,
2-toothed, the lower subentire, slightly longer ; petals blue or cream-
colored, equal, 3 - 4" long, the banner very broad, naked or subhairy,
keel naked or subciliate ; ovules 5 - 3 ; pod f - 1' long. — Plains of
the Columbia and -Snake Rivers. Distinguished from the last chiefly
by the shape of the calyx and smoother leaves ; including its varieties,
this is the most widely diffused of the western species.

Var. decumbens. {L. decumbens, Torr.) Raceme dense and many-
flowered ; stem usually stouter and more leafy. — In the Rocky Mts.,
from Montana to New Mexico.

Var. ARGOPHYLLUS. With the habit of var. decumbens, but more
copiously silky-pubescent, the leaflets nearly or quite equally so upon
both sides, longer than the petioles ; flowers larger, 5 - 6" long, blue or
ochroleucous, the calyx decidedly spurred. Approaching nearly to
L. laxiflorus. — Montana to New Mexico.

32. L. holosericeus, Nutt. Erect or ascending, 1-1^° high;
pubescence silvery-silky, closely appressed ; stipules short ; leaflets
6-8, narrowly oblanceolate, f - \\' long, acute, very silky both sides,
at least half as long as the petioles ; racemes 3-6' long, nearly sessile ;
flowers often very small, verticillate, pedicels 1 - 2" long ; calyx
slightly spurred at base, minutely bracteolate, lips nearly equal, the
upper broad and shortly toothed, lower subentire ; petals apparently

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAT 13, 1873. 533

flesh-color, 2 - 5" long, equal or the banner longer ; banner very broad,
pubescent on the back ; keel ciliate ; ovules 4 - 3 ; pod 1' long. —
Columbia Valley (Nuttall), and southward east of the Sierra to
Southern Nevada.

Var. Utahensis. Stouter ; the leaflets oblong-lanceolate, 1 - If
long, 3 - 6" wide. — Mountains of Northern Utah.

33. L. meionanthus, Gray. Ascending or erect, 1° high ; pubes-
cence dense, silky-tomentose ; stipules minute ; leaflets 5-7, oblong to
oblanceolate, £ - 1' long, acutish, silky both sides, about equalling the
petioles ; racemes short and small, scarcely peduncled ; bracts ovate ;
flowers very small, subverticillate, on pedicels ^ - 1" long ; calyx cam-
panulate, not spurred, densely tomentose, very obscurely bracteolate,
lips nearly equal, the upper broad and toothed with a wide sinus, the
lower subentire ; petals blue, equal, 2" long, scarcely exceeding the
calyx, banner very broad, naked, keel slightly ciliate ; ovules 3 - 4 ; pod
\' long, 3" broad. — Collected only by Anderson, Carson City, Nevada.

t t t Dwarf, short-stemmed and mostly ca^spitose ; racemes mostly
short and dense ; bracts subpersistent ; flowers subverticillate,
short-pedicelled ; calyx with the upper lip 2-cleft (or 2-toothed in
L. aridus), the lower 3-toothed ; keel ciliate ; ovules 3 - 6 ; pod
hairy, 3 - 4-seeded (1 -2-seeded in L. Kingii).

34. L. c^espitosus, Nutt. Stems very short and crespitose ; pubes-
cence dense, villous, appressed ; leaflets 5-7. oblanceolate, \ — V long,
acute, the petioles thrice longer ; racemes sessile, shorter than the
leaves ; bracts setaceous, exceeding the calyx ; petals pale-blue, equal,
3 - 4" long, the banner narrow, 2" broad ; pod V long. — Rocky Moun-
tains of Colorado and " Oregon " (Nuttall).

35. L. aridus, Dougl. Stems caespitose, 2-3' long, with rather
long internodes ; pubescence villous, loose, and appressed ; leaflets 5-7,
oblanceolate, acute, f - V long, the petioles 3-4 times longer ; raceme
dense, 2-3' long, the peduncle shorter than the leaves ; bracts nearly
equalling the calyx ; upper calyx-lip shortly toothed, the lower suben-
tire ; petals purple, 5" long, nearly twice longer than the calyx, the
elliptical banner usually shorter ; pod 5" long, very hairy. — Washing-
ton Territory and Oregon.

Var. Lobbii. (L. Lohbii, Gray MS. in herb.) Differing chiefly in
the more strongly toothed lips of the calyx ; peduncles exceeding the
leaves ; leaflets obovate or oblanceolate, y long, the petioles 2-3

534 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

times longer ; banner broader. — Intermediate between L. aridus and
L. minimus. In the high Sierras of California.

Var. Utahensis. Racemes 3-6' long, shorter than the very long-
petioled leaves ; bracts setaceous, exceeding the flowers ; petals pur-
plish, 4" long, the banner shorter. — Parley's Park in the Wahsatch
(Watson).

36. L. Kingii. Stems apparently from a perennial subterranean
rootstock, diffusely branched, leafy ; pubescence villous, spreading ;
leaflets oblong-lanceolate, f - 1/ long, acutish or obtuse, the petioles
twice longer ; racemes on slender peduncles equalling the leaves ;
bracts short ; calyx nearly equalling the petals, the lower lip equally
3-toothed ; petals purplish, 4" long, the narrow rhomboidal banner
shorter than the wings ; ovules 2 - 3 ; pod ovate, 5" long, 1 - 2-seeded.

— Iieber Valley in the Wahsatch (Watson). At first mistaken for the
last, which it much resembles.

37. L. minimus, Dougl. Appressed silky-villous, 3-6' high ;
leaflets 5-9, obovate or oblanceolate, 3 - 8" long, mostly acutish, the
petioles 3-4 times longer ; peduncles equalling or exceeding the
leaves ; bracts short, deciduous ; calyx half the length of the petals,
upper lip deeply bifid ; petals purple, 4 - 5" long, equal, the banner or-
bicular. — Oregon and Washington Territory.

38. L. Breweri, Gray. Stems 2 - G' long, from a spreading
branched woody caudex, very leafy ; pubescence dense, silky,
appressed ; leaflets 7 - 10, obovate, obtuse, 4 - 6" long, the petioles
1-2 times longer ; racemes very short, peduncles equalling the leaves ;
bracts short ; calyx-lips nearly equal, the upper deeply bifid, the lower
shortly and equally toothed ; petals blue, equal, 3 - A" long, the ban-
ner orbicular. — Sierra Nevada, California; alpine.

39. L. Lyallii, Gray. Stems leafy, from a spreading woody cau-
dex ; pubescence dense, villous, appressed ; leaflets 5-6, obovate,
3 - 4" long, acutish, the petioles 3-4 times longer ; racemes very
short, the peduncles much exceeding the leaves ; bracts short ; calyx-lips
nearly equal ; petals purple, 5" long, nearly equal, the banner elliptical.

— Summit of the Cascade Mountains, Washington Territory (Lyall).
Var. Danaus. {L. Danaus, Gray.) Stems less leafy ; jmbescence

rather sparse ; petals nearly white, the keel tipped with dark-purple.

— Mt. Dana, California, at 12,500 feet altitude. The comparison of a
larger amount of material may modify the definition of some of these
alpine species.

OF AKTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 13, 1873. 535

* * * Annuals, erect ; leaflets mostly 5 - 7 (in L. leptophyllus, 8 - 10) ;
upper calyx-lip 2-parted or bifid ; keel mostly ciliate.
f Flowers verticillate ; bracts deciduous.

40. L. affinis, Agh. Pubescent with very short spreading or
subappressed hairs, 1° high, branched ; leaflets broadly cuneate-
obovate, 1/ long, emarginate or rounded at the apex, glabrous or
smoother above, half as long as the petioles ; racemes long-peduncled ;
bracts short ; lower calyx-lip entire or equally 3-toothed ; petals 5"
long, nearly equal, bluish-purple and white, the keel usually naked ;
ovules 5 - 9 ; pod^l - lh' long. — From San Francisco to San Diego ;
an early spring flower. Near the larger flowered form of L. nanus,
with which it was confounded by Agardh himself, but distinguished by
its short pubescence, broader and obtuser leaflets, usually smooth
above, and its short bracts. L. cervinus, Kellogg, is probably only a
stout form of this species.

41. L. nanus, Dougl. Slender, ^-1° high, branching often from
the base, villous with spreading hairs or only short-pubescent ; leaflets
linear to oblanceolate, ^ — 1' long, acute, pubescent on both sides, the
petioles 1-3 times longer ; racemes loose, 2-6' long ; bracts mostly
exceeding the calyx and attenuate ; pedicels slender, 2 - 3" long ; upper
calyx-lip 2-cleft, the lower entire or slightly toothed ; petals 3 - 6"
(usually 5 - 6") long, very broad, bluish-purple, the banner at first
nearly white, spotted with dark-purple lines, the white turning to red-
dish-purple ; ovules 6 - 9 ; pod \ - \\' long, 4 - 8-seeded. — From Sac-
ramento Valley to Southern California and Western Arizona. Flow-
ering in spring ; quite variable in the size of its flowers and breadth
of the leaflets.

42. L. micranthus, Dougl. Near the last; slender, branching
from the base, 3 - 12' high, villous ; leaflets linear, \ — V long ; racemes
short, usually rather crowded ; bracts shorter than the calyx ; pedicels
^ — 1" long ; calyx-lips broad, the upper with two short triangular
lobes, the lower obtuse and subentire or slightly toothed ; petals 2 - 3"
long, the wings and banner very narrow. — From Puget Sound to
Southern California.

Var. microphyllus. (L. microphyllm, Nutt. MS.) A lower and
more hirsute form, with leaflets but 3 - 6" long. San Diego.

Var. trifidus. (L. trifidus, Torr. MS.) Very hairy ; lower lip of
the calyx 3-parted. — Found near San Francisco by several collectors,
and perhaps a good species, though the only apparent characteristic
is the remarkable division of the calyx.

536 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Var. bicolor. {L. bicolor, Lindl.) The flowers a little larger, with
somewhat broader petals, the pedicels 1 - 2" long. Varying towards
L* nanus and tending to unite the species.

t t Flowers scattered ; bracts more or less persistent (except in
Nos. 43, 47, and 48) ; ovules 4-6 (in L. truncatus, 8).

43. L. leptophyllus, Benth. Slender, 1-2° high, villous with both
appressed and spreading rather rigid hairs ; stipules linear-setaceous ;
leaflets 8-10, narrowly linear, 1-1|' long, glabrous above, the very
slender petioles 2-3 times longer ; racemes becoming loose, 3 - 10'
long ; bracts setaceous, much exceeding the calyx ; pedicels 2 - 3"
long ; upper calyx-lip narrow, deeply cleft ; petals 5 - 6" long, " bluish-
lilac, with a deep-crimson spot on the banner " ; pod narrow. — Hills
and rocky places; Sacramento Valley and southward. A somewhat
broader leaved form occurs.

44. L. sparsiflorus, Benth. Very slender, 1 - H° high; villous
with spreading hairs ; upper leaves much reduced ; leaflets 5-9, linear,
^-1' long, the very slender petioles 2-4 times longer; raceme 3-6'
long ; bracts linear-setaceous, shorter than the calyx, subpersistent ;
pedicels 1 - 2" long ; upper calyx-lip 2-parted, lower entire ; petals
violet, 5" long, the banner shorter; pod ^-1' long. — Sacramento
Valley to Southern California; spring.

45. L. truncatus, Nutt. Slender, 1-2° high, finely pubescent,
becoming nearly glabrous ; stipules short, subulate ; leaflets 5-7,
linear, attenuated from the truncate or sub-3-toothed apex to the base,
f - 1 \' long, smooth above, the petioles but little longer ; raceme 3-6'
long; bracts short, linear-subulate, subpersistent; pedicels }2— 2" long ;
upper calyx-lip 2-cleft, the lower subentire ; petals deep-purple, 4 - 5"
long, the banner shorter; pod 14/ long. — California, from San Fran-
cisco to San Diego ; spring.

46. L. subcarnosus, Hook. Rather stout, 1° high, silky-pubes-
cent ; leaflets 5, cuneate-obovate, acute or rounded or retuse at the
apex, | - 1 }/ long, usually glabrous above, the petioles 2-3 times
longer ; racemes 2-3' long, elongating in fruit ; bracts lanceolate,
short, subpersistent ; pedicels slender, 2 - 4/' long ; upper calyx-lip 2-
cleft, the lower subentire ; petals blue, 4 - 5" long, the banner with a
white or yellow centre ; pods 1 )■ long, 4 - 6-seeded. — Texas ;' spring.
Including L. Texensis, Hook. The typical form (142 Drummond) is
the more densely pubescent state, the leaves not glabrous above and
the flowers smaller.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 13, 1873. 537

47. L. Stiveri, Kellogg. Diffusely branched, h-l° high, finely
and rather sparingly pubescent ; leaflets 5-7, broadly cuneate-obovate,
J — IV long, rounded or acutish at the apex, mucronulate, scarcely
smoother above, the petioles but little longer ; raceme 2-3' long,
5 - 10-flowered, rather long-peduncled ; bracts short, subulate ; pedicels
1 - 2" long ; calyx silky-pubescent, minutely bracteolate, upper lip
parted, the ovate acute lobes nearly equalling the broad entire lower
lip ; petals 6 - 1" long, the yellow banner shorter than the rose-colored
wings ; pod slightly puberulent or glabrous, 1' long. — In the Sierra
Nevada, from Bear Valley to the Yosemite ; a handsome and well-
marked species.

48. L. hirsutissimus, Benth. Rather stout, 1° high or more, very
hirsute with spreading, straight, and viscid " stinging " hairs ; leaflets
5-7, broadly cuneate-obovate, rounded or retuse or sometimes acute
at the apex, mucronulate, § - iy long, half as long as the petioles ;
racemes loose, 3-8' long ; bracts short, subulate, usually deciduous ;
pedicels 1 - 2" long ; calyx large, upper lip broad, deeply cleft, shorter
than the lower ; petals 6" long, nearly equal, reddish-purple ; pod hir-
sute, 1' long. — Dry places from Sacramento Valley to Southern Cali-
fornia ; January to March. Specimens collected by Dr. Bigelow on
Whipple's Exploration in Western Arizona, with shorter, less rigid, and
more appressed hairs and acute linear-lanceolate leaves, may perhaps
be referred here.

49. L. concinnus, Agh. Low, 4-6' high, densely villous or hir-
sute, with long spreading hairs; leaflets 5 - 8, oblanceolate, 4-10"
long, obtuse, the slender petioles 2-4 times longer ; raceme 1-2'
long, peduncled or nearly sessile ; bracts short, linear-setaceous, per-
sistent ; pedicels very short ; upper calyx-lip parted, the lower rather
deeply trifid, narrow ; petals 4" long, " violet with a yellow spot on the
banner," the banner shorter ; pod 4-seeded. — From Monterey south-
ward, Sonora and New Mexico ; rarely collected.

Var. Arizonicus. Rather stout, ^-1° high, more sparingly hir-
sute with spreading hairs ; leaflets cuneate-obovate, obtuse or acutish ;
raceme 2-6' long ; petals 3 - 4" long, equal, ochroleucous or tipped
with violet ; pod y long, 3 - 5-seeded. — Southeastern California and
Western Arizona.

50. L. gracilis, Agh. Low, 3-6' high, slender, very hirsute ;
leaflets 5-7, cuneate-obovate, 3 - 6" long, the slender petioles 2-3
times longer ; raceme short, loose, flexuous ; bracts short ; pedicels less

vol. vin. 68

538 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

than 1" long ; petals " blue and white," 2 - 3" long, narrow, the banner
slightly shorter, the calyx and petals nearly as in L. micranthus ;
pod y long, 4 - 5-seeded. — From Monterey to Southern California.

§2. PLATYCAEPOS. Flowers as in § Lupinus ; ovules 2;
cotyledons broad and clasping after germination, usually long-per-
sistent. — Annuals ; leaflets several, cuneate-oblong or -obovate ;
bracts persistent ; pods ovate.
* Flowers verticillate ; stems tall ; racemes long-peduncled.

51. L. microcarpus, Sims. Villous with long spreading hairs,
£-11° high ; stipules long, setaceous ; leaves mostly approximate upon
the stem, on elongated petioles; leaflets 7-11, usually 9, cuneate-
oblong, 1-2' long, obtuse and mucronulate or emarginate, or some-
times acutish, smooth above; flowers in close verticils, on pedicels
1 - 2" long ; bracts subulate-setaceous, equalling the calyx or shorter ;
calyx densely villous, lower lip large, 3-toothed, the middle tooth
small, the upper lip very short, subscarious, toothed ; bractlets small,
often wanting ; petals purple, or sometimes flesh- or cream-colored or
white, 6 - 7" long, equal, the keel slightly ciliate ; pods villous, 8"
Ions. — From the Columbia River to Southern California; stouter
than most Chilian specimens. It occasionally approaches closely to the
next in pubescence and in the color of the flowers.

52. L. densiflorus, Benth. Much resembling the last, but more
sparingly villous with shorter hairs ; bracts much shorter than the ca-
lyx, which is smooth or short-pubescent, the upper lip often entire ;
petals yellow, or ochroleucous, white or pink. — From the Sacramento
Valley southward. It includes L. 3fenziesii, Agh. ; and L. succulentus,
Koch, is probably but a garden form.

53. L. Bridgesii, Gray, MS. in herb. Stem 1-2° high, rather
slender, branched ; pubescence short, appressed, subsilky, the bracts
and pod villous ; stipules short ; leaves scattered ; petioles short ; leaf-
lets 5-9, usually 7, cuneate-oblong, 1' long, obtuse or acute, pubescent
both sides or sometimes smooth above ; bracts linear-setaceous, exceed-
ing the calyx; flowers as in the last, the' petals pale-yellow, 6" long. —
Sacramento Valley. Collected by Bridges (55), Bolander (6512), and
Dr. Kellogg.

* * Low ; flowers scattered ; bracts shorter than the calyx.

54. L. pdsillus, Pursh. Rather stout, 3-10' high, diffusely
branched, hirsute with long spreading hairs ; leaflets usually 5, cuneate-

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 13, 1873. 539

oblong or -oblanceolate, § - 1\' long, acute or obtuse, nearly glabrous
above, about half as long as the petioles ; racemes sh'ort-peduncled or
sessile, 2-3' long ; pedicels 2 - 3" long ; bractlets minute ; upper
calyx-lip 2-cleft, the lower subentire ; petals purple or rose-color, 4"
long, equal ; pods i - f ' long ; seed nearly 2" wide. — From the Mis-
souri to the Columbia and southward, east of the Sierra, to New
Mexico and Arizona.

55. L. brevicaulis, Watson. Less hairy ; stems short or nearly
wanting, 1-4' high ; leaflets mostly 7, cuneate-obovate, 5 - 8" long,
rounded at the apex ; racemes dense, 1-2' long, the peduncles nearly
equalling the leaves ; pedicels 1 - 2" long in fruit ; bractlets small ;
upper calyx-lip very short or truncate, scarious, the lower subentire ;
petals blue, 3 - 5" long, equal ; pod 3 - 5" long ; seed about I" broad.
— From Northern Nevada to Arizona and Western New Mexico.

§ 3. LUPINE LLUS. Flowers axillary, solitary ; sides of the
banner scarcely at all reflexed ; keel nearly straight ; pod ovate ;
ovules 2. — A dwarf diffusely branched villous annual.

56. L. tjncialis, "Watson. Less than 1' high, very leafy ; leaflets
5, cuneate-oblong, 2" long, obtuse, the petioles 2-3 times longer ;
stipules obtuse ; peduncles axillary, equalling the leaves or shorter,
the bract short and oval ; calyx ebracteolate, upper lip short, deeply
cleft, the lower 3-toothed, the middle tooth very small ; petals ochro-
leucous, 1\" long, the banner shorter and obovate, acute, the keel
tipped with purple, not beaked, obtuse ; pod 2" long, hairy. — North-
western Nevada.

SYNONOMY,

WITH COLLECTORS' NAMES AND NUMBERS, SO FAR AS VERIFIED.

40. Lupous affinis. Agardh, Synopsis Lup., 20, in part. Hook. & Arn.,
Bot. Beech., 335* Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1.376. Dietrich, Syn. Veg., 4. 940.
Bolander, Cat. PI. San Franc, 8. — Nos. 382, 387, 388, 389, 391 Coulter.
? L. cervinus. Kellogg, Proc. Acad. Calif., 2. 229, fig. 73.

16. Lupinus albicaulis. Douglas in Hook. Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 165. Don's Mill.,
2.366. Agardh, Syn., 29. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 378. Dietr., Syn., 1.942.
Durand; PI. Pratten., 86. Boland., Cat. PI. San Franc, 8. — No. 58 Bridges ;
84 Torrey; 89 Hall; Douglas; Nuttall ; Wilkes; Bigelow ; Pratten; Shelton.

* References in old style numerals indicate only a mention of the species, without
description or notes of special interest.

540 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

L. Mexicanus. Torrey in Sitgreave's Rep., 158 ; not Lag.
L. laxiflorus. Torrey, Pac. Railroad Rep., 4. 81 ; not Dougl.
L.foliosus. Nutt., MS. in herb. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad., 8. 379.
Var. Bridgesii. — Nos. 64, 64 a Bridges ; 2644 Bolander ; 857, 2540 Brewer.
4. Ltjpinos albifrons. Benth'am, Trans. Hort. Soc., n. s., 1.410. Lindl.,
Bot. Reg., 19, 1. 1642 ; (Lit. Ber. zu Linnsea, 1835, 30.) Agh., Syn., 33. Torr. &
Gray, Flora, 1. 380. Hook. & Arn., Bot. Beech., 336. Dietr., Syn., 4. 942.
Benth., PI. Hartweg., 303. Torrey, Pac. R. R. Rep., 4. 81 ; Bot. Mex. Bound., 57.
Newberry, Pac. R. R. Rep., 6.70. Boland., Cat. PI., 8. — No. 1688 Hartweg;
394 - 396 Coulter ; 63 ("37 ") Bridges; "262Lobb"; 112, 129, 262 Fremont; 507,
615 Thurber; 2365 Bolander; 570, 571, 644, 703, 1038 Brewer; 85 Torrey; 184
Kellogg & Harford ; 93 Hall ; Nuttall ; Bigelow ; Parry ; Fitch ; Peckham.

L. Chamissonis. Esch., Mem. Acad. Petr., 10. 288 ; (Lit. Ber. zuLinnsea, 1828,

151.) Presl., Repert. Bot., 1. 198. Hook. & Arn., Bot. Beech., 336.
L. sericeus. Hook. & Arn., Bot. Beech., 138 ; not Pursh.
L. ornatus. Torrey, Pac. R. R. Rep., 4. 81 ; not Dougl.
L. littoralis. Torrey, Bot. Mex. Bound., 58 ; not Dougl.
L. holosericeus. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad., 8. 379 ; not Nuttall.
27. Lupinus Andersoni. Watson, King's Rep., 5. 58. — Nos. 9, 108, 121 An-
derson; Gray.

3. Lupinus arboreus. Sims, Bot. Mag., t. 682. Willi, Enum., 752. Per-
soon. Poiret. DC. Prodr., 2. 409. Sprengel, Syst. Veg. Don. Dietrich. Agardh,
Syn., 25. Lindl., Bot. Reg., 24, t. 32. Benth., PI. Hartw., 303. Torrey, Bot.
Mex. Bound., 57. Boland., Cat., 8. —No. 1689 Hartweg; 380 Coulter; 61
Bridges; 402 Bolander; 641 Brewer; 86 Torrey; 182 Kell. &Harf.; Douglas;
Wright ; Parry ; Gibbons ; Shelton.

L. sericeus. Esch., Mem. Acad. Petr., 10. 289 ; not Pursh.
L. arboreus, var. odoratissimus. Fisch. & Mey., Ind. Sem. h. Petr., 2. 1 6.
L. rivularis. Agh., Syn., 24 ; not Dougl. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 376, mostly.
Hook. & Arn., Bot. Beech., 335. Dietr., Syn., 4. 941. Durand, PI. Prat-
ten., 86. Torrey, Bot. Mex. Bound., 57.
L. macrocarpas. Hook. & Arn., Bot. Beech., 138. Torr. & Gray, Flora,
1. 381. Dietr., Syn., 4. 943. Newberry, Pac. R. R. Rep., 6. 71.
14. Lupinus arcticus. — Richardson; Dean & Simpson ; Lyall; Wood.
L.perennis. Richards., Frankl. 1st Voy., Appx. 17; not Linn. Hook., Fl.
Bor. Am., 1. 163, in part. Hook. & Arn., Bot. Beech., 123. Ledebour, Fl.
Ross., 1. 511. Seemann, Bot. Herald, 28 and 51. Hook, f., Distrib. Arc.
Plants, 289. Rothrock, Fl. Alaska, 445.
31. Lupinus argenteus. Pursh, Flora, 468. DC. Prodr., 2. 408. Sprengel,
Syst., 3. 227. Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 164. Don's Mill., 2. 367. Torr. & Gray,
Flora, 1. 377, in part. — Douglas; Nuttall; Tolmie ; Burke; Newberry.
L. tenellus. Douglas, Don's Mill., 2. 367. Agh., Syn., 27.
L. laxiflorus, var. tenellus. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 377. Porter, Hayden's

Rep., 1871,48o.
L. laxiflorus, var. foliosus. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 377.
L. ornatus. Newberry, Pac. R. R. Rep., 6 70 ; not Dougl.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 13, 1873. 541

Var. decumbens. — Nos. 167, 168 Fendler; 29 Geyer; 200 Parry; 47 Ander-
son; 104 a Vasey; James; Fremont ; Abert ; Hulse; Palmer; Hayden ; Canby.
L. decumbens. Torrey, Ann. N. Y. Lye., 2. 191. Don's Mill., 2. 367. Torr.
& Gray, Flora, 1. 381. Dietr., Syn., 4. 943. Gray, PI. Fendl., 38.
Engelm., PI. Upp. Miss., 190. Porter, Hayden's Rep., 1870, 474.
L. laxiflorus. Hook., PI. Geyer in Lond. Journ. Bot., 6. 215; not Dougl.

Gray, PI. Fendl., 38; PI. Parry in Sill. Journ., 1862, 22.
L. ornatus. Torrey, Fremont's Rep., 89, mostly ; not Dougl.
Varv argophtllus. — 166, 167 Fendler; Fremont; Bigelow.
L. decumbens, var. argophyllus. Gray, PI. Fendl., 37. Torrey, Pac. R. R.

Rep., 4. 81. Durand, Fl. Utah, 163 1
L. ornatus. Torrey, Fremont's Rep., 89, in part; not Dougl.
35. Lupinus aridus. Dougl., Lindl. Bot. Reg., 15, t. 1242. Hook., Fl. Bor.
Am., 1. 165. Don's Mill., 2. 367. Agh., Syn., 31. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1.379.
Dietr., Syn., 4. 942. Boland., Cat., 8. — Douglas ; Lyall.
Var. Lobbii. — "No. 264 Lobb"; 1894, 2085 Brewer.
Var. Utahensis. — No. 234 Watson, in part.

L. aridus (?) Watson, King's Rep. 5. 57, in part.
18. Lupinus bakbiger. — Siler.

55. Lupinus brevicaulis. Watson, King's Rep., 5. 53, t. 7. — No. 335 Thur-
ber ; 84 Anderson ; 222, 223 Watson ; Cooper ; Palmer. .

38. Lupinus Breweri. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad., 6. 334. Watson, King's
Rep., 5. 58. — No. 1634 Brewer; 20 Anderson; Gray.

53. Lupinus Bridgesii. Gray, MS. in herb. — No. 55 Bridges ; 6512 *Bolan-
der; Kellogg.

10. Lupinus Burkei. — No. 46 Anderson; 36, 320 Stretch; 236 Watson;
Burke ; Hayden.

L. polyphyllus. Porter, Hayden's Rep., 1871, 480. Watson, King's Rep.,
5. 55.

L. ? Watson, King's Rep., 5. 58.

34. Lupinus clespitosus. Nuttall, Torr. & Gray's Flora, 1. 379. Dietrich,
Syn., 4. 942. Gray, Proc. Acad. Phil., 1863, 59. Porter, Hayden's Rep., 1871,
480. — No. 253 Fremont ; 96 Hall & Harb. ; Nuttall ; Parry.

29. Lupinus calcaratus. Kellogg, Proc. Calif. Acad., 2. 195, fig. 60.
Watson, King's Rep., 5. 56. — Nos. 30, 31, 92, 219 Anderson, and 233 in part; 266
Stretch; 1891 Brewer; 226 Watson; Beckwith; Bloomer.

L. decumbens, var. argophyllus. Torrey, Pac. R. R. Rep., 2. 121.
L. laxiflorus. Watson, King's Rep., 5. 55; not Dougl.
L. sidphureus. Watson, King's Rep., 5. 57 ; not Dougl.
49. Lupinus concinnus. Agardh, Syn. 6, 1. 1. Hook. & Am., Bot. Beech.,
335. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1.372. Walpers, Repert, 1. 596. Dietrich, Syn.,
4. 937. Torrey, Ives's Rep., 9. — No. 372 Coulter ; Douglas ; Smith ; Hervey.
L. pusillus. Torrey, Bot. Mex. Bound., 57, in part.
Var. Akizonicus. — No. 287 a Schott ; Fremont ; Bigelow ; Thomas; Palmer.
L. sparsiflorus. Torrey, Pac. R. R. Rep., 4. 81, in part; not Benth.
L. hirsutissimus. Torrey, Ives's Rep., 9 ; not Benth.

542 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

25. Lupinus confertus. Kellogg, Proc. Calif. Acad., 2. 192, fig. 59. — Nos.
1691 Brewer; 6286 Bolander; 45 Anderson; 82, 89 Torrey; Kellogg & Harford.

L. Torreyi. Gray, MS. in herb. Watson, King's Kep., 5. 58.
L. seUulus. Kellogg, Proc. Calif. Acad. 5. 36.
52. Lupinus densiflorus. Bentham, Hort. Trans., n. s., 1. 409. Lindl.,
Bot. Keg., 1. 1689 ; (Lit. Ber. zu Linnsea, 1835, 56.) Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 371.
Walpers, Repert., I. 595. Dietrich, Syn., 4. 936 and 945. Torrey, Pac. R. R. Rep.,
4. 81. Bolander, Cat., 8. — No. 381 Coulter ; 147, 453, 473 Fremont ; 59 Bridges ;
959, 1039 Wilkes; 483 Brewer; 91 Torrey; 187 Kell. & Harf. ; Bigelow ; Peck-
ham.

L. Menziesii. Agardh, Syn., 2. Hook. & Am., Bot. Beech., 335. Ton-. &

Gray, Flora, 1.371. Benth., PI. Hartw., 303. Walpers, Repert., 1. 595.

Hook., Bot. Mag., t. 5019. " Journ. d'Hort., 2, t. 3. Flor. des Serres,

14, 1. 1458."

L. succulentus. Douglas; Koch in "Wochenschr. f. Gaertn., 4. 276 " ; Ind.

Sem. h. Berl., 1867, Appx. 11.
L. Menziesii, var. aurea. Kellogg, Proc. Calif. Acad., 5. 16.
L. lacteus. Kellogg, Proc. Calif. Acad., 5. 37,
L. luteolus, Kellogg, Proc. Calif. Acad., 5. 38, mostly.
2. Lupinus diffusus. Nuttall, Genera, 2. 93. Elliot, Sketch, 2. 192. DC.
Prodr., 2. 410. Don's Mill., 2. 369. Chapman, Flora, 89.
L. villosus, var. diffusus. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1 . 382.
5. Lupinus Douglasii. Agardh, Syn., 34. Hook. & Arm, Bot. Beech., 336.
Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 380. Dietrich, Syn., 4. 943. Durand, PI. Pratten., 86?
— No. 384 Coulter ; Douglas ; Fremont ; Wallace.

26. Lupinus flexuosus. Lindley; Agardh, Syn., 34. Torr. & Gray, Flora,
1. 381. Dietrich, Syn., 4.943. Cooper, Pac. R. R. Rep., 12. 59. — Douglas ;
Wilkes ; Spalding.

50. Lupinus gracilis. Agardh, Syn., 15, 1. 1. Hook. & Am., Bot. Beech.,
335. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 372. Walpers, Repert., 1. 598. Dietrich, Syn.,
4. 936. — Douglas ; Peckham ; Willey. •

48. Lupinus hirsutissimus. Bentham, Hort. Trans., n. s., 1. 409. Agardh,
Syn., 4. Hook. & Am., Bot. Beech., 335. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 372. Walpers,
Repert., 1. 595. Dietrich, Syn., 4. 936. Torrey, Pac. R. R. Rep., 7. 10; Bot. Mex.
Bound., 57, in part; Bolander, Cat., 8. — No. 373 Coulter; 610 (or 510) Thurber;
316, 340 Brewer; Douglas; Bigelow.

L. sparsiflorus. Torrey, Pac. R. R. Rep., 4. 81, in part; not Benth.
32. Lupinus holosericeus. NuttaH ; Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 380. Dietrich,
Syn., 4. 943. — No. 232 Anderson; 88 Torrey; 229-232 Watson; 64 Eaton;
Nuttall.

L. leucopsis. Watson, King's Rep., 5. 56.
L. flexuosus. Watson, 1. c, 5. 55, in part; and var., 1. c, 5. 56.
L. meionanthus, var. heteranthus. Watson, 1. c, 5. 56.
Var. Utaiiensis. — No. 232 Watson ; 64 Eaton; Stansbury.

L. albicaulis. Torrey, Stansbury's Rep., 386 ; not Dougl. Durand, Fl. Utah,
163.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 13, 1873. 543

L. hucopsis, var. Watson, King's Kep., 5. 56.
36. Lupinus Kingii. — No. 234 Watson, in part.

L. aridus. Watson, King's Rep., 5. 57, in part.
30. Lupinus laxiflorus. Douglas ; Lindl., Bot. Keg., 14, 1. 1140. Hook.,
Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 164. Don's Mill., 2. 366. Agardh, Syn., 27. Torr. & Gray,
Flora, 1. 377. Dietrich, Syn., 4. 941. Torrey, Pac. R. R. Rep., 2. 121? Cooper,
Pac. R,. R. Rep., 12. 59? Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad., 8. 379. — No. 106 Scouler ;
423 Geyer; 227 Watson, and 228 in part; 90 Hall; Douglas; Fremont; Tolmie;
Spalding ; Kronkhite ; Palmer ; Wheeler.

L. arbustas. Douglas; Lindl., Bot. Reg., 15, 1. 1230. Hook., Fl. Bor. Am.,
1. 164. Don's Mill., 2. 368.

L.foliosus. Hook., PI. Geyer, in Lond. Journ. Bot., 6. 215.

? L. decumbens. Torrey, Pac. R. R. Rep., 4. 81.

? L. caudatus. Kellogg, Proc. Calif. Acad., 2. 198, fig. 61.

L. argenteus. Watson, King's Rep., 5. 55 ; not Pursh.

L. flexuosus. Watson, 1. c, 5. 55, in part.
24. Lupinus lepidus. Douglas ; Lindl., Bot. Reg., 14, 1. 1149. Hook., Fl.
Bor. Am., 1. 163. Don's Mill., 2.367. Agardh, Syn., 17. Lodd., Bot. Cah.,
t. 1980. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 374. Dietrich, Syn., 4. 939. Newberry, Pac.
R. R. Rep., 6.71. Cooper, Pac. R. R. Rep., 12. 58. — No. 98 Douglas; 268
Stretch; 228 Watson, in part; Nuttall ; Wilkes ; Spalding; Newberry; Suckley;
Bloomer.

L. concinnus. Durand, PI. Pratten., 86 ; not Agardh.

L. flexuosus. Watson, King's Rep., 5. 55, in part.
43. Lupinus leptophtllus. Bentham, Hort. Trans., n. s., 1. 409. Lindl.,
Bot. Reg., 20, 1. 1670. Agardh, Syn., 11. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1 .373. Hook.
& Am., Bot. Beech., 335. Walpers, Repert., 1. 597. Dietrich, Syn., 4. 938. Tor-
rey, Pac. R. R. Rep., 4. 81. Gray, Proc. Bost. Nat. Hist. Soc, 1860, 1. — No. 370
Coulter; 58 ("39") Bridges; 23 Xantus ; Douglas; Heermann ; Bigelow ; Still-
mann.

22. Lupinus leucophtllus. Douglas; Lindl., Bot. Reg., 13, t. 1124.
Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 165. Don's Mill., 2. 367. Agardh, Syn., 31. Torr. &
Gray, Flora, 1. 379. Torrey, Fremont's Rep., 89. Dietrich, Syn., 4. 942. Gray,
PI. Fendl., 38? Newberry, Pac. R. R. Rep., 6. 71. Cooper, Pac. R. R. Rep.,
12. 52. Watson, King's Rep., 5. 57. Porter, Hayden's Rep., 1871, 480. Gray,
Proc. Amer. Acad., 8. 379. — No. 737 Fremont ; 390 Geyer, in part ; 235 Watson ;
67 Eaton; 87 Hall; 189 Kell. & Harf. ; Douglas; Burke; Wilkes; Spalding;
Lyall ; Anderson.

L. plumosus. Douglas; Lindl., Bot. Reg., 15, t. 1217. Hook., Fl. Bor. Am.,
1. 165. Don's Mill., 2. 367. Agardh, Syn., 32. Hook. & Arn., Bot. Beech.,
336. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 380. Dietrich, Syn., 4. 942.

L. albicaulis. Hook., PI. Geyer in Lond. Journ. Bot., 6. 216, in part.
11. Lupinus littoealis. Douglas; Lindl., Bot. Reg., 14, t. 1198. Gra-
ham, Edinb. Phil. Journ., 1829, 185. Hook., Bot. Mag., t. 2952; Fl. Bor. Am.,
1. 164. Don's Mill., 2. 367. Agardh, Syn., 36. Hook. & Am., Bot. Beech., 335.
Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 381. Dietrich, Syn., 4. 943. Cooper, Pac. R. R. Rep.,
■12. 58. Boland., Cat. 8. — No. 393 Coulter; 65 Bridges ; Douglas; Cooper.

544 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

L. Nutkatensis, vax.fruticosus. Sims, Bot. Mag., t. 2136.

L. versicolor. Lindl., Bot. Reg., 23, t. 1979 ; not Sweet. Torr. & Gray,

Flora, 1. 376. Dietrich, Syn., 4. 940.
L. Nutkatensis, var. glaber. Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 163.
L. Nutkatensis. Cooper, Pac. R. R. Rep., 12. 58 ; not Donn.
39. Lupinus Lyallii. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad., 6. 334. — Lyall.
Var. Danaus. — No. 5087 Bolander. ^

L. Danaus. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad., 6. 335.
33 Lupinus meionanthus. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad., 6. 522. Watson,
King's Rep , 5. 56. — Nos. 2, 125 Anderson.

42. Lupinus micranthus. Dougl., Lindl. Bot. Reg., 15, 1. 1251. Hook., Fl.
Bor. Am., 1. 162. Don's Mill., 2. 366. Agh., Syn., 14. Torr. & Gray, Flora,
1.373. Hook. & Arn., Bot. Beech., 335. Walpers, Repert., 2. 598. Dietr., Syn.,
4. 938. Newberry, Pac. R. R. Rep., 6. 70. Cooper, Pac. R. R. Rep., 12. 58. Torrey,
Bot. Mex. Bound., 57. Boland., Cat. 8.— No. 78 Fremont; 481, 601, 602 Thur-
ber; 868, 982, 1149 Brewer; 84 Torrey; 180 Kell. & Harf., in part ; 84 Hall ;
Douglas ; Nuttall ; Coulter ; Wilkes ; Parry ; Wallace ; Peckham.
L. nanus, var. Benth., PI. Hartw., 303.
L. bicolor. Torrey, Bot. Mex. Bound., 57. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad.,

8. 379-
Var. bicolor. — No. 398 Coulter; 1691 Hartweg ; 56 Bridges; 242 Fremont;
180 Kell. & Harf., in part ; Douglas.

L. bicolor. Lindl., Bot. Reg., 13, 1. 1109. Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 162.
Don's Mill., 2. 366. Agardh, Syn.,' 14. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 373. Hook.
& Arn., Bot. Beech., 335. Walp. Rep., 2. 598. Dietr. Syn., 4.938. Torrey,
Pac. R. R. Rep., 4. 81, in part. Newberry, Pac. R. R. Rep., 6.70.
L. gracilis. Durand & Hilgard, Pac. R. R. Rep., 5. 7, in part.
Var. microphyllus. — Nuttall ; Heermann ; Fitch.

L. microphyllus. Nutt., MS. in herb.
Var. trifidus. — No. 183 Kell. & Harf., in part ; Bigelow ; Fitch ; Shelton.
L. bicolor. Torrey, Pac. R. R. Rep., 4. 81, in part.
L. trifidus. Torrey, MS. in herb.
51. Lupinus microcarpus. Sims, Bot. Mag., t. 2413. DC. Prodr., 2. 408.
Don's Mill., 2. 366. Agardh, Syn., 2. Hook. & Am., Bot. Beech. 21 and 335.
Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 371. Walpers, Repert., 1. 595. Dietrich, Syn., 4. 936.
Gray, Proc. Bost. Nat. Hist. Soc, 1860, 1.— No. 1692 Hartweg; 60 Bridges ; 579
Thurber; 21 Xantus ; 959, 1039 Wilkes, in part; 100 Bolander; 185 Kell. &
Harf. ; Brewer ; Peckham.

L. densiflorus. Agardh, Syn., 3 ; not Benth., in Hort. Trans. Benth.,': PI.

Hartw., 303. Hook. & Am., Bot. Beech., 335.
L. palustris. Kellogg, Proc. Calif. Acad., 5. 16.
L. Menziesii. Torrey, Bot. Mex. Bound., 57.
37. Lupinus minimus. Douglas; Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 163. Agardh,
Syn., 16. Don's Mill., 2. 367, and 476. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 374. Dietrich,
Syn., 4. 939. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad., 6. 335; 8. 379. — No. 1065 Wilkes; 92
Hall ; Douglas ; Lyall.

OP ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 13, 1873. 545

41. Lupinus nanus. Douglas; Bentham, Hort. Trans., n. s., 1.409, t. 14.
Don, Sweet's Brit. Fl. Gard., 2 ser., t. 257. Agardh, Syn., 11. Lindl., Bot.
Keg., 20 t. 1705. Hook. & Arn., Bot. Beech., 335. Torr. & Gray, Flora,
1.373. Walpers, Eepert., 1.597. Dietrich, Syn., 4.938. Benth., PI. Hartw.,
303. Duraud, PI. Pratten., 86. Torrey, Pac. B. R. Rep., 4. 81. Newberry,
Pac. R. R. Rep., 6. 70. Bolander, Cat., 8. — Nos. 386, 388 Coulter; 1690 Hart-
weg; 57, 57 a, 58 b, 66 Bridges; 22 Xantus ; 379, 451 Brewer; 87 Torrey;
181 Kell. & Harf., and 183 in part ; Douglas; Nuttall ; Newberry; Bigelow; Gib-
bons; Fitch.

L. affinis. Agardh, Syn., 20, in part. Torrey, Bot. Mex. Bound., 57, in part.

L. nanus, var. latifolius. Benth., PI. Hartw., 303. Torrey, Pac. R. R. Rep.,
. 4. 81.

L. sparsijlorus. Torrey, Pac. R. R. Rep., 5. 360. Gray, Ives's Rep., 9.

L. bicolor. Gray, Proc. Bost. Nat. Hist. Soc, 7. 146.
6. Lupinus Nootkatensis. Donn, " Cat. Cant." Sims, Bot. Mag., 1. 1311.
Aiton, Hort. Kew., 2 ed., 4. 286. Pursh, Flora, 467. Lodd., Bot. Cab., J;. 879.
DC. Prodr., 2. 408. Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 163, excl. var. Agardh, Syn., 21.
Don's Mill., 2. 366. Hook. & Arn., Bot. Beech., 335. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 375.
Ledeb., Fl. Ross., 1. 512. Dietrich, Syn., 4. 940. Regel, "Ind. Sem. h. Petr.
1857 " ; Miiller, Annal., 7. 674. Rothrock, Fl. Alaska, 445. — Eschscholtz; Burke ;
Harrington ; Elliot.

L. variegatus. Poiret, Suppl., 3. 520.

L. Nutkanus. Sprengel, Syst., 3. 227.

L. macrorrhizos. Georgi, " Beschr. Ross., 4. 1162."

L. Blaschkeanus. Fisch. & Mey., Ind. Sem. h. Petr., 1846, Suppl., 57.
Var. Unalaskensis. — Eschscholtz ; Rudolphi ; Barclay ; Harrington.

L. Regius. Rudolphi.
13. Lupinus Nuttallii.

L. gracilis. Nuttall, Journ. Phil. Acad., 7. 115 ; not Agardh.

L. perennis, var. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 376. Chapman, Flora, 89.
19. Lupinus ornatus. Douglas ; Lindl., Bot. Reg., 14. 1. 1216. Hook., Fl.
Bor. Am., 1. 164. Don's Mill., 2. 367. Sweet, Brit. Fl. Gard., 2 ser., t. 212.
Agardh, Syn., 28. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 378. Dietrich, Syn., 4. 942. Torrey,
Pac. R. R. Rep.. 7. 10 ; Bot. Mex. Bound., 57. Boland., Cat., 8. Gray, Proc. Amer.
Acad., 8. 379. — Nos. 1387, 2180 Brewer ; 88 Hall ; Douglas ; Wilkes ; Bigelow ;
Parry ; Stillman ; Sprague ; Howard ; Gray.

L. leucopsis. Agardh, Syn., 29. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 378. Dietr., Syn.,
4. 942.

L. argenteus. Agardh, Syn., 27; not Pursh. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 377, in
part. Dietrich, Syn., 4. 942.

L. rivularis. Torrey, Pac. R. R. Rep., 4. 81 ; not Dougl.

L. sericeus. Cooper, Pac. R. R. Rep., 12. 52 ; not Pursh.

L. Douglasii. Torrey, Bot. Mex. Bound., 57 ; not Agardh.
Var. glabkatus. — No. 578 Fremont; 95 Hall & Harb. ; 104 Vasey ; Gordon ;
Greene.

vol. vin. 69

546 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

L. ornatus. Torrey, Fremont's Rep., 89, in part. Gray, Proc. Phil. Acad.,
1863, 59. Engelm., PI. Upp. Miss., 190. Porter, Hayden's Rep., 1870,
474; 1871, 480.
23. Lupinus Palmeri. — Palmer.

28. Lupinus parviflorus. Nuttall ; Hook. & Am., Bot. Beech., 336. Torr.
& Gray, Flora, 1.375. Dietrich, Syn., 4.939. Porter, Hayden's Rep., 1870,
474. Watson, King's Rep., 5. 54. Gray, Proc Amer. Acad., 8. 379. — No. 413
Fremont; 225 Watson; 65 Eaton; 91 Hall; Nuttall; Tolmie ; Gray.

12. Lupinus perennis. Linn., Spec, 721. Desrous., Lam. Diet., 3. 621
HI., t. 616. Aiton, Hort. Kew., 2.28. Sims, Bot. Mag., t. 202. Michaux, Flora
2. 55. Persoon, 2. 293. Pursh, Flora, 467. Barton, " Flora, 2. t. 38." Elliott
Sketch, 2. 19. DC. Prodr., 2. 408. Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 163, in part. Dar-
lington, Fl. Cestr., 431. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 376, in part. Parry, Cat. PI
Wise, 611. Engelm., PI. Upp. Miss., 190. Cooper, Pac. R. R. Rep., 12.42
Chapman, Flora, 89. Gray, Manual, 126.

7. Lupinus polyphyllus. Lindl., Bot. Reg., 13. 1. 1096, and 16. 1. 1377.
Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 164. Agardh, Syn., 17. Don's Mill., 2. 366. Hook. &
Arm, Bot. Beech., 138. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1.375. Dietrich, Syn., 4. 939.
Hook., PI. Geyer in Lond. Journ. Bot., 6.216. "Reichenb., Exot., t. 176."
Newberry, Pac. R. R. Rep., 6. 70. Cooper, Pac. R. R. Rep., 12. 58. Regel, Ind.
Sem. h. Petr., 1866, 108. Bolander, Cat., 8. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad., 8. 379. —
No. 105 Scouler; 6507 Bolander ; 85 Hall ; Nuttall ; Lyall ; Shelton ; Cronkhite;
Williamson.

L. grandiflorus. Lindl.; Agardh, Syn., 18. Hook. & Am., Bot. Beech., 335.

L. macrophyllus. Bentbam ; Don, Sweet's Brit. Fl. Gard., 2 ser., t. 356, and

Addenda.

54. Lupinus pusillus. Pursh, Flora, 468. Nuttall, Gen., 2. 93. DC. Prodr.,

2. 408. Torrey, Ann. N. Y. Lye, 2. 191. Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 162. Agardh,

Syn., 15. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 374. Torrey, Nicollet's Rep., 149. Hook., PI.

Geyer in Lond. Journ. Bot., 6. 216. Gray, PI. Wright., 2. 49; PI. Thurb., 300;

Ives's Rep., 9. Torrey, Sitgreave's Rep., 158 ; Bot. Mex. Bound., 57, in part.

Cooper, Pac. R. R. Rep., 12. 42. Engelm., PI. Upp. Miss., 190. Gray, Proc.

Phil. Acad., 1863, 59. Porter, Hayden's Rep., 1870, 474; 1871, 480. Watson,

King's Rep., 5. 53. —No. 161 Nicollet; 103, 296 Fremont; 959, 1039 Wilkes, in

part; 31, 287 Parry; 94 Hall & Harb. ; 221 Watson; 103 Vasey ; 103 Greene;

88 Culbertson ; James ; Nuttall ; Burke ; Woodhouse ; Newberry ; Stevens ; En-

gelmann ; Anderson.

9. Lupinus rivularis. Douglas ; Lindl., Bot. Reg, 19. t. 1595 ; (Litt. Ber.
zu Linnasa, 1835, 16.) —No. 383 Coulter ; 62 Bridges ; 14 Gibbons ; 83, 83a Tor-
rey; 86 Hall; 186, 188 Kell. & Harf. ; Douglas ; Bigelow; Parry; Samuels.
L. lucidus. Hort. Soc.

L. latifolius ? Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad., 8. 379.
Var. latifolius. — No. 622 Thurber ; 284, 392, 637, 869, 996 Brewer ; Doug-
las ; Bigelow.

L. latifolius. Agardh, Syn., 18. Lindl., Bot. Reg., 22. t. 1891. Torr. &
Gray, Flora, 1. 375. Hook. & Am., Bot. Beech., 335. Dietrich, Syn.,

OP ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 13, 1873. 547

4. 939. Durand, PI. Pratten., 86 ? Torrey, Pac. R. R. Rep., 4. 81. New-
berry, Pac. R. R. Rep., 6. 70 ? Bolander, Cat., 8.
L. cytisoides. Torrey, Bot. Mex. Bound., 57, in part.
15. Lupinus Sabinii. Douglas ; Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 166. Torr. & Gray
Flora, 1. 378. Dietrich, Syn., 4. 942. — Douglas ; Bigelow ?

L. Sabinianus. Douglas; Lindl., Bot. Reg., 17. 1. 1435. Don's Mill., 2. 367.

Agardh, Syn., 30.
? L. macrocarpus. Torrey, Pac. R. R. Rep., 4. 81.
21. Lupinus sericeos. Pursh, Flora, 468. DC. Prodr., 2. 408. Hook., Fl.
Bor. Am., 1. 164. Don's Mill., 2. 367. Agardh, Syn., 31. Torr. & Gray, Flora,

1. 379, in part. Hook. & Arn., Bot. Beech., 336. Benth., Bot. Sulph., 11. Die-
trich. Syn., 4. 942 Watson, lung's Rep., 5. 57. — No. 390 Geyer, in part; 233
Watson, and 228, in part; 66 Eaton; Wyeth ; Beckwith; Mullan.

L. omatus. Nnttall, Proc. Phil. Acad., 1822, 7.
L. affinis. Torr. & Gray, Pac. R. R. Rep., 2. 121.
L. albicaulis. Hook., PI. Geyer in Lond. Journ. Bot., 6. 216, in part.
L. flexuosus. Watson, King's Rep., 5. 55, in part.
17. Lupinus Sitgreavii. — Sitgreave; 2012 Brewer ; 1020 Wright ; Wheeler.
L. Mexicanus. Torr., Bot. Mex. Bound., 57. Gray, PI. Wright., 2. 49, in

part.
? L. Mexicanus. Gray, PI. Wright., 2. 49, in part.

44. Lupinus sparsiflorus. Bentham, PI. Hartw., 303. Walpers, Annal.,

2. 319. Torrey, Bot. Mex. Bound., 57. — No. 595 Thurber; Coulter; Heermann;
Wallace ; Peckham.

L. gracilis. Dur. & Hilg., Pac. R. R. Rep., 5. 7, in part.
47. Lupinus Stiveri. Kellogg, Proc. Calif. Acad., 2. 192, fig. 58. — Nos. 45,
55 a Bridges ; 90 Torrey ; Stillman ; Bolander ; Goodale ; Kellogg ; Gray ; Dix.
46. Lupinus subcarnosus. Hook., Bot. Mag., t. 3467. Torr. & Gray,
Flora, 1.372. Walpers, Repert., 1. 596. Dietrich, Syn., 4. 937. Scheele, Roemer's
Texas, 428. Gray, PI. Wright., 1.54. Torrey, Bot. Mex. Bound., 57.

L. bimaculatus. Hooker ; Don, Sweet's Brit. Fl. Gard., 2 ser., t. 314 ; not

Lam. Walpers, Repert., 1. 596.
L. Texensis. Hook, Bot. Mag., t. 3492. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 372.
Walpers, Repert., 1.596. Dietrich, Syn., 4. 937. Gray, PI. Lindh., 34 and
177. Scheele, Roemer's Texas, 428.
20. Lupinus sulphureus. Douglas; Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 166. Don's
Mill., 2. 367. Agardh, Syn., 30. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 378. Dietrich, Syn.,
4. 942. — Douglas; Spalding?; Wyeth?

? L. sericeus. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 379, in part.

45. Lupinus truncatus. Nuttall ; Hook. & Arn., Bot. Beech., 336. Torr.
& Gray, Flora, 1. 373. Walpers, Repert., 1. 597. Dietrich, Syn., 4. 938. Torrey,
Bot. Mex. Bound., 57. Bolander, Cat., 8. — Nos. 369, 378,397 Coulter; 539
Thurber: 345, 385 Brewer; Douglas; Nuttall; Wallace; Parry.

56. Lupinus uncialis. Watson, King's Rep., 5. 54, t 7. — No. 224 Wat-
son.

1. Lupinus villosus. Willd., Spec., 3. 1029. Persoon, Ench., 2. 294. Aiton,

548

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Hort. Kew., 2 ed., 4. 287. Poir., Suppl., 3. 519. Pursh, Flora, 468, t. 21. Nut-
tall, Gen., 2. 93. Elliott, Sketch, 2. 191. DC. Prodr., 2. 410. Agardh, Sym, 41.
Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 382. Chapman, Flora, 89.

L. pilosus. Walter, Fl. Car., 180 ; not Linn. Michaux, Flora, 2. 56.

L. inlegrifolius. Desrous., Lam. Diet., 3. 627 ; not Linn.
8. Lupinus Wtethii. — Wyeth ; Spalding.

L. sericeus. Nuttall, Journ. Acad. Phil., 7. 79 ; not Pursh.

Cross-References.

L. affinis ; L. nanus ; L. sericeus.

L. albicaulis ; L. holosericeus, var. ;
L. leucophyllus ; L. sericeus.

L. argenteus ; L. laxiflorus ; L. orna-
tus.

L. arbustus = L. laxiflorus.

L. aridus ; L. Kingii.

L. bicolor ; L. micranthus ; L. nanus.

L. bimaculatus = L. subcarnosus.

L. Blaschheanus = L. Nootkatensis.

L. caudatus = L. laxiflorus.

L. cervinus = L. affinis.

L. Chamissonis = L. albifrons.

L. concinnus ; L. lepidus.

L. cytisoides = L. rivularis.

L. Da?iaas = 1L. Lyallii, var.

L. decumbens ; L. argenteus ; L. calca-
ratus ; L. laxiflorus.

L. densiflorus = L. microcarpus.

L. Douglasii = L. ornatus.

L.flexuosus ; L. holosericeus ; L. laxi-
florus ; L. lepidus ; L. sericeus.

L. foliosus ; L. albicaulis ; L. laxiflo-
rus.

L. gracilis ; L micranthus ; L. sparsi-
florus ; L. Nuttallii.

L. grandifolius = L. polyphyllus.

L. hirsutissimus ; L. concinnus.

L. holosericeus ; L. albifrons.

L. lacteus = L. densiflorus.

L. inlegrifolius = L. villosus.

L. latifolius = L. rivularis.

L. laxiflorus ; L. albicaulis ; L. argen-
teus ; L. calcaratus.

L. leucopsis ; L. holosericeus ; L. or-
natus.

L. Uttoralis ; L. albifrons.

L. luteolus = L. densiflorus ?

L. lucidus = L. rivularis.

L. macrocarpus ; L. arboreus ; L. Sa-
binii.

L. macrophyllus = L. polyphyllus.

L. macrorrhizos = L. Nootkatensis.

L. meionanthus ; L. holosericeus.

L. Mexicanus ; L. albicaulis ; L. Sit-
greavii.

L. Menziesii ; L. densiflorus ; L. mi-
crocarpus.

L. microphyllus ='L. micranthus.

L. nanus ; L. micranthus.

L. Nootkatensis ; L. littoralis.

L. ornatus ; L. albifrons ; L. argen-
teus ; L. sericeus.

L. palustris = L. microcarpus.

L. perennis ; L. arcticus ; L. Nuttallii.

L. pilosus = L. villosus.

L. plumosus = L. leucophyllus.

L. polyphyllus ; L. Burkei.

L. pusillus ; L. concinnus.

L. regius = L. Nootkatensis.

L. rivularis ; L. arboreus ; L. ornatus.

L. sellulus = L. confertus.

L. sericeus ; L. albifrons ; L. arboreus ;
L. ornatus ; L. sulphureus ; L. Wyethii.

L. sparsiforus ; L. concinnus ; L. hir-
sutissimus ; L. nanus.

L. succulentus = L. densiflorus.

L. sulphureus ; L. calcaratus.

L. tenellus = L. argenteus.

L. Texensis = L. subcarnosus.

L. trifidus =L. micranthus, var.

L. variegatus = L. Nootkatensis.

L. versicolor = L. littoralis.

L. villosus ; L. diffusus.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAT 13, 1873. 549

Revision of the extra-tropical North American Species of the
Genus Potentilla (excluding Sibbaldia, Horkelia, and Ivesia).
— By Sereno Watson.

The materials for this and the following revisions were the same as
for the last, namely, the collections belonging to Harvard and Columbia
Colleges, to the Philadelphia Academy, and to Professor Eaton. The
number of species has been considerably reduced, owing to a better
knowledge of some of the obscurer species, and especially to the less
weight which has been given to the distinction between pinnate and
digitate leaves and the number of leaflets, to differences in the amount
of pubescence, and in some species to the number of stamens.

The genera Sibbaldia, Horkelia, and Ivesia, distinguished by minor
but apparently sufficient characters, are not included. The synonomy,
etc., of the common eastern species is limited mainly to references re-
specting their more western or northern range.

Synopsis of Species.

I. Styles fusiform ; carpels numerous, glabrous ; inflorescence terminal.

* Style attached near the base of the ovary; disk thick-

ened ; stamens 25 - 30 ; perennial herbs with glandu-

lar-villous pubescence, pinnate leaves, and rather large

white or yellow flowers.
Stout ; cyme strict and rather close ; leaflets 7-11;

stamens mostly 30 1. P. arguta.

Slender ; cyme loosely panicled ; leaflets 5 - 9 ; stamens

mostly 25 2. P. glandidosa.

* * Style terminal ; disk not thickened ; flowers sinall,

yellow ; leaves pinnate or ternate.
t Annual or biennial ; leaflets incisely serrate, not white-
tomentose ; stamens 5-20
Stout, erect, hirsute ; cyme rather close, leafy ; leaves

ternate; calyx large ; stamens 15, rarely 20 . . 3. P. Norvegica.
More slender and branched, softly villous ; cyme
loose, often diffuse, less leafy ; leaflets pinnately 5
or 3; calyx small ; petals minute; stamens 10-20

(rarely 5) 4. P. rivalis.

Subdecumbent, subvillous ; cyme loose, leafy ; leaflets
pinnately 5-11; stamens 20; achenia strongly

gibbous on the ventral side 5. P. supina.

1 1 Herbaceous perennials, more or less white-tomentose ; ■
leaflets incisely pinnatifid ; bractlets and sepals
nearly equal ; stamens 20-25.

550

PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Leaflets 5 - 9 ; cyme fastigiate ; stamens 25, some-
times 20 6

Leaflets 3 ; cyme close ; stamens 20 ; low
Leaflets 3 - 5 ; flowers 1-3, on slender pedicels ;

stamens 20 ; low, arctic

II. Styles filiform ; inflorescence terminal.
* Style terminal (nearly so in P. brevifolia) ; carpels gla-
brous ; disk not thickened ; stamens 20 ; herbaceous
perennials, with rather large yellow flowers,
t Leaves pinnate (sometimes digitate in Nos. 9 and 14) ;
carpels 10 - 40 ; bractlets shorter than the sepals.
Leaflets 5-11, white-tomentose, at least beneath,
diminishing uniformly down the petiole ; carpels

10-30

Leaflets 5-11, white-tomentose, the alternate ones

smaller; carpels 10

Appressed silky-villous ; stems decumbent ; leaflets

9-15, folded, falcate; carpels 25 -30
Low, alpine or subalpine ; flowers few.

"White-tomentose; leaflets 7-13, broadly cuneate ;

flowers rather large in a close cyme
Silky-villous or subglabrous ; leaflets 7-13, small,
broadly cuneate ; flowers small, in an open cyme .
Subglabrous or silky-villous; leaflets 5 - 7, rarely 3,

often digitate

1 1 Leaves digitately 5 - 7-foliolate (rarely pinnate in P.
gracilis) ; tomentose or villous.
Leaflets 5-7, rarely 3 ; bractlets shorter than the

sepals ; carpels more than 40 ; Western
Leaflets 5, white-tomentose beneath, smooth above ;
bractlets and sepals equal ; carpels more than 40 ;

Eastern

Leaflets 5, toothed only at the apex, tomentose and
villous; stems decumbent ; carpels 15-20
A 1 1 Leaves ternate (quinate in P. maculata) ; low, arctic
or alpine, few-flowered ; carpels 15-40.
Tomentose and villous ; bractlets acute
Villous or densely tomentose ; bractlets obtuse ;

Alaska

Sparingly villous or subglabrous.
Leaflets 5, rarely 3 ; bractlets shorter than the

sepals ; Labrador and Greenland .
Flowers mostly solitary ; bractlets and sepals
equal, obtuse .......

Nearly glabrous ; flowers 1 - 3 ; bractlets and
sepals nearly equal ; Oregon ....

P. Pennsylvanica.
7. P. Hoolceriana.

8. P. pulchella.

9. P. Eippiana.

10. P. effusa.

11. P. crinita.

12. P. Breweri.
13. P. Plattensis.

14. P. dissecta.

15. P. gracilis.

16. P. argentea.
17. P. humifusa.

18. P. nivea.
19. P.fragiformis.

20. P. maculata.

21. P. emarginata.

22. P. gelida.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 13, 1873. 551

Flowers 3 - 6 ; bractlets much shorter ; Western 23. P. Grayi.

Flowers solitary ; bractlets and sepals equal, ob-
tuse ; very dwarf, villous ; White Mts. . . 24. P. frigida.
Leaflets roundish, 2 - 3-lobed and crenate ; glan-

dular-puberulent ; Rocky Mts. ... 25. P. brevifolia.
* * Style terminal or medial ; carpels glabrous ; disk thick-
ened or glandular; stamens 20; smooth or
smoothish herbaceous perennials, with large pur-
ple or yellow flowers.
Style attached to the middle of the ovary ; flowers

purple ; leaves pinnately 5 - 7-foliolate . . 26. P. palustris.

Style terminal; flowers purple; leaves digitately

5 - 7-foliolate ; New Mexico . . . 27. P. Thurberi.

Style attached below the apex ; flowers yellow ; leaf-
lets 3, 2- 3-parted ; arctic, dwarf . ... 28. P.biflora.
* * * Style attached below the middle ; carpels and recepta-
cle densely villous ; woody perennials.
Shrubby, erect, much branched ; leaves pinnate ;

leaflets 5-7, entire 29. P.Jruticosa.

Woody only at base, low ; leaflets 3, toothed at the

apex ; flowers white 30. P. tridentata.

III. Styles filiform ; peduncles axillary, solitary, 1-flowered ; carpels glabrous ;
stems creeping or decumbent ; herbaceous perennials.

Style attached to the middle of the ovary ; leaves pin-
nately 7 -21-foliolate '. 31. P. Anserina.

Style attached below the apex; leaves apparently qui-

nate 32. P. Canadensis.

Style attached below the apex ; leaves ternate or quinate ;

sepals and petals usually 4 ..... 33. P. nemoralis.

I. Styles thickened and glandular toward the base ; carpels glabrous,
numerous, sessile ; inflorescence cymose. — Spec. 1 — 8.

* Style attached below the middle of the ovary ; disk thickened and
pentagonal; stamens 25-30, rarely twenty, in one row on the
margin, of the disk; herbaceous perennials, with pinnate leaves;
pubescence glandular-villous.

1. P. arguta, Pursh. Stems erect, usually stout, 1-4° high, sim-
ple below; pubescence spreading;, stipules ovate, acute, entire or
incised ; radical leaves 7 - 11-foliolate, 4—12' long, usually long-petioled ;
leaflets rounded, ovate, or subrhomboidal, incised or doubly serrate,
smoother on the upper surface, the terminal one 1-3' long ; cyme
usually crowded, with strict pedicels becoming rigid ; calyx densely
pubescent, the acute sepals 3 - 4" (becoming 5") long, bractlets much

552 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

smaller ; petals suborbicular, 3 — 4" long, white, yellowish, or in some
western specimens bright yellow ; stamens mostly 30, with dark thick-
ened anthers. — From New England to the Saskatchewan, and in the
Rocky Mts. from Northern Idaho to New Mexico.

2. P. glandulosa, Lindl. (P. Jissa, Nutt. ; P. Wrangeliana,
Fisch. & Mey.) Resembling the last, but usually more slender and
branched, 1-2° high, and for the most part less pubescent ; leaflets
more frequently 5 - 9, usually V long or less; cyme panicled, with
elongated branches and more slender pedicels ; flowers often smaller ;
calyx much less tomentose, becoming less rigid ; bractlets linear ;
petals yellow, sometimes white ; stamens usually 25. — Washington
Territory to California, and eastward to the mountains of Colorado and
New Mexico. A very slender form with but few small flowers and
sometimes but 20 stamens, the cyme often close, is found in the Sierra
Nevada and in Colorado.

* * Style terminal ; disk not thickened ; flowers small, yellow ;
leaves pinnate or ternate.

f Annual or biennial ; leaflets incisely serrate, not white-tomentose ;
stamens 5 -20.

3. P. Norvegica, L. Erect, stout, £-2° high, leafy, at length
dichotomous above, hirsute ; stipules large, ovate, coarsely incised or
entire ; leaves ternate, mostly short-petioled ; leaflets obovate or oblong-
lanceolate, 1-3' long ; cyme leafy and rather loose ; calyx large, be-
coming 3 — 5" long, the bractlets nearly equalling or exceeding the
sepals ; petals shorter, obovate, emarginate ; stamens 15, in two rows,
rarely 20 ; achenia rugose or nearly smooth ; receptacle large, oblong.
— From Labrador and the Northern States to Washington Territory,
Alaska, and Pt. Barrow, and in the Rocky Mts. southward to New
Mexico ; sparingly introduced in the Southern States. P. Labra-
dorica, Lehm., is but an unusually smooth form.

4. P. rivalis, Nutt. More slender, usually diffusely branched,
even from the base ; pubescence softly villous, spreading, sometimes
nearly wanting ; stipules lanceolate to ovate, entire or toothed ; leaves
pinnate, with two pairs of closely approximate leaflets, or a single pair
and the terminal leaflet 3-parted, the upper leaves ternate ; leaflets,
ovate or oblong-cuneate or lanceolate, 1 - 1^' long, more or less incised-
serrate ; cymes loose, less leafy, with slender pedicels ; bractlets and
sepals equal, l£-3" long; petals minute; stamens 10-20; achenia

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 13, 1873. 553

usually smooth ; receptacle short. — From the Missouri River to New
Mexico, and westward to Southern California and the valley of the
Columbia. A rather variable species. The stamens opposite to the
petals and to the'midvein of the sepals are often wanting wholly or in
part. The ovules are amphitropous or nearly orthotropous.

Var. millegrana. (P. millegrana, Engelm.) Leaves all ternate ;
stems erect, or weak and ascending ; achenia often small and light-col
ored.

Var. pentandra. {P. pentandra, Engelm.) Leaves ternate, the
lateral leaflets of the lower leaves parted nearly to the base ; stamens
5, opposite to the sepals. — Dr. Engelmann collected specimens of
this in 1835 near Ft. Gibson, Arkansas. It has not been found since,
and seems to be but a form of P. rivalis, the usual outer circle of 10
stamens (in pairs opposite to the sepals) being suppressed.

5. P. supina, L. (P. paradoxa, Nutt.) Stems decumbent at base
or erect, often stout, leafy, the rootstock apparently sometimes peren-
nial ; pubescence scanty, villous, spreading ; stipules ovate, mostly en-
tire ; leaflets 5-11, obovate or oblong, £ — §' long ; cymes loose, leafy ;
bractlets and sepals nearly equal ; petals obovate, 2" long, equalling
the calyx ; stamens 20 ; receptacle thick ; achenia strongly gibbous by
the thickening of the very short pedicel. — From the Lakes to the
Saskatchewan and "Oregon" (Nuttall), and southward from the Mis-
souri to New Mexico. The gibbosity of the achenium, scarcely ob-
servable in the European form, and the only distinguishing mark of
P. paradoxa, is found fully as decided in specimens from Siberia,
China, and the Himalaya.

Var. Nicolletii. Slender and seemingly decumbent ; leaflets
mostly but three ; inflorescence much elongated, leafy, and falsely race-
mose. — Collected by Nicollet at Devil's Lake, Minnesota.

f f Herbaceous perennials, more or less white-tomentose ; leaflets
incisely pinnatitid ; bractlets and sepals nearly equal ; stamens
20-25.

6. P. Pennsylvania, L. Silky-tomentose ; stems erect or decum-
bent at base, |-2C high ; stipules incised ; leaflets 5-9, white-tomen-
tose beneath, short-pubescent and greener above, oblong, obtuse, often
approximate, the linear segments obtuse or acute, slightly or not at all
revolute ; cyme fastigiate but rather open, the pedicels erect ; bractlets
as long as the sepals or longer, sometimes a little shorter, obtuse or

VOL. VIII. 70

554 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

acute ; petals suborbiculai', emarginate, 2" long, about equalling the
calyx ; stamens usually 25 ; carpels numerous. — With scarcely a
doubt to be referred to P. sericea. The species are kept distinct by all
Russian botanists, though Regel & Herder state that the only apparent
distinction is in the larger flowers of P. sericea, and that this is proba-
bly but the large-flowered alpine form of P. Pennsylvanica. — Found on
the coast of Maine and New Hampshire, and in British America from
Canada to the Rocky Mts., and rather common southward in the
mountains to Colorado and New Mexico. It is occasionally somewhat
resinous, especially upon the calyx, and sometimes the achenia.

Var. strigosa, Lehm. Stems 6-12' high; silky-tomentose
throughout, the upper surface of the leaves scarcely less so ; leaflets
deeply pinnatifid, margins of the narrow lobes revolute ; cyme short
and close. — From Wisconsin and the Saskatchewan to Kansas, and in
the mountains to New Mexico. The var. bipinnatijida, Torr. & Gray,
is merely a form with the elongated linear segments usually more
spreading.

Var. glabrata. (P. sericea, var. glabrata, Lehm.) "Leaves sub-
glabrous on both sides, the lobes of the leaflets silky-tufted at
the apex." — Rocky Mts. of British America (Drummond).

7. P. Hookeriana, Lehm. Densely white-tomentose and villous,
the leaves greener above ; stems 3-5' high ; leaflets three, cuneate-
ovate, 5 - 8" long, incised nearly to the midvein, the middle one shortly
petiolulate ; flowers short-pedicelled, in dense cymelets on the slender
branches ; calyx very silky-villous, the narrow bractlets equalling the
acute sepals ; petals obcordate, 1J-2" long, equalling or exceeding the
calyx ; stamens 20. — British America. Specimens collected by
Bourgeau on the Saskatchewan accord with Lehmann's description and
figure.

8. P. pulchella, R. Br. Dwarf, arctic, silky-villous and tomen-
tose ; stems 1-4' high, 1 - 3-flowered, slender, naked; leaves pinnately
3-5 foliolate, the ovate leaflets 3 - 6" long, coarsely cleft nearly to the
midvein, the linear-oblong lobes divaricate ; bractlets broad, equalling
the sepals ; petals obovate or obcordate, 2" long, equalling the calyx ;
stamens 20. — Arctic America and Greenland (Parry ; Kane ;
Hayes).

II. Styles filiform, not glandular at base ; inflorescence cymose. —

Spec. 9-29.
* Style terminal (or nearly so in P. brevifolia) ; carpels glabrous,

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 13, 1873. 555

mostly sessile; disk not thickened; stamens 20, rarely 25 ; herba-
ceous perennials with conspicuous yellow flowers.

t Leaves pinnate (or sometimes digitate in P. Hippiana and
diver sifolia); carpels usually 10 - 30 ; bractlets shorter than the
sepals.

9. P. Hippiana, Lehm. Densely white-tomentose and silky
throughout, the upper surface of the leaves a little darker; stems
ascending, 1-1 1° high, slender, branching above into a diffuse cyme ;
stipules usually entire ; leaves occasionally digitate, especially in
reduced alpine specimens ; leaflets 5-11, cuneate-oblong, 1-2' long,
obtuse, incisely toothed at least toward the apex, margin not revolute ;
pedicels slender; bractlets narrow; petals 2^-3^" long, exceeding
the calyx. — From the Saskatchewan to Nebraska, Colorado, New
Mexico, and Northern Arizona.

Var. pulcherrima. (P. pulcherrima, Lehm. P. diffusa, Gray.
P. Pennsylvanica, var. pulcherrima, Torr. & Gray.) Stems 1-2°
high ; leaflets 5-9, approximate, crowded, or digitate, the terminal
one 1-3' long, the upper surface green and pubescent or subglabrous.
— From the Rocky Mts. of British America to New Mexico and
Northern Nevada ; Ft. Vancouver (Alvord).

10. P.effusa, Dougl. Tomentose throughout, with scattered vil-
lous hairs; stems ascending, 4- 12' high, diffusely branched above;
stipules lanceolate, entire or incised; leaflets 5-11, interruptedly pin-
nate, the alternate ones often smaller, cuneate-oblong, coarsely incised-
serrate or dentate, the smaller leaflets 3 - 5-toothed ; pedicels slender ;
sepals and the much smaller bractlets acuminate, 2-3" long, equalling
or exceeding the obcordate petals ; carpels 10. — Saskatchewan
(Douglas) ; Rocky Mts. of British America (Bourgeau), and Colorado
(Nuttall ; Porter ; Gray). Scarcely more than a form of the last.

11. P. crinita, Gray. Appressed silky- villous, not at all tomentose ;
stems decumbent, 1° long ; stipules lanceolate, entire ; leaflets 9 - 15,
mostly folded and falcately recurved, y long, cuneate-oblong, obtuse,
coarsely serrate, villous beneath, scarcely so or glabrous above ; cyme
loosely paniculate ; sepals acute, nearly 3" long, the bractlets a little
shorter ; petals obovate, retuse, exceeding the calyx ; carpels 25-30.
— Collected only by Fendler (199), near Santa Fe, New Mexico.

12. P. Breweri. Alpine ; stems decumbent at base, rather stout,
3-10' long ; densely white-tomentose throughout, the calyx and upper

556 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

leaves appressed silky-villous ; stipules broad, mostly incised ; leaflets
7-13, nearly uniform in size, 3-6" long, broadly cuneate, deeply in-
cised; cymes mostly crowded; flowers rather large, the emarginate
petals 3 - 5" long, much exceeding the calyx ; carpels 20 - 25, on vil-
lous pedicels, the receptacle and disk hairy. — Mono Pass in the
Sierra (1720 Brewer) ; summit above Cisco (Bolander).

13. P. Plattensis,- Nutt. Subalpine ; pubescence throughout ap-
pressed silky-villous, scanty or nearly wanting ; stems decumbent, slen-
der, 3 - 12' long ; stipules linear-lanceolate to oblong, mostly entire;
leaflets 7-13, usually crowded and often alternate, 2-6" long, ovate,
deeply incised-pinnatifid into 3-7 linear segments ; flowers few, on
slender pedicels, in an open cyme ; petal 2 - 3" long, usually exceeding
the calyx, obovate and entire or retuse, or obcordate ; carpels 25 - 40.

Eocky Mts. of Colorado. P. diversifolia, var. pinnatisecta, Watson

(331 and 332), from the Clover Mts., Nevada, and the Uintas, must
probably be referred here, though more densely silky, and the hairs
upon the calyx spreading.

14. P. dissecta, Pursh. (P. diversifolia, P. Drummondii, and
P. rubricaulis, Lehm.) Low, alpine, more or less silky-villous, with
somewhat spreading hairs, or nearly glabrous ; stems decumbent or
ascending, 3-12' long ; stipules ovate- or oblong-lanceolate, entire ;
leaflets 5 - 7, or rarely but three, often glaucous, closely pinnate, or as
frequently digitate, the upper one V long or less, cuneate-oblong,
incisely pinnatifid or serrate, the lowest often but trifid, the segments
acute or acutish, and more or less tufted with white hairs ; flowers few,
on slender pedicels in an open cyme ; calyx more or less villous with
spreading hairs, the bractlets short, the lanceolate sepals shorter than
the petals, which are 2 - 4" long, obovate and retuse or obcordate ;
receptacle very villous; carpels 10-20, or more. — From British
America to Colorado and California.

An examination of the original specimen of P. dissecta from " Hud-
son's Bay " in Herb. Banks (kindly made by Mr. Trimen of the
British Museum) shows that it is but one of the several forms that
have been referred to P. diversifolia, " from which it seems only to
differ in its larger size, less amount of hairiness (the under side of the
leaves only slightly pilose), and more deeply cut leaflets." Pursh's
name must be retained as the oldest. A quite variable species, but
strongly marked. The frequent form with nearly glabrous leaves is
var. glaucophtlla, Lehm. A rather stout and glabrous form with

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 13, 1873. 557

larger and more distant leaflets is P. Drumriiondii, Lehm. A subdigi-
tate form with the leaflets linear-parted is var. multisecta, Watson.
P. rubricaulis, Lehm., appears to be a form with the leaflets subtomen-
tose beneath, a case of rather rare occurrence.

Var. decurrens. Leaflets but three or with 1-2 additional dis-
tant pairs of smaller ones, the terminal leaflet cuneate-oblong, truncately
3-toothed, the upper pair 2 - 3-toothed, conspicuously decurrent, the
lowest lanceolate and mostly entire ; stem 1-flowered, 3' high ; glabrous
throughout, excepting the villous calyx and tufted apices of the leaves.
— 329 Watson, from peaks of the Uintas, at 12,000 feet altitude. A
very peculiar form, perhaps distinct.

f f Leaves digitately 5 - 7-foliolate (rarely pinnate in P. gracilis) ;
tomentose or villous.

15. P. gracilis, Dougl. (P. Blaschkeana, Turcz.) Villous and
more or less tomentose ; stems 2-3° high ; stipules ovate or lanceo-
late, entire or subincised ; leaflets mostly 7, sometimes 5, very rarely
but 3, cuneate-oblong, obtuse, incisely serrate or pinnatifid, tomentose
beneath, green above and subvillous or appressed-silky, 1 - 2^' long ;
flowers in a loose subfastigiate cyme, the pedicels at length elongated
and slender ; calyx with the narrow bractlets shorter than the broad
acute or lanceolate sepals ; petals broadly obcordate, 3 - 4" long, a
little exceeding the calyx; carpels very numerous (40 or more). —
From the Saskatchewan to Southern Alaska, and southward to New
Mexico, Utah, and California. The leaflets occasionally show a ten-
dency to a pinnate arrangement, and the species is distinguishable from
the digitate form of P. Hippiana, var. pulcherrima, only by the more
numerous carpels and the usually fewer and more deeply incised leaf-
lets. Specimens like 159 Hall & Harbour tend to unite the two
species.

Var. flabelliformis. (P. flabelliformis, Lehm.) Differing only
in the more deeply pinnatifid leaflets.

Var. fastigiata (P. fastigiata, Nutt., P. olopetala, Lehm.) is a
form, often low, with a shorter and more crowded cyme, the pubescence
more dense and silky, especially upon the calyx and short pedicels.

Var. rigida. {P. rigida, Nutt., not Wall. P. Nuttallii, Lehm.)
A mostly stout and tall form, villous but without tomentum, the cyme
loose or crowded, the leaves often large, 3-4' long or more, and promi-
nently veined beneath. — The leaves are occasionally decidedly pin-
nate, as in 1G2 Hall <fc Harbour. Certainly but a variety of P. gracilis.

558 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

16. P. argentea, L. Densely white-tomentose throughout and
subvillous, excepting the smooth green upper surface of the leaves ;
stems short, ascending or decumbent ; stipules lanceolate, entire, or
toothed; leaflets 5, cuneate-obovate to narrowly oblanceolate, \- 1'
long, coarsely incised from above the base or only few-toothed towards
the apex, the margin mostly revolute ; flowers few to many, in a close
or loosely panicled cyme, the pedicels short or often slender and elon-
gated ; sepals and bractlets equal, acute ; petals obovate, 2" long or
less, equalling the calyx ; achenia very numerous, dotted ; style short
but rather slender. — New England to Canada and Michigan.

17. P. humifusa, Nutt. (P. concinna, Rich.) Densely white-tomen-
tose and silky-villous ; stems decumbent, 2-4' long, slender ; leaflets 5>
cuneate-oblong, 6-9" long, green and appressed-silky above, only the
rounded or truncate apex serrate with 3-5 teeth ; flowers 8 — 5, on
slender pedicels ; bractlets narrow, shorter than the acute sepals ;
petals 2 — 3" long, obcordate, exceeding the calyx ; carpels 15 - 20. —
From the Saskatchewan to the Rocky Mts. of Colorado.

fft Leaves ternate (quinate in P. maculata, and very rarely qui-
nate or pinnately 5-foliolate in P. nivea) ; low, arctic or alpine,
sparingly villous or subglabrous (densely tomentose or villous in
P. nivea and fragiformis) ; flowers few, in a loose cyme, or soli-
tary, the obcordate petals exceeding the calyx ; carpels 10 - 40.

18. P. nivea, L. (P. Vahliana, Lehm.) Pubescence silky-villous,
often abundant, densely white-tomentose on the under .side of the
leaves and sometimes upon the calyx; stems 2-12' high; leaflets
cuneate-obovate or -oblong, 3 - 8" long, coarsely incised-serrate or pin-
natifid, the terminal one sessile or petiolulate ; flowers few or solitary
on slender pedicels ; bractlets acute or acutish, shorter than the sepals ;
petals 2 - 4" long ; carpels few or many. — Labrador, Greenland,
throughout Arctic America and in the Rocky Mts. southward to Colo-
rado and the Uintas. P. Vahliana seems to be but a reduced large-
flowered form. The var. concolor, R, Br., without tomentum, is to be
referred to P. emarginata, having the peculiar calyx of that species.
Most Labrador and some Greenland specimens, which have been con-
sidered P. nivea, are for the same reason rather to be carried to emar-
ginata, though more or less tomentose. Some Rocky Mountain
specimens so simulate reduced forms of P. Hippiana or gracilis, that,
but for their ternate leaves, they might as well be so considered. The
following variety makes the connection yet more close.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 13, 1873. 559

Var. dissecta. Leaves digitately or pinnately 5-foliolate, the leaf-
lets deeply pinnatifid ; dwarf, the stems 1-2' high, 1 - 3-flowered. —
In the Rocky Mts. of British America and Montana (3G8 Drummond ;
Douglas ; Howard) ; and in the Uintas, Utah (335 Watson, in part),
at 12,000 feet altitude.

19. P. fragiforjiis, Willd. Villous with long silky hairs ; stems
^-1° high ; stipules large, oblong, acuminate ; leaflets cuneate-obovate,
6 -15" long, sessile, coarsely incised-serrate ; flowers few or solitary,
very large ; bractlets ovate, obtuse, shorter than the ovate acute sepals ;
petals obcordate, 3 - 6" long, exceeding the calyx. — Aleutian Islands
(Pallas); St. Paul's Island (Harrington).

Var. villosa, Regel & Tiling. (P. villosa, Pall.) Densely white-
tomentose, the upper surface of the leaves darker. — Alaska to Van-
couver's Island; Mt. Ranier, Washington Territory (Tolmie).

20. P. maculata, Pour. (P. Salisburgensis, Hsenke. P. opaca,
Pursh, not L.) Sparingly villous with long spreading hairs, the pedi-
cels subtomentose ; stems ascending, 3-6' high, loosely few-flowered ;
stipules ovate to lanceolate, entire ; leaflets 5, rarely but 3, cuneate-
obovate, i - 1 ' long, rounded and incisely serrate at the apex ; bractlets
obtuse or obtusish, a little shorter than the acute sepals ; petals
cuneate-obcordate, 3 - 4" long, exceeding the calyx. — Labrador ;
Greenland.

21. P. emarginata, Pursh. (P. nana, Lehm. P. nivea, var.
concolor, R. Br.) Rather more villous than the last, the pedicels
densely tomentose, the leaves rarely tomentose beneath ; stems ascend-
ing or erect, 1-3' high ; leaflets obovate, 2 - 6" long, the terminal one
shortly petiolulate or sessile, very coarsely incised, the 3-5 segments
villous-tufted ; flowers 1-2, mostly solitary. ; bractlets and sepals equal,
broad, obtuse ; petals 2 - 3" long, considerably exceeding the calyx ;
carpels numerous. — Labrador ; Greenland ; Kotzebue Sound ; Rocky
Mountains (Drummond). P. nana is the more reduced form.

22. P. gelida, C. A. Meyer. (P. flabellifolia, Hook.) Nearly
glabrous, with a scanty minute or villous pubescence ; stems slender,
6-10' high, 1- 3-flowered; stipules oval or oblong, mostly entire;
leaflets very broadly cuneiform, 6 - 9" long, rounded at the apex and
incisely 7 - 9-toothed, entire at base, the middle leaflet shortly petiolu-
late ; bractlets and sepals nearly equal, obtuse or acute ; petals 2 - 3"
long, obcordate, a little exceeding the calyx; carpels numerous. —
Washington Territory and Oregon; Mt. Ranier (Douglas); Crater

560 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Pass (Newberry) ; Cascade Mts. (Lyall). Our plant seems to accord
perfectly with the Asiatic species.

23. P. Grayi. Pubescence scanty, villous ; stems slender, 3 - C
high, 3 - 6-flowered ; stipules ovate or oblong, entire ; leaflets very
broad and suborbicular, y long, the truncate or rounded apex 5-7-
toothed, the middle leaflet long-petiolulate ; sepals acute, the bractlets
but half as long and obtusish ; petals 2 - 3" long, orbicular, retuse, ex-
ceeding the calyx; carpels 15-20. — Yosemite Valley (Bolander ;
Gray) ; Lake Tenayo (Brewer) ; Gray's Peak, Colorado (Gray).

24. P. frigida, Vill. Very reduced, but \- 2' high, villous ; leaflets
broadly cuneate-obovate, 3 - 5-toothed at the summit, 2 - 4" long, nearly
glabrous above ; flowers solitary, small, on very slender stems ; bract-
lets and sepals equal, obtuse ; petals obcordate, \y long, a little exceed-
ing the calyx ; carpels numerous, but achenia few. — White Mts., New
Hampshire. Differing from the European plant only in its rather
smaller flowers.

25. P. brevifolia, Nutt. Minutely glandular-puberulent, the
calyx very sparingly villous : stems decumbent or ascending, 2-3'
high; stipules ovate, entire ; leaflets suborbicular, 2-3" long, .2 - 3-
lobed and crenately toothed, the middle one petiolulate ; bractlets acute,
shorter than the acute sepals; petals " obovate," scarcely exceeding the
calyx ; style attached below the apex of the ovary. — Collected only
by Nuttall ; " Summit of Rocky Mts. (Oregon), near line of perpetual
snow, near lat. 42°."

* ■* Style terminal or medial ; carpels glabrous ; disk thickened or
glandular ; stamens 20 ; herbaceous perennials, smooth or nearly
so, with large purple or yellow flowers.

26. P. PALUSTRis, Scop. (Comarum, L.) Stems stout, ascending
from a decumbent rooting perennial base, | - 2° long ; glabrous below,
minutely silky or glandular-pubescent above ; lower stipules amplexi-
caul and long-adnate to the petiole, the upper broadly ovate, entire ;
leaves pinnate; leaflets 5 -7,. oblong, 1-2' long, obtuse or acute,
lighter-colored, and more or less pubescent beneath ; flowers dark-pur-
ple, few, in an open cyme ; calyx large and purplish, the sepals becom-
ing 6 — 10" long in fruit, the bractlets linear, acuminate, and much
shorter ; petals spatulate, acute, 2 - 3" long ; stamens with stout, fleshy
filaments, in one row upon the margin of the thickened disk ; carpels
very numerous, sessile upon the large spongy receptacle ; style attached

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 13, 1873. 561

to the middle of the ovary. — New England, and from the Great
Lakes northward to Greenland, the Arctic Circle, and Alaska.

27. P. Thurberi, Gray. Stems ascending, slender, 2° high ; pu-
bescence subvillous or minute ; stipules ovate, incisely toothed ; leaves
digitate ; leaflets 5-7, obovate to oblong, 2' long, obtuse, nearly
glabrous, coarsely serrate ; flowers dark purple, in an open cyme ;
calyx large, the bractlets equalling the sepals ; petals B" long, very
broadly obcordate, equalling the calyx ; disk thickened, pentagonal,
bearing at the angles opposite to the sepals the 5 inner stamens with
stout fleshy filaments, the 15 outer stamens with slender filaments
arising from the margin of the base of the calyx ; carpels numerous,
sessile on the short hairy receptacle ; style terminal. — New Mexico.

28. P. biflora, Willd. Dwarf, csespitose, the ascending stems
slender, 2-3' high ; pubescence villous, the pedicels subtomentose ;
leaves all radical, ternate ; the middle leaflet petiolulate and 3-parted,
the lateral 2-parted, the linear segments 3 — 6" long with strongly revo-
lute margins and villous-tufted, becoming nearly glabrous above ; flow-
ers 1-5, yellow; bractlets broad, equalling the acute sepals; petals
cuneate-obcordate, 2\" long, exceeding the calyx ; disk glandular
between the five inner stamens, lobed ; filaments all subfiliform ; car-
pels 15 - 30, short-pedicelled, the pedicels and small receptacle villous
with long hairs ; style attached below the apex of the ovary. — On
the Arctic Coast and in Siberia. No American specimens found in our
collections.

* * * Style attached below the middle of the ovary ; carpels on
short pedicels, and, with the receptacle, densely Villous ; disk not
thickened ; more or less woody perennials.

29. P. fruticosa, L. Shrubby, much branched, 1-4° high ;
pubescence silky-villous ; stipules scarious ; leaves pinnate ; leaflets
5- 7, crowded, oblong-lanceolate, 2-12" long, entire, usually whiter
beneath and the margins revolute ; flowers on slender pedicels in
rather loose cymes or solitary ; bractlets equalling the acute sepals ;
petals yellow, orbicular, 2 - 6" long, exceeding the calyx ; stamens 30 ;
carpels 20. — From New Jersey to Labrador and Wisconsin, and
northward to the Arctic Circle and Behring Strait, and in the moun-
tains to Colorado, Nevada, and Northern California.

Var. parvifolia. An alpine form, with minute densely silky

VOL. VIII. 71

562 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

leaves, 2" long, and small flowers. — E. Humboldt Mts., Nevada, and
in the Wahsatch.

30. P. tridentata, Soland. Caudex woody, creeping, branched and
tufted, the ascending herbaceous stems 1 - 10' high, subnaked -r pubes-
cence sparse, silky, appressed ; stipules lanceolate, entire ; leaves
ternate ; leaflets subcoriaceous and shining above, cuneate-oblong, i-P
long, 3 - 5-toothed at the truncate apex ; flowers white, loosely cymose ;
bractlets nearly equalling the sepals, smoother ; petals obovate-oblong,
2 - 3" long, exceeding the calyx ; stamens and carpels 20, the achenia
becoming sparingly villous. — Higher peaks of the Alleghanies and
White Mts. ; coast of Massachusetts ; Labrador ; Greeenland ; and
from the Great Lakes to lat. 64°. P. return, Miiller {Fl. Dan. 5,
t. 799), is the older name by several years, but is less appropriate.

III. Style filiform, attached to the middle of the ovary or below the
apex ; peduncles axillary, solitary, 1-flowered ; carpels glabrous,
short-pedicelled, the pedicel and receptacle very villous ; herba-
ceous perennials with mostly creeping or decumbent stems; flow-
ers yellow.

31. P. Anserina, L. Spreading by slender many-jointed ruuners,
white-tomeutose and silky-villous; stipules many-cleft; leaves all radi-
cal, pinnate ; leaflets 7 - 21, with smaller ones interposed, oblong,
sharply serrate, silky-tomentose at least beneath ; bractlets often
incisely cleft, about equalling the sepals ; petals oblong, broadly ellipti-
cal and entire or obcordate, 3 - 6" long, exceeding the calyx ; stamens
20, rarely 25 ; carpels 20 - 40 ; style attached to the middle of the
ovary. — Pennsylvania to Illinois, New Mexico and California, and
northward to the Arctic Ocean and Greenland. Very variable in size
and pubescence, from the wholly glabrous minute plant of Greenland
to the ordinary form with leaflets nearly or quite glabrous above or
equally silvery-silky on both sides, and the still larger western form
with leaves often 1-2° lonj;.

32. P. Canadensis, L. Stems slender and decumbent or prostrate ;
pubescence villous, often scanty ; stipules mostly entire ; leaves ternate,
the lateral leaflets parted nearly to the base, cuneate-oblong or -obovate,
incisely serrate, nearly glabrous above ; peduncles exceeding the
leaves ; bractlets longer than the sepals, entire ; petals broadly obovate
or obcordate, 2 - 3" long ; stamens 20 ; carpels 20 - 40 ; style attached

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 13, 1873. 563

below the summit of the ovary. — Canada to Georgia aud westward
to Arkansas and the Saskatchewan.

Var. simplex, Torr. & Gray. With stouter and more ascending
stems, 1-2° long, rarely creeping ; less hairy.

33. P. nemoralis, Nestl. Stolons filiform ; pubescence minute,
appressed ; leaves ternate, occasionally quinate ; leaflets cuneate-
obovate, 4 - 9" long, subpetiolulate, coarsely serrate, sparingly villous ;
sepals and petals usually 4, the bractlets a little shorter ; petals 2 - 3"
long, obcordate ; style attached below the apex of the ovary. — Re-
ported from Labrador and a specimen preserved in herb. Hooker, but
collector not stated. Possibly not American.

Doubtful arid Excluded Species.

P. digitato-flabellata, Br. & Bouch., is said to have originated
from "North America." Tall and loosely corymbose ; leaves quinate;
leaflets slightly hairy above, subcanescent and tomentose beneath,
cuneate-flabellate, trifid or incisely lobed, the unequal segments acute ;
bractlets equalling the sepals ; petals obovate, subretuse, equalling or
exceeding the calyx. Known only in cultivation in Europe.

P. multijuga, Lehm., appears both from the figure and description
in Lehmann's Revisio to be Horkelia Califomica, var. cuneata, except
only that it is scarcely supposable that the peculiar characteristics of
the flower could have escaped notice. No true Potentilla is found that
answers to the description.

SYNONOMY.

31. Potentilla Anserina. Linn., Spec, 495. For foreign synonomy consult
Lehmann's Monograph, p. 74, and Revisio, p. 188, and Ledebour, Fl. Ross., 2. 44.
— Michx., Flora, 1. 304. James, Long's Exped., 2. 342. Cham. & Schlecht, Lin-
naea, 2. 24. Meyer, PI. Lab., 76. Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 189. Bongard, Veg.
Sitch., 132. Schlecht., Fl. Lab. in Linn., 10. 98. Hook. & Arn., Bot. Beech., 123
and 338. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 444. Torrey, Frem. Rep., 89 ; Pac. R. R. Rep.,

4. 84. Gray, PI. Fendl., 42. Seemann, Bot. Herald, 29 and 52. Engelm., PI. Upp.
Miss., 191. Newberry, Pac. R. R. Rep., 6. 72. Cooper, Pac. R. R. Rep., 12. 38,
43, and 59. Hook, f., Distrib. Arc. PI., 290. Bourgeau, Palliser's Rep., 256. Rothr.,
Fl. Alaska, 445. Gray, Manual, 155. Bolander, Cat., 12. Watson, King's Rep.,

5. 89. — Collectors numerous.

Var. grandis. Lehm. in Hook. Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 189; Revis., 190. Torr. &
Gray, Flora, 1. 444. Ledeb., Fl. Ross., 2. 44.
Var. Grcenlandica. Hook., Parry's 3d Voy., Appx., 125 ; Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 189.

564 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Nestler, Monograph, 35. Seringe in DC. Prodr., 2. 582. Schlecht. in Linn., 10. 88.
Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 444. Lehm., Revis., 190.

P. Egedii. "Wormsk., Fl. Dan., 9. t. 1578. Seringe, DC. Prodr., 2. 582.
Spreng., Syst., 2. 535. Lehm., Monog., 74. Don's Mill., 2. 560. Dietr.,
Syn., 3. 189.
P. Anserina, var. Egedii. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 444.
16. Potentilla argentea. Linn., Spec, 497. See Lehm., Monog., 94, and
Revis., 96 ; Ledeb., Fl. Ross., 2. 47. — Pursh, Flora, 355. . Torrey, Fl. IT. S., 1. 497.
Lehm. ; Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 191. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 441. Torr., Nicol-
let's Rep., 149. Gray, Manual, 154.

1. Potentilla arguta. Pursh, Flora, 636. Poir., Suppl., 4. 538. Rich-
ardson, Frankl. 1st Voy., Appx., 20. Lindl., Bot. Reg., 16. 1. 1379. Hook. (&
Lehm.), Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 186, t. 63. Don's Mill., 2. 558. Torr. & Gray, Flora,
1.445. Walpers, Rep., 2. 35. Dietr., Syn., 3. 186. Torrey, Nicollet's Rep.,
149 ; Fremont's Rep., 89. Engelm., PI. Upp. Miss., 190. Lehm., Revis., 50.
Cooper, Pac. R. R. Rep., 12. 43. Bourgeau, Palliser's Rep., 256. Gray, Manual,
154. — Bradbury; Richardson; James; Bourgeau; Lyall ; Hall & Harbour;
Hayden ; Bebb ; and others.

Geum agrimonioides. Pursh, Flora, 351. Spreng., Syst., 2. 543.

Boottia syltestris. Bigelow, Fl. Bost., 2 ed., 206.

P. Pennsylvanica, var. arguta. Torrey, Ann. N. Y. Lye, 2. 197 ; not Seringe

in DC. Prodr.
P. confertijiora. Torrey, Flora U. S., 1. 449. Spreng., Syst., 4. 189. Lehm.,
Nov. Stirp., pug. 3. 24.
Var. ferruginea. Lehm., Revis., 50.
P. ferruginea. Dougl. ; "Paxt. Mag., 5. t. 233."

P. Bigelowiana. Wenderoth, " Sem. h. Marb. 1841 "; (Litt. Ber. zu Linn.,
16. 112.)
28. Potentilla biflora. " Willd. ; Schlecht., Mag. Ges. Nat. Berl., 7. 297."
See Lehm., Monog. and Revis., and Ledeb., Fl. Ross. — Richardson, Franklin's
1st Voy., Appx., 21. Lehm., Monog., 192, t. 20; Revis., 20, t. 62. Cham. &
Schlecht., Linn., 2. 24. Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 195. Hook. & Arm, Bot. Beech.,
123. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 442. Dietr., Syn., 3. 180. Ledeb., Fl. Ross., 2. 61.
Seemann, Bot. Herald, 29. Hook, f., Journ. Linn. Soc, 1. 124; Distrib. Arc.
PI., 290. Rothr., Fl. Alaska, 445. — " Richardson ; Beechey ; Seemann ; Rae."

25. Potentilla brevifolia. Nutt. ; Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1.442. Lehm.,
Revis., 46. Dietr., Syn., 3. 183. Walp., Rep., 2 34. — Nuttall.
12. Potentilla Breweri. — No. 1720 Brewer ; Bolander.
32. Potentilla Canadensis. Linn., Spec, 498. Michx., Flora, 1. 303.
Nestler, Monog., 58, t. 10. Elliott, Sketch, 1. 574. Torrey, Fl. U. S., 1. 426.
Seringe, DC. Prodr., 2. 575. Spreng., Syst., 2. 538. Lehm., Monog., 118 ; Hook.,
Fl.Bor. Am., 1. 192 ; Revis., 187. Darlington, Fl. Cestr., 303. Don's Mill., 2. 552.
Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 443. Engelm., PI. Upp. Miss., 191. Cooper, Pac. R. R.
Rep., 12. 43. Bourgeau, Palliser's Rep., 256. Chapman, Flora, 124. Gray,
Manual, 154.

P. pumila. Poir., Diet., 5. 594. Pursh, Flora, 354. Spreng., Syst., 2. 573.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 13, 1873. 565

P. sarmentosa. Willd., Enum., 1. 554. Nestler, Monog., 64. Bigelow, Fl.
Bost., 2 ed., 204. Dietr., Syn., 3. 180.
Var. simplex. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 443. Lehm., Nov. Stirp., pug. 9. 72 ;
Bevis., 188. Gray, Manual, 154.

P. simplex. Michx., Flora, 1. 303. Nestler, Monog., 40, t. 9. Lehm., Monog.,
118; Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 192. Elliott, Sketch, 1. 574. Seringe, DC.
Prodr., 2. 575. Spreng., Syst., 2. 538. Don's Mill., 2. 552.
P. Caroliniana. Poir., Diet., 5. 595. Pers., Ench., 2. 55.
11. Potentilla crinita. Gray, PI. Fendl., 41. Walpers, Ann., 2. 480.
Lehm., Revis., 63, t. 21.— No. 199 Fendler.

14. Potentilla dissecta. Pursh, Flora, 355. Seringe, DC. Prodr., 2. 575.
Spreng., Syst., 2. 536. Lehm., Nov. Stirp., pug. 3. 20 ; Revis., 28. Hook., Fl. Bor.
Am., 1. 193. Don's Mill., 2. 553 and 560. Nuttall, Jour. Acad. Phil., 7. 20. Torr.
& Gray, Flora, 1. 446. Dietr., Syn., 3. 180 and 190. — Wyeth; Nuttall ; Drum-
mond; Bourgeau ; Lyall ; 219 Parry; 2715 Brewer; 5084 Bolander ; 327 Wat-
son ; 135 Hall.

P. diversifolia. Lehm., Nov. Stirp., pug. 2. 9 ; Hook., Fl- Bor. Am., 1. 190 ;
Revis., 72, t. 31. Don's Mill., 2. 556. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 439. Wal-
pers, Rep., 2. 33. Dietr., Syn., 3. 185. Torrey, Fremont's Rep., 89.
Engelm., PI. Upp. Miss., 191. Bourgeau, Palliser's Rep., 256 and 262 ;
Gray, in Am. Jour. Sci., 2 ser., 33. 411, Watson, King's Rep.,
5. 86.
P. Drummondii. Lehm., Nov. Stirp., pug. 2. 9 ; Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 189,
t. 65 ; Revis., 66. Don's Mill., 2. 558. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 439. Wal-
pers, Rep., 2.32. Dietr., Syn., 3.178. Bourgeau, Palliser's Rep., 256.
Gray, Proc. Acad. Phil., 1863, 61.
P. rubricaulis. Lehm., Nov. Stirp., pug. 2. 11 ; Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 191 ;
Revis., 68, t. 30. Don's Mill., 2. 556. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 438. Wal-
pers, Rep., 2. 32. Dietr., Syn., 3. 185.
Var. glaucophylla. Lehm., Revis., 73. Watson, King's Rep., 5. 86, in part.

— Burke ; 218 Parry; 171 Vasey ; 328 Watson.

P. glaucophylla. Lehm., Del. Sem. h. Hamb., 1836, 7; (Litt. Ber. zu Linn.,
1838, 83.) Walpers, Rep., 2. 33.
Var. multisecta. Watson, King's Rep., 5. 86. — No. 1 59 Hall & Harb., in part ;
330 Watson.

Var. decurrens. — No. 329 Watson.

10. Potentilla effusa. Dougl. ; Lehm., Nov. Stirp., pug. 2. 8 ; Hook., Fl.
Bor. Am., 1. 87 ; Revis., 64, t. 22. Don's Mill., 2. 557. Torr. & Gray, Flora,
1. 437. Dietr., Syn., 3. 186. Walpers, Rep., 2. 32. Hook., PL Geyer in Lond.
Jour. Bot, 6. 219. Engelm., PI. Upp. Miss., 191. Bourgeau, Palliser's Rep., 256.

— Douglas; Nuttall; Bounreau ; Porter; Gray.

Var. gossypixa. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 437. Lehm., Revis., 64.
P. gossypina. Nutt. ; Hook., PI. Geyer in Lond. Jour. Bot., 6. 219.

21. Potentilla emarginata. Pursh, Flora, 353. Lehm., Monog., 174;
Revis., 161. Spreng., Syst., 2. 540. Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 194. E. Meyer„Fl.
Lab., 74. Don's Mill., 2. 551. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 446. Hornem., Fl. Dan.,

566 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

13. t. 2291. Dietr., Syn., 3. 179. Seemann, Bot. Herald, 29, 51, and 56. Rothr.,
Fl. Alaska, 445. — Franklin ; Parry ; Drummond ; Kane ; Hayes.

P. nana. " Willd., Mag. Berl., 7. 296." Lehm., Monog., 181, 1. 17 ; (Spreng.,
Neue Entdeck., 2. 298;) Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 194. Seringe in DC.
Prodr., 2. 573. Spreng., Syst., 2. 541. Don's Mill., 2. 550. Hook. & Arn.,
Bot. Beech., 123. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 441. Dietr., Syn., 3. 179.
Ledeb., Fl. Ross., 2. 56. Seller, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 1 ser., 16. 170.
Seemann, Bot. Herald, 29 and 55. Hook, f., Jour. Linn. Soc, 1857, 121.
Rothrock, Fl. Alaska, 445.
P. verna. " Hook, in Scoresby's Greenland, 421."
P. Graznlandica. R. Br., Ross's Voy., 142.
P. tiivea, var. concolor. R. Br., Parry's 1st Voy., Appx., 277. Hook., Parry's

2d Voy., Appx., 395. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 441.
P. nivea, var. arctica. Lehm., Revis., 167, in part.
" P.frigida? Greville, Mem. Wern. Soc., 4. 430."

P. nivea, var. Vahliana. Durand, in Kane's Exped., 2. 453 ; not Torr. &
Gray.
19. Potentilla fragiformis. " Willd. in Mag. Berl., 7. 294." Lehm.,
Monog., 163, 1. 15; (Spreng., Neue Entdeck., 2. 298 ;) Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1.
194; Revis., 155. Seringe, DC. Prodr., 2.586. Spreng., Syst., 2. 540. Don's
Mill., 2. 550. Ledeb., Fl. Ross., 2. 59, with full synonomy. Dietr., Syn., 3. 178.
Regel & Tiling; Fl. Ajan., 85, with syn. — Pallas ; Dall.

Var. villosa. Regel & Tiling, 1, c. — Mertens; Barclay; Tolmie ; Scouler;
Wood; Bischoff; Bannister; Harrington.

P. villosa. Pall.; Pursh, Flora, 353. Lehm., Monog., 166, t. 16; Hook.,
Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 194; Revis., 171. Seringe, DC. Prodr., 2. 573. Spreng.,
Syst., 2. 540. Cham. & Schlecht., Linn., 2. 22. Bongard, Veg. Sitch:, 132.
Don's Mill., 2. 550. Hook. & Arn., Bot. Beech. 123. Torr. & Gray,
Flora, 1. 442. Dietr., Syn., 3. 178. Ledeb., Fl. Ross., 2. 58. Presl,
Epimel. Bot., 198. Seemann, Bot. Herald, 29. Hook, f., Distrib. Arc.
PL, 290. Rothrock, Fl. Alaska, 445.
P. lucida. " Willd., Berl. Mag., 7. 296."
P. leucochroa. "LindL, Wall. Cat. PI. Ind."
24. Potentilla frigida. Vill., Fl. Delph., 3. 563. See synonomy in Lehm.,
Revis., 158. — Hook, f., Distrib. Arc. PI., 290 and 326. Durand, Kane's Exped.,
2. 454. "Gray, Manual, 154.

P. Robbinsiana. Oakes, MS. in herb.
P. minima. Gray, Manual, 1 ed., 122.

P. minima, vox. Robbinsiana. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1.441. Lehm., Revis., 159.
29. Potentilla fruticosa. Linn., Spec, 495. See synonomy in Ledeb., Fl.
Ross., 2. 61, and Lehm., Revis., 16. — Michx., Flora, 1. 304. Pursh, Flora, 355.
James, Long's Exped., 2. 215. Torrey, Ann. N. Y. Lye, 2. 197 ; Fremont's Rep.,
89. Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 186. Nuttall, Journ. Acad. Phil., 1834, 20. Hook.
& Am., Bot. Beech., 123. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 445. Seemann, Bot. Herald,
29 and 51. Richardson, Arc. Exped., 427. Engelm., PI. Upp. Miss., 191. Hook,
f., Jour. Linn. Soc, 1. 124 ; Distrib. Arc. PL, 290. Bourgeau, Palliser's Rep , 256

OP ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 13, 1873. 567

and 262. Kegel, Gart. Flora, 9. t. 278. Gray, Proc. Phil. Acad., 1863, 61. Roth-
rock, Fl. Alaska, 445. Gray, Manual, 155. Watson, King's Rep., 5. 89.
P. floribunda. Pursh, Flora, 355. Don's Mill., 2. 561.
Var. alpina. — No. 342 Watson ; Wheeler.

22. Potentilla gelida. C. A. Meyer, Ind. PI. Cauc., 167. Ledeb., Fl.
Ross., 2. 59, with synonomy. Walpers, Rep., 2. 26. Lehn;., Revis., 154, with
synonomy. — Douglas ; Newberry ; Lyall; 4971 Bolander; 1685 Brewer.

P.flabellifolia. Hook.; Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1.442. Dietr., Syn., 3.183.
Walpers, Rep., 2. 34. Lehm., Revis., 153, t. 51. Newberry, Pac. R. R.
Rep., 6. 72.
2. Potentilla glandulosa. Lindl., Bot. Reg., 19. 1. 1583 ; (Litt. Ber. zu
Linn., 1835, 13.) Hook. & Arn., Bot. Beech., 338. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 446.
Dietr., Syn., 3. 187. Walpers, Rep., 2. 35. Engelm., PI. Upp. Miss., 191. Lehm.,
Revis., 48. Torrey, Pac. R. R. Rep., 4. 84 ; Bot. Mex. Bound., 64. Newberry,
Pac. R. R. Rep., 6. 72. Watson, King's Rep., 5. 89. Bolander, Cat., 12. — No.
138 Coulter; 197 Fendler; 154 Hall & Harb. ; 100 and 240 Stretch; 240 Ander-
son; 120 Torrey; 6296 Bolander; 260, 625, 1705, 1714, 1767, and 2715 Brewer;
343 Watson; 96 and 97 Eaton; 170 Vasey ; 476 Greene; 211 Kell. & Harf. ; 134
Hall ; Douglas ; Nuttall ; Tolmie ; Fremont ; Wilkes ; Wallace ; Bigelow ;
Spalding ; Cronkhite ; Fitch ; Smith ; Parry ; Heermann ; Engelmann ; Mee-
han.

P. arguta. Lehm., in Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 186, in part; not Pursh.

Nuttall, Jour Acad. Phil., 7. 21.
P. Oregana and glutinosa. Nutt., MS. in herb.

P.Jissa. Nuttall; Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 446. Dietr., Syn., 3. 187. Wal-
pers, Rep., 2. 35. Hook., PI. Geyer in Lond. Jour. Bot, 6. 220. Gray, PI.
Fendl., 41 ; Amer. Jour. Sci., 2. 33. 411 ; Proc. Phil. Acad., 1863, 61.
P. Wrangeliana. Fisch. & Mey., Ind. Sem. h. Petr., 1840, Animad., 54.

Walpers, Rep., 2. 35. Lehm., Revis., 49, t. 19.
P. nipestris. Presl, Epimel. Bot., 198.
Var. incisa. Lindl., Bot. Reg., 13. 1. 1973.

15. Potentilla gkacilis. Dougl. ; Hook., Bot. Mag., t. 2984, and Fl. Bor.
Am., 1. 192. Don's Mill., 2. 554. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 440. Dietr., Syn.,
3. 182. Walpers, Rep., 2. 33. Torrey, Fremont's Rep., 89. Lehm., Revis., 107.
Cooper, Pac. R. R. Rep., 12. 52. Watson, King's Rep., 5. 88. — No. 159 Hall &
Harb. ; 269 Davidson ; 336 Watson ; 94 Eaton ; 103 Greene; 136 Hall ; Douglas ;
Nuttall ; Tolmie ; Pot. 3, Bourgeau ; Kuhn ; Parry.

P. Blaschkeana. Turcz. ; Lehm. in Otto's Gartenz., 9. 506 ; Ind. Sem. h.

Hamb., 1853, Add. 9 ; Revis., 107, t. 64.
P. nivea, var. Bourgeau, Palliser's Rep., 256.
P.fastigiata 1 Gray, Proc. Phil. Acad., 1863, 61.
Var. flabellifoemis. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 440. Newberry, Pac. R. R.
Rep., 6. 72. Cooper, Pac. R. R. Rep., 12. 59. Durand, Fl. Utah, 163. Watson,
King's Rep., 5. 88. — No. 1826 Brewer ; 338 Watson ; Nuttall ; Bourgeau ; Lyall ;
Spalding.

P.flabdliformis. Lehm., Nov. Stirp.,pug. 2. 12; Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 192,

568 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

t. 66; Monog. SuppL, 13, t. 6. Don's Mill., 2. 554. Hook., PI. Geyer
in Lond. Jour. Bot., 6. 220. Bourgeau, Palliser's Rep., 256.
Var. fastigiata. — No. 513 Fremont ; 203 Fendler ; 74 Stretch ; 1708 Brewer ;
337 Watson ; Nuttall ; Scouler ; Siler.

P. fastigiata. Nutt. ; Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 440. Dietr., Syn., 3. 182.

Walpers, Rep., 2. 33. Gray, PL Fendl., 42.
P. olopetala. Lehm., Revis., 78, in part.
P. concirma ? Gray, Amer. Jour. Sci., 2. 33. 411.
Var. rigida. — No. 162 Fremont; 98 Bridges; 162 Hall & Harb., in part, and
158, in part; 179 Anderson; 121 and 121a Torrey; 5036 Bolander ; 339 Wat-
son; 170 Hayden; 1144 Kell. & Harf. ; Nuttall; Spalding; Cronkhite ; Pot. 1,
Bourgeau.

P. recta? Nutt., Genera, 1. 310.

P. chrysantha. Lehm. in Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., I. 193. Don's Mill., 2. 554.
P. rigida. Nutt., Jour. Acad. Phil., 7.20. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1.440.
Walpers, Rep., 2. 33. Engelm., PL Upp. Miss., 191. Newberry, Pac. R.R.
Rep., 6. 72.
P. Nuttallii. Lehm., Ind. Sem. h. Hamb., 1852, Add. 12 ; (Ann. Sci. Nat, 3.
19. 364 ;) " Otto's Gartenz., 8. 373 " ; Revis., 89, t. 33. Watson, King's Rep.,
5. 88.
23. Potentilla Gkayi. — Nos. 9 and 4971 Bolander ; 1685 Brewer ; Gray.
9. Potentilla Hippiana. Lehm., Nov. Stirp., pug. 2. 7 ; Hook., Fl. Bor.
Am.,. 1.188, t. 64; Revis., 62. Don's Mill., 2. 558. —No. 389 Fremont; 216
Parry; 158 and 159 Hall & Harb., in part; 162 and 163 Vasey, and 172, in part;
James ; Douglas ; Nuttall ; Bourgeau; Wooclhouse ; Engelmann ; Hayden ; Greene.
P. leucophylla. Torrey, Ann. N. Y. Lye, 2. 197 ; not Pall.
P. dealbata. DougL, MS. in herb.
P. Pennsylvanica, var. Hippiana. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1.438. Torrey, Pac.

R, R. Rep., 4. 84. Gray,Proc. Phil. Acad., 1863, 6i.
P. diffusa. Torrey, Sitgreave's Rep., 159 ; not Gray.
Var. pulcherrima. — No. 104 Fremont ; 198 Fendler; 217 Parry ; 160 Hall &
Harb.; 161 and 164 Vasey; 333 and 334 Watson; Drummond; Bourgeau;
Bigelow ; Alford.

P. pulcherrima. Lehm., Nov. Stirp., pug. 2. 10 ; Hook., FL Bor. Am., 1. 190 ;

Revis., 69, t. 28. Don's Mill., 2. 556. Watson, King's Rep., 5. 87.
P. Pennsylvanica, var. pulcherrima. Torr. & Gray', Flora, 1. 438.
P. diffusa. Gray, PL Fendler ; not Willd. Torrey, Pac. R. R. Rep., 4. 84.
P. Hippiana, var. diffusa. Lehm., Ind Sem. h. Hamb., 1849, Add. 8 ; (Ann.

Sci. Nat., 3. 12. 347 ;) Revis., 62. Walpers, Ann., 2. 480.
P. rubricaulis. Bourgeau, Palliser's Rep., 256 ; not Lehm.
7. Potentilla Hookeriana. . Lehm., Ind. Sem. h. Hamb., 1849, Add. 10;
Nov. Stirp., pug. 9. 18 ; (Ann. Sci. Nat., 3. 12. 353 ;) Revis., 163, t. 55. Walpers,
Ann., 2. 509. — Bourgeau.

17. Potentilla humifusa. Nutt., Genera, 1.310. Torrey, Ann. N. Y. Lye,
2. 197. Seringe, DC. Prodr., 2. 574. — Bourgeau ; Parry; 157 Hall & Harb. ; 21
Greene.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 13, 1873. 569

P.concinna. Richardson, Frankl. 1st Voy., Appx., 20. Lehm., Monog. Suppl.,
16, t. 7 ; Nov. Stirp., pug. 2. 13 ; Hook., Fl. Bor. Am, 1. 193, t. 67 ; Revis.,
112. Don's Mill., 2.554. Ton-. & Gray, Flora, 1.443. Dietr., Syn.,
3. 1S3. Walpers, Rep., 2. 34. Bourgeau, Palliscr's Rep., 256. Gray.Amer.
•Tour. Sci., 2. 33. 411 ; Proc. Phil. Acad., 1863, 61.
P. pulchella. Spreng., Syst., 4. 199 ; not R. Br.
Tormentilla humifusd. Don's Mill., 2. 562.
P. concinna, var. humifusa. Lehm., Revis., 112.
20. Potentilla macclata. Ponrret, " Act. Toloss., 3. 316." E.Meyer, PI.
Lab., 75. Lehm., Revis., 119, with full synonomy. — Weiz ; Kane; Williams;
Rink ; Butler.

P. Salisburgensis. Haenke ; Jacq., Collect., 2. 68 ; Icon. Rar., 3. t. 490.

Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 440.
P. opaca. Pursh, Flora, 355 ; not Linn. Meyer, PI. Lab., 75. Lehm. ;
Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 191. Schlecht., Fl. Lab. in Linn., 10. 95. Torr. &
Gray, Flora, 1. 191.
P. aurea. Oerder, Fl. Dan., 1. 114; not Linn. Schrank, PI. Lab.
P. aurea, var. /3. Durand, Kane's Exped., 2. 455.
P. crocea. Hall. Hook, f., Jour. Linn. Soc., 1. 116.
33. Potextilla nemoralis. Nestler, Monog., 65. Lehm., Monog., 147,
1. 13. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 444. Ledeb., Fl. Ross., 2. 51, with synonomy.
P. procumbens. " Sibth. ; Hartm. Handb., 5 ed., 164." Lehm., Revis., 179,

with full synonomy.
P. Tormentilla. Seller in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 1. 16. 170.
18. Potentilla xivea. Linn., Spec, 499. Compare synonomy in Ledeb., Fl.
Ross., 2. 57, Lehmann, Revis., 166, and Hook, f., Distrib. Arc. PI., 325. — Vahl,
Fl. Dan., t. 1035. Pursh, Flora, 353. R. Br., Parry's 1st Voy., Appx., 277;
(Flora, 7. 2, Beilag., 8S.) Richardson, Frankl. Journ., 2 ed., Appx., 20. Scringe,
DC. Prodr., 2. 572. Cham. & Schlecht., Linnrea, 2. 21. Lehm., Monog., 73 ; Hook.,
Fl. Bor. Am., 1.95. Meyer, Fl. Lab., 74. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1.441. See,
mann, Bot. Herald, 52. Hook, f., Jour. Linn. Soc, 1. 116 and 121. Dickie, in
same, 3. Ill and 11. 33. Gray, Am. Jour. Sci., 2. 33. 411; Proc. Acad. Phil.,
1863,61. Rothrock, Fl. Alaska, 445. Watson, King's Rep., 5. 87. —No. 193
Richardson; 214, 215 Parry; 335 Watson, in part; 172 Vasey, in part; Drum-
mond ; Bourgeau ; Lyall.

Var. Vaiiliana. Seemann, Bot. Herald, 29.
P. hirsuta. Vahl ; Hornem. in " Fl. CEcon., 2 ed., 500 " ; Fl. Dan., 8. t.

1390. Seringe, DC. Prodr., 2. 573.
P. Vahliana. Lehm., Monog., 172; Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1.194; Revis.,

170, with synonomy. Seemann, Bot. Herald, 51.
P. Jamesoniana. Grev., in " Mem. Soc. Wern., 3. 417, t. 20."
P. mV«7,.var. 7. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 441. Durand, Kane's Exped.,
2. 453.
Var. macrophtlla. Lehm., Nov. Stirp., pug. 9. 57. Seringe, DC. Prodr.,
2. 571, omitting syn. Hook., Bot. Mag., t. 2982.

P. nivea. R. Br., Parry's 1st Voy., Appx., 277. Lodd., Bot. Cab., t. 460.

vol. viii. 72

570 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Var. frostrata. Lehm., Nov. Stirp., pug. 9. 69; Monog., 184; Kevis., 169.
Scringe, DC. Prodr., 2. 572.

P. prostrata. Rotboll, Skrift., 10. 453.
Var. pentaphylla. Lehm., Nov. Stirp., pug., 9. 69 ; Hook., Fl. Bor. Am.,
1. 195; Revis., 169.
Var. dissecta. — No. 335 Watson, in part.

3. Potentilla Norvegica. Linn., Spec, 449. Oeder, Fl. Dan., 1. 171.
Michx., Flora, 1.302. Ait., Hort. Kew., 2 ed., 3.279. Nestler, Monog., 66.
Elliott, Sketch, 1. 573. Lehm., Monog., 153; Revis., 198, with synonomy. Dar-
lington, Fl. Cestr., 303. Cham. & Schlecht., Linnaja, 2. 26. Hook., Fl. Bor. Am.,
1. 193. Bongard, Veg. Sitch., 132. Schlecht., Fl. Lab. in Linn., 10. 98. Torr.
& Gray, Flora, 1. 436. Ledeb., Fl. Ross., 2. 36, with synonomy. Gray, PI.
Fendl., 42. Hook., PI. Geyer in Lond. Jour. Bot, 6. 219. Engelm., PI. Upp.
Miss., 191. Seemann, Bot. Herald, 51. Cooper, Pac. R. R. Rep., 12. 43 and 59.
Chapman, Flora, 124. Bourgeau, Palliscr's Rep., 256. Gray, Manual, 154.
Watson, King's Rep., 5. 85. — No. 205 Fendler; Eschscholtz ; Bourgeau; Lyall ;
Kellogg ; Hayden ; Howard ; and others. .

P. Labradorica. Lehm., Ind. Sem. h. Hamb., 1849, Appx., 12 ; (Ann. Sci. Nat.,

3. 12. 355 ;) Nov. Stirp., pug. 9. 21 ; Revis., 201. Walpers, Ann., 2. 516.
P. millegrana and grossa. Dougl. MS.
Var. hiksuta. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 436. Lehm., Nov. Stirp., pug. 9. 75 ;
Revis., 199.

P. Monspeliensis. Linn.; Willd., Spec, 2. 1109.

P. hirsuta. Michx., Flora, 1. 302. Pursh, Flora, 353. Nestler, Monog., 67.
Lehm., Monog, 155. Spreng., Syst, 2. 540. Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 193.
Don's Mill., 2. 551.
P. Morisoni. DC, Hort. Monsp., 135. Seringe, DC. Prodr., 2. 573.
26. Potentilla palustris. Scop., Fl. Cam., 2 ed., 1. 359. Lehm., Monog.,
52; Revis., 73, with synonomy. Torrey, Flora U. S., 1. 498. Seringe, DC.
Prodr., 2. 583. Meyer, PI. Lab., 76. Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 187. Rothrock,
Fl. Alaska, 445. Gray, Manual, 155.

Comarum palustre. Linn., Spec., 502. Mull., Fl. Dan., t. 636. Michx.,

Flora, 1. 302. Pursh, Flora, 156. Nutt., Genera, 1. 311. Richardson,

Frank!. Journ., Appx., 2 ed., 12. Bigelow, Fl. Bost., 2 ed., 203. Schlecht.,

Fl. Lab. in Linn., 10.98. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1.447. Seemann, Bot.

Herald, 29. Newberry, Pac. R. R. Rep., 6. 71. Cooper, Pac. R. R. Rep.,

12. 59. Hook, f., Distrib. Arc. PI., 290. Irmisch, in Bot. Zeit., 19. 115.

Bourgeau, Palliser's Rep,, 256.

P. Comarum. Nestler, Monog., 36. Seringe, DC. Prodr., 2. 583. Cham. &

Schlecht, Linn., 2. 25. Bongard, Veg. Sitch., 132.

6. Potentilla Pennsylvania. Linn., Mant., 76. Compare synonomy in

Ledeb., Fl. Ross., 2. 40, and Lehm., Revis., 57. —Ait., Hort. Kew., 2. 214. Michx.,

Flora, 1.304. Pursh, Flora, 356. Nestler, Monog., 36. Lehm., Monog., 55;

Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 187. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 438, excl. vars. 5 and e.

Gray, PI. Fendl., 42. Cooper, Pac. R. R. Rep., 12. 43. Hook, f., Distr. Arc. PL,

290 and 325 (under P. sericea). Bourgeau, Palliser's Rep., 256. Rothrock, Fl.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 13, 1873. 571

Alaska, 445. Kegel & Herder, PL Semenov. in Bull. Soc. Mosc., 1. 474. Gray,
Manual, 154. — Nos. 68, 216 Parry; 167 Vasey ; Drummond ; Nicollet; Burke;
Pickering; Greene; Onion, Kinnicott & Hardisty.

P. Missourica. Schrad, Ind. Sem. h. Gbtt ; (Linn., 8, Litt. Ber., 26.) Lindl.,

Bot. Reg., 17. t. 1412. Don's Mill., 2. 557.

Var. strigosa. Pursh, Flora, 356. Lehra., 11. cc. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1.

438. Engelm., PI. Upp. Miss., 191. Gray, Am. Jour. Sci., 2. 33.411 ; Proc. Phil.

Acad., 1863, 61. — No. 162 Hall & Harb. ; Nuttall ; Bourgeau ; Engelmann ;

Suckley ; Kennicott.

P. peclinata. Fisch., MS.
P. holosericea. Nutt., MS., in herb.
P. absinikiifolia and rubricauJis. Dougl., MS.
Var. GLABKATA. — No. 326 Watson ; Fremont.

P. sericea, var. glabrata. Lehm.; Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 189; Revis., 34.
Don's Mill., 2. 560. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 437. Torrey, Fremont's Rep.
89. Seemann, Bot. Herald, 29.
P. Pennsylvanica. Hook & Am., Bot. Beech., 123.
P. Pennsylvania, var. strigosa. "Watson, King's Rep., 5. 86.
Var. arachnoidea. Lehm., Nov. Stirp., pug. 9. 41 ; Revis., 59.
P. arachnoidea. Dougl., MS. '

P. Pennsylvanica, var. conferta. Gray, PI. Fendl., 42, excl. syn.
Var. bipixxatifida. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1.438. Torrey, Nicollet's Rep.,
149. Hook., PL Geyer in Lond. Jour. Bot., 6. 220. Lehm., Revis , 60.

P. bipinnatijida. Dougl.; Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 188. Don's Mill., 2. 558.
P. arguta. Lehm., Monog , 62, excl. syn. ; not Pursh. Cham. & Schlecht.,

Linn., 2. 26. Spreng., Syst, 2. 534.
P. Pennsylvanica, var. arguta. Scringe, DC. Prodr., 2. 581.
13. Potentilla Plattensis. Nutt. ; Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 439. Dietr.,
Syn., 3. 187. Walpers, Rep., 2. 32. Lehm., Revis., 28, t. 6. Gray, Proc. Acad.
Phil., 1863, 61.— No. 564 Fremont; 161 Hall & Harb.; 331, 332 Watson ; 165
Vasey ; Nuttall ; Bourgeau ; Porter ; Greene.
P. campestris. Nutt., MS. in herb.
P. sericea, var. /3. Bourgeau, Palliser's Rep., 256.
? P. diversifolia, var. pinnatisecta. Watson, King's Rep., 5. 87.
8. Potextilla pulchella. R. Br., Ross's Voy., 142; Parry's Voy., SuppL,
277; (Flora, 7. 2, Beilag., 87.) Hook., Parry's 2d Voy., Appx., 395. Lehm.,
Monog., SuppL, 14. t. 7; Nov. Stirp., pug. 3. 25; Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1.191;
Revis., 36. Seringe, DC. Prodr., 2. 502. Spreng., Syst., 4. 198. Hornem., Fl.
Dan, 13. t. 2234. Don's Mill., 2. 586. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 439. Dietr.,
Syn., 3. 185. Walpers, Rep., 2. 33. Seemann, Bot. Herald, 29. Durand, Kane's
Exped., 2. 453. — Parry ; Kane ; Hayes.

P. sericea. Grev., " Mem. Soc. Wern., 3. 430."
P. Keilhavii. Sommerf., " Fl. Spitz, in Mag. Naturv., 2. 244."
4. Potextilla riyalis. Nutt. ; Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1.437. Dietr., Syn
3. 178. Walpers, Rep., 2. 31 ; Ann., 2. 515. Gray, PL Fendl., 42. " Otto's Gar
tenz., 7. 350 " ; Ind. Scm. h. Hamb., 1851, Add., 10 ; (Linniea, 25. 313.) Torrey

572 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Pac. R. R. Rep., 4. 84. Gray, Ives's Rep., 11. Bolander, Cat., 12. — No. 203
Fendler; 173 Vasey ; Nuttall; Bigelow ; Fitch.

Var. jiillegrana. — No. 122 Torrey ; 240 Anderson ; 1858 Brewer ; 324, 325
Watson ; 98 Eaton ; 169, 173 Vasey; 216 Kell. & Harf. ; Cooper.

P. millegrana. Engelm. ; Lehm., Ind. Sem. h. Hamb., 1849, Add., 11 ; (Ann.
Sci. Nat., 3. 12. 354) ; Nov. Stirp., pug. 9. 22 ; Revis., 202. Walpers, Ann.,
2. 517. "Watson, King's Rep., 5. 85.
Var. pentandra. — Engelmann.

P. pentandra. Engelm. ; Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 447. Dietr., Syn., 3. 184.
Walpers, Rep., 2. 35. Lehm., Nov. Stirp., pug. 9. 75; Revis., 197, t. 62.
5. Potentilla sdpina. Linn., Spec., 497. See synonomy in Ledeb., Fl.
Ross., 2. 36, and Lehm., Revis., 193. — Michx., Flora, 1.304. Pursh, Flora, 1.
356. Torrey, Ann. N. Y. Lye, 2. 197. Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 187; Comp.
Bot. Mag., i. 25. Nees, PI. Neuwied., 8. Maximowicz, Fl. Amur., 97. Bour-
geau, Palliser's Rep., 256. — Nuttall; Nicollet; Parry; Engelmann; Culbertson.
P.paradoxa. Nutt. ; Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1.437. Walpers, Rep., 2. 32.
Torr., Nicollet's Rep., 149 ; Bot. Mex. Bound., 64. Gray, PI. Wright., 1. 68
and 2. 55. Lehm., Nov. Stirp., pug. 9. 74 ; Revis., 194, t. 62. Engelm., PI.
Upp. Miss., 191. Cooper, Pac. R. R. Rep., 12. 43. Paine, Cat. PI. Oneida,
186. Gray, Manual, 154.
Var. Nicolletii. — 361 Nicollet.

27. Potentilla Thurberi. Gray, PI. Thurb., 318. Lebm., Ind. Sem. h.
Hamb., 1854, 10 ; (Ann. Sci. Nat., 4. 2. 376s) "Otto's Gartenz., 10.459 "; Revis.,
92. Torrey, Bot. Mex. Bound., 64. Miiller, Ann., 7. 868. —No. 1107 Tburber;
347 Bigelow ; Henry.

30. Potentilla tridentata. Aiton, Hort. Kew., 2. 216, t. 9. Vahl, Symb.
Bot., 2. 59. Michx., Flora, 1. 302. Nestler, Monog., 66. Lehm., Monog., 190 ;
Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 195 ; Revis., 22. Richardson, Frankl. Journ., Appx., 12.
Torrey, Flora U. S., 1. 495. Seringe, DC. Prodr., 2. 585. Spreng., Syst., 2. 514.
Don's Mill., 2. 552. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 445. Hook, f., in Journ. Linn. Soc,
5. S3. Durand, Kane's Exped., 2. 454. Chapman, Flora, 124. Bourgeau, Pal-
liser's Rep., 256. Matthews, Fl. Acad., 15. Gray, Manual, 124.

P. retusa. Mull., Fl. Dan., 5. t. 799. Retz, Fl. Scand., 2 ed., 123. Hornem.,
Fl. Dan., 1 1 . 1. 1875. Don's Mill., 2. 550.

Cross-Referen ces.

P. ahsinthiifoUa = P. Pennsylvanica,
var.

P. arachnoidea. =P. Pennsylvanica.

P. arguta ; P. glandulosa ; P. Pennsyl
vanica.

P. aurea; P. maculata.

P. Bigelowiana = P. arguta.

P. bipinnatijida = P. Pennsylvanica,
var.

P. Blaschkeana = P. gracilis.

P. campeslris = P . Plattensis.

P. Caroliniai)a=I>. Canadensis.

P. chrysantha = V. gracilis, var.

P. Comarum = P. palustris.

P. concinna; P. gracilis.

P. confertijlora = P. arguta.

P.crocea; P. maculata.

P. dealbata = P. Hippiana.

P. depauperata = Ivesia depauperata.

P. diffusa; P. Hippiana.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 13, 1873.

573

P. diversifolia ; P. dissecta ; P. Plat-
tensis.

P. Dnnnmondii=F. dissecta.

P. Egedii — Y. Anserina, var.

P. fastigiata ; P. gracilis.

P.ferruginea = P. arguta.

P. Jissa = P. glandulosa.

P. flabellifolia = P. gelida.

P. flabdliformis = P. gracilis, var.

P.floribunda = P. fruticosa.

P. frigida = ~P. emarginata.

P. glaucophylla = 'P. dissecta, var.

P. glutinosa = P. glandulosa.

P. gossypina = P. effusa.

P. Gra?nlandica='P. emarginata.

P. grossa = P. Norvegica.

P. hirsuta ; P. nivea ; P. Norvegica.

P. holosericea = P. Pennsylvania, var.

P. Jamesoniana='P. nivea, var.

P. Keilhavii = P. pulchella.

P. Labradorica — P. Norvegica.

P. leucochroa = P. fragiformis, var.

P. leucophyUa^'P. Hippiana.

P. lucida = P. fragiformis, var.

P. milkgrana; P. Norvegica; P. ri-
val is.

P. minima ; P. frigida.

P. Missourica — P. Pennsylvania.

P. Monspeliensis = P. Norvegica.

P. Morisoni = P. Norvegica.

P. multijuga = Horkelia California,
var.

P. nana = P. emarginata.

P. Newberryi = Ivesia gracilis.

P. nivalis, Torr. = Geum Rossii.

P. nivea; P. emarginata ; P. gracilis.

P. NuUaUii—¥. gracilis, var.

P. olopetala='P. gracilis, var.

P. opaca ; P. maculata.

P. Oregana — Y. glandulosa.

P. jmradoxa = P. supina.

P. pectinata = P. Pennsylvania, var.

P. Pennsylvania ; P. arguta ; P. Hip-
piana.

P. pentandra = P. rivalis, var.

P. procumbens ; P. nemoralis.

P. prostrata ; P. nivea.

P. pulc/iella ; P. humifusa.

P. pulcherrima = P. gracilis, var.

P. pumila = P. Canadensis.

P. reel a ; P. gracilis.

P. retusa = P. tridentata.

P. rigida ; P. gracilis, var.

P. Robbinsiana = P. frigida.

P. rubricaulis ; P. dissecta ; P. Hippi-
ana ; P. Pennsylvania.

P. rupestris — 'P. glandulosa.

P. Salisburgensis = P. maculata.

P. sarmentosa = P. Canadensis.

P. sericea ; P. Pennsylvanica ; P. Plat-
tensis ; P. pulchella.

P. simplex — P. Canadensis, var.

P. Tormentilla = P.- nemoralis.

P. Valdiana — P. nivea, var.
P. verna ; P. emarginata.
P. villosa = P. fragiformis, var.
P. Wrangelliana = P. glandulosa.

Revision of the extra-tropical North American Species of the
Genus Oenothera. — By Sereno Watson.

The limits of this genus are retained as defined in Torrey & Gray's
Flora, and by Bentham & Hooker, though Godetia and Boisduvalia
might be removed from it with apparent safety. These sections are
more nearly allied to Clarkia and Eucharidion, and are characterized
by a similar attachment of the anthers to the filament by a broad
and somewhat cordate base, by the same purple or lilac color of the
petals, which in some species become strongly lobed, and (in Godetia)
by the unusually uniform shape of the seeds, which resemble those of

514: PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

the two genera mentioned. In Boisduvalia we have also the calyx-
lobes never reflexed, and the capsule few-seeded. The supposed affinity,
however, of Godetia to JEpilobium, on account of the analogy of the
crest upon the seed of the one to the coma in the other, as held by
Spach and admitted by Lindley, can scarcely be sustained.

A few new species are added, and some that had been reduced are
restored ; but the total number is little larger than that given by Torrey
& Gray.

Synopsis of Species.

§ 1. EUCENOTHERA. Stigma-lobes linear, elongated (very short in (E. lini-
folia) ; calyx-tube linear, slightly dilated at the throat; petals never lilac or purple;
filaments nearly equal ; anthers linear, attached at the middle.

* Annual or biennial, caulescent ; flowers erect before open-
ing, yellow, the calyx tips free ; capsules sessile, coria- •
ceous, straight or nearly so ; seeds in two rows in each
cell.
■ j Flowers in a leafy spike ; capsules oblong, slightly attenu-
ate above ; seed with more or less margined angles,
nearly smooth.

Rather stout, erect, 1-5° high, usually simple ; calyx-tube

]-2.J'long; capsule | - 1' long 1. (E. biennis.

Thick and woody at base, 5- 10° high ; calyx-tube 3-5'

long; capsule 1 -2' long 2. (E. Jamesii.

1 1 Flowers in a leafy spike ; capsule linear ; seeds not mar-
gined, minutely tuberculate.

Spike rather loose and few-flowered ; calyx sparingly vil-
lous ; petals roundish 3. (E. heterophijlla.

Spike elongated, dense; calyx silky-canescent ; petals

rhombic-ovate 4. <E. rhombipetala.

t t t Flowers axillary ; capsules linear.

Pubescence dense, short, appressed; leaves J — 1' long;

capsule J— 1' long, silky; seeds smooth; fls. small . 5. (E. humifusa.

Pubescence longer and more spreading on the calyx and
ovary; lvs. J-2J' long; capsule 1-2' long; seeds ob-
scurely pitted ; fls. large 6. (E. Drummondii.

More or less strigose-pubescent, calyx and ovary subvil-

lous; capsule 1 - l£' long; seeds strongly pitted . . 7. (E. sinuata.

* * Annual or perennial, caulescent ; flowers nodding in the
bud, white turning rose-color ; capsules sessile, mostly
linear ; seeds in a single row.

Annual or biennial ; calyx-tips not free, throat naked ;

seeds oval, not angled, finely pitted .... 8. (E. pinnatifida.

Annual ; calyx very villous ; the tips not free, throat
naked ; seeds smooth, lance-linear .... 9. (E. trichocalyx.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 13, 1873.

575

* *

Perennial; calyx-tips free, throat naked; seeds smooth,
lanee-linear

Perennial ; calyx-tips short, free, throat very villous ; cap-
sule oblong; seeds ovate, angled, tuberculate
Annual to perennial, caulescent ; capsules obovate or cla-
vate, often pedicelled, quadrangular, the valves ribbed
and the angles more or less strongly winged (except in
(E. linifolia).
t Flowers yellow, erect in the bud.

Leaves linear-filiform, numerous ; petals 1 -3" long ; stig-
mas short; capsules 2-3" long, sessile .

Leaves linear to oblanccolate, entire; fls. axillary, small ;
capsules pubescent, nearly sessile, slightly winged ;
Texan

Leaves narrowly oblanceolate, entire ; fls. loosely spiked,
small ; capsule glabrous, sessile or shortly pedicelled,
slightly winged

Leaves ovate to linear, mostly denticulate ; fls. subco-
rymbed, mostly £-1' long; capsule strongly winged,
subsessile or short pedicelled

Glabrous, subglaucous ; leaves ovate to ovate-oblong ; fls.
larger, corymbose ; capsule very broadly winged .
1 1 Flowers white or purple, nodding in the bud.

Calyx-tube as long as the ovary ; petals white, large, ob-
cordate .........

Calyx-tube shorter than the ovary ; petals purple, small,

entire

* * * * Acaulescent or nearly so ; flowers white or rose-color,
erect in the bud ; capsule ovate or ovate-oblong, obtuse-
ly or sharply angled, mostly sessile, large and rigid.

Capsule oblong, ribbed, often doubly crested on the angles ;
calyx-tube 2 -7' long; petals | - 1^' long

Capsule ovoid-conical, not crested, scarcely angled, net-
veined ; calyx-tube 1 -2' long ; petals 4 - 9" long

Capsule ovate, persistent, strongly winged, net-veined ;
calyx-tips free, the tube 2 -4' long; petals i- 1' long .

Capsule ovate, winged, more or less corky, smooth ; calyx-
tube 2-4' long ; petals 1 1' long, purplish ; seed-testa
thickened

Capsule 1 - H' long, more attenuate upward, smooth, not
corky ; seed-testa not thickened .....
***** Caulescent perennials ; flowers axillary, yellow ex-
cept in CE. canescens, calyx slightly dilated ; capsule
ovate to orbicular, strongly angled or broadly winged.

Low ; capsule ovate, 3 - 4'' long, angled ; petals white and
rose-color, 6" long ; calyx-tube 6 - 8" long .

10. CE. albicaulis.

1 1 . CE. coronopifolia.

12. CE. linifolia.

13. CE. Spachiana.

14. CE. pumila

15. CE. fruticosa.
16. CE.glauca.

17. CE. speciosa.
18. CE. rosea.

19. CE. cozspitosa.

20. CE. primiveris.

21. CE. triloba.

22. CE. brackycaipa.
23. CE. Wrightii.

24. CE. canescens.

576 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Low ; capsule very silky, 8" long, very broadly winged ;
calyx-tube 1-2' long; petals h-l' long; seed not
crested 25. (E. Fremontii.

Capsule 1-3' long, with wings nearly as broad ; calyx-tube
2-5' long ; petals 1-2^' long ; seeds strongly crest-
ed 26. (E. Missouriensis.

Glabrous ; leaves ciliate, entire ; calyx-tube 4-5' long ;
petals 1 -1 y long 27. (E. tnicrosceles.

§ 2. TARAXIA. Stigma capitate ; calyx-tube filiform, persistent ; anthers
attached at the middle, oblong ; capsules sessile, linear to ovate, winged above in
(E. grac'diflora ; seeds in two rows. Mostly perennial and acaulescent ; flowers yel-
low, erect in the bud.

Subpubescent; lvs. deeply pinnatifid ; calyx-tube 3-6"

long ; petals 3" long 28. (E. breviflora.

More densely pubescent; lvs. deeply pinnatifid; calyx-
tube 1 -2^ long ; petals 5 - 7" long .... 29. (E. Nuttalli.
Glabrous; leaves lanceolate, nearly entire; calyx-tube

1 - 3' long 30. (E. heterantha.

Subpubescent; leaves often ovate, ciliate; filaments nearly

equal; calyx-tube 1 -4' long ... .31. (E. ovata.

Annual, small, hirsute ; leaves linear, ciliate ; calyx-tube

| - H' long ; capsule truncately winged above, 5" long . 32. (E. graciliflora.

§ 3. MERIOLIX. Stigma discoid ; calyx-tube more broadly dilated above ;
anthers oblong-linear, attached at the middle; capsule mostly sessile, linear-cylin-
dric. Mostly perennial, somewhat woody, with axillary yellow flowers, erect in
the bud.

Leaves numerous, linear to lanceolate, mostly entire ; ca-
lyx-tube 1-2' long, the tips free and linear; petals
4-12" long; capsule 8-10" long .... 33. <E. Hartwegi.

Shrubby and diffuse; lvs. ovate to oblong, 1-3" long;

fls. smaller; capsules ^ long 34. (E. Greggii.

Leaves linear to oblong-lanceolate, entire; calyx-tube 4- 7"
long, the free tips short ; petals 4 - 5" long ; capsules

4- 7" long, subpedicellate 35. (E. tubicula.

Leaves linear to lanceolate, denticulate ; the free calyx-tips

short ; capsules 9-15" long 36. (E. serrulata.

§ 4. SPHiERO STIGMA. Stigma capitate; calyx-tube obconic or short-
funnelform ; anthers oblong, attached at the middle ; capsule linear, sessile, attenu-
ated above, curved and contorted. Annuals or biennials, with usually crowded
bracteate or leafy spikes.

* Flowers white or ^rose-colored, in a nodding spike ; cap-
sule narrowly linear, terete, much contorted.
i Canescently puberulent ; leaves oblanceolate or oblong-
lanceolate, entire or nearly so ; capsule 8-12" long, very
slender, scarcely thicker at base 37. (E. alyssoides.

OP ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 13, 1873. 577

Viscidly pubescent ; leaves ovate, short-petioleol, denticu-
late ; capsule 6-9" long, linear-fusiform ... 38. (E. Boothii.

Glabrous ; spike nearly erect ; leaves lanceolate or nai--
rowly oblanceolate, usually denticulate; capsule 8- 15"
long, linear- fusiform 39. (E. gaurceflora.

* * Flowers yellow, turning green ; stems leafy throughout ;

capsules linear, tetragonal, more or less contorted.
Canescently pubescent or rarely glabrous ; lvs. thick,

mostly entire ; capsules 4 - 8" long ; maritime . 40. (E. cheiranthifolia.
Somewhat hirsute ; leaves denticulate ; petals 4-7" long,

capsules i - 1 i' long 41. (E. bistortia.

Somewhat hirsute; petals 1-2" long; capsules 8-15"

long 42. (E. micrantha.

* * * Flowers small, yellow, usually turning red ; capsule very

narrowly linear, subterete, slightly curved.
Subviscidly puberulent ; leaves lanceolate; petals 1"

long 43. (E. chamcEnerioides.

More or less hirsute ; leaves linear ; petals 2 - 4" long,

rarely reddening ; capsules narrowly beaked . . 44. (E. dentata.

Appressed puberulent or hirsute ; leaves linear or lanceo-
late ; petals 1 - 2" long, usually reddening ; capsules

scarcely beaked, often short-pedicelled . . . . 45. (E. strigulosa.
**** Dwarf; flowers yellow, minute; capsule fusiform.

Canescently puberulent ; capsules 3 - 6" long . . 46. (E. andina.

§ 5. CHYLTSMIA. As in § 4, but capsules linear to clavate, pedicelled and
obtuse ; caulescent annuals.
* Racemes loose, naked, mostly few-flowered ; seeds oblong-
lanceolate.
Puberulent or nearly glabrous ; leaves low on the stem,
usually lyrately pinnatifid; calyx-tips not free; cap-
sule 4-12" long 47. (E. scapoidea.

Villous, not puberulent ; leaves the same ; calyx-tips free,

thick ; capsules 1-3' long 48. (E. breuipes.

Canescently hirsute ; leaves scattered, simple, cordate or

ovate ; capsules short-pedicelled 49. (E. cardiophyUa.

Glabrous ; leaves pinnate with many nearly equal leaflets ;
calyx-tube very short, tips not free . . . 50. (E. multijuga.

* * Flowers leafy -bracted, very small ; seeds oblong, deeply

concave on the inner side.
Dwarf, few-flowered, somewhat hispid . . . . 51. (E. pterosperma.

§ 6. GODETIA. Stigma-lobes short, linear to ovate ; calyx-tube obconic or
short-funnelform ; petals purple to rose-color ; anthers oblong, fixed near the base,
the petaline filaments shortest ; capsule ovate to linear ; seeds in one row, horizon-
tal, angled, crested above.

VOL. VIII. 73

578

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

53. CE. purpurea.

54. CE. lepida.

55. CE. albescens.

* Capsule ovate to oblong, sessile ; stems leafy ; flowers in
a strict mostly compact spike, erect in the bud.

Fls. crowded, large; petals 1-2' long; stigmas linear;

capsule 8-15" long, short-pubescent, not costate . . 52. CE. grandijlora.

Fls. mostly in a terminal cluster ; petals 4 - 6'' long ; stig-
ma-lobes very short; capsule 6-9" long, hairy, not
costate

Fls. in a short simple spike; petals 3-12" long ; stigma-
lobes very short ; capsule bicostate upon at least the
alternate sides

Fls. small in numerous lateral spikelets, mostly in a crowd-
ed compound spike ; capsule with at least the alternate

sides bicostate, 3-6" long

* * Capsule linear ; flowers scattered in a loose slender spike
or raceme, nodding in the bud ; stems less leafy.
t Capsules sessile.

Calyx villous, tube funnelform, tips free ; capsules 8-cos-
tate, puberulent ; stigma yellow 56. CE. Williamsoni.

Ovary and capsule hairy ; capsule mostly short, not cos-
tate ; petals 3 - 6" long ; stigma yellow . . 57 '. CE '. quadrivulnera.

Capsule puberulent, 8-12" long, not costate, petals 3 - 5"
long ; stigma purple

Stouter; petals 9-12" long; capsule 8-costate, smooth-
ish

Ovary densely pubescent ; style not exserted from the
calyx-tube ; filaments shoi't ; capsule with prominent

sutures 60. CE. Romanzovii.

1 1 Capsule pedicelled, not costate ; stigma mostly yellow.

Capsule 1 - 1 \' long, attenuate each way ; petals 8-15"
long; anthers purple ; stigma-lobes 1^" long

Subglabrous; capsule 10-15" long, long-pedicelled; pet-
als 6-12" long ; stigma-lobes short ; lvs. often repand-
dentate ; S. California

Tomentosely puberulent; capsule 6-14" long, short-
pedicelled ; petals 3 - 6" long ; stigma-lobes short

Calyx and ovary glandularly pubescent; capsule 4-9"
long, abrupt at base ; stigma-lobes linear

Puberulent ; capsule abrupt at base, short-pedicelled ; pet-
als 2-lobed 65. CE. biloba.

58. CE. tenella.

59. CE. viminea.

61. CE. amcena.

62. CE. Bottce.

63. CE. epilobioides.

64. CE. hispidula.

§7. BOISDUVALIA. Stigma-lobes short; calyx funnelform, the segments
erect ; petals 2-lobed, small, purple to white ; anthers short ; capsule ovate-oblong to
linear-cylindric, nearly terete, thin, erect, sessile; seeds few, smooth, ovate-oblong;
erect annuals.

Spike usually close and compound ; floral bracts usually
unlike the leaves ; petals 3 - 6" long ; capsule ovate-

oblong, 2 - 4" long ; seeds 1" long ; placenta large

66. CE. densiflora.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 13, 1873. 579

Spike simple ; floral and cauline leaves similar; fls. very-
small ; capsule linear, 4 - 6" long ; seeds smaller . . 67. CE. Torreyi.

Glabrous ; spike simple ; leaves uniform ; capsules ovate-
oblong, 2-4" long ; placenta narrow .... 68. <E. glabella.

§ 1. EUCENOTHERA, Torr. & Gray. Lobes of the stigma
linear, mostly elongated ; tube of the calyx linear, slightly dilated
at the throat ; petals mostly flabelliform, obcordate or obovate,
never lilac or purple ; filaments nearly equal, often declined ; an-
thers linear or linear-oblong, attached at the middle, versatile.

* Annual or biennial caulescent herbs ; flowers erect before open-
ing, yellow, usually turning to rose-color, nocturnal ; tips of the
calyx-segments free in the bud ; capsule sessile, coriaceous, straight
or nearly so, subtetragonal, the valves somewhat ribbed ; seeds in
two rows in each cell. — Onagra, Tourn.

t Flowers in a leafy spike ; capsule stout, oblong, slightly tapering
above ; seeds oblong, angled, nearly smooth, the angles more or
less margined.

1. CE. biennis, L. Erect, usually stout and mostly simple, 1 - 5°
high, canescently puberulent and more or less hirsute or strigose ;
leaves lanceolate to oblong- or rarely ovate-lanceolate, 2-6' long,
acute or acuminate, repandly denticulate, the lowest petioled ; calyx-
tube rather slender, 1 - iy long ; petals \ — § ' long ; capsule more or less
pubescent or hirsute, 3" broad, 9 -12" long; seeds nearly 1" long. —
From lat. 56° to the Gulf, Texas, Nevada, and Oregon. The more
strigose form is CE. mitricata, Murr. ; the more softly pubescent is
CE. Oakesiana. The hairs often arise from a purple base.

Yar. grandiflora, Lindl. Petals equalling the calyx-tube, 1 - 2J'
long. — Of equal range, but less common eastward. The broader
leaved form is CE. Lamarckiana, Ser.

Var. niRSUTissniA, Gray. ( CE. Hookeri, Torr. & Gray.) Resem-
bling var. grandiflora, but more hirsute, especially upon the ovary. —
From New Mexico to California.

Var. cruciata, Torr. & Gray. Flowers small, the petals very
narrow or wholly wanting. An eastern form.

2. CE. Jamesii, Torr. & Gray. Resembling the last, but much
stouter and larger flowered. Stem 5-10° high, becoming thick and
woody at base ; pubescence appressed, canescently puberulent, with scat-
tered substrigose hairs ; spike becoming rather loose ; calyx-tube rather
thick, 3-5' long ; petals very broad, H - 2\' long ; capsule 1-2' long-

580 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

— On stream banks, from Western Texas to Southern Utah and
Eastern Arizona.

t t Flowers in a leafy spike; capsule linear, f-l'long, 1 — 1^",
thick ; seeds oblong, the angles not margined, minutely tubercu-
late. Erect, 1-2° high; leaves 2-3' long; calyx-tube slender,
1- IV long.

3. CE. heterophylla, Spach. ( (E. btfrons, Don.) Often branched
above ; pubescence usually sparse, strigose or hirsute, mostly subap-
pressed ; leaves lanceolate, acute, the lower attenuate at base, and occa-
sionally sinuate-pinnatifid, the upper repand-denticulate, the uppermost
oblong- to ovate-lanceolate, or subcordate ; spike rather loose and few-
flowered ; calyx villous with scattered, spreading hairs ; petals 8 - 12'
long, roundish, obtuse or subacute. — Texas.

4. CE. rhombipetala, Nutt. Rarely branching, appressed-puberu-
lent and subcanescent ; leaves narrowly lanceolate, acuminate, denticu-
late, the lowest attenuate to a petiole and rarely pinnatifid, diminish-
ing upwards into the close, elongated, conspicuously bracted spike, the
uppermost often subcordate ; calyx-tube very slender, the segments ca-
nescent with short, close, appressed hairs ; petals rhombic-ovate, 6-10"
long, acute or acutish ; filaments and elongated style filiform. — From
Illinois to Minnesota, Kansas, and the Indian Territory.

t t t Flowers axillary ; capsules linear, 1 — iy thick.

5. (E. humifusa, Nutt. Stems decumbent or ascending, \ -2°
long ; pubescence dense, canescent, short, appressed ; leaves narrowly
lanceolate or oblanceolate, \ - V long, acute, sparingly repand-dentate
or entire, the radical leaves pinnatifid ; calyx-tube 1' long or moi'e, two
to three times longer than the petals, the free tips of the segments short ;
capsule ^-1' long, silky ; seeds oblong, somewhat angular, smooth. —
On the sea-coast from Cape May to Cape Florida.

6. CE. Drummondii, Hook. Stems decumbent or ascending, 1 -2°
long, simple or branched ; pubescence more or less dense, short, stri-
gose, appressed, longer and more spreading on the calyx and ovary ;
leaves oblong-lanceolate or oblanceolate, \ — 2V long, acute, attenuate
to the base, entire or sparingly repand-denticulate, or subsinuate-toothed
at base ; calyx-tube 1-2' long, rather thick, equalling or a little exceed-
ing the petals ; capsule 1 - 2\' long ; seeds oblong or oval, very obscure-
ly angled and obscurely pitted. — Coast of Texas. 35 xantus, a
densely white-tomentose specimen from Cape St. Lucas, Lower Cali-

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 13, 1873. 581

fornia, is perhaps to be referred here, rather than to CE. humifusa,
having the larger flower and elongated capsule, but with a larger, erect
seed (I" long), very nearly smooth, and the calyx and ovary not villous.

7. CE. SINUATA, L. Stems ascending or decumbent, simple or
branched, about 1° high or more ; more or less strigose-pubescent and
puberulent ; leaves oblong or lanceolate, 1-2' long, sinuately toothed or
often pinnatifid, the lower petioled ; calyx and ovary subvillous, the
slender tube J - \\' long ; petals G - 9" long; capsule 1 - \\' long ; seeds
oblong, subangled, strongly pitted. — From New Jersey to Florida, the
Indian Territory, Texas, and Mexico ; Peru. CE. laciniata, Hill, is the
older name, but less appropriate. CE. prostrata, Ruiz & Pav., is the
same.

Yar. MINIMA, Nutt., is a slender, reduced form, 1-flowered, often
nearly glabrous.

Var. hirsuta, Torr. & Gray. Densely hirsute, with appressed
and spreading hairs ; seeds less strongly pitted.

Var. graxdiflora. Flowers larger, the petals 1 - \\' long ; stems
often decumbent. — Texas. Distinguished from CE.pinnatiJida by the
yellow flowers erect before opening, the free calyx-tips, and the more
oblong and angled seeds.

* * Annual or perennial caulescent herbs ; flowers axillary, mostly
large, nodding in the bud, white becoming rose-color, diurnal ; cap-
sules mostly linear, subtetragonal, sessile ; seeds ascending in a sin-
gle row in each cell. — Anogra, Spach.

8. CE. pixxatifida, Nutt. Annual or biennial ; stem decumbent at
base and diffusely branched, or subsimple and erect, 3 — 12' high ; canes-
cently puberulent or subhirsute ; leaves oblanceolate or linear-lanceo-
late, 1 - 3' long, mostly deeply sinuate-pinnatifid with linear lobes, the
lower spatulate and long-petioled, less deeply pinnatifid or entire ; ca-
lyx-tube rather slender, equalling or a little shorter than the petals, the
segments subvillous, tips not free, throat naked ; petals emarginate,
f -1^' long; capsules linear, 1 - H'long, 1 - lh" wide, submembranous,
more or less puberulent, erect or curved ; seeds oval, apiculate, not an-
gled, finely pitted. — East of the Rocky Mts., from Dakotah to the
Indian Territory and New Mexico ; Sonora.

9. CE. trichocalyx, Nutt. Annual; stem mostly stout, h-l°
high, erect or decumbent at base, simple or branched, white and shin-
ing ; glabrous or canescently puberulent or subvillous ; leaves linear to

582 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

oblong-lanceolate or rhomboidal, 2-4' long, acute or acuminate, atten-
uate into a long petiole, repandly denticulate or sinuate-pinnatifid with
irregularly unequal segments, or the lowest entire ; calyx very villous, the
bud obtuse, the tube slender, £-l£' long, throat naked ; petals about
equalling the tube, very broad, entire or deeply sinused ; capsule linear,
tapering upward, 1-2' long, 1 - 3" thick at the rigid and often contort-
ed base ; seeds lance-linear, smooth, §" long, subangled. — From
Western Wyoming to N. Eastern California, and on the eastern side
of the Sierra to Arizona and New Mexico.

10. (E. albicaulis, Nutt. Stems from a perennial subterranean
rootstock, erect, £-4° high, simple or branched, white and often shred-
dy ; glabrous or puberulent ; leaves linear to oblong-lanceolate, 1-8'
long, sessile or attenuate at base or abruptly petioled, entire or repand-
denticulate, or sinuate-pinnatifid toward the base ; calyx with the tips
of the segments free, the tube rather slender, § - V long, throat naked ;
petals equalling or somewhat shorter than the tube, suborbicular, en-
tire or emarginate ; capsule and seed as in the last. — A very variable
species. From the Saskatchewan to Washington Territory, and east-
ward of the Sierra to Sonpra and New Mexico.

Var. runcinata, Engelm. Canescently puberulent, erect, diffusely
branched ; leaves narrowly lanceolate, coarsely dentate or sinuately pin-
natifid the whole length. — New Mexico.

Var. Californica. Weak and decumbent, densely hoary-pubes-
cent with short, appressed, strigose hairs, and more or less villous ;
leaves lanceolate, repand-denticulate or sinuate-pinnatifid ; flowers
large, 2 - 3' in diameter. — California ; not collected in fruit, and per-
haps distinct.

Var. brevifolia, Engelm. Very glabrous, erect, much branched ;
leaves broadly ovate, sessile, coarsely dentate, acutish or obtuse, 4 - 6"
long, dark green. — Collected only by Wislizenus (99) on sand-hills,
south of El Paso in New Mexico.

Var. trichocalyx, Engelm. Canescently hirsute, erect, sparingly
branched ; leaves lanceolate or lance-oblong, sessile, with a broad, trun-
cate base, sinuate-dentate. — Also collected only by Wislizenus (473)
at Las Vegas in New Mexico.

11. CE. coronofifolia, Torr. & Gray. Stems from a perennial
subterranean rootstock, erect, J- - 1£° high, branched ; canescently pu-
berulent, often more or less hispid ; leaves narrowly oblanceolate, 1-2'
long, sinuately pinnatifid or more usually pectinate-pinnatifid, the linear

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 13, 1873. 583

segments as broad as the raehis ; calyx-segments with short, free tips,
the tube 4' long, with the throat densely villous ; petals 4 - 8" long ;
capsule oblong or linear-oblong, pubescent, 3 - 9" long, 2" or more
broad ; seeds large, ovate and angled, tuberculate-costate, subapiculate,
%" long. — From Nebraska to the Uintas, and southward to New
Mexico.

* * * Annual to perennial caulescent herbs ; flowers " mostly diur-
nal " ; calyx-tube linear, the throat a little expanded ; capsule obo-
vate or clavate, often pedicelled, quadrangular, the ribs prominent,
and the angles more or less prominently winged (except in (E. lini-
. folia), rather cartilaginous and rigid, the dissepiments often evan-
escent ; seeds in double rows, small, oblong, angled. — (Enotherium,
Seringe.

f Flowers yellow, erect in the bud. — Kneiffia, Spach.

12. CE. lixifolia, Michx. Annual or biennial, erect, very slen-
der, simple or diffuse, 6- 15' high, glabrous, the branchlets and capsules
puberulent ; radical leaves oblanceolate, the cauline linear-filiform,
£ — 1' long, numerous and fascicled; spike loosely flowered, the bracts
short, ovate to lanceolate; calyx-tube \ -!"• long, slender, shorter than
the ovary ; petals 1 - 3" long ; stigmas short ; capsules sessile, obovate,
obtuse, 2 - 8" long, not winged ; seeds smooth. — From the Indian Ter-
ritory to Louisiana and Texas.

13. CE. Spachiana, Torr. & Gray. Annual, erect, simple or
branched, G - 15' high, puberulent ; leaves linear to oblanceolate, 1-2'
long, obtuse, entire ; flowers axillary ; calyx-tube 3 - 4" long, nearly
equalling the petals ; capsules pubescent, 5 - 7" long, obovate-clavate,
with a slender base, prominently ribbed, slightly winged towards the
apex ; seeds smooth. — Texas.

14. CE. pumila, L. Closely resembling the last. Biennial, puber-
ulent ; stems ascending, 1-2° high ; leaves mostly glabrous, entire, the
radical spatulate, the cauline narrowly oblanceolate ; spike loose, leafy ;
capsule glabrous, sessile or on a'short pedicel. — From New England
and Canada to the Saskatchewan, and southward to New Jersey, " and in
the mountains to Georgia." (E. chrysantha must be referred here.

15. CE. fruticosa, L. Biennial or perennial, erect, simple or
branching above, often tall and rather stout, 1-3° high, villous-pu-
bescent, puberulent or nearly glabrous ; leaves ovate to narrowly lan-
ceolate, 1 -3' long, usually acute, mostly repandly denticulate, sessile

584 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

or shortly petioled ; flowers in close, repeated,. leafy corymbs, or in a
loose raceme; bracts linear; calyx-tube slender, 5 — 12" long ; petals
f - 1' long ; capsule obovate to clavate-oblong, 2 - 5" long, more or less
attenuate to the base, subsessile or with a pedicel shorter than the cap-
sule, prominently ribbed and strongly winged, glabrous or pubescent,
seeds very minutely tuberculate. — From Canada to Illinois, and south-
ward to Florida and Louisiana. Very variable in the amount and char-
acter of the pubescence, in foliage, inflorescence, and size of the flowers.

Var. ambigda, Torr. & Gray, may perhaps be distinguished as a
smaller flowered form, the petals 2 - 8" long, and with narrower lan-
ceolate to linear leaves.

Var. linearis. ( (E. linearis, Michx.) Rather sparsely pubescent or
shortly villous ; leaves linear to narrowly lanceolate, remotely repand-
denticulate or entire ; capsule about equalling or usually shorter than
the pedicel, pubescent or glabrous, rather less broadly winged. —
Atlantic States, from Connecticut to Florida and Louisiana. It seems
impossible to maintain this as a distinct species.

To this must also be referred (E. riparia, Nutt., with nearly glabrous,
obscurely denticulate leaves, slightly hairy only on the margin and
veins, as occasionally occurs in the typical form of the species. In
Nu Wall's original specimens the capsules are exactly as in (E. fruticosa,
and short-pedicelled. In other specimens the length of the pedicel is
quite variable.

Var. humifusa, Allen. Perennial, low, decumbent or ascending,
somewhat woody at base, diffusely branched, minutely appressed-pubes-
cent ; branches slender, flexuous ; leaves linear to oblanceolate, \- 1^'
long ; petals 4 - 8" long ; capsules pubescent, about equalling the pedi-
cel, — Suffolk County, Long Island. A remarkable form, strongly
marked in its habit.

16. CE. glauca, Michx. Perennial, erect, 2-3° high, branching
above, glabrous, subglaucous ; leaves ovate to ovate-oblong, 2-4' long,
acute or obtusish, sessile, repand-denticulate ; flowers in short, leafy
corymbs ; calyx-tube 6 - 10" long ; petals 9 - 15" long, emarginate ; cap-
sule glabrous, ovoid-oblong, 4 - 5" long, very broadly winged, usually
very abruptly attenuate into a pedicel, equalling or shorter than the
capsule. — In the mountains of Virginia and Kentucky, and southward
to Northern Alabama.

t t Flowers white or purple, nodding in the bud, few in a loose

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 13, 1873. 585

spike ; capsule clavate-obovate, strongly 8-ribbed, rigid, sessile. —
Xylopleurum, Spa'ch.

17. CE. speciosa, Nutt. Stems from a perennial subterranean
rootstock, erect or ascending, or subdecumbent, \ — 2° high, branching ;
puberulent or canescently pubescent, rarely subvillous ; leaves oblong-
lanceolate to linear, 1-4' long, acute, attenuate at base, repand-denticu-
late, sinuate-dentate, or more or less deeply sinuate-pinnatifid, espe-
cially at base, or the lower lyrately pinnatifid ; calyx-tube rather thick,
4 - 8" long, a little exceeding the ovary ; petals f - \\' long, white or
rose-color, broadly obcordate or emarginate ; capsule 7 - 9" long, acute
above, attenuate below into a terete or subangled base of half its length,
nearly equally 8-costate by the thickened angles and prominent rihs ;
seeds very small, angled, scarcely tuberculate under a strong microscope.
— From Kansas to Southern Texas.

18. CE. rosea, Ait. Biennial or perennial, puberulent ; stems as-
cending, 1-2° high, branching from the base ; leaves lanceolate, 1 — 2'
long, acute or acuminate, attenuate to a petiole, repandly denticulate or
entire, frequently sinuate-pinnatifid toward the base ; calyx-tube slen-
der, 2 - A" long, shorter than the ovary ; petals purple or rose-color,
abouj equalling the tube, rounded, entire ; capsule as in the last, but
seeds smoother. — From New Mexico and Arizona to Mexico ; Peru.

* * * * Acaulescent or nearly so, mostly perennial ; flowers axillary,
erect in the bud, white or rose-color ; calyx-tube elongated, some,
what dilated at the throat ; capsule ovate or ovate-oblong, large
and rigid, obtusely tetragonal or sharply angled, mostly sessile ;
seeds large, horizontal. — Pachylophis (and Lavauxia in part),
Spach.

19. CE. CiESPiTOSA, Nutt. Biennial or perennial, acaulescent or
with a suberect stem, 2-6' high, glabrous or more or less villous with
spreading, subscabrous hairs ; leaves oblong to narrowly lanceolate,
2-12' long, attenuate to a long petiole, acuminate or acute, sometimes
spatulate, irregularly sinuate-toothed or pinnatifid- or repand-denticu-
late ; calyx-tube 2-7' long, thick, 3 - 6" wide at the throat, the tips of
the segments not free in the bud ; petals broadly obcordate, £ - If
long ; capsules oblong, 1 - 2}/ long, 3 - 6" thick, subattenuate at each
end, sessile or short-pedicelled, strongly ribbed on the sides and often
with a double crest along the sutures ; seeds \\" long, in two rows in
each cell, oval-oblong, not angled, very minutely and densely tubercled

VOL. VIII. 74

586 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

upon the back with thin, flattened processes, and with a narrow, lon-
gitudinal furrow on the ventral side. — From "the Upper Missouri to
Nebraska, Nevada, New Mexico, and Sonora. The typical, wholly gla-
brous form appears to be found only on the Upper Missouri in Dako-
tah and Nebraska.

20. CE. primiveris, Gray. Annual or biennial, acaulescent or
nearly so, often very small, more or less villous with spreading, substri-
gose hairs ; leaves 1 — 4' long, lyrate-pinnatifid or the lower oblanceo-
late and entire, narrowed into a petiole ; calyx-tube 1 — 2' long, slender,
slightly dilated at the throat ; petals obcordate, 4-9' long ; capsule
ovoid-conical, not crested nor angled, ribbed and reticulately veined ;
seeds as in the last, but irregularly pitted, or rugose and very minute-
ly tuberculate. — Western Texas and New Mexico.

21. CE. triloba, Nutt. Biennial or perennial, very rarely with a
stem 1-2' long, nearly glabrous ; leaves 2 - 10' long, somewhat ciliate,
long-petioled, runcinate-pinnatifid or oblanceolate and only sinuately
toothed, the segments usually repandly denticulate ; calyx-tube slender,
2-4' long, slightly dilated at the throat, the tips of the segments free ;
petals broadly obovate, | — 1' long, subentire, 3-nerved ; capsules per-
sistent, oval or obovate, § - If long, acutely 4-toothed at the apex,
strongly winged at the angles, the sides ribbed and reticulately veined ;
seeds 1" long, angled, minutely and densely tuberculate. — From the
Saskatchewan to Nevada and California, and southward to Texas, New
Mexico, and Sonora.

22. CE. brachycarpa, Gray, Perennial, acaulescent or nearly
so ; pubescence canescent, short, usually dense, subtomentose ; leaves
rather thick, ovate to linear-lanceolate, 3 - 8' long, long-petioled, usually
lyrately pinnatifid, the lower, or sometimes all, entire or more or less
deeply sinuate-toothed ; calyx-tube 2-4' long, thick, somewhat dilated
upward ; petals H' long, broadly obcordate or entire, more or less pur-
plish from the fir^t ; capsule ovate, 8-12" long, |' broad, subattenuate
upwards and subcompressed, rigid and coriaceous or corky, the angles
winged, the sides smooth ; seeds in two rows (or sometimes but one) in
each cell, \\" long, with a thickened corky testa, strongly angled, crest-
ed at the summit, minutely tuberculate, somewhat rugose transversely at
the base. — New Mexico. Flowering specimens, belonging either to
this species or the next, have been collected in Western Texas and
through Nevada to Montana.

23. CE. Wrightii, Gray. Distinguishable from the last only by the

OF AKTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 13. 1873. 587

characters of the capsule, which is 1 - 1 |' long, more attenuated up-
wards, membranous-coriaceous and not corky. The seeds as known
are imperfectly developed, but show little difference except in the
want of the corky testa. As the fruit of CE. brachycarpa is variable in
these respects, it is probable that this may be only a form of that
species. There may prove to be a distinguishing character, however, in
the calyx, — the bud close and obtuse in CE. Wrightii, acuminate and
with free, slender tips in CE. brachycarpa. — New Mexico.

***** Caulescent perennials ; flowers axillary, yellow, except
in CE. canescens ; calyx-tube slightly dilated upwards; capsule
short-pedicelled or sessile, ovate to orbicular, strongly angled or
very broadly winged ; seeds in one row in the cells. — Mega-
pterium, Spach.

24. CE. canescens, Torr. Low, diffuse, £° high ; stems ascending
or subdecumbent, leafy to the summit ; pubescence canescent, minute,
substrigose, appressed ; leaves numerous, linear to narrowly lanceolate,
3 - 6" long, entire or sparingly toothed ; flowers near the ends of the
branches ; calyx-tube rather stout, 6 - 8" long, the tips of the segments
not free in the bud ; petals broadly obovate, entire, y long, white, spotted
and tinged with rose-color; capsule ovate, 3 - 4" long, sessile, acute, prom-
inently angled, not strongly ribbed ; seeds oblong, acute, angled, very
nearly smooth. — From the upper waters of the Platte to New Mexico.
The section Gauropsis was proposed by Dr. Torrey for this species,
but the color of the flowers is the only prominent distinction.

25. CE. Fremontii. Stems low and tufted, 2-6' high, simple, ascend
ing ; pubescence canescent, short and silky, dense and appressed ; leaves
narrowly lanceolate, 2' long, acuminate, attenuate to a slender petiole,
entire or obscurely denticulate ; flowers below the ends of the branches ;
calyx-tube slender, 1 - 2' long, the segment-tips free in the bud ; petals
emarginate, \-V long ; capsules 8" long by % wide, very broadly
winged, rounded and not emarginate at the apex, on pedicels 1" long
or less, densely canescently silky ; seeds 4 - 5 in each cell, oblong-ovate,
not crested nor tuberculate. — Collected by Fremont on his second ex-
pedition (locality not given), by Dr. Bigelow (363) on the Mexican
Boundary Survey at Santa Barbara in the Rio Grande Valley, and by
Dr. Parry on dry, chalky hillsides near Smoky Hill, Kansas.

26. CE. Missouriensis, Sims. Stems decumbent or ascending:,
simple or somewhat branched, very short or 1° or more long and sub-

588 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

woody at base ; pubescence canescent, short and silky, closely ap-
pressed, sometimes dense or wholly wanting ; leaves thick, oval to
linear, mostly narrowly lanceolate, 2-5' long, acuminate, attenuate
to a usually slender petiole, entire or repand-denticulate ; calyx-tube
rather thick, 2-5' long, the segments often spotted with purple, the
tips free in the bud and slender ; petals 1 - 2V long, broad, with usually
a short abrupt acumination ; capsules very broadly winged, 1 — 3'
long, nearly as wide, emarginate at the summit, shortly pedicelled,
subcompressed, coriaceous-membranous, mostly glabrous ; seeds 2"
long, strongly tuberculate, with a conspicuous crested border surround-
ing the upper end and extending partially down the ventral side in a
double line. — From Missouri to Texas.

27. QE. macrosceles, Gray. Perennial (or biennial?), gla-
brous ; stems elongated ; radical leaves spatulate to lanceolate,
7 — 12' long, long-attenuate at base, acute, the cauline subsessile,
oblong to lanceolate, all strigosely ciliate, entire ; calyx-tube slender,
4-5' long, the stout tips of the segments free in the bud ; petals
broadly obcordate, 1 - IV long; fruit unknown; ovary 1' long, linear,
smooth, apparently with rudimentary wings. — This species from
Northern Mexico, of Gregg's collection, was referred by Dr. Gray to
the subsection Onagra ; more perfect material is needed before its
position can be determined.

§ 2. - TARAXIA, Nutt. (Including § Primulopsis, Torr. & Gray.)
Stigma capitate ; calyx-tube filiform, funnelform at the summit,
marcescent ; anthers oval or oblong, attached near the middle, the
petaline filaments shorter (nearly equal in (E. ovata) ; capsule
sessile, ovate or narrowly conical to linear, membranous, tetragonal
(winged above in (E. graciliflorci) ; seeds ascending, in two rows
in each cell, oblong, terete. Acaulescent or nearly so, the yellow
flowers erect in the bud, tips of the calyx not free.

28. CE. breviflora, Torr. & Gray. Perennial (or biennial),
acaulescent, subpubescent or nearly glabrous ; leaves lanceolate, 2-6'
long, petioled, acuminate, deeply sinuate-pinnatifid, the numerous very
unequal segments acute or acutish, toothed or entire ; calyx-tube 3 — 6"
long; petals becoming rose-color, 3" long ; capsule 6- 10" long, 1J-2"
broad below and attenuate above into the persistent calyx-tube, subte-
tragonal, subsulcate, and somewhat curved ; seeds numerous, nearly 1\"
long, very minutely longitudinally striate. — Southern Wyoming, Colo-
rado, and Eastern Utah.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 13, 1873. 589

29. CE. Nuttallii, Torr. & Gray. {(E. tanacetifolia, Torr. &
Gray.) Resembling the last. Rarely shortly caulescent, more densely
and canescently pubescent ; segments of the leaves frequently rounded
or obtuse; calyx-tube 1-2^'long; petals 5 -7" long; capsules simi-
lar but rarely developed. — From Washington Territory to Northern
California and Nevada.

30. OE. heterantha, Nutt. Perennial, acaulescent, glabrous ;
leaves lanceolate to oblong-lanceolate, 3-6' long, acute or acutish,
attenuate at base into a petiole, rarely slightly repand-denticulate ;
calyx-tube 1-3' long ; petals 3 - 6" long, not becoming reddish ; cap-
sule 9" long, ovoid-oblong, tetragonal, attenuate above into the persist
ent calyx-tube, the sides nearly flat, ribbed, subreticulated ; seeds
numerous, -§" long, minutely pitted. — From Idaho to Northern Nevada
and Northern Utah.

Var. taraxacifolia. Leaves 1° long, lyrately pinnatifid ; the
capsules decidedly pedicillate. — A single immature specimen has been
collected near Austin, Nevada ; probably distinct.

31. GE. ovata, Nutt. Resembling the last. Root very thick;
subpubescent ; leaves ovate to oblong-lanceolate, shortly ciliate, 2-8'
long, acute, erosely or repandly denticulate or serrulate ; calyx-
tube 1-4' long ; petals 3 - 10" long ; filaments nearly equal ; capsule
y long, strongly torulose ; seeds few, in one or two rows, erect, oval,
1" long. — From San Francisco, California, to Monterey.

32. GE. graciliflora, Hook. & Arn. Annual, acaulescent, small,
villous ; leaves linear, 1£ - 2y long, acuminate or obtuse, attenuate or
more frequently broad at the base, entire or obscurely repand-denticu
late, ciliate ; calyx-tube £ - 1^' long ; petals 3 - h" long, turning green-
ish ; capsule compressed-ovate, 5" long, coriaceous, tetragonal below
and 4-winged above the middle, the wings obliquely truncate and
hairy; seeds horizontal, smooth. — California, from the Sacramento
River to Monterey.

§3. MERIOLIX, Raf. (Calylophis, Spach, and Salpingia, Nutt.)
Stigma dilated, disciform ; calyx-tube linear to funnelform, more
or less broadly dilated at the mouth ; petals yellow ; anthers ob-
long-linear, attached at the middle, the filaments slightly unequal ;
capsule linear-cylindric, sessile or nearly so ; seeds in two rows in
each cell, ovoid or ovoid-oblong, strongly angled, very nearly
smooth. Mostly perennial, caulescent, somewhat woody at base ;
flowers axillary, erect in the bud.

590 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

33. CE. Hartwegi, Benth. Suffruticose, usually low, 3-15' high ,
decumbent or ascending, branched, more or less canescent or glabrous ;
leaves numerous, often crowded, linear to lanceolate, ^ - 2' long, obtuse
or acutish, entire or sometimes sparingly repand-denticulate ; flowers
mostly near the ends of the branches ; calyx-tube often slender, 1-2'
long, 2 - 6" broad at the throat, much exceeding the ovary, pubescent
or glabrous, the segments with free linear tips ; petals rhombic-ovate,
acute or acutish, 4- 12" long; capsule 8-10" long, 1-1^" thick,
sessile, erect, attenuate at base ; seeds oval, very obscurely tuberculate.
— From the Indian Territory to Western Texas and Northern Mexico.

Var. LAVANDUL./EFOLIA. ( (E. lavandulcefolia, Torr. & Gray.)
Low, 3-6' higher, pubescent throughout, the leaves mostly linear, \ — 1'
long, the calyx-segments less attenuated above. — From Kansas and
Colorado to Mexico.

Var. Fendleri. ( CE. Fendleri, Gray.) Stouter, mostly gla-
brous, with oblong-lanceolate leaves and large flowers with a broad
throat.

34. CE. Greggii, Gray. Scarcely more than a variety of the
last. More shrubby and diffuse, low, viscidly pubescent or more or
less hirsute ; leaves ovate to oblong, 1 - 3" long, acute, mostly sessile ;
flowers mostly terminal, the calyx-tube slender, 8 -15" long ; petals,
acutish, 3-6" long; capsule \' long. — New Mexico and Northern
Mexico; on the Canadian River (Gordon).

35. CE. tubicula, Gray. Biennial or perennial, usually sub-
woody, diffusely branched, 4- 12' high, minutely glandular-puberulent ;
leaves linear to oblong-lanceolate, \- V long, acute, entire, the lower
petioled ; calyx-tube 4 - 7" long, 2" broad in the throat, the segments
short and ovate, with short, free tips ; petals rounded-obovate, obtuse
or acute, 4 - 5" long ; capsule 4 - 1" long, 1" broad, nearly terete,
shortly pedicelled, dehiscing the whole length ; seeds ovoid-oblong, h"
long. — New Mexico and Northwestern Texas.

36. CE. serrulata, Nutt. Slender, 3-15' high, simple or
branched, canescent with short, appressed hairs or nearly glabrous ;
leaves linear to lanceolate, 1-3' long, mostly acute or acutish, attenu-
ate to the base, irregularly and sharply denticulate ; calyx-tube broadly
funnelform, 2 - 4" long, strongly nerved, the short ovate segments with
short, free tips ; petals broadly obovate, 3 - 4" long, crenulate ; capsules
9 - 15" long, 1" wide, subsulcate over the sutures, sessile, often narrowed
to a slender base ; seeds very small, \" long. — From the Saskatche-

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 13, 1873. 591

wan to Wisconsin, and westward of the Mississippi to Texas and New
Mexico.

Var. spinulosa, Torr. & Gray. Usually nearly glabrous, the
stems rather stout, subdecumbent, sometimes 2-3° long ; flowers
larger, the tube 6-10" long, with a slender base and equalling the
petals ; the stigma and throat of the calyx occasionally very dark-
purple or orange. — From the Indian Territory to Texas.

Var. pixifolia, Engelm. Leaves very narrowly linear and sub-
revolute ; flowers as in var. spinulosa. — Texas.

§4. SPILEROSTIGMA, Spach. Stigma capitate ; calyx-tube ob-
conic or shortly funnelform ; petals entire or emarginate; stamens
somewhat unequal, the oblong anthers attached near the middle ;
capsules linear, sessile, terete or tetragonal, attenuated at the apex
and more or less contorted ; seeds ascending in a single row in
each cell, ovate to linear-oblong, smooth or nearly so. Caulescent
annuals or biennials, the spikes usually crowded, bracteate or leafy.

* Flowers white or rose-colored, in a nodding spike ; calyx-tube
funnelform ; capsule narrowly linear, terete, much contorted ; seeds
linear, acute at each end.

37. GE. altssoides, Hook. & Arn. Canescently puberulent, usu-
ally branching from the base, 3'— 1° high ; leaves otdanceolate or ob-
long-lanceolate, 1 - 2V long, attenuate into a slender petiole, entire or
repand-denticulate, the bracts much smaller but similar ; spike many-
flowered, becoming elongated ; calyx-tube 2 - 3" long, equalling the
orbicular entire petals ; capsules puberulent, 8-12" long, very slender
and scarcely thicker at base ; seeds nearly white, very minutely pitted.
— From Southern Idaho through Nevada and Utah.

Var. villosa. More or less villous throughout. — Nevada.
Var. mtnutiflora, Watson. Flowers much reduced, scarcely more
than 1" Long. — Northern Nevada and about Salt Xake, Utah.

38. CE. Boothii, Dougl. With the habit of the last, but viscidly
pubescent; leaves ovate, i-1' long, acuminate or acute, denticulate,
shortly petioled ; calyx-tube 1 - 3" long ; petals 2 - o" long ; capsules
linear-fusiform, 6 - 9" long, 1" broad at base and attenuate upward,
much contorted ; seeds brownish, angled, very minutely tuberculate,
over \" long. — Eastern Oregon to Northern Nevada.

39. 03. gaur-eflora, Torr. & Gray. Erect, often stout, | - 2°
high, simple or branched, glabrous, or the calyx, ovary, and younger

592 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

leaves sparingly puberulent, the bark becoming white, shining and
loose ; leaves lanceolate or narrowly oblanceolate, acute or acuminate,
narrowed to a petiole, usually denticulate ; spike erect or somewhat nod-
ding, elongated, few - many-flowered ; calyx-tube and the obovate
petals 1| -3" long ; capsule linear-fusiform, 8-15" long, subtetragonal,
1" wide at base, and attenuate upward to a narrow beak ; seeds 1" long
or more, linear, angled, densely cellular-pubescent under the micro-
scope.— Southern California and Arizona.

* * Flowers yellow, turning green ; calyx-tube obconic ; capsules
linear, tetragonal, more or less contorted ; stems leafy throughout.
Annual or biennial.

40. (E. cheiranthifolia, Hornem. Spreading with decumbent or
ascending stems, often 2° long or more, canescently pubescent ; leaves
thick, h - 2|' (often less than 1') long, broadly ovate to oblong or lan-
ceolate, the radical and lower cauline leaves spatulate or oblanceolate
with a slender petiole, the upper very shortly petioled, sessile or clasp-
ing, acute or obtuse, mostly entire, sometimes obscurely denticulate ;
calyx-tube 1 - 1|" long ; petals 3-4" long ; capsule 4-8" long, attenuate
upward, curved, subhairy ; seeds ovate-oblong, \" long, acute at base,
smooth. — On the sea-coast, near San Francisco and southward. Like
many other species, beginning to flower when very small. It is said to
have come originally from Chili, and Gay mentions it as occurring in
several provinces of that republic. There are no Chilian specimens in
our herbariums, but the California plant accords essentially with the
early figures and descriptions.

Var. suffruticosa. ( (E. viridescens, Hook.) Woody at base and
perhaps perennial, densely hoary-tomentose or rarely glabrous ; leaves
mostly small, \ - V long, crowded ; flowers usually larger, the petals
4 - 9" long. — Sea-coast of Southern California, from Monterey to
Santa Barbara.

41. CE. bistorta, Nutt. Rather stout, subdecumbent or ascend-
ing 1-2° high, branched from the base, simple above, somewhat hir-
sute, the leaves sometimes appressed-pubescent ; radical leaves spatu-
late to lanceolate, petioled, the cauline mostly sessile, ovate to narrowly
lanceolate, about 1' long, acute or acutish, often obtuse and clasping
at base, all denticulate or dentate ; calyx-tube 1 - 3" long ; petals 4r- 7"
long ; usually with a brownish spot at base ; capsules 4 - 9" long, acute-
ly tetragonal, 1" or more wide, subattenuate at base and narrowed

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAT 13, 1873. 593

above to a short beak, much contorted ; seed dark, ovate-oblong, |"
long, smooth. — San Diego.

Var. (?) Veitchiana, Hook. A more slender, often very reduced
form ; radical leaves narrowly oblanceolate and long petioled, 2-4' long,
the cauline often attenuate to the base ; capsule more elongated and
narrower, less than 1" broad and 1 - lh' long, attenuate into a narrow
beak at the apex, less contorted. — Southern California; Los Angeles,
San Gabriel, San Diego, etc.

42. CE. micrantha, Hornem. Rather stout, erect or ascending
from a decumbent base, simple or branched, becoming 1|° high, more
or less hirsute ; leaves narrowly lanceolate to ovate, \ - 2' long, the
radical petioled, the cauline narrowed at base or cordate and clasping ;
flowers small, the calyx-tube 1" long or less, the petals 1 - 2" long,
obovate, entire or emarginate, or sometimes 3-toothed ; capsules 8-15"
long, acutely tetragonal, about 1" wide at base, attenuate upward to the
shortly beaked apex, usually much contorted ; seeds as in the last. —
Middle California, from the Sacramento to Fort Tejon.

* * * Flowers small, yellow, usually turning red ; calyx-tube very
short ; capsule elongated, very narrowly linear, slightly curved.

•43. GE. chamenerioides, Gray. Slender, erect, branching,
4-12' high, somewhat viscidly puberulent ; leaves distant, lanceolate,
1-2' long, the uppermost sessile, the lower petioled, obscurely repand-
denticulate ; spike loose, the bracts small ; calyx-tube 1" long or less,
the petals scarcely as long; capsules 1J-2' long, y thick; seeds
linear, y long, white and shining. — New Mexico and Arizona.

44. CE. dentata, Torr. & Gray. (Cav. ?) Slender, usually dif-
fusely branched, 1° high or less, more or less hirsute with short spread-
ing hairs, especially towards the base, the pubescence above often short-
er and somewhat glandular, or wanting; leaves linear, \ - 1J' long,
usually narrowed at base, denticulate ; petals 2-4" long, rounded, entire,
rarely reddening ; calyx-tube broadly obconic, \ — 1\" long ; capsule
1 — 1 y long, sessile, attenuate above into a slender beak ; seeds J" long,
smooth. — From Sacramento Valley to Southern California.

This is perhaps the CE. dentata of Cavanilles, though no similar Chil-
ian specimens are in our herbariums. Plants so named, collected in
Chili by Gay and Harvey, seem to be identical with the next species.
Cavanilles's figure represents a simple-stemmed form with flowers and
foliage nearly as in the Californian plant. The figure of Ruiz and

VOL. VIII. 75

594 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Pavon is yet more similar, but in both cases the stigma is figured and
described as short-lobed.

Var. cruciata. Petals narrowly obovate to oblong, 2" long, often
emarginate.

45. CE. strigulosa, Torr. & Gray. Nearly glabrous, the ovary
and calyx usually somewhat appressed-puberulent ; stems slender,
ascending or erect, simple or branched, 2' — 1° high; leaves linear or
lanceolate, 3 - 9" long, attenuate to the base, entire or sparingly den-
ticulate ; flowers very small, the petals 1 - 2" long, usually reddening ;
capsule 8 - 13" long, sessile or attenuate into a very short pedicel adnate
to the petiole, scarcely attenuate above, more or less curved ; seeds \"
long, smooth. — From the Columbia River to San Diego, California.
This includes the (E.parvula and siliquosa of Nuttall, and probably also
the CE. contorta of Hooker, which is the older name, but less appropriate.

Var. pubens. Pubescence hirsute and spreading, as in CE. dentata,
especially below, often subglandular above and shorter ; sometimes
nearly smooth. — From Washington Territory to Southern Califor-
nia, and through Northern Nevada to the Wahsatch.

* * * * Low ; flowers minute ; capsule fusiform, short.

46. CE. andina, Nutt. But 1-3' high, becoming diffusely
branched, canescently puberulent throughout ; leaves linear-spatulate,
i - 1' long, attenuate into slender petioles ; spikes mostly dense, many-
flowered, erect ; flowers 1" long, yellow ; capsules 3 - 6" long, attenuate
upward from near the base ; seeds linear-oblong, -J-" long, nearly smooth.
— From Eastern Oregon to Montana, Northern Nevada, and Utah.

§5. CHYLISMIA, Nutt. Stigma capitate ; calyx-tube funnelform
or obconic ; petals entire ; stamens unequal, with the oblong an-
thers attached near the middle ; capsules linear, subcylindrical or
subclavate, obtuse, membranous, not sessile and usually long-
pedicelled ; seeds ascending in a single row in each cell. Caules-
cent annuals.

* Racemes loose, naked, usually few-flowered ; seeds oblong-lauceo-
late, smooth.

47. CE. scapoidea, Nutt. Erect, 4 - 18' high, usually branching
from near the base, puberulent or subglabrous ; leaves mostly subradical,
long-petioled, lyrately pinnate or sometimes undivided, the terminal leaf-
let much the largest, ovate to oblong-lanceolate, cuneate or cordate at
base, irregularly sinuate-toothed, the prominent veins often dark-colored,

OP ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 13, 1873. 595

the lateral leaflets few to many or none, very irregular in shape and size ;
raceme at first nodding, the bracts very small or wanting ; calyx-tube
funnelform with a narrow base, 1 - 2" long, the bud close and abruptly
acute; petals yellow, 1 - 2" long ; capsule glabrous, 4- 12" long, about
1" broad, attenuate into a pedicel which is 2 - 8" long and ascending
or divaricate ; seed |" long. — From Western Wyoming and South-
ern Idaho to Southern Utah.

Var. purpurascens. Usually stouter, the flowers larger and pink-
ish-white or purplish, rarely yellow, the tube 2 - 3" long, the petals
3 — 4" long. — On the eastern side of the Sierra from Oregon to Mono
Lake.

Var. aurantiaca. ( (E. clavceformis, Torrey.) Low, 3 - 10' high ;
inflorescence puberulent ; calyx-tube more or less orange ; petals light
rose-color or orange ; capsule usually puberulent. — Southern California
and Arizona.

48. 03. brevipes, Gray. Like the last but usually stouter, \ — 2°
high, more or less villous with stiff hairs, not puberulent ; calyx-tube
obconic to funnelform, 1 - 3" long, the segments strongly nerved and the
stout tips free ; petals 3 - 6" long, apparently pale yellow or whitish ;
capsule 1-3' long, ]i" broad, the pedicel 2-12" long. — Southern
California and Arizona.

49. CE. cardiophtlla, Torr. Often rather slender, 3- 10' high-
simple, erect or ascending, canescently hirsute with short spreading
hairs ; leaves scattered, simple, cordate or ovate, £ - \\' long, repandly
serrate, long-petioled ; calyx-tube rather narrowly funnelform, 3 - 4"
long, the bud close, usually tinged with red ; petals 3 - 4" long, yellow
turning to rose-color; capsule f - 1^' long, attenuate to a pedicel which
is but 1 - 3" long. — Southern California and Arizona.

50. 03. multijuga, Watson. Glabrous or very sparingly villous,
much branched above ; leaves 6' long, pinnate with many subequal
leaflets 1' long, the terminal one not larger, and with smaller ones inter-
posed between the others, all oblong-lanceolate, acute, very irregularly
and somewhat doubly sinuate-serrate, strongly veined ; calyx-tube ob-
conic, 1" long, the bud close and obtuse ; petals 4" long, light yellow ;
immature capsule 9" long, equalling the pedicel. — Southern Utah ;
described from a single fragmentary specimen.

* * Flowers leafy-bracted, very small ; seeds oblong, deeply concave
on the inner side and somewhat wing-margined, cellularly papillose.

51. G2. pterosperma, Watson. Erect, 2-3' high, simple or

596 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

branched, more or less hispid-pubescent ; leaves oblong-lanceolate,
6 - 9" long, obtuse, entire ; calyx-tube very short, obconic ; petals ob-
cordate, rose-color, 1" long ; capsule cylindrical-clavate, 6 - 9" long,
attenuate at base into a spreading pedicel half as long ; seeds 1" long,
the margins thin and incurved, minutely cellularly tuberculate. —
Foot-hills of the Trinity Mts., Northwestern Nevada.*

§ 6. GODETIA, Spach. Stigma-lobes short, linear or roundish ;
calyx-tube obconic or short-funnelform ; petals flabelliform, lilac-
purple or rose-color ; stamens unequal, the petaline filaments the
shortest ; anthers oblong, fixed near the base, erect or becoming
arcuate ; capsules ovate to linear, subcoriaceous, 4-sided ; seeds
horizontal, in one row, angled, vertically compressed, partially
imbricated, and so the upper surface margined by a thin tuber-
culate crest. Annuals, simple or branching.

* Capsule ovate to oblong, sessile ; stems erect, leafy, usually stout
and strict, the flowers in a strict compacted spike, erect in the
bud.

52. CE. grandiflora. (Godetia, Lindl. (E. Whitneyi, Gray.)
Stem 1-2° high, simple or with a few short branches near the top ;
puberulent ; leaves lanceolate, 1-3' long, acute at each end or attenu-
ate into a short petiole, obscurely repand-denticulate or entire ; spike
crowded ; calyx-tube broadly obconical, 4 - 6" long, the tips not free ;
petals 1-2' long, broad, emarginate, rose-color or light purple with
often a large crimson spot in the centre ; stigma-lobes linear, 3" long ;
capsule fusiform-oblong, 8 - 15" long, 3- 4" broad, sessile or nearly so,
shortly pubescent, the sides, not costate ; seeds \" long, very minutely
pitted. — Humboldt and Mendocino Counties, California, on hillsides
and benches.

53. CE. purpurea, Curtis. Mostly very leafy, 1-2° high, canes-
cently puberulent, the ovary hirsutely villous ; leaves oblong to oblong-
lanceolate, 1-3' long, obtuse or acute, entire, sessile with an obtuse or
attenuate base ; flowers mostly in a leafy terminal cluster ; calyx-tube

* CE. arbokea, Kellogg, from the Cerros Islands, off the coast of Lower Cali-
fornia, is a well-marked species allied to those of this section. It is described as
suffrutescent, erect and branched, 6-8° high, with small linear-lanceolate sessile
entire villous leaves, flowers in dense erect spikes, the slender funnelform calyx-
tube 1' long (including the ovary ?), the purplish petals 3" long, capsules 3- 12"
long, 1^" broad, erect upon stout divaricate pedicels which are 3-6" long; the
seeds are linear-oblong, l£" long.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 13, 1873. 597

2 - 3" long, the tips not free ; petals 4 - 6" long, deep purple ; style
shorter than the stamens, the stigma-lohes very short, purple; capsules
ovate to linear-oblong, 6 - 9" long, 2 - 2\" broad, acute, not attenuate at
base, hairy, the sides nearly flat, ribbed. — From the valley of the
Columbia to Monterey, California.

54. CE. lepida, Hook. & Arn. Erect, i - 2° high, canescently
puberulent, the stem usually white and shining ; leaves oblong to
oblong-lanceolate, 1-2' long, usually obtuse, sessile and scarcely atten-
uate at base, sparingly denticulate ; flowers in a short simple spike ;
calyx-tube 2 - 3" long, the tips very slightly free ; petals 9-12" long,
rose-color with a darker spot near the apex ; stigmas very short, pur-
ple ; capsule 5-8" long, 2" broad near the base and attenuate to the
apex, hairy, the sides bicostate, at least alternately. — From the Upper
Sacramento to St. Simeon (Nuttall).

Var. parviflora. (ffi1. decumbens, Dougl.) Slender, erect or
ascending, 3' - 3° high ; leaves linear to oblong, \—V long ; calyx-
tube 2" long; petals 3 - 8" long, purple to rose-color; capsule
shortly pubescent, 4 — 6" long. — From the Columbia River to Mon-
terey.

Var. Arnotth. ( (E. Arnottii, Torr. & Gray.) Nearly glabrous or
subcanescently puberulent; leaves linear to lanceolate, 1—1^' long,
acute, entire or sparingly denticulate; petals 4-8" long; capsules
glabrous or nearly so. — California.

55. CE. albescens. (Godetia, Lindl.) Simple or branching from
the base, erect, 1-2° high, canescently puberulent ; leaves linear to
oblong-lanceolate, 1/ long, acutish, sparingly denticulate ; flowers small,
in numerous short lateral spikelets, mostly crowded into a compact
spike; calyx-tube 2" long ; petals 3 -5" long, purplish-blue ; stigmas
greenish to purple ; capsules oblong, 3 - 6" long, \y broad, shortly
hirsute or pubescent, at least the alternate sides bicostate. — Central
California.

* * Capsule linear ; flowers loosely scattered in a slender spike or
weenie, nodding in the bud ; stems slender, less leafy.

f Capsules sessile.

56. CE. Williamsoni, Durand & Hilgard. Erect, 1° high, canes-
cently puberulent, the calyx villous ; leaves linear, 1 - 1^' long, entire ;
flowers su bap proximate ; calyx-tube funnelform, 3 - 5" long, the tips
free; petals 6-12" long, yellow at base, and with a deep purple spot

598 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

in the centre ; stigma-lobes short, oblong, yellow ; capsules linear-
fusiform, y long, tapering from above the base to the apex, furrowed
over the sutures, and therefore 8-costate, puberulent. — Collected by
Bridges, Heermann, and Rattan, probably on the western flank of the
Sierra, from Fort Miller northward.

57. CE. quadrivulnera, Dougl. Usually very slender, erect or
ascending, 1-2° high, puberulent ; leaves linear to linear-lanceolate,
1—2' long, sessile or attenuate to a short petiole, entire or slightly
repand-denticulate ; calyx-tube obconic, 2" (rarely 3") long, the tips
slightly free ; petals 3 - 6" long, deep purple or purplish ; stigma-lobes
very short, yellow ; ovary and capsule hairy, the capsule linear, 5-10"
long, mostly short, attenuate at the apex, scarcely so at base, the sides
nearly flat, or channelled by the prominence of the sutures. — From
Puget Sound to San Luis Obispo.

58. CE. tenella, Cav. Erect, 6-18' high, puberulent; leaves
linear, £ - 2' long, acute or obtuse, more or less attenuate at base,
mostly entire ; calyx-tube shortly obconic, 1 - 3" long, the tips close or
slightly free ; petals 3 - h" long, deep purple ; stigma-lobes purple or
purplish, the style shorter than the stamens ; capsules puberulent,
8-12" long, attenuate above but not at base, the sides nearly flat. —
From Oregon to San Diego. No. 638 Brewer, from Monterey, seems
to be a reduced decumbent form. The Californian plant is apparently
identical with Chilian specimens collected by Gay, Bertero (469),
Harvey, and Gillies.

59. CE. viminea, Dougl. Near the last. Usually stout, 1-3° high,
branched, spreading-puberulent ; leaves linear to linear-lanceolate, .1 - 2'
long, narrowed at the base, entire ; calyx-tube 2 - 4" long, the tips
slightly free ; petals 9-12" long, deep purple or purplish ; capsule 9"
long, 8-costate, smoothish. — From the Columbia River to the Sacra-
mento, and in the mountains to the Yosemite Valley.

60. CE. Romanzovii, Ledeb. Rather stout, ascending or subdecum-
bent, 1|° high, leafy to the top, canescently puberulent, the ovary very
silky ; leaves oblanceolate, 1 - 2' long, petioled, entire or very obscurely
repand-denticulate ; calyx-tube very short, segments short, the tips not
free in the bud ; petals 6" long, purple ; filaments stout, the shorter sta-
mens with nearly sessile anthers ; stigmas not exserted beyond the ca-
lyx-tube ; capsule 8 - 9" long, attenuate at each end, sessile or slightly
pedicelled, the sides channelled between the prominent sutures. — Only
known from cultivated specimens, originally from seeds collected by
Chamisso on the " Northwest Coast."

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 13, 1873. 599

t t Capsules pedicelled, not costate ; stigmas mostly yellow ; calyx-
tips not free in the bud (or very rarely in CE. amoena).

61. CE. amcena, Lehrn. Usually slender, erect, 1-2° high, mi-
nutely puberulent ; leaves linear to narrowly oblanceolate, or sometimes
lanceolate, 1-3' long, petioled, entire or nearly so ; calyx-tube obconic,
2 - 4" long ; petals 8 - 15" long, frequently rather villous, as also the pur-
ple anthers, varying from nearly white to rose-color, with more or less of
purple ; filaments rather stout ; stigma-lobes linear, 11" long, yellow ;
capsules 1 — 1^' long, attenuate to a slender beak above and into the
pedicel below, which is 2 - 6" long. — From Vancouver's Island and
Fraser's Kiver to San Francisco and southward.

62. CE. Bottle, Torr. & Gray. Erect or subdecumbent at base,
1 - lh° high, usually branched, canescently puberulent or more or less
glabrous ; leaves narrowly linear to lanceolate, 1-2' long, on slender
petioles, sparingly repand-dentate or entire ; calyx-tube short ; petals
6-12" long, light purple; filaments usually slender, and style' elon-
gated ; stigma-lobes short, yellow or purple ; capsule 10 - 15" long,
attenuate at each end, the pedicel 3 - 9" long. — Southern California,
from Monterey to San Diego and Santa Barbara.

63. CE. epilobioides, Nutt. Erect, 1-3° high, tomentosely pu-
berulent ; leaves linear to linear-lanceolate, 1-2' long, petioled, entire
or sparingly denticulate ; calyx-tube 1 - 2" long ; petals 3 - 6" long,
light purple or rose-color ; stigma-lobes short ; capsule 6 - 41" long,
acuminate, attenuate to a short pedicel, or rarely nearly sessile. — Ap-
parently common, especially on the flanks of the Sierra, from Oregon
to the Stanislaus River, and San Diego (Nuttall ; Thurber) ; also in
Nevada near Carson City (Anderson ; Stretch). Nuttall's original
specimens are small and immature, but the stigma is plainly lobed, as
also appears from the description, and there can be no doubt of the
identity of the species.

64. CE. hispidula. Erect, |-1° high, mostly simple and often
but 1 -flowered, hispidly puberulent, especially above ; leaves very nar-
rowly linear, 1-2' long ; calyx-tube 2 - 3" long ; petals 6-12" long,
purple ; filaments rather slender ; style elongated and stigma-lobes lin-
ear ; capsule 4-9" long, attenuate at the apex, abruptly contracted
into a pedicel 2 - 4" long. — Sacramento and Tulare Valleys, collected
by Fremont, Pratten, and Rattan.

65. CE. biloba, Durand. Erect, 1° high or more (procumbent in
cultivation), subcanescently and minutely puberulent ; leaves nearly

600 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

glabrous, linear or narrowly lanceolate, 1-2' long, obscurely repand-
denticulate, the lower on long, slender petioles ; calyx-tube 1 - 2" long ;
petals light purple, 4 - 9" long, cuneate-obovate, more or less deeply
2-lobed ; stigmas ovate, united toward the base, apparently yellow
(" purple," Durand) ; capsule 6 - 9" long, puberulent, attenuate at the
apex, abruptly contracted into a pedicel about 1" long. — " Sacramento
Mts." (Hartweg) ; Mount Bullion (Bolander) ; and other localities in
Central California.

§ 7. BOISDU VALIA, Spach. Stigma-lobes very short, light-col-
ored; calyx funnelform, the segments erect; petals obovate-cunei-
form, 2-lobed, purple to white ; filaments slender, the petaline
shorter ; anthers short, attached below the middle ; capsule mem-
branous, ovate-oblong to linear-cylindric, nearly terete, acute,
sessile, the sides ribbed, sutures thin, dehiscent to the base ; seeds
ascending, few (3 - 8) in each cell, ovate-oblong, smooth ; flowers
small, solitary in the axils of a leafy compound or simple spike,
diurnal. Annuals, erect, simple or branched.

66. CE. densiflora, Lindl. Strict, ^ - 1° high, canescently pu-
bescent and more or less villous ; leaves lanceolate to linear-lanceolate,
1 -3' long, acuminate, sessile, mostly denticulate, the floral usually
much shorter and broader ; flowers usually in close terminal or nu-
merous short lateral spikelets ; calyx H - 3" long, the petals about
twice as long ; capsule ovate-oblong, 2 - 4" long, 1|" broad at base, at-
tenuate upwards, smooth or slightly villous, the cells 3 - 6-seeded, the
septa wholly adherent to the large placenta ; seeds nearly or quite \"
long, subplano-convex. — From Washington Territory to Monterey, and
on the eastern side of the Sierra at Carson City, Nevada (Anderson).
Rather variable in the form of leaves and bracts, in the character and
degree of pubescence, and somewhat so in the inflorescence.

67. QE. Torreyi. Rather slender, branched, | - 1^° high, villous
throughout with short, stiffish, spreading hairs ; leaves linear to lanceo-
late, 4 - 9" long, entire or subdenticulate, usually attenuate to the base,
the bracts similar and scarcely smaller ; spike simple, loose ; flowers
very small, 1 - 2" long, purplish ; capsules linear, 4 - 6" long, 1" wide,
acuminate, the cells 6 - 8-seeded ; placenta narrow, the valves septifer-
ous ; seeds more ovate and smaller, y long or less. — From Oregon
(190 Hall) and Central California (Bear Mt., Borax Lake, and New
Almaden, Torrey).

OP ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 13, 1873. 601

68. CE. glabella, Nutt. Slender, erect, 1° high, glabrous or very
slightly pubescent ; leaves ovate to oblong-lanceolate, -1- — 1' long, acute,
sessile, serrate, the bracts but little smaller ; spike simple ; flowers
shorter than the leaves, the petals less than 1" long, deep purple; cap-
sules 2- 4" long, ovate-oblong, the placenta narrow and valves septifer-
ous ; seeds 4 - 6 in each cell, linear-lanceolate, 1" long. — From the
Columbia Valley to Northern Nevada.

Doubtful Species.

CE. paludosa, Featherman, Bot. Rep. of Louisiana University,
1870, p. 74. This is probably some well-known plant; but if an
(Enothera, the species is not recognizable from the description, which
is much like Rafinesque's account of CE. alata, Fl. Lud., p. 95, like-
wise reported from Louisiana, and not identified. The somewhat
winged stems, globose stigma, habitat, etc., would indicate species of
Jussicea.

SYNONOMY.

55. CEnothera albescens. — No. 1730 Hartweg ; 105, 107 Torrey; 273 Kel-
logg & Harford ; Fremont.

Godetia albescens. Lindl., Bot. Keg., 27, Misc. 61 ; same, 28. t. 9.
CE. purpurea. Bentham, PI. Hartweg., 310.
10. Oenothera albicaulis. Nuttall, " Fras. Cat." ; Genera, 1. 245 James,
Long's Exped., 2. 170. Torrey, Ann. N. Y. Lye., 2. 201. Spreng., Syst., 2. 205
Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 210. Don's Mill., 2. 367. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 495 ;
Pac. R. R. Rep., 2. 164. Dietr., Syn., 2. 1287. Walpers, Repert., 2. 80 ; Annal.,

4. 677. Torrey, Nicollet's Rep., 150; Fremont's Rep., 89 and 315; Emory's
Rep., 140 ; Stansbury's Rep., 387 ; Pac. R. R. Rep., 4. 86 ; Bot. Mex. Bound., 65.
Gray, PI. Wright., 1. 69 and 2. 56; PL Thurb., 300; Pac. R. R. Rep., 12. 43;
Amer. Jour. Sci., 2. 33. 405, in part, and 2. 34. 333 ; Proc. Arr.er. Acad., 8. 384.
Hook., PI. Geyer in Lond. Jour. Bot., 6. 223. Durand, Fl. Utah, 164. Cooper,
Pac. R. R. Rep., 12. 52. Engelm., PI. Upp. Miss., 191 ; Amer. Jour. Sci., 2. 34.
334. Bourgeau, Palliser's Rep., 256. Porter, Hayden's Rep., 1870, 476; 1871,
483. Watson, King's Rep., 5. 106.

CE. Nuttallii. Sweet, " Hort. Brit., 2 ed., 199."
Baumannia Xuttalliana. Spach, " Suit. Buff., 4. 352."
Anogra Xuttalliana. Spach, Monog. Onag., 20.
Var, Nuttallii. Engelm., Amer. Jour. Sci., 2. 34. 334. Watson, King's Rep.,

5. 107. — Nos. 151, 198 Nicollet; 202, 234, 751, 753 Fremont; 223 in part, 224
Fendler; 117 Parry; 408 Watson; 136 Eaton; 178 Vasey; 184 Hall; 263 Kell.
& Harf. ; Nuttall; Tolmie ; Stansbury; Newberry; Lyall; Bourgeau; Engel-
mann ; Howard ; Canby ; Meehan.

CE. pallida. Dougl. ; Lindl., Bot. Reg., 14. 1. 1142 ; Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1.
VOL. VIII. 76

602 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

210. Don's Mill., 2. 687. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 495. Dietr., Syn., 2. 1287.
Walpers, Repert., 2. 80. Hook., PI. Geyer in Lond. Journ. Bot., 6. 222.
,<E. leptophylla. Nutt. MS.

Baumannia Douglasiana. Spach, " Suit. Buff., 4. 352."
Anogra Douglasiana. Spach, Monog., 21.

(E. pinnatifida, Var. integrifolia. Gray, PI. Fencll., 44. Torrey, Pac. P. R.
Rep., 7. 11.
Var. runcinata. Engelm., 1. c. — Nos. 178, 222 Fremont; 223 in part, 234
Fendler; 191, 1067 Wright; 296 Thurber; 360Bigelow; Emory; Abert.

<E. pinnatifida. Gray, PI. Fendl., 43, in part ; not Pursh. Torrey, Emory's
Rep., 140.
Var. Californica. — Wallace ; Hutchings ; Fitch ; Shelton ; Kell. & Harford.
Var. brevifolia. Engelm., 1, c, 335. — "No. 99 Wislizenus."
Var. trichocalyx. Engelm., 1. c, 335. — " No. 473 Wislizenus."
37. (Enothera alyssoides. Hook. & Arm, Bot. Beech., 340. Torr. & Gray,
Flora, 1. 511: Pac. R. R. Rep., 2. 121. Hook., Icones, t. 339. Torrey, Fre-
mont's Rep., 315, in part. Watson, King's Rep., 5. 111. — No. 337 Fremont,
in part; 151 Stretch; 99 Torrey; 420 Watson, in part; Tolmie; Beckwith ;
Searles ; Palmer.

Sphccrostigma alyssoides. Walpers, Repert., 2. 78.
Var. viLLOSA. — Stansbury ; Cooper; S. H. Wright; 420 Watson, in part.

(E. scapoidea. Torrey, Stansbury's Rep., 387, in part.
Var. minutifiora. Watson, King's Rep., 5. 111. — No. 421 Watson.
61. Oenothera amcena. Lehmann, Ind. Sem. h. Harab., 1821, 8; (Litt.
Ber. zu Linn., 1828, 8 ; ) Nov. Stirp., pug. 1. 23 ; " Nov. Act. Acad. Leop., 1828,
811, t 45." Don's Mill., 2. 687. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 503. Regel, Garten-
flora, 13. t. 443. — Nos. 408, 435 Fremont ; 44, 109, 132 Wilkes ; 103 Torrey ; 65,
135, 407 Bolander; 754 Brewer; 98 Davis; 191 Hall; 264, 272 Kell. & Harf. ;
Nuttall ; Tolmie ; Lyall ; Wallace ; Fitch ; Suckley ; Hulse ; Kellogg.

(E. roseo-alba. Hornem., " Cat. Sem. h. Erf., 1824." " Reich., Icon. Exot.,
t. 47 and 150." Sweet, Brit. Fl. Gard., t. 268. Seringe, DC. Prodr.,
3. 48. Dietrich, Syn., 2, 1289.
(E. Lindleyi. Dougl. ; Hook., Bot. Mag., t. 2832. Don, Sweet's Brit. Fl.
Gard., 2 ser., t. 19; Mill., 2. 688. Lehm., Hook. Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 211.
Lindl., Bot. Reg., t. 1405. Hook. & Arm, Bot. Beech., 141 and 342.
Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 502. Dietr., Syn., 2. 1287. Bentham, Bot. Sul-
phur, 14. C. A. Meyer, Ind. Sem. h. Petr., 11, Suppl. 58. Gray, Proc.
Amer. Acad., 8. 384.
Godetia Lindleyana and Lehmanniana. Spach, Monog., 72.
Godetia vinosa. Lindl., Bot. Reg., 22. 1. 1880.

Godetia rubicunda. Lindl., Bot. Reg., 22. t. 1856, and under t. 1880.
(E. vinosa. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 503. Dietr., Syn., 2. 1287. Torrey,

Pac. R. R. Rep., 7. 11. Gray, Pac. R. R. Rep., 12. 61.
(E. rubicunda. Hook. & Arm, Bot. Beechey, 342. Torr, & Gray, Flora, 1.

502. Dietr., Syn., 2. 1287.
(E. macrantha. Nutt., MS.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 13, 1873. " 603

Godetia macrantha and amcena. Lilja, Linna?a, 15. 265 and 17. no.
? (E. arcuata. Kellogg, Proc. Calif. Acad., 1. 58.
46. Oenothera andina. Nutt. ; Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 512. Watson,
King's Rep., 5. 112. — No. 1058 Wilkes; 425 Watson; Nuttall ; Burke.
Sphcerostigma andina. Walpers, Repert., 2. 79.
CEnothera arborea. Kellogg, Proc. Calif. Acad., 2. 32. Watson, above,
p. 596. — Kellogg.

1. Oenothera biennis. Linn., Spec, 346. Oeder, Fl. Dan., t. 446. Aiton,
Hort. Kew., 2. 2. Michx., Flora, 1. 224. Pursh, Flora, 261. Nuttall, Genera, 1.
245. Elliott, Sketch, 1. 441. James, Long's Exped., 2. 343. Torrey, Ann. N. Y.
Lye, 2. 201. Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 209; Comp. Bot. Mag., 1. 25. Hook. &
Arn., Bot. Beech., 141. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 492. Torrey, Nicollet's Rep., 150 ;
Fremont's Rep., 89; Sitgreave's Rep., 159; Pac. R. R. Rep., 12. 61. Gray, PI.
Fendl., 43; Pac. R. R. Rep., 12. 43; Ives's Rep., n; Manual, 178. Parry,
Bot. Minnesota, 612. Engelm., PI. Upp. Miss., 192. Chapman, Flora, 138.
Bourgeau, Palliser's Rep., 256. Porter, Hayden's Rep., 1870, 476; 1871,
483. Watson, King's Rep., 5. 106. — Douglas; Nuttall; Scouler ; Spalding;
Lyall ; Fremont; Bourgeau; Engelmann ; 405 Watson; 267 Kell. & Harford.
Onagra biennis. Mcench., Methodus, 675.
(E. gauroides. Hornem., " Hort. Hafn., 362." Don's Mill., 2. 686. Seringe,

DC. Prodr., 3. 52. Dietr., Syn., 2. 1286.
Onagra vulgaris and chrijsantha. Spach, Monog., 33 and 35.
Var. grandiflora. Lindl., Bot. Reg., 19. 1. 1604. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1.
492. Ruprecht, "Bull. Acad. St. Petr., 14. 237"; (Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 3.
437.) Gray, Manual, 178. Watson, King's Rep., 5. 106. — Nos. 190, 992
Wright; 91, 294 Anderson ; 406 Watson ; 134 Eaton; Torrey; Parry; Stretch.
<E. grandiflora. Aiton, Hort. Kew., 2. 2. Bartram's Travels, 406. Pursh,
Flora, 261. Hook., Bot. Mag., t. 2068. Elliott, Sketch, 1. 442. Torrey,
Flora U. S., 388. Don's Mill., 2. 685. Dietr., Syn., 2. 1285.
<E. suaceolens. Desf., " Tabl., 169." Persoon, Ench., 1. 408. Poir., Suppl., 4.
141. Seringe, DC. Prodr., 3. 46. Don's Mill., 2. 685. Dietr., Syn-., 2. 1285.
(E. Lamarchiana. Seringe, DC. Prodr., 3. 46. Don's Mill., 2. 685. Dietr.,
Syn., 2. 1285.
Var. hirsutissima. Gray, PI. Fendl., 43 ; PI. Wright., 1. 69 and 2. 56. Tor-
rey, Bot. Mex. Bound, 65. — No. 218 Fendler ; 1066 Wright; 735 Thurber; 105,
712 Brewer; 27 Xantus ; 268 Kell. & Harf. ; Emory; Abert ; Bolander; Kern;
Sanderson.

(E. odorata ? Hook. & Arn., Bot. Beech., 343.

(E. Hookeri. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 493. Walpers, Repert., 2. 81.
(E. biennis. Torrey, Emory's Rep., 140 ; Bot. Mex. Bound., 65. Gray, PI.
Xantus in Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 7. I46.
Var. cruciata. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 492. Gray, Manual, 178.

(E. cruciata. Nuttall, MS. Don's Mill., 2. 686.
Var. caxescens. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 492. Gray, PI. Fendl., 43. New-
berry, Pac. R. R. Rep., 6. 74.

? (E. pubescens. Nees, PI. Maxim, v. Wied, 9 ; not Willd.

604 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Var. Oakesiana. Gray, Manual, 178.

CE. Oakesiana. Robbins, MS.
Var. muricata. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 492. Gray, Manual, 178.

CE. muricata. Linn., Syst., 12 ed., 296. Murr., " Comm. Gott., 6. 24, 1. 1."
Ait., Hort. Kew., 2 ed., 2. 341. Pursh, Flora, 261. Elliott, Sketch, 1. 441.
Hornem., Fl. Dan., 10. t. 1752. Torrey, Flora U. S., 388. Seringe,
DC. Prodr., 3. 46. Don's Mill., 2. 685. Ruprecht, " Bull. Acad. St. Petr.,
14. 237 " ; (Bull. Soc. Bot. Fiance, 3. 437.)
Onarjra muricata. Moench., Methodus, 675.
Var. parviflora. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 492. Gray, Manual, 178.

CE . paruiflora. Linn., Spec, 2 ed., 1. 492. Aiton, Hort. Kew., 2. 2. Lam.,

Diet., 4. 551. Persoon, Ench., 1. 408. Pursh, Flora, 261. Torrey, Flora

U. S., 388. Seringe, DC. Prodr., 3. 47. Don's Mill., 2. 685. Dietr., Syn.,

2. 1286.

65. CExothera biloba. Durand, PI. Pratten., 87. Torrey, Pac. R. R. Rep.,

4.86. — No. 1728 Hartweg ; 109, 109 a Bridges; 6364 Bolander; Fremont;

Fitch ; Anderson ; Gray.

CE. tenella, Var. tenuifolia. Bentham, PI. Hartw., 310.
41. Oenothera bistorta. Nuttall; Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1.508. Torrey,
Pac. R. R. Rep., 7. 11 ; Bot. Mex. Bound., 66. —No. 602 Thurber; 261 Kell. &
Harf., in part ; Nuttall ; Newberry ; Cooper.
? Holostic/ma Bottm. Spach, Monog., 16.
CE. heterophylla, Nutt. MS. ; not Spach.
Spluerostigma bistorta. Walpers, Repert., 2. 77.
CE. cheiranthifolia. Gray, Ives's Rep., 12.
Var. (?) Veitchiaxa. Hook., Bot. Mag., t. 5078. —Nuttall; Bigelow;
Davidson ; Wallace ; Cooper.

CE. yraciliflora. Torrey, Pac. R. R. Rep., 4. 87 ; not Hook. & Arn.
38. Oenothera Boothii. Dougl. ; Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 213. Don's Mill.,
2. 84. Spach, Monog., 16. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 509. Dietr., Syn., 2. 1285.
Watson, King's Rep., 5. 110. — No. 419 Watson; Douglas; Nuttall; Bailey.

CE. pygmaea. Dougl.; Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 213. Don's Mill., 2. 685.

Spach, Monog., 16. Dietr., Syn., 2. 1285.
CE. lithospermoides. Nutt., MS.
Sphozrostiyma Boothii. Walpers, Repert., 2. 77.
62. Oenothera Bott.e. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 505. Dietr., Syn., 2. 1285.
— No. 1729 Hartweg; 108 Bridges; 29, 29 a Xantus; 110 Torrey; 701 Brewer;
Botta ; Woodhouse ; Parr)' ; Wallace.
Godetia Bottaz. Spach, Monog., 73.
CE. Californica. Dietr., Syn., 2. 1288.
CE. rubicunda. Bentham, PI. Hartw., 310. Gray, PI. Xant., in Proc. Bost.

Soc , 7. 146.
CE. tenella. Gray, 1. c.
22. CE. brachycarpa. Gray, PI. Wright, 1. 70 and 2. 57 ; Proc. Amer.
Acad., 8. 384. Torrey, Bot. Mex. Bound., 65. Walpers, Annal., 4. 676. — No.
1073 Wright; 364 Bigelow; ? [412 Watson; Pope; Henry; Howard.]

OP ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAT 13, 1873. 605

? (E. marginata, Var. purpurea. Watson, King's Eep., 5. 108. Porter, Hay-
den's Rep., 1871, 483.
? (E. Wrightii, q. v.
28. Oenothera breviflora. Toit. & Gray, Flora, 1. 506. Walpers, Re-
pert., 2. 85. Watson, King's Rep., 5. 109. — No. 176 Hall & Harb. ; 416 Watson ;
Nuttall ; Fremont.

Taraxia brevijlora. Nutt., MS. .

(E. Nuttallii. Torrey, Fremont's Rep., 89. Gray, Proc. Acad. Phil., 1863,
61.

48. GEnothera brevipes. Gray, Pac. R. R. Rep., 4. 87 ; Ives's Rep., 12. —
No. 180 Coulter, in part ; Newberry; Bigelow ; Schott ; Almendinger; Cooper.

(E. clavcrformis. Torrey, Bot. Mex. Bound., 66, in part.
19. CEnothera c^spitosa. Nutt., " Fraser, Cat."; Genera, 1. 246. Sims,
Bot. Mag., t 1593. Pursh, Flora, 735. Seringe, DC. Prodr., 3. 46. Don's
Mill., 2. 687. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 500. Dietr., Syn., 2. 1287. Torrey,
Nicollet's Rep., 150; Stansbury's Rep., 387. Hook., PI. Geyer in Lond. Journ.
Bot., 6. 223. Gray, Pac. R. R. Rep., 12. 43 ; Proc. Amer. Acad., 8. 384. En-
gelm., PI. Upp. Miss., 191. Durand, Fl. Utah, 164. Porter, Hayden's Rep.,
1870, 476. — No. 560 Fremont; 228 Fendler; 290 Thurber ; 173 Hall & Harb.;
74, 292 Anderson ; 242 Stretch; 411 Watson; 138 Eaton; 176 Vasey ; Nuttall;
Nicollet ; Beckwith ; Stansbury ; Parry ; Hill ; Canby ; Kell. & Harford.
(E. scapigera. Pursh, Flora, 263. Link, Enum., 1. 377.
Pachylophis Nuttallii. Spach, Monog., 36, t. 30, fig. 1.
(E. montana. Nutt. ; Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 500. Walpers, Repert, 2. 83.
Torrey, Fremont's Rep., 315 ; Stansbury's Rep., 387. Gray, PI. Fendl., 45.
Engelm., PI. Upp. Miss., 191.
(E. marginata. Nutt. ; Hook. & Am., Bot. Beech., 342. Torr. & Gray
Flora, 1. 500 ; Pac. R. R. Rep., 2. 120. Walpers, Repert., 2. 83. Torrey,
Stansbury's Rep., 387; Bot. Mex. Bound., 65. Gray, Proc. Acad. Phil.,
1863, 61. Hook, f., Bot. Mag., t. 5828. Porter, Hayden's Rep., 1871,
483. Watson, King's Rep., 5. 108.
(E. eximia. Gray, PI. Fendl., 45 ; Ives's Rep., 11. Walpers, Annal., 2. 533.
24. Oenothera canescens. Torrey, Fremont's Rep., 315; (Bot. Zeit., 5.
44.) Gray, PI. Fendl., 44; PL Wright., 1. 70. Walpers, Annal., 1. 292. —No.
192 Fremont; 227 Fendler; Wislizenus; Newberry.

<E. guttulata. Hook., PI. Geyer in Lond. Jour. Bot., 6. 222.

49. Oenothera cardiophtlla. Torrey, Pac. R. R. Rep., 5. 360; Bot. Mex.
Bound., 66. — Schott ; Thomas ; Du Barry ; Palmer.

43. Oenothera cham.enerioides. Gray, PI. Wright., 2. 58 ; PI. Thurb.,
298; Ives's Rep., 12. Walpers, Annal., 4. 677. Torrey, Bot. Mex. Bound., 66.
— Nos. 38, 1377 Wright; 373 Bigelow; 174 Thurber; Parry; Palmer.

40. Oenothera cheiranthifolia. Hornem., " Hort. Hafn." Sprengel,
Syst., 2. 228. Lindl., Bot. Reg., 12. 1. 1040. Seringe, DC. Prodr., 3. 46. Don's
Mill., 2. 684. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 509. Dietr., Syn., 2. 1284. Bentham,
Bot. Sulph., 15. Torrey, Pac. R. R. Rep., 7. 11. — No. 104 Bridges; 108 Torrey ;
93 Bolander ; Douglas ; Rich.

606 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

(E. spiralis. Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 214. Don's Mill., 2. 685. Spach, Monog.,
16. Hook. & Arn., Bot. Beech, 141 and 341. Dietr., Syn., 2. 1285.

Holostigma cheiranthi folium. Spach, Monog., 15.

Sphcerostigma ckeiranthifolium. Fisch. & Meyer, Ind. Sem. h. Petr., 2. 25 ;
(Litt. Ber. zu Linnsea, 1837, 120.) Gay, Fl. Chil., 2. 330.

Sphcerostigma spirale. Fisch. & Meyer, 1. c.

(E. viridescens. Torrey, Pac. R. R. Rep., 4. 87.

(E. contorta. Bolander, Catalogue, 12.
Var. suffruticosa. — No. 153 Coulter; 250, 307 Brewer; Nuttall ; Wallace;
Rich.

(E. viridescens. Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 214. Don's Mill., 2. 685. Spach,
Monog., 16. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 508. Bolander, Cat., 12.

(E. maritima. Nutt., MS.

Sphcerostigma viridescens. Walpers, Repert., 2. 77.
11. (Enothera coronopifolia. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 495. Walpers,
Repert., 2. 80. Gray, PI. Fendl., 43 ; PI. Wright., 2. 57 ; Pac. R. R. Rep., 12. 43 ;
Amer. Jour. Sci., 2. 34. 333 ; Proc. Acad. Phil., 1863, 61. Hook., PI. Geyer in
Lond. Jour. Bot., 6. 222. Torrey, Sitgreave's Rep., 159; Pac. R. R. Rep., 4. 86
and 7. 11; Bot. Mex. Bound., 65. Engelm., PI. Upp. Miss., 191; Amer. Jour.
Sci., 2. 34. 333. Porter, Hayden's Rep., 1870, 476. Watson, King's Rep., 5.
106. — Nos. 222, 225 Fendler; 178 Hall & Harb. ; 407 Watson; 135 Eaton; 180,
181 Vasey ; James; Nuttall; Abert ; Engelmann ; Kern; Meehan ; Gray.

<E. pinnatiftda. James, Long's Exped., 2. 154; not Nuttall. Torrey, Ann.
N. Y. Lye, 2. 201.
66. Oenothera densiflora. Lindl., Bot. Reg., 19. 1. 1593 ; (Litt. Ber. zu
Linna?a, 1835, 15.) Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 505. Hook., PI. Geyer in Lond.
Jour. Bot., 6. 224. Torrey, Pac. R. R. Rep., 4. 86. Newberry, Pac. R. R. Rep.,
6. 74. Bolander, Cat., 12. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad., 8. 384, excl. vars. — No.
591 Geyer; 104 Torrey, in part; 26, 54, 118 Anderson; 811 Brewer; 185-188
Hall ; Douglas ; Lyall ; Spalding ; Gibbons ; Bigelow ; Fitch.

Boisduvalia Douglasii. Spach, Monog., 80, t. 31, fig. 2.

(E. salicifolia and imbricata. Nutt., MS.
44. Oenothera dentata. Cav., Icon., 4. 67, t. 398. Ruiz & Pav., Fl.
Peruv., 3. 81, t. 317. Seringe, DC. Prodr., 3. 46. Presl, Rel. Haenke, 2. 31.
Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 511. Dietr., Syn., 2. 1284. Torrey, Pac. R. R. Rep., 4.
87. Gray, Ives's Rep., 12. —Nos. 166, 172 Fremont; 106 Bridges; 4844 Bo-
lander; 262 Kell. & Harf. ; Douglas; Bigelow; Parry; Wallace; Heermann.

Holostigma argutum. Spach, Monog, 13.

Sphcerostigma dentatum. Walpers, Repert., 2. 78. Gay, Fl. Chil , 2. 326.
Var. crd ci ata. — No. 1733 Hartweg; Stillman ; Shelton ; Fitch.

<E. strigulosa. Bentham, PI. Hartw., 310; not Torr. & Gray.
6. Oenothera Drummonpii. Hook., Bot. Mag., t. 3361; (Ann. Sci. Nat.,
2. 5. 296.) Spach, Monog., 28. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 493. Dietr., Syn., 2.
1290. Walpers, Repert., 2. 81. Torrey, Fremont's Rep., 89. Gray, PI. Lindh.,
8 and 189. Scheele, Roemer's Texas, 430. — No. 80 Drummond ; 53 Lindheimer;
99 Schott ; ? 53 Xantus ; Berlandier.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 13, 1873. 607

? CE. sinuata, Var. humifusa. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad., 5. 158.
63. CEnothera epilobioides. Nutt. ; Toit. & Gray, Flora, 1. 511. Wal-
pers, Repert., 2. 78. — No. 534 Thurber; 45 Beckwith ; 108 a Bridges; 252 An-
derson ; 272 Stretch; 6366 Bolander; 192 Hall; Nuttall; Bigelow; Gray; KelL
& Harford.

CE. rubicunda. Torrey, Pac. R. R. Rep., 2. 121.
CE. tenella, Var. tenuifolia. Torrey, Pac. R. R. Rep., 4. 86.
CE. vinosa. Torrey, Bot. Mex. Bound., 66.
CE. viminea. Watson, King's Rep., 5. 108.
(E. tenella. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad., 8. 384.
25. Oenothera Fremontii. — No. 363 Bigelow ; Fremont; Parry.

CE. Wrightii. Torrey, Bot. Mex. Bound., 65, in part.
15. (Enothera fruticosa. Linn., Spec, 346. Ait., Hort. Kew., 2. 4. Pursh,
Flora, 262. Nutt, Genera, 1. 247. Elliott, Sketch, 1. 442. Torrey, Flora U. S.,
389 ; Flora N. York, 1. 234. Hook., Fl. Bor. Amer., 1. 212 ; Bot. Mag., under
t. 3548, in part. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 496. Chapman, Flora, 139. Gray,
Manual, 179.

CE. mollissima. Walter, Fl. Car., 129 ; not Linn.

CE. tetragona. Roth, Cat. Bot., 2. 39; Beitriig. Bot., 1. 200; Ann. Bot., 2.

30. Seringe, DC. Prodr., 3. 52. Don's Mill., 2. 691.
CE.hybrida. Michx., Flora, 1. 225. Pursh, Flora, 262. Elliott, Sketch, 1.
442. Seringe, DC. Prodr., 3. 50. Dietr., Syn., 2. 1288.
• Kneiffia suffrutkosa and fioribunda. Spach, Monog., 45 and 46.
Var. linearifolia. Hook., Bot. Mag., under t. 3545. — No. 78 Drummond ;
54 Lindheimer; 126 Palmer; 210 Hall; Nuttall; Wright; Pitcher; Leaven-
worth.

CE. linearis. Michx., Flora, 1. 225. Pursh, Flora, 262. Nutt., Genera, 1.
248. Elliott, Sketch, 1. 444. Seringe, DC. Prodr., 3. 51. Torr. & Gray,
Flora, 1. 497. Chapman, Flora, 139. Gray, Manual, 179, in part.
? CE. media. Link, Enum. Berol., 1. 377. Seringe, DC. Prodr., 3. 49. Dietr.,

Syn., 2. 1286.
CE. riparia. Nutt., Genera, 1. 247. Seringe, DC. Prodr., 3. 52. Torr. &

Gray, Flora, 1. 497. Chapman, Flora, 139. Gray, Manual, 179.
Kneiffia angustifolia and ? metadata. Spach, Monog., 46 and 47.
Onagra Linkiana. Spach, Monog., 34.
Var. humifusa. Allen, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 1. 2.
CE. linearis, var. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 497.
CE. linearis. Gray, Manual, 179, in part.
Var. ambigua. Nutt., Genera, 1. 247. Torrey, Flora U. S., 389. Hook.,
Bot. Mag., t. 3545. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 496.

CE. ambigua. Spreng., Syst., 2. 229. Seringe, DC Prodr., 3. 50. Dietr.,

Syn., 2. 1289.
CE. Canadensis. Goldie, " Edinb. Phil. Jour., 1822." Seringe, DC. Prodr.,
3. 52.
Var. phyllopus. Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 212. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 496.
CE. fruticosa. Sims, Bot. Mag., t. 332.

608 PROCEEDINGS QF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

CE. serotina. Don ; Sweet's Brit. Fl. Gard., t. 184. Sweet, " Hort. Brit.,
1. 152." Lindl., Bot. Reg., 22. 1. 1840. Don's Mill., 2. 689.
Var. incana. Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 212. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 496.
(E.incana. Nutt., Genera, 1. 247. Torrey, Flora U. S., 389. Spreng., Syst.,
2. 229. Seringe, DC. Prodr., 3. 52. Don's Mill., 2. 690.
Var. hirscta. Nutt. ; Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 496.

(E . pilosella. Raf., Ann. Nat., 15.
39. Oenothera gaurjEflora. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 510. Torr., Bot.
Mex. Bound., 66. Gray, Ives's Rep., 12. — No. 337 Fremont, in part; 273a
Schott; 579, 1218 Brewer; Douglas; Newberry; Cooper; Andrews.
Gaura decorticans. Hook. & Arn., Bot. Beech., 343.
Sphcerostigma gauraflora. Walpers, Repert., 2. 78.
CE. Nevadensis. Kellogg, Proc. Acad. Calif., 2. 224, fig. 70.
68. GEnothera glabella. Nutt. ; Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 505. Watson,
King's Rep., 5. 108. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad., 8. 384. — No. 413 Watson; 190
Hall; Nuttall.

16. CEnothera glauca. Michx., Flora, 1. 224. Pursh; Sims, Bot. Mag.,
t. 1606; Flora, 262. Nutt., Genera, 1. 247. Seringe, DC. Prodr., 3. 50.
Lindl., Bot. Reg., 18. t. 1511. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 497. Chapman, Flora,
138. Gray, Manual, 179.

Kneiffia glauca. Spach, Monog., 45.
Var. Fraseri. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 497.

CE. Fraseri. Pursh ; Sims, Bot. Mag., t. 1674 ; Flora, 2. 734. Elliott,

Sketch, 1. 443. Seringe, DC. Prodr., 3. 51. Dietr., Syn., 2. 1289.
Kneiffia Fraseri. Spach, Monog., 46.
CE. fruticosa, Var. Fraseri. Hook., Bot. Mag., under t. 3548.

32. Oenothera graciliflora. Hook. & Am., Bot. Beech., 341. Torr. &
Gray, Flora, 1 . 507. Hook., Icones, t. 338. Walpers, Repert., 2. 86. Bentham,
PL Hartw., 310. Bolander, Cat., 12.— No. 173 Coulter; 17.32 Hartweg; 218
Fremont; 1109 Brewer; 4564, and c. Bolander; 259 Kell. & Harf. ; Douglas;
Stillman; Rich.

52. Oenothera grandiflora. — No. 6534 Bolander; 274 Kell. & Harford.
Godetia grandiflora. Lindl., Bot. Reg., 27, Misc., 61, and 28. t. 61; not

Aiton.
(E. Whitneyi. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad., 7. 340 and 400. Hook, f., Bot.
Mag., t. 5867. Bolander, Cat., 12.
34. Oenothera Greggii. Gray, PI. Fendl., 46; PI. Wright, 1.72. Wal-
pers, Annal., 2. 533. — No. 199 Wright; 30 Gordon; Gregg.
(E. Lampasana. Buckley, Proc. Phil. Acad., 1861, 454.
CE. Hartwegi, var. Gray, Proc. Phil. Acad., 1862, 163.

33. Oenothera Hartwegi. Bentham, PI. Hartw., 5. Gray, PL Fendl., 46;
PL Wright., 1. 72 and 2. 58. Torrey, Sitgreave's Rep., 159; Bot. Mex. Bound.,
66. — No. 10 Hartweg; 33, 303 Gregg; 196, 198, 1075, 1093 Wright; 123 Thur-
ber ; 369 Parry ; 27 Edwards & Eaton ; Schott.

Var. lavandul^folia. — No. 1074 Wright; 16 Geyer; 368 Bigelow; 77, 115
Parry ; 62 Hall ; James ; Nuttall ; Gregg ; Engelmann.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAT 13, 1873.. 609

(E. insignis. Nutt, MS.

(E. hvandulcefolia. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 501 ; Pac. R. R. Rep., 2. 164.

Walpers, Repert., 2. 85. Gray, PI. Fendl., 46; PI. Wright., 1. 72 and 2.

58; Amcr. Jour. Sci., 2. 33. 405. Hook., PL Geyer in Lond. Journ. Bot.,

6. 223. Torrey, Marcy's Rep., 285 ; Bot. Mex. Bound., C6. Engelm., PI.

Upp. Miss., 192.

Var. Fendleri. Gray, PI. Wright., 1. 72 and 2. 58; PI. Thuib., 300. Torr.

& Gray, Pac. R. R. Rep., 2. 164. —No. 230 Fendler ; 1076 Wright ; 265 Thurber ;

130 Palmer; Smith.

(E.Fendleri. Gray, PI. Fendl., 45. Walpers, Annal., 2. 533.
30. Oenothera heterantha. Nuttall, Journ. Acad. Phil , 7. 22. Toit. &
Gray, Flora, 1. 507. Walpers, Repert., 2. 86. Gray, PI. Fendl., 45 ; PI. Wright.,
1. 70. Watson, King's Rep., 5. 110. Porter, Hayden's Rep., 1871, 483. — No.
406 Geyer; 418 Watson, in part; 139 Eaton ; Wyeth.
Jussicea subacaulis. Pursh, Flora, 1. 304.

<E. triloba. Hook., PI. Geyer in Lond. Journ. Bot., 6. 223 ; not Nuttall.
Var. (?) taraxacifolia. — No. 418 Watson, in part.

3. CEnothera heterophylla. — Spach, Monog., 28. Walpers, Repert., 2.
81. — No. 74 Drummond; 1842 Berlandier; 56 Lindheimer ; 201 Hall; Wright;
Lin sec um ; Buckley.

(E. bifrons. Don, Sweet's Brit. Fl. Gard., 2 ser., t. 386. Hook., Bot.
Mag., t. 3764. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 492. Dietr., Syn , 2. 1290. Walpers,
Repert., 2. 81. Gray, PI. Wright., 1. 69 ; Proc. Acad. Phil., 1862, 163; Hall's
PI. Tex., 9.

(E. rhombipetala. Engelm. & Gray, PI. Lindh., 8. Dur. & Hilg., Fac. R. R.

Rep., 5. 7.
(E. Leona. Buckley, Proc. Acad. Phil., 1861, 163.
64. Oenothera hispidula. — No. 307, and Ppp., Fremont; 32 Rattan; Prat-
ten.

(E. rubicunda. Durand, PI. Pratten., 87.
5. CEnothera humifusa. Nutt., Genera, 1. 245. Spreng., Syst., 2. 228.
Seringe, DC. Prodr., 3. 47. Don's Mill., 2. 687. Spach, Monog., 30.

(E. sinuata, Var. humifusa. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 494. Chapman, Flora,

138.

2. CE\otiiera Jamesii. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 493. Walpers, Repert., 2,

81. Gray, PI. Lindh., 189; PL Wright., 1.69. Torrey, Si.tgreave's Rep., 175;

Pac. R. R. Rep., 4. 86; Bot. Mex. Bound., 65. — No. 375 and 502 Lindheimer;

189 Wright; 63 Thurber; 357 Parry; James.

54. CEnothera lepida. Hook. & Arn., Bot. Beech., 342. Torr. & Gray,
Flora, 1. 504. Dietr., Syn., 2. 1287. Bentham, PL Hartw., 310. Torrey, Pac.
R. R. Rep., 4. 86. Gray, Pac. R. R. Rep., 12. 61. —No. 1727 Hartweg; 282 Bo-
lander, in part ; 690 Brewer ; Nuttall ; Bigelow ; Pratten ; Hulse.
Godetia lepida. LindL, Bot. Reg., 22. 1. 1849.
(E. purpurea. Durand, PI. Pratten., 88, in part.
Var. parviflora. — Nos. 441, 484 Fremont; 194 Hall, and 188, in part; 266,
269 Kell. & Harf. ; Douglas; Tolmie; Shelton ; Fitch; Bigelow; Willey.

VOL. VIII. 77

610 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

CE. decumbens. Dougl. ; Hook., Bot. Mag., t. 2889. Lincll., Bot. Reg., 15.
t. 1221. Lehm., Hook. Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 211. Don's Mill., 2. 688. Torr.
& Gray, Flora, 1. 504. Dietr., Syn., 2. 1287. Durand, PL Pratten., 87.
Godetia decumbens. Spach, Monog., 68, t. 30, fig. 2.
CE. viminea. Torrey, Pac. R. R. Rep., 4. 86, in part.
CE. densijlora, var. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad., 8. 384, in part.
Var. Arnottii.— No. 104 Torrey, in part; 193 Hall, in part; Douglas;
Bolander.

CE. viminea, var. Hook. & Am., Bot. Beech., 342.
CE. Arnottii. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1 . 503.
12. Oenothera linifolia. Nuttall, Journ. Acad. Phil., 2. 120; (Litt. Ber.
zu Linncea, 1829, 40.) Seringe, DC. Prodr., 3. 50. Don's Mill., 2. 691. Torr. &
Gray, Flora, 1. 499. Dietr., Syn., 2. 1288. Engelm. & Gray, PI. Lindh., 8.
Chapman, Flora, 139. Gray, Hall's PI. Texan., 9. — No. 78 Drummond ; 54
Lindheimer; 210 Hall; Wright; Leavenworth.
Kneiffia linifolia. Spach, Monog., 48.
27. Oenothera macrosceles. Gray, PI. Fendl., 43. Walpers, Annal., 2.
533. — Gregg.

42. CEnothera micrantha. Hornem., " Hort. Hafn." Spreng., Syst., 2. 228.
Hook. & Arn., Bot. Beech., 341. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 509. — Nos. 155, 221,
282, 320, 324, 391, 443, 446, 988, 1137 Brewer; 6363, 6420 Bolander; 28 Xantus ;
261 Kell. & Harf., in part; Douglas; Nuttall; Fremont; Wallace; Gibbons;
Torrey.

CE. dentata. Seringe, DC. Prodr., 3. 46, in part; not Cav.

CE. hirta. Link, " Enum., 1. 378." Don's Mill., 2. 684.

Sphcerostigma hirtum. Fisch. & Mey., Ind. Sem. h. Petr., 2. "25 ; (Litt. Ber.

zu Linnsea, 1837, 120.)
Holostigma micrantkum. Spach, Monog., 15.
Spharostigma micranthum. Walpers, Report., 2. 77.
CE. asperifolia. Nutt., MS.

CE. cheiranthifolia. Torrey, Pac. R. R. Rep., 4. 87.
CE. strigulosa. Torrey, Pac. R. R. Rep., 4. 87, in part.
CE. bistorta. Gray, PI. Xantus in Proc. Bost. Soc, 7. 146.
26. CEnothera Missouriensis. Sims, Bot. Mag., t. 1592, and under t.
1674. Don's Mill., 2. 689. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 500; Pac. R. R. Rep., 2.
164. Torrey, Fremont's Rep., 89 and 315; Pac. R. R. Rep., 4. 86 ; Bot. Mex.
Bound., 65, in part. Gray, PI. Lindh., 188; PL Wright., 1. 70; Proc. Acad.
Phil., 1863, 61 ; Hall's PL Tex., 9. Engelm., Wislizenus's Report, 3. Wood,
Classbook, 353. — Nos. 81, 108 Fremont; 43 Fendler ; 255,391 Lindheimer; 194
Wright; 362 Bigelow ; 31 Gordon; 174 Hall & Harb. ; 131 Palmer; 207 Hall;
James ; Gleason ; Greene.

Megaplerium Missourien.se. Spach, Monog., 31.
CE. Drummondii. Hook., PL Geyer in Lond. Journ. Bot, 6. 221.
Var. latifolium. Gray, PL Lindh., 188.

CE. macrocarpa. Pursh, Flora, 734. James, Long's Exped., 2. 324. Torrey,
Ann. N. Y. Lye, 2. 201. Sweet, Brit. FL Gard., t.^5. Spreng., Syst., 2.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 13, 1873. 611

229. Seringe, DC. Trod., 3. 47. Don's Mill., 2. 689. Dietr., Syn., 2.

1286. Scheelc, Homer's Texas, 430.
(E. data. Nutt., Genera, 1. 248.
Megapterium Nuttallii. Spach, Monog., 31.
Var. incana. Gray, PI. Lindh., 189. Torrey, Pac. R. R. Rep., 4. 86.

50. Oenothera mcltijuga. Watson, Amer. Naturalist, 7. 300. — Thomp-
son.

29. Oenothera NuttalliI. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1 . 506. Walpers, Repert.,
2. 86. Watson, King's Rep., 5. 110. — No. 43 Beckwith ; 417 Watson ; Nuttall ;
Newberry ; Cronkhite ; Lyall ; Anderson ; Stretch ; Bolander & Kellogg.
Taraxia longi folia. Nutt., MS.

(E. tanaceti folia. Torr. & Gray, Pae. R. R. Rep., 2. 121, t. 4; (Nuremberg
Flora, 41. 622.) Newberry, Pac. R. R. Rep., 6. 74. Watson, lung's Rep.,
5. 110.
31. CExothera ovata. Nutt. ; Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 507. Walpers, Re-
pert., 2. 86. Bentham, PI. Hartw., 310. Torcey, Pac. R. R. Rep., 4. 87. Bo-
lander, Cat., 12. — No. 125 Fremont; 1731 Hartw.; 902 Brewer; 260 Kell. &
Harf. ; d. Bolander ; Nuttall ; Bigelow ; Bloomer.

8. GSxothera pinnatifida. Nutt., Genera, 1. 245. Spreng., Syst, 2. 229.
Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 494. Dietr., Syn., 2. 1289. Walpers, Repert., 2. 79. Tor-
rey, Nicollet's Rep., 150. Nees, PI. Maxim., 9. Gray, PI. Fendl., 43; Amer.
Jour. Sci., 2. 34. 333; Proc. Phil. Acad., 1863, 61. Hook., PI. Geyer in Lond.
Journ. Bot., 6. 221. Engelm., PI. Upp. Miss., 191 ; Amer. Jour. Sci., 2. 34. 333.
Porter, Hayden's Rep., 1870, 476. — Nos. 46, 267 Fremont; 223 Fendler; 201
Nicollet; 1069, 1070 Wright; 279 Thurber; 359 Bigelow; 116'Parry; 177 Hall
& Harb. ; 179 Vasey ; 121 Greene; Bradbury; Nuttall; Newberry; Schott ;
Kern ; Smith ; Henry ; Howard ; Gray ; and others.

(E. albicaulis. Pursh, Flora, 733 ; not Nuttall. Seringe, DC. Prodr., 3. 51.
Torrey, Bot. Mex. Bound., 65. Gray, Ives's Rep., 11 ; Amer. Jour. Sci.,
2. 33. 405, in part.
(E. Bradburiensis. Nutt., MS.
<E. Purshiana. Steud., Nomenclator, 2. 207.
<E. Purshii. Don's Mill., 2. 688.

(E. coronopifolia. Gray, PI. Wright., 2. 56 ; not Torr. & Gray.
20. Oenothera primiveris. Gray, PI. Wright., 2. 58 ; PI. Thurb., 298 ; Ives's
Rep., 11. Walpers, Annal., 4. 677. Torrey, Bot. Mex. Bound., 65. — No. 1376
Wright. ; 366 Parry ; Newberry.

51. Oenothera pterosperma. Watson, King's Rep., 5. 112, t. 14. — No
424 Watson.

14. Oenothera pttmila. Linn., Spec, 2 ed., 493. Aiton, Hort. Kew., 2. 4.
Curtis, Bot. Mag., t 355. Pursh, Flora, 262. Elliott, Sketch, 1. 444. Hook.,
Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 212. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 498. Chapman, Flora, 139.
Bourgeau, Palliser's Rep., 256. Gray, Manual, 179. — Bourgeau.

(E. pusilla. Michx., Flora, 1. 225. Pursh, Flora, 263. Nutt., Genera, 1 . 248.
Torrey, Flora U. S., 390. Seringe, DC. Prodr., 3. 51. Don's Mill., 2.
690.

612 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

(Echrys-mthn. Michx., Flora, 1. 225. Pursh, Flora, 263. Elliott, Sketch,
1. 444. Ton-. & Gray, Flora, 1. 498. Torrey, Flora New York, 1. 235.
Matthews, Fl. Acadia, 20. Gray, Manual, 179.
(E. gracilis. Schrad., " Ind. Sem. h. Gott."
(E. riparia. Lehm. ; Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 212; not Nutt.
Kneiffia pumila and ehrysantlta. Spach, Monog., 47 and 48, excl. vars.
53. Oenothera purpurea. Curtis, Bot. Mng., t. 352. Willd., Spec, 2. 311.
Persoon, Ench., 1. 409. Ait., Hort. Kew., 2 ed., 2.' 344. Seringe, DC. Prodr., 3.
49. Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 211. Don's Mill., 2. 688. Hook. & Am., Bot.
Beech., 341. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 504. Dietr., Syn., 2. 1287. Bentham,
Bot Sulph., 15. Bolander, Cat., 12. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad., 8. 384, in part.

— No, 108 b. Bridges; 410 Bolander, and 282, in part; 193 Hall, in part; Doug-
las; Rich; Willey.

(E. humilis. Donn, " Ind. h. Cant., 41." Poir., Suppl., 4. 144.

Godetia Willdenowiana. Spach, Monog., 68.
57. CEnothera quadrivulnera. Dougl. ; Lindl., Bot. Beg., 13. t. 1119.
Lehm. ; Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 21.3. Don's Mill., 2. 684. Torr. & Gray, Flora,
1. 504. Dietr., Syn., 2. 1285. Gray, Pac. R. R. Rep., 12. 61.— No. 533 Thur-
ber, in part ; 477, 2538 Brewer ; 106 Torrey, in part ; 270 Kell. & Harf. ; Douglas ;
Nuttall; Tolmie; Wilkes; Pratten; Scouler; Williams; Bigelow; Suckley ;
Kellogg.

Godetia quadrivulnera. Spach, Monog., 69.

(E. tenella, Var. tenuifolia. Hook. & Am., Bot. Beech., 342, in part. Torr.
& Gray, Flora, 1. 504.

(E. viminea. Torrey, Pac. R. R. Rep., 4. 86, in part.

(E. purpurea. Durand, PI. Pratten., 88, in part.
4. CEnothera rhombipetala. Nutt.; Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 493. Wal-
pers, Repert., 2. 81. .Torrey, Fremont's Rep., 89; Marcy's Rep., 285 ; Sitgreave's
Rep., 175. Kunze, Linnoea, 20. 57. Parry, PI. Minnesota, 612. Engelm., PI.
Upp. Miss., 192. Gray, Manual, 178. — Fremont; Leavenworth; Parry.

(E. Dailingtonii. Pickering, MS.

60. Oenothera Romanzovii. Ledeb., " Hornem. Hort. Hafn., 1 . 133." Don;

Lindl., Bot. Reg., 7. t. 562; (Spreng., Neue Entdeck., 3. 176). "Link, Enum.,

378." Spreng., Syst., 2. 228. Seringe, DC. Prodr., 3. 49. Hook., Fl. Bor. Am.,

1. 212. Don's Mill., 2. 688. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 503. Dietr., Syn., 2. 1287-

Godetia Romanzovii. Spach, Monog., 70.
18. CEnothera rosea. Aiton, Hort. Kew., 2. 3. Curtis, Bot. Mag., t. 347.
Scringe, DC. Prodr., 3. 51. Don's Mill., 2. 689. Gray, PI. Wright., 2. 57. Tor-
rey, Bot. Mex. Bound., 65.— No. 165 Coulter; 254, 651 Gregg; 1071 Wright;
361 Schott; 347, 699 Thurber.

(E. rubra. Cav., Icones, 4. 68, t. 400.

(E. purpurea. Lam., Diet., 4. 554.

Ilartmannia (jauroides. Spach, Monog., 41.
47. OEsothera scapoidea. Nutt. ; Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 506. Walpers,
Repert., 2. 86. Hook , PI. Geyer in Lond. Journ. Bot, 6. 224. Torrey, Stans-
bury's Rep., 387, in part. Durand, Fl. Utah, 164. Watson, King's Rep., 5. 109.

— No. 94 Geyer ; 96 Palmer ; 414 Watson ; Nuttall ; Stansbury.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAT 13, 1873. 613

Var. purpcrascens. — No. 1845 Brewer; 415 Watson; 70 Anderson; Beck-
with ; Stretch.

CE. clavcBformis. Torr. & Gray, Pac. R. R. Rep., 2. 121.
CE. cruciformis. Kellogg, Proc. Acad. Calif., 2. 227, fig. 71.
CE. scapoidea, Var. clavceformis. Watson, King's Rep., 5. 109.
Var. aurantiaca. — No. 180 Coulter, in part; 374 Parry; Fremont; Bigelow;
Newberry ; Cooper ; Thomas ; Almendinger.

CE. clavcpformis. . Torrey, Fremont's Rep., 314 ; (Bot. Zeit., 5. 42 ;) Pac. R. R.
Rep., 4. 86 and 5. 360 ; Bot. Mex. Bound., 66, in part. Walpers, Annal.,
1. 291. Gray, Ives's Rep., 12.
36. CExothera serrulata. Nutt., Genera, 1. 246. Torrey, Ann. N. Y. Lye,
2. 201. Sweet, Brit. Fl. Gard., 1. 133. Spreng., Syst., 2. 228. Seringe, DC.
Prodr., 3. 49. Don's Mill., 2. 687. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 501 ; Pac. R. R. Rep.,
2. 164. Dietr., Syn., 2. 1286. Torrey, Nicollet's Rep., 150; Fremont's Rep., 89;
Marcy's Rep., 285; Pac. R. R. Rep., 4. 86; Bot. Mex. Bound., 65. Engelm.,
Wislizenus's Rep., 3; PI. Upp. Miss., 191. Parry, Fl. Minnesota, 612. Gray,
Pac. R. R. Rep., 12. 43 ; Proc. Acad. Phil., 1863, 61 ; Manual, 179. Bourgeau,
Palliser's Rep., 256. Porter, Hayden's Rep., 1870, 476. — No. 192 Nicollet; 17,
201, 455 Fremont; 1957 Berlandier ; 229 Fendler ; 179 Hall & Harb. ; 182Vasey;
61 Houghton; James; Nuttall; Franklin; Marcy; Beckwith; Thurber; Suckley ;
Bourgeau; Engelmann; Lesquereux ; Kern; Buckley; Hale.
Calylophis Nuttallii. Spach, Monog., 17.
CE . fruticosa. Gray, PI. Fendl, 44.

Meriolix serrulata. Walpers, Repert, 2. 79 ; Annal., 2. 532.
Var. pinifolia. Engelm.; Gray, PL Lindh., 189; Hall's PI. Tex., 9. — No.
567, 1048, 2478 Berlandier'; 394 Lindheimer; 209 Hall.
CE. capillifolia. Scheele, Linnaea, 21. 576.
Var. Docglasii. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 502 ; Pac. R. R. Rep., 2. 126. Gray,
PI. Fendl., 45. Hook., PI. Geyer in Lond. Journ. Bot., 6. 224.

CE leucocarpa. Lehm. ; Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 210; Nov. Stirp., pug. 2. 17.
Don's Mill., 2. 687. Dietr., Syn., 2. 1287.

Var. Drcmmondii. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 502.

Calylophis Drummondiana and ? Berlandieri. Spach, Monog., 18.
Meriolix Berlandieri. Walpers, Repert., 2. 79.
CE. spinulosa, Var. Drummondii. Engelm., PI. Upp. Miss., 192.
Var. spinulosa. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 502. Gray, PI. Lindh., 36 and 189 ;
PI. Wright., 1. 71 ; Hall's PI. Tex., 9. Scheele, Romer's Texas, 430. — Nos.
479, 1829, 1919 Berlandier; 79 Drummond ; 238,393 Lindheimer; 195 Wright;
208 Hall ; Nuttall ; Fremont ; Hobart.
CE. spinulosa. Nutt., MS.

CE. serrulata. Nutt., Journ. Acad. Phil., 2. 120; (Litt. Ber. zu Linnaea, 1829,

40.) Hook., Exot. FL, 1. 140.

7. Oenothera sixuata. Linn., Mant., 2. 228. Murr., " Comm. Gott, 5, t.

9." Ait., Hort. Kew., 2. 3. Michx., Flora, 1. 224. Pursh, Flora, 261. Elliott,

Sketch, 1. 443. Spach, Monog., 29. Hook., Comp. Bot. Mag., 1. 25. Torr. &

Gray, Flora, 1. 494; Pac. R. R. Rep., 2. 164. Bentham, PL Hartw., 6. Scheele,

614 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Romer's Texas, 431. Torrey, Marcy's Rep., 285 ; Bot. Mex. Bound., 65. Les-
quereux, Fl. Ark., 360. Chapman, Flora, 138. Gray, Manual, 178; Hall's PI.
Tex., 9. — Nos. 166, 170 Coulter; 1066,2496 Berlandier; 11 Hartweg; 221,244
Fendler; 368 Lindheimer ; 133 Palmer; 677 Ghiesbrecht; 206 Hall.

(E. laciniata. Hill, " Syst. Veg., 12, Appx., and plate"; Hort. Kew., 172*,

t. 6.
Onagra sinuata. Moench., Methodus, 676.

<E. prostrala. Ruiz & Pav., Fl. Peru., 3. 79, t. 315. DC. Prodr., 3. 48.
? (E. viscosa. Raf., Fl. Lud., 96.
Var. minima. Nutt., Genera, 1. 245. Hook., Bot. Mag., t. 3392; PI. Geyer
in Lond. Journ. Bot., 6. 221. — No. 134 Palmer.

(E. minima. Pursh, Flora, 262, 1. 15. Spreng., Syst., 2. 228. Seringe, DC.
Prodr., 3. 49. Don's Mill., 2. 687. Spach, Monog., 29.
Var. hirsuta. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 494. Gray, PI. Fendl., 43 ; Hall's PI.
Tex., 9. — No. 75Drummond; 202 Hall ; Nuttall ; Linsceum.
(E. Mexicana. .Spach, Monog., 27. Walpers, Repert., 2. 81.
Var. grandiflora. — No. 132 Palmer; 203 Hall; Wright.
? (E. long! flora. Scheele, Romer's Texas, 430 ; not Jacq.
(E. sinuata. Gray, Hall's PI. Tex., 9, in part.
13. OSxothera Spachiana. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 498; Pac. R. R. Rep.,
2. 164. Walpers, Repert., 2. 84. Gray, PL Wright., 1. 70; Hall's PI. Tex., 9.
— No. 81 Drummond, in part; 206 Hall; Lindheimer; Wright; Pope; Hall.
Blennoderma Drummondii. Spach, Monog., 86.
<E. Drummondii. Walpers, Repert., 2. 85 ; not Hook.

? <E. uncinata. Scheele, Linnsea, 21. 578. Gray, PI. Lindh., 190. Walpers,
Annal, 2. 534.
17. Oenothera speciosa, Nutt, Journ. Acad. Phil., 2. 119; (Litt. Ber. zu
Linnrea, 1829, 40.) Hook., Exot. Flora, 2. t. 80 ; Bot. Mag., t. 3189. Spreng.,
Syst, 2. 230. Seringe, DC. Prodr., 3. 50. Don ; Sweet, Brit. Fl. Gard., t. 253.
Don's Mill., 2. 688. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 496; Pac. R. R. Rep., 2. 126 and
164. Dietr., Syn., 2. 1289. Walpers, Repert, 2. 85. Torrey, Fremont's Rep.,
89 ; Marcy's Rep., 285 ; Pac. R. R. Rep., 4. 86. Gray, PI. Fendl., 44 ; PI. Lindh.,
8 and 31 and 189; Pi. Wright., 1. 70; Hall's PI. Tex, 9. Engelmann, Wislize-
nus's Rep., 3. Scheele, Romer's Texas, 431. — Nos. 187, 869, 10S7, 1447, 1484,
1833, 2326, 2433, 2517 Berlandier; 78, 79 Drummond, and 81, in part; 35, 55,
409 Lindheimer; 415, 440 Wright; 370 Schott ; 127 Palmer; Nuttall; Gregg;
Fremont; Pitcher; Thurber; Hobart ; Hale.

Xjjlopleurum liirsutum, Nuttallii, Drummondii, and obtusifolium. Spach, Monog.,

50-52.
(E. Spachii and obtusi folia. Dietr., Syn., 2. 1289.
(E. Drummondii. Schnitzlein, Icon., t. 265, f. 1; not Hook.
45. CEnotheka strigulosa. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1.512. Dietr., Syn., 2.
1284. Torrey, Pac. R. R, Rep., 4. 87, in part, [and 7. 11 ?] — No. 694 Wilkes ;
407, 2590 Brewer; Nuttall; Spalding; Bi^elow; Rich; Fitch.

Sphcerostigma strigulosum. Fisch. & Mey., Ind. Sem. h. Petr., 2. 25; (Ann.
Sci. Nat., 2. 5. 187; Litt. Ber. zu Linn., 1837, 120; Hook., Comp. Bot
Mag., 2. 9.) Walpers, Repert., 2. 79.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 13, 1873. 615

CE. contorta. Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1. 214. Don's Mill, 2. 685. Spach,
Monog., 16. Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 511. Dietr., Syn., 2. 1285. [? Hook.,
PL Geyer in Lontl. Jonrn. Bot., 6. 224.]
CE. parvula. Nutt. ; Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 511.
Sphcer-ostigma conlortum and parmdum. Walpers, Repert., 2. 78.
Var. pubens. — No. 219 Fremont; 181 Stretch; 99, 155 Anderson; 100 Tor-
rev; 276, 498, 550, 715, 3934 Brewer; 3857, 3954, 6419 Bolander; 422, 423 Wat-
son ; Bigelow ; Suekley ; Spalding ; Lyall ; Fitch ; Shelton ; Rich ; Kellogg.
CE. dentata. Watson, King's Rep., 5. 111.
58. GEnothera tenella. Cav., Icon., 4. t. 396, f. 2. Ruiz & Pav., PI. Peruv.,
3. t. 316. Persoon, Ench., 1. 408. Poir., Suppl., 4. 141. Spreng., Syst., 2. 228.
Sweet, Brit. Fl. Gard., t. 167. Seringe, DC. Prodr., 3. 48. Don's Mill., 2. 687.
Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 504, excl. var. Dietr., Syn., 2. 1287. — No. 533 Thurber,
mostly; 108 Bridges ; 508, 519, 638 Brewer ; 106 Torrey, mostly ; 10 Blake; 193
Hall, in part; Bigelow; Parry; Bolander.

Godetia Cavanillesii. Spach, Monog., 71. Gay, Fl. Chil., 2. 338.

CE. viminea, Var. parvijiora. Hook. & Am., Bot. Beech., 342. Torrey, Pac.

R. R. Rep., 4. 86.
CE. viminea. Torrey, Pac. R. R. Rep., 4. 86, in part.
CE. purpurea. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad., 8. 384, in part.
67. Oenothera Torreti. — No. 109 Torrey; 189 Hall.

CE. densiflora, Var. tenella. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad., 8. 384.
9. GDnothera trichocaltx. Nutt. ; Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1.494. Walpers,
Repert., 2. 80. Torrey, Fremont's Rep., 89. Hook., PI. Geyer in Lond. Journ.
Bot., 6. 222. Gray, PI. Wright., 2. 56. Newberry, Pac. R. R. Rep., 6. 74. —No.
160 Stretch; 101 Torrey ;• 1217, 1590 Brewer ; 293 Anderson ; 409 Watson ; Nut-
tall ; Fremont ; Newberry ; Schott ; Cooper ; Palmer.

CE. deltoidea. Torrey, Fremont's Rep., 315; (Bot. Zeit., 5. 42.) Walpers,

Annal., 1. 291. Watson, King's Rep., 5. 107.
CE. albicaulis, Var. Iric/iocalt/x. Engelm., Amer. Jour. Sci., 2. 33. 335, in part.
21. Oenothera triloba. Nutt, Journ. Acad. Phil., 2. 118; (Litt. Ber. zu
Linnsea, 1829, 40.) Hook., Bot. Mag., t. 2566. Seringe, DC. Prodr., 3. 49.
Reich., Hort. Bot., 2. 18, 1. 145. Barton, Fl. N. Am., t. 37. Don's Mill., 2. 689.
Torr. & Gray, Flora, 1. 499; Pac. R. R. Rep., 2. 164. Dietr., Syn., 2. 1288.
Gray, PI. Lindh., 189; PI. Wright., 1. 70 and 2. 58; Proc, Acad. Phil., 1863,
61. Torrey, Bot. Mex. Bound., 65. Bourgeau, Palliser's Rep., 256. Watson,
King's Rep., 5. 107. — No. 392 Lindheimer ; 1375 Wright; 365 Bigelow; 175
Hall & Harb. ; 410 Watson ; 137 Eaton; 177 Vasey; Nuttall ; Bourgeau; Leav-
enworth; Pitcher; Smith; Bol. & Kell.

CE. rhizocarpa. Spreng., Syst., 2. 230. Seringe, DC. Prodr., 3. 50. Dietr.,

Syn., 2. 1288.
Lavauxia Nuttalliana. Spach, Monog., 38, t. 31, f. 1.
CE. dandestina. Nutt., MS.

CE. Rameriana. Scheele, Linnaea, 22. 154. Walpers, Annal., 2. 533.
35. Oenothera tubiccla. Gray, PI. Wright, 1. 71 and 2. 58. Torr. & Gray,
Pac. R. R. Rep., 2. 164. Torrey, Bot. Mex. Bound., 66. Walpers, Annal., 4.
676. — No. 1077 Wright, and 197, in part ; 372 Bigelow ; Pope.

616

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

59. CE. viminea. Dougl.; Hook., Bot. Mag., t. 2873. Lindl., Bot. Reg.,
15. 1. 1220. Lehm.; Hook., Fl. Bor. Am., 1.211. Don's Mill., 2. 688. Torr.&
Gray, Flora, 1. 503. Dietr., Syn., 2. 1287. Torrey, Pac. R. R. Rep., 4. 86,
in part, and 7. 11 ; Bot. Mex. Bound., 66. Bolander, Cat., 12. — No. 108 Bridges;
4919, 6367 Bolander; 102 Torrey; 265, 271 Kell. & Haif. ; Bigelow.
Godetia viminea. Spach, Monog., 69.

? (E. tenella, Var. tenuifolia. Lindl., Bot. Reg., 19. 1. 1587.
Var. intermedia. Kellogg, Proc. Acad. Calif., 1. 60.

56. GEnothera Williamsoni. Durand & Hilgard, Pac. R. R. Rep., 5. 7, t. 5.
— No. 107 Bridges; 150 Rattan; Heermann.

Godetia Lindleyi, var. Uur. & Hilg., Journ. Acad. Phil., 3. 39.
23. CSnothera Wrightii. Gray, PI. Wright., 2. 57 ; PI. Thurb., 300. Torr.
& Gray, Pac. R. R. Rep., 2. 164. Torrey, Bot. Mex. Bound., 65, in part. Wal-
pers, Annal., 4. 676. — Nos. 1072, 1374 Wright; Smith.

Cross-Refere nces.

Anogra Douglasiana and Nuttalliana =
(E. albicaulis.

Baumannia Douglasiana and Nuttalli-
ana = CE. albicaulis.

Blennoderma Drummondii = CE. Spach-
iana.

Boisduvalia Douglasii = CE. densiflora.

Calylophis Berlandieri, Drummondiana,
and Nuttallii = CE. serrulata.

Godetia Cavanillesii = CE. tenella.

G. decumbens = CE. lepida.

G. Lehmanniana, Lindleyana, macran-
tha, rubicunda, and vinosa = GS. amcena.

G. Lindleyi; CE. Williamsoni.

G. Willdenowiana = CE. purpurea.

Hartmannia gauroides = CE. rosea.

Holostigma argutum = CE. dentata.

H. Botto3= CE. bistorta.

Kneiffia angustifolia, floribunda, macu-
lata, and suffruticosa = CE. fruticosa.

K. chrysantha = CE. pumila.

K. Fraseri = CE. glauca, var.

Larauxia Nuttalliana = CE. triloba.

Meriolix Berlandieri = CE. serrulata,
var.

<E. alata ; CE. Missouriensis ; Jus-
skea sp. ?

(E . albicaulis ; CE. pinnatifida; tricho-
calyx.

(E. ambigua = CE. fruticosa, var.

CE. arcuata — CE. amcena.

(E. Arnottii= CE. lepida, var.

(E. asperifolia = CE. micrantha.

Q^. bifrons = CE. heteroph ylla.

(E. bistorta CE. micran.hu.

(E. Bradburiensis=CE. pinnatifida.

(E. Californica=CE. Botta;.

(E. Canadensis = CE. fruticosa, var.

CE. capilh [folia = CE. serrulata, var.

CE. rheirautkifolia ; CE, bistorta ; CE.
micrantha.

CE. chr-ysantha = CE. pumila.

CE. clandestina = CE. triloba.

CE. clavaformis ; CE. brevipes ; CE.
scapoidea.

CE. contorta ; CE. clieiranthifolia ; CE.
strigulosa.

CE. coronopifolia ; CE. pinnatifida.

(ZJ. cruciata = CE. biennis, var.

G2. cruciformis= CE. scapoidea, var.

CE. Darlingtonii = CE. rhombipetala.

CE. decumbens = CE. lepida, var.

CE. deltoidea = CE. trichocalyx.

CE. densiflora ; CE. lepida; CE. Torreyi.

CE. dentata; CE. micrantha; CE. stri-
gulosa.

CE . Drummondii ; CE. Spachiana; CE.
speciosa.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 13, 1873.

617

CE. eximia = CE. caespitosa.

CE. Fendleri = CE, Greggii, var.

CE. Fraseri = CE. glanca, var.

(E.fruticosa; CE. glauca ; CE. serru-
lata.

CE. gauroides = CE. biennis.

CE gracilijiora ; CE. bistorta.'

CE. gracilis = CE. pumila.

CE. grandiflora ; CE. biennis, var.

CE gitttulata = CE. canescens.

CE. Hartwegi; CE. Greggii.
• CE. heterophylla ; CE. bistorta.

CE. hirta = CE. micrantha.

CE. Hookeri = CE. biennis, var.

CE. humilis = CE. purpurea.

CE. hifbrida = CE. fruticosa.

CE. imbricata = CE. densiflora.

CE. incana = CE. fruticosa, var.

CE. insignis = CE. Greggii, var.

CE. laciniata = CE. sinuata.

CE. LamarcMana = CE. biennis, var.

CE. Lampasana = CE. Greggii.

CE. lavandulcefolia = CE. Greggii,
var.

CE. Leona = CE. heteropbylla.

CE. leptophylla = CE. albieaulis, var.

CE. leucocarpa = CE. serrulata, var.

CE. Lindleyi = CE. amoena.

CE. linearis = CE. fruticosa, var.

CE. lithospermoides = CE. Boothii.

CE. longiflora = CE. sinuata, var.

CE. macrantha = CE. amcena.

CE. marginaia; CE. brachycarpa ; CE.
caespitosa.

CE. maritima = CE. cheiranthifolia.

CE. media = CE. fruticosa, var.

CE. Mexicana = CE. sinuata, var.

CE. minima— CE. sinuata, var.

CE. jnollissima = CE. fruticosa.

CE. monlana = CE. caespitosa.

CE. muricata = CE. biennis.

CE. Nevadensis = CE. gauraaflora.

CE. Nuttullii; CE. albieaulis ; CE.brevi-
flora.

CE. Oalcesiana = CE. biennis, var.

CE. obtusifalia = CE. speciosa.

CE. odoruta = CE. biennis, var.

CE. pallida = CE. albieaulis.

CE. paludosa = Jussiasa, sp. 1
VOL. VIII. 78

CE. parviflora = CE. biennis, var.

CE. parvula = CE. strignlosa.

CE. pilosella = CE. fruticosa, var.

CE. pinnatijida ; CE. albieaulis ; CE.
coronopifolia.

CE. prostrata = CE sinuata.

CE. pubescens = CE. biennis, var.

CE. purpurea ; CE. albescens ; CE. lepi-
da ; CE. quadrivulnera ; CE. rosea ; CE.
tenella.

CE. Purshiana = <E. pinnatifida.

CE. pusilla = CE pumila.

CE. pygma>.a = CE. Boothii.

CE. rhizocarpa = CE. triloba.

CE. rhombipetala ; CE heterophylla.

CE. riparia ; CE. fruticosa ; CE. pu-
mila.

CE. Roemeriana = CE. triloba.

CE. roseo-alba= CE. amoena.

CE. rubicunda; CE. amoena; CE. Bottae;
CE. epilobioides ; CE. hispidula.

CE. rubra — CE. rosea.

CE. salicifolia = CE. densiflora.

CE. scapigera= CE. caespitosa.

CE. scapoidea = CE. alyssoides, var.

CE. serotina = CE. fruticosa, var.

CE. sinuata; CE. Drummondii ; CE.
humifusa.

CE. Spachii= CE. speciosa.

CE. spimdosa = CE. serrulata, var.

CE. spiralis = CE. cheiranthifolia.

CE. strignlosa; CE. dentata; CE. mi-
crantha.

CE. suaveolens = CE. biennis, var.

CE. tenella ; CE biloba ; CE. Bottae ;
CE. epilobioides ; CE. quadrivulnera ;
CE. viminea.

CE. tetragona = CE. fruticosa.

CE. triloba; CE. heterantha.

CE. uncinala=CE. Spachiana.

CE. viminea ; CE. epilobioides ; CE.
lepida ; CE. quadrivulnera ; CE. te-
nella.

CE. vinosa ; CE. amcena ; CE. epilobioi-
des.

CE. viridescens = CE. cheiranthifo-
lia.

CE. viscosa = CE. sinuata.

CE. Wldtneyi = CE. grandiflora.

618

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

CE. WrigMii; CE. Frcmontii.

Onngra ihrysuntha, muricata, and vul-
garis = CE. biennis.

0. Linkiana = CE. fruticosa, var.

Pachylophis Nultallii = CE. csespi-
tosa.

Sphcerostigma contortion and parvulum
= CE. strigulosa.

5. hirta = CE. micrantha.
S. spirale and viridescens = CE. chei-
• ranthifolia.

Xylopleurum, species = CE. speciosa.

Characters of New Ferns from Mexico. By Daniel C. Eaton.

Polypodidm Ghiesbreghtii. Caudice repente, penna anseriria
vix minore, palcis longissimis angustis mollibus pallide fulvis densis-
sime onusto ; stipite gracili levi 3-6 pollicari ; fronde subdeltoideo-
oblonga chartacea glauca tandem fulva spithamea ad pedalem, pro-
funde pinnato-lobata, segraentis oblongis obtusis vel acutiusculis,
terminati sat magno integro, lateralibus 5-9 paribus basi sursum cur-
rente confluentibus, 2-3 poll, longis, £ — £ poll, latis ; venulis Gonio-
pblebii, areolis costalibus soriferis, marginalibus parvis 1-2 seriatis,
soris majusculis mediis inter costara et marginem ; sporis reniformibus.
A very handsome fern somewhat related to P. loriceum, but abun-
dantly distinct from all the species to which I have been able to com-
pare it. Lowest segments nearly as large as any of the middle ones,
very slightly dettexed, subcordate on the lower side, the upper
side being extended as a broad wing along the rachis, in some speci-
mens fairly overlapping the subcordate basis of the next pair. In the
middle of the frond the segments are separated by a broad, rounded
sinus. The wing left on the costa is about half an inch wide, and bears
an occasional fruit-dot. The fronds are at first of a pale glaucous green,
but eventually, perhaps in drying, turn to a bright brown. The veins,
seen by transmitted light, are blackish where they leave the costula,
but become less visible toward the ed^e of the segments. When the
slender tips of the scales of the caudex are broken off they leave
ragged brownish imbricated scales, and when these are removed a pale-
bluish surface is discovered. The stem or petiole is very slender, per-
fectly smooth, and with the rachis is of a brownish straw-color. I
take great pleasure in naming this fine Polypotlium after its discoverer,
Dr. A. Ghiesbreght, who found it growing on oaks in the cooler region
of Chiapas. It is No. 273 of his distribution.

Poltpodium stenoloma. Glabrum ; stipite fusco subspithameo,
fere ad basin angustissime alato ; fronde membranacea, glabra, circum-

OP ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 13, 1873. 619

scriptione ovata, 10 - 13 poll. longa, latitudine § longitudinis, pinnati-
fi<la; segmentis 4-6 paribus prater terminale consimile, lanceolate,
3-4 poll, longis, £ poll, latis, acuminatis, subintegerrimis, basi paullo
angustatis, dein in alam racheos angustam utrinque dilatatis ; venulis
more Goniophlebii reticulatis, areolis paracostalibus magnis, soriferis,
ceteris minimis vel nullis ; soris oblongis, obliquis, costula? subapproxi-
matis. — Chiapas, Mexico, Dr. Ghiesbreght, No. 386.

This fern is closely related to the form of Polypodium sororlum
which has reticulated veins, but differs considerably from that species
in having much fewer pinna? or segments, and the terminal one nearly
or quite as large as any of the others. The wing which borders the
rachis is continued downwards in a narrow border each side of the
stipe almost to its base. The fruit-dots are considerably elongated, as
in P. sororium and P. trilobum.

Asplenid.m nigricans. Caudice brevi repente, paleis angustis
nigrescentibus onusto; stipitibus crebris, rigidis, teretibus, nudis, atro-
sangineis, lucidis, 4-6 uncialibus, diametro lineam fere a?quantibus ;
fronde opaca, nigro-fuscescente, subcoriacea, fere pedali, pinnata ;
pinnis utrinque 12-20 proeter terminalem angustam acuminatam,
pullicem longis, 3-5 lineas latis infirais triangulari-ovatis costula
centrali ; ceteris cultriformibus, obtusis, sursum leviter curvatis, basi
supeiiori rachi parallelis, inferior] linea subrecta excisis, crenato-denticu-
latis ; soris majusculis, infra costulam 1-3, supra earn uno vel sa?pius
nullo. — Chiapas, Dr. Ghiesbreght, No. 377.

The highly polished and nearly black stipes and rachis, together with
the shape of the pinna) and the small number of rather large sori,
nearly all on the lower side of the pinna?, indicate a place for this Fern
not far from A. monanthemum, but in the size and comparative few-
ness of the pinna? the resemblance is rather to A. latum. The whole
frond is so dark as to be almost black, and is utterly devoid of lustre.
The rachis, though terete and rigid, has an exceedingly narrow brownish
line on each side connecting the points where the pinna? are inserted.
— A. nigricans of Kunze being now by general consent referred to
A. furcatum, this name becomes available for the present use.

620 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Characters of New Genera and Species of Plants. By Asa Gray.

BREWERINA Nov. Gen. Silenearum.

Prseter stigmata terminalia capitellata et semina ovalia Arenaria
persimilis cum inflorescentia Hulostei. — Sepala 5, ovata, margine
scariosa. Petala 5, spathulata, cum staminibus 10 longius exsertae,
marcescentia. Discus perigynus staminifer brevissimua. Ovarium
uniloculare, 6 -8-ovulatum : styli 3, capillares, stigmatibus parvis
capitellatis terminati ! Ovula carapylotropa, in placenta basilari
brevi sessilia. Capsula ovato-globosa, Crustacea in valvulas, 3 mox
bifidas dehiscens. Semina abortu 2-4, ratione capsular magna, lato-
ovalia, a latere compressa, hilo marginali, micropyle rostellata ;
testa kevi laxa molli, nucleo conduplicato. — Herba basi ramosissima
sufFruticosa ; f'oliis acerosis; ramis floridis gracilibus simplicissimis
cyma densa umbelliformi terminatis ; bracteis involucrantibus brevibus
scariosis.

Brewerina suffrutescens. — Sierra Nevada above Cisco, and
between Truckee and Donner Lake, California, coll. Bolander and
Kellogg. — Glabrous, the lower part of the stem and leaves minutely
glandular. Stems much branched and decidedly woody at base, the
plant forming broad matted tufts, a span or more high, leafy only at the
ends of these branches, from which rise simple flowering stems of the
season, a foot or less in height, slender, bearing a few pairs of leaves
separated by long internodes, of which the upper one terminated
by the inflorescence is 3 or 4 inches long. Leaves crowded on the
persistent branches, rigid, acerose, about an inch long, a quarter of a
line wide, mucronate; on flowering stems becoming shorter and with
scarious connate bases. Stipules none. Flowers about half the size of
those of Holosteum umbellatum, numerous and crowded in a solitary
umbelliform cluster, which is involucrate by a few short ovate-lanceo-
late scarious bracts : central and oldest pedicels very short ; the others
2 to 5 lines long. Sepals ovate, obtuse, herbaceous with scarious mar-
gins. Petals white, spatulate, between 2 and 3 lines long, about
twice the length of the calyx. Filaments filiform, equalling the petals.
Ovary globose. Capsule slightly exceeding the calyx. The seeds ex-
amined not perfectly mature, over a line in length, laterally compressed,
erect, completely sessile on the very 6hort columnar placenta ; the testa

OP ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 13, 1873. 621

soft, membranaceous, apparently somewhat fleshy and loose, perhaps
margined, the micropyle extended beyond the marginal basilar hilum
as if into a broad rostellum. Embryo not fully developed in the speci-
mens. — The terminal stigma (which, so far as I know, is wholly
anomalous in Caryophyllacece), the Holosteum-Yxke inflorescence, the few
seeds, which are neither those of Holosteum nor of Arenaria, and the
suflrutescent growth, combine to justify the establishment of a new
genus for this plant. As it belongs to the Flora of California, which
he has for several years been engaged upon, and for which he has per
sonally collected most important and ample materials, I propose to
dedicate the genus to Professor William H. Brewer, of the California
Geological Survey and of Yale College. That he may not be deprived
of this well-earned honor on account of the old genus Breweria, I have
written the name Brewerina.

Aquilegia chrysantha. A. cceruleee, Torr. affinis, elatior (2 -
4-pedalis), floribunda ; floribus saturate flavis ; sepalis lanceolato-
oblongis limbo petalorum paullo longioribus haud latioribus. — A.
leptocera sar.Jlava Gray, PI. Wright. 2, p. 9 ; Bot. Mex. Bound, p. 30.
— Eastern New Mexico (Organ Mountains not far from El Paso,
Thurber, Wright ; and further north, Parry) to Arizona (Mabibi,
Parry, etc.). Also in South Utah ? A. L. Siler (fide Meehan). Now
in cultivation from seeds collected by Dr. Parry, and distributed
from the Botanic Garden of Harvard University. See American
Agriculturist for September, 1873, for an account of the plant, with
woodcut, etc. Upon first acquaintance with this plant in dried speci-
mens, I regarded it as a variety of the blue, long-spurred Aquilegia of
the Rocky Mountains, some forms of which are almost or entirely white-
flowered. In view of the diversity of color, and this more remarkable
deviation to yellow, I was the more disposed to follow Sir William
Hooker in preferring Nuttall's appropriate name of A. leptocera, trust-
ing that the A. leptoceras of Fischer might not be a good species. But
now that we have this golden Columbine in cultivation for the second
season, and can review its characters, we must conclude that it may
claim a distinct specific name, although the technical characters may
seem to be slender. Its geographical range is different ; it occupies a
more southern range, and is found at less elevation than A. ccerulea.
Here at Cambridge, at least, it is more hardy, probably because it
bears our summers better than its alpine relative ; and it endures our
winter perfectly. It is much taller, rising to the height of four feet in

622 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

the rich and moist soil which it prefers ; it comes into flower nearly a
month later, branches freely into a panicle, and continues in bloom
through the whole summer. The color of the blossom is a clear yel-
low, the petals of a rather deeper hue than the sepals. The sepals
and the limb of the petals are not so ample as in A. ccerulea, the former
hardly exceeding an inch in length and five lines in width ; they barely
equal the latter in breadth, and do not much exceed them in length.
The long spurs are similar, very slender, and over two inches in length.
If the flowers individually are not so showy as those of A. ccerulea,
they make it up in their number and longer continuance, and are re-
markable for their color.

Wislizenia Palmeri. Foliis superioribus (an omnibus?) simpli-
cibus linearibus petiolo pluries longioribus ; floribus fructuque prae-
sertim majoribus ; valvis maturis oblongis nervosis circa extremitatem
truncatam echinatis. — On the Lower Colorado (California and Ari-
zona), Dr. Edward Palmer, 1869. This was overlooked in the naming
of Dr. Palmer's valuable collections, but is an abundantly distinct
species of this peculiar genus. The leaves, so far as seen, are simple,
but those at the base of the stem are unknown ; it may well be that they
are trifoliolate, inasmuch as several of its relations are in the habit of
bearing compound leaves below and simple ones toward the inflores-
cence. In this species they are commonly an inch and a half long and
only two lines broad. The valves or lobes of the fruit are fully two
lines long (twice the size of those of W. refracla) somewhat cyliudra-
ceous, many:nerved, very little reticulated, the truncate extremity
encircled by a row of five or six stout spinous tubercles.

Frankenia Jamesii (Torr. in herb.). Fruticosa, ramosissima,
pedalis, scabro-puberula ; ramis fastigiatis ; foliis linearibus marginibus
arete revolutis quasi-acerosis saepius punctatis ; petalis 5, lamina cune-
ata erosa ungui suboequilonga, appendiee parva ad apicem integrum
fere adnata ; staminibus 6 ; stigmatibus terminalibus ; ovulis 3 oblongo-
linearibus ex apice funiculi sub-basilaris proelongi pendulis. — Eastern
base of the Rocky Mountains, on rocks and bluffs, Colorado Terri-
tory, James in Long's Expedition, Fremont; near Pueblo, Brandegee,
J. H. Redfield, E. L. Greene. Western borders of Texas, C. Wright,
no. 626. — Wright's specimen is out of flower. It is named as above
by Dr. Torrey in my herbarium, on comparison with a fragment col-
lected half a century ago by Dr. James, which he had recently deter-
mined, but had not published. It is now characterized from excellent

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 13, 1873. 623

specimens, in full blossom, collected on bluffs of the Arkansas, near
Pueblo, by my excellent correspondent, Rev. E. L. Greene. The
species is not only much more woody than the Californian F. grandi-
folia (which comes east into Nevada), but is peculiar in having the
ovules reduced to three, one for each placenta, and resupinate on very
long funiculi, which are inserted close to the base of the cell. The .
leaves are only 2 or 3 lines long, and much fascicled in the axils.
Limb of the (white) petals 2^ to 3 lines long.

Calandrinia. A little Portulacaceous plant of the Rocky Moun-
tains was several years ago inadvertently, not to say carelessly, referred
by me to the wrong genus, namely, Talinum pygmceum. This has since
been more or less confused with a nearly related species of the Cali-
fornian sierras. Both belong to Calandrinia, having persistent calyx
and estrophiolate seeds, and are of the type of C. acuvlis and some
other South American species. Characters are appended.

Calandrinia pygmjea. Acaulescens, glaher; caudice crasso
(fusiformi vel napif'ormi) ; foliis rosulatis linearibus ba-i attenuatis
scapis (plurimis 1 -2 -pollicaribus) medio bibracteatis 1 - 3-floris longi-
oribus ; sepalis suborbiculatis quasi-truncatis dentibus glandulosis in-
structis ; pelalis 6-8roseis inasqualibus ; staminibus soepius totidem ;
stigmatibus 3-5; stylo bre\i vel subnullo ; ovulis 15-20; seminibus
hevibus nitidis (vix semilineam latis). — Talinum pygmceum, Gray in
Engelm., Rep. Exped. Bryan., Sill. Jour. 33, p. 407, Proc. Amer.'
Acad. 7, p. 332 ; S. Watson, Bot. King, p. 42, pro parte. — Alpine
vcginn. Rocky Mountains of Colorado and Wyoming to the Sierra
Nevada in California, and Cascade Mountains, Washington Territory.

Calandrinia Nevadensis. Major; scapis 2-4- pollicaribus folia
>aq>ius adn?quantibus, fructiferis apice incrassatis ; sepalis orbiculari-
ovatis nunc apiculatis margine integerrimis vel obsolete denticulatis ;
petalis 6-9 albis ; staminibus fere totidem; ovulis 30-40; seminibus
(^ unc. diam.) plerumque numero-is : cast. prrecedentis. — Talinum
pygmceum, S. Watson, 1. c. pro parte. — Subalpine region of Wah-
satch and East Humboldt Mountains, S. Watson, and Sierra Ne-
vada, California, at Summit and Cisco, Kellogg and Bplander. —
Flowers about twice the size of those of C. pygmcea, the calyx 3 or 4,
and in fruit 5, lines long.

Pachystima Canbyi. Surculoso-repens ; foliis oblongo-linearibus
parce denticulatis; pedicellis h'liformibus elongatis ; petalis oblongo-
ovatis ; stylo brevi.-simo. — Giles County, Virgiuia, on a bluff at the

624: PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

" New River White Sulphur Springs," William M. Canby. — It is
full time that this interesting accession to our Eastern United States
flora should be published. While the original P. Myrsinites * occurs
plentifully in most wooded districts from the Rocky Mountains to
the Pacific in Northern California and Washington Territory, this is
known at only one station in the Alleghany Mountains, and makes an
addition to the list of those few genera (such as Boykinia and Calycanthus)
which are divided between Eastern and Western North America.
Mr. Canby discovered the Alleghanian species in 1868, and obtained
flowering specimens upon a second visit to the station in the spring of
1869. It was submitted both to Dr. Torrey and to Dr. Curtis. The
former determined the genus and indicated the specific characters ; the
latter proposed that it should bear the discoverer's name. Both these
eminent botanists having passed away without taking any steps in the
matter, it is left for me to carry their intentions into effect, and to con-
nect with this well-marked species the name of its sole discoverer, one
of the most active and excellent of our botanists of this generation.
The following note respecting the station, which Mr. Canby has fur-
nished, will be useful to botanists who may, it is hoped, make this
most rare new species commonly known, and even bring it into culti-
vation, f

Linum adenophyllum. Hesperolinon, annum, fere glaberrimum ;
caule tenui effuse paniculato ; pedicellis filiformibus flore 2-3-plo lon-

* Pachystima Myrsinites Eaf. Erecta, dumosa, 1-2-pedalis; foliis ovali-
bus ovato-lanceolatis vel fere oblanceolatis magis serratis ; pcdunculis (pauci-vel
plurifloris) pedicellisque brevibus ; petalis late ovatis ; stylo subulato. — Not being
able to make out the etymology of the generic name, I am in doubt as to its gender.
It may be neuter instead of feminine, as I have assumed it to be.

f I first saw this plant in August, 1858, on the top and near the edge of a jag-
ged and very picturesque bluft" of limestone rock, of about four hundred feet in
perpendicular height, which causes a very abrupt bend in the " New River," flowing
at its base. It is in Giles County, Virginia, at a place of summer resort called
" The New River White Sulphur Springs." The top of the bluff and the hill
beyond are covered with a forest of deciduous trees and cedars. Below in the clefts
and in the shelves of the rock are found plentifully Sedum telephioides, S. Nevii,
Gray, Armaria }><\tnt<t, Michx., Phacelia parvijiora, Pursh, and other interesting
plants. At the time mentioned, Pachystima was neither in flower nor fruit. But
again visiting the locality about the middle of May, 1869, I had the <:ood fortune
to hud it in flower and a single specimen with an immature capsule, which at that
stage of growth appears very much like that of P. Myrsinites Raf. w. m. c.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 13, 1873. 625

gioribus demum patentissimis ; foliis alternis angustissime linearibus
margine glandulis brevissime stipitatis seu dentiformibus creberrirae
ciliolatis ; glandulis stipularibus parvis ; sepalis oblongo-lanceolatis
acutis margine rariter vixve glanduloso-denticulatis ; petalis ut videtur
llavis calyce subduplo longioribus, ungue lato ima basi utrinque uniden-
tato intus appendice squamiformi parvo aucto ; sinubus inter stamina
nu Us ; antheris lineari-oblongis ; stylis 3 gracilibus ; stigmatibus mini-
mis.— California, near Clear Lake, May, 1872, H. N. Bolander. —
This is another trigynous Linum, related to L. spergulinutn and L. mi-
cranthum, with flowers not larger than those of the latter ; distin-
guished by the thickly set glandular ciliation of the leaves. A minute
pubescence appears on the lower part of most of the internodes.

Dalea Hallii. Hcrbacea ; caulibus gracilibus e radice perenni
fusiformi decumbentibus laxe ramosis pube adpressa minuta cinereis ;
foliis pinnatim trifoliolatis glabratis ; foliolis linearibus acutis rariter
glandulosis petiolo haud complanato 2 — 3-plo longioribus ; spica sub-
sessili oblonga densiflora ; bracteis ovato-lanceolatis sericeo-pubescenti-
bus calycem haud superantibus ; calyce villoso, dentibus e basi lata
subulato-setaceis tubo subglandulifero longioribus ; corolla flava, alis
vexillum flabelliforme multo superantibus. — On limestone, Dallas,
in Northeastern Texas, Elihu Hall, 1873, no. 132. — This is nearly
related to D. trifoliolata Moricand, of Mexico, which is probably D.
prostrata Ortega ; but much more slender, brandling, with narrower
leaflets and petiole, smaller flowers, shorter bracts, and a minute close
pubescence except on the bracts and calyxes.

Hosackia Torreyi. Molliter nunc sericeo-pubescens, inferne
glabella ; stipulis subulato-lanceolatis scariosis ; foliolis 7-10 obovatis
oblongo-ovatis vel fol. superiorum lanceolato-oblongis; pedunculis foli-
um superantibus ; umbella 3 -7 -flora bractea unifoliolata stipata ; calycis
villosi dentibus subulatis tubo requilongis ; vexillo saturate luteo, alis
c-arinaque albis. Sierra Nevada, California, along the shady banks of
streams, at the elevation of 4,000 feet and upwards ; common from
Clark's to the Yosemite Valley, where it has been collected by Bridges,
Torrey, Bolander, and by myself. — Var. Nevadensis : pube tenuiori ;
bractea 3-foliolata ; floribus minoribus. Near Donner Lake, Torrey.
On account of the very neat particolored flowers, this species would
be attractive in cultivation. I had at first (overlooking the stipules)
taken it for a small-flowered variety of H. grandiflora, and afterwards
supposed it might belong to the little-known H. oblongifolia Benth.

VOL. VIII. 79

626 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

But a comparison which has been obligingly made at Kew with
the unique original specimen belonging to the Herbarium of Trinity
College, Dublin, shows that to be a different species, of more
southern habitat, to which a specimen collected by Dr. Horn in
Ovvens's Valley or at Fort Tejon seems, to belong. . As the species now
at length discriminated and characterized was probably (after Mr.
Bridges) first collected by the chief and Nestor of our science, of
whom we have just been bereaved, it may most appropriately bear his
venerated name.*

Astragalus Lemmoni. Oroboidei : striguloso-puberulus ; cauli-
bus e radice perenni adscendentibus diffusis gracillimis 1 - 2-pedalibus
ramosis; foliolis plerisque 5-jugis lineari-oblongis (lin. 4 longis); sti-
pulis discretis triangulari-lanceolatis petiolo brevi saepius aaquilongis ;
pedunculis folium adaequantibus ; racemo spiciformi oblongo densi.-
floro ; floribus patentissimus parvis (lin. 3 longis) ; calycis dentibus
attenuato-subulatis tubo campanulato ajquilongis ; vexillo emarginato

* The Euhosaclcice vera,, with obviously pinnate leaves and developed stipules,
may readily be distinguished as follows : —
Stipules ample and foliaceous : the umbel many-flowered :
calyx-teeth short.
Very silky-villous : leaf-like bract near the umbel . . H. incana.

Villous-pubescent and viscid : the bract or leaf remote . H. stipularis,

Stipules scarious.

Bract much below the many-flowered umbel : calyx-teeth

very short H. crassifolia.

Bract (when present) borne at the summit of the
One -four-flowered slender peduncle.

Leaflets 5 - 9, obovate or linear : bract 3-foliolate . H. angustifolia.

Leaflets 5-7, linear-lanceolate, acute at both ends :

bract 1-foliolate or none H. lathyroides.

Several- (5 - 10-) or only from the lowest axils 2-4-flow-
ered peduncle.
Minutely appressed-pubescent, except below : bract 1 -

foliolate : corolla yellow and purplish . . H. oblongifolia.
Soft or silky -pubescent : bract 1 -3-foliolate : vexillum

yellow; wings and keel white . . ... H. Torreti.

Glabrous throughout or nearly so : claws of the petals
elongated.
Bract none, or a scarious rudiment : vexillum and

keel yellow; wings white .... H. bicolor.

Bract 3-foliolate ; vexillum yellow ; keel and wings

rose-purple H. gracilis.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 13, 1873. 627

carina duplo longiore ; stylo brevi ; stigmate capitato ; ovario semi-
bilocellato 8-ovulato ; legumine subcoriaceo parvo (lin. 2\ longo) ovato-
oblongo haud stipitato puberulo bilocellato, sutura dorsali intrusa,
ventrali acuta, sectione transversa obcordata. — Sierra Valley, Sierra
County, California, J. G. Leramon, communicated by Dr. Bolander. —
I am uncertain whether this was collected by Mr. Leramon, or by Dr.
Bolander himself; but it belongs to a collection from an interesting
district of the Sierra Nevada, a part of which was gathered by Mr.
Leramon, who first botanized in this valley ; wherefore the present
very distinct species may well bear his name. The stigma is unusually
large for an Astragalus, and distinctly capitate. The raceme does not
elongate in fruiting. The corolla is seemingly white, with a tinge of
purple, and perhaps of yellow.

Ivesia Muirii. Nana (tantum pollicaris e caudice crasso) ; foliis
confertis scapura 1 - 2-bracteatum capitato-pauciflorum subasquantibus
myosuroideis, nempe foliolis 3-5-sectis segmentisque minimis sub-
rotundis sericeo-villosissimis rhachin arctissime imbricantibus ; peta-
lis flavidis parvis demum lanceolatis calyce brevioribus ; staminibus 5
brevibus ; receptaculo circa carpella 2 longe villoso. — The foliage con-
siderably resembles that of I. santolinoides on a dwarfed scale, and
is equally silky. In all other respects it is of the same type as I.
pygmcza and I. lycopodioides, but it has much smaller petals, which are
said by the collector to be " yellow." They are only a line long ; and
the calyx, when spread out, 3 lines in diameter. Filaments half the
length of the calyx-lobes. I have with pleasure named this little plant
after my friend and valued correspondent, Mr. John Muir, an ardent
explorer of the Sierras, especially of their glacial phenomena. He
discovered it in 1872 on Mount Hoffmann, at the altitude of 9,500 feet.
The specimen is just coming into blossom, and the scape is likely to
be sometimes taller.

LONICERA. Some notes upon the Western American species are
here appended.

§ Caprifolium. The Pacific North American species are appar-
ently only two, namely : —

L. ciliosa Poir. {Caprifolium Pursh), of which L. occidentalis
{Caprifolium Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1457) is a synonym. Oregon.

L. hispidula Dougl. Caprifolium hispidulum Lindl. Bot. Reg.
t. 1761. This reaches from the Columbia River through California,
in a multitude of forms, to many of which the specific name is wholly
inappropriate. The original, or

628 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

Var. Douglasii, includes also L. microphylla, Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am.
That passes along the drier coast of California into

Var. subspicata, L. subspicata Hook. & Arn. ; Torr. Bot. Mex.
Bound, p. 71, t. 29 ; — a bushy and small-leaved form, with glandular
pubescence on the inflorescence, calyx, and corolla.

Var. interrupta, L. interrupta Benth. PI. Harwegianas, is like it,
but glabrous and mostly glaucous ; the filaments perhaps less hairy
at base.

Var. vacillans, L. Califomica Torr. & Gray, includes various
mostly stronger-growing, larger-leaved, and more climbing forms, with
or without the spreading scattered hairs, and the inflorescence, calyx,
etc., either conspicuously or obscurely glandular, — passing on one
hand into the last, on the other into the first variety or form.

§ Xylosteum DC. (Xylosteum Adanson.) The limb or teeth of
the calyx cannot properly be said to be " deciduous " in any North
American species except L. involitcrata.

L. INVOLUCRATA, Banks, was published one year earlier than the
volume which contains the character of L. Ledebourii of Eschscholtz,
although the latter's paper was communicated to the St. Petersburg
Academy two years before. The ample involucre consists of the
common pair of large foliaceous bracts, and within, decussating with
these, a pair of rounded and more scarious bractlets to each flower,
generally connate two and two by their contiguous edges.

L. c^erulea L. Peduncle very short ; bracts subulate and longer
than the completely combined ovaries; bractlets none ; corolla obscure-
ly bilabiate, yellowish-white. In the Sierra Nevada of California and
northward in Oregon occurs the form with villous corolla, as in Eastern
Asia. In New England and north of it the corolla is nearly glabrous,
and also shorter.

L. ciliata Muhl. Peduncles slender; bracts subulate and minute;
bractlets obsolete ; corolla yellowish-white, obscurely bilabiate, the lobes
short ; ovaries distinct. Confined to the northern line of the Atlantic
States and Canada; excepting Lyall's specimens from Pend Oreille
River, British Columbia, which appear to be of this species, although
the branches are erect and the leaves obtuse.

L. Utahensis Watson, Bot. King, p. 133, is still uncertain for want
of good flowers. By the foliage, bracts, etc., it might be this north-
western form of the preceding ; but the single withered flower found is
only half as large, apparently purplish, and shortly but distinctly bila-

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 13, 1873. , 629

biate. It has much of the aspect, but not the bracts and ovaries, of
L. Chamissoi.

L. CONJugialis Kellogg, Proc. Acad. Calif. 2, p. 67, fig. 15. Kel-
logg's plant, from Washoe, Nevada, must needs be the same as my L.
Breweri, Proc. Amer. Acad. 6, p. 537, and 7, p. 349, which I have
since collected in Mariposa County, but never with peduncles longer
than the leaves. It is at once known from all American species by
the dull dark purple and deeply bilabiate corolla, and nearly obsolete
bracts and bractlets. With its near relative in Eastern Asia, L. Maxi-
mowiczii, I have already compared it.

L. oblongifolia Hook., confined to the Northern Atlantic States and
Canada, also has a strongly bilabiate (yellowish-white) corolla, and long
peduncles. The ovaries vary, even on the same shrub, from com-
pletely united to nearly distinct.

Moxotropa (Hypopitys) fimbriata. Pedalis, inflorescentia
excepta glabra ; racemo brevi conferta pub'erula ; bracteis sepalisque
obovato-cuneatis spathulatisque fimbriatis parce pilosis ; antheris ma-
joribus : flos raro trimerus. — Pleuricospora Jimbriolata Gray in Proc.
Am. Acad. 8, p. 394 (Oregon, E. Hall no. 357), not of 7, p. 396.
This plant was carelessly misnamed by me : it is totally different from
my Pleuricospora, except in the strikingly fimbriate-lacerate bracts,
which misled me. There is some approach to this fimbriation in cer-
tain Eastern States specimens of M. Hypopitys, to which the present
species is nearly related.

GHIESBREGHTIA, Nov. Gen. Scrophulariacearum.*

Calyx alte 5-partitus, segmentis linearibus gestivatione ut videtur val-
vatis. Corolla ventricosa, bilabiata ; labio postico restivatione exteriori
erecto concavo breviter bilobo tubum late campanulatum adaequante,
antico requilongo trisecto patente, lobis oblongis planis. Stamina 2,
fundo corollaa inserta, rudimentaria nulla : filamenta exserta, divergen-
tia : antheras biloculares, loculis mox divergentibus apice confluentibus.
Stylus filiformis, e labio postico breviter exsertus : stigma subcapitato-
bilobum. Capsula Pentstemonis. Semina numerosissima, oblonga, im-
marginata. — Frutex Mexicanus, orgyalis, ramis crebre foliatis, foliis
alternis, pedunculis in axillis solitariis ebracteatis unifloris, flore magno
" flavescente, odore suavo."

* Ghiesbreghtia Ach. Richard is referred to Calanthe.

630 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

G. grandiflora. In a dry ravine near the town of Comitan,
province of Chiapas, Mexico, in a temperate region, Dr. Ghiesbreght.
— Young branches, foliage, etc., clothed with a fine soft pubescence.
Leaves rather crowded, oval or oblong, about 2\ inches long, thickish,
pinnately veined, few-toothed near the obtuse or barely acute apex,
narrowed at the base into a short petiole. Peduncles solitary, an inch
long, wholly bractless. Segments of the calyx nearly an inch in
length, equal. Corolla nearly 3 inches long, glabrous within and most-
ly so without ; the tube inflated from the very base ; the upper lip
broad, somewhat arching, 2-lobed at the summit ; the divisions of the
lower lip narrower, but of nearly the same length. Stamens equalling
the upper lip of the corolla. Anthers at first hippocrepiform, the cells
at length divaricate, dehiscent by a continuous line. Capsule of firm
texture, an inch long, ovate, didymous, acute, 4-valved at the apex.
Seeds minute, somewhat scobiform, smooth.

Apparently a remarkable new genus, which would naturally be re-
ferred to the Chelonece, except for the simple ebracteolate peduncles,
and the slightly if at all imbricated sepals.

Scutellaria parvula Michx., var. mollis. Diffusa, majuscula
undique molliter pubescens, pube subviscida; foliis saepe |-pollicari-
bus. — Oquawka, Illinois, on the sandy banks of the Mississippi, H. N.
Patterson. — So different in aspect is this plant from the ordinary S.
parvula (which occurs in the vicinity), that I at first took it for S.
Drummondii, and then for a distinct species ; but I cannot detect suf-
ficient characters ; and these are transitions to the ordinary S. parvula.
It produces similar moniliform strings of small tubers, each internorl<>
to the number of 8 or 10 thickening.

Eriogonum villiflorum. Acaule, pulvinato-casspitosum, sericeo-
villosum ; foliis in caudice multicipiti subcrasso rosulato-confertissimis
spathulato lanceolatis (lin. 3-5 longis) albo-sericeis marginibus sub-
revolutis ; scapo pollicari nudo ; cyma capituliformi oligocephala
bracteis linearibus 4-5 capitula breviter pedicellata paullo breviora
involucrantibus stipata ; involucris 6 - 8-fidis ; perigonio campanulato
(fundo lato) extus intusque sericeo ad medium usque 6-fido, lobis
a?qualibus albidis costa valida instructis ; genitalibus glabris. — Kane
County, Southern Utah, collected by Mr. Siler, communicated by
Thomas Meehan. — A remarkable species, which, if the ovary were
woolly, would be referred to the Laclinogyna section, .but which ac-
tually seems, on the whole, to represent an acaulescent division of the
Fasciculata.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 13, 1873. 631

Dirca occidentals. Foliis ovalibus basi rotundatis ; squamis
involucri extus albido-villosis ; floribus fructibusque fere sessilibus ;
perigouio breviter infundibuliformi tri - quadrilobo. — California, on the
Oakland hills (perhaps in ravines), Dr. J. M. Bigelow (D. palus-
tris Torr. Bot. Whippl. p. 77, non Linn.), Dr. A. Kellogg and W. G.
W. Harford, no. 895 of distribution. — A second species of this before
monotypical genus is of peculiar interest. The Californian Dirca was
collected twenty years ago by Dr. Bigelow, " with flowers and young
fruit," according to Dr. Torrey, but there are only vestiges of the for-
mer in my specimens. If they had been in good condition, Dr. Torrey
would have noticed the characters of the. species, which are now mani-
fest. The white hairs of the floral bud-scales may not be constant ;
for in D. palustris they are occasionally pale ; but the deep and rounded
lobes of the more funnelform calyx are characteristic, being from one
fourth to one third the length of the tube. Very commonly there are
only three sinuses, one lobe being broader and emarginate. The sta-
mens are uniformly eight. The original species may be thus charac-
terized : —

Dirca palustris Linn. Foliis basi angustioribus ; squamis involu-
cri nigricanti-villosis ; floribus pi. m. pedicellatis ; perigonio tubuloso-
infundibuliformi margine tantum repando. — Nova Scotia to Lake
Superior and Lake of the Woods, and southward to Florida along the
Alleghanies.

Notes on Compositce and Characters of certain Genera and
Species, etc. By Asa Gray.

The following notes and characters are partly in the way of com-
mentary upon the recent most important revision of the order Compo-
sitce by Mr. Bentham, in the second volume of Bentham and Hooker's
Genera Plantamm, and partly the re-elaboration of certain genera, or
the addition or reformation of species, chiefly such as have fallen in my
way while engaged upon this portion of the Flora of California.

Hofmeisteria Walp. The character " pappi . . . paleis acutis "
is indeed applicable to the later species, but not at all to Bentham's
original species: the palese are rightly figured in Bot. Sulph. t. 14, as
very truncate and lacerate at the summit.

Adenostyles Nardosmia. The Californian species referred to
this genus in Gen. PI. p. 247 is indeed an interesting and rather anoru-

632 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

alous plant. I had in the first instance, as is stated, referred it to this
genus ; but afterwards, learning that the flowers were " of the color of
yellow beeswax," had thought it necessary to place it in the Senecionees ;
and accordingly, in Proc. Am. Acad. 7, p. 361, I published it under
the name of Cacalia Nardosmia, in view of the striking resemblance of
the leaves to those of Nardosmia palmata, Hook., although the charac-
ters of the modern Cacalia were equally repugnant to yellow flowers.
The great number of flowers in the head and their size are noteworthy
peculiarities of the Californian species.

Carphephorus Cass. The character " pappi setae 2 - 3-seriata3,
elongatae, inaequales, scabra? vel breviter barbellataj," in Gen. PL p. 249,
applies only to the Atlantic United States species (and in them, even,
the pappus is hardly more copious than in some species of Brickellia).
As to the Californian species, Bentham himself ascribed to G. junceus
"setis circa 15 longe et molliter phimosis," and C. atriplicifolius is
just the same in these respects ; the setae are equal, rather stout, and
in a single rank. The Californian species have a different habit, op-
posite leaves at the lower part of the branching stems, and shorter
(but still spreading) lobes to the corolla, which apparently is not " pur-
ple" ; since Dr. Cooper notes the flowers of G. junceus as yellow, —
probably ochroleucous. Indeed, these Californian species are more
closely related to Brickellia than the genuine Carphephorus is to Lia-
tris, and still more to Kuhnia, into which they would fall if (as in
Ayeratum, etc.,) we were to disregard the chaff" of the receptacle. So
they may best be left where they are, but under a distinct section,
Kuhnioides.

Brickellia Ell. : p. 247. The bristles of the pappus are never so
much as "breviter plumosai," or perhaps even " subplumosae " (as in
PI. Wright.) : these phrases doubtless came from De Candolle's "barbel-
lato-plumosa3 " in the character of Clavigera, which was too strong.

Xanthocephalum Willd., including Xanthocoma HBK., is well
made to include our Gutierrezia yymnospermoides, PL Wright. But
by the same rule it must also comprise G. Wriyhtii Gray, PL Wright.
2, p. 78 ( = Xanthocephalum Wriyhtii), and yet the line to draw be-
tween the two genera will not be perfectly clear.

Gutierrezia Lag. is held to comprise Amphipappus as well as
Amphiachyris. The close relationship of the former with the latter is
undoubted ; but it is better to separate the two species from Gutierrezia,
on account of the sterile disk, with almost if not quite setose pappus.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 13, 1873. 633

Amphiaclnjris dracunculoides Torr. & Gray, and A. Fremontii (Am-
phipappus Fremontii Torr. & Gray) constitute the species.

Pf.ntach.eta Nutt. — P. gracilis Benth. in Ic. PI. t. 1101, judg-
ing from the figure and description, cannot be of this genus. The
style-branches, even if " not quite so obtuse as represented in the
plate," altogether want the long linear-filiform appendage surmounting
the short and flat stigmatiferous portion, and, with the opposite leaves
toward the base of the stem (and, I may add, the beard represented
on the lobes of the disk-corolla), as Mr. Bentham remarks, connect it
technically, and it seems to me really, with Helenioidece. It appears
to be a species of Oxypappus.

As to Pentachceta itself, I find no bilabiation or obliquity in the disk-
corollas, such as Nuttall mentions. And there are two species, which
may be well distinguished, namely : —

Pentach.eta aurea Nutt., from San Diego and the vicinity, has the
heads perhaps always many-flowered (but the size of the head, and
number of the flowers varying greatly), and the scales of the involucre
are acute or acuminate and well imbricated, the exterior successively
shorter ; the rays are golden yellow, and it is not known that the
pappus is ever abortive.

Pentachceta exilis (not a happy name for the larger forms) has
the scales of the involucre less scarious, oblong or oval, obtuse, but
often mucronate-tipped, all nearly equal in length; -the rays very
light yellow ; pappus as in the original species, or in some specimens
(mixed with the others) some or all of the bristles short or obsolete.
This equally occurs in those with rather large and many-flowered
and those with few-flowered heads. Either form may be rayless
and homogamous. But some specimens have barely 3 to 5 pistillate
flowers, which are destitute of ligule, the tube of the corolla only re-
maining. These are Apkantochceta exilis, Gray in Bot. Whippl. (Pacif.
R. R. Expl. 4), t. 11, which must be viewed as an occasional and
reduced state of a full-rayed species. It is only in the small and
mostly rayless forms that the corollas seem to turn purplish.

Xanthisjia DC. It appears on the whole most proper to reinstate
this genus, although a transition to Aplopappus is afforded by the sec-
tion Prionopsis, which seemingly is best restricted, as proposed, to A.
ciliatus. — The following is still more worthy of generic separation,
and should be ranked rather with genera having paleaceous than with
those of setose pappus.

VOL. VIII. 80

634 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

ACAMPTOPAPPUS, Nov. Gen.

Capitulum homogamum, 12 — 30-florum. Involucrum hemisphaari-
cum ; squamis imbricatis triserialibus concavis appressis coriaceo-char-
taceis obtusissimis margine scarioso eroso-fimbriolato limbatis sub apice
macula viridula notatis caeterum albidis, extirais orbicularis, intimis
oblongis. Receptaculum subconvexum alveolatura, alveolis fimbril-
latis. Corolla? infundibuliformes, limbo 5-lobo. Antherae Asterinea-
rum. Styli rami complanati, appendice triangulari-subulata hirtella
terminati. Achenia turgido-turbinata, sericeo-villosissima (sub lana
'eviter 5-nervia). Pappus paleaceo-setosus, nempe, ex aristis setisve
numerosis, 12 - 18 validioribus (achenio corollaeque aequilongis) com-
planatis subclavellatis, creteris brevioribus gracilioribus. — Suffrutex
ramosissimus, angustifolius, glaber, capitulis subcorymbosis, floribus
luteis.

A. sph^erocephalus. Aplopapptis (Acamptopappus) spkcero-
cephalus Gray, PI. Fendl. p. 76 ; Torr. in Pacif. R. R. Expl. 7,
p. 12, t. 6.

Lessingia Cham, is a well-marked but very peculiar genus, which
Mr. Bentham might perhaps have placed near to Hinterhubera, had
he been aware that only the original species has yellow flowers. The
other four are indeed homochromous, but cyanic, and also homoga-
mous. Moreover, even L. Germanorum is not truly heterogamous ;
the anthers of the marginal flowers being present, and, I believe, com-
monly polleniferous. The flowers, at least in L. leptoclada, the only
one I have seen in the living state, have a peculiar Centaurea-like
aspect quite unlike anything Asteroideous ; yet I should still maintain
that it is more nearly related to Corethrogyne than to any other genus
known to me. This relationship is manifested in the attenuated anther-
tips, as well as in the style-branches, achenia, foliage, involucre, etc.
From Bentham's notes : " Species 4 California? Mexicique incola?," and
" Achoenia glabra v. sericea," one may suppose that there is a Mexi-
can species, still undescribed, which has glabrous achenia. These are
silky hairy in all the Jive described species.

Aplopapptts. No doubt the name should have been written Hap-
lopappus ; but as Cassini in founding the genus dropped the aspirate,
and De Candolle followed him, it seems hardly necessary to go with
Endlicher and Bentham in restoring it. The genus, like its analogue
Aster, comprises very diverse forms, too intimately and variously con-
nected to warrant the generic separations which have been attempted.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 13, 1873. 635

Like Aster, too, it has a few annual or biennial species, so that Xan-
thisma is not supported by this subsidiary character. Bentham makes
Aplopappus include all the groups which I have referred to it, except-
ing Nuttall's Ericameria and Macronema. I have endeavored to
adopt his view while now revising the North American species, but I
find it impossible to do so. Neither the style-appendages (which are
" long and narrow " in many an admitted North American species), nor
the form and nature of the involucre and number of flowers it contains,
nor the form of the achenia, nor the texture of the pappus, nor the
habit, taken singly or in any practicable combination, enable me to
draw any clear line of separation. Nor is the line which must be
drawn for the demarcation of Bigelovia (Ckrysotkamnus) any less arbi-
trary when we have two bordering genera to deal with instead of one.
One of Nuttall's species of Macronema closely connects Ericameria
with other sections of Aplopappus, and the other with Chrysothamnus ;
while, as to Chrysopsis, a pretty well marked genus is rendered vague
by the admission of species of a different habit and no external pappus.

It should be noted that Bentham's section Haplodiscus is not De
Candolle's Aplopappus sect. Aplodiscus, the typical species of which
is referred to Bigelovia ; while the other proves to be a Baccharis.

Bentham's doubt whether Aplopappus marginatus Griseb. Cat. PI.
Cub. belongs to the genus, or has yellow rays, is well founded. Mr.
Wright's tickets preserved here, as well as the one cited by Grisebach,
state that the rays are white ; and the plant is doubtless an Aster of
the Oxytripolium section, allied to A. Chapmanii and A. Jlexuosus
of Nuttall, i. e. A. tenuifolius Linn.

Recent collections have furnished the following additions to the
Ericameria sections : —

Aplopappus (Ericameria) cuneatus. Fruticosus, ut videtur
depressus, caespitoso-ramosissimus. glaber, mox glutinosus ; ramis flori-
dis ad apicem usque foliosis ; foliis cuneatis vel spathulato-dilatatis
(apice lato truncato vel emarginato) integerrimis crassis resinoso-
punctatis eveniis, costa vix prominula; capitulis subcorymbosis 20 -24-
floris ; involucri turbinati squamis pluriseriatis lanceolatis carinato-
uninerviis chartaceo-coriaceis, interioribus marginibus apiceque leviter
scariosis disco brevioribus, exterioribus sensim brevioribus ; ligulis circa
3 discum baud superantibus ; appendicibus styli angustis parti stigma-
titera? requilongis ; acheniis lineari-oblongis compressis parce hirsutis ;
p;ippo parum rigido sordido. — California, in " Bear Valley, alt. 4,500

636 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

feet, Sept.," Kellogg, Bolander, etc.; no. 402 of Kellogg and Har-
ford's distribution. — Heads half an inch long. Scales of the invo-
lucre more numerous, narrower, and less obtuse than those of A.
ericoides. Achenia apprently broader and more decidedly com-
pressed than in that species ; the pappus similar. Leaves from a
quarter to half an inch long, thick and rigid.* — A similar or perhaps
the same species was collected in Arizona by Dr. E. Palmer in 1870,
but without flowers.

Aplopappus (Ericameria) pinifolius. Fruticosus, 2 - 4-peda-
lis, glabratus, vix glutinosus; ramis fastigiatis usque ad capitulum
solitarium foliosissimis ; foliis fere acerosis (plerisque pollicavibus) pi.
m. punctatis ; involucro campanulato foliis summis capitulum ad-
sequantibus vel superantibus involucrato, squamis propriis ovato-
vel oblongo-lanceolatis acuminatis coriaceis rigidis, margine tantum
scarioso ; ligulis circiter 20 brevibus angustis ; appendicibus styli fili-
formibus parte stigmatifera brevioribus ; ovariis linearibus fere glabris;
pappo rigidiusculo albo. — Near Los Angeles, in a dry river-bed,
Bolander, 1873. — The leaves most resemble those of A. laricifolius,
but are still more narrow, or those of Bigelovia arborescens. Head
always solitary at the summit of a very leafy branch, about four lines
high. Most of them in the few specimens received are abnormal,
having chaff on the receptacle, and the flowers they subtend often
pistillate and ligulate, instead of hermaphrodite and tubular : others
are in a normal condition.

Aplopappus (Ericameria) Bloomeri, Gray. To this, and not
to Nuttall's Ericameria resinosa, belongs the plant figured in the
Botany of Wilkes's Expedition, plate 10, under the name of " Aplo-
pappus resinosus."

Nardophylltjm genistoides, Dolichogyne genistoides Philippi in
Lmnasa, 28, p. 738. This striking species occurs in the collection of
the United States Pacific Exploring Expedition under Wilkes, with no
ticket indicating habitat. It is now evident that it must have been
gathered in the Andes near Santiago, Chili. The specimens have
lanceolate (rather than oblong-linear) leaves, with a cuspidate tip, and
the heads are fully an inch long. Bristles of the pappus conspicu-
ously barbellate towards the summit.

* All the flowers of one head exhibited a singular monstrosity of the corolla,
namely, five or sometimes three or four ligulate lobes outside of the ordinary lobes,
and inserted on the middle of the tube, forming an accessory circle of parts, equal-
ling in length the true corolla.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 13, 1873. 637

Chrysothamnus, Nutt. This is the name adopted in the Genera
Plantarum for the group containing not only the Chrysothamnus of
Nuttall, and all the species which I have at various times generically
combined with it under the name of Linosyris (Schlechtendal having
led the way with a Mexican species), but also Bigelovia DC, as re-
stricted in Torr. & Gray's Flora. All this consolidation is evidently
necessary, as also the separation of these American species from
Linosyris of the Old World, the species of which, by the occasional
production of heterochromous rays, are now proved to belong to
Galatella, i. e. to Aster in the largest sense. But Chrysothamnus is a
much later name than Bigelovia, which, as Bentham cursorily indicates
in the appendix, is to be adopted. The genus, as now received, is
nearly as polymorphous or composite as Aplopappus itself, from which
at more than one point it is quite arbitrarily separated. On the other
hand, it is as arbitrarily distinguished from the Euthamia subgenus of
Solidago, B. diffusa and B. arborescens sometimes developing a small
ray or two. As these species have lanceolate or even broader style-
appendages, achenia which are not very slender and taper to the base,
and ampliate rather deeply cleft limb to the corolla, we have to rely
upon the unequal bristles of the pappus and the woody habit to keep
them out of Solidago. The typical Bigelovia and all the genuine
Chrysothamni partake of the character which is so strikingly displayed
in B. pidchella, Bigelovii, and depressa, namely, the imbrication of the
scales of the involucre in five (rarely four) strict vertical ranks. The
slender style-appendages of Ericameria also characterize the section
Chrysothamnus and another group which lies between the two ; while
the original Bigelovia has the style as well as the habit of Solidago,
section Euthamia. The cusp in the centre of the receptacle of B.
nudata occurs (sometimes in a more chaffy form) in the original speci-
mens of B. Bigelovii, also in those recently received from Mr. Greene,
but not in those collected by Dr. Parry ; and it is represented by some
chaff-like extensions of the alveoli in B. Bolanderi, as also by the
setiform elongated frimbrillae in B. diffusa. The achenia are at least
5-nerved in almost all the species ; several have intermediate, usually
more slender nerves.

In the subjoined revision, the first section ends with species which
are ambiguous between Bigelovia and Solidago, and the whole with
the better characterized but very Soliclagineous original species.

638 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

BIGELOVIA DC. excl. §3. (Chrysothamnus Nutt., Benth. &

Hook. Gen. PI. 2, p. 255.)

§ 1. Diplostephioides Benth. & Hook. Involucrum pluriflorum,
cylindraeeura ; squamis- siccis latis obtusis spiraliter imbricatis :
corollas limbus 5-partitus ! lobis linearibus : appendices styli lan-
ceolate parte stigmatica breviores : achenia linearia. Frutices vel
arbusculse Andinre, habitu alieno : folia lanceolata penninervia
subtus tomentosa : capitula amplius corymbosa.

1. B. hypolettca. Aplopappus hypoleucus Turcz. in Bull. Mosc.
1851, p. 177. Linosyris Mandonii Schult. Bip.

2. B. fuliginea Baccharis fuliginea HBK., ex Benth.

§ 2. Aplodiscus. Involucrum pluri-multiflorum campanulatum
vel turbinatum, in penultimis paucifloris angustum ; squamis
spiraliter imbricatis, i. e. seriebus verticalibus baud conspicuis :
corollae limbus 5-lobus : appendices styli aut triangulai'i-ovatas aut
subulato-lanceolatge parte stigmatica breviores : achenia brevius-
cula.

* Aplopappoidece, foliis ssepius dentatis lobatisve ; involucri squamis
apice herbaceo notatis.

3. B. veneta. Baccharis veneta HBK. Nov. Gen. & Sp. 4, p. 68.
Aplopappus (Aplodiscus) discoideus DC. Prodr. 5, p. 350. Linosyris
Mexicana, Schlecht. Hort. Hal. p. 7, t. 4. — Mexico : approaches the
borders of the United States, but apparently not found within.

4. B. Menziesii. Foliis oblanceolatis spathulatisve rigidis parce
argute dentatis nunc pinnatilobatis ; capitulis pauciusculis glomeratis ;
involucri 12-20-flori squamis obtusis; acheniis fere linearibus sub-
coin pressis. — Pyrrocoma Menziesii Hook. & Arn. Aplopappus (Aplo-
discus) Menziesii Torr. & Gray. Linosyris dentata Kellogg, Proc.
Calif. Acad. 2, p. 16? — California to Arizona. Very near the fore-
going, and- probably passes into it. The most tangible differences are
that the scales of the involucre in B. veneta are more or less acute,
aud the achenia -shorter and turbinate.

5. B. coronopifolia. Ramis gracilioribus ; foliis punctatis pin-
nato-3 - 7-partitis, segmentis (setaceo-mucronatis) rhachique angusto-
linearibus nunc fere filiformibus ; capitulis pauciusculis glomeratis ;
involucri 10-12-flori squamis obtusis \ acheniis subturbinatis. — Lino-
syris coronopifolia Gray, PI. Wright. 1, p. 96. — Texas, and along the

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAT 13, 1873. 639

Rio Grande to Southern Arizona (E. Palmer). Dr. Palmer's plant,
with rather shorter and broader lobes and rhachis to the leaves,
approaches no. 114 of Hartweg's Mexican collection, which probably
belongs here.

6. B. Drdmmondii. Suffrutescens, glaber ; folds obsolete puncta-
tis linearibus basi attenuatis crassiusculis integerrimis ; capitulis laxius
corymbosis ; involucri 20 - 30-flori squamis obtusis coriaceis apice
virido, marginibus vix scariosis ; acheniis linearibus subcompressis. —
Linosyris Drummondii Torr. & Gray, 1. c. — Texas, near the coast,
from Indianola to the Rio Grande.

* * Euthamioidece, capitulis numerosiorbus minoribus, involucri
squamis apice vel costa minus parumve viridulis vel concoloribus.

-i- Folia lanceolata vel linearia : capitula conferte corymbosa lin.
4—5 longa.

7. B. Wrightii. SufFruticosa, glabra, glabrata, vel hirtello-scabra ;
ramis e basi lignescente erectis 1 - 2-pedalibus virgatis ; foliis lineari-
bus uninerviis vix punctatis mucronatis aut integerrimis aut inferioribus
hinc inde laciniato-dentatis ; corymbis polycephalis ; involucro 7-14-
floro glabro disco dimidio breviore ; squamis oblongis ovalibusque ob-
tusis margine angustissime scariosis apice pi. m. viridulis ; acheniis
turbinatis brevibus sericeis. — Linosyris Wrightii, heterophylla, & hir-
tella Gray, PI. Wright, 1, p. 95. — Southwestern Texas, on the Rio
Grande and its tributaries, to the Gila, Arizona (Sutton Hayes). It
varies considerably, and is not unlikely to pass into the next.

8. B. pltjriflora. Praecedenti. similis ; foliis anguste linearibus ;
capitulis parum majoribus ; involucri 15-18-fiori squamis lanceolatis
acutis vel acutiusculis concoloribus. — Linosyris plurijlora Torr. &
Gray, Fl. 2, p. 2o3. — Collected only by Dr. James in Long's Expe-
dition, probably on the South Fork of the Platte.

9. B. lanceolata. Fruticosa, puberula ; foliis lineari-lanceolatis
trinerviis scabrido-puberulis integerrimis mucronatis ; corymbis poly-
cephalis confertis ; involucro G - 8-floro disco parum breviore, squamis
oblongis, interioribus obtusis albidis, exterioribus brevibus subacutis
farinoso-puberulis ; appendicibus styli angusto-lanceolatis. — Chryso-
thamnus lanceolatus Nutt. 1. c. Linosyris lanceolata Torr. & Gray,
1. c. — Rocky Mountains, near the sources of the North Fork of the
Platte, Nuttall, by whom only as yet has this well-marked species been
collected.

640 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

h— -i— Folia angustissime linearia vel filiformia : capitula (lin. 3
longa) vel corymbuli saepius paniculati.

10. B. Cooperi. Glabra, crebre punctata, glutinosa, fruticosa
vel fruticulosa ; foliis (ramealibus) lin. 3-4 longis lineari-filiformi-
bus subcrassis obtusis ; capitulis coi-ymbulosis ; involucro 6-7-floro
squamis 12 - 14 ovalibus oblongisque chartaceis omnino pallidis, inti-
mis acutiusculis ; corolla? limbo breviter 5-lobo ; appendicibus sty li
deltoideo-ovatis parte stigmatica dimidio brevioribus ; acheniis turbi-
natis sericeo-villosis asqualiter 10-costatis. — Southeastern California,
on the eastern slope of Providence Mountain, Dr. J. G. Cooper.

11. B. diffusa. Glabra, parura glutinosa, obsolete punctata, basi
fruticosa, diffuse ramosissima ; ratnis gracillimis ; foliis (sub-semipolli-
caribus) fere filiformibus subcanalicnlatis apice szepe recurvis ; capitulis
glomerulisve 2-4-cephalis laxius paniculatis ; involucro 5 — 8-floro,
squamis 10-12 ovalibus oblongisque obtusissimis subcoriaceis margine
tenuiter scariosis, apice pi. m. viridulo ; corolla? limbo profunde 5-fido,
lobis lineari-oblongis ; appendicibus styli subovatis obtusis parte stig-
matica multo brevioribus ; acheniis lineari-turbinatis sericeo-hirsutulis
5-costatis ; receptaculo ex alveolis intimis in paleolas aristiformes
achenia subsuperantes producto : flores 1 — 2 marginales quandoque
imperfecte ligulati. — Ericameria diffusa Benth. Bot. Sulph. p. 23.
Solidago (Euthamia) diffusa Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 5, p. 159.
Linosyris Sonoriensis Gray, 1. c. 8, p. 291 ; stylus perperam descr.
— Cape San Lucas, in Lower California, Hinds, Xantus. Yaqui
River (probably Yaqua River on the eastern side of the Gulf), Dr.
E. Palmer.

12. B. arborescens. Glabra, resinoso-punctata, glutinosa ; ramis
e caule arboriformi 3 - 6-pedali erectis confertis scopariis foliosissimis ;
foliis (2 - 4-pollicaribus) angustissime linearibus demum marginibus
revolutis filiformibus ; corymbis conferte polycephalis paniculatis ; in-
volucro 20-25-floro discum subtequante ; squamis pluriseriatis lanceo-
latis acutis tenuiter puberulis, carina tantum viridulo ; appendicibus
styli lanceolato-subulatis parte stigmatica parurn brevioribus ; acheniis
brevibus turbinatis sericeo-pubescentibus 5-costatis : flores extimi raro
ligulati. — Linosyris arborescens Gray in Bot. Mex. Bound, p. 79. —
California, on dry ridges of the coast range, Santa Cruz to Tamalpais.
Specimens collected by Professor Brewer above Santa Cruz show an
attempt to produce a series of small ray-flowers : this, if at all nor-
mal, would remand this species to the Euthamia section of Solidago,

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 13, 1873. 641

which it resembles, except in the woody stem, and the unequal more
copious bristles of the pappus. The alveoli of the receptacle are
produced into subulate teeth.

§ 3. Chrysothamnopsis. Involucrum 5 - 15-florum, cylindraceum ;
squamis lanceolatis acurainatis siccis (plerumque chartaceis nee
herbaceo appendiculatis vel notatis) spiraliter imbricatis: corollas
limbus angusto-infundibuliformis breviter 5-lobus : appendices
styli subutato-filiformes Ghrysothamni : achenia angusta, elon-
gata, sericeo-pubescentia : pappi setas tenues subaequales : folia
angusta, subtrinervia, integerrima. (Transitus ad Aplopappum
per A. Macronema.)

13. B. Bolanderi. Suffruticosa, humilis, subviscosa ; ramis lana
valde implexa adpressissima dealbatis ; foliis spa'thulato-linearibus ob-
lanceolatisve acutatis baud rigidis (circiter pollicaribus) ; capitulis
subcorymboso- vel subracemoso-congestis plerisque folio seu bractea
folioso stipatis ; involucro 7-11-floro; squamis circa 10 lanceolatis
sensim acuminatis nudis: alveoli receptaculi paleaceo-dentiformibus. —
Linosyris Bolanderi Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 7, p. 354. — Mono Pass
in the Sierra Nevada, California. The narrow heads are three
quarters of an inch long. This species is so obviously and closely
related to Aplopappus Macronema {Macronema discoidea Nutt.), that
it might be better to refer that plant to this genus, the line, wherever
drawn, being almost arbitrary. Bolander found both at Mono Pass,
and at nearly the same elevation.

14. B. Howardii. Suffruticosa, humilis, ramosissima, pi. m. lanata,
mox glabrescens ; foliis linearibus rigidis (1 - 2-pollicaribus) uninerviis,
superioribus capitula pauciuscula subcongesta fulcrantibus paulloque
superantibus ; involucro 5-floro, squamis 12—15 oblongo-lanceolatis
primum arachnoideis aut sensim aut extimis subito caudato-acuminatis ;
corolla? tubo parce villosulo. — Linosyris Howardii Parry in Proc. Am.
Acad. 6, p. 541. — Var. Nevadensis. Rigidior ; foliis latioribus
sursum pi. m. dilatatis nunc obsolete trinerviis ; involucri magis arach-
noidei subviscosL squamis subcoriaceis, siccis apice recurvis. — L. How-
ardii var. Nevadensis Gray, 1. c. — Gravelly soil in the " parks " of
Colorado, extending to the Sierra Nevada, where it is chiefly the var.
Nevadensis. Receptacle paleaceous-dentate, almost as in the preced-
ing. The scales of the involucre, more numerous than in the preced-

VOL. VIII. 81

642 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

ing and following species, are disposed to form 4 or 5 vertical ranks,
in the manner of the next section.

15. B. Parryi. Suffrutescens, spithamasa ad pedalem, primum
sublanata, mox glabrata ; ramis tantum tenuiter lanato-dealbatis vir-
gatis ad apicem usque foliosis ; foliis linearibus (2-4 poll, longis lin.
1-2 latis) basi attenuatis plerisque trinerviis ; capitulis in thyrsum
angustum vel spiciformem foliosum congestis foliis fulcrantibns plerum-
que longius superatis ; involucro 10 - 15-floro, squamis lanceolatis
attenuato-acuminatis pauciseriatis nudis, ektimis bracteantibus sgepius
folioso-appendiculatis ; corolla? tubo hirsutulo. — Linosyris Parryi
Gray in Proc. Acad. Philad. 1863, p. 66. — Rocky Mountains of
Colorado in the region of South and Middle Park. Heads rather
numerous, shorter than in the two foregoing, only 6 to 8 lines long.
Alveoli of the receptacle short and nearly entire.

§ 4. Chrysothamnus. ( Chrysothamnus Nutt. excl. sp.) Involu-
crum 5-florum, angustum ; squamis siccis carinatis pentastichis
(raro tetrastichis), uempe in seriebus verticalibus strictis 5
(rarius 4) imbricatis : corolla? limbus angustus aut breviter aut
profundius 5-lobus : appendices styli elongato-subulata? vel fili-
formes hispidula?, parte stigmatica lineari sa?pius longiores : ache-
nia angusta, linearia : pappi seta? tenues : folia angusta integer-
rima.

* Achenia glaberrima, 4 - 6-angulata, disco epigyno lato : involucri
squama? acuminata? eximie pentasticha?, in utraque seriei verticali
5 - 6 : capitula majuscula (ultra semipollicem longa), corymbu-
loso-conferta : corolla? lobi breves : pappus corolla longior.

h- Frutices ramosissimi ultrabipedales, ramis rigidis gracilibus
scopariis.

16. B. Bigelovii. Subcinerea; ramis junioribus dealbatis ; foliis
marginibus revolutis filiformibus ; involucri squamis chartaceis conco-
loribus modice carinatis appressis, exterioribus oblongo-lanceolatis
lanoso-ciliatis acutiusculis, interioribus angustioribus plerumque acu-
minatis ; pappi setis vix rigidulis. — Linosyris Bigelovii Gray in Bot.
Whippl. p. 42, t. 12. — Above Albuquerque, New Mexico, Dr. J. M.
Bigelow, and probably at a station farther north, Dr. Parry: Huefano-
plains, Colorado Territory, E. L. Greene. Notwithstanding the itera-
tion, no objection will be taken, I trust, to continuing the dedication of

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 13, 1873. 643

this species to its discoverer, Dr. J. M. Bigelow, because the genus
was named for the veteran botanist Dr. Jacob Bigelow.

17. B. pulchella. Undique glabra; foliis viridibus anguste
linearibus uninerviis margine nunc serrulato-scabris, ramealibus subu-
latis ; involucri squamis lanceolatis acutatis eximie carinatis fere cori-
aceis apice viridibus ; pappi setis rigidulis. — Linosyris pulchella Gray,
PI. Wright. 1, p. 96, & Bot. Whippl. p. 43; Torr. in Sitgreaves'
Rep. t. 4. — New Mexico, near the Rio Grande, etc. Heads nearly
three quarters of an inch when in fruit and the pappus well devel-
oped, somewhat the largest of this section.

h— ■*- Fruticulosa, ramis spithamaeis simplicioribus e basi decum-
bente.

18. B. depressa. Glabra, scabrido-caesia ; foliis lanceolatis seu
oblanceolatis mucronato-acutis brevibus (semipollicaribus) rigidis ; in-
volucri squamis elongato-lanceolatis sensim acuminatis laevibus charta-
ceis concoloribus ; pappi setis rigidulis. — Ghrysothamnus. depressus Nutt.
PI. Gamb. p. 171. Linosyris depressa Torr. in Sitgreaves' Rep. p.
161. Mountains of the northern part of New Mexico: not "in the
sierra of Upper California, as stated by Nuttall : Dr. Gambell's speci-
men is ticketed " Rocky Mountains." Dr. Parry collected it in 1867
in the Sangre de Christo Mountains, and recently Mrs. A. P. Thomp-
son sent it from Kanab, Utah. Heads few in a terminal cluster, 8
lines long when fully developed.

* * Achenia sericeo-pubescentia : capitula numerosa, minora (haud
ultra semipollicaria) : involucri squamae minus numerosa : pappus
corollam raro adaequans.

+- Involucri squamae caudato-acuminatae.

19. B. cerdminosa. Fruticosa, fastigiato-ramosissima, bi-tripedalis,
•tenuissime lanuginosa, mox glabrata saspeque resinoso-glutinosa ; foliis
filiformibus vel angustissime linearibus marginibus involutis, rameali-
bus saepius hamato-recurvis ; capitulis corymbuloso-fasciculatis ; invo-
lucro glutinoso, squamis lanceolatis carinatis praeter parinam viridulam
in acumen aristiforme recurvum eximie productam pallidis ; corollae
lobis lineari-lanceolatis ; pappo haud copioso. — Linosyris ceruminosa
Durand & Hilgard in Jour. Acad. Philad. n. ser. 3 (PL Heerm.) p.
40, & Pacif. R. R. Exped. 5, p. 9, t. 6. — Interior of California, at
Tejon Pass, Dr. Heermann.

+- -i- Involucri squama? apice obtuso incrassato viridi.

644 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

20. B. teretifolia. Fruticosa, subpedalis, rnmosissima, glabra
resinoso-glutinosa ; ramis rigidis brevibus fastigiato-corymbosis ; foliis
filiformibus sursum saspius crassioribus obtusis (semi-subpollicaribus)
creberrime punctatis primum pruinoso-caesiis mox vernicosis ; capitulis
subspicato-confertis ; involucro angustissimo, squamis pallidis ad apicem
parvum viridulum saspius glanduligeris, interioribus oblongo-linearibus,
extimis sensim ad bracteolas breves reductis ; corollas lobis brevissimis ;
pappo baud copioso. — Linosyris teretifolia, Durand & Hilgard, 1. c.
t. 7. California, on the mountains around Tejon Valley, Dr. Heermann ;
Arizona at Union Pass, Dr. E. Palmer (without flowers). Heads 5
or 6 lines long.

+- +- . +- Involucri squama? nee acuminata?, nee apice viridulo
notatas, pauciuscula?, nempe in utraque seriei 3-4.

++ Folia resinoso-punctata, angustissima : capitula paniculata.

21. B. paniculata. Fruticosa? pruinoso-subcinerea vel glabra;
foliis ramealibus lineari-filiformibus (vix semipollicaribus), summis
brevissimis subulatis ramulisque resinoso-punctatis; capitulis laxiuscule
paniculatis ; involucri squamis oblongis obtusis tenuibus omnino palli-
dis minus carinatis, intimis achenia linearia vix superantibus ; corollas
limbo ad medium usque odobo ; appendicibus styli subulato-filiformibus
parte stigmatica duplo longioribus ; pappo molli. — Linosyris viscidi-
jiora var. paniculata Gray in Bot. Mex. Bound., p. 80. " California,"

Schott, probably in the southeastern part of the State : the station not
recorded, and the specimen incomplete.

++ ++ Folia impunctata, angustiora uninervia, latiora trinervia :
capitula corymboso- nunc subthyrsoideo-congesta.

22. B. graveolens. Fruticosa, 1 - 4-pedalis, primum pi. m. lanata,
tomento nunc copioso implexo derasibili nunc tenui evanescente ; ramis
virgatis ; foliis aut angustissime linearibus mox involutis aut latioribus
planis ; capitulis semipollicaribus ; involucri squamis oblongis vel lan-
ceolatis obtusiusculis vel obtusis ; corollas limbo breviter 54obo ; appen-
dicibus styli subulato-filiformibus parte stigmatica longioribus; pappo
satis molli. — B. dracunculoides & B. Missouriensis DC. Prodr. 5, p. 329.
Chrysocoma dracunculoides (non Lam.) & nauseosa Pursh. C. graveo-
lens & nauseosa Nutt. Gen. Chrysothamnus dracunculoides & speciosus
Nutt. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. Linosyris graveolens & albicaulis
Torr. & Gray, Fl. 2, p. 234. — Plains, etc., Western Arkansas to
Dakota, and west to California and Washington Territory. — Exhibits

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 13, 1873. 645

•

numerous inseparable forms, of which the most marked deviations
from the general type are : —

Var. glabrata. ( Linosyris graveolens var. glabrata Engelm.) Pri-
mum tomento tenui cinerea, mox glabrata viridis ; involucri squamis
sa?pius angustioribus subacutis ; corolla? lobis paullo longioribus.

Var. latisquamea. Iuvolucri squamis latioribus obtusissimis ;
corolla? lobis brevissimis. — New Mexico, Dr. Bigelow, Dr. Henry.
Inner scales papery and glabrous, the short outer ones tomentose.

Var. hololeuca. Undique cano-tomentosa, 'involucri squamis
angustis obtusissimis ; corolla? lobis brevissimis, tubo pilis parcis longis
arachnoideis instructo. — Owens' s Valley, interior of California, Dr.
Horn. (No. 2852, distrib. Brewer.)

Var. albicaulis. Caule dense lanato ; foliis glabrescentibus ; in-
volucri squamis glabris obtusiusculis ; corollas lobis longiusculis, tubo
pilis crebris longis arachnoideis villoso. — Ckrysothamnus speciosus
var. albicaulis Nutt. 1. c. Linosyris albicaulis Torr. & Gray, 1. c. —
Rocky Mountains, Nuttall, Burke. In most flowers of the species
there is a variable amount of short and stronger hairs on the tube of
the corolla. In this they are peculiar for their length and cobwebby
character. Traces of the same I have now met with in some different
forms, notably in the preceding. The form of the corolla-lobes also
varies unconformably with other characters, being in some no longer
than broad, in others twice or thrice longer.

23. B. Douglasii. Fruticosa, subpedalis ad orgyalem, fastigiato-
ramosa, glabra vel [scabro-puberula (nunquam lanosa) ; foliis aut an-
gustissime aut latiuscule linearibus lanceolatisve rigidulis ; capitulis
lin. 4-5 longis conferte cymosis ; involucri squamis oblongis seu la-
tiuscule linearibus obtusis ; corolla? limbo ad medium usque 5-lobo ;
appendicibus styli angusto-subulatis parte stigmatica dimidio breviori-
bus ; acheniis breviusculis deorsum angustatis ; pappo satis rigidulo. —
Crinitaria viscidijlora Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 2, p. 24. Ckrysothamnus
viscidijlorus & pumilus Nutt. 1. c. Bigelovia viscidijlora DC. Prodr.
7, p. 279. Linosyris viscidijlora Torr. & Gray, 1. c. — Colorado Ter-
ritory and Wyoming to the Sierra Nevada, California, Oregon, and
Washington Territory. In referring it back to Bigelovia, I venture
to give a new specific name for this widespread species, the original
one being misleading. For, although the involucre may occasionally
be viscid with a resinous or balsamic exudation, it appears to be more
generally free from it than any other species of the section ; and the

646 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

flowers seem never to be viscid. Nor is Nuttall's name much more
appropriate for a species which, though commonly low, is occasionally
six feet high. It exhibits several but obviously confluent varieties,
of which the following represent the extreme forms : —

Var. stenophylla ; with very narrowly linear leaves, half a line
wide. Northwestern Nevada, S. Watson in King's Expl.

Var. latipolia {Linosyris viscidiflora var. latifolia Eaton in Bot.
King, p. 157), with oblong leaves 1 - H inches long and half an inch
wide. Northwestern Nevada, S. Watson. These two are glabrous
forms.

Var. serrulata (Linosyris serrulata Torr. in Stansb. Rep.) has
the margins of the leaves ciliate or as if serrulate with rigid, short
bristles ; otherwise glabrous or nearly so. A common form in the
interior dry region.

Var. tortifolia ; like the preceding, but the leaves twisted re-
markably. Sierra Nevada, California, Brewer; Mt. Davidson, Ne-
vada, Bloomer.

Var. puberula (Ghrysothamnus pumilus Nutt., pro parte. Lino-
syris viscidiflora var. puberula Eaton, Bot. King) ; ' with leaves,
branches, etc., pulvernlently or almost hispidly puberulent. Not rare
in the interior districts.

§ 5. Eubigelovia. (Bigelowice genuince DC.) Involucrum 3 -
4-florum, angustum ; squamis paucis siccis flavidis oblongo-
linearibus obtusis carinatis pentastichis vel subtetrastichis in
utraque seriei 2 - 3 : receptaculum parvum, alveolis subulato-
de'ntiformibus, in centro longe cuspidatum : corolla? lirabus ampli-
atus 5-fidus: appendices styli ovato-subulatas, parte stigmatica
breviuscula breviores : achenia brevia subturbinata : pappi seta?
pauciuscula?, rigidulae.

24. B. nudata DC. Mem. Comp. t. 5, & Prodr. 5, p. 329.
Forma spathidcefolia, Torr. & Gray, 1. c, &

Var. virgata Torr & Gray, 1. c. B. virgata DC. — Pine barrens
in damp soil. Texas to New Jersey, near the coast.*

* Species Exclusce.
Linosyris squamata Gray in Proc. Am. Acad. 8, p 290, is a Senecionea.
L. Texana Torr. & Gray Fl., is Baccharis Texana Gray, PI. Fendl. p. 75.
L. ? humilis Torr. & Gray, 1. c. (Crinitaria humilis Hook.), is Brachjactis.
L. ramulosa Gray, PI. Wright., is Baccharis ramulosa Gray, PI. Thurb. p. 301.
L carnosa Gray, PI. Wright., 2, p. 80, is most probably an Aster of the Oxytripo-
lium section, without rays.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 13, 1873. 647

Aster. We should receive the genus in all the extent it now re-
assumes, Machceranthera included, although that on the whole well
bears separation, as does Diplopappus section Triplopappus. But the
separation of Nuttall's Dieteria from the section Machceranthera and its
reference to Euaster does not seem to be called for. The general bi-
ennial or even annual character, which is foreign to true Aster, as well
as the tendency to pinnatifid or incised leaves, belongs to both alike ;
the style-appendages are narrow in both ; and the achenium of Dieteria,
equally with that of Machceranthera, has several slender nerves on the
faces, as well as a strong rib on each margin. I may here append the
note, that —

Aster tenuifolius Linn., as the Linnosan herbarium shows, and
the character confirms, is founded on the plant known as A. flexuosus
Nutt. To this alone (and not to Plukenet's plant) the phrase " pedun-
culis foliolosis " and the added descriptive notes relate.

Aster subulatus Michx. is truly the name to be preserved for
our common northern maritime Oxytripolium, the original A. linifo-
lius of Linnasus (Hort. Cliff, etc.) being really a Galatella.

Aster arenarioides D. C. Eaton, in herb., is the name which
should be borne by the plant described and figured as Eriyeron steno-
phyllum Eaton in Bot. King, p. 152, t. 17 (not E. stenophyllum Gray,
PI. Fendl.), a species which most resembles A. pauciflorus Nutt. in its
more slender form, but has only 2-nerved ovaries, a different glandu-
losity, etc. The akenes of A. pauciflorus are delicately 8 - 10-nerved.
Bentham's character of Oxytripolium needs extending iu this respect
on account of more than one species.

Brachyactis Ledeb. On the whole it seems clearly preferable to
adopt this genus ; but, as extended by Mr. Bentham, it includes two
types, of somewhat different affinities. The original B. ciliata has
lanceolate-subulate style-appendages, narrow and rather turgid achenia,
with a large epigynous disk and marginal nerves rather inconspicuous,
aud a simple pappus of copious equal bristles. To this, as I long ago
observed, belongs Tripolium anyustum Lindl. But I confounded with
it a second species, of more southern range, which Mr. Bentham has
now distinguished (as var. camosula, in Hook. Ic. sub 1106), and
which has not only broader and more foliaceous involucral scales, but
also distinct (purple) ligules much exceeding the style. As this must
be Nuttall's Tripolium frondosum, although his specimens are too young
to show it clearly, it may take the name of B. frondosa. These two

648 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

species were not unnaturally associated with Aster ( Oxytripolium) lini-
folius, or rather subidatus.

Of the other species referred to the genus, I have had only B.
robusta Benth. and the figure of B. menthodora to examine. The. former
is more conyzoid in the involucre, as well as in the small number of
hermaphrodite flowers, has broad and obtuse style-appendages (as those
of B. menthodora are represented), broader and flat achenia with promi-
nent marginal ribs, and a pappus of two distinct sorts of bristles, those
of the outer set not longer than the width of the achenium.

Boltonia L'Her. is made by Bentham to include my Dichceto-
phora ; but the Californian species referred to it (p. 209) proves to be
Perityle Acmelld of PI. Fendl.

Erigeron Linn, is maintained in the wide sense to which we are
here accustomed. For our section Stenactis, Nuttall's name Phcenac-
tis is preferred, because Cassini's name was misapplied by Nees and by
De Candolle, and both the original Stenactis (Polyactis Less.) and the
leading one of Nees and De Candolle fall into Phalacroloma. That
leaves the name free for the employment that was made of it ; yet it is
right and clearer to keep up Nuttall's sectional name. But the section
itself does not very well hold out. As to Woodvillcea, the conjecture
that it is E. glaucum was long ago positively confirmed.

E. armeri^efolium Turcz., in an authentic Siberian specimen ex-
amined, wholly wants the internal filiform pistillate flowers (De Can-
dolle's and Turczaninow's remark which implies the contrary notwith-
standing) ; and to it clearly belongs E. glabratum var. minor Hook, (a
large form of which must be E. lonchophyllum Hook.), and E. racemo-
sum Nutr., at least in part, — a species which is not uncommon in the
Colorado Rocky Mountains and the Sierra Nevada. Hall and Har-
bour's 232 is a large form of it.

E. Bellidiastrum Nutt. Some careless determinations of mine,
confounding this with the very similar E. divergens, have misled Pro-
fessor Eaton into altering the character of the species by assigning to
it the double pappus of the latter. It has a simple and wholly decidu-
ous pappus, and its achenium is tipped with a broad and white epigy-
nous disk. Hall and Harbour's 246, Hall's Oregon 249, and the E.
Bellidiastrum of Bot. King, p. 150, all belong to E. divergens. Besides
the pappus, the receptacle in the more northern specimens of E. diver-
gens is strongly convex. It is less or slightly so in some forms, espe-
cially in E. cinereum Gray, PI. Fendl., which on the whole I cannot

V

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 13, 1873. 649

specifically distinguish. But E. flagellare Gray 1. c. is perennial, at
least by its stolons, and quite distinct.

E. ursinum Eaton, in Bot. King, 1. c, needs to be compared with
E. radicatum Hook.

E. c^espitosum Nutt., a considerably leafy-stemmed species, more
or less canescent, with a fine and chiefly spreading roughish pubescence,
its leaves rather short, style-appendages extremely short and obtuse,
minutely hairy akenes 2-nerved, or rarely 3-nerved, and the outer
short pappus squamellate and conspicuous, has been more or less con-
founded with some other pretty well marked species, such as

E. Nevadense. Pube tenui appressa substrigosa pi. m. cine-
rea; caulibus e rhizomate elongato repente adscendentibus vel erectis ;
fioridis scapiforrnibus vel apice nudis monocephalis 4 - 9-pollicaribus ;
foliis lineari-lanceolatis vel spathulato-linearibus integerrimis, imis elon-
gatis (2 - 6-poll.) in petiolum attenuatis, caulinis acutis, summis ad
bracteas subulatas diminutis ; involucri squamis asqualibus hirsutis sub-
glandulosisque (lin.' 4 longis) ; ligulis 25-30 latiuscule linearibus
albis (lin. 3-4 longis) uniseriatis ; appendicibus styli ovatis acutis
nunc acutissimis ; acheniis oblongis pubescentibus ad margines tantum
nervatis (seu radii 3-nervatis) ; pappo exteriore parco setuloso. — E.
ccespitosum var. grandiflorum Eaton in Bot. King, p. 153, pro parte,
nempe, no. 548, non Torr. & Gray. — Sierra Nevada, on the borders of
the State of Nevada : near Virginia City, Bloomer ; Mount Stanford,
etc., Bolander, Kellogg ; W. Humboldt Mountains, S. Watson.

Var. ? ptgm^euii : foliis plerisque in caudice crasso confertis angus-
to-spathulato-linearibus (raro pollicaribus) ; scapis 1 -3-pollicaribus ;
capitulo dimidio minore ; involucro minus hirsuto ; ligulis purpureis. —
Above Ebbett's and at Mono Pass, California, alt. 9,500 to 10,750
feet, Brewer. Very likely a distinct species.

E. argentatum. Pube brevi molli adpressissima sericeo-inca-
num ; caulibus e rhizomate (ut videter repente ?) erectis (spithamseis
ad pedalem) simplicibus apice nudo monocephalis ; foliis linearibus,
irnisve angusto-spathulatis in petiolum attenuatis, summis sparsis subu-
latis ; involucri (lin. 4 alti) squamis lineari-lanceolatis, exterioribus
brevioribus atque caulis canescentibus ; ligulis plus 50 latiuscule
linearibus albis (fere semipollicaribus) ; appendicibus styli brevissi-
mis obtusissimis ; acheniis (potius ovariis) crebre villosis G - 10-nervu's ;
pappo duplici, utroque copioso, exteriori squamellato-setoso interiore %
breviori. — E. ccespitosum Eaton, Bot. King, 1. c. pro parte, nempe, no.

VOL. VITI. 82

650 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

549. — Nevada, in the Pah-Ute Mountains, Ruby Valley, etc., alt.
5,000 to 6,000 feet, S. Watson. Pahranagat Mountains, Southeastern
Nevada, Miss Searls.

E. canum Gray, PL Fendl., is well marked by its perfectly glabrous,
narrow, conspicuously about 10-ribbed akenes. The pubescence, which
is seldom as silvery as in the preceding, is somewhat strigose, and on
the involucre loose or hirsute ; the heads only half as large as those of
E. argentatum ; the rays narrower ; style-appendages equally short and
obtuse. This species proves to be more abundant than was supposed,
I having confounded it with E. ccespitosum. New Mexico, Fendler,
375 ; Parry, 83 and 88 of coll. 1867. Wyoming, on the Platte,
Geyer, 30, in part (the rest being E. pumilum). Colorado Territory,
Hall and Harbour, no. 244, wrongly referred to E. ccespitosum.

E. stenophyllum Gray, in Bot. Whippl. p. 42 (98), from New
Mexico, Dr. Bigelow, has achenia villous with long soft hairs and only
marginal nerves, obtuse style-appendages, and a very copious simple
pappus. The proper tube of the corolla in the di?k is very short, the
cylindrical throat sparsely villous.

Var. ? tetrapleurtjm has smaller heads and flowers, and mostly
4-nerved, rarely 2 - 3-nerved ovaries. The plant is more canescent,
and the stems fork once or twice. It lies between E. stenophyllum and
E. filifolium. — Southern Utah, Mrs. A. P. Thompson, Captain F. M.
Bishop.

Eaton's E. stenophyllum, Bot. King, p. 152, t. 17, a homonym, is
his Aster arenarioides, vide supra. Nut tail's earlier E. stenophyllum in
PI. Gamb. is his E.foliosum, with narrower leaves.

E. Ervendbergii. Strigoso-hirsutultim ; caulibus e basi decumbente
erectis gracillimis inferno crebre foliosis superne longe nudis moilo-
cephalis ; foliis lanceolatis basi attenuatis integerrimis vix pollicaribus ;
• involucri squamis subrequalibus strigoso-puberis ; ligulis 50-60 an-
gustis elongatis ut videtur albis ; ovariis glabellis ; pappo radii dis-
cique duplici, exteriori e setulis numerosis basi vix concretis diametro
ovarii aequalibus, interiori e setis uniseriatis fragilibus subdeciduis. —
Wartenberg, Mexico, Ervendberg, no. 69. Root not seen ; slender
stems a foot high. Head about as large as in E. strigosum.

E. delphinifolium Willd. Bentham, in Gen. PI. p. 281, suspects
that the New Mexican plant" of Wright, no.' 1170 (with which agrees
Thurber's 771, and Palmer's 421 from Arizona), is different from the
original Mexican species. The exterior pappus indeed consists of

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 13. 1873. 651

rather narrower and longer squamella? ; but otherwise I see no dif-
ference.

Ach^togkron Gray, PL Fendl. p. 72. This is overlooked in
the Genera Plantarum; else it would probably have been referred to
Erigeron as a sort of Phalacroloma without bristles either in disk
or ray. But technically, and perhaps with sufficient reason every
way, it should hold its rank as a genus in the Bellidece, just before
Myriactis.

Baccharis. The receptacle is conical in B. Douglasii DC.

Evax. The paleae of the receptacle vary from strongly carinate-
cyrabiform in some species (as in E. Heldrichii, in which they are
wholly pointless) to barely concave in others : in E. perpusilla there
are subtending and partly enclosing paleae for each sterile flower. Our
Californian Hesperevax may very well remain in the genus ; but it
constitutes a marked subgenus, not only on account of the firm and at
length rigid,, comparatively persistent involucral scales and paleaa which
are barely concave, but also on account of the receptacle. This is not
correctly represented on the plate in Bot. Whippl. Exped. The body
of it, on which most of the fertile flowers are borne, is rather convex
than conical* beset with villous hairs, which are fully as long as the
achenia, and abruptly produced at the centre into a narrow column,
which bears very i'aw or hardly any pistillate flowers and paleae except
near its base, while its summit bears a whorl of three to five, broadly
ovate or obovate, blunt or sometimes mucronate, flat paleae, of nearly
herbaceous texture, more or less woolly inside, forming an involucre to
the small cluster of hermaphrodite-sterile flowers, rigid and radiately
spreading with age, at length deciduous. The achenia, moreover, are
smooth (not papillose or glandular), clavate-obovate and decidedly
obcompressed. The transverse brownish line above their base is
marked in the coat of the seed. The diversity in the villosity of the
receptacle, and the length and thickness of its elevated portion (being
very slender, even filiform, and a line high, in no. 415 of Kellogg and
Harford's collection), appeared to indicate more than one species, but I
cannot make them out.

Micropus. The generic character in the Genera Plantarum by an
oversight requires the fertile flowers to form only a single series. I
should hardly change that ; for the genus clearly appears to me to hold
only the first two sections, and to rest on two good and peculiar charac-
ters : 1, the paleae, which so completely and strictly enclose the achenia,

652 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

are firm coriaceous or cartilaginous in texture, at length inclined to
split into two valves ; 2, the acbenia are strongly gibbous, so that the
style, with its filiform corolla, is lateral : the pappus wholly wanting.
Consequently, —

Stylocline Nutt., with straight or hardly oblique achenia having
a terminal areola (as in all Filaginece except Micropus), and with its
other good characters, is to be restored : it will well include Bentham's
section Diplocymbiurn and my Ancistrocarphus, thus constituting a
genus of at least four species, thus: —

§ 1. ElISTYLOCLINE. S. GNAPHALIOIDES Nutt., S. MICROPOIDES

Gray.

§ 2. Diplocymbium. {Micropus sect. 3, Diplocymbiurn Benth.)
Flores foeminei biseriati ; paleis tenui-membranaceis extus lanosissi-
mis, apice scarioso mutico, iis circa flores steriles angustioribus minus
involutis. S. Griffithii, Gnaphalii sp. Griffith," Notul. 4, p. 240,
t. 468. Affghanistan, Griffith ; no. 3220, 3221, Kew. distrib.

§3. Ancistrocarphus. Flores foeminei 5-10 uni— biseriati, paleis
cymbiformibus fere Diphcymbii (sed minus lanatis firmioribusque)
obvoluti, steriles paleis 5 majoribus ovato-lanceolatis subfoliaceis apertis
in cuspidem incurvam rigidam desinentibus persistentibus fructiferis
delapsis stellato-patentibus. — S. filaginea, Ancistrocarphus fila-
gineus Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 7, p. 356.

Psilocarphus Nutt. The most important thing to note is, that the
leaves, even from the base of the stem, are almost always opposite. P.
globiferus, i. e. the Chilian Micropus globiferus of Bertero (Bezanilla
Ghilensis Remy), as well as I can judge from a single specimen, is
distinguishable from the North American species by its less elongated
(narrowly elliptical-oblong) as well as smaller achenia. The northern
species seem to be reducible to two, P. Oreganus and P. tenellus.
Var. elatior of the former (Oregon, Hall, no. 271, Kellogg and Har-
ford, 418) is a remarkably luxuriant state, a span high, and erect.

Filago Arizonica. Floccoso-lanata, a basi ramosissima, diffusa
(spithamaaa) ; ramis proliferis filiformibus ; foliis linearibus brevibus,
caulinis plerisque glomerulos terminales et alares involucrantibus ;
capitulis ovato-pentagonis ; floribus foemineis 10-15 epapposis, her-
maphroditis (sterilibus?) 5-10 papposis ; receptaculi angusti paleis
ovalis, fructiferis cymbiformibus dorso chartaceo lanosissimis, apice hya-
1 lino brevi obtuso, interioribus subplanis scarioso-hyalinis acutiusculis ;
acheniis laevibus. — Arizona, at Verde Mesa, Dr. Charles Smart, coll.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 13,' 1873. 653

1867, received from Dr. Parry. Habit of F. spathulata, proliferously
diehotoinous ; the branches filiform and becoming glabrous. Heads
numerous in the capituliform clusters, a line and a half long. Fructif-
erous palese almost as deeply saccate as in F. Californica.

Anaphalis margaritacea. We prefer the reference of Gnapha-
lium margaritaceum Linn, to this genus (standing between Antennaria
and Gnaphalium), rather than to Antennaria by Brown, or to Heli-
chrysum by Weddell. No. 300 of E. Hall's Oregon collection, inadver-
tently named Gnaphalium leucocephalum Gray, is a narrow-leaved form
of our common Everlasting.

Pterigopappus Hook, f. Although Maia of Weddell is referred
to this genus in the Genera Plantarum, only the original Tasmauian
species is mentioned. P. compactus from the Andes of New Grenada
is the second species of this singularly distributed genus.

Adenocaulon Hook. Benthara refers this genus to his Millerieos
in the tribe Helianthoidece, with evident misgiving, remarking in his
Notes on the order that it is a less perfect stranger there than by the
side of Tussilago. That is true enough ; but the wholly alternate
leaves and naked receptacle are out of place there, and there is nothing
but the sterile central flowers which favors the association. Upon a
study of our species for the Californian flora, I find that its anthers,
instead of " basi integral vel vix minute bidentatge," are strongly sagit-
tate, in the manner of Bentham's diagram, no. 6, except that the five
points of the auricles are obtuse, although quite as much produced.
The style being conformable, it is clear to me that the genus should be
transferred to the Inuloidece, where, from its peculiarities of fruit,
involucre, and corolla, it may form a subtribe, Adenocauloneee.

Ambrosia artemislefolia, etc. In his notes on Composite, and
more briefly in Genera Plantarum, Bentham has cited an observation
of Meehan, that in this plant " the inflexed setiform appendage is only
to be found on anthers which do not present perfect pollen ; the
abundantly polleniferous anthers are broad, without horns." I find
this appendage equally surmounting anthers that have been filled with
pollen, and those that are so filled, only in the latter they are not so
readily discerned. I have never seen any normal staminate heads
with non-polleniferous anthers.

Silphiu.ai gracile. Scabro-hispidulum ; caule gracili striato
1 -2-pedali mono-tricephalo subscapiformi ; foliis radicalibus imisque'
caulinis ovato-oblongis membranaceis denticulatis utrinque acutis vel

654 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

acuminatis longe petiolatis alternis, superiovibus parvis paucis interdum
oppositis lanceolatis sessilibus integerrimis ; involucri squamis confor-
mibus suba?qualibus erectis ovato-lanceolatis ciliolatis basi nervosis ;
ligulis 12 - 15 ; acheniis cum ala latissima tenui orbiculatis sinu lato
eraarginatis laevibus. — Open woods, Texas, near Houston, Lindheimer
(anno 1842, ex Engelmann), E. Hall, 1872. The radical leaves in
Lindheimer's specimen are larger, 10 to 15 inches long, including the
slender petiole, and pubescent beneath. Hall's plant has smaller
leaves and less pubescen e.

Zinne^e Benth. This subtribe of Helianthoidece appears to be well
founded, by Bentham, upon six Mexicano-North-American genera ;
and, as he remarks, our Heliopsis of the United States seems to hold
its sessile ligules as' persistently on the fruit as does the Mexicano-
South-American species. But the use which is made of this chai^acter
might call for the addition to the subtribe of a species which I long
ago characterized as forming a subgenus of Balsamorhiza, and which
has remained unnoticed, namely: —

Balsamorhiza (Kalliactis) Careyana Gray, PI. Fendl. p. 81.
In this the ligule becomes as dry and papery as in any Zinnia, and is
equally persistent ; but while the latter is continuous, the former has the
short tube of the ligule evidently articulated with the summit of the
achenium. The styles, etc., being exactly as in Balsamorhiza, the
species ought not to be separated from that genus. But it further
differs from all the other species in its cinereous-pubescent achenia.

Wyethia Nutt. In a natural arrangement this genus should stand
near to the preceding, to which it is much more related than to the
proper Helianthus-group. The pappus is of the coroniform order,
and perfectly continuous with the broad summit of the achenium,
which is very obtusely quadrandular in the typical Alarconia and
its near ally ; the sides in all are nerved. The species, as far as known,
are subjoined.*

* WYETHIA Nutt. (Alarconia DC.) ■

§ 1. Achenia crassa, quadrata, angnlis obtusissimis, pappo calyciformi 5 - 8-
fido rigido coronata. Capitula magna, latissima, foliaceo-bracteata, seu
involucrum foliaceum amplum. Folia lata, amplissima.

1 . W. helenioides Nutt., Gray, PI. Fendl. Tomentosa vel tomentulosa ;
acheniis cinereo-puberulis ; dentibus corolla; disci extusparce hispidulis. Alarconia,
DC.

2. W. glabra Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. 6, p. 543. Glabra, glutinosa;
acheniis glabris ; dentibus corollae disci brevioribus glaberrimis.

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 13, 1873. 665

Tithonia Thurberi. Caule gracili superne hispido ; foliis ovatis
indivisis ; capitulo pro genere p£.rvo ; involucri squamis obtusis, exteri.

§ 2. Achenia angustiora angulis acutis, dis •. salte.a lateraliter compressa.

Capitula mediocra, nuda, rarius basi foliata.
* Albo-tomentosa, vel demum glabrescens, foliis latis petiolatis, caule nunc

ramoso.

3. "W. oyata Gray, 1. c. 7, p. 357. Tomentoso-pubescens ; foliis lato-ovatis
cordatisque ; involucri lato-hemisphnsrici squamis plurimis apice patentibus ;
pappo paleaceo-calycitbrmi brevi exaristato.

4. W. mollis Gray, 1. c. 6, p. 55-4. Albo-lanata, nunc glabrescens ; foliis

oblongis summisve ovatis reticularis; involucri campanulati squamis 10-12

latioribus erectis discum superantibus ,• pappo piaster coronulam truncatam 2-5-

aristato.

* * Glaberrima, foliis angustioribus, caulinis sessilibus.

5. W. amplexicaclis Nutt. Involucrum campanulatum. Pappus vix ac ne

vix aristiformis.

* * * Hirsuto-pubescens, foliis lanceolatis.

6. W. btelianthoides Nutt. Pygmaea, pube laxa subvillosa ; involucro etc.
subsequentis ; pappo brevi exaristato rariusve arista unica gracili. — This is Nuttali's
original Wyethia, founded on specimens, in flower only, collected by Wyeth " in
the Valleys of the Rocky Mountains near Flat-Head River" (as it would appear
in about lat. 47° long. 114°), to which Nuttall afterwards added a plant collected
bv himself " near the Blue Mountains of Oregon." The species is imperfectly
known, and seems to differ from the next mainly in the awnless'or occasionally
one-awned pappus. I cannot well examine the interior of the single capitulum of
Wyeth's specimen in our herbarium. A few separate flowers from one of Nuttali's
own collecting are awnless.

7. W. angustifolia Nutt. Spithamaea ad ultrapedalem ; foliis radicalibus
elongatis utrinque attenuates ; involucro polyphyllo patente, squamis plerisque
foliaceis lato-linearibus nunc subspathulatis ssepius obtusis aut undique aut ad
margines pilis longis hirsutis ; acheniis interioribus 1-2 extimis saepius 3-4-
aristatis, arista valida hirta. Alarconia angustifolia DC. Wyethia robusta Nutt. is
merely one of the larger forms of this common species of California and Oregon.

8. W. Akizoxica. Pedalis, scabro-hirsuta ; caule 1 - 2-cephalo ; foliis oblon-
go-lanceolatis integerrimis, superioribus sessilibus ; capitulo parvulo ; involucro
hemisphaerico, squamis oblongo- seu ovato-lanceolatis (lit videtur erectis) pilis
brevibus cinereo-hirsutis ; corolla? dentibus extus hispidulis; ligulis circiter 10
(subpollicaribus) ; acheniis immaturis fere praecedentis. In pine woods and bot-
toms, near Bear Springs, Northern Arizona, Dr. E. Palmer. Also Southern Utah,
Captain F. M. Bishop ; a less hirsuie form.

#** * Hispido-scaberrima, foliis linearibus, ligulis nullis ?

9. "W. scabra Hook. Lo.nd. Jour. Bot. 6, p. 245; Gray in Bot. "Whippl. p. 46
(102). This little known species of Utah ? and New Mexico, is peculiar in habit*
and perhaps in the absence of rays ; very likely it is not of this genus.

656 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

t

oribus parce hispidis breviter foliaceis ; ligulis brevibus aurantiacis ;
pappi squamellis lineari-oblongis coriaceis, aristis parum scabris. T.
tubceformis Bot. Mex. Bound, p. 90, non Cass. — Magdalena, in tbe
Mexican province of Sonora, Thurber, no. 910. This species is indi-
cated by Benthara, in Gen. PL p. 375. In the genus now reduced to its
natural proportions and well characterized, it is the smallest flowered
species, the heads being only half an inch long, and the ligules short.

Flourensia DC. As to F. corymbosa, if C. Gay's plant of the
name is genuine, it is clearly a Viguiera (as that genus is now well
characterized by Bentham), and the character " achenia villosissima "
(DC) is not applicable, as it is to the genuine species. These I can-
not regard as belonging to Helianthus, They appear to be quite dif-
ferent in habit, and hardly less so in the style, corolla, and achenia ;
and the pappus, seemingly not caducous even in F. thurifera, is mar-
cescent in the more genuine discoid species, F. laurifolia, and per-
sistent in the anomalous F. cernua. F. laurifolia and F. thurifera
are not so very dissimilar in habit ; both have the chaffy awns of the
pappus disposed to be trifid, and want the accessory nerves to the
corolla. F. cernua, which shows these nerves, but is otherwise most
unlike Helianthus, and has turgid instead of flat achenia, still accords
with Flourensia in most respects.

Encelia Adans. The combination which I had proposed of
Gercea and Barrattia with Sinisia is justly carried a step further by re-
ferring all these to sections of Encelia. I have detected rudimentary
awns to abortive ray-achenia in specimens which in Bot. Mex. Bound.

1 had referred to E. conspersa Benth. (a species still obscure), but
should now regard as a mere variety of E. Californica. This species
is distinguished from the Chilian E. oblongifolia by the leaves more
obtuse at base, and the achenia with a much shallower emargination.
The species of the section Gercea are : —

Encelia (Gercea) nudicaulis. Herbacea, pube brevi densa ar-
genteo-canescens ; foliis omnibus radicalibus orbicularis integerrimis basi
3-5 nervata in petiolum nudem latiusculum longum subito angus-
tatis ; scapo subpedali prorsus nudo monocephalo ; involucri incani lati
squamis triseriatis lanceolatis discum subtequantibus ; ligulis ultra 20
lanceolatis pollicaribus cum floribus disci aureis ; acheniis obovatis
undique villosissimis marginibus apiceque callosis ; pappo ex aristis

2 subulatis sat validis pilos hand superantibus et squamellis intermediis
minimis plurimis e membranulo fere continuo brevissimo ortis. —

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAT 13, 1873. 657

— Utah, probably in the southern part of the Territory, Captain F. M.
Bishop. This remarkable species, with head fully as large as that of
E. Californica, on a perfectly naked scape, departs a little from the
generic character in having minute and short somewhat membrana-
ceously connected squamelke between the awns, of which mere vestiges
persist on the mature achenium.

Encelia (GeRjEa) argophylla. This is the name which must
be borne by a close congener of the preceding, the Tithonia argophylla
of Eaton in S. Watson, Bot. King, p. 423, if the most scanty mate-
rials on which it was founded belong to one plant, as is likely. The
foliage described consists of tufts of radical leaves, which are ex-
ceedingly silvery-white with a very dense and close-pressed, short, soft
silky down, all rhombic-spatulate with long-tapering base and abruptly
acuminate or acute apex. The separate and fragmentary head, so far
as the means of comparison exist, might be identical with that of the
preceding species at maturity. Its achenia are four lines long ; the
very numerous and fine intermediate squamellce are, however, appar-
ently more setulose. " Dr. Palmer describes the stem as erect, two or
three feet high, leafy, with cauline leaves similar to the radical ones."
He informs us that it was found at St. George, in Southern Utah.

Encelia (Gek^ea) eriocephala, Simsia canescens Gray, Bot.
Mex. Bound, p. 89, the specific name changed on account of the old
Encelia canescens. It is remarkable for the lona; and white villous
hairs which densely fringe the lax and linear-lanceolate herbaceous
scales of the involucre; and the awns of the pappus are naked.

Encelia (Ger^a) frutescens, Simsia frutescens Gray, 1. c, to
the character of which it should be added that the rays are more
commonly present, 6 to 12 in number, and 3 - 4-lobed.

Encelia (Gerjea) scaposa, Simsia scaposa Gray, PL Wright.
2, p. 88. Still known only from Wright's New Mexican collection.
The disk-corollas are yellow; the thin chaff of the receptacle acutish.

— Nearly related to this is

Encelia (Ger^a) microcephala. Herbacea, puberula; caulibus
e radice perenni erectis strictis pedalibus apice corymboso-oligocepha-
lis ; foliis scabro-hispidulis integerrimis subcoriaceis, radicalibus cum
caulinis infimis oppositis spathulato-lanceolatis obtusis triplinerviis in
petiolum attenuatis, cseteris minoribus alternis lineari-lanceolatis (sub-
pollicaribus), superioribus sensim decrescentibus ; involucri cam-
panulas disci brevioris squamis oblongis gradatim imbricatis subcori-

VOL. VIII. 83

658 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

aceis ; ligulis paucis (flavis) brevibus ; disci corollis atro-purpureis,
paleis obtnsissimis vel truncatis ; acbehiis (immaturis) undique villosis-
simis 1 - 2-aristatis, aristis basi villosissirais. — Sierra Abayo, New
Mexico? Dr. Newberry in McComb's Expedition. Heads 2 to 4,
on rather short peduncles, only 4 lines high ; the oblong rays hardly
exceeding the disk.

EncELia (Gerjea) albescens. Herbacea ? pube sericea brevi
scabrida argenteo-canescens ; foliis (ramealibus) alternis ovato- seu lan-
ceolato-oblongis subintegerrimis basi subcuneata trinervatis breviter
petiolatis ; capitulis solitariis longius pedunculatis ; involucri biserialis
squamis lanceolatis asqualibus canescentibus ; floribus luteis ; ligulis
8 — 10 obovatis majusculis ; paleis receptaculi acutis ; acheniis (im-
maturis) cuneato-oblongis prater margines creberrime sublonge ciliatos
fere glabris ; pappo 1 - 2-aristellato nudo. — In the western Mexican
province of Sonora, Dr. Edward Palmer, coll. 1869, no. 21. Leaves
in the specimen less than an inch long, the short petioles not dilated at
base. Rays half an inch long. Young achenium slightly emarginate
at the apex, the dense ciliate hairs of the margin in length scarcely
equalling half its width, or at the summit rather longer, and about
half the length of the longer delicate naked awn of the pappus, the
other awn seldom longer than the hairs, often shorter or obsolete. In
aspect and in the nature of the pubescence this very much resembles
another scarce Composita of the same region, namely, Viguiera nivea
(supposing it to be the Encelia nivea of Bentham, Bot. Sulph.), the
plant described by me in Bot. Mex. Boundary as HeUanthus tephrodes.
That, by the pappus and ovary, is evidently a Viguiera. The present
plant is a good Encelia, of the Gercea section by the pappus, although
the awns are unusually delicate and one of them inclined to disappear.
The villous ciliation of the achenium, although shorter than in its
congeners, is too long and dense for a Simsia.

Encelia (Barrattia) calva, Simsia calva Gray, PL Lindh. 2,
p. 228, is remarkable for the pair of foliaceous stipule-like appendages
at the base of uniformly opposite leaves. These are altogether want-
ing in

Encelia (Barrattia) Ghiesbreghtii. Herbacea? ramosa; va-
mis gracilibus foliosis ; foliis omnibus oppositis angusto-ovatis acurai-
natis rariter serratis basi truncatis vel subcordatis supra hirtello-velu-
tinis subtus molliter canescenti-sericeis ; petiolis brevibus inappendicu-
latis ; involucro campanulato Simsice, squamis lineari-subulatis villosis

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 13, 1873. 659

glandulosisque, interioribus discum adsequantibus ; floribus luteis, ligu-
lis 10-12 oblongis (subtus li'vidis ?) ; paleis receptaculi cuspidato-
acuminatis ; acbeniis (immaturis) oblongis glaberrimis apice truncatis
calvis. — Mountain forest near Chiapas, S. Mexico, Ghiesbreght, no.
568, of recent distribution; very scantily collected. Branches slender,
glandular-scabrous and beset with spreading villous or hirsute hairs.
Leaves one or two inches long, the pubescence appressed, that of the
lower surface especially soft and satniy. Involucre half an inch high.
Rays barely half an inch long. Mature akenes not seen ; the imma-
ture ones flat, truncate at summit, not at all emarginate or bidentate.

Coreopsis Linn. In the Genera Plantarum this genus is probably
extended too far when made to comprise groups of species with fertile
rays. At least in the Flora of California I am constrained to rein-
state two genera which are peculiar to that region, and in which no
true Coreopsis occurs, although, indeed, the genus does cross the
Rocky Mountains and reach the Pacific in a single species farther
north. As to the African section Prestinaria, it might be associated
with, or form a part of Diodonta. Epilepis Benth., the rays of which
are said in the Genera Plantarum to be fertile, but are more correctly
described in Plantse Hartwegianre as neutral, and those opposite-leaved
South American species which I once associated with Agarista, I should
still regard as belonging to Coreopsis, while I would re-establish the
California genus, under the name of

PUGIOPAPPUS Gray.
Capitulum multiflorum, heterogamum ; floribus radii 7-10 fere
semper fosmineis, disci hermaphroditis. Involucrum duplex Coreopsidis.
Receptaculum planum, paleis scariosis cum fructu deciduis onustum.
Ligulae lata?, truncate, plurinervias. Corolla? disci tubo tenui versus
apicem annulato, limbo ampliato 5-lobo. Styli fl. radii breves, nunc
intra tubum ligulas retracti ; fl. disci ramis cono brevissimo superatis.
Achenia plano-obcompressa, ovalia vel oblonga, radii glaberrima, mar-
ginata vel alata, calva ; disci villosa vel ciliata, cum palea receptaculi
adpressa basi cohrerente decidua, pappi aristis paleolisve longis trique-
tris pugioniformibus superatis. — Herbse annua?, California?, glaber-
rima, foliis alternis 1 - 2-pinnatipartitis, lobis linearibus, capitulis
solitariis longe p^lunculatis, floribus aureis. — Agarista DC. Prodr.
5, p. 569 ; Torr. & Gray, Fl. 2, p. 337, non Don. Pugiopappus
Gray in Bot. Whippl. p. 48, & Proc. Amer. Acad. 6, p. 545.

660 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY

It was long ago remarked, in the Flora of North America, that
ovaries of the ray in Agarista calliopsidea DC. are ovuliferous. I
have lately seen, in a cultivated plant, that they are equally if not
more fertile than those of the disk. The specimens under cultivation
showed well-formed styles to the ray-flowers ; but these I find are
present in all the indigenous specimens I possess, although commonly
short or even included in the tube. Agarista DC. -and Pugiopappus
are therefore congeneric. As Don's Agarista in Ericacea is earlier,
and is to be restored, the present reinstated genus naturally takes the
name of Pugiopappus. The species are : —

Pugiopappus calliopsidea. Caule 1 - 2-pedali inferne folioso ;
capitulo majore ; involucri exterioris squamis ovatis basi coalitis ; ligulis
cuneato-obovatis (semipollicaribus ad pollicarem) ; disci corollis tubo
piloso-annulato ; achenis radii latis ala tenui cinctis, disci margine
intusque longe mollissime villosis. — Agarista calliopsidea DC.

Pugiopappus Breweri. Minor ; foliorum lobis angustissime line-
aribus ; involucri exterioris squamis linearibus ; ligulis oblongo-spathu-
latis (semipollicaribus) ; annulo corollas disci obscuro imberbi ; ache-
niis radii prsecedentis, disci secus margines costamque paginal in-
terioris tantum longe villosis ; pappi aristis validioribns achenio
dimidio brevioribus. — This is the plant, collected by Professor Brewer
(no. 241) "on dry hills at San Buenaventura," below Santa Barbara,
which in Proc. Am. Acad. 5, p. 545, I wrongly referred to P. Bige-
lovii. It is nearer the preceding.

Pugiopappus Bigelovii Gray, 1. c. Humilis ; foliis subradicali-
bus carnosulis, segmentis paucis angustissime linearibus ; capitulo in
pedunculo scapiformi parvulo ; involucri exterioris squamis lato-line-
aribus ; ligulis quadrato-oblongis ; annulo corollas disci imberbi ;
acheniis radii oblongis ala crassiuscula marginatis, disci (ut videtur
plerumque sterilibus) tenuiter ciliatis. — The style in the disk-flowers
is articulated above the base, and the thickish basal portion is less
deciduous, in all three species. In those, also, the disk-achenia, or
some of the central ones, are disposed to be infertile.

Leptosyne DC, with its three genuine species and Tuckermannia
of Nuttall, which I long ago referred to it, has perhaps still greater
claim to be regarded as a good genus. L. Douglasii DC, L. Still-
manii Gray, and L. Newherryi Gray, differ chiefly in some details of
flowers and fruit ; in the latter the cup or little border which answers
to pappus is almost obsolete. There is no trace of it in the remark-

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 13, 1873. GG1

able section TucJcermannia, L. maritimia Gray, which is reinforced by
a succulent woody-stemmed species of the Californian Islands, L.
gigantea Kellogg. This, however, has not yet flowered here in cul-
tivation. It may be only an insular variety of the other.

Although not here in its proper place, I close the present portion of
this article with the characters of the following interesting genus : —

MESONEURIS, Nov. Gen. Senecionidearum.

Capitulum homogamum, multiflorum, floribus hermaphroditis tubu-
losis. Involucrum campanulatum, bracteolis lineari-filiformibus paucis
laxis stipatum ; squamis 12-15 biseriatis sequalibus oblongo-lanceo-
latis, medio concavis subherbaceis 3-5 nerviis, basiincrassatis(carnosis?)
marginibus pi. m. scariosis. ' Receptaculum convexiusculum, epaleatum,
fimbrillis subulatis inter flores. Corollae hypocraterimorphae ; limbo
usque ad tubum angustum requilongum 5-partitum, lobis linear ibus
marginibus aestivatione induplicatis, medio nervo valido percursis,
nervis intramarginalibus tenuissimis. Stamina fauci inserta : antherae
lineares, basi breviter bidentatae. Styli rami crassiusculi subcomplanati,
extus puberi nervo medio valido percursi, apice subtruncato magis hir-
telli. Achenia cylindracea, enervia, areola epigyna (modo Seneciomim)
annulo magno incrassato circumdata. Pappus e setis rigidulis scabris
uniserialibus corolla? tubum baud superantibus. — Herba austro-Mexi-
cana, foliis alternis bipinnatifidis. petiolo basi spathaceo-auriculato cau-
lem amplectente, capitulis cymosis, floribus albis.

M. bipinnatifida. — Mexico, in the cold region of the mountains,
province of Chiapas, Ghiesbreght, no. 805 of new collection. —
somewhat robust perennial, two or three feet high, and probably often
taller, with some lax and deciduous pubescence, woolly-tufted at the
base of the stem. Lower leaves a foot long, including the petiole ; the
foliaceous sheathing auricle an inch or two in length ; uppermost leaves
reduced to these spathaceous sheaths. Heads half an inch long.
Lobes of the corolla 2 lines long ; the tube 5-nerved below, the nerves
as usual running to the sinuses, their continuation within the margin
of the lobes very slender : the median nerve of the lobes more promi-
nent than in the other and rare cases in which it is manifest at
all, but gradually vanishing after reaching the tube. The genus is a
remarkable one on several accounts (and doubtless Senecioneous
although the corolla recalls Hymenothrix) : in deriving the name
from the nervation, I have taken the less-used diminutive vevpls, so as
not to come too near Mezoneuron.

INDEX TO VOL. VIII

Abies Douglasii, 402.
grandis, 402.
Mertensiana, 402.
Pattoniana, 402.
Abutilon Palmeri, 289.
Acarnptopappus, 634.

sphasrocephalus, 634.
Acanthogonum, 197.
corrugatum, 197.
rigidum, 198. •
Acanthomintha, 368.
Acer macrophyllum, 379.
Achaetogeron, 651.
Achillea Millefolium, 391.
Achlys triphylla, 376.
Actaaa spicata, 375.
Adenocaulon, 653.

bicolor, 388.
Adenostyles Nardosmia, 631.
Adiantum pedatum, 411.
Agarista caHiopsidea, 660.
Agrostis aequivalvis, 408.
alba, 408.
canina, 408.
exarata, 408.
pallens, 408.
scabra, 408.
Aira danthonioides, 410.
latifolia, 410.
coaspitosa, 410.
Alarconia helenioides, 654.

angustifolia, 655.
Alchemilla occidentalis, 381.
Alisma Plantago, 403.
Allium acuminatum, 405.

serratum, 405.
Allotropa virgata, 394.

Alnus rubra, 402.

Alopecurus pratensis, 408.

Amarantus retroflexus, 398.

Ambrosia artemisirefolia, 653.

Amelanchier Canadensis, 382.

Ammodia, 390.

Amphiacbyris dracunculoides, 633.

Fremonlii, 633.
Amphipappus Fremontii, 633.
Amsinckia lycopsoides, 397.
Anacharis Canadensis, 403.
Anaphalis margaritacea, 652.
Ancistrocarphus filagineus, 652.
Anemone deltoidea, J^2.
Angelica genuflexa, 385.
Animal electricity, 344.
Antennaria dioica, 392.

margaritacea, 392.
Apargidium boreale, 392.
Aphantochseta exilis, 633.
Aplopappus, 634.

Bloomeri, 636.

cuneatus, 635.

discoideus, 638.

Hallii, 389.

hypoleucus, 638.

lanceolatus, 389.

Macronema, 641.

marginatus, 635.

Menziesii, 638.

pinifolius, 636.

resinosus, 636.

sphaBrocephalus, 634.
Apocynum androsamiifolium, 398.
Appropriations, 1, 2, 6, 109, 110,

221, 223, 243, 310, 332.
Aquilegia chrysantha, 621.

formosa, 375.

leptocera, 621.

INDEX.

663

Arabis hirsuta, 377.
Arbutus Menziesii, 393.
Arceutbobium abietinum, 401.
Arctostaphylos pungens, 393.
tomentosa, 393.
Uva-ursi, 393.
Arenaria macrophylla, 378.

tenella, 378.
Argyrothamnia adenophora, 294.
Arnica araplexicaulis, 392.

latifolia, 392.
Arrhenatherum avenaceuin, 411.
Artemisia Canadensis, 391.

discolor, 391.

dracunculoides, 391.

Ludoviciana, 391.
Asarum Canadense, 398.
Asclepias fascicularis, 398.

speciosa, 398.
Aspidium Filix-raas, 411.

munitum, 411.

spinulosum, 411.
Asplenium Filix-foemina, 411.

nigricans, 619.

Trichomanes, 411.
Assessment "increased, 310.
Aster, 647.

alpigenus, 389.

arenarioides, 647.

carnosus, 646.

Douglasii, 388.

Engelmannii, 388.'

flexuosus, 647.

Hallii, 388.

linifolius, 647.

marginatus, 635. .

paucifloms, 647.

radulinus, 388.

salsuginosus, 389.

Sayi, 388.

subulata, 647.

tenuifolius, 647.
Astigmatism, 310.
Astragalus ai'rectus, 289.

Lemmoni, 626.
Atriplex littoralis, 398.

truncata, 398.
Auditing Committee, 442.
Aurora Borealis, 55.
Australian Aborigines, 429.

Australian Kinsbip, 412.
Azolla Caroliniana, 412.

B.

Baccharis Douglasii, 651.

fuliginea, 638.

pilularis, 390.

ramulosa, 646.

Texan a, 646.

veneta, 638.
Bahia lanata, 390.
Balanoglossus, 486.
Balsamorhiza Careyana, 654.

deltoidea, 390.
Barometric Observations, 330,516.
Beckmannia erucaBformis, 411.
Berberis Aquifolium, 375.

nervosa, 375.
Betula pumila, 402.
Bezanilla Chilensis, 652.
Bidens cernua, 391.
Bigelovia, 638.

arborescens, 640.

Bigelovii, 642.

Bolanderi, 641.

ceruminosa, 643.

Cooperi, 640.

coronopifolia, 638.

depressa, 643.

diffusa, 640.

Douglasii, 645.

dracunculoides, 644.

Drummondii, 639.

fuliginea, 638.

graveolens, 644.

Howardii, 641.

hypoleuca, 638.

lanceolata, 639.

Menziesii, 638.

Missouriensis, 644.

nudata, 646.

paniculata, 644.

Parryi, 642.

plurifiora, 639.

pulchella, 643.

teretifolia, 644.

veneta, 638.

virgata, 646.

664

INDEX.

Bigelovia viscidiflora, 645.

Wrightii, 639.
Blepharipappus scaber, 390.
Boisduvalia, 571, 600.
Boltonia, 648.
Boykiuia occidentalis, 383.
Brachyactis, 647.
ciliata, 647.
frondosa, 647.
humilis, 646.
menthodora, 648.
robusta, 648.
Brasenia peltata, 376.
Brewerina, 620.

suffrutescens, 620.
Brickellia, 632.

atractyloides, 290.
Brizopyrum spicatum, 410.
Brodirea grandiflora, 404.

multiflora, 404.
Bromus carinatus, 410.
racemosus, 410.
subulatus, 410.

C.

Cacalia Nardosmia, 632.
Calais laciniata, 392.
Calamagrostis Aleutica, 408.
Calamintba, 368.

canescens, 295.
Calandrinia Nevadensis, 623.

pygmasa, 623.
Calendar, Republican, 348.
Calliastrum, 388.
Callitricbe auturanalis, 401.

Bolanderi, 401.

marginata, 401.

verna, 401.
Calochortus elegans, 404.
Calosphace, 369.
Caltha leptosepala, 375.
Camassia esculenta, 405.
Cambridge Observatory, 439.
Campanula Scouleri, 393.
Cantua glomeriflora, 260.

lonjjiflora, 261.
Caprifolium ciliosa, 627.

hispidulum, 627.

Caprifolium occidentalis, 627.
Carbonic Acid, 311.
Cardamine angulata, 376.
cordifolia, 376.
hirsuta, 377.
oligosperma, 376.
Carex albolutescens, 407.
amplifolia, 407.
atbrostachya, 407.
Bolanderi, 407.
borealis, 407.
Breweri, 406.
caispitosa, 407.
decidua, 407.
Douglasii, 407.
echinata, 407.
elata, 407.
ferruginea, 407.
festiva, 407.
frigida, 407.
Hookeriana, 406.
Kunzei, 406.
lagopodioides, 407.
lanuginosa, 407.
laxiflora, 407.
leporina, 407.
Mertensii, 407.
nigricans, 406.
Oregonensis, 407.
Pennsylvanica, 407.
polytrichoides, 406.
Rossii, 407.
scoparia, 407.
Sitchensis, 407.
stipata, 406.
tenella, 407.
vesicaria, 407.
vitilis, 407.
vulgaris, 407.
Carphephorus, 632.
atriplicifolius, 632.
junceus, 632.
Carum Gairdneri, 385.
Castanopsis chrysophylla, 401.
Castilleia pallida, 396.

parviflora, 396.
Ceanotbus Oreganus, 379.

velutinus, 379.
Cedronella Mexicana, 370.
micrantba, 369.

INDEX.

665

Cedronella pallida, 370.
Celtis reticulata, 401.
Census, Memorial on, 140.
Centrostegia, 191.

leptoceras, 192.

Tlmrberi, 192.
Centunculus minimus, 394.
Cerastium vulgatum, 378.
Cerasus, 381.
Chimaphila Menziesii, 394.

umbellata, 394.
China, Geological Investigations

in, 111.
Chloral Hydrate, 214, 299.
Chorizanthe, 192.

brevicornu, 196.

Californica, 197.

commissuralis, 196.

corrugata, 198.

diffusa, 193.

discolor, 195.

Douglasii, 193.

fimbriata, 195.

frankenioides, 196.

glabrescens, 196.

laciniata, 194.

Mamei, 196.

membranacea, 193.

nudicaule, 195.

paniculata, 196.

peduncularis, 196.

perfoliata, 197.

polygonoides, 197.

procumbens, 195.

pungens, 194.

ramosissima, 196.

rigida, 198.

staticoides, 195.

stellulata, 193.

uncinata, 195.

uniaristata, 195.

vaginata, 196.

virgata, 196.

Watsoni, 199.
Chrysocoma dracunculoides, 644.

graveolens, 644.

nauseosa, 644.
Chrysopsis Oregana, 390.

villosa, 390.
Chrysothamnus, 637.

VOL. VIII. 84

Chrysothamnus depressus, 643.

dracunculoides, 644.

lanceolatus, 639.

pumilus, 645.

speciosus, 644.

viscidiflorus, 645.
Cilia, vibratory, 140.
Cimicifuga elata, 375.
Cinna arundinacea, 408.
Circaea pacifica, 384.
Cirsium edule, 392.

undulatum, 392.
Claytonia Chamissonis, 378.

linearis, 378.

parvifolia, 378.

perfoliata, 378.

Sibirica, 378.
Clematis ligusticifolia, 372.
Cleome lutea, 377.
Clintonia uniflora, 404.
Coldenia Palmeri, 292.
Coliseum, 439.
Collinsia grandiflora, 394.
Collomia, 258.

Cavanillesiana, 260.

coccinea, 259.

gilioides, 260.

gracilis, 259, 397.

grandiflora, 259, 397.

heterophylla, 260, 397.

leptalea, 261.

linearis, 259, 397.

longiflora, 261.

micrantha, 259.

nudicaulis, 258.

tenella, 259.

Thurberi, 261.

tinctoria, 259.
Comandra umbellata, 401.
Committees, 3, 4, 104, 109, 139,
214, 222, 242, 243, 348,
486.
Communications from Messrs.

Agassiz, A., 439,. 486.

Agassiz, L., 4.

Bliss, 243.

Bowditch, H. I., 201.

Bowditch, H. P., 508.

Burden, 214.
. Cooke, 59, 310, 337, 503.

666

INDEX.

Communications from Messrs.
Clark, 299, 201, 214.
Crafts, 501, 507.
Dall, 297.
DuChaillu, 105.
Eaton, 618.
Ellis, G. E., 141.
Eustis, 439.
Fison, 412.
Gibbs, 501.
Gould, B. A., 499.
Gray, A., 145, 243, 365,

620.
Hill, 201, 299.
Horsford, 302, 507, 510.
Hunt, 300, 485, 486.
Jackson, J. B. S., 501.
Jarvi3, 139.
Jobnson, 488.
Lovering, 53, 55, 145, 215,

348, 502.
Maack, 442.
Morgan, 412.
Oliver, 59.
Pearson, 311.
Peirce, B., 106, 139, 310,

333, 412.
Peirce, C. S., 412.
Peirce, J. M., 488.
Pickering, 106,309, 333, 507.
Rice, 488.
Richthofen, 111.
Ritcbie, 106.

Rogers, W. A., 439, 485.
Roumiantzoff, 303.
Seaver, 506.
Sbaler, 299, 307, 309, 335,

343, 442.
Sbarples, 486, 502.
Sophocles, 242, 297.
Storer, F. H., 59, 311.
Storer, H. R., 138.
Trowbridge, 344.
Watson, 517, 549, 573.
Whitney, 111,302,330.
Winlock, 299, 311, 328, 330.
Wright, 332.
Wyman, J., 140.
Oonradina, 294.

canescens, 295.

Continents, physical conditions of,

343.
Coptis asplenifolia, 375.
Corallorhiza Mertensiana, 403.

multiflora, 403.

striata, 403.
Coreopsis, 659.
Coronas, 218.
Cornus Nuttallii, 387.

sericea, 387.

Suecica, 387.
Corylus rostrata, 401.
Cotula australis, 391.
Council's Reports, 7, 121, 223,

316,442.
Crantzia lineata, 385.
Crinitaria humilis, 646.

viscidiflora, 645.
Cryptogramme acrostichoides, 411.
Cunila Mariana, 365.
Cynapium, 385.
Cynomarathrum saxatile, 287.
Cyperus acuminatus, 406.

inflexus, 406.
Cypripedium passerinum, 403.
Cystopteris fragilis, 411.

D.

Dactylophyllum, 263.
Dalea Hallii, 625.

trifoliolata, 625.
Dana, Francis, death of, 484.
Danthonia Californica, 410.

spicata, 410.
Delphinium Menziesii, 375.

trolliifolium, 375. ■
Desmodium Blinoense, 289.

rigidum, 289.
Diapensia, 246.

Himalaica, 246.

Lapponica, 246.
Diapensiaceas, 243, 245.
Dicentra formosa, 376.
Differentials of Functions, 488.
Diplarche, 244.
Dirca occidentalis, 631.

palustris, 631.
Dividing Engine, 343.

INDEX.

667

Dodecatheon Meadia, 394.
Dolichogyne genistoides, 636.
Downingia elegans, 393.
Dracocephalura intermedium, 371,
Dulichium spathaceum, 406.

E.

Echinocystis fabacea, 384.
Echinopanax horrida, 387.
Echinosphace, 368.
Eclipse, 297, 311.
Ehrenberg, Anniversary of Doc-
torate, 53.

Testimonial, 104.
Elaphocera, 273.
Elatine Americana, 377.
Electricity, 53.

for aneurism, 487.

Animal, 344, 516.
Electromotive action of fluids, 364.
Eleocharis acicularis, 406.
Elymus condensatus, 410.

Sibiricus, 410.

Sitanion, 410.
Encelia, 656.

albescens, 657.

argophylla, 657.

Californica, 656.

calva, 658.

conspersa, 656.

eriocephala, 657.

frutescens, 657.

Ghiesbreghtii, 658.

microcephala, 657.

nivea, 658.

nudicaulis, 656.

scaposa, 656.
Epilepis, 659.
Epilobium alpinum, 384.

angustifolium, 383.

minutum, 384.

paniculatum, 384.

tetragonum, 383.
Equinoxes, Precession of, 333.
Equisetum lsevigatum, 412.

limosum, 412.
Eragrostis reptans, 408.
Eremocarpus setigerus, 401.

Ericameria diffusa, 640.
Erigeron, 648.

argentatum, 649.

armerirefoliutn, 648.

Bellidiastrum, 389, 648.

caespitosura, 649, 650.

canum, 650.

cinereum, 648.

decumbens, 389.

delpbinifolium, 650.

divergens, 648.

Ervendbergii, 650.

filifolium, 389.

flagellare, 649.

glabratum, 648.

glaucum, 389.

lonchophyllum, 648.

Nevadense, 649.

racemosum, 648.

speciosum, 389.

stenophyllum, 650.

strigosum, 389.

ursinum, 649.
Eriogonese, 145.
Eriogonum acaule, 163.

alatum, 154.

androsaceum, 162.

angulosum, 187.
. annuum, 173.

atrorubens, 154.

brachypodum, 180.

brevicaule, 172.

casspitosuni, 157.

cernuum, 182.

ciliatum, 186.

cinereum, 168.

compositum, 158, 398.

confertiflorum, 171.

corymbosum, 170.

dasyanthemum, 177.

decumbens, 174.

deflexum, 181.

dichotomum, 175, 399

divaricatum, 188.

Douglasii, 157.

elatum, 168, 399.

effusum, 172.

elongatum, 176.

ericosfolium, 170.

fasciculatum, 169.

668

INDEX.

Eriogonum Fendlerianum, 171.

flavum, 156.

glandulosum, 180.

Gordoni, 185.

gracile, 178.

Greggii, 187.

Heerrnanni, 179.

hemipterum, 154.

heracleoides, 159.

hieracifoliurn, 154.

incanum, 161.

inflatuoi, 185.

intricatum, 180.

Jamesii, 155.

Kelloggii, 293.

Kingii, 165.

lachnogynum, 163.

latifoliura, 166.

leptocladon, 172.

leptophyllum, 171.

Lobbii, 162.
lonchophyllum, 173.
longifolium, 155.
marifolium, 161.
microthecum, 170.
multiceps, 166.
multiflorum, 174.
niveum, 174.
nudum, 167, 398.
nutans, 181.
oblongifolium, 167.
ovalifoliura, 164.
parvifolium, 169.
pauciflorum, 166.
pharnaceoides, 189.
Plumatella, 179.
polifolium, 169.
polyanthum, 158.
polycladon, 178.
proliferum, 164.
pusillum, 184.
pyrolcefolium, 162.
racemosum, 175.
reniforme, 184.
roseum, 177.
rosmarinifolium, 169.
rotundifoliura, 183.
salsuginosurn, 188.
spergulinum, 189.
sphasrocephaluru, 157.

Eriogonum strictum, 175.

tenellum, 186.

Thomasii, 184.

Thurberi, 183.

thymoides, 156.

tomentosum, 155.

Torreyanum, 158.

trichopodium, 185.

truncatum, 173.

umbellatum, 160, 398.

undulatum, 155.

villiflorum, 630.

vimineum, 177, 399.

virgatum, 177.

Watsoni, 182.

Wrightii, 176.
Eritrichiura Californicum, 397.

Chorisianum, 397.

fulvum, 397.

muricatum, 397.

plebeium, 397.
Erodium cicutarium, 378.
Eryngium petiolatum, 385.
Erysimum asperum, 377.
Erythraea Nuttallii, 398.
Eschscholtzia Californica, 376.
Ethnology of Indian Tribes, 243.
Euphorbia glyptosperma, 401.

serpyllifolia, 401.
Evax, 651.

Heldrichii, 651.

perpusilla, 651.
Expert Testimony, 516.

F.

Fellows deceased : —

William Allen, 108, 123.
William Chauvenet, 324.
Elbridge J. Cutler, 317.
Moses Ashley Curtis, 471.
Samuel Luther Dana, 26.
Jeremiah Day, 18.
Chester Dewey, 25.
Charles Folsom, 485.
Nathaniel Langdon Frothing-

ham, 226.
James Hadley, 486.
John Edwards Holbrook, 473.

INDEX.

669

Fellows deceased : —

Charles Jackson, Jr., 480.
James Jackson, 8.
Charles C. Jewett, 14.
John Pendleton Kennedy,323.
Levi Lincoln, 7, 122.
Daniel Lord, 22.
Charles Greeley Lorin^, 9.
Dennis Hart Mahan, 474.
Horace Mann, 103, 129.
George G. Meade, 485.
William Mitchell, 108, 131.
Samuel F. B. Morse, 478.
George Rapall Noyes, 7, 127.
Francis Peabody, 24.
Octavius Pickering, 103, 125.
Thomas Sherwin, 224.
William Smyth, 29.
Theodore Strong, 228.
George Ticknor, 319. •
Jonathan Mason Warren, 15.
James Davenport Whelpley,

482.
Fellows elected : —

Charles Francis Adams, 308,

317.
J. A.^Allen, 333, 443.
Robert Amory, 327.
James B. Angell, 2, 122.
Nathaniel E. Atwood, 103,

121.
G. R. Baldwin, 335, 442.
James M. Barnard, 139, 224.
Horace Binney, 52.
Ferdinand Bocher, 308, 317.
C. O. Boutelle, 486.
H. P. Bowditch, 440.
William T. Brigham, 223.
Charles E. Brown-Sequard,

52.
George J. Brush, 308, 317.
Henry J. Clark, 221, 317.
W. J. Clark, 2, 121.
Algernon Coolidge, 223.
James M. Crafts, 52.
E. J. Cutler, 302, 316.
H. G. Denny, 332, 442.
George Derby, 221,316.
Charles A. Dunbar, 348, 443.
C. C. Everett, 308, 317.

Fellows elected : —

William Everett, 308, 317.
N. St. J. Green, 486.
Hermann Hagen, 103, 122.
John L. Hayes, 2, 122.
Rowland G. Hazard, 52.
Nathaniel Holmes, 221, 316.
R. W. Hooper, 335.
H. H. Hunnewell, 440.
Alpheus Hyatt, 223.
C. L. Jackson, 486.
Samuel W. Johnson, 327, 443.
C. C. Langdell, 302, 316.
Henry Carey Lea, 302, 317.
Leo Lesquereux, 443.
Daniel Lord, 52.
Horace Mann, 103, 122.
J. M. Merrick, 486.
Lewis H. Morgan, 2, 122.
Edward S. Morse, 224.
Simon Newcomb, 221, 317.
W. R. Nichols, 486.
Stephen T. Olney, 308, 317.
Alpheus A. Packard, Jr., 103,

122.
Henry W. Paine, 308, 317
John K. Paine, 333, 443.
Thomas W. Parsons, 139,

224.
Charles C. Perkins, 221, 316.
J. B. Perry, 335, 442.
William H. Pettee, 333, 443.
Edward C. Pickering, 52.
Francis Pourtales, 327, 442.
Raphael Pumpelly, 221, 316.
Edmund Quincy, 103.
Alfred P. Rockwell, 223.
William T. Roepper, 440.
John Rodgers, 52.
William A. Rogers, 348, 443.
Truman H. Safford, 221,317.
Samuel H. Scudder, 2, 59,

122.
Edwin P. Seaver, 333, 443.
Nathaniel S. Shaler, 139, 224.
S. P. Sharpies, 335,. 442.
Jeremiah Smith, 308, 317.
J. Lawrence Smith, 52.
John Trowbridge, 333, 442.
Andrew D. White, 2, 122.

670

INDEX.

Fellows elected : —

Henry L. Whiting, 139, 224.

John G. Whittier, 308, 317.

Charles A. Young, 327, 443.

E. J. Young, 302, 316.
Fenzlia, 264.
Ferula dissecta, 385.
Festuca microstachys, 409.

Myurus, 409.

occidentalis, 410.

ovina, 410.

scabrella, 410.
Filago Arizonica, 652.
Fimbristylis capillaris, 406.
Finance Committee, 328, 441.
Flourensia, 656.

cernua, 656.

corymbosa, 656.

laurifolia, 656.

thurifera, 656.
Foreign Honorary Members de-
ceased : —

Charles Babbage, 455.

Immanuel Bekker, 446.

August Boeckh, 49.

Francis Bopp, 47.

David Brewster, 38.

Michael Faraday, 31.

Thomas Graham, 230.

George Grote, 443.

John F. W. Herschel, 461.

Sir William Lawrence, 43.

Henry Longueville Mansel,
453.

Henry Hart Milman, 137.

Karl Joseph Anton Mitter-
maier, 51.

Roderick Impey Murchison,
448.

Frederic Overbeck, 239.

Pierre Francois Olive Rayer,
44.

Frederic Adolf Trendelen-
burg, 451.

Charles Frederick Philip von
Martius, 134.

Hus;o von Mohl, 459.
Foreign Honorary Members elect-
ed : —

Alexander Braun, 221, 317.

Foreign Honorary Members elect-
ed:—

Bluntschli, 2, 59, 122.

M. Chevreul, 53.

J. H. W. Dollen, 440.

H. L. F. Helmholtz, 103,
122.

Wilhelm Hofmeister, 506.

Benjamin Jowett, 440.

Kaulbach, 302, 317.

G. Kirchhoff, 302, 317.

Lassen, 2.

Mansel, 3, 59.

James Martineau, 440.

Charles Merivale, 221, 317.

Theodor Mommsen, 440.

Karl F. Rammelsburg, 440.

Ritschl, 2, 122.

Edward Sabine, 53.

William Thompson, 440.

Charles Wheatstone, 103,122.
Fossil remains of man, 302, 501.
Fragaria vesca, 381.
Frankenia Jamesii, 622.
Franseria bipinnatifida, 390.
Fraxinus Oregana, 398.
Fresnel's formula, 331.

G.

Gaillardia aristata, 390.
Galacinea?, 246.
Galax, 245, 247.
Galium aparine, 387.

boreale, 388.

Littellii, 388.

triflorum, 387.
Gaultheria Myrsinites, 393.

Shallon, 393.
Gaura parviflora, 384.
Gayophytum Nuttallii, 384.
Gentiana affinis, 398.
Geology of China, 111.
Geranium Carolinianum, 378.

incisum, 378.
Geum macrophyllum, 381.
Ghiesbreghtia, 629.

grandiflora, 630.
Gift from Mr. Treadwell, 327.

INDEX.

67 L

Gift from M. Dumas, 484.
Gilia, 261.

acbilletefolia, 277.

aggregata, 275.

androsacea, 265.

atractyloides, 271.

aurea, 264.

Bigelovii, 265.

Bolanderi, 263.

Breweri, 269.

Californica, 268.

campanulata, 279.

capitata, 277.

ciliata, 266.

congesta, 274.

coronopifolia, 275.

cotulasfolia, 269.

crassifolia, 278.

dactylophyllum, 263.

demissa, 263.

densiflora, 265.

densifolia, 272.

dianthoides, 264.

dichotoma, 265.

divaricata, 260, 270.

filicaulis, 270. .

filifolia, 272.

filipes, 263.

floccosa, 272.

floribunda, 267.

fetida, 279.

Gayana, 279.

glomeriflora, 260.

gossypifera, 274.

Gunnisoni, 273.

iberidifolia, 274.

incisa, 279.

inconspicua, 278.

intertexta, 269, 398.

laciniata, 278.

lanata, 273.

leptomeria, 278.

leucocephala, 270.

liniflora, 263.

lute'scens, 272.

micrantha, 266.

micromeria, 279.

minima, 269.

minutiflora, 277.

multicaulis, 277.

Gilia multiflora, 260.

nudicaulis, 266.

Nuttallii, 267.

pinnatifida, 276.

polycladon, 274.

pumila, 274.

pungens, 268.

pusilla, 263.

rigidula, 280.

setosissima, 271.

spicata, 273.

squarrosa, 269, 397.

stenothyrsa, 276.

subnuda, 276.

tenella, 266, 397.

tenerrima, 277.

tenuiflora, 278.

tricolor, 278.

virgata, 272.

viscidula, 271.

Watsoni, 267.

Wrigbtii, 273.
Giliandra, 276.
Gitbopsis specularioides, 393.
Glyceria fluitans, 408.

nervata, 408.

pauciflora, 408.
Glycosma ambigunm, 386.
Glycyrrbiza lepidota, 380.
Gnaphalium leucocepbalum, 391,
653.

luteo-album, 391.

margaritaceum, 653.

microcephalum, 391.

palustre, 391.

purpureum, 391.
Godetia, 571, 596.
Goodyera Menziesii, 403.
Gratiola ebracteata, 395.
Greek Dictionary of Sophocles,

242, 297.
Grindelia discoidea, 390.

hirsutula, 390.

humilis, 390.

integrifolia, 390.
Gulf Stream, 4, 5.
Gutierrezia, 632.

gymnospermoides, 632.

Wrigbtii, 632.
Gymnogramme triangularis, 411.

672

INDEX.

H.

Habenaria dilatata, 403.

elegans, 403.

foetida, 403.

hyperborea, 403.
Halos, theory of, 145, 215.
Harrison Boiler, 337.
Hawaii, craters of, 333, 507.
Hedeoma, 3G6.

acinoides, 366.

ciliata, 367.

dentata, 366.

Drummondii, 367.

graveolens, 367.

hispida, 366.

incana, 296.

nana, 366.

oblongifolia, 367.

piperita, 366.

plicata, 366, 367.

pulegioides, 366.
Helenium autumnale, 390.
Helianthus tephrodes, 658.
Heliotype process, 516.
Hesperevax, 651.
Heterocodon rariflorum, 393.
Heterosphace, 368.
Heuchera cylindrica, 383.

micrantha, 383.
Hieracium albiflorum, 393.

Scouleri, 392.

triste, 392.

umbellatum, 393.
Hierochloe macrophylla, 411.
Hofmeisteria, 631.
Honorary Members. See Foreign

Honorary Members.
Hordeum pratense, 410.
Horkelia congesta, 381.
Hosackia angustifolia, 626.

tricolor, 380, 626.

crassifolia, 380, 626.

decumbens, 380.

gracilis, 626.

incana, 626.

lathyroides, 626.

oblongifolia, 626.

parviflora, 380.

Purshiana, 380.

Hosackia stipulata, 626.

Torreyi, 625.
Hugelia, 271.
Hydraulic mining, 302.
Hydric sulphide, 503.
Hypericum anagalloides, 377.

Scouleri, 377.

I.

Ice, Columnar Structure of, 507.

Illumination of spider-lines, 517.

Ilysanthes gratioloides, 396.

Injection of Lymph-Spaces, 508.

Ipomopsis, 275.

Iris tenax, 403.

Iron Ore, Volumetric Analysis of,

507.
Isoetes Nuttallii, 411.
Isopyrum Hallii, 374.
Ivesia Muirii, 621.

J.

Juncus acuminatum, 406.

bufonius, 405.

Drummondii, 405.

effusus, 405.

falcatus, 405.

longistylis, 405.

Mertensianus, 406.

oxymeris, 406.

patens, 405.

tenuis, 405.

triformis, 405.

xiphioides, 406.
Juniperus communis, 402.
Jupiter, 299.

K.

Kinship, Australian, 412.
Kosteletzkya digitata, 289.

Labiatoe, 365.

Lagophylla ramosissima, 391.

INDEX.

673

Lastarrirea Chilensis, 199, 293.
Lasthenia glaberrima, 391.
Lathy rus polyphyllus, 381.

Torreyi, 380.

venosus, 381.
Lead Salt in Sherry Wine, 59.

Sulphate of, in alcoholic
Saline Solutions, 59.
Ledum glandulosum, 394.
Legacy of D. Treadwell, 439.
Lemna minor, 403.
Lepidium Menziesii, 377.
Leptodactylon, 267, 268.
Leptosiphon, 265, 266.
Leptosyne, 660.

Douglasii, 660.

gigantea, 661.

maritima, 661.

Newberryi, 660.

Stillmanii, 660.
Leptotaenia, 385.
Lessingia, 634.

Germanorum, 634.

leptoclada, 634.
Library Committee, 2, 109, 220,

243, 329, 442.
Library, donations to, 65, 102.
Ligusticum apiifolium, 385.
Lilium Canadense, 404.
Linanthus, 264.
Linnaea borealis, 387.
Linosyris albicaulis, 644.

arborescens, 640.

Bigelovii, 642. -

Bolanderi, 641.

carnosa, 646.

ceruminosa, 643.

coronopifolia, 638.

dentata, 638.

depressa, 643.

Drummondii, 639.

graveolens, 644.

heterophylla, 639.

hirtella, 639.

Howardii, 641.

humilis, 646.

lanceolata, 639.

Mandonii, 638.

Mexicana, 638.

Parryi, 642.
VOL. VIII. 85

Linosyris pluriflora, 639.

pulchella, 643.

ramulosa, 646.

serrulata, 646.'

Sonoriensis, 291, 640.

squamata, 290, 646.

teretifolia, 644.

Texana, 646.

viscidiflora, 389, 644, 645.

Wrightii, 639.
Linum adenophyllum, 624.
Listera cordata, 403.
Lolium perenne, 410.
Lomaria Spicant, 411.
Longitude of Cambridge, etc., 502.
Lonicera, 627.

Breweri, 629.

caerulea, 628.

Californica, 387, 628.

ciliata, 628.

ciliosa, 387, 627.

conjugialis, 629.

hispidula, 387, 627.

interrupta, 628.

involucrata, 387, 628.

Ledebourii, 628.

microphylla, 628.

oblongifolia, 629.

occidentalis, 627.

subspicata, 628.

Utahensis, 628.
Lophochlama refracta, 409.
Ludwigia palu'stris, 384.
Lupinus bicolor, 379.

holosericeus, 379.

latifolius, 379.

laxiflorus, 379.

leucophyllus, 379.

minimus, 379.

ornatus, 379.

parviflorus, 379.

polyphyllus, 379.

Revision of, 517.

Index to species, 539.
Luzula campestris, 406.

comosa, 406.

spadicea, 406.
Lycium Palmeri, 292.
Lycopus Americanus, 286.

Arkansanus, 286.

674

INDEX.

Lycopus Europreus, 286, 287.

lucidus, 286.

macrophyllus, 285.

obtusifolius, 286.

pumilus, 285.

rubellus, 285.

sessilifolius, 285.

sinuatus, 286, 396.

uniflorus, 285.

Virginicus, 285, 396.

vulgaris, 287.
Lymph Spaces in Fascia?, 508.
Lysichiton Kamstchatense, 403.

M.

Macbridea, 371.

pulchella, 371.
Machaeranthera canescens, 388.
Macronema discoidea, 641.
Macrorbynchus elatus, 392.

heterophyllus, 392.

laciniatus, 392.

Lessingii, 392.
Madia elegans, 391.

filipes, 391.

glomerata, 391.

Nuttallii,391.

raceraosa, 391.
Mahonia, 375.
Malacothrix crepoides, 393.
Mars, 299.
Marsilia ves^tita, 412.
Medal, Rumford, award, 109, 329.

presentation, 141, 337.
Melampodium cupulatum, 291.
Melica bulbosa, 409.
Members, Foreign Honorary.
See Foreign Honorary
Members.
Mentha Canadensis, 396.
Mentzelia la^vicaulis, 384.
Menziesia ferruginea, 393.
Mertensia paniculata, 397.
Mesoneuris, 661.

bipinnatifida, 661.
Mica, 59.
Microgilia, 276.
Microlotus, 380.

Micromeria Douglasii, 396.
Micropus, 651.

Californicus, 391.

globiferus, 652.

Griffithii, 652.
Milla hyacinthina, 404.
Mimulus alsinoides, 395.

floribundus, 395.

luteus, 395.

moschatus, 395.
Mitella caulescens, 383.

trifida, 383.
Moehringia, 378.
Mollugo verticiUata, 378.
Monarda, 369.

aristulata, 369.

Bradburiana, 369.

clinopodia, 369.

didyma, 369.

penicillata, 369.

punctata, 369.

Russelliana, 369.

tenui-aristata, 369.
Monotropa fimbriata, 629.

Hypopitys, 629.
Moon-temperature, 334.
Mucronea, 196.

Californica, 197. -
Mulgedium leucophnsum, 393.

pulchellura, 393.
Myrica Californica, 401.
Myriophyllum hippuroides, 383.

N.
Nama, 282.

Berlandieri, 282.
biflora, 282.
Coulteri, 283.
demissa, 283.
dichotoma, 283.
hirsuta, 285.
hispida, 283.
Jamaicensis, 282.
latiflora, 284.
Lobbii, 285. ■
longiflora, 285.
origanifolia, 284.
rupicola, 284.
rupincola, 284.

INDEX.

675

Nama Sandwicensis, 283. .

sericea, 285.

systyla, 285.

undulata, 282.
Nardophyllum genistoides, 636.
Nasturtium curvisiliqua, 376.

palustre, 376.
Navarretia, 268, 270.

heterophylla, 260.
Nebula?, 516.

Nemacaulis Nuttallii, 146.
Nemophila parviflora, 397.
Nicotiana multivalvis, 398.
Nuphar polysepalurn, 376.
Nuttallia cerasiformis, 381.

O.

Observatory of Cordoba, 499.
CEnanthe sarmentosa, 385.
Oenothera albicaulis, 384.

densiflora, 384.

glabella, 384.

Lindleyi, 384.

purpurea, 384.

Revision of, 573.

Index to species, 601.
Officers elected, 3, 7, 104, 110,

121, 122, 328, 441.
Optical Meteorology, 215.
Oritropium, 389.
Orthocarpus bracteosus, 396.

hispidus, 396.

pusillus, 396.
Orthomeris, 388.
Osmorrhiza nuda, 386.
Oxalis corniculata, 378.

Oregana, 378.
Oxytheca, 190.

dendroidea, 190.

glandulosa, 181.

perfoliata, 191.

Watsoni, 191.

P.

Pachystima Canbyi, 623.
Myrsinites, 378, 624.

Palafoxia leucophylla, 291.
Panicum dichotoruum, 411.

scoparium, 411.
Pedicularis Groenlandica, 396.

racemosa, 396.
PentachiEta, 633.

aurea, 633.

exilis, 633.

gracilis, 633.
Pentstemon diffusus, 395.

Menziesii, 394.

Palraeri, 291.

Richardsonii, 395.

triphyllus, 394.
Perilomia, 370.
Periodicity of the Aurora Borealis,

55.
Perityle Acmella, 648.
Peucedanum leiocarpum, 386.

macrocarpum, 385.

nudicaule, 385.

triternatum, 385.

utriculatum, 385.
Phegopteris Dryopteris, 411.
Pheliprea pinetorura, 394.
Philadelphus. Lewisii, 383.
Phleuni alpinum, 408.
Phoradendron flavescens, 401.
Phyllotaxis, 335.
Phloganthea, 260.
Phlox, 249.

acuminata, 249.

amoena, 251.

andicola, 254.

aristata, 251, 252?

bifida, 251.

bryoides, 253.

caespitosa, 253.

canescens, 253.

carnea, 250.

Carolina, 249.

cordata, 249.

corymbosa, 249.

crassifolia, 251.

divaricata, 251.

Douglasii, 254, 397.

Druramondii, 257.

Floridana, 250.

glaberrima, 250.

glandulosa, 249.

676

INDEX.

Phlox glomerata, 251.

glutinosa, 251.

Hentzii, 252.

Hoodii, 253.

humilis, 255.

involucrata, 251.

latifolia, 249.

linearifolia, 255.

longiflora, 249.

longifolia, 249, 254, 255.

macrantha, 257.

maculata, 249.

muscoides, 253.

nana, 256.

nitida, 250.

nivalis, 252.

occidentalis, 256.

odorata, 249.

ovata, 248.

paniculata, 249.

penduliflora, 249.

pilosa, 250.

pinnata, 260.

procumbens, 252.

puberula, 250.

pyramidalis, 249:

reflexa, 249.

reptans, 251.

revoluta, 250.

Richardsonii, 253.

Rcemeriana, 257.

scabra, 249.

setacea, 252.

Sibirica, 254, 255.

SickmaVini, 249.

speciosa, 255, 256.

Stellaria, 252.

stolonifera, 251.

suaveolens, 249.

subulata, 252.

suffruticosa, 250.

teretiflora, 249.

triflora, 250.

triovulata, 257.

undulata, 249.

Walteri, 251.
Photo-engraving, 488.
Photograph of sun, 228.
Phyllotaxis, 332.
Physostegia imbricata, 371.

Physostegia intermedia, 371.

parviflora. 371.

Virginiana, 371.
Pimpinella Apiodora, 385.
Pinus albicaulis, 402.

contorta, 402.

monticola, 402.

ponderosa, 402.
Pitysosperma, 375.
Plagiobotrys canescens, 397.
Planets, mean motions of, 336.
Plantago. Patagonica, 394.
Plectritis congesta, 388.
Pleuricospora fimbriolata, 394,

629.
Poa andina, 409.

stenantha, 409.

tenuifolia, 409.
Polemonium, 280.

casruleum, 281.

capitatum, 281.

confertum, 280.

foliosissimum, 281.

humile, 281.

Mexicanum, 281.

micranthum, 282.

pulchellum, 281.

reptans, 281.

Richardsonii, 281.

viscosum, 280.
Poliomintha, 295.

incana, 296, 365.

longiflora, 296, 365.

marifolia, 365.

mollis, 365.
Polygonum amphibium, 399.

aviculare, 401.

Bistorta, 399.

coarctatum, 401.

Convolvulus, 401.

Davisiae, 399.

Hartwrightii, 294.

nodosum, 399.

ramosissimum, 401.

tenue, 401.
Polypodium Ghiesbreghtii, 618.

Scouleri, 411.

Stenoloma, 618.

vulgare, 411.
Polypogon Monspeliensis, 408.

INDEX.

677

Polyps, symmetry of, 335.
Potamogeton Claytonii, 402.

compressus, 402.

natans, 402.

pectinatus, 403.

perfoliatus, 402.

pusillus, 403.

Robbinsii, 403.
Potentilla diversifolia, 381.

glandulosa, 381.

gracilis, 381.

Revision of, 549.

Index to species, 563.
Poterium annuum, 381.

officinale, 381.
Precession of the equinoxes,

333.
Prehistoric man, 302, 303, 309.
Prosartes Hookeri, 404.
Prunus mollis, 381.

Virginiana, 381.
Psilocarphus, 652.

globiferus, 652.

Oreganus, 390, 652.

tenellus, 652.
Psoralea lanceolata, 380.

physodes, 380.
Pterigopappus, 653.

compactus, 653.
Pteris aquilina, 411.
Pterostegia, 199.

diphylla, 200.

drymarioides, 200.
•macroptera, 200.

microphylla, 200.
Publication Committee, 329, 440,

441.
Pugiopappus, 659.

Bigelovii, 660.

Breweri, 660.

calliopsidea, 660.
Pyrola bracteata, 394.

chlorantha, 394.

minor, 394.

picta, 394.
Pyrrocoma Menziesii, 638.
Pyrus rivularis, 382.

sambucifolia, 382.
Pyxidanthera, 244, 246.

R.

Ranunculus adoneus, 373.

alismgefolius, 372.

Cymbalaria, 372.

fascicularis, 372.

Flammula, 373.

heterophyllus, 372

Nelsoni, 372.

orthorhynchus, 373.

Pseudo-Hirculus, 372.

tenellus, 373.
Reports, 7, 53, 104, 121, 140, 214,
220, 223, 300, 327, 329,

439, 440, 442, 485, 506.
Republican Calendar, 349.
Rhamnus Purshianus, 379.
Rhododendron albirlorum, 394.

Californicurn, 394.
Rhus diversiloba, 379.
Rhynchospora alba, 406.
Ribes bracteosum, 383.

divaricatum, 383.

sanguineum, 383.

setosum, 383.
Richmond, Geology of, 307.
Romanzovia Sitchensis, 397.
Rosa blanda, 382.

Californica, 382.

fraxinifolia, 382.

gymnocarpa, 382.

Kamtschatica, 382.

pisocarpa, 382.
Rubus leucodermis, 381.

macropetalus, «382.

Nutkanus, 381.

pedatus, 381.

spectabilis, 381.
Rudbeckia oecidentalis, 391.
Rumex Acetosa, 399.

salicifolius, 399.
Rumford Committee, 1, 6, 104,
109, 121, 140, 220, 311,
328, 329, 332, 335, 337,

440, 441.
Fund, 300.

Medal, award, 141,337.
Rumford's Works, 1, 109, 311,
327, 506.

678

INDEX.

S.

Sagina Linnaei, 378.
Salix chlorophylla, 402.

lanceolata, 402.

longifolia, 402.

sessilifolia, 402.

Sitchensis, 402.
Salizaria, 370.
Salvia carduacea, 368.

Columbariae, 368.

Engelmanni, 368.

Greggii, 369.

Henryi, 368.

Parryi, 369.

platycheila, 292.

Rcemeriana, 368.

spicata, 369.

Texana, 368.
Salviastrum canescens, 368.
Sambucus glauca, 387.

pubens, 387.
Sanicula bipinnatifida, 385.

Menziesii, 385.
Saxifraga coespitosa, 383

elegans, 383.

heterantha, 383.

integrifolia, 382.

punctata, 383.

Tolmiei, 383.

Virginiensis, 382.
Schizocodon, 244, 247.
Scirpus lacustris, 406.

pygmaius, 406.
Scoliopus Bigelovii, 404.
Scrophularia nodosa, 395.
Scutellaria, 370.

angustifblia, 370.

antirrhinoides, 370, 396.

Drummondii, 370.
'hederacea, 370.

lateriflora, 397.

nervosa, 370.

parvula, 370, 630.

resinosa, 370.

tuberosa, 670.

Wrigbtii, 370. •

Sea-dredging, 5.
Sedum spatbulifolium, 383.
Selaginella rupestris, 412.

Senecio exaltatus, 392.

fastigiatus, 392.

subnudus, 392.

triangularis, 392.
Sericocarpus Oregonensis, 388.

rigidus, 388.
Seseli Hallii, 287.

Nuttallii, 287.
Sherry Wine, Lead Salts and free

Sulphuric Acid in, 59.
Shortia, 244, 246.

galacifolia, 247.

ilicifolia, 247.
Sidalcea malva3flora, 378.
Siemen's process, 300.
Silene Drummondii, 377.

Menziesii, 378.
Silphium gracile, 653.
Simsia calva, 658.

canescens, 657.

frutescens, 657.

scaposa, 657.
Siphonella, 266, 267.
Sisymbrium deflexum, 377.
Sisyrinchium tinctorum, 403.
Sium lineare, 386.
Slaughter-house refuse, 502.
Smilacina bifolia, 404.
Solar eyepiece, 309.
Solidago diffusa, 640.

elongata, 389.

gigantea, 389.

occidentalis, 389.

Virga-aurea, 389.
Sophocles, omission in Dictionary

of, 242, 297.
Sorbus, 382.
Soundings, 4.
Sparganium simplex, 403.
Spartina cynosuroides, 408.
Spectroscope, 104, 106, 311, 330,

499.
Spectrum, recording lines in, 299.
Specularia perfoliata, 393.
Spergularia media, 378.
Spiranthes Romanzoviana, 403.
Spiraea ariaefolia, 381.

betulasfolia, 381.

Douglasii, 381.

Menziesii, 381.

INDEX.

679

Spinea opulifolia, 381.
Sporobolus cryptandrus, 408.
Spraguea umbellata, 378.
Stachyhedeoma, 367.
Stachys Bigelovii, 371.

ciliata, 397.

coccinea, 371.
. palustris, 397.
Star-spectroscope for Cordoba,

499.
Statutes, 242, 301, 502, 506, 515.
Stellaria borealis, 378.

crispa, 378.

media, 378.

nitens, 378.
Stenanthium occidentale, 405.
Stepbanomeria paniculata, 392.
Stipa occidentalis, 408.
Streptopus amplexifolius, 404.

roseus, 404.
Stylocline, 652.

filaginea, 652.

gnapbalioides, 652.

Griffithii, 652.

micropoides, 652.
Sulphuric acid in Sherry Wine, 59.
Sun-pbotograpbs, 223.
Sun-spots, 516.

Symphoricarpus racemosus, 387.
Synthyris reniformis, 396.
Systems of Consanguinity, 412.

T.

Tables for Republican Calendar,

352.
Talinum pygmasum, 623.
Taxus brevifolia, 402.
Tellima grandiflora, 383.
Testimony of experts, 516.
Teucrium Cubense, 372.

laciniatum, 372.
Thalictrum heteropbyllum, 372.

occidentale, 372.
Thermo-electric currents, 516.
Thermopsis fabacea, 379.

montana, 379.
Thuya gigantea, 402.
Thysanocarpus curvipes, 377.

Thysanocarpus pusillus, 377.
Tiarella trifoliata, 383.

unifoliata, 383.
Tides, 303.

Tillaea angustifolia, 383.
Tithonia argophylla, 657.

Thurberi, 655.

tubjEformis, 656.
Tofieldia glutinosa, 405.
Tolmiea Menziesii, 383.
Tonella collinsioides, 394.
Trautvetteria grandis, 372.

occidentalis, 372.

palmata, 372.
Treadwell, gift from, 327.

legacy from, 439.
Tribal Organization, 412.
Trichostema Arizonicum, 371.

dichotomum, 371.
Trientalis Europaea, 394.
Trifolium ciliolatum, 379.

cyathiferum, 379.

eriocephalum, 379.

fimbriatum, 379.

gracilentum, 379.

Macraei, 379.

microcephalum, 379.

microdon, 379.

pauciflorum, 379.
Trillium ovatum, 404.

sessile, 404.
Tripolium angustum, 647.

frondosum, 647.
Trisetum cernuum, 410.

subspicatum, 410.
Triticum repehs, 410.

U.

Uranic salts, 501.
Urinary calculus, 501.
Utricularia vulgaris, 394.

V.

Vaccinium caespitosum, 393.
myrtilloides, 393.
ovatum, 393.

680

INDEX.

Vaccinium parvifolium, 393.

uliginosum, 393.
Vancouveria hexandra, 375.
Verbena bracteosa, 396.
Veronica alpina, 396.

Americana, 396.

serpyllifolia, 396.
Vibratory cilia, 140.
Viburnum ellipticum, 387.
Vicia gigantea, 380.

Oregana, 380.
Viguiera nivea, 658.
Vilfa depauperata, 408.
Viola blanda, 377.

canina, 377.

glabella, 377.

Hallii, 377.

Nuttallii, 377.

renifolia, 288.

sarmentosa, 377.
Virgil, reading of MSS., 336.
Volcanic activity, 486.
Votes of thanks, 7, 327, 439, 484.

W.

Wislizenia Palmeri, 622.

Woodsia scopulina, 411.
Wyethia, 654.

amplexicaulis, 655.

angustifolia, 655.

Arizonica, 655.

glabra, 654.

helenioides, 654.

helianthoides, 655.

mollis, 655.

ovata, 655.

robusta, 391, 655.

scabra, 655.

X. .

Xanthisma, 633.
Xanthocephalum, 632.

Wrightii, 632.
Xerophyllum setifolium, 405.
Xylorhiza, 399.
Xylosteon, 387.

Zinneae, 654.
Zone-observations, 500.
Zygadenus Nuttallii, 405.

Cambridge : Printed by Welch, Bigelow, & Co.

^i"V-7

MBL WHOI LIBRARY

UH 1A7A 7

5H?

Mit

: ;.